FN Clarivate Analytics Web of Science VR 1.0 PT J AU Ghai, Y Woodman, S AF Ghai, Yash Woodman, Sophia TI Unused powers: contestation over autonomy legislation in the PRC SO PACIFIC AFFAIRS LA English DT Article AB The most important power granted to autonomous areas in China's system of Nationalities Regional Autonomy should allow them to modify higher-level laws and policies through autonomy legislation. This is one of the two principal methods for the exercise of autonomy, with the other being the holding of key government posts by minority members. Yet efforts by the five autonomous regions to exercise their powers to enact autonomy legislation have been repeatedly blocked. The granting of autonomy powers in the PRC has been half-hearted, and few powers commonly associated with autonomy systems are available to autonomous areas. Even so, in China as elsewhere, giving autonomy legal expression, however vague, has made the law a field for contention over its proper meaning and scope. Based primarily on Chinese documentary sources, this article focuses on contestation over the meaning of autonomy in the terrain of law. In their explorations of the modification power and the relative status of autonomy legislation,, legal scholars and minority activists articulate a vision of autonomy under a future constitutionally governed state. Such an "extensive" autonomy, defined by its historical roots to allow for different "systems," could potentially provide some space for real self-government. In contrast, some powerful central government institutions block development of this field of law, implicitly supporting the view that autonomy is history and economic development holds the key to the future. Even given the necessary political will, in the absence of the key components of autonomy systems, divisions within the Chinese state could create barriers to the realization of "genuine autonomy." C1 [Ghai, Yash] Univ Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China. [Woodman, Sophia] Univ British Columbia, Vancouver, BC V5Z 1M9, Canada. RP Ghai, Y (reprint author), Univ Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China. EM hrllgyp@hku.hk; sophia99@interchange.ubc.ca RI Ghai, Yash/C-1221-2011 CR BOVINGDON G, 2004, EW CTR POLICY STUDIE, V11, P45 CHAO CM, 1994, ISSUES STUD, V30, P95 Ghai Y. P., 2000, AUTONOMY ETHNICITY N GHAI YP, LAW POLITICS ADM DEC, P192 HARRELL S, 2001, WAYS BEING ETHNIC SW, P48 He BG, 2005, PAC AFF, V78, P601 JUNDE A, 2005, ZHONGYANG MINZU DOXU, V32, P21 KAUP KP, 2002, CHINA QUART, V172, P863, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0009443902000530 KAUP KP, 2000, CREATING ZHUANG ETHN, P116 LI YW, CHINAS LEGAL REFORMS, P2 MA R, 2007, ASIAN ETHNICITY, V8 MACKERRAS, CHINAS ETHNIC MINORI, P41 MACKERRAS C, 2003, CHINAS ETHNIC MINORI, P26 Mackerras C. P., 1994, CHINAS MINORITIES IN, p[153, 264] MONEYHON M, 2002, ASIAN PACIFIC LAW PO, V3, P10 PAHN BG, 1996, ISSUES STUD, V32, P83 Sautman B., 1999, LAW POLICY, V21, P283, DOI DOI 10.1111/1467-9930.00074 SAUTMAN B, 2000, HDB GLOBAL LEGAL POL, P73 *SEAC, 2002, ZHONGG GONGCH GUAN M, P160 SHI WZ, 2000, LAW MAKING PEOPLES R SIMEON R, 2001, J FEDERALISM, V31, P77 Sorensen Theodore C., 2004, LEGAL STANDARDS AUTO ZOU KY, 2004, CHINA PERSPECTIVES, V52, P49 NR 23 TC 14 Z9 14 U1 0 U2 2 PU PACIFIC AFFAIRS UNIV BRITISH COLUMBIA PI VANCOUVER PA #164-1855 WEST MALL, VANCOUVER, BC V6T 1Z2, CANADA SN 0030-851X EI 1715-3379 J9 PAC AFF JI Pac. Aff. PD SPR PY 2009 VL 82 IS 1 BP 29 EP + DI 10.5509/200982129 PG 19 WC Area Studies SC Area Studies GA 453ZT UT WOS:000266652100002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Nagle, J AF Nagle, John TI The right to Belfast City Centre: From ethnocracy to liberal multiculturalism? SO POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY LA English DT Article DE Consociationalism; Multiculturalism; Ethnocracy; Belfast; Peace-building ID POLITICS AB This paper outlines a longitudinal study of struggles to control the public space of Belfast City Centre, the capital of Northern Ireland and a city divided by the competing political aspirations of British unionists and Irish nationalists. While the City Centre was once proscribed to nationalist groups, since 1993 nationalist groups have claimed equal use of this 'sacred space', once the spatial preserve of unionism. I examine this opening access of the City Centre in terms a shift from ail 'ethnocratic' form of citizenship to one inflected by liberal multiculturalism, from one of ethnic exclusion to one informed by forms of power-sharing between nationalists and unionists. While many commentators have critiqued this form of conflict management for institutionalizing sectarianism and facilitating zero-sum conceptions of space, I argue that current strategies of creating a 'shared space' can be critically viewed as a successful form of liberal multiculturalism. (C) 2009 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Ulster, Coleraine BT48 7JL, Londonderry, North Ireland. RP Nagle, J (reprint author), Univ Ulster, Magee Campus, Coleraine BT48 7JL, Londonderry, North Ireland. EM j.nagle@qub.ac.uk OI Nagle, John/0000-0001-8836-9942 CR ANDERSON J, 2007, CONFLICT CITIES CONT BARRY B, 2001, CULTURE EQUALITY, P21 BAUMAN Z, 2001, COMMUNITY SEEKING SA, P103 Bauman Z., 1997, POSTMODERN U CONTEST, P18 Bean Kevin, 2008, NEW POLITICS SINN FE, P24 *BELF CIT COUNC, 2005, YOUR CIT YOUR SPAC, P18 BEUNDERMAN J, 2007, EQUALLY SPACED PUBLI, P4 BEUNDERMAN J, 2007, EQUALLY SPACED PUBLI, P28 BEW R, 1999, CHRONOLOGY TROUBLES, P18 Clancy M. A. C., 2007, IRISH STUDIES INT AF, V18, P155, DOI DOI 10.3318/ISIA.2007.18.155 Cohen S, 2007, POLIT GEOGR, V26, P951, DOI 10.1016/j.polgeo.2007.10.004 Community Relations Unit, 2005, STAT AID ACT PLAN LE, P7 Council of Europe, 1995, FRAM CONV PROT NAT M CRAITH MN, 2002, PLURAL IDENTITIES SI, P179 CRONIN M, 2002, WEARING GREEN HIST S, P191 Finlay A, 2006, ANTHROPOL ACTION, V13, P1, DOI 10.3167/aia.2006.131203 Finlay Andrew, 2001, GLOBAL REV ETHNOPOLI, V1, P3, DOI DOI 10.1080/14718800108405094 FOSTER RF, 1988, MODERN IRELAND 1600, P588 Fraser N, 2000, NEW LEFT REV, P107 Gaffikin F., 2008, PUBLIC SPACE SHARED *GOV UK, 1998, AGR REACH MULT NEG, P2 Graham B, 2006, POLIT GEOGR, V25, P253, DOI 10.1016/j.polgeo.2005.12.006 HADAWAY P, 2001, ARCHITECTS J NOV, P40 Harrison S, 2002, J ROY ANTHROPOL INST, V8, P211, DOI 10.1111/1467-9655.00001 HAYDEN T, 1999, BELFASTS DOME DELIGH, pR1 *I IR STUD, 2006, STPATR DAY OUTD EV 2, P5 KYMLICKA W, 2007, MULTICULTURAL ODYSSE, P91 Lederach John Paul, 1997, BUILDING PEACE SUSTA, P24 LEFEBVRE H, 1978, CONTRADICTIONS ETAT, V4, P85 LEFEBVRE H, 1976, SURVIVAL CAPITALISM, P86 Lefebvre Henri, 1991, PRODUCTION SPACE, P332 LITTLE A, 2004, DEMOCRACY NO IRELAND, P89 MALIK K, 1996, MEANING RACE RACE HI, P170 MAY S, 1999, CRITICAL MULTICULTUR, P11 MCGHEE D, 2005, INTOLERANT BRITAIN H, P163 McIntyre MH, 2006, REPROD BIOL ENDOCRIN, V4, DOI 10.1186/1477-7827-4-10 MILLER D, 1999, TOLERATION IDENTITY, P103 Mitchell D., 2003, RIGHT CITY SOCIAL JU MORRISSEY M, 2002, NO IRELAND GOOD FRID, P3 Morrissey M, 2006, INT J URBAN REGIONAL, V30, P873, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-2427.2006.00696.x Nagle J., 2008, SOCIAL MOVEMENT STUD, V7, P305, DOI DOI 10.1080/14742830802485700 Nagle J, 2008, IRISH POLIT STUD, V23, P41, DOI 10.1080/07907180701767955 NEEDHAM R, 1999, BATTLING PEACE, P1 OMUILLEOIR M, 1998, ANDERSONSTOWN N 0321 *PAR COMM, 2005, PUBL PROC REL PUBL M, P8 Purdie Bob, 1990, POLITICS STREET ORIG, P2 Sack Robert D., 1986, HUMAN TERRITORIALITY, P19 Senn N, 1905, SURG GYNECOL OBSTET, V1, P1 SHIELDS R, 1999, LEFEBVRE LOVE STRUGG, P182 Shirlow P., 2006, BELFAST SEGREGATION Shirlow P, 2006, SPACE POLITY, V10, P99, DOI 10.1080/13562570600921451 Shirlow Peter, 2003, GLOBAL REV ETHNOPOLI, V3, P76, DOI DOI 10.1080/14718800308405159 Taylor Charles, 1994, MULTICULTURALISM EXA, P25 Taylor R, 2008, NEW SECUR CHALL, P183 tully James, 1995, STRANGE MULTIPLICITY, P64 WILFORD R, 2006, TROUBLE NO IRELAND, P32 Yiftachel O, 2004, POLIT GEOGR, V23, P647, DOI 10.1016/j.polgeo.2004.04.003 NR 57 TC 10 Z9 10 U1 0 U2 7 PU ELSEVIER SCI LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0962-6298 J9 POLIT GEOGR JI Polit. Geogr. PD FEB PY 2009 VL 28 IS 2 BP 132 EP 141 DI 10.1016/j.polgeo.2009.02.002 PG 10 WC Geography; Political Science SC Geography; Government & Law GA 450WW UT WOS:000266433100006 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Skinner, K AF Skinner, Kate TI 'IT BROUGHT SOME KIND OF NEATNESS TO MANKIND': MASS LITERACY, COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND DEMOCRACY IN 1950s ASANTE SO AFRICA LA English DT Article AB This article is concerned with mass education in late colonial Ghana. The first part examines how people in the Ashanti Region interpreted and responded to a policy that was conceived in the period of power sharing between an African nationalist legislative assembly and a civil service that was still dominated by British expatriates. Literacy campaigns and related community development activities were shaped by the expectations and ideals of the Asantes who participated as learners, tutors, volunteer leaders and salaried employees. Mass education was popular partly because new skills, techniques and materials could be used to pursue older ideals about enlightenment, progress, cleanliness and good character. Government policy indicated that literacy campaigns and community development activities would help to build democracy from the grassroots, yet, in spite of its popularity, mass education remained beyond the control of elected local government. The later part of this article focuses on the small town of Kwaso in order to establish why this was so and what one local resident was able to do about it. C1 Univ Birmingham, Ctr W African Studies, Birmingham B15 2TT, W Midlands, England. RP Skinner, K (reprint author), Univ Birmingham, Ctr W African Studies, Birmingham B15 2TT, W Midlands, England. CR Abloh F., 1997, COMMUNITY DEV WORLD *ACEC COL OFF, 1948, ED CIT AFR *ACEC COL OFF, 1943, MASS ED AFR SOC ALLMAN J, 2001, OUR DAYS DWINDLE MEM Allman Jean, 2000, I WILL NOT EAT STONE ARHIN K, 1983, CURR ANTHROPOL, V24, P471, DOI 10.1086/203032 AUSTIN D, 2005, LABOUR LAND CAPITAL Austin Denis, 1964, POLITICS GHANA 1946 Berry S., 2001, CHIEFS KNOW THEIR BO Christaller J., 1933, DICT ASANTE FANTE LA *DEP SOC WELF COMM, 1959, COMM DEV GHAN Drew Jane B., 1947, VILLAGE HOUSING TROP DUSAUTOY P, 1958, COMMUNITY DEV GHANA Foster P., 1965, ED SOCIAL CHANGE GHA *GOLD COAST DEP SO, 1952, LIT CAMP 1952 *GOLD COAST DEP SO, 1951, PLAN MASS LIT SOC WE GYEKYE K, 1987, ESSAY AFTICAN PHILOS McCaskie T., 1995, STATE SOC PRECOLONIA McCaskie T. C., 1992, AFRICA, V62, P221, DOI DOI 10.2307/1160456 McCaskie T. C., 2000, ASANTE IDENTITIES HI PEEL JDY, 1978, J DEV STUD, V14, P139, DOI 10.1080/00220387808421667 *RAMS MEM PRESB CH, 2003, CENT ANN CEL RAMSEYER F, 1901, 4 YEARS CAPTIVITY AS RAMSEYER F, 1875, 4 YEARS ASHANTEE MIS READ M, 1952, COMMUNITY DEV B, V3, P68 Wilks Ivor, 1975, ASANTE 19 CENTURY ST NR 26 TC 8 Z9 8 U1 0 U2 0 PU EDINBURGH UNIV PRESS PI EDINBURGH PA 22 GEORGE SQUARE, EDINBURGH EH8 9LF, MIDLOTHIAN, SCOTLAND SN 0001-9720 J9 AFRICA JI Africa PY 2009 VL 79 IS 4 BP 479 EP 499 DI 10.3366/E000197200900103X PG 21 WC Anthropology; Area Studies SC Anthropology; Area Studies GA 564XI UT WOS:000275251400001 OA Green Published DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Mehler, A AF Mehler, Andreas TI Introduction: Power-Sharing in Africa SO AFRICA SPECTRUM LA English DT Editorial Material C1 GIGA German Inst Global & Area Studies, Inst African Affairs, D-20354 Hamburg, Germany. RP Mehler, A (reprint author), GIGA German Inst Global & Area Studies, Inst African Affairs, Neuer Jungfernstieg 21, D-20354 Hamburg, Germany. EM mehler@giga-hamburg.de CR Bayart J.F., 1989, ETAT AFRIQUE POLITIQ Chabal Patrick, 1992, POWER AFRICA ESSAY P CHEESEMAN N, 2010, J MODERN AF IN PRESS, V48 GOLDSTONE JA, 2010, AM J POLIT SCI, V50, P190 Hartzell Caroline, 2007, CRAFTING PEACE POWER Herbst Jeffrey, 2000, STATES POWER AFRICA Hoddie M, 2003, J PEACE RES, V40, P303, DOI 10.1177/0022343303040003004 Jarstad A. K., 2008, WAR DEMOCRACY DILEMM Lemarchand R, 2007, AFR AFFAIRS, V106, P1, DOI 10.1093/afraf/adl041 Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Mehler A, 2009, AFR AFFAIRS, V108, P453, DOI 10.1093/afraf/adp038 Roeder Philip, 2005, SUSTAINABLE PEACE PO, P29 Rothchild D, 2005, ETHNOPOLITICS, V4, P247, DOI 10.1080/17449050500229958 Sriram CL, 2008, RETHINK PEACE CONFL, P1, DOI 10.1057/9780230582163 Tull DM, 2005, AFR AFFAIRS, V104, P375, DOI 10.1093/afraf/adi034 Walter Barbara F., 2002, COMMITTING PEACE SUC NR 16 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 0 U2 0 PU GIGA INST AFRICAN AFFAIRS PI HAMBURG PA NEUER JUNGFERNSTIEG 21, HAMBURG, D-20354, GERMANY SN 0002-0397 J9 AFR SPECTR JI Afr. Spectr. PY 2009 VL 44 IS 3 BP 3 EP 10 PG 8 WC Area Studies SC Area Studies GA 582QU UT WOS:000276613900001 OA DOAJ Gold DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Sriram, CL Zahar, MJ AF Sriram, Chandra Lekha Zahar, Marie-Joelle TI The Perils of Power-Sharing: Africa and Beyond SO AFRICA SPECTRUM LA English DT Article DE Sub-Saharan Africa; Power-sharing; Conflict resolution; Peacebuilding; Armed forces/military units ID CIVIL-WAR SETTLEMENT; PEACE; CONFLICT AB The purpose of international conflict-resolution efforts is, in the short term, to bring an end to violent armed conflict, and, in the medium to longer term, to prevent the revival of conflict. However, at least one of the mechanisms often utilised in conflict resolution and peace agreements, power-sharing, may not only prove problematic in early negotiation and implementation, but may potentially be at odds with the longer-term goal of preventing resurgence of conflict. Why might this be the case? Longer-term peacebuilding seeks to prevent conflict in part by building strong and sustainable states. Such states should be able to avoid reverting to armed conflict because they would be more responsive to grievances and more effective in dealing with violent dissent. However, power-sharing arrangements may undermine such efforts by placing in power individuals and groups not fully committed to, or unable to take part in, governance for the benefit of the entire populace; in part because it necessarily places in power those who have engaged in significant violence to achieve their ends. This is likely to create less democratic states, although we do not insist that democracy is or should be the only goal of peacebuilders. Rather, we suggest that power-sharing arrangements may tend not only towards undemocratic states, but towards states which are not responsive to the needs of the citizenry for security in ways which may undermine human security and state legitimacy. C1 [Sriram, Chandra Lekha] Univ E London, Sch Law, Ctr Human Rights, London E15 2JB, England. [Zahar, Marie-Joelle] Univ Montreal, Dept Polit Sci, Montreal, PQ, Canada. RP Sriram, CL (reprint author), Univ E London, Sch Law, Ctr Human Rights, Duncan House,High St, London E15 2JB, England. EM C.Sriram@uel.ac.uk; marie-joelle.zahar@umontreal.ca CR Anstee Margaret J., 1993, INT RELAT, V11, P495 Armstrong DA, 2008, CONTEMP SECUR STUD, P33 Atlas PM, 1999, J PEACE RES, V36, P35, DOI 10.1177/0022343399036001003 Ayyubi Nazih, 1996, OVER STATING ARAB ST Brown Stephen, 2008, J PEACEBUILDING DEV, V4, P75 CHINCHILLA F, 2008, THESIS U MONTREAL Collins A., 1998, CONTEMP SE ASIA, V20, P261 DJANKOV S, 2007, WPS4254 Dudouet V., 2009, WAR POLITICS RESISTA FAYEMI JK, 2006, PURSUING SECURITY PO Gurr T. R., 2002, INT J WORLD PEACE, V19, P27 Hart H. L. A, 1961, CONCEPT LAW Hartmann L., 1999, New Astronomy Reviews, V43, P1, DOI 10.1016/S1387-6473(99)00004-4 Hartzell C, 2001, INT ORGAN, V55, P183, DOI 10.1162/002081801551450 Hartzell Caroline, 2007, CRAFTING PEACE POWER Herbst Jeffrey, 2000, STATES POWER AFRICA Hoddie M, 2003, J PEACE RES, V40, P303, DOI 10.1177/0022343303040003004 Jarstad A, 2008, WAR DEMOCRACY DILEMM, P105, DOI DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511755859.005 Lapidoth R., 1996, AUTONOMY FLEXIBLE SO Lederach John Paul, 1997, BUILDING PEACE SUSTA Lederach John Paul, 1995, PREPARING PEACE CONF Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC *MAINT GROUP POW, 2004, AFRICA CONFIDENTIAL, V45, P2 Martin-Brule SM, 2008, CONTEMP SECUR STUD, P182 McGarry John, 2004, NO IRELAND CONFLICT McGarry John, 1998, POLITICS ETHNIC CONF Mehler A, 2008, 83 GIGA Mehler A, 2009, AFR AFFAIRS, V108, P453, DOI 10.1093/afraf/adp038 Mukhanov V, 2006, J COSMOL ASTROPART P, DOI 10.1088/1475-7516/2006/02/004 Murshed SM, 2008, CONTEMP SECUR STUD, P54 O'Flynn I., 2005, POWER SHARING NEW CH Paris R, 2004, WARS END BUILDING PE Posen Barry, 1993, SURVIVAL, V35, P27, DOI DOI 10.1080/00396339308442672 Roeder Philip G., 2005, SUSTAINABLE PEACE PO Rothchild D, 2008, CONTEMP SECUR STUD, P138 Saideman SM, 2008, CONTEMP SECUR STUD, P1, DOI 10.4324/9780203927113 Schneckener U, 2002, J PEACE RES, V39, P203, DOI 10.1177/0022343302039002004 Sisk Timothy, 1996, POWER SHARING INT ME Snyder Jack, 1999, CIVIL WARS INSECURIT, P15 Sriram CL, 2008, RETHINK PEACE CONFL, P1, DOI 10.1057/9780230582163 SRIRAM CL, 2010, PEACEBUILDI IN PRESS Stedman SJ, 1997, INT SECURITY, V22, P5, DOI 10.2307/2539366 Taylor R, 2009, ROUTL RES COMP POLIT, P1 Tyler Tom R, 2006, WHY PEOPLE OBEY LAW United Nations, 2004, S2004616 UN Walter Barbara, 1999, CIVIL WARS INSECURIT, P38 Walter Barbara F., 2002, COMMITTING PEACE SUC Walter BF, 1999, INT SECURITY, V24, P127, DOI 10.1162/016228899560077 Walter BF, 1997, INT ORGAN, V51, P335, DOI 10.1162/002081897550384 Weber M., 1946, M WEBER ESSAYS SOCIO WOODWARD S, 2010, SPOILERS ST IN PRESS Zahar Marie-Joelle, 2009, PERSISTENT STATE WEA, P117 Zahar Marie-Joelle, 2009, NEW PERSPECTIVES LIB Zahar Marie-Joelle, 2005, SUSTAINABLE PEACE PO, P219 ZAHAR MJ, 2000, THESIS MCGILL U MONT ZAHAR MJ, 2005, NEW CHALLENGES POWER, P123 NR 56 TC 13 Z9 13 U1 0 U2 8 PU GIGA INST AFRICAN AFFAIRS PI HAMBURG PA NEUER JUNGFERNSTIEG 21, HAMBURG, D-20354, GERMANY SN 0002-0397 J9 AFR SPECTR JI Afr. Spectr. PY 2009 VL 44 IS 3 BP 11 EP 39 DI 10.1177/000203970904400302 PG 29 WC Area Studies SC Area Studies GA 582QU UT WOS:000276613900002 OA DOAJ Gold, Green Accepted DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Jarstad, AK AF Jarstad, Anna K. TI The Prevalence of Power-Sharing: Exploring the Patterns of Post-Election Peace SO AFRICA SPECTRUM LA English DT Article DE Burundi; Democratic Republic of Congo; Guinea-Bissau; Liberia; Mali; Sierra Leone; Armed conflict; Power-sharing; Peace terms; Elections ID CIVIL-WAR; IMPLEMENTATION; SOCIETIES AB Why are some elections followed by armed conflict, while others are not? This article begins to explore this question by mapping the prevalence of power-sharing agreements and patterns of post-election peace in states shattered by civil war. While democracy builds on the notion of free political competition and uncertain electoral outcomes, power-sharing reduces the uncertainty by ensuring political power for certain groups. Nevertheless, new data presented in this article the Post-Accord Elections (PAE) data collection shows that the issues of peace, power-sharing and democracy have become intertwined as the vast majority of contemporary peace agreements provide for both power-sharing and elections. First, in contrast to previous research which has suggested that power-sharing is a tool for ending violence, this study shows that conflict often continues after an agreement has been signed, even if it includes provisions for power-sharing. Second, this investigation shows no evidence of power-sharing facilitating the holding of elections. On the contrary, it is more common that elections are held following a peace process without power-sharing. Third, a period of power-sharing ahead of the elections does not seem to provide for post-election peace. Rather, such elections are similarly dangerous as post-accord elections held without a period of power-sharing. The good news is that power-sharing does not seem to have a negative effect on post-election peace. C1 Uppsala Univ, Dept Govt, SE-75120 Uppsala, Sweden. RP Jarstad, AK (reprint author), Uppsala Univ, Dept Govt, Box 514, SE-75120 Uppsala, Sweden. EM anna.jarstad@pcr.uu.se CR Collier Paul, 2009, WARS GUNS VOTES DEMO Diamond Larry, 1999, DEV DEMOCRACY CONSOL Elklit J, 1997, J DEMOCR, V8, P32, DOI 10.1353/jod.1997.0041 FORTNA VP, 2003, INT STUDIES REV, V5, P97, DOI DOI 10.1111/J.1079-1760.2003.00504010.X Hartzell C, 2003, AM J POLIT SCI, V47, P318, DOI 10.1111/1540-5907.00022 Hoddie M, 2003, J PEACE RES, V40, P303, DOI 10.1177/0022343303040003004 Hoglund K, 2009, COMMONW COMP POLIT, V47, P287, DOI 10.1080/14662040903090807 Hoglund K, 2009, DEMOCRATIZATION, V16, P530, DOI 10.1080/13510340902884689 Hoglund K, 2009, TERROR POLIT VIOLENC, V21, P412, DOI 10.1080/09546550902950290 Horowitz Donald L., 1985, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI INTERNATIONAL CRISIS GROUP (ICG), 2002, 49 ICG JARSTAD A, 2006, IMPACT IMPLEMENTATIO Jarstad A, 2008, WAR DEMOCRACY DILEMM, P105, DOI DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511755859.005 JARSTAD AK, 2009, PAE POSTACCORD ELECT Jarstad Anna, 2009, DEMOCRATIZATION PROJ, P153 Jarstad AK, 2008, CONFLICT MANAG PEACE, V25, P206, DOI 10.1080/07388940802218945 LIJPHART A, 1969, WORLD POLIT, V21, P207, DOI 10.2307/2009820 Lijphart A., 1993, OXFORD COMPANION POL Lijphart A., 1999, PATTERNS DEMOCRACY G Lijphart Arend, 1985, POWER SHARING S AFRI Lindberg S. I., 2006, DEMOCRACY ELECTIONS Paris R, 2004, WARS END BUILDING PE Reilly Benjamin, 2001, DEMOCRACY DIVIDED SO Reynolds Andrew, 2002, ARCHITECTURE DEMOCRA Roeder Philip G., 2005, SUSTAINABLE PEACE PO Rothchild D, 2005, ETHNOPOLITICS, V4, P247, DOI 10.1080/17449050500229958 Schedler Andreas, 2006, ELECTORAL AUTHORITAR Sisk Timothy, 1996, POWER SHARING INT ME Snyder Jack, 2000, VOTING VIOLENCE DEMO Soderberg Kovacs Mimmi, 2007, REBELLION POLITICS T Spears IS, 2000, THIRD WORLD Q, V21, P105 Sriram CL, 2008, RETHINK PEACE CONFL, P1, DOI 10.1057/9780230582163 Walter Barbara F., 2002, COMMITTING PEACE SUC Walter BF, 1999, INT SECURITY, V24, P127, DOI 10.1162/016228899560077 NR 34 TC 17 Z9 17 U1 0 U2 0 PU GIGA INST AFRICAN AFFAIRS PI HAMBURG PA NEUER JUNGFERNSTIEG 21, HAMBURG, D-20354, GERMANY SN 0002-0397 J9 AFR SPECTR JI Afr. Spectr. PY 2009 VL 44 IS 3 BP 41 EP 62 DI 10.1177/000203970904400303 PG 22 WC Area Studies SC Area Studies GA 582QU UT WOS:000276613900003 OA DOAJ Gold DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Vandeginste, S AF Vandeginste, Stef TI Power-Sharing, Conflict and Transition in Burundi: Twenty Years of Trial and Error SO AFRICA SPECTRUM LA English DT Article DE Burundi; Power-sharing; Consociationalism; Government systems AB For the past twenty years, Burundi has experimented with powersharing as an instrument of political liberalisation, democratisation and conflict resolution. This contribution analyses the different meanings the concept of power-sharing has had throughout Burundi's recent and extremely violent political transition, in particular during the lengthy peace process. It shows how national and international actors have found inspiration in the toolbox of consociationalism to negotiate and design the Arusha Peace and Reconciliation Agreement for Burundi signed in August 2000 and its post-transition Constitution. Power-sharing has been instrumental in achieving the short-term objective of war termination. It has also de-ethnicised political competition and reduced the (potentially) destabilising effect of elections. Measured against more ambitious state-building objectives (democracy, rule of law, accountable and effective governance), power-sharing has (so far) not been able to make a difference. Several factors and developments threaten the "survival" of the power-sharing model in Burundi. C1 Univ Antwerp, Inst Dev Policy & Management, B-2000 Antwerp, Belgium. RP Vandeginste, S (reprint author), Univ Antwerp, Inst Dev Policy & Management, Prinsstr 13, B-2000 Antwerp, Belgium. EM stef.vandeginste@ua.ac.be OI Vandeginste, Stef/0000-0002-2349-837X CR ABDALLAH AO, 2000, BURUNDI BRINK 1993 1 Bentley Kristina, 2005, AFRICAN PEACE PROCES Buyoya Pierre, 1998, MISSION POSSIBLE CON *CNDD, 1995, THES ANT APP CONS PA Filip Reyntjens, 1992, POLITIQUE AFRICAINE, V47, P141 GAHAMA J, 1995, CRISES POLITIQUES BU, P77 Huyse L., 1970, PASSIVITEIT PACIFICA International Crisis Group, 2007, BUR FIN PEAC FNL Kadende-Kaiser R, 1997, AFR STUD REV, V40, P29 Lemarchand R., 1994, BURUNDI ETHNOCIDE DI Lemarchand Rene, 2006, AFR AFFAIRS, V106, P1 Lijphart A., 1999, PATTERNS DEMOCRACY G Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Paris R, 2004, WARS END BUILDING PE Reyntjens Filip, 2000, BURUNDI PROSPECTS PE Roeder Philip, 2005, SUSTAINABLE PEACE PO, P51 Sullivan DP, 2005, J MOD AFR STUD, V43, P75, DOI 10.1017/S0022278X0400062X *UN COMM EL RAC DI, 1997, CERDC304ADD42 *UN SEC COUNC, 2005, S2005716 UN SEC COUN VANDEGINSTE S, 2008, AFRIQUE GRANDS LACS, P55 VANDEGINSTE S, 2006, THEORIE CONSOCIATIVE Vandeginste Stef, 2009, AFRIQUE GRANDS LACS, P71 NR 22 TC 37 Z9 37 U1 0 U2 12 PU GIGA INST AFRICAN AFFAIRS PI HAMBURG PA NEUER JUNGFERNSTIEG 21, HAMBURG, D-20354, GERMANY SN 0002-0397 J9 AFR SPECTR JI Afr. Spectr. PY 2009 VL 44 IS 3 BP 63 EP 86 DI 10.1177/000203970904400304 PG 24 WC Area Studies SC Area Studies GA 582QU UT WOS:000276613900004 OA DOAJ Gold DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Binningsbo, HM Dupuy, K AF Binningsbo, Helga Malmin Dupuy, Kendra TI Using Power-Sharing to Win a War: The Implementation of the Lome Agreement in Sierra Leone SO AFRICA SPECTRUM LA English DT Article DE Sierra Leone; West Africa; Civil wars; War termination agreements; Power-sharing ID PEACE; AFRICA; FAILURE AB To end the civil war in Sierra Leone the government and the Revolutionary United Front (RUF) signed a peace agreement guaranteeing power-sharing in July 1999. Such power-sharing is a widely used, often recommended political arrangement to overcome deep divisions between groups. However, scholars disagree on whether power-sharing causes peace, or, on the contrary, causes continuing violence. One reason for this is the literature's tendency to neglect how power-sharing is actually put into place. But post-agreement implementation is essential if we are to judge the performance of power-sharing. Therefore, we investigate the role played by power-sharing in terminating the civil war in Sierra Leone. We argue that the government was able to use the peace agreement to pursue its goal of ending the war through marginalising the RUF. C1 [Binningsbo, Helga Malmin] Norwegian Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Sociol & Polit Sci, Trondheim, Norway. [Dupuy, Kendra] Oslo PRIO, Int Peace Res Inst, Conflict Resolut & Peacebuild Programme CRPB, NO-0134 Oslo, Norway. [Dupuy, Kendra] Univ Washington, Seattle, WA 98195 USA. RP Binningsbo, HM (reprint author), Norwegian Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Sociol & Polit Sci, Trondheim, Norway. EM Helga.Binningsbo@svt.ntnu.no; Kendra@prio.no CR Abdullah Ibrahim, 2004, DEMOCRACY TERROR SIE, P199 Alao Abiodun, 2001, CIVIL WARS, V4, P117 [Anonymous], 1999, IRIN NEWS 1110 Bangura Y, 2000, J MOD AFR STUD, V38, P551, DOI 10.1017/S0022278X00003451 BOAS M, 2001, THIRD WORLD Q, V22, P697 Bright D., 2000, ACCORD INT REV PEACE, V9, P36 Clapham Christopher, 1996, AFRICA INT SYSTEM PO Conteh- Morgan E., 1999, S LEONE END 20 CENTU Fithen C., 2005, NO PEACE NO WAR ANTH, P117 Frankham R, 2000, ANIM CONSERV, V3, P357, DOI 10.1017/S1367943000001074 FUNKE N, 2002, SUSTAINABLE PEACE S Gberie Lansana, 2005, DIRTY WAR W AFRICA R Gershoni Yekutiel, 1997, AFR STUD REV, V40, P55, DOI [10.2307/524966, DOI 10.2307/524966] Gilbert ER, 2009, AEGIS THEM C POW SHA *GOV S LEON, 1991, CONST S LEON Hartzell Caroline, 2007, CRAFTING PEACE POWER Hirsch J. L, 2001, S LEONE DIAMONDS STR Jarstad A, 2008, WAR DEMOCRACY DILEMM, P105, DOI DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511755859.005 Jarstad AK, 2008, CONFLICT MANAG PEACE, V25, P206, DOI 10.1080/07388940802218945 Keen David., 2005, CONFLICT COLLUSION S Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC LORD D, 2000, ACCORD INT REV PEACE, V9 Mattes M, 2009, INT STUD QUART, V53, P737, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-2478.2009.00554.x Mehler A, 2009, AFR AFFAIRS, V108, P453, DOI 10.1093/afraf/adp038 OLONISAKIN F, 2008, PEACEKEEPING S LEONE PETERS K, 2004, ISS MONOGRAPH SERIES, V100 RASHID I, 2000, ACCORD INT REV PEACE, V9, P26 Reno W, 2001, CURR HIST, V100, P219 Richards P, 1996, FIGHTING RAIN FOREST RICHARDS P, 2008, SOLDIERS POLITICIANS, P81 Roeder Philip, 2005, SUSTAINABLE PEACE PO, P29 *RUF SL, 1999, LAST PEAC S LEON RUF *S LEON, 2009, AFRC RUF Spears IS, 2002, J DEMOCR, V13, P123, DOI 10.1353/jod.2002.0057 Sriram CL, 2008, RETHINK PEACE CONFL, P1, DOI 10.1057/9780230582163 Stedman SJ, 1997, INT SECURITY, V22, P5, DOI 10.2307/2539366 STEDMAN SJ, 2002, ENDING CIVIL WARS IM Tull DM, 2005, AFR AFFAIRS, V104, P375, DOI 10.1093/afraf/adi034 Walter Barbara F., 2002, COMMITTING PEACE SUC Williams P, 2001, CONTEMP SECUR POL, V22, P140, DOI DOI 10.1080/135232605123313911268 1999, IRIN NEWS 1022 1999, IRIN NEWS 1222 1999, LOME AGREEMENT 2000, IRIN NEWS 0131 1996, ABIDJAN ACCORD NR 45 TC 10 Z9 10 U1 0 U2 3 PU GIGA INST AFRICAN AFFAIRS PI HAMBURG PA NEUER JUNGFERNSTIEG 21, HAMBURG, D-20354, GERMANY SN 0002-0397 J9 AFR SPECTR JI Afr. Spectr. PY 2009 VL 44 IS 3 BP 87 EP 107 DI 10.1177/000203970904400305 PG 21 WC Area Studies SC Area Studies GA 582QU UT WOS:000276613900005 OA DOAJ Gold DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Heitz, K AF Heitz, Kathrin TI Power-Sharing in the Local Arena: Man - a Rebel-Held Town in Western Cote d'Ivoire SO AFRICA SPECTRUM LA English DT Article DE Cote d'Ivoire; Power-sharing; Post-conflict phase; Municipal/local policy ID AFRICA; PEACE AB In general, peace agreements with power-sharing provisions are analysed at a national level. This article offers insights into the practices of power-sharing in the local arena of western Cote d'Ivoire, in the town of Man. It investigates what brought about a change towards peace in the region of Man and then presents local forms of power-sharing between the community leaders and the rebels who have established a rather complex system of domination and taxation in the territory they occupy. Moreover, the implementation of a territorial power-sharing device, which is part of the peace agreement negotiated among the warring parties at the national level, is analysed: the redeployment of state administration to the rebel-held zones of the country. The ethnographic data on which the article is based reveals that the actors at the local level have their own strategies to address urgent needs and that they play a more active role in peacemaking than is usually acknowledged. C1 Univ Basel, CH-4003 Basel, Switzerland. RP Heitz, K (reprint author), Univ Basel, CH-4003 Basel, Switzerland. EM K.Heitz@unibas.ch CR Akindes Francis, 2004, RACINES CRISE MILITA BAUER K, 2007, FINAL REPORT REGAINI Chabal P, 2009, AFRICA POLITICS SUFF CHETAIL Vincent, 2009, POST CONFLICT PEACEB DOUMBIA B, 2003, TAMBOUR HEBDOMADAIRE DOUMBIA B, 2003, TAMBOUR DROH H, 2009, FRATERNITE MATIN ENGELS B, 2007, DED BRIEF, V44, P16 ERO C, 2003, POLITIQUE AFRICAINE, V89, P88 FORSTER T, 2006, AFRIKA WANDEL, P49 FORSTER T, 2010, DEV CHANGE IN PRESS Forster Till, 2009, NONSTATE ACTORS STAN, P324, DOI DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511635519.013 Hartzell C, 2003, AM J POLIT SCI, V47, P318, DOI 10.1111/1540-5907.00022 Hills Alice, 2009, POLICING POSTCONFLIC Hoddie M, 2003, J PEACE RES, V40, P303, DOI 10.1177/0022343303040003004 Hoddie Matthew, 2005, SUSTAINABLE PEACE PO, P83 *HRW, 2003, PRIS ENTR DEUX GUERR, P15 *ICG, 2009, BRIEF AFR, V62 Jarstad A, 2008, WAR DEMOCRACY DILEMM, P105, DOI DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511755859.005 Klute G., 2004, HEALING WOUNDS ESSAY, P109 Le Pape M., 2002, COTE IVOIRE ANNEE TE Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Mehler A, 2008, 83 GIGA Mehler A, 2009, AFR AFFAIRS, V108, P453, DOI 10.1093/afraf/adp038 Noel Sid, 2005, POWER SHARING DEMOCR O'Flynn I., 2005, POWER SHARING NEW CH Pouligny B, 2009, POSTCONFLICT PEACEBU, p[174, 174] Roeder Philip G., 2005, SUSTAINABLE PEACE PO *SECR GEN UN OP CO, 2007, S2007593 SECR GEN UN Sriram CL, 2008, RETHINK PEACE CONFL, P1, DOI 10.1057/9780230582163 Tull DM, 2005, AFR AFFAIRS, V104, P375, DOI 10.1093/afraf/adi034 NR 31 TC 7 Z9 7 U1 0 U2 1 PU GIGA INST AFRICAN AFFAIRS PI HAMBURG PA NEUER JUNGFERNSTIEG 21, HAMBURG, D-20354, GERMANY SN 0002-0397 J9 AFR SPECTR JI Afr. Spectr. PY 2009 VL 44 IS 3 BP 109 EP 131 DI 10.1177/000203970904400306 PG 23 WC Area Studies SC Area Studies GA 582QU UT WOS:000276613900006 OA DOAJ Gold, Green Accepted DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Ahmed, E AF Ahmed, Einas TI The Comprehensive Peace Agreement and the Dynamics of Post-Conflict Political Partnership in Sudan SO AFRICA SPECTRUM LA English DT Article DE Sudan; Domestic policy; Conflict-resolution; Power-sharing ID AFRICA; POWER AB Most of the researches on peace agreements conclude that power-sharing arrangements included in these are mostly to the detriment of longterm democratic transformation. The basic argument of these studies is that peace deals consolidate mainly the power of the signatories to the detriment of other major political forces. This article illustrates that, in contrast to many cases, the Comprehensive Peace Agreement (CPA), which was signed in 2005 between the government of Sudan represented by the ruling party, the National Congress Party (NCP) and the Sudan People's Liberation Movement/Army (SPLM/A), has led to an important political transformation in state structure as well as in power relations. Although the CPA enhanced the legitimacy of the SPLM and the NCP and consolidated their political domination, it, nevertheless, contributed to a significant political opening for other political forces in the North and in the South. The CPA put an end to the historically exclusive political hegemony of the North. This article focuses on the dynamics of relations between the SPLM and the NCP during the transitional period and illustrates how these dynamics have impacted upon the process of political transformation. C1 [Ahmed, Einas] Ctr Etud & Documentat Econ Jurid & Sociales CEDEJ, Khartoum, Sudan. [Ahmed, Einas] CEAN, Bordeaux, France. RP Ahmed, E (reprint author), Ctr Etud & Documentat Econ Jurid & Sociales CEDEJ, Khartoum, Sudan. EM eahmed@magic.fr CR AFFENDI A, 1995, REVOLUTION REFORM SU AHMED E, 2006, IMPLEMENTATION CPA W AKOL L, 2009, POPULAR REVOLUTION L *CENTR BUR STAT, 2009, FIN REP 5 SUD POP HO Khalid M., 1987, J GARANG SPEAKS Khalid Mansour, 2003, WAR PEACE SUDAN TALE MARCHAL R, 1995, ELEMENTS SOCIOLOGIE MEHLER A, 2008, 83 GIGA GERM I GLOB ROTHCHILD D, 1995, AFR TODAY, V42, P8 Spears IS, 2000, THIRD WORLD Q, V21, P105 Tull DM, 2005, AFR AFFAIRS, V104, P375, DOI 10.1093/afraf/adi034 NR 11 TC 7 Z9 7 U1 0 U2 0 PU GIGA INST AFRICAN AFFAIRS PI HAMBURG PA NEUER JUNGFERNSTIEG 21, HAMBURG, D-20354, GERMANY SN 0002-0397 J9 AFR SPECTR JI Afr. Spectr. PY 2009 VL 44 IS 3 BP 133 EP 147 DI 10.1177/000203970904400307 PG 15 WC Area Studies SC Area Studies GA 582QU UT WOS:000276613900007 OA DOAJ Gold DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Dal Bo, E Powell, R AF Dal Bo, Ernesto Powell, Robert TI A Model of Spoils Politics SO AMERICAN JOURNAL OF POLITICAL SCIENCE LA English DT Article ID CIVIL-WAR; SIGNALING GAMES; CONFLICT; POWER; EQUILIBRIA; CONTINUUM; STABILITY; AFRICA AB Accounts of state failure in the developing world frequently highlight a logic of "spoils politics" in which a government and an opposing faction vie for control of the state and the accompanying spoils. Attempts to buy the opposition off play a key role in this logic, and an informational problem often complicates these efforts. Because of limited transparancy, the government generally has a better idea about the actual size of the spoils than the opposition does. We formalize this aspect of spoils politics as a signaling game in which the government has private information about the size of the spoils and tries to co-opt the opposition by offering a share of the spoils. The opposition can accept the offer or reject it by fighting. Consistent with the strong empirical finding that the probability of civil war is higher when income is low, the probability of breakdown increases as the size of the spoils decreases. We also study the effects of uncertainty, the opposition's military strength, the cost of fighting, and power-sharing agreements on the probability of fighting. C1 [Dal Bo, Ernesto] Univ Calif Berkeley, Haas Sch Business, Business & Publ Policy Grp, Berkeley, CA 94720 USA. [Powell, Robert] Univ Calif Berkeley, Travers Dept Polit Sci, Berkeley, CA 94720 USA. RP Dal Bo, E (reprint author), Univ Calif Berkeley, Haas Sch Business, Business & Publ Policy Grp, 545 Student Serv 1900,2220 Piedmont Ave, Berkeley, CA 94720 USA. EM dalbo@haas.berkeley.edu CR Acemoglu D, 2001, AM ECON REV, V91, P938, DOI 10.1257/aer.91.4.938 Acemoglu D., 2006, EC ORIGINS DICTATORS ALLEN C, 1999, AFRICAN REV POLITICA, V26, P367 ALLEN C, 1995, REV AFRICAN POLITICA, V22, P301 Ayittey G., 1998, AFRICA CHAOS BLAINEY G, 1973, CAUSES WAR CHO IK, 1987, Q J ECON, V102, P179, DOI 10.2307/1885060 CHO IK, 1990, J ECON THEORY, V50, P381, DOI 10.1016/0022-0531(90)90009-9 Collier P, 1998, OXFORD ECON PAP, V50, P563, DOI 10.1093/oep/50.4.563 Collier P, 2004, OXFORD ECON PAP, V56, P563, DOI 10.1093/oep/gpf064 COLLIER P, 2004, UNDERSTANDING CIVIL *DFID, 2003, EXTR IND TRANSP IN E *DFID, EXTR IND TRANSP IN DIXIT A, 1995, AM POLIT SCI REV, V89, P856, DOI 10.2307/2082513 Fearon JD, 2004, J PEACE RES, V41, P275, DOI 10.1177/0022343304043770 Fearon JD, 2003, AM POLIT SCI REV, V97, P75, DOI 10.1017/S0003055403000534 FEARON JD, 1995, INT ORGAN, V49, P379, DOI 10.1017/S0020818300033324 GASIOROWSKI MJ, 1995, AM POLIT SCI REV, V89, P882, DOI 10.2307/2082515 Glassmyer K, 2008, J PEACE RES, V45, P365, DOI 10.1177/0022343308088816 HARSCH E, 2007, CONFLICT RESOURCES C HART O, 1989, Q J ECON, V104, P25, DOI 10.2307/2937833 Hartzell Caroline A., 2007, CRAFTING PEACE Jensen N, 2004, COMP POLIT STUD, V37, P816, DOI 10.1177/0010414004266867 MAILATH GJ, 1987, ECONOMETRICA, V55, P1349, DOI 10.2307/1913560 Mas-Collel Andreu, 1995, MICROECONOMIC THEORY Miguel E, 2004, J POLIT ECON, V112, P725, DOI 10.1086/421174 NIELD R, 2004, MIDDLE E EC DIG 0709, P29 Powell R, 1996, WORLD POLIT, V48, P239, DOI 10.1353/wp.1996.0006 Powell R, 2006, INT ORGAN, V60, P169, DOI 10.1017/S0020818306060061 Powell R, 2004, AM POLIT SCI REV, V98, P231, DOI 10.1017/S000305540400111X Powell R, 2002, ANNU REV POLIT SCI, V5, P1, DOI 10.1146/annurev.polisci.5.092601.141138 Powell Robert, 1999, SHADOW POWER STATES Ramey G, 1996, J ECON THEORY, V69, P508, DOI 10.1006/jeth.1996.0066 REINGANUM JF, 1986, RAND J ECON, V17, P557, DOI 10.2307/2555481 Reno W, 1997, COMP POLIT, V29, P493, DOI 10.2307/422016 Slantchev BL, 2003, AM POLIT SCI REV, V97, P621, DOI 10.1017/S0003055403000911 THUROW R, 2003, WALL STREET J 1224, pA1 *US DEP STAT, 2007, STAT DEP BACKGR NOT Van de Walle Nicolas., 2001, AFRICAN EC POLITICS WAGNER RH, 1994, AM POLIT SCI REV, V88, P593, DOI 10.2307/2944797 Walter Barbara F., 2002, COMMITTING PEACE SUC Widener J. A., 1994, EC CHANGE POLITICAL, P129 2005, ECONOMIST 1205 NR 43 TC 21 Z9 22 U1 0 U2 10 PU WILEY-BLACKWELL PUBLISHING, INC PI MALDEN PA COMMERCE PLACE, 350 MAIN ST, MALDEN 02148, MA USA SN 0092-5853 J9 AM J POLIT SCI JI Am. J. Polit. Sci. PD JAN PY 2009 VL 53 IS 1 BP 207 EP 222 DI 10.1111/j.1540-5907.2008.00366.x PG 16 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 387TK UT WOS:000261974300013 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Mesev, V Shirlow, P Downs, J AF Mesev, Victor Shirlow, Peter Downs, Joni TI The Geography of Conflict and Death in Belfast, Northern Ireland SO ANNALS OF THE ASSOCIATION OF AMERICAN GEOGRAPHERS LA English DT Article DE Belfast; conflict; deaths; Northern Ireland; paramilitary; segregation ID AREA AB The conflict known as the oTroubleso in Northern Ireland began during the late 1960s and is defined by political and ethno-sectarian violence between state, pro-state, and anti-state forces. Reasons for the conflict are contested and complicated by social, religious, political, and cultural disputes, with much of the debate concerning the victims of violence hardened by competing propaganda-conditioning perspectives. This article introduces a database holding information on the location of individual fatalities connected with the contemporary Irish conflict. For each victim, it includes a demographic profile, home address, manner of death, and the organization responsible. Employing geographic information system (GIS) techniques, the database is used to measure, map, and analyze the spatial distribution of conflict-related deaths between 1966 and 2007 across Belfast, the capital city of Northern Ireland, with respect to levels of segregation, social and economic deprivation, and interfacing. The GIS analysis includes a kernel density estimator designed to generate smooth intensity surfaces of the conflict-related deaths by both incident and home locations. Neighborhoods with high-intensity surfaces of deaths were those with the highest levels of segregation ( 90 percent Catholic or Protestant) and deprivation, and they were located near physical barriers, the so-called peacelines, between predominantly Catholic and predominantly Protestant communities. Finally, despite the onset of peace and the formation of a power-sharing and devolved administration (the Northern Ireland Assembly), disagreements remain over the responsibility and ocommemorationo of victims, sentiments that still uphold division and atavistic attitudes between spatially divided Catholic and Protestant populations. C1 [Mesev, Victor] Florida State Univ, Dept Geog, Tallahassee, FL 32306 USA. [Shirlow, Peter] Queens Univ Belfast, Sch Law, Belfast BT7 1NN, Antrim, North Ireland. [Downs, Joni] Univ S Florida, Dept Geog, Tampa, FL 33620 USA. RP Mesev, V (reprint author), Florida State Univ, Dept Geog, Tallahassee, FL 32306 USA. EM vmesev@fsu.edu; p.shirlow@qub.ac.uk; jdowns@cas.usf.edu CR Amnesty International, 1994, POL KILL NO IR Aughey Arthur, 2005, POLITICS NO IRELAND Cosgrove D., 1988, ICONOGRAPHY LANDSCAP Doherty P, 1997, GEOGR REV, V87, P520, DOI 10.2307/215229 Douglas N, 1998, POLIT GEOGR, V17, P125, DOI 10.1016/S0962-6298(97)00043-7 Downs JA, 2008, J WILDLIFE MANAGE, V72, P1813, DOI 10.2193/2007-454 Fay M, 1998, MAPPING TROUBLES REL Fotheringham A. S., 2000, QUANTITATIVE GEOGRAP Imrie R, 1996, URBAN STUD, V33, P1255, DOI 10.1080/0042098966637 McDowell S, 2008, GENDER PLACE CULT, V15, P335, DOI 10.1080/09663690802155546 MCEVOY K, 2007, TRUTH TRANSITION REC McKittrick David, 2004, LOST LIVES STORIES M McPeake J, 1998, HOUSING STUD, V13, P527, DOI 10.1080/02673039883254 Mesev V, 2008, GEOJOURNAL LIB, V94, P83, DOI 10.1007/978-1-4020-8507-9_5 MURRAY R, 1982, INTEGRATION DIVISION, P42 POOLE M, 1983, NO IRELAND BACKGROUN, P18 ROBSON B, 1994, 28 MANCH U CTR URB P SCHELLENBERG JA, 1977, SOCIOL FOCUS, V10, P69, DOI 10.1080/00380237.1977.10570278 Shirlow P., 2006, BELFAST SEGREGATION Shirlow Peter, 2008, WIRE FORMER PRISONER Silverman B.W., 1986, DENSITY ESTIMATION S Sutton Malcom, 1994, INDEX DEATHS CONFLIC Verdery Katherine, 1999, POLITICAL LIVES DEAD NR 23 TC 20 Z9 20 U1 0 U2 15 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND SN 0004-5608 J9 ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR JI Ann. Assoc. Am. Geogr. PY 2009 VL 99 IS 5 BP 893 EP 903 AR PII 916768589 DI 10.1080/00045600903260556 PG 11 WC Geography SC Geography GA 520AN UT WOS:000271812200009 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Reuter, T AF Reuter, Thomas TI Globalisation and Local Identities: The Rise of New Ethnic and Religious Movements in Post-Suharto Indonesia SO ASIAN JOURNAL OF SOCIAL SCIENCE LA English DT Article DE revitalisation; religious change; post-modernity; Indonesia; Bali AB A worldwide resurgence of local ethnic or religious identities has led to numerous conflicts locally, and also globally, since the end of the Cold War. This trend is exemplified by Indonesia, where political liberalisation after 32 years of authoritarian rule have allowed local identities and political aspirations to be expressed more freely and in new ways. In this paper, I look at new social movements that are demanding regional autonomy, more local control of local resources and greater recognition for traditional institutions. Such movements shed light on the challenges faced by the multi-ethnic nation of Indonesia today and, more generally, on shifting local identities in developing nations in a globalising world. An example of regional Cultural revival movements in Indonesia is the Ajeg Bali Movement. This movement sterns from a growing sense of disenfranchisement and desire for self-empowerment among Hindu Balinese. Contributing factors are political liberalisation and decentralisation, the 'touristification' of local culture, increasing dependence on the global economy, the threat of terrorism after the Bali bomb, the influx of Muslim tabour migrants and fears of an Islamisation of the Indonesian state. C1 Monash Univ, Sch Social & Polit Inquiry, Clayton, Vic 3800, Australia. RP Reuter, T (reprint author), Monash Univ, Sch Social & Polit Inquiry, Clayton, Vic 3800, Australia. CR Aragon Lorraine V, 2000, FIELDS LORD ANIMISM Bawa Wayan, 2004, GARITAN BUDAYA NUSAN Bocquet-Siek Margaret, 1991, ISLAM PANCA SILA Bubandt Nils, 1991, THESIS U MELBOURNE Budiman A., 1999, REFORMASI CRISIS CHA Comaroff J., 1992, ETHNOGRAPHY HIST IMA Couteau J., 2003, ANTROPOLOGI INDONESI, V70, P41 Crouch Harold, 1987, POLITICS ISLAM SE AS Darma Putra Ny., 2004, GARITAN BUDAYA NUSAN HORKHEIMER M, 1979, DIALECTIC ENLIGHTENM *ICG, 2003, PER PRIV SEC GUARDS ICG (International Crisis Group), 2002, IND BRIEF Lee Khoon Choy, 1999, FRAGILE NATION INDON Lindsey Timothy, 2002, CORRUPTION ASIA RETH Naradha S., 2004, AJEG BALI SEBUAH CIT Picard M., 2003, INDONES MALAY WORLD, V31, P108, DOI DOI 10.1080/13639810304435 Picard M., 1996, BALI CULTURAL TOURIS REUTER T, 2003, INSIDE INDONESIA, V73 Reuter Thomas A., 2003, INEQUALITY CRISIS SO Schulte Nordholt H., 1999, COLONIAL SUBJECTS ES, P241 Suasta Putu, 1999, STAYING LOCAL GLOBAL, P91 SURYAWAN N, 2004, KOMPAS 0107 VICKERS A, 2003, INEQUALITY CRISIS SO Wallace Anthony, 1966, RELIG ANTHR VIEW WARREN C, 1994, 42 MURD U AS RES CTR Weber Max, 1958, PROTESTANT WORK ETHI WIJAYA N, 2004, TANTULAR JURNAL ILMU, V2, P154 NR 27 TC 10 Z9 10 U1 2 U2 18 PU BRILL ACADEMIC PUBLISHERS PI LEIDEN PA PLANTIJNSTRAAT 2, P O BOX 9000, 2300 PA LEIDEN, NETHERLANDS SN 1568-4849 J9 ASIAN J SOC SCI JI Asian J. Soc. Sci. PY 2009 VL 37 IS 6 BP 857 EP 871 DI 10.1163/156848409X12526657425181 PG 15 WC Area Studies; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary SC Area Studies; Social Sciences - Other Topics GA 526GF UT WOS:000272275000002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Lockwood, M Davidson, J Curtis, A Stratford, E Griffith, R AF Lockwood, Michael Davidson, Julie Curtis, Allan Stratford, Elaine Griffith, Rod TI Multi-level Environmental Governance: lessons from Australian natural resource management SO AUSTRALIAN GEOGRAPHER LA English DT Article DE Governance assessment; good governance principles; natural resource management ID REGIONAL-DEVELOPMENT AB The region has become a significant scale of governance for the implementation of public policy, including natural resource management (NRM). A community-based regional NRM governance model has been adopted by the Australian government in partnership with Australian state and territory governments. There have been persuasive advocates of this approach both within community organisations and government. Proponents point to advantages such as the capacity to integrate across social, environmental and economic issues; improved investment efficiency; ability to establish appropriate power-sharing and partnership arrangements; better conversion of planning products into on-ground outcomes; and community learning and capacity building. However, concerns have also been raised in the academic literature regarding insufficient devolution of power, lack of downward accountability, exclusion of some stakeholders from decision making, and inadequate vertical and horizontal integration. We interviewed representatives from each of the governance levels (national, state, regional) to examine these concerns, and in doing so identify the strengths and challenges of the Australian experiment with devolved NRM governance. We synthesise the interview data with insights from the literature and make observations on the current state of Australian NRM governance. From this analysis, we identify lessons from the Australian experience to inform the development of multi-level environmental governance systems. C1 [Lockwood, Michael] Univ Tasmania, Sch Geog & Environm Studies, Hobart, Tas 7001, Australia. Charles Sturt Univ, Bathurst, NSW 2795, Australia. RP Lockwood, M (reprint author), Univ Tasmania, Sch Geog & Environm Studies, PB 78, Hobart, Tas 7001, Australia. EM michael.lockwood@utas.edu.au RI Lockwood, Michael/C-2377-2014; Stratford, Elaine/D-1057-2010 OI Lockwood, Michael/0000-0002-1385-5118; Stratford, Elaine/0000-0001-6273-493X CR Abrahams H., 2005, Australasian Journal of Environmental Management, V12, P57 Allan C, 2005, ENVIRON MANAGE, V36, P414, DOI 10.1007/s00267-004-0244-1 Australian National Audit Office (ANAO), 2001, PERF INF COMM FIN AS Beer A, 2005, GEOGR RES-AUST, V43, P49, DOI 10.1111/j.1745-5871.2005.00292.x Bell S., 2006, J PUBLIC POLICY, V26, P63, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0143814X06000432 Briassoulis H., 2004, Journal of Environmental Planning and Management, V47, P115, DOI 10.1080/0964056042000189835 Brown AJ, 2007, ANZSOG MONOGR, P1 Donald Mc, 2004, AUSTRALAS J ENV MAN, V11, P259, DOI DOI 10.1080/14486563.2004.10648622 Ewing S., 2003, MANAGING AUSTR ENV, P393 Farrelly M, 2005, GEOGR RES-AUST, V43, P393, DOI 10.1111/j.1745-5871.2005.00342.x Gibbs D, 2001, ENVIRON PLANN C, V19, P269, DOI 10.1068/c9908j Greer J, 2001, ENVIRON PLANN C, V19, P751, DOI 10.1068/c0030 Gunningham N., 2006, J PUBLIC POLICY, V26, P167, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0143814X06000511 Head B., 2005, PARTICIPATION GOVERN, P137 HEAD B, 2004, REGIONAL NRM PLANNIN Head B., 2004, SOC EC, V26, P361, DOI [10.1556/SocEc.26.2004.2-3.11, DOI 10.1556/SOCEC.26.2004.2-3.11] Held D, 2000, INT SOCIOL, V15, P394, DOI 10.1177/0268580900015002015 *ITS GLOB, 2006, EV BIL AGR REG COMP Jessop Bob, 2004, MULTILEVEL GOVERNANC, P75 Keogh K., 2006, REV ARRANGEMENTS REG Lane M, 2005, J ENVIRON POL PLAN, V7, P141, DOI [10.1080/15239080500338671, DOI 10.1080/15239080500338671] Lane M. B., 2004, AUSTR GEOGRAPHICAL S, V42, P102 Lane Marcus, 2006, CRITICAL ISSUES REGI LOCKWOOD M, SOC NATURAL IN PRESS MacLeod G, 2001, ENVIRON PLANN A, V33, P1145, DOI 10.1068/a32194 Mitchell D. P., 2007, Australasian Journal of Environmental Management, V14, P103 Moore S. A., 2006, Journal of Environmental Policy and Planning, V8, P259, DOI 10.1080/15239080600915600 Moore S. A., 2005, PARTICIPATION GOVERN, P121 Morrison TH, 2004, AUST GEOGR, V35, P243, DOI 10.1080/0004918042000311304 Morrison T, 2006, RURAL SOC, V16, P341, DOI 10.5172/rsj.351.16.3.341 Pero LV, 2006, RURAL SOC, V16, P236, DOI 10.5172/rsj.351.16.3.236 Rhodes R. A. W, 2001, UNDERSTANDING GOVERN Robins L., 2007, Australasian Journal of Environmental Management, V14, P111 Stoker G, 1998, INT SOC SCI J, V50, P17, DOI 10.1111/1468-2451.00106 van der Brugge R, 2005, REG ENVIRON CHANGE, V5, P164, DOI 10.1007/s10113-004-0086-7 Wallington TJ, 2008, J RURAL STUD, V24, P277, DOI 10.1016/j.jrurstud.2007.11.003 NR 36 TC 73 Z9 75 U1 0 U2 37 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND SN 0004-9182 J9 AUST GEOGR JI Aust. Geogr. PY 2009 VL 40 IS 2 BP 169 EP 186 AR PII 912322974 DI 10.1080/00049180902964926 PG 18 WC Geography SC Geography GA 456SY UT WOS:000266871000002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Pollard, R Gomez, MA AF Pollard, Richard Gomez, Miguel A. TI Home advantage in football in South-West Europe: Long-term trends, regional variation, and team differences SO EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF SPORT SCIENCE LA English DT Article DE Home advantage; football; team ability; territoriality ID ENGLISH FOOTBALL; PERFORMANCE; SOCCER AB We examined the trends in home advantage in the professional football leagues of France, Italy, Spain, and Portugal since the start of each league more than 70 years ago. A total of 81,185 games were included, involving 244 different teams. Home advantage was quantified each season for each country as the number of points gained at home expressed as a percentage of all points gained at home and away. Home advantage was generally high in the early years of each league, especially in Spain and Italy ( over 70%). There were then considerable fluctuations up to the late 1970s. During this time, home advantage was consistently highest in Spain, which could be explained by greater regional autonomy and more distinct local cultural identity. Since then there has been a major decline in all the countries, especially since the late 1990s. Each country has experienced its lowest ever level (60% or less) during the last four seasons. Possible explanations for this include the effects of changes that have taken place in the rules of football, such as greater use of substitutes and a series of new laws intended to discourage defensive play. In addition, free agency coupled with the rapid commercial development of football has weakened the relationship between players and their home city and fans. There were significant differences between teams within France, Italy, and Portugal (all P < 0.001) but not Spain (P = 0.145). Home advantage was higher for teams from the islands of Corsica and Sicily (P < 0.001) and to a lesser extent Sardinia (P = 0.095). It was lower in teams that play in the four capital cities and also in Milan, whose two teams share the same stadium. This is consistent with the belief that the territorial feelings fostered in isolated, culturally distinct communities can lead to increased home advantage, while the reverse is the case in large cosmopolitan urban areas. C1 [Pollard, Richard] Calif Polytech State Univ San Luis Obispo, Dept Stat, San Luis Obispo, CA 93407 USA. [Gomez, Miguel A.] Univ Politecn Madrid, Fac Phys Act & Sport Sci, Madrid, Spain. RP Pollard, R (reprint author), Calif Polytech State Univ San Luis Obispo, Dept Stat, San Luis Obispo, CA 93407 USA. EM richwpollard@yahoo.com RI Gomez, Miguel-Angel/I-2606-2012 OI Gomez, Miguel-Angel/0000-0002-9585-3158 CR BARNETT V, 1993, J ROY STAT SOC A STA, V156, P39, DOI 10.2307/2982859 Bray S. R., 2003, Journal of Sport Behavior, V26, P319 Clarke SR, 1995, STATISTICIAN, V44, P509, DOI 10.2307/2348899 CLEVELAND WS, 1979, J AM STAT ASSOC, V74, P829, DOI 10.2307/2286407 Dawson P, 2007, J ROY STAT SOC A STA, V170, P231, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-985X.2006.00451.x Jacklin PB, 2005, J SPORT SCI, V23, P669, DOI 10.1080/02640410400021948 Morris D., 1981, SOCCER TRIBE Neave N, 2003, PHYSIOL BEHAV, V78, P269, DOI 10.1016/S0031-9384(02)00969-1 NEAVE N, 2004, COPING EMOTION SPORT, P127 Nevill AM, 2002, PSYCHOL SPORT EXERC, V3, P261, DOI 10.1016/S1469-0292(01)00033-4 Pollard M, 2007, BOOK LONG PAPERS, P53 Pollard R, 2006, J SPORT SCI, V24, P231, DOI 10.1080/02640410500141836 Pollard R, 2005, J SPORT SCI, V23, P337, DOI 10.1080/02640410400021559 Pollard R, 2002, J SPORT SCI, V20, P969, DOI 10.1080/026404102321011724 Pollard R, 2008, BRAZILIAN J SOCCER S, V1, P3 Pollard R., 2007, IBERIAN C BASKETBALL, V4, P61 Pollard R, 2008, OPEN SPORT SCI J, V1, P12, DOI DOI 10.2174/1875399X00801010012 Pollard R., 2006, J SPORT BEHAV, V29, P169 Seckin A, 2008, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V107, P51, DOI 10.2466/PMS.107.1.51-54 Smith DR, 2003, J SPORT SOC ISSUES, V27, P346, DOI 10.1177/0193732503258637 Thomas S, 2004, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V99, P1212, DOI 10.2466/pms.99.3f.1212-1216 Tsonis A. A., 2001, MATH TODAY, V37, P24 NR 22 TC 53 Z9 56 U1 1 U2 36 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXON, ENGLAND SN 1746-1391 J9 EUR J SPORT SCI JI Eur. J. Sport Sci. PY 2009 VL 9 IS 6 BP 341 EP 352 DI 10.1080/17461390903009133 PG 12 WC Sport Sciences SC Sport Sciences GA 628JB UT WOS:000280114300002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Toens, K AF Toens, Katrin TI The Bologna Process in German Educational Federalism: State Strategies, Policy Fragmentation and Interest Mediation SO GERMAN POLITICS LA English DT Article ID EUROPEAN-INTEGRATION AB The article provides an impact assessment of the current European higher education reform (Bologna process) in the context of German educational federalism. The goal is to come to grips with the puzzling observation that the reforms have had a large impact, even though the joint decision-making trap of German educational federalism has continuously impeded structural changes in previous decades. It suggests that the reason why the Bologna process has been so influential is its openness, ambiguity, and the complete absence of binding commitments. These characteristics of soft governance dovetail with the strategy of the central government and the federal states to protect their political autonomy against potential threats resulting from inter-and transnational political cooperation as well as the national reform of the constitutional principles of federalism at home. However, drawing on empirical examples of policy fragmentation, understood as the co-existence of partly incompatible reform islands, illustrates the costs of soft governance in the national implementation process. CR BENZ A, 2000, REGIONAL FEDERAL STU, V10, P36 *BERL COMM, 2005, EUR ED AR ACH GOALS *BERL COMM, 2003, REL EUR HIGH ED AR BUCKBECHLER G, 2000, BEITRAGE HOCHSCHULFO, V1, P31 CORBETT A, 2005, U EUROPE KKNOWLEDGE Czada Roland, 1998, TRANSFORMATIONSPFADE DJELILC MI, 2006, TRANSNATIONAL GOVERN, P30 FEATHERSTONE K, 2003, EUROPEANIZATION PUBL, P43 Greven MTh, 2005, COMPLEX SOVEREIGNTY, P261 HUTTMANN MG, 2004, JB FODERALISMUS 2004, P476 JEFFERY, NEW UNDERSTANDING MU, P24 Jeffery C., 2007, POLIT VIERTELJAHR, P17 KEHM B, 2001, HOCHSHULENTWICKLUNG LAVER M, 1991, GOVERNANCE, V4, P250 LEHMBRUCH G, 1998, PARTEIENWETTEBEWERB Marks G, 1996, J COMMON MARK STUD, V34, P341, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-5965.1996.tb00577.x MARTENS, 2007, NEW ARENAS ED GOVERN, P3 NAGEL A, 2008, REFORM STUDIENSYSTEM, P54 *NAT UN STUD GERM, 2005, DURCHLASS FORD BILD Niskanen W, 1971, BUREACURACY REPRESEN OFFENER C, 2007, FED C GEND EQUALITY ONESTINI C, 2002, FEDERALISM LA NDER, P189 PUTNAM R, 1994, Z INT BEZIEHUNGEN, P279 ROSENAU, HUGE SUPPLY, P34 ROSENAU JN, 1994, MULTILEVEL GOVERNANC, P31 SCHARPF, NO EXIT JOINT DECISI, P11 SCHARPF, 1998, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V19, P115 SCHARPF, NO EXIT JOINT DECISI, P10 SCHARPF, JOINT DECISION TRAP, P244 Scharpf F., 1991, J THEORETICAL POLITI, V3, P277 SCHARPF FW, 1988, PUBLIC ADMIN, V66, P239, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9299.1988.tb00694.x SCHARPF FW, 2005, 056 MPIFG, P1 SCHARPF FW, 2005, 058 MPIFG, P3 SCHNIK G, 2006, HIST EUROPEAN COOPER, P117 SHCARPF, NO EXIT JOINT DECISI TOENS K, 2008, J BILDUNG WISSENSCHA, V2, P32 WELSH, HIGHER ED REFORM GER WELSH AH, 2006, GRUNDGESETZ TEXT FO WELSH H, HIGHER ED REFORM GER WELSH HA, 2008, GERMAN STUDIES ASS WITTE, CHANGE DEGREES DEGRE, P185 WITTE, CHANGE DEGREES DEGRE, P5 WITTE J, CHANGE DEGREES DEGRE, P528 WOLF, STAATSRASON, P89 WOLF, STAATSRASON WOLF KD, 2006, Z UBT BEZIEHUNGEN, P145 FEDERALISM LANDER AU, P51 2006, CHANGE DEGREES DEGRE, P166 NR 48 TC 4 Z9 4 U1 0 U2 0 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND SN 0964-4008 J9 GER POLIT JI Ger. Polit. PY 2009 VL 18 IS 2 BP 246 EP 264 DI 10.1080/09644000902870875 PG 19 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 663UJ UT WOS:000282915200007 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Brydon, D AF Brydon, Diana TI Competing Autonomy Claims and the Changing Grammar of Global Politics SO GLOBALIZATIONS LA English DT Article DE culture; feminism; postcolonialism; human rights; democracy; community; nation AB This article argues that contending ideas about autonomy lie behind current discourses of human rights, claims to nation-state and cultural autonomy, and democracy promotion. Globalizing processes are bringing these contested understandings of autonomy, and their often silent framing within assumptions about sovereignty, into a new prominence. Locating itself within agonistic views of autonomy and politics, the article argues that it is necessary to pay closer attention to the perspectives that feminist and postcolonial analyses bring to understanding how autonomy, community, culture, and nation are co-constructed within imaginaries, such as liberal multiculturalism, that are no longer adequate to current demands for justice. To succeed, this renewed attention needs to locate itself within an effort to rethink academic community and the research protocols and collaborative practices this community permits and legitimizes. C1 Univ Manitoba, St Johns Coll, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2M5, Canada. RP Brydon, D (reprint author), Univ Manitoba, St Johns Coll, Room 230,92 Dysart Rd, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2M5, Canada. EM brydond@cc.umanitoba.ca CR Adams M., 2007, UNLIKELY UTOPIA SURP BENHABIB S, 2006, BERKELEY TANNER LECT, P13 Bernstein S., 2009, UNSETTLED LEGITIMACY BHATTARCHARYYA G, 2008, DANGEROUS BROWN MEN Brink Bert van den, 2005, AUTONOMY CHALLENGES, P245 Brown W, 2006, REGULATING AVERSION: TOLERANCE IN THE AGE OF IDENTITY AND EMPIRE, P1 BRUMAN C, 2005, CONCEPTS CULTURE ART, P43 Brydon D, 2008, GLOBAL AUTON, P1 Christman J, 2005, AUTONOMY CHALLENGES Code L., 2000, RELATIONAL AUTONOMY, P181 Dauvergne C, 2008, MAKING PEOPLE ILLEGA DESOUZA MLM, CROSS CULTURAL PERSP DESOUZA SB, 2007, ANOTHER KNOWLEDGE IS, pR7 Dirlik A, 2008, PMLA, V123, P1363, DOI 10.1632/pmla.2008.123.5.1363 Fraser Nancy, 2007, NATL GLOBAL SOLIDARI, P168 Friedman Marilyn, 2003, AUTONOMY GENDER POLI Ghai Y., 2000, AUTONOMY ETHNICITY N, P1 Honig Bonnie, 2006, BERKELEY TANNER LECT, P102 Ignatieff Michael, 2000, RIGHTS REVOLUTION International Commission on Intervention and State Sovereignty (ICISS), 2001, RESP PROT JACKSON R, 1999, POLITICAL STUDIES, V97, P431 Kapur Ratna., 2005, EROTIC JUSTICE LAW N Kupchan C., 2009, DEMOCRACY J IDEAS, V12, P8 Kymlicka Will, 2007, MULTICULTURAL ODYSSE Mackenzie C, 2000, RELATIONAL AUTONOMY Mamdani M., 2000, RIGHTS TALK CULTURE Merry Sally Engle., 2006, HUMAN RIGHTS GENDER Nakata M, 2007, DISCIPLINING SAVAGES Owen GS, 2009, INQUIRY, V52, P79, DOI 10.1080/00201740802661502 Parekh B, 2008, NEW POLITICS IDENTIT Phillips A, 2007, MULTICULTURALISM WITHOUT CULTURE, P1 RAPPOLO K, 2008, REASONING TOGETHER N, P303 Razack Sherene H, 2008, CASTING OUT EVICTION Scott David, 1999, REFASHIONING FUTURES Slaughter J., 2007, WORLD NOVEL NARRATIV SULLIVAN W, 2007, GLOBALIZATION HUMAN Wetherell M, 2008, CRIT SOC POLICY, V28, P299, DOI 10.1177/0261018308091271 Youngblood Henderson J. S., 2002, CITIZENSHIP STUD, V6, P415, DOI DOI 10.1080/1362102022000041259 NR 38 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 0 U2 1 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 2-4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXON, ENGLAND SN 1474-7731 EI 1474-774X J9 GLOBALIZATIONS JI Globalizations PY 2009 VL 6 IS 3 BP 339 EP 352 DI 10.1080/14747730903141928 PG 14 WC International Relations; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary SC International Relations; Social Sciences - Other Topics GA 630VK UT WOS:000280302800002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Liden, K AF Liden, Kristoffer TI Building Peace between Global and Local Politics: The Cosmopolitical Ethics of Liberal Peacebuilding SO INTERNATIONAL PEACEKEEPING LA English DT Article AB What are the ethical implications of the shortcomings of liberal peacebuilding operations? This article addresses the problem by investigating the normative premises of liberal peacebuilding and its critics. Three ideal types of peacebuilding are singled out to illuminate the normative logic of current 'revisionist' proposals. These are: 're-liberal peacebuilding' which prescribes a more coercive approach; 'social peacebuilding' that emphasizes local agency and the promotion of socioeconomic rights; and 'multicultural peacebuilding' that roots peace in indigenous norms and institutions. These alternatives are assessed with regard to their ability to promote both the autonomy and the basic needs of the affected population. It is concluded that only 'social peacebuilding' passes this test. It exemplifies a model of global governance where a cosmopolitan human rights agenda is consistent with the communitarian defence of political autonomy and cultural diversity. OI Liden, Kristoffer/0000-0003-3078-4769 CR [Anonymous], 2008, WHOSE PEACE CRITICAL [Anonymous], 1962, HIS BASIC CONCEPTS S Aoi Chiyuki, 2007, UNINTENDED CONSEQUEN Barnett Michael, 2009, DILEMMAS STATEBUILDI, P564 Benhabib Seyla, 2006, ANOTHER COSMOPOLITAN, P17 Boutros-Ghali B., 1992, AGENDA PEACE Brown Chris, 2002, SOVEREIGNTY RIGHTS J, P88 Camiller Patrick, 2000, WHAT IS GLOBALIZATIO, P64 Chabal Patrick, 2009, AFRICA POLITICS SUFF, P151 Chabal Patrick, 1999, AFRICA WORKS DISORDE Chandler David, 2006, REV INT STUD, V32, P493 Chandler David, 2006, EMPIRE DENIAL POLITI Chatterjee Partha, 2004, POLITICS GOVERNED RE, P7 Chesterman S, 2004, YOU PEOPLE UN TRANSI Cramer Christopher, 2006, CIVIL WAR IS NOT STU De Waal A, 2009, INT AFF, V85, P99, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-2346.2009.00783.x Doyle Michael W., 1999, INT ORDER FUTURE WOR, p4l Duffield M., 2007, DEV SECURITY UNENDIN Duffield M., 2001, GLOBAL GOVERNANCE NE, P12 Dunne Tim, 2001, GLOBALIZATION WORLD, P179 Eisenstadt Shmuel N., 2002, MULTIPLE MODERNITIES Fitzpatrick Tony, 2008, APPL ETHICS SOCIAL P, P26 FORSYTHE D, 2003, HUMAN RIGHTS DIVERSI Fraser N, 2001, THEOR CULT SOC, V18, P21, DOI 10.1177/02632760122051760 Gray John, 2000, 2 FACES LIBERALISM, P2 Habermas Urgen, 1984, THEORY CONIRNUNICATI Hailey Lord, 1936, AFRICAN SURVEY Jackson R. H., 1990, QUASISTATES SOVEREIG Jackson Robert H., 2000, GLOBAL COVENANT HUMA, P366 Kahler Miles, 2009, DILEMMAS STATEBUILDI, P296 Kapoor I, 2008, POSTCOLONIAL POLIT, V1, P1 Keen David, 2008, COMPLEX EMERGENCIES Kymlicka Will, 2002, CONT POLITICAL PHILO, P335 Linklater A., 1998, TRANSFORMATION POLIT Mac Ginty Roger, 2006, NO WAR NO PEACE REJU, P3 Mac Ginty Roger, 2008, COOP CONFL, V43, P149 Mamdani M., 1996, CITIZEN SUBJECT CONT, P3 Merlingen Michael, 2006, EUROPEAN UNION PEACE, P6 Milton John, 1670, PARADISE REGAINED Olupona Jacob K., 2004, PRIMITIVISM INDIGENO Paris Roland, 2004, WARS END BUILDING PE Paris Roland, 2009, DILEMMAS STATEBUILDI, P305 Pogge Thomas, 2002, WORLD POVERTY HUMAN, P51 Pugh Michael, SUM SEVEN POINTS PAR Richmond OP, 2007, SECUR DIALOGUE, V38, P27, DOI 10.1177/0967010607075971 Richmond OP, 2008, ROUTL STUD PEACE CON, P121 Richmond Oliver P., 2005, TRANSFORMATION PEACE Richmond Oliver P., 2004, INT PEACEKEEPING, V11, P85 Richmond Oliver P., 2009, REV INT STUD, V38, P575 Roberts D, 2008, J INTERV STATEBUILD, V2, P63, DOI 10.1080/17502970701592298 Sen Amartya, 2006, LDENTITYAND VIOLENCE TADJBAKHSH S, 2008, INT PEACEKEEPING, V15, P252 Taylor Charles, 1994, MULTICULTURALISM EXA Walzer M., 1994, THICK THIN MORAL ARG Zaum D., 2007, SOVEREIGNTY PARADOX NR 55 TC 34 Z9 34 U1 1 U2 6 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND SN 1353-3312 J9 INT PEACEKEEPING JI Int. Peacekeeping PY 2009 VL 16 IS 5 SI SI BP 616 EP 634 DI 10.1080/13533310903303255 PG 19 WC International Relations SC International Relations GA V20DO UT WOS:000208120900003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Spencer, G AF Spencer, Graham TI Free Presbyterianism and Political Change in Northern Ireland SO IRISH POLITICAL STUDIES LA English DT Article ID ULSTER AB This article is an empirical study about the Free Presbyterian Church and its relationship to political change in Northern Ireland. Drawing from interviews conducted with Free Presbyterian clergy between September 2007 and April 2008, it seeks to explain why the Church sought to distance itself from Reverend Dr Ian Paisley's decision to accept power-sharing with Nationalist and Republican opponents in 2007 and why Paisley stepped down as Church moderator after 57 years. The article argues that this occurred for three main reasons. First, accommodation of the political mainstream contradicts the idea of separatism which the Free Presbyterian Church advocates. Second, Paisley's transformation raised serious concerns and doubts about the authenticity of word and truth. And third, many within the Free Presbyterian Church were unable to accept Paisley's decision to share power with those they see as unrepentant criminals and murderers (i.e. Republicans). The analysis takes issue with the suggestion that evangelicals are abandoning their Calvinist convictions as a response to the new political and social landscape in Northern Ireland. It argues that Paisley's decision to lead the Democratic Unionist Party (DUP) into a power-sharing Assembly has led Free Presbyterians to restate their traditional separatist fundamentalist principles and to resist the threat of change. C1 Univ Portsmouth, Sch Creat Arts Film & Media, Old Portsmouth PO1 2HY, England. RP Spencer, G (reprint author), Univ Portsmouth, Sch Creat Arts Film & Media, St Georges Bldg,141 High St, Old Portsmouth PO1 2HY, England. EM graham.spen-cer@port.ac.uk CR Bebbington DW, 1989, EVANGELICALISM MODER Bouyer L., 2004, WORD CHURCH SACRAMEN Brewer JD, 2004, SOCIOL REV, V52, P265, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-954X.2004.00468.x Brewer John D., 1998, ANTICATHOLICISM NO I Bruce S., 2007, PAISLEY Carroll J., 1977, PURITAN PARANOID REM Cooke D., 1996, PERSECUTING ZEAL Ganiel Gladys, 2006, IRISH POLITICAL STUD, V21, P137 Harries R., 2008, REENCHANTMENT MORALI Jordan Glenn, 2001, NOT THIS WORLD EVANG LEITH J. H., 1977, INTRO REFORMED TRADI MACIVER MA, 1987, POLIT STUD-LONDON, V35, P359, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9248.1987.tb00194.x MCGRATH A, 1988, EVANGELICALISM FUTUR McGrath Alister, 1996, PASSION TRUTH INTELL McGrath Alister E., 2007, CHRISTIANITYS DANGER Mitchel P., 2003, EVANGELICALISM NATL MITCHELL C, 2007, NATIONS NATL, V13, P637 Mitchell Claire, 2006, RELIG IDENTITY POLIT Moloney E., 2008, PAISLEY MULLER RA, 2007, SCRIPTURE WORSHIP Packer J.I, 1958, FUNDAMENTALISM WORD PAISLEY I, 1999, FORDHAM INT LAW J, V22, P1274 PAISLEY IRK, 1998, TAPESTRY BELIEFS, P123 Smyth C, 1987, I PAISLEY VOICE PROT SMYTH CLIFFORD, 1986, IRISH POLITICAL STUD, V1, P33 Southern Neil, 2005, IRISH POLITICAL STUD, V20, P127 Thuesen Peter J., 1999, DISCORDANCE SCRIPTUR Tidball Derek J, 1994, WHO ARE EVANGELICALS WRIGHT F, 1973, ARCH EUR SOCIOL, V14, P213 NR 29 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 0 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND SN 0790-7184 J9 IRISH POLIT STUD JI Ir. Polit. Stud. PY 2009 VL 24 IS 3 BP 365 EP 384 DI 10.1080/07907180903075827 PG 20 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 688DS UT WOS:000284830600006 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Prousalidis, JM Xanthopoulos, E Voutzoulidis, K AF Prousalidis, J. M. Xanthopoulos, E. Voutzoulidis, K. TI Reactive power sharing in ship energy systems with shaft generators SO JOURNAL OF MARINE ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY LA English DT Article AB This paper deals with the well-based mathematical formulation of active and reactive load sharing of the synchronised generators of a ship's electric energy system. Thus, both the first- and second-stage regulation during load sharing is presented via mathematical equations. The novelty introduced in the paper is, on the one hand, that the hybrid parallel operation of shaft and conventional generators is covered, while on the other hand, that the analysis results in solving the combined reactive and real load sharing within the generator rated capacity. Furthermore, the dynamic behaviour of the machines and their controllers during the load sharing problem is also discussed with the aid of simulations in the MATLAB/Simulink environment. The entire analysis, which it is hoped can also be used for educational purposes, is enriched by figurative results obtained from an actual ship case study, in which this work assisted in resolving a series of load sharing problems C1 [Prousalidis, J. M.; Xanthopoulos, E.; Voutzoulidis, K.] Natl Tech Univ Athens, Sch Naval Architecture & Marine Engn, GR-10682 Athens, Greece. RP Prousalidis, JM (reprint author), Natl Tech Univ Athens, Sch Naval Architecture & Marine Engn, GR-10682 Athens, Greece. FU Elefsis Shipyards FX The authors wish to express their gratitude towards Elefsis Shipyards for all the support provided, including funding, technical data accumulation and field measurement performance. In addition, they are indebted towards Dr John Dermentzoglou for his assistance on setting-Up the simulations in the MATLAB environment. CR *DNV, 2001, RUL SHIPS JUL 2001 4 *GL, 2002, GEN REQ INSTR *HELL REG SHIPP, 1999, RUL REG CLASS CONS 6 *IEEE, 1993, 451993 IEEE KANELLOS F, 2006, IMAREST P ENG WEAP 2 KANELLOS F, 2007, IMAREST P ALL EL SHI *LRS, 2001, RUL REG CLASS NAV SH *MATHW INC, 2004, MATLAB US GUID PROUSALIDIS J, 2005, P EL SHIP S ESTS05 U *RINA, 2001, RUL REG CLASS NAV SH *STANAG, 1994, 1008 STANAG NATO Vournas C., 1998, VOLTAGE STABILITY AN NR 12 TC 5 Z9 5 U1 0 U2 3 PU INST MARINE ENGINEERING, SCI & TECHNOL PI LONDON PA 80 COLEMAN ST, LONDON EC2R 5BJ, ENGLAND SN 1476-1548 J9 J MAR ENG TECHNOL JI J. Mar. Eng. Technol. PD JAN PY 2009 IS A13 BP 21 EP 38 PG 18 WC Engineering, Marine SC Engineering GA 413QE UT WOS:000263806800003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Bieber, F Keil, S AF Bieber, Florian Keil, Soeren TI Power-Sharing Revisited: Lessons Learned in the Balkans? SO REVIEW OF CENTRAL AND EAST EUROPEAN LAW LA English DT Article DE Bosnia and Herzegovina; Kosovo; Macedonia; power-sharing AB In this article, the authors discuss the use of power-sharing instruments in the Western Balkans. While the comparison will focus on the use of power-sharing in Bosnia and Herzegovina and Macedonia, there will be occasional references to Kosovo, the third country in the region that displays elements of power-sharing. We argue that the region has been a laboratory of power-sharing instruments, with rather mixed results. While in all three cases, power-sharing was part of a larger strategy of peacebuilding, and was, therefore, successful in ending violent conflict and supporting peaceful conflict resolution, the introduction of power-sharing has also had some negative side effects. We will discuss, in particular, the consequences of complicated political systems, veto rights, as well as far-reaching ethno-territorial autonomy. Furthermore, the article will asses the risk of blockages arising from complex political arrangements and resulting international mediation. A particular focus of the article will be to distinguish between federalism in Bosnia and Herzegovina and alternative forms of autonomy (both territorial and non-territorial) in Macedonia and Kosovo. Rather than suggesting that power-sharing as such has failed in the region, we submit that the experience in the region suggests that: (a) there are no viable alternatives to power-sharing in the selected countries; (b) that different types of power-sharing need to be considered; and (c) that potential membership in the European Union continues to be the only incentive for the efficient implementation and application of power-sharing in the cases discussed. C1 [Bieber, Florian; Keil, Soeren] Univ Kent, Ctr Fed Studies, Canterbury, Kent, England. RP Bieber, F (reprint author), Univ Kent, Ctr Fed Studies, Canterbury, Kent, England. RI Bieber, Florian/B-5033-2013 OI Bieber, Florian/0000-0003-0427-831X CR BELLAMY A, 2002, CIVIL WARS, V5, P132 BIEBER F, 2009, CONSTITUTIO IN PRESS Bieber F, 2008, POLITICAL PARTIES CO, P95 Bieber F., 2003, GLOBAL REV ETHNOPOLI, V2, P3 BIEBER F, 2005, POWER SHARING DEMOCR, P99 BIEBER F, 2008, POWER SHARING IMPLEM, P24 BIEBER F, 2009, OPEN DEMOCRACY FEB BIEBER F, 2004, 19 ECMI, P2 Bieber Florian, 2006, SE EUROPEAN BLACK SE, V6, P43 Bose Sumantra, 2005, INT PEACEKEEPING, V12, P322 BRUNNBAUER U, 2002, J ETHNOPOLITICS MINO, V3, P7 BRUSIS M, 2003, J ETHNOPOLITICS MINO, V4 BURG S, 1977, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V7, P142 DAFTAY F, 2001, HELSINKI MONITOR, V12, P300 DJOKIC D, 2008, ELUSIVE COMPROMISE H Engstrom J., 2001, EUROPEAN YB MINORITY, V1, P335 European Commission Commission Staff Working Document, 2008, SEC20082693 EUR COMM, P7 European Stability Initiative, 2004, LAUS PRINC MULT TERR Fearon JD, 2004, SECUR STUD, V13, P394, DOI 10.1080/09636410490945965 HARTZELL C, 2003, AM J POLIT SCI, V47, P312 HAYDEN RM, 1992, SLAVIC REV, V51, P654, DOI 10.2307/2500130 HOARE MA, 2007, HIST BOSNIA, P40 Horowitz Donald L., 2000, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI, P291 Jovic Dejan, 2001, BALKANOLOGIE, V5, P21 Koleka B., 2009, REUTERS 0404 Lijphart A, 2004, J DEMOCR, V15, P96, DOI 10.1353/jod.2004.0029 LIJPHART A, 1985, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V15, P4 Lijphart A, 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC, p[21, 53] MARIC I, 2009, PROCES ODLUCIVANJAU, P39 NORRIS P, 2009, DRIVING DEMOCRACY DO, P19 Ramet S. P., 1992, NATL FEDERALISM YUGO ROTHCHILD D, 2005, SUSTAINABLE PEACE PO, P5 SIEGEL J, 1910, VERFASSUNGSGESETZE L SISK T, 2002, POWER SHARING INT ME, P34 WOLFF S, 2009, ETHNOPOLITICS, V8, P29 NR 35 TC 23 Z9 23 U1 1 U2 8 PU MARTINUS NIJHOFF PUBL PI LEIDEN PA PO BOX 9000, LEIDEN, 2300 PA, NETHERLANDS SN 0925-9880 J9 REV CENT E EUR LAW JI Rev. Cent. East Eur. Law PY 2009 VL 34 IS 4 BP 337 EP 360 DI 10.1163/092598809X12474728805778 PG 24 WC Law SC Government & Law GA 532GF UT WOS:000272733600003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Maingon, T Welsch, F AF Maingon, Thais Welsch, Friedrich TI Venezuela 2008: Road Map Towards Authoritarian Socialism SO REVISTA DE CIENCIA POLITICA LA Spanish DT Article DE Venezuela; government; institutions; elections; public policy AB Venezuela follows a road map towards authoritarian socialism. Defeated by popular vote in his intention to convert the constitution into a platform for socialism in December 2007, President Chavez decided to accelerate change by decree as a form to legitimize the amendments the people had disapproved. The results of the regional and local elections dealt hint a symbolic blow which he fought back stepping up his efforts at political re-centralization. Centralized decision-making and a top-down approach to policy formation, the erosion of vertical power-sharing and concentration of power in the presidency, the progressive deinstitutionalization at all levels, and an increasingly paternalist relationship between state and society characterize Venezuela's political process at this time and in the foreseeable future. C1 [Maingon, Thais] UCV, Caracas, Venezuela. [Welsch, Friedrich] RWTH Aachen Alemania, Aachen, Germany. [Welsch, Friedrich] Univ Simon Bolivar, Caracas, Venezuela. EM thelemaz@gmail.com; welsch@usb.ve CR ALVAREZ A, 2008, REV CIENCIA POLITICA, V28, P401 Álvarez Ángel E, 2007, Rev. cienc. polít. (Santiago), V27, P265, DOI 10.4067/S0718-090X2007000100016 ARENAS Nelly, 2006, POPULISMO AUTORITARI Briceno-Leon R., 2009, INSEGURIDAD VIOLENCI, P15 CARDOZO E, 2008, INGOBERNABILIDAD INS Lanzaro Jorge, 2008, NUEVA SOC, V217, P40 *PROV, 2008, SIT DER HUM VEN *VEN, 1999, CONST REP BOL VEN 19 WELSCH F, 2008, LATEINAMERIKA POLITI NR 9 TC 9 Z9 12 U1 1 U2 4 PU PONTIFICIA UNIV CATOLICA CHILE, INST CIENCIA POLITICA PI SANTIAGO PA AV VICUNA MACKENNA 4860, SANTIAGO, 00000, CHILE SN 0718-090X J9 REV CIENC POLIT-SANT JI Rev. Cienc. Polit. PY 2009 VL 29 IS 2 BP 633 EP 656 PG 24 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 496OZ UT WOS:000269985400018 OA Other Gold, Bronze DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Nicolas, CG Suarez, AI AF Nicolas, Cristina Garcia Suarez, Alfredo Iglesias TI THE FISCAL FEDERALISM AND THE LOCAL AND REGIONAL AUTONOMY IN THE ENLARGEMENT OF THE EUROPEAN UNION SO REVISTA DE ECONOMIA MUNDIAL LA Spanish DT Article DE Federalism; Territorial Cohesion; Autonomy; Spatial Planning AB In the process of European construction is observed a political and economic decentralization -diverse in degree and in levels-. The countries of the last enlargement and those who prepare its process of adhesion for the EU have seen in the regional and local autonomy one of the keys to face up to the necessary political, economic and social transformations, as well as to the evident increase of the social and territorial inequality. The object of this work is to analyze if a parallelism exists between "fiscal federalism" and the consolidation of the democracy and of the cohesion, as well as to present some trends observed in the Balkans as possible elements that would form it political and economic future. C1 [Nicolas, Cristina Garcia; Suarez, Alfredo Iglesias] Univ Castilla La Mancha, E-13071 Ciudad Real, Spain. RP Nicolas, CG (reprint author), Univ Castilla La Mancha, E-13071 Ciudad Real, Spain. EM cristina.garcia@uclm.es; Alfredo.Iglesias@uclm.es RI Roman, Urszula/G-2225-2011 CR BATT J, 2009, POLICY BRIEF, P3 CERVERA RC, 2009, 19 J AS ESP PROF DER *COM COM EUR, 2008, LIBR VERD SOBR COH T *COM COM EUR, 2008, ENL STRAT MAIN CHALL *CONS COMM REG EUR, 2006, LAV SERV PUBL EUR *CONS EUR, 1998, REG CONS AUT LOC EL *CONS EUR, 1985, CHART EUR AUT LOC *CONS EUR COP, 1993, 21 22 JUN 1993 DASI JF, 2005, POLITICAS URBANAS TE, P63 DAVEY K, 2007, EFFECTIVE DEMOCRATIC, P41 DREVET JF, 2004, LELARGISSEMENT UNION ELAZAR DJ, 1990, EXPLORACION FEDERALI EMERSON M, 1999, NUEVO MAPA EUROPA ENGELSCHALK M, 1999, DEV FISCAL FEDERALIS, P63 *FREED HOUS, 2008, NAT TRANSIT 2008 DEM *FRIDE, 2008, BOSNIA HERZEGOVINAS Hay J., 2003, DESAFIOS UNION EUROP HORVATH TM, 2000, DECENTRALIZATION EXP Kimball J. D, 1998, TRANSFER POWER DECEN, P7 KLEIBRINK A, 2008, EUROPE FORMATION, P71 KOMSIC J, 2007, PRINCIPLES EUROPEAN LEVITAS T, 2005, PROVIDING MORE SERVI MARCOU G, 2000, REGIONALISATION EURO Marcou G., 2002, REGIONALIZATION DEV PALACIOS AMG, 2005, CUESTIONES CONSTITUC, P95 PANELLA GFA, 1999, FISCAL FEDERALISM EU PETERI G, 2006, FISCAL EQUALIZATION SWIANIEWICZ P, 2002, CONSOLIDATION FRAGME TSOUKALIS L, 2004, QUE EUROPE QUEREMOS VIETEZ LC, 2004, EC PUBLICA LOCAL WATTS RL, 2006, SISTEMAS FEDERALES C 2006, DEC CONSEJO OCTUBRE NR 32 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 1 U2 3 PU UNIV HUELVA, SERV PUBLICACIONES PI HUELVA PA CAMPUS EL CARMEN, EDIFICIO MARIE CURIE, AVENIDA FUERZAS ARMADAS S-N, HUELVA, 21071, SPAIN SN 1576-0162 J9 REV ECON MUND JI Rev. Econ. Mund. PY 2009 IS 22 BP 51 EP 71 PG 21 WC Economics SC Business & Economics GA 497ZL UT WOS:000270104300003 OA DOAJ Gold DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Tangeras, TP Lagerlof, NP AF Tangeras, Thomas P. Lagerloef, Nils-Petter TI Ethnic Diversity, Civil War and Redistribution SO SCANDINAVIAN JOURNAL OF ECONOMICS LA English DT Article DE Civil war; ethnic diversity; redistribution; non-cooperative coalition; dynamic game; H56; J15; K42; N40; N47 ID CONFLICT; GROWTH; POLARIZATION; EQUILIBRIA; COUNTRIES; POLICIES; AFRICA AB In a game-theoretic framework, we analyse the circumstances under which self-enforcing redistribution and power-sharing coalitions can be used to peacefully resolve ethnic conflict. The existence of a pacific equilibrium depends crucially on ethnic diversity (the number of ethnic groups). The risk of civil war is comparatively high at intermediate levels of ethnic diversity. The risk is low if a society is either very homogeneous or very diverse. Predictions of the model are consistent with evidence on the incidence of civil war. C1 [Tangeras, Thomas P.] Res Inst Ind Econ, SE-10215 Stockholm, Sweden. [Lagerloef, Nils-Petter] York Univ, Toronto, ON M3J 1P3, Canada. RP Tangeras, TP (reprint author), Res Inst Ind Econ, SE-10215 Stockholm, Sweden. EM thomas.tangeras@ifn.se; lagerlof@econ.yorku.ca CR ABREU D, 1986, J ECON THEORY, V39, P191, DOI 10.1016/0022-0531(86)90025-6 Amir R, 2000, REV ECON STUD, V67, P235, DOI 10.1111/1467-937X.00129 Annett A, 2001, IMF STAFF PAPERS, V48, P561 [Anonymous], 2005, ECONOMIST [Anonymous], 2007, CBS NEWS Aumann R. J., 1959, CONTRIBUTIONS THEORY Azam JP, 2001, J PEACE RES, V38, P429, DOI 10.1177/0022343301038004002 AZAM JP, 1995, PUBLIC CHOICE, V83, P173, DOI 10.1007/BF01047691 AZAM JP, 1999, CONFLICT GROWTH AFRI, V1 BERNHEIM BD, 1987, J ECON THEORY, V42, P1, DOI 10.1016/0022-0531(87)90099-8 Bloch F, 1996, GAME ECON BEHAV, V14, P90, DOI 10.1006/game.1996.0043 Burnside C, 2000, AM ECON REV, V90, P847, DOI 10.1257/aer.90.4.847 Easterly W, 2001, ECON DEV CULT CHANGE, V49, P687, DOI 10.1086/452521 Easterly W, 1997, Q J ECON, V112, P1203, DOI 10.1162/003355300555466 Esteban J, 1999, J ECON THEORY, V87, P379, DOI 10.1006/jeth.1999.2549 ESTEBAN JM, 1994, ECONOMETRICA, V62, P819, DOI 10.2307/2951734 Garfinkel Michelle R., 2004, EUROPEAN J POLITICAL, V20, P829, DOI [DOI 10.1016/J.EJP0LEC0.2003.06.002, 10.1016/j.ejpoleco.2003.06.002] GARFINKEL MR, 1990, AM ECON REV, V80, P50 Garfinkel MR, 2004, CONFLICT MANAG PEACE, V21, P43, DOI 10.1080/07388940490433918 GROSSMAN HI, 1990, ECON POLIT-OXFORD, V2, P157 Hess GD, 2001, J POLIT ECON, V109, P776, DOI 10.1086/322085 HIRSHLEIFER J, 1995, J POLIT ECON, V103, P26, DOI 10.1086/261974 Horowitz Donald L., 2000, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI Jackson MO, 2007, AM ECON REV, V97, P1353, DOI 10.1257/aer.97.4.1353 Konrad KA, 2007, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V51, P622, DOI 10.1177/0022002707302799 LESCH AM, 2003, ENCY MODERN ETHNIC C Levy G, 2004, J EUR ECON ASSOC, V2, DOI 10.1162/154247604323015463 Lian B, 1997, ECON DEV CULT CHANGE, V46, P61, DOI 10.1086/452321 MAURO P, 1995, Q J ECON, V110, P681, DOI 10.2307/2946696 McBride Michael, 2007, I NORMS EC DEV Mehlum H, 2002, DEFENCE PEACE ECON, V13, P485, DOI 10.1080/1024269022000006141 Mehlum H, 2006, ECON GOV, V7, P75 Montalvo JG, 2005, AM ECON REV, V95, P796, DOI 10.1257/0002828054201468 NITZAN S, 1991, ECON J, V101, P1522, DOI 10.2307/2234901 Noh S.J., 2002, EUROPEAN J POLITICAL, V18, P129 Olson M., 1965, LOGIC COLLECTIVE ACT PALFREY TR, 1985, AM POLIT SCI REV, V79, P62, DOI 10.2307/1956119 PALFREY TR, 1983, PUBLIC CHOICE, V41, P7, DOI 10.1007/BF00124048 Ray D, 1999, GAME ECON BEHAV, V26, P286, DOI 10.1006/game.1998.0648 Rubinstein A., 1980, International Journal of Game Theory, V9, P1, DOI 10.1007/BF01784792 Sakovics J., 2004, THEOR DECIS, V55, P339 Skaperdas S, 1998, PUBLIC CHOICE, V96, P25, DOI 10.1023/A:1004912124496 Tullock G., 1980, THEORY RENT SEEKING 2005, ECONOMIST JAN, V6, P41 NR 44 TC 5 Z9 5 U1 0 U2 0 PU WILEY-BLACKWELL PUBLISHING, INC PI MALDEN PA COMMERCE PLACE, 350 MAIN ST, MALDEN 02148, MA USA SN 0347-0520 J9 SCAND J ECON JI Scand. J. Econ. PY 2009 VL 111 IS 1 BP 1 EP 27 DI 10.1111/j.1467-9442.2008.01552.x PG 27 WC Economics SC Business & Economics GA 404GH UT WOS:000263138700001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Omotola, JS AF Omotola, J. Shola TI Dissent and State Excesses in the Niger Delta, Nigeria SO STUDIES IN CONFLICT & TERRORISM LA English DT Article ID OIL; FEDERALISM; MINORITIES AB The collapse of the informal alliance between the Federal Government and ethnic minorities of the Niger Delta brought significant changes in their modes of power relations. The alliance had developed as a form of buffer against Igbo hegemony and domination over these minorities. The passing of a vote of no confidence on the alliance by the minorities was largely connected, then, as now, to oil and environmental politics and attendant distributive politics that place the minorities at the mercy of the government. These underscore the resort to dissent and excesses by the Niger Delta and the state, respectively. This article explores the rise and fall of the alliance and attendant intrigues. It illustrates the character of dissent and state excesses as well as their accomplishments and failures. It concludes that the resort to dissent by the minorities and excesses by the state has had mixed outcomes, making it difficult for both parties to fully actualize their goals. Finally, the article suggests the need to address the roots of observable contradictions, which lie in the asymmetrical system of power relations engendered by oil, environmental, and distributive politics. This calls for devising an acceptable and equitable method of power sharing and revenue allocation predicated on fairness, equity, and social justice. C1 Redeemers Univ, Dept Polit Sci & Publ Adm, Redemption City, Ogun State, Nigeria. RP Omotola, JS (reprint author), Redeemers Univ, Dept Polit Sci & Publ Adm, Redemption City, Ogun State, Nigeria. EM sholaomotola@yahoo.com OI Omotola, Shola/0000-0002-4715-8273 CR AGBESE PO, 2002, NIGERIAN CIVIL WAR I, P128 Agbu O, 2005, NIGERIA DEMOCRATIC R, V2, p81 AGHALINO SO, 2006, CHALLENGES SUSTAINAB, P311 Akinwumi O, 2005, NIGERIA DEMOCRATIC R, V2, P138 Akinwumi O., 2004, CRISIS CONFLICTS NIG APPADORAI A, 1974, SUBSTANCE POLITICS, P48 BANIGO Y, 2005, GUARDIAN NEWSPAP JUL, P2 Boro I. A, 1982, 12 DAY REVOLUTION DOKUBO C, 2000, AFRICAN J CONFLICTS, V1, P38 DOKUBO C, 2005, NIGERIA DEMOCRATIC R, V2, P129 Dokubo C, 2005, NIGERIA DEMOCRATIC R, V2, P124 Eminue O, 1999, ILORIN J BUSINESS SO, V6, p25 EMMANUEL H, 2003, GUARDIAN NEWSPAP JAN ENNALS M, 1998, HUM RIGHTS, P68 EYINLA B, 2003, GLOBALIZATION ITS DI, P118 Eyinla B, 1999, ILORIN J BUSINESS SO, V6, P1 FRYNAS GJ, 2006, BBCS WORLD TODA 0121 Frynas JG, 2001, AFR AFFAIRS, V100, P27, DOI 10.1093/afraf/100.398.27 GOODLUCK J, 2007, PUNCH 0517, P3 HRW, 1999, PRIC OIL CORP RESP H IBEANU O, 2000, 6 W WILS CTR Ikelegbe A, 2001, J MOD AFR STUD, V39, P437, DOI 10.1017/S0022278X01003676 IKIDDEH I, 2002, NIGERIAN CIVIL WAR I, P277 Ikporukpo C. O., 2002, NIGERIAN CIVIL WAR I, P207 *IYC, 1998, END ALL IJ YOUTH C 1 JOSEPH A, 2007, PUNCH 0517, P3 MACLAYTON I, 2003, GUARDIAN NEWSPAP MAY MAIER K, 2000, THIS HOUSE HAS FALLE, P142 NAANEN B, 1995, J COMMONW COMP POLIT, V33, P46 OBASANJO O, 1980, MY COMMAND, P47 OBOROKUMO AB, 2003, GUARDIAN NEWSPAP AUG Oche O, 1999, SELECTED THEMES NIGE, p62 Oche O, 2005, NIGERIA DEMOCRATIC R, V2, P108 OJO OJB, 2002, 49 DEV POL CTR, P12 OKPU U, 1977, ETHNIC MINORITY PROB OLANIYI B, 2007, PUNCH 0517, P2 Omotola J. S., 2007, Africa Today, V54, P73, DOI 10.2979/AFT.2007.54.1.72 Omotola J. S., 2006, CHALLENGE SUSTAINABL, P183 OMOTOLA JS, 2003, THESIS U IBADAN NIGE OMOTOLA JS, 2008, WARS CONFL AFR C ORG, P29 OMOTOLA JS, 2006, OCCASIONAL PAPER SER, V1 Onyeoziri F, 2002, ALTERNATIVE POLICY O OSAGHAE EE, 1991, AFR AFFAIRS, V90, P237, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.afraf.a098413 OSAGHAE EE, 1995, AFR AFFAIRS, V94, P325, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.afraf.a098833 OSAGHAE EE, 1986, COMMONWEALTH COMP PO, V16 Osaghae Eghosa E., 1998, CRIPPLED GIANT NIGER Rowell Andrew, 2005, NEXT GULF LONDON WAS SAROWIWA K, 1992, GENOCIDE NIGERIA OGO, P93 Suberu R. T., 1996, ETHNIC MINORITY CONF TORULAGHA PS, 2005, GUARDIAN NEWSPAP MAY UDOMBANA N, 2003, HUMAN RIGHTS CONT IS UDOMBANA NJ, 2000, HUMAN RIGHTS Q, V22 UDOMBANA NJ, 2003, MICHIGAN J INT LAW, V24 NR 53 TC 7 Z9 7 U1 0 U2 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS INC PI PHILADELPHIA PA 325 CHESTNUT ST, SUITE 800, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19106 USA SN 1057-610X J9 STUD CONFL TERROR JI Stud. Confl. Terror. PY 2009 VL 32 IS 2 BP 129 EP 145 AR PII 907947693 DI 10.1080/10576100802564014 PG 17 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA 395KI UT WOS:000262522600004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Mauro, D AF Di Mauro, Danilo TI The Consociational Democracy at Stake: Four Approaches to Explain Lebanon Past and Present SO ACTA POLITICA LA English DT Article DE Lebanon; power sharing; Consociational Democracy; middle east ID POLITICAL-DEVELOPMENT; CIVIL-WAR; CRISIS AB Lebanon's history of democratic establishment, collapse and resuscitation represents an excellent laboratory to assess the theory of Consociational Democracy. This article elaborates four main approaches - Elitist, Institutional, Developmental and International - that emerged in the literature concerning Lebanon since the mid-1960s. It is aimed to demonstrate their complete interdependence in contributing to Consociational Democracy theory, despite the fact that each of these approaches purposes to give unique explanation of the Lebanese political system. Thus, the explanatory variables - elites, institutions, modernization and international environment - of Lebanon's cycles of reforms and collapses are empirically analyzed in view of the authors who proposed them. Finally, the approaches will be recomposed to enrich the debate on theoretical and prescriptive contributions of power sharing in Lebanon. C1 [Di Mauro, Danilo] Univ Catania, Inst Human Sci, Catania, Italy. [Di Mauro, Danilo] Ist Italiano Sci Umane SUM, Florence, Italy. RP Mauro, D (reprint author), Univ Catania, Inst Human Sci, Catania, Italy. EM danilo.dimauro@gmail.com CR Agwani M. S, 1965, LEBANESE CRISIS 1958 Alin E., 1994, US 1958 LEBANON CRIS Ba'aklini Abdo I., 1976, LEGISLATIVE POLITICA Barak Oren, 2003, STATE FAILURE STATE BARRY B, 1975, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V5, P477, DOI 10.1017/S0007123400008322 Barry B., 1976, POWER POLITICAL THEO Buzan B., 2003, REGIONS POWER STRUCT CORSTANGE D, 2006, I PREFERENCES LEBANO CROW RE, 1962, J POLIT, V24, P489, DOI 10.2307/2127704 DEKMEJIAN RH, 1978, COMP POLIT, V10, P251, DOI 10.2307/421648 DEUTSCH KW, 1961, AM POLIT SCI REV, V55, P493, DOI 10.2307/1952679 DUVERGER M, 1955, POLITICAL PARTIES EKEN S, 1999, BACK FUTURE POSTWAR El-Husseini Rola, 2004, ARAB ELITES NEGOTIAT, P239 Gubser Peter, 1973, POLITICS CHANGE AL K GURR TR, 1993, MINORITIES RISK GLOB Hanf T., 1993, COEXISTENCE WARTIME Hartzell C, 2003, AM J POLIT SCI, V47, P318, DOI 10.1111/1540-5907.00022 Horowitz Donald L, 1991, DEMOCRATIC S AFRICA Hudson M., 1968, PRECARIOUS REPUBLIC Hudson Michael, 1988, LEBANON HIST CONFLIC, P224 Hudson Michael C., 1976, J PALESTINE STUD, V5, P109 HUNTINGTON SP, 1965, WORLD POLIT, V17, P386, DOI 10.2307/2009286 JABBRA JG, 1978, ANTHROPOL QUART, V51, P137, DOI 10.2307/3317770 JABBRA JG, 2001, CONSOCIOATIONAL DEMO Johnson Michael, 1986, CLASS CLIENT BEIRUT KHALIDI W, 1979, CONFLICT VIOLENCE LE LIJPHART A, 1981, COMP POLIT, V13, P355, DOI 10.2307/421902 Lijphart A, 1996, AM POLIT SCI REV, V90, P258, DOI 10.2307/2082883 LIJPHART A, 1968, COMP POLIT STUD, V1, P3, DOI 10.1177/001041406800100101 LIJPHART A, 1969, WORLD POLIT, V21, P207, DOI 10.2307/2009820 Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Lijphart Arend, 2008, THINKING DEMOCRACY P Linder W, 2005, EUR J POLIT RES, V44, P861, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.2005.00250.x LUSTICK I, 1979, WORLD POLIT, V31, P325, DOI 10.2307/2009992 Maila J., 1994, PEACE LEBANON WAR RE, P31 MEO LM, 1965, IMPROBABLE NATION ST MILLER B, 2000, COOP CONFL, V35, P1 NORDLINGER EA, 1972, 29 HARV CTR INT AFF NORTON AR, 1991, MIDDLE EAST J, V45, P457 OWEN R, 1984, THIRD WORLD Q, V6, P934 PICARD E, 2006, WAR I SOCIAL CHANGE PIERRICK E, 1991, POLITIQUE INTERIEURE Qubain F., 1961, CRISIS LEBANON Roeder Philip G., 2005, SUSTAINABLE PEACE PO SALAM NA, 1979, INSURRECTION 1958 LI Salem Elie, 1973, MODERNIZATION REVOLU Schneckener U, 2002, J PEACE RES, V39, P203, DOI 10.1177/0022343302039002004 Seaver BM, 2000, POLIT SCI QUART, V115, P247, DOI 10.2307/2657902 Sisk Timothy, 1996, POWER SHARING INT ME STEINER J, 1981, COMP POLIT, V13, P339, DOI 10.2307/421901 Suleiman Michael W., 1967, W POLITICAL Q, V20, P682 SULEIMAN MW, 1967, POLITICAL PARTIES LE YOUNG M, 1998, 2 FACES JANUS POSTWA Zahar Marie-Joelle J., 2005, SUSTAINABLE PEACE PO NR 55 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 0 PU PALGRAVE MACMILLAN LTD PI BASINGSTOKE PA BRUNEL RD BLDG, HOUNDMILLS, BASINGSTOKE RG21 6XS, HANTS, ENGLAND SN 0001-6810 J9 ACTA POLIT JI Acta Polit. PD DEC PY 2008 VL 43 IS 4 BP 453 EP 471 DI 10.1057/ap.2008.15 PG 19 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 381FL UT WOS:000261521000002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Stroschein, S AF Stroschein, Sherrill TI Making or Breaking Kosovo: Applications of Dispersed State Control SO PERSPECTIVES ON POLITICS LA English DT Article ID WORLD-POLITICS; INTERNATIONAL-RELATIONS; CIVIL-WARS; SOVEREIGNTY; PARTITION; HIERARCHY; CONFLICT; AUTONOMY; TERRITORIALITY; FEDERALISM AB In this article, I make a case for a dispersed state control model as an alternative to the territorial and hierarchical principles of the Weberian state. Rather than allocating governance powers in terms of territory, dispersed state controls are based on a functional principle, in which governance is allocated to various subunits by issue area or function. This examination is informed by recent debates in international relations theory on contractual and imperial network models of control, as well as work on non-territorial autonomy in the fields of nationalism and ethnic conflict. I examine the practical application of a dispersed control model in the context of the governance structure proposed for Kosovo, which declared independence from Serbia in February 2008. I conclude with an overview of the advantages of creative designs for states that move beyond territory and hierarchy, to deal with complex demographic and governing realities in regions such as the Balkans. C1 UCL, London WC1E 6BT, England. RP Stroschein, S (reprint author), UCL, London WC1E 6BT, England. EM s.stroschein@ucl.ac.uk CR Aalberts TE, 2004, J COMMON MARK STUD, V42, P23, DOI 10.1111/j.0021-9886.2004.00475.x Adamson FB, 2006, INT SECURITY, V31, P165, DOI 10.1162/isec.2006.31.1.165 Agnew J, 2005, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V95, P437, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8306.2005.00468.x ALEXANDRIS Y, 2004, GLOBAL GOV, V10, P67 ANDERSON P, 2001, BBC NEWS ONLINE 0223 Andeweg RB, 2000, ANNU REV POLIT SCI, V3, P509, DOI 10.1146/annurev.polisci.3.1.509 [Anonymous], 2001, RFE RL NEWSLINE 1218 Ansell C. K., 2004, RESTRUCTURING TERRIT AUSTIN R, 2007, SE EUROPEAN TIM 0521 BARDOS G, 2006, WILSON Q, V30, P10 Bardos GN, 2005, MEDITERR Q, V16, P17, DOI 10.1215/10474552-16-3-17 BAUBOCK R, 2001, W BRANDT SERIES WORK, V2 Baubock Rainer, 2005, NATL CULTURAL AUTONO BAUMGARTNER T, 1975, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V19, P417, DOI 10.1177/002200277501900302 BEAUMONT P, 2008, GUARDIAN 0309 Ben-Porat G., 2005, GEOPOLITICS, V10, P147 BILEFSKY D, 2008, NY TIMES 0221 BILEFSKY D, 2008, NY TIMES 0616 Bowring B, 2002, EUROPE-ASIA STUD, V54, P229, DOI 10.1080/09668130120116592 Brenner N, 1998, REV INT POLIT ECON, V5, P1, DOI 10.1080/096922998347633 Brooks RE, 2005, U CHICAGO LAW REV, V72, P1159 Brubaker R., 1996, NATL REFRAMED NATION Bull H, 1977, ANARCHICAL SOC STUDY Bunce Valerie, 1999, SUBVERSIVE I DESIGN BURNS J, 2008, NY TIMES 0208 Caporaso James A, 2004, RESTRUCTURING TERRIT COAKLEY J, 1994, INT POLIT SCI REV, V15, P297, DOI 10.1177/019251219401500305 *COMM SEC COOP EUR, 1998, MAC PARL EL Cooley A, 2000, INT SECURITY, V25, P100 Cooley Alexander, 2005, LOGICS HIERARCHY ORG CORDESMAN A, 2006, NY TIMES 0509 Cornell SE, 2002, WORLD POLIT, V54, P245, DOI 10.1353/wp.2002.0002 Deets S, 2002, E EUR POLIT SOC, V16, P30, DOI 10.1177/0888325402016001003 DEETS S, 2008, ETHNOPOLITI IN PRESS, V7 Deets Stephen, 2005, NATIONS NATL, V11, P285 Diamond L, 2006, FOREIGN AFF, V85, P150, DOI 10.2307/20032048 Diamond L, 1993, GLOBAL RESURGENCE DE Diamond Larry., 2005, SQUANDERED VICTORY A DIPALMA G, 2004, RESTRUCTURING TERRIT Downes AB, 2001, SECUR STUD, V10, P58, DOI 10.1080/09636410108429445 Eide A, 1998, AUTONOMY APPL IMPLIC Etzione Amitai, 2006, ORBIS, V50, P71, DOI DOI 10.1016/J.ORBIS.2005.10.006 FARRELL M, 2005, NATL CULTURAL AUTONO Fearon James D., 1998, INT SPREAD ETHNIC CO *FED REP YUG, 2002, OFFICIAL GAZETT 0227 FONIQKABASHI B, 2008, SE EUROPEAN TIM 0228 Foucault M, 1980, POWER KNOWLEDGE SELE *FREED HOUS, 1999, NAT TRANS Freedom House, 1997, NAT TRANS Friedrichs J, 2001, EUR J INT RELAT, V7, P475, DOI 10.1177/1354066101007004004 GALL C, 2001, NY TIMES 0323 GALL C, 2001, NY TIMES 0317 GALL C, 2001, NY TIMES 0521 GALL C, 2001, NY TIMES 0609 GLENNY M, 2001, OBSERVER 0318 Goddard SE, 2006, INT ORGAN, V60, P35, DOI 10.1017/S0020818306060024 Goddard SE, 2005, EUR J INT RELAT, V11, P9, DOI 10.1177/1354066105050136 Gorenburg D. P., 2003, MINORITY ETHNIC MOBI GOTTLIEB G, 1994, FOREIGN AFF, V73, P100, DOI 10.2307/20046661 GOULD C, 2006, J SOCIAL PHILOS SPEC, V37, P1 Gould Carol C., 2006, J SOCIAL PHILOS, V37, P44 *GOV KOS C COMM, 2008, C REP KOS IN PRESS *GOV KOS C COMM, 2008, C REP KOS GREENHILL KM, 2003, YUGOSLAVIA UNRAVELED Hale HE, 2004, WORLD POLIT, V56, P165, DOI 10.1353/wp.2004.0011 Hale HE, 2000, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V30, P31, DOI 10.1017/S0007123400000028 HANNUM Hurst, 1996, AUTONOMY SOVEREIGNTY Hayden R., 1999, BLUEPRINTS HOUSE DIV HAYTON B, 2004, BBC NEWS ONLINE 0319 Heintze H.-J., 2002, INT J MINORITY GROUP, V9, P325 Heintze H- J., 1998, AUTONOMY APPL IMPLIC Herbst J, 1997, INT SECURITY, V21, P120, DOI 10.1162/isec.21.3.120 Hobson JM, 2005, EUR J INT RELAT, V11, P63, DOI 10.1177/1354066105050137 Hooghe L., 1993, REGIONAL POLICY POLI, V3, P44 Horowitz Donald L., 1985, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI HUGHES JAMES, 2001, REGIONAL FEDERAL STU, V11, P220 *INT CRIS GROUP, 2002, KOS ROADM, V1 *INT CRIS GROUP, 2005, 162 INT CRIS GROUP *INT CRIS GROUP, 2002, KOS ROADM, V2 International Crisis Group, 2005, 161 INT CRIS GROUP International Crisis Group, 2006, KOS FIN STAT International Crisis Group, 2007, 182 INT CRIS GROUP Jackson Patrick Thaddeus, 2006, CIVILIZING ENEMY GER Jackson PT, 1999, EUR J INT RELAT, V5, P291, DOI 10.1177/1354066199005003002 JACKSON RH, 1982, WORLD POLIT, V35, P1, DOI 10.2307/2010277 JACOBS D, 2001, REGIONAL FEDERAL STU, V13, P127 Jacobs Dirk, 2000, J ETHN MIGR STUD, V26, P289, DOI DOI 10.1080/13691830050022811 JACOBS PH, 1997, BAS CLIN DERMATOL, V12, P1 Jenne E, 2004, INT STUD QUART, V48, P729, DOI 10.1111/j.0020-8833.2004.00323.x Joseph EP, 2005, FOREIGN AFF, V84, P111, DOI 10.2307/20034211 Judah T, 2005, SURVIVAL, V47, P73, DOI 10.1080/00396330500433316 Juviler P, 1999, POLIT SCI QUART, V114, P435, DOI 10.2307/2658205 Kaufmann C, 1996, INT SECURITY, V20, P136, DOI 10.2307/2539045 Kaufmann CD, 1998, INT SECURITY, V23, P120, DOI 10.2307/2539381 KOCSIS K., 1998, ETHNIC GEOGRAPHY HUN Krasner SD, 2004, INT SECURITY, V29, P85, DOI 10.1162/0162288042879940 KRISTIC B, 2008, REUTERS UK 0628 Kumar R, 1997, FOREIGN AFF, V76, P22, DOI 10.2307/20047907 Kupchan CA, 2005, FOREIGN AFF, V84, P14, DOI 10.2307/20031773 Laitin DD, 2001, COMP POLIT STUD, V34, P839, DOI 10.1177/0010414001034008001 Lake DA, 1996, INT ORGAN, V50, P1, DOI 10.1017/S002081830000165X Lapidoth R., 1997, AUTONOMY FLEXIBLE SO LAUGHLAND J, 2008, GUARDIAN 0219 LAUVAUX P, 2001, BELGIQUE ETAT FEDERA LETON A, 2001, BELGIQUE ETAT FEDERA LICKLIDER R, 1995, AM POLIT SCI REV, V89, P681, DOI 10.2307/2082982 Lidstrom A, 2007, REG FED STUD, V17, P499, DOI 10.1080/13597560701691896 Lijphart A., 1968, POLITICS ACCOMMODATI Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Liptak Adam, 2008, NY TIMES 0217 LOBIAKAS A, 2008, RFE RL BALKAN RE MAR *LSV, 2001, REP VOJV DRUG PROGR LUSTICK I, 1979, WORLD POLIT, V31, P325, DOI 10.2307/2009992 Lustick IS, 2004, AM POLIT SCI REV, V98, P209, DOI 10.1017/S0003055404001108 MANNHEIM K, 1955, IDEOLOG UTOPIA INTRO Mcgarry J, 2007, ETHNOPOLITICS, V6, P105, DOI 10.1080/17449050701232983 Mcgarry J, 2007, ETHNOPOLITICS, V6, P133, DOI 10.1080/17449050701233023 MOORE P, 2006, RFE RL 0729 MOORE P, 2008, RFE RL BALKAN R 0624 MOORE P, 2008, RFE RL BALKAN R 0528 MOORE P, 2001, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0316 MOORE P, 2001, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0320 MOORE P, 2006, RFE RL BALKAN REPORT, V10 Mozaffar Shaheen, 1999, NATL ETHNIC POLITICS, V5, P230, DOI DOI 10.1080/13537119908428578 MUSTAFA A, 2008, SE EUROPEAN TIM 0218 NAEGELE J, 2003, RFE RL 0204 *NAT DEM I, 2004, KOS 2004 CENTR ASS E Nexon DH, 2007, AM POLIT SCI REV, V101, P253, DOI 10.1017/S0003055407070220 NEXON DH, STRUGGLE PO IN PRESS Nimni E.N., 2005, NATL CULTURAL AUTONO Nootens G., 2006, NATIONS NATL, V12, P35 O'Leary B, 2002, ARCHITECTURE DEMOCRA *ORG SEC COOP EUR, 2002, BACKGR REP REC AD FE PADGETT JF, 1993, AM J SOCIOL, V98, P1259, DOI 10.1086/230190 PARTOS G, 2001, BBC NEWS ONLINE 0202 PETROV V, 2006, INT AFFAIRS RUS 0615 PETTIFER J, 2007, AHTISAARI REPORT TOT PETTIFER J, 2006, MACEDONIAN ELECTIONS Posen Barry, 1993, SURVIVAL, V35, P27, DOI DOI 10.1080/00396339308442672 PUZIGACA M, 2001, ISTRAZIVANJE JAVNOG RAANAN U, 1991, CONFLICT PEACEMAKING Reilly Benjamin, 2001, DEMOCRACY DIVIDED SO Renner K., 2005, NATL CULTURAL AUTONO Rezvani DA, 2007, POLIT SCI QUART, V122, P115, DOI 10.1002/j.1538-165X.2007.tb00594.x Rezvani DA, 2007, ETHNOPOLITICS, V6, P129, DOI 10.1080/17449050701233056 ROEDER PG, 1991, WORLD POLIT, V43, P196, DOI 10.2307/2010471 Roth BL, 1999, NEUROSCIENTIST, V5, P254, DOI 10.1177/107385849900500414 RUGGIE JG, 1993, INT ORGAN, V47, P139, DOI 10.1017/S0020818300004732 Sambanis N, 2000, WORLD POLIT, V52, P437, DOI 10.1017/S0043887100020074 SARTORI G, 1994, COMP CONSTITUTIONAL Sasse Gwendolyn, 2002, NATIONALISM ETHNIC P, V8, P1 Sassen S, 2006, TERRITORY, AUTHORITY, RIGHTS: FROM MEDIEVAL TO GLOBAL ASSEMBLAGES, P1 SCHMIDT F, 1993, RADIO FREE EUROPE RA, V2, P22 SCHMITTER PC, 1974, REV POLIT, V36, P85, DOI 10.1017/S0034670500022178 Schwarz R, 2005, THIRD WORLD Q, V26, P649, DOI 10.1080/01436590500127883 Shotter J., 1993, CULTURAL POLITICS EV Sisk Timothy, 1996, POWER SHARING INT ME Sletzinger Martin C., 2005, WILSON Q, V29, P35 SPRUYT Hendrik, 1994, SOVEREIGN STATE ITS Stewart S., 2001, NATL ETHNIC POLITICS, V7, P113 Stroschein S., 2006, STATUS LAW SYNDROME Stroschein S., 2003, J ETHNOPOLITICS MINO, V3 SWEET AS, 2004, RESTRUCTURING TERRIT TELEKI I, 2002, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0715 Thomas P, 2004, THEOR SOC, V33, P257, DOI 10.1023/B:RYSO.0000023442.63711.20 THORNBERRY P, 1998, AUTONOMY APPL IMPLIC THORPE N, 2004, BBC NEWS ONLINE 0324 Tilly C, 2004, THEOR SOC, V33, P1, DOI 10.1023/B:RYSO.0000021427.13188.26 Tilly C., 1992, COERCION CAPITAL EUR Tilly C., 2002, STORIES IDENTITIES P Tilly Charles, 1998, SECURITY COMMUNITIES *UN INT ADM MISS K, 2001, CONS FRAM PROV SELF *UNOSEK, 2007, REP SPEC ENV SECR GE UNOSEK, 2007, COMPR PROP KOS STAT VANPARIJS P, 2000, DESIGNING DEMOCRATIC *VMSZ, 1999, AGR POL LEG IN PRESS *VMSZ, 2002, TORV NEMZ KIS JOG SZ Walter Barbara F., 2002, COMMITTING PEACE SUC WALZER M, 1992, COMMUNITARIANISM IND Watts RL, 1998, ANNU REV POLIT SCI, V1, P117, DOI 10.1146/annurev.polisci.1.1.117 Weber M., 1946, M WEBER ESSAYS SOCIO WENDT A, 1995, INT ORGAN, V49, P689, DOI 10.1017/S0020818300028484 WHITMORE B, 2008, RFE RL 0216 Wolff Stefan, 2004, NATL ETHNIC POLITICS, V10, P387, DOI DOI 10.1080/13537110490518255 WOOD N, 2006, NY TIMES 0827 2002, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0510 2001, RFE RL NEWSLINE 1023 2001, RFE RL NEWSLINE 1115 2001, RFE RL NEWSLINE 1126 2008, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0219 2002, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0306 2008, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0222 2002, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0702 2008, INT HERALD TRIB 0403 2003, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0205 2003, NEPSZABADSAG BU 0221 2006, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0828 2008, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0225 2008, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0228 2006, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0915 2008, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0226 2008, BBC NEWS ONLINE 0228 2008, BBC NEWS ONLINE 0301 2002, VECERNJE NOVOST 0124 2008, NY TIMES 0228 2002, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0524 2008, BBC NEWS ONLINE 0303 2004, BBC NEWS ONLINE 1025 2002, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0715 2002, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0909 2004, BBC NEWS ONLINE 0322 2002, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0626 2003, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0226 2002, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0821 2002, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0408 2002, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0418 2002, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0129 2002, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0124 2003, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0211 1999, NEPSZABADSAG BU 0713 2006, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0914 2006, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0901 2003, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0206 2006, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0825 1999, NEPSZABADSAG BU 0714 2006, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0905 2002, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0123 2004, BBC NEWS ONLINE 0318 2008, RFE RL NEWSLINE APR 2008, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0310 2001, NY TIMES 0531 2001, RFE RL NEWSLINE 1116 2004, BBC NEWS ONLINE 0320 2002, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0523 2008, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0220 2008, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0229 2003, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0225 2001, NY TIMES 0611 2008, BBC NEWS ONLINE 0223 2006, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0818 2001, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0227 2003, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0224 2003, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0207 2003, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0227 2006, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0807 2003, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0218 2002, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0819 2008, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0221 2007, RFE RL NEWSLINE 1119 2008, RFE RL NEWSLINE 0227 NR 250 TC 18 Z9 18 U1 0 U2 8 PU CAMBRIDGE UNIV PRESS PI NEW YORK PA 32 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS, NEW YORK, NY 10013-2473 USA SN 1537-5927 EI 1541-0986 J9 PERSPECT POLIT JI Perspect. Polit. PD DEC PY 2008 VL 6 IS 4 BP 655 EP 674 DI 10.1017/S153759270808184X PG 20 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA V11HH UT WOS:000207522200002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Balducchi, DE Wandner, SA AF Balducchi, David E. Wandner, Stephen A. TI Work sharing policy: Power sharing and stalemate in American federalism SO PUBLIUS-THE JOURNAL OF FEDERALISM LA English DT Article AB Work sharing benefits are partial unemployment benefits, and federal policy related to them is in an administrative muddle. A lack of leadership by the federal government has stalled state implementation. During economic downturns when political voltage is high, policy makers look to work sharing as one way to manage job loss. Conversely, work sharing is often forgotten during prosperous times. This article describes how federalism sometimes facilitates state initiation of work sharing policy and at other times impedes it. The authors discuss work sharing through six policy phases during a thirty-year era of devolving federal authority to states for employment services and job training, and they make observations about the stalemate in federal policy. C1 [Balducchi, David E.; Wandner, Stephen A.] US Dept Labor, Washington, DC 20210 USA. RP Balducchi, DE (reprint author), US Dept Labor, Washington, DC 20210 USA. CR *ADV COUNC UN COMP, 1995, UN INS US BEN FIN CO [Anonymous], 1787, COMMUNICATION BACH HU, 2002, LABOUR MARKET TRENDS Balducchi DE, 2004, LABOR EXCHANGE POLICY IN THE UNITED STATES, P33 BARNOW BS, 1993, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V23, P75 Best F., 1981, WORK SHARING ISSUES Burns James, 1963, DEADLOCK DEMOCRACY 4 CADRAIN D, 2002, STATE PROGRAMS OFFER CLINTON B, 1996, LETTER US SENATOR NA Clinton Bill, 2004, MY LIFE CONLAN T, 2007, J FEDERALISM, V37, P279 Derthick Martha, 2001, KEEPING COMPOUND REP ELIOT T, 1992, RECOLLECTIONS NEW DE Ellis Joseph, 2004, HIS EXCELLENCY GEORG EMSELLEM M, 2002, FAILING UNEMPLOYED Eurostat, 2006, EUR SOC STAT LAB MAR FARBER HS, 1997, 382 PRINC U GAIS T, 2005, AM I DEMOCRACY EXECU, P486 HENLE P, 1976, WORK SHARING ALTERNA HOBBIE RA, 2006, COMMUNICATION 0418 ITTNER L, 1984, SHORT TIME COMPENSAT, P120 KERACHSKY S, 1986, EVALUATION SHORT TIM, P86 KETTL DF, 2004, PRINCIPLES PRACTICE, P102 King CT, 1999, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V29, P53, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.pubjof.a030026 LAMMERS J, 1984, SHORT TIME COMPENSAT, P61 LOUIS R, 1984, SHORT TIME COMPENSAT, P82 MACOY R, 1984, SHORT TIME COMPENSAT MORAND MJ, 1990, UNEMPLOYMENT INSURAN, P302 Nathan RP, 2005, HEALTH AFFAIR, V24, P1458, DOI 10.1377/hlthaff.24.6.1458 OLEARY CJ, 2006, STATE UI JOB SEARCH, P27 Posner P, 2007, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V37, P390, DOI 10.1093/publius/pjm014 RIDLEY N, 2002, ISSUE BRIEF ASSITING SASS S, 2006, SOCIAL SECURITY STOC Schroeder P., 1984, SHORT TIME COMPENSAT, pi Tannenwald R, 1998, NEW ENGL ECON REV, P1 *US DEP LAB, 1983, MOD LEG LANG IMPL SH VROMAN W, 1992, UI RES EXCHANGE, P69 WALSH S, 1997, 972 US DEP LAB EMPL WOLFINGER RE, 1970, C BEHAV, P111 NR 39 TC 4 Z9 4 U1 0 U2 4 PU OXFORD UNIV PRESS PI OXFORD PA GREAT CLARENDON ST, OXFORD OX2 6DP, ENGLAND SN 0048-5950 J9 PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM JI Publius-J. Fed. PD WIN PY 2008 VL 38 IS 1 BP 111 EP 136 DI 10.1093/publius/pjm030 PG 26 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 245GD UT WOS:000251922200005 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU DeRouen, K AF DeRouen, Karl, Jr. TI Crafting Peace: Power-Sharing Institutions and the Negotiated Settlement of Civil Wars SO COMPARATIVE POLITICAL STUDIES LA English DT Book Review C1 [DeRouen, Karl, Jr.] Univ Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL 35487 USA. RP DeRouen, K (reprint author), Univ Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL 35487 USA. CR Fortna Virginia Page, 2004, PEACE TIME CEASE FIR Hartzell Caroline, 2007, CRAFTING PEACE POWER NR 2 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 1 U2 3 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS INC PI THOUSAND OAKS PA 2455 TELLER RD, THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91320 USA SN 0010-4140 J9 COMP POLIT STUD JI Comp. Polit. Stud. PD NOV PY 2008 VL 41 IS 11 BP 1547 EP 1548 DI 10.1177/0010414008320094 PG 2 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 357ZN UT WOS:000259886000007 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Luchterhandt, O AF Luchterhandt, Otto TI A Failed Community On the History of South Ossetia and Georgia SO OSTEUROPA LA German DT Article AB In losing the August 2008 war, Georgia has probably lost the renegade areas of South Ossetia and Abkhazia forever. In the case of South Ossetia, the natural landscape, ethnic make up, socio-economic relations, and administrative history spoke against such a development. A political settlement between Ossetia and Georgia on the basis of a constitutionally guaranteed territorial autonomy would have been possible. This chance has been squandered. C1 Univ Hamburg, Hamburg, Germany. RP Luchterhandt, O (reprint author), Univ Hamburg, Hamburg, Germany. CR ABCHASIENS G, 1907, ISTORICESKAJA ZAPISK, V1, P97 [Anonymous], 2008, SOBRANIE ZAKONODATEL BLIEV JO, ESADZE ISTORICESKAJA, P281 BLIEV MM, 2006, JUZNAJA OSETIJA KOLI, P15 BRUNNER G, 1996, NATIONALITATENPROBLE, P132 CIZEVSKIJ VC, 2004, J OSETIJA NAVEKI ROS, P20 COPPIETERS B, 1996, SPORNYE GRANICY KAVK, P96 CUCIEV A, 2006, ATLAS ETNOPOLITICESK, P14 CUCIEV AA, 2002, KONFLIKTY ABCHAZII CUCIEV AA, 2008, KONFLIKTY ABCHAZII J DZASOCHOV A, 2003, ISTORIJA SEVERNOJ OS, P107 DZIDZOEEV VD, 2004, KAVKAZ KONCA 20 VEKA, P92 GAGLOJTI J, 1993, K ISTORII NAZVANIJA, P5 GERBER ZJ, 1997, GEORGEIN NATL OPPOSI, P284 KALOEV BA, 2004, OSETINY ISTORIKOETNO, P70 KOCIEVA I, 2005, GRUZIJA ETNICESKIE C, P11 KONIEV J, 1969, NACL NO GOSUDARSTVEN, P18 KUCIEV V, 1917, SEVERNAJA OSETIJA RE, P152 LJUBAVSKIJ MK, 1996, OBZOR ISTORII RUSSKO, P401 POTTO VV, 2006, KAVKAZSKAJA VOJNA, V1, P156 SAGARIJA E, 1970, NACL NO GOSUDARSTVEN, P22 SAMBA T, 2004, A NEPROSIN ABCHAZIJA SIREL VA, 2006, BYT ALANAMI INTELLEK, P39 STAHLBERG SD, 2000, MINDERHEITENSCHUTZ P, P404 TOTOEV ZM, 1966, ISTORIJA SEVERO OSET 2007, TEXT ROSSIJA KOLONII, P338 1995, DAZU AUCH NACL NO GO, P140 NR 27 TC 1 Z9 2 U1 0 U2 0 PU BWV-BERLINER WISSENSCHAFTS-VERLAG GMBH PI BERLIN PA AXEL-SPRINGER-STR 54 A, BERLIN, D-10117, GERMANY SN 0030-6428 J9 OSTEUROPA JI Osteuropa PD NOV PY 2008 VL 58 IS 11 BP 97 EP + PG 15 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 392IG UT WOS:000262295800009 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Trumbore, PF AF Trumbore, Peter F. TI Crafting Peace: Power-Sharing Institutions and the Negotiated Settlement of Civil Wars SO INTERNATIONAL STUDIES REVIEW LA English DT Book Review C1 [Trumbore, Peter F.] Oakland Univ, Dept Polit Sci, Rochester, MI 48309 USA. RP Trumbore, PF (reprint author), Oakland Univ, Dept Polit Sci, Rochester, MI 48309 USA. CR Hartzell Caroline, 2007, CRAFTING PEACE POWER Hoddie Matthew, 2005, SUSTAINABLE PEACE PO, P83 Rothchild Donald, 2005, SUSTAINABLE PEACE PO, P293 Sisk Timothy, 1996, POWER SHARING INT ME NR 4 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU WILEY-BLACKWELL PI MALDEN PA COMMERCE PLACE, 350 MAIN ST, MALDEN 02148, MA USA SN 1521-9488 J9 INT STUD REV JI Int. Stud. Rev. PD SEP PY 2008 VL 10 IS 3 BP 616 EP 618 DI 10.1111/j.1468-2486.2008.00808.x PG 3 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA V18DS UT WOS:000207986100015 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Savun, B AF Savun, Burcu TI Crafting peace: Power-sharing institutions and the negotiated settlement of civil wars SO POLITICAL SCIENCE QUARTERLY LA English DT Book Review C1 [Savun, Burcu] Univ Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA. RP Savun, B (reprint author), Univ Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA. CR Hartzell Caroline, 2007, CRAFTING PEACE POWER NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 1 U2 2 PU ACAD POLITICAL SCIENCE PI NEW YORK PA 475 RIVERSIDE DRIVE, SUITE 1274, NEW YORK, NY 10115-1274 USA SN 0032-3195 J9 POLIT SCI QUART JI Polit. Sci. Q. PD FAL PY 2008 VL 123 IS 3 BP 535 EP 536 DI 10.1002/j.1538-165X.2008.tb01795.x PG 2 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 353QC UT WOS:000259582200030 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Fernandez, AN AF Noguera Fernandez, Albert TI Pluri-nationality and regional autonomy. Comments to initiate a debate about the new draft Constitution in Bolivia SO REVISTA ESPANOLA DE DERECHO CONSTITUCIONAL LA Spanish DT Article DE Constituent Assembly; Plurinacionalty; Autonomy; Constitution AB The demands of plurinational State and departmental autonomy had been one of the most important and challenging issues which has had to confront the Constituent Assembly of Bolivia on the elaboration of the Constitution project approved last December 9, 2007, which will go through constitutional referendum, if there aren't changes, on December 7, 2008. This article examines the treatment, that the text of the approved project, it gives to these two key aspects, pointing out the innovations that presents, especially in the constitutional recognition of the plurinationality of the State, but also the problems and deficiencies in referring to the autonomy regime set for the departments and regions and the territorial distribution system of public resources. CR AYO D, 2003, DESCENTRALIZACION QU BARIE CG, 2005, AAVV VISIONES INDIGE BARRIOS F, 2005, PROPUESTA AUTONOMICA GALINDO M, 2005, DESCENTRALIZACION FI GENEVIEVE MJ, 1988, AUTONOMIAS REV CATAL IVAN F, 1990, DEMOCRATIZACION ESTA LINERA AG, 2003, DESCENTRALIZACION QU MOLINA H, 1994, DESCENTRALZACION IMP MORALES M, 2006, GOBERNABILIDAD DEMO MORALES M, 2007, PROPUESTA AUTONOMIA ORZUA M, 2006, REFORMA RESTAURACION PRUHOMME R, 2000, DECENTRALIZATION BOL REQUEJO F, 2007, WORKSH DEM CIUD TERR REQUEJO F, 2001, MIL ANO MIL MILINOIS, P279 VALCARCE C, 2004, ANAL TEMATICA INDIGE NR 15 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 3 PU CENTRO ESTUDIOS POLITICOS CONSTITUCIONALES PI MADRID PA PLAZA DE LA MARINA ESPANOLA 9, 28071 MADRID, SPAIN SN 0211-5743 J9 REV ESP DERECHO CONS JI Rev. Esp. Derecho Const. PD SEP-DEC PY 2008 VL 28 IS 84 BP 147 EP 177 PG 31 WC Law SC Government & Law GA 384GP UT WOS:000261733600005 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Champagne, D AF Champagne, Duane TI From first nations to self-government - A political legacy of indigenous nations in the United States SO AMERICAN BEHAVIORAL SCIENTIST LA English DT Article DE indigenous peoples; self-government; colonialism; social movements AB The indigenous movement in the United States moves from aboriginal autonomy to quasi-conquest and domination, internal colonies, and tribal reservations and back to limited self-government and claims to sovereignty. This article traces the roots and efforts of the U. S. indigenous movement to maintain political autonomy, land, and cultural autonomy within the legal, political, and cultural institutions of the United States. The American Indian experience is quite different from the experiences of most indigenous peoples, but the U. S. indigenous movement illustrates some fundamental points of the indigenous perspective and provides a model for defining indigenous relations with nation-states. C1 Univ Calif Los Angeles, Native Nations Law & Policy Ctr, Los Angeles, CA 90024 USA. RP Champagne, D (reprint author), Univ Calif Los Angeles, Native Nations Law & Policy Ctr, Los Angeles, CA 90024 USA. CR ALVORD CW, 1959, MISSISSIPPI VALLEY B BENHAM MKP, 2002, RENAISSANCE AM INDIA Cajete G, 1994, LOOK MOUNTAIN ECOLOG Cajete Gregory, 2000, NATIVE SCI NATURAL L CHAMPAGNE D, 1992, SOCIAL ORDER POLITIC Champagne Duane, 2007, SOCIAL CHANGE CULTUR CHAUDHURI J, 2001, SCARED PATH WAY MUSC Cornell S., 1988, RETURN NATIVE AM IND Darian-Smith E., 2004, NEW CAPITALISTS LAW Deloria V. J., 2001, POWER PLACE INDIAN E DIPPIE BW, 1982, VANISHING AM WHITE A ECOHAWK W, 2007, AM INDIAN NATIONS YE, P210 EID L, 2001, NATIVE N AM ALMANAC, P224 GOLDBERG C, 1997, PLANTING TAIL FEATHE, V280 GOLDBERG C, 2001, NATIVE N AM ALMANAC, P469 Goldberg Carole, 2002, WICAZO SA REV, V17, P43 HAMILTON A, 1961, FEDERALIST FAMOUS PA HAWK WE, P AM IND NA IN PRESS Horse Capture G. P., 1997, AM INDIAN ACTIVISM A, P140 JOHNSON T, 2001, NATIVE N AM ALMANAC, P38 Johnson Troy, 1997, AM INDIAN ACTIVISM Kohn Rita T., 1997, ALWAYS PEOPLE ORAL H Lepore Jill, 2000, ENCOUNTERS NEW WORLD Light S.A., 2005, INDIAN GAMING TRIBAL LOCKE JOHN, 1980, 2 TREATISE GOVT Miller Mark Edwin, 2004, FORGOTTEN TRIBES UNR MORSE CP, 2001, NATIVE N AM ALMANAC, P1004 MULLIS A, 2000, INDIAN GAMING Nagel J., 1996, AM INDIAN ETHNIC REN Palmer Dave R., 1794, AM ITS ARMY BIRTH NA PEROFF NC, 1982, MENOMINEE DRUMS TERM PHILLIPS PC, 1961, FUR TRADE, V2 PHILLIPS PC, 1961, FUR TRADE, V1 Rosier Paul, 2001, REBIRTH BLACKFEET NA Smith Paul Chat, 1996, LIKE HURRICANE INDIA SWISHER K, 2001, NATIVE N AM ALMANAC, P991 Thomas David Hurst, 2000, SKULL WARS KENNEWICK WARD C, 1996, RES HUMAN CAPITAL DE, V10 Ward Carol J, 2005, NATIVE AM SCH SYSTEM WEBER M, 1984, M WEBER CAPITALISM B Weber M., 1974, PROTESTANT ETHIC SPI WILKINS C, 2005, BLOOD STRUGGLE RISE Williams Jr R.A., 1997, LINKING ARMS TOGETHE Williams Jr Robert A., 1990, AM INDIAN W LEGAL TH 2000, US DEP COMMERCE NEWS NR 45 TC 7 Z9 7 U1 0 U2 5 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS INC PI THOUSAND OAKS PA 2455 TELLER RD, THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91320 USA SN 0002-7642 J9 AM BEHAV SCI JI Am. Behav. Sci. PD AUG PY 2008 VL 51 IS 12 BP 1672 EP 1693 DI 10.1177/0002764208318925 PG 22 WC Psychology, Clinical; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary SC Psychology; Social Sciences - Other Topics GA 327SC UT WOS:000257747800003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Chan, S Pattberg, P AF Chan, Sander Pattberg, Philipp TI Private rule-making and the politics of accountability: Analyzing global forest governance SO GLOBAL ENVIRONMENTAL POLITICS LA English DT Article ID SOUTH AB Private rule-making features prominently on the research agenda of International Relations scholars today. The field of forest politics in particular has proven to be a lively arena for experimenting with novel policies (for example, third party certification and labeling) and procedures (for example, power-sharing in stakeholder bodies). This article focuses on the Forest Stewardship Council (FSC), one of the earliest and most institutionalized private certification schemes, in order to assess the role and relevance of accountability politics for global forest governance. Specifically, we ask three related questions: first, what role did a deepening accountability crisis and the resulting reconstruction of accountability play in the formation of the FSC? Second, how is accountability organized within the FSC? And finally, what accountability outcomes emerge as a result of the FSC's policies and operations? The article closes with some reflections about the limitations of private-based accountability in global environmental politics. C1 [Chan, Sander; Pattberg, Philipp] Vrije Univ Amsterdam, Inst Environm Studies IVM, Amsterdam, Netherlands. [Pattberg, Philipp] Vrije Univ Amsterdam, Dept Polit Sci, Amsterdam, Netherlands. RP Chan, S (reprint author), Vrije Univ Amsterdam, Inst Environm Studies IVM, Amsterdam, Netherlands. RI Pattberg, Philipp H./J-4141-2012 OI Pattberg, Philipp H./0000-0003-1136-7791; Chan, Sander/0000-0001-7852-3838 CR Bartley T, 2003, POLIT SOC, V31, P433, DOI 10.1177/0032329203254863 BASS S, 2001, FUTURE IS NOW EQUITY, V2, P21 Benner T, 2004, GOV OPPOS, V39, P191, DOI 10.1111/j.1477-7053.2004.00120.x Bernstein S., 2001, COMPROMISE LIBERAL E Bernstein Steven, 2004, HARD CHOICES SOFT LA, P33 Biercuk MJ, 2004, NANO LETT, V4, P1, DOI 10.1021/nl034696g Biermann F., 2007, PARTNERSHIPS GOVERNA, P239 Capistrano D., 2007, REVITALIZING UN FORU Cashore B, 2002, GOVERNANCE, V15, P503, DOI 10.1111/1468-0491.00199 COUNCELL S, 2002, TRADING CREDIBILITY Cutler A. C., 1999, PRIVATE AUTHORITY IN Day P., 1987, ACCOUNTABILITIES 5 P Dimitrov R. S., 2005, GLOBAL ENVIRON POLIT, V5, P1, DOI DOI 10.1162/152638005774785499 Dingwerth K, 2007, TRANSFORM STATE, P1, DOI 10.1057/9780230590144 Dingwerth K., 2007, POLIT VIERTELJAHR, V39, P133 Dingwerth K, 2008, GLOBAL GOV, V14, P53, DOI 10.1163/19426720-01401005 Dowdle MW, 2006, CAMB STUD LAW SOC, P1, DOI 10.2277/ 0521617618 Drezner DW, 2004, POLIT SCI QUART, V119, P477, DOI 10.2307/20202392 ELLIOTT C, 1996, CERTIFICATION POLICY, P83 Falkner R., 2003, GLOBAL ENVIRON POLIT, V3, P72, DOI DOI 10.1162/152638003322068227 *FSC, 2008, NEWS NOT INF SERV FO, V6 *FSC, 2002, FOR STEW COUNC AC BY Gill S. R., 1998, NEW POLIT ECON, V3, P5, DOI DOI 10.1080/13563469808406330 GULBRANDSEN LH, 2004, GLOBAL ENVIRON POLIT, V4, P75, DOI DOI 10.1162/152638004323074200 Gullison RE, 2003, ORYX, V37, P153, DOI 10.1017/S0030605303000346 Held David, 2004, GLOBAL COVENANT SOCI Hurrelmann A, 2007, TRANSFORM STATE, P1, DOI 10.1057/9780230590861 JANICKE M, 2002, 2001 BERL C HUM DIM, P134 Karkkainen B. C., 2004, GLOBAL ENVIRON POLIT, V4, P72, DOI DOI 10.1162/152638004773730220 Kaul I, 1999, GLOBAL PUBLIC GOODS Keck M. E., 1998, ACTIVISTS BORDERS AD Mashaw JL, 2006, CAMB STUD LAW SOC, P115 MASON M, 2005, NEW ACCOUNTABILITY Newell Peter, 2006, RIGHTS RESOURCES POL Pattberg P, 2006, THIRD WORLD Q, V27, P579, DOI 10.1080/01436590600720769 Pattberg P, 2005, GOVERNANCE, V18, P589, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-0491.2005.00293.x Pattberg P. H., 2005, Journal of Environment & Development, V14, P356, DOI 10.1177/1070496505280062 Pattberg. P.H., 2007, PRIVATE I GLOBAL GOV Poore D., 2003, CHANGING LANDSCAPES *RAINF INF CTR, 1998, RIC GOOD WOOD GUID Reinicke Wolfgang H., 1998, GLOBAL PUBLIC POLICY ROWLANDS JH, 2001, NONSTATE ACTORS WORL, P133 Scholte JA, 2004, GOV OPPOS, V39, P211, DOI 10.1111/j.1477-7053.2004.00121.x Strange S., 1996, RETREAT STATE DIFFUS Tarrow S, 2005, CAMB STUD CONTENT, P1, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511791055 UHL C, 1985, BIOTROPICA, V17, P265, DOI 10.2307/2388588 *UN FAO, 1993, FOR RES ASS 1990 VIANA V, 1996, CCRTIFICATION FOREST *WORLD WILDL FUND, 1991, TRUTH TRICK TIMB LAB WRIGHT T, 2007, WALL STREET J 1030, P207 NR 50 TC 60 Z9 61 U1 0 U2 28 PU MIT PRESS PI CAMBRIDGE PA ONE ROGERS ST, CAMBRIDGE, MA 02142-1209 USA SN 1526-3800 EI 1536-0091 J9 GLOBAL ENVIRON POLIT JI Glob. Environ. Polit. PD AUG PY 2008 VL 8 IS 3 BP 103 EP + DI 10.1162/glep.2008.8.3.103 PG 20 WC Environmental Studies; International Relations; Political Science SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; International Relations; Government & Law GA 341KI UT WOS:000258713000006 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Dekmejian, RH AF Dekmejian, R. Hrair TI Imposing power-sharing: Conflict and coexistence in Northern Ireland and Lebanon SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MIDDLE EAST STUDIES LA English DT Book Review C1 [Dekmejian, R. Hrair] Univ So Calif, Dept Polit Sci, Los Angeles, CA 90089 USA. RP Dekmejian, RH (reprint author), Univ So Calif, Dept Polit Sci, Los Angeles, CA 90089 USA. EM dekmejia@usc.edu CR Kerr Michael, 2005, IMPOSING POWER SHARI NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU CAMBRIDGE UNIV PRESS PI NEW YORK PA 32 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS, NEW YORK, NY 10013-2473 USA SN 0020-7438 J9 INT J MIDDLE E STUD JI Int. J. Middle East Stud. PD AUG PY 2008 VL 40 IS 3 BP 500 EP 501 DI 10.1017/S0020743808081129 PG 2 WC Area Studies SC Area Studies GA 339BS UT WOS:000258553700022 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Saull, R AF Saull, Richard TI Empire, Imperialism, and Contemporary American Global Power SO INTERNATIONAL STUDIES PERSPECTIVES LA English DT Article DE empire; imperialism; capitalism; Cold War AB I argue that American global power should not be considered as a case of empire, at least not in the way that we have come to define empires, historically. Rather, because it is consistent with and embedded in a postcolonial organization of political space that rests on upholding the legal-constitutional and political autonomy of states and promoting new sources of capitalist accumulation, the organization and realization of American global power is significantly different from other imperial experiences. The denial of empire, however, does not mean that the United States is not imperial or imperialist. The way in which American global power is organized and the socioeconomic and political relations that flow from it have reproduced enduring patterns of hierarchy, domination and exploitation, all of which highlight the enduring patterns of military power and geopolitical hierarchy. C1 Univ London, Dept Polit Queen Mary, London WC1E 7HU, England. RP Saull, R (reprint author), Univ London, Dept Polit Queen Mary, London WC1E 7HU, England. CR Agnew J., 2005, HEGEMONY NEW SHAPE G Arrighi G, 2005, NEW LEFT REV, P23 Arrighi G., 2007, A SMITH BEIJING LINE Bacevich Andrew J., 2002, AM EMPIRE REALITY CO Brenner R, 1998, NEW LEFT REV, P1 Brenner R., 1986, ANAL MARXISM BROMLEY S, 2006, WAR TERRORISM AM EMP Brown Michael E., 2000, AM STRATEGIC CHOICES Colas A., 2006, WAR TERRORISM AM EMP Colas Alejandro, 2007, EMPIRE COX M, 2005, INT AFFAIRS, V81 GALLAGHER T, 1970, GREAT BRITAIN COLONI Harvey D., 2005, NEW IMPERIALISM Harvey D., 2005, BRIEF HIST NEOLIBERA Kapstein E., 1999, UNIPOLAR POLITICS RE Latham Robert, 1997, LIBERAL MOMENT MODER Leys C., 2003, NEW IMPERIAL CHALLEN Lundestad G., 1998, EMPIRE INVITATION US Maier Charles S., 2006, EMPIRES AM ASCENDANC Mann M., 2003, INCOHERENT EMPIRE PATERSON T, 1988, M COMMUNIST THREAT Robinson W, 2004, THEORY GLOBAL CAPITA Rosenberg J., 2005, INT POLITICS, V42, P2, DOI DOI 10.1057/PALGRAVE.IP.8800098 Rosenberg Justin, 1994, EMPIRE CIVIL SOC Rupert M., 1995, PRODUCING HEGEMONY P Saull R. G., 2007, COLD WAR STOKES D, 2007, REV INT STUDIES, V33 Wood Ellen Meiksins, 2003, EMPIRE CAPITAL NR 28 TC 4 Z9 5 U1 0 U2 0 PU WILEY-BLACKWELL PI MALDEN PA COMMERCE PLACE, 350 MAIN ST, MALDEN 02148, MA USA SN 1528-3577 J9 INT STUD PERSPECT JI Int. Stud. Perspect. PD AUG PY 2008 VL 9 IS 3 BP 309 EP 318 DI 10.1111/j.1528-3585.2008.00337.x PG 10 WC International Relations SC International Relations GA V18BB UT WOS:000207979200007 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Sari, FA Kouvo, S AF Sari, Fatima Ayub Kouvo, Sari TI Righting the course? Humanitarian intervention, the war on terror and the future of Afghanistan SO INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS LA English DT Article AB The US-led post 9/11 'intervention' in Afghanistan was, by definition, not a humanitarian intervention. The intervention in Afghanistan was defined as an act of self-defence by the US and it was one of the first steps in the 'war on terror' by the US and its allies: it had no intention or clear strategies for long-term stabilization, state-building or development. The US-led international coalition failed to 'find' Al-Qaeda in the short term and new arguments had to be made to justify continued international presence. The initial agenda was quickly blurred by a mismatch of intentions including those of long-term stabilization and state-building. The ideas developed through the Bonn Agreement (2001-5) and continued through the Afghanistan Compact (2006-10) have focused on building a centrally governed state (sometimes defined as democratic) that has a monopoly on the use of force. Their shortcomings are already well-documented: the urgency of the Bonn Conference and of the adoption of the Bonn Agreement ostensibly meant trading expediency and stability for accountability and a clean slate, which is not to say that there were no good intentions at Bonn from stakeholders, but that Afghans and the international community put power-sharing before progress. The choices made at Bonn may have contributed to the culture of impunity and the entrenched poverty that is gripping Afghanistan today. This article responds to the claims that state-building and all that goes with it are not the responsibility of the 'international community' by addressing the accountability and humanitarian paradoxes. The question remains, however, about who should be responsible for reform and politically accountable in the aftermath of non-humanitarian (and indeed even humanitarian) interventions?. C1 [Kouvo, Sari] Gothenburg Univ, S-41124 Gothenburg, Sweden. CR *AFGH JUST PROJ, 2005, CAST SHAD *AMN INT, 2006, AMN INT CAMP STOP TO Caplan Richard, 2005, INT GOVERNANCE WAR T CHESTERMAN S, 2002, HUMANITARIAN INTERVE, P169 CHESTERMAN S, 2001, JUST WAR JUST PEACE, P106 CHESTERMAN S, 2002, SURVIVAL, V44, P38 CLIFFE L, 2002, DISASTERS, V24, P304 Coll S., 2004, GHOST WARS SECRET HI DODDINS J, 2005, UN ROLE NATION BUILD Douzinas C., 2000, END HUMAN RIGHTS CRI DUPREE NH, 2002, THIRD WORLD Q, V23, P978 Evans G., 2004, RESPONSIBILITY PROTE FIELDEN M, 2001, CONFLICT SECURITY DE, V1, P16 Gazzini Tarcisio, 2005, CHANGING RULES USE F GOODSON LP, 2005, J DEMOCR, V16, P30 GOODSON LP, 2003, J DEMOCR, V14, P94 Gossman P., 2006, TRANSITIONAL JUSTICE Green Leslie C, 2000, CONT LAW ARMED CONFL International Commission on Intervention and State Sovereignty, 2001, RESP PROT, pviii KEOHANE RO, 2003, HUMANITARIAN INTERVE, P287 KISSINGER H, 2005, DEVELOPMENT, V48, P7 MAASS C, AFGHANISTAN IN PRESS MAASS C, 2006, INT ASIEN FORUM INT, V37, P28 MALEY W, 2002, SECUR DIOLOGUE, V33, P270 Nadery AN, 2007, INT J TRANSIT JUST, V1, P173, DOI 10.1093/ijtj/ijm005 NESIAH V, 2004, HARVARD HUMAN RIGHTS, V17, P90 NIXON H, 2007, INT PEACEKEEPING, V14, P29 OCONNELL E, 2002, MYTH PREEMPTIVE SELF Orford A., 2003, READING HUMANITARIAN Orford Anne, 1999, EUROPEAN J INT LAW, V10, P679, DOI DOI 10.1093/EJIL/10.4.679 PONZIO R, 2007, GLOB GOV, V13, P259 POWER S, 2002, PROBLEM HELL AM AGE, P381 RATNER S, 2002, AM J INT LAW, V96, P908 RUBIN B, 2003, A HYMAN MEMORIAL LEC RUBIN B, 2006, AFGHANISTANS UNCERTA, P17 RUBIN B, 2007, FOREIGN AFF, V86, P59 SAIKKU P, 1996, CLIN MICROBIOL INFEC, V1, pS19 SCHNEIDER ML, 2008, STRATEGIC CHAOS TALE Seybolt Taylor B., 2007, HUMANITARIAN MILITAR SIMONSEN SG, 2004, THIRD WORLD Q, V25, P708 *UN SECR GEN, 1992, A47277S24111 UN SEC VANHIPPEL K, 2000, DEMOCRACY FORCE US M WATCH HR, 1998, AFGHANISTAN MASSACRE WATCH HR, 1999, AFGHANISTAN CRUEL IN WATCH HR, 2001, AFGHANISTAN MASSACRE WATCH HR, 1997, AFGHANISTAN REPORTS WATCH HR, 1994, AFGHANISTAN INCOMMUN WATCH HR, 1997, AFGHANISTAN CONTINUI WATCH HR, 1996, AFGHANISTAN GRAVE AB WATCH HR, 2005, BLOOD STAINED HANDS WATCH HR, 2001, AFGHANISTAN EXECUTIO Wheeler Nicholas J, 2000, SAVING STRANGERS HUM, P33 2008, INT C SUPP AFGH ISS NR 53 TC 8 Z9 9 U1 0 U2 12 PU WILEY-BLACKWELL PI MALDEN PA COMMERCE PLACE, 350 MAIN ST, MALDEN 02148, MA USA SN 0020-5850 J9 INT AFF JI Int. Aff. PD JUL PY 2008 VL 84 IS 4 BP 641 EP 657 PG 17 WC International Relations SC International Relations GA 328EC UT WOS:000257779600002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Cho, YN AF Cho, Young Nam TI Elite politics and the 17th Party Congress in China: changing norms amid continuing questions SO KOREAN JOURNAL OF DEFENSE ANALYSIS LA English DT Article AB This article analyzes China's changing elite politics in the Hu Jintao era with it focus on the 17th National Congress of the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) held in October 2007. The Congress addressed the two issues of personnel reshuffles (including leadership transition) and policy changes. Both issues are considered to be the most vital and sensitive elements of China's elite politics. Therefore, the 17th Party Congress is an important window through which China's changing elite politics in the Hu era can be assessed. This article examines, First, two critical trends of elite politics in the Jiang and Hu eras. Then, it analyzes the main features of personnel changes at the Congress. Third, it delves into the revision of the Party Constitution as it case study of changing Party policy. Finally, this article discusses the relevance and limits of factionalism in analyzing Chinese politics. Based on these analyses, it posits that the personnel reshuffles and the changes of Party policy at the 17th Party Congress confirm the two main trends of China's elite politics: the formation of collective leadership based on power-sharing between major informal groups (factions) and the enlargement of intra-party democracy or elite democracy. C1 Seoul Natl Univ, Grad Sch Int Studies, Seoul, South Korea. RP Cho, YN (reprint author), Seoul Natl Univ, Grad Sch Int Studies, Seoul, South Korea. EM yncho@snu.ac.kr CR Bo ZY, 2007, SER CONTEMP CHINA, V8, P1 BRAHAM L, 2007, S CHINA MORNING 1106 *BROOK I, 2007, CHIN 17 PART C LOOK, P22 *COMP GROUP, 2005, GUID PROP CCP CTR DR, P1 *COMP GROUP, 2004, GUID DEC PART CTR ST, P1 DITTMER, 2004, NEW CHINESE LEADERSH, P10 DITTMER, 1995, CHINA J JUL, P1 DITTMER, 2001, CHINA J JAN, P53 DITTMER L, 1995, CHINA J JUL, P202 DITTMER L, CHINAS DEEP REFORM, P49 FEWSMITH, 2001, CHINA J JAN, P83 FEWSMITH J, 2001, ELITE POLITICS CONT, pR11 GOLDSTEIN A, 1994, CHINA QUART, P714 HU JT, 2005, XINHUAWANG 0202 HUANG C, 2007, S CHINA MORNING 1022 JING H, 2000, FACTIONALISM CHINESE, P6 KAHN J, 2007, NY TIMES 1022 Lam W., 2012, CHINA BRIEF 0919, V7, P6 LI C, 2001, CHINAS LEADERS NEW G, P17 LI C, 2006, CHINAS DEEP REFORM D, P81 Li C., 2007, CVPR, P1 Li Cheng, 2007, CHINA BRIEF, V7, P5 LIN, 2003, CHINA JIANG, P39 Lin G, 2005, LEADERSHIP IN A CHANGING CHINA, P37 LIU SY, 2007, XINHUAWANG 1024 LIU SY, 2007, RENMINWANG 1022 MILLER A, 2007, CHINA LEADERSHIP FAL, P13 MILLER HL, 2004, CHINA LEADERSHIP WIN, P1 NATHAN, 1995, CHINA J JUL, P158 Nathan A. J., 1990, CHINAS CRISIS DILEMM, P23 PYE L, 1981, DYNAMICS CHINESE POL, P1 QING LB, 2005, XINHUAWANG 0219 SAVADOVE B, 2007, S CHINA MORNING 1008 SHAMBAUGH D, 2001, CHINA J, P101 TEIWES, 1995, CHINA J JUL, P55 TEIWES FC, 2001, CHINA J JAN, P69 TSOU, 1995, CHINA J JUL, P95 TSOU T, 1986, CULTURAL REVOLUTION, P95 WANG HJ, 2007, XINHUAWANG 1023 WANG XM, 2007, S CHINA MORNING 1023 WANG XW, 2007, S CHINA MORNING 0917 Zang XW, 2005, ISSUES STUD, V41, P204 ZHAO SS, NEW CHINESE LEADERSH, P65 ZHENG, 16 NAT C CCP, P15 Zheng SP, 2005, ISSUES STUD, V41, P190 ZHENG YN, LEADERSHIP CHANGING, P31 2007, RENMINWANG 0717 2006, RENMINWANG 1018 NR 48 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 1 U2 8 PU KOREA INST DEFENSE ANALYSES-KIDA PI SEOUL PA 37 HOEGI-RO, DONGDAEMUN-GU, SEOUL, 130-871, SOUTH KOREA SN 1016-3271 J9 KOREAN J DEF ANAL JI Korean J. Def. Anal. PD JUN PY 2008 VL 20 IS 2 BP 155 EP 168 DI 10.1080/10163270802062738 PG 14 WC International Relations SC International Relations GA 349NT UT WOS:000259288300005 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Conger, KH McGraw, BT AF Conger, Kimberly H. McGraw, Bryan T. TI Religious Conservatives and the Requirements of Citizenship: Political Autonomy SO PERSPECTIVES ON POLITICS LA English DT Article AB Many scholars have viewed the rise and political influence of religious conservatives in the U.S. with some alarm, arguing that their commitments are so illiberal and undemocratic as to be a substantial threat to the creation and maintenance of a just and stable democratic polity. In particular, many worry that religious conservatives lack the requisite civic virtues necessary to making pluralist democracies work. After attending to what sorts of virtues a good citizen ought to possess, we present evidence drawn from interviews with state-level religious conservative activists suggesting that political mobilization and integration into institutions of deliberation and electoral contestation actually works to make them better citizens, at least with respect to one important virtue, political autonomy. If such engagement can temporize the dangers politicized religion can sometimes pose, those concerned about religion's public influence might have their fears eased. Religious conservative activists can make for good citizens, fellow participants in the project of constructing a common political order that is durable, decent, and democratic. C1 [Conger, Kimberly H.] Iowa State Univ, Ames, IA 50011 USA. RP Conger, KH (reprint author), Iowa State Univ, Ames, IA 50011 USA. EM conger@iastate.edu; btmcgraw@gmail.com CR AMINRAZAVI M, 1997, PHILOS RELIG QUESTIO Beiner Ronald, 1995, THEORIZING CITIZENSH BENDYNA ME, 1997, SOJOURNERS WILDERNES Berkowitz P., 1999, VIRTUE MAKING MODERN Berns Walter, 2001, MAKING PATRIOTS Brighouse H, 1998, ETHICS, V108, P719, DOI 10.1086/233849 BURTT S, 1993, AM POLIT SCI REV, V87, P360, DOI 10.2307/2939046 Callan E., 2000, CITIZENSHIP DIVERSE CALLAN E, 1998, REV POLIT, V58, P5 Callan E, 1997, CREATING CITIZENS PO Chapman J. W., 1992, VIRTUE Conger Kimberley, 2002, CAMPAIGNS ELECTIONS, V23, P58, DOI DOI 10.1044/1059-0889(2002/ER01) Dagger R, 1997, CIVIC VIRTUES RIGHTS FUKUYAMA F, 1999, AM POLIT SCI REV, V93, P769 Fukuyama F., 1995, TRUST SOCIAL VIRTUES GALSTON WA, 1988, AM POLIT SCI REV, V82, P1277, DOI 10.2307/1961760 Gill Emily, 2001, BECOMING FREE AUTONO GLENDON MA, 1995, SEEDBEDS VIRTUE SOUR Green John C., 2000, PRAYERS PRECINCTS CH GUTMANN A, 1995, ETHICS, V105, P557, DOI 10.1086/293727 HERTZKE AD, 1993, ECHOES DISCONTENT J Heyd D, 1996, TOLERATION ELUSIVE V JELEN TG, 1997, SOJOURNERS WILDERNES KLOSKO G, 2000, DEMOCRATIC PROCEDURE Kraynak Robert P., 2001, CHRISTIAN FAITH MODE Larmore C., 1990, POLIT THEORY, V18, P361 Lienesch Michael, 1993, REDEEMING AM PIETY P LOMASKY L, 1999, CIVIL SOC DEMOCRACY Macedo S., 2002, MORAL POLITICAL ED MACEDO S, 1992, VIRTUE Macedo Stephen, 1990, LIBERAL VIRTUES Mendus S., 1989, TOLERATION LIMITS LI Mendus Susan, 1988, JUSTIFYING TOLERATIO Mill J. S., 1989, LIBERTY SUBJECTION W Moen MC, 1996, PS, V29, P461, DOI 10.2307/420824 MOEN MC, 1994, SOCIOL RELIG, V55, P345, DOI 10.2307/3712058 MOEN MC, 1992, TRANSFORMATION CHRIS OLDFIELD DM, 1996, RIGHT RIGHTEOUS CHRI Persinos John F., 1994, CAMPAIGNS ELECTIONS, V15, P20 Pocock John G. A., 1975, MACHIAVELLIAN MOMENT Rawls J., 1993, POLITICAL LIBERALISM Rawls J., 1999, J RAWS COLLECTED PAP Rawls John, 1999, THEORY JUSTICE Raz Joseph, 1986, MORALITY FREEDOM ROSIN H, 2005, ATLANTIC MONTHLY JAN, P117 ROZELL M, 1997, GOD GRASS ROOTS 1996 Rozell Mark J., 1996, 2 COMING NEW CHRISTI Rozell Mark J., 1995, GOD GRASS ROOTS CHRI Sandel Michael J., 1996, DEMOCRACYS DISCONTEN Shields JA, 2007, POLIT SCI QUART, V122, P89, DOI 10.1002/j.1538-165X.2007.tb00593.x Shklar J., 1984, ORDINARY VICES Smith C., 2000, CHRISTIAN AM WHAT EV Spragens Thomas A, 1999, CIVIC LIBERALISM REF Sullivan J. L., 1982, POLITICAL TOLERANCE TOMAS I, 2001, LIBERALISM JUSTICE Wald Kenneth D., 2002, STATE POLIT POLICY Q, V2, P99 Watson Justin, 1997, CHRISTIAN COALITION WILCOX C, 1987, SOCIOL ANAL, V48, P46, DOI 10.2307/3711682 WILCOX C, 1995, REV RELIG RES, V36, P263, DOI 10.2307/3511534 Wilcox Clyde, 1996, ONWARD CHRISTIAN SOL Wilcox Clyde, 2003, CHRISTIAN RIGHT AM P WILSON JQ, 1966, AMATEUR DEMOCRAT Yamane David A, 2005, CATHOLIC CHURCH STAT NR 63 TC 8 Z9 8 U1 0 U2 0 PU CAMBRIDGE UNIV PRESS PI NEW YORK PA 32 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS, NEW YORK, NY 10013-2473 USA SN 1537-5927 J9 PERSPECT POLIT JI Perspect. Polit. PD JUN PY 2008 VL 6 IS 2 BP 253 EP 266 DI 10.1017/S1537592708080596 PG 14 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA V11HF UT WOS:000207522000004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Gurses, M Mason, TD AF Gurses, Mehmet Mason, T. David TI Democracy out of anarchy: The prospects for post-civil-war democracy SO SOCIAL SCIENCE QUARTERLY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 47th Annual Convention of the International-Studies-Association CY MAR 22-25, 2006 CL San Diego, CA SP Int Studies Assoc ID DURATION; CONFLICT; PEACE; MANAGEMENT; RESOLUTION; OTHERS AB Ohjective. This study explores the effects of civil war outcome on post-civil-war democratization. We employ an expected utility model to argue that the attributes of the civil war that lead to balanced power relations between the warring parties lead to higher levels of postconflict democracy. Methods. We estimate a series of OLS regression models with change in the level of democracy (from the prewar level to five and ten years after the conflict ended) as the dependent variable. Results. Civil wars that end in negotiated settlements are more likely to experience higher levels of democratization than civil wars that end in military victory by either side. Identity-based conflicts lead to lower levels of democratization while previous democratic experience seems to decrease post-civil-war democratization. We find no support for the argument that high war costs and U.N. peace-keeping forces produce higher levels of democracy. Conclusions. Civil war may lead to more inclusive polities if it serves to even the balance of power between contending groups in the nation. Power balance is more likely to bring about more democratic polities, especially where power sharing is formalized in a negotiated settlement. C1 [Gurses, Mehmet] Florida Atlantic Univ, Dept Polit Sci, Boca Raton, FL 33431 USA. [Mason, T. David] Univ N Texas, Denton, TX 76203 USA. RP Gurses, M (reprint author), Florida Atlantic Univ, Dept Polit Sci, 777 Glades Rd,Social Sci 384, Boca Raton, FL 33431 USA. EM gurses@fau.edu CR Balch-Lindsay D, 2000, INT STUD QUART, V44, P615, DOI 10.1111/0020-8833.00174 DAMODAR NG, 1995, BASIC ECONOMETRIC AN DeRouen KR, 2004, J PEACE RES, V41, P303, DOI 10.1177/0022343304043771 Doyle MW, 2000, AM POLIT SCI REV, V94, P779, DOI 10.2307/2586208 Fearon JD, 2004, J PEACE RES, V41, P275, DOI 10.1177/0022343304043770 Fearon JD, 2003, AM POLIT SCI REV, V97, P75, DOI 10.1017/S0003055403000534 Fortna VP, 2004, INT STUD QUART, V48, P269, DOI 10.1111/j.0020-8833.2004.00301.x Gleditsch KS, 1997, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V41, P361, DOI 10.1177/0022002797041003002 Greene WH, 2003, ECONOMETRIC ANAL Hartzell C, 2003, AM J POLIT SCI, V47, P318, DOI 10.1111/1540-5907.00022 Hartzell C, 2001, INT ORGAN, V55, P183, DOI 10.1162/002081801551450 Horowitz Donald L., 1985, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI Lake DA, 1996, INT SECURITY, V21, P41, DOI 10.2307/2539070 LICKLIDER R, 1995, AM POLIT SCI REV, V89, P681, DOI 10.2307/2082982 LIPSET SM, 1959, AM POLIT SCI REV, V53, P69, DOI 10.2307/1951731 Mason TD, 1996, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V40, P546, DOI 10.1177/0022002796040004002 Mason TD, 1999, POLIT RES QUART, V52, P239, DOI 10.2307/449218 Mukherjee B, 2006, INT STUD QUART, V50, P479, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-2478.2006.00410.x Murdoch JC, 2004, AM J POLIT SCI, V48, P138, DOI 10.1111/j.0092-5853.2004.00061.x Nasr Salim, 1990, MIDDLE E REPORT, V4-8, P30 Peceny M, 2001, INT ORGAN, V55, P149, DOI 10.1162/002081801551441 Przeworski A., 1991, DEMOCRACY MARKET QUINN J, 2007, INT INTERACT, V33, P135 Regan PM, 2002, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V46, P55, DOI 10.1177/0022002702046001004 Sambanis N, 2004, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V48, P814, DOI 10.1177/0022002704269355 TILLY Charles, 2004, CONTENTION DEMOCRACY TREIER S, 2007, DEMOCRACY LATENT VAR Vanhanen T, 2000, J PEACE RES, V37, P251, DOI 10.1177/0022343300037002008 Vanhanen T, 1997, PROSPECTS DEMOCRACY Walter Barbara F., 2002, COMMITTING PEACE SUC Walter BF, 2004, J PEACE RES, V41, P371, DOI 10.1177/0022343304043775 Wantchekon L, 2004, AM POLIT SCI REV, V98, P17 Wantchekon L, 2002, J THEOR POLIT, V14, P439, DOI 10.1177/095162902774006822 WOOD JE, 2001, COMPARATIVE POLITICA, V34, P862 NR 34 TC 40 Z9 40 U1 0 U2 15 PU BLACKWELL PUBLISHING PI OXFORD PA 9600 GARSINGTON RD, OXFORD OX4 2DQ, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0038-4941 J9 SOC SCI QUART JI Soc. Sci. Q. PD JUN PY 2008 VL 89 IS 2 BP 315 EP 336 DI 10.1111/j.1540-6237.2008.00534.x PG 22 WC Political Science; Sociology SC Government & Law; Sociology GA 293NP UT WOS:000255342300003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Smith, B AF Smith, Benjamin TI The origins of regional autonomy in Indonesia: Experts and the marketing of political interests SO JOURNAL OF EAST ASIAN STUDIES LA English DT Article DE Indonesia; decentralization; federalism; institutionalism; transition ID DECENTRALIZATION; STRATEGY AB This article argues that, in contrast with prevalent choice-theoretic accounts of institutional origins in new democracies, the passage of Indonesia's regional autonomy laws in 1999 took place despite the interests of powerful political actors rather than because of them. Lacking the past experience to calculate retrospectively the likely electoral payoff from supporting an effort to devolve political power to Indonesia's city and regency governments, New Order-era political elites in Jakarta gambled on the advice of a team of experts. The experts assured them that supporting the effort would give them strong and salient reformist credentials on the eve of free elections. The conclusion of the article suggests that the political origins of regional autonomy in Indonesia have broad implications for the understanding of institutional genesis in new democracies, and that the potential impact of expert advisers is a fruitful focus of future research. C1 Univ Florida, Gainesville, FL 32611 USA. RP Smith, B (reprint author), Univ Florida, Gainesville, FL 32611 USA. RI Smith, Benjamin/K-9228-2019 CR Boone C, 2003, COMP POLIT STUD, V36, P355, DOI 10.1177/0010414003251173 COHEN J, 1997, ADMINISTRATIVE DECEN Eaton K, 2004, COMP POLIT STUD, V37, P218, DOI 10.1177/0010414003260979 Garman C, 2001, WORLD POLIT, V53, P205, DOI 10.1353/wp.2001.0002 GEDDES B, 1995, COMP POLIT STUD, V28, P239, DOI 10.1177/0010414095028002003 Gryzmala-Busse Anna, 2002, REDEEMING COMMUNIST HADIZ V, 2003, PACIFIC REV, V16 HOSEN N, 2003, NORDIC J INT LAW, V72, P490 Jones Luong Pauline, 2003, TRANSFORMATION CENTR Kaminski MM, 1999, PUBLIC CHOICE, V98, P83, DOI 10.1023/A:1018343527571 MALLARANGENG A, 1998, FAR E EC REV 0917 NAILIU JM, 1999, SUARA KARYA 0220 O'Neill K, 2003, COMP POLIT STUD, V36, P1068, DOI 10.1177/0010414003257098 RASYID MR, 1988, THESIS NO ILLINOIS U RASYID MR, 1994, THESIS U HAWAI I MAN RASYID R, 1999, COMMUNICATION NOV SAMUELS D, 2000, PUBLIUS, V30, P52 1999, REPUBLIKA 0316 1999, BISNIS INDONESI 0302 1999, BISNIS INDONESI 0220 1999, KOMPAS 0424 1999, SUARA KARYA 0316 1998, KOMPAS 1019 1999, KOMPAS 0730 1999, MEDIA INDONESIA 0424 1999, BISNIS INDONESI 0222 1999, SUARA KARYA 0223 2000, DOWN EARTH AUG 1999, REPUBLIKA 0407 1999, REPUBLIKA 0212 1999, SUARA PEMBARUAN 0408 1998, MERDEKA 0930 1999, SUARA KARYA 0220 1999, KOMPAS 0422 1999, MEDIA INDONESIA 0420 1998, SUARA KARYA 0825 1999, KOMPAS 0331 1999, JAKARTA POST 0223 1999, KOMPAS 0222 NR 39 TC 11 Z9 11 U1 0 U2 3 PU LYNNE RIENNER PUBL INC PI BOULDER PA 1800 30TH ST SUITE 314, BOULDER, CO 80301 USA SN 1598-2408 J9 J EAST ASIAN STUD JI J. East Asian Stud. PD MAY-AUG PY 2008 VL 8 IS 2 BP 211 EP 234 DI 10.1017/S1598240800005300 PG 24 WC Area Studies; International Relations; Political Science; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary SC Area Studies; International Relations; Government & Law; Social Sciences - Other Topics GA 314XH UT WOS:000256842000002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Braun, D AF Braun, Dietmar TI Making federalism more efficient: A comparative assessment SO ACTA POLITICA LA English DT Article DE federalism; efficiency; new public management; comparative study ID COLLABORATIVE FEDERALISM; GERMAN FEDERALISM; EMERGENCE; POLITICS; REFORM; POLICY AB It is assumed in this article that the recent reform wave in federal countries has been influenced and facilitated by efficiency considerations. Reform processes in five federal countries - Australia, Austria, Canada, Germany, and Switzerland belonging to two distinct types of federalism (power separation and power sharing) are analysed. It is asked whether efficiency considerations have led to a convergence process in the federal organization and intergovernmental relations of such distinct types. It turns out, first, that efficiency has indeed been a major point of reference for the design of reforms in all five federal countries and, second, that though one finds similarities in reforming the federal organization and intergovernmental relations, the differences between power separation and power-sharing federal countries continue to play a role. C1 Univ Lausanne, Inst Etud Polit & Int, CH-1015 Lausanne, Switzerland. RP Braun, D (reprint author), Univ Lausanne, Inst Etud Polit & Int, CH-1015 Lausanne, Switzerland. EM Dietmar.Braun@unil.ch CR Adelberger K., 2001, REGIONAL FEDERAL STU, V11, P43 Battle K, 1998, SOC POLICY ADMIN, V32, P321, DOI 10.1111/1467-9515.00119 BOADWAY R, 2004, SHOULD CANADIAN FEDE Borzel TA, 2003, GOVERNANCE, V16, P179, DOI 10.1111/1468-0491.00213 BOUCKAERT G., 2000, PUBLIC MANAGEMENT RE Braun BR, 2005, PLOS GENET, V1, P36, DOI 10.1371/journal.pgen.0010001 Brown D. M., 2002, MARKET RULES EC UNIO Cameron D, 2002, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V32, P49, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.pubjof.a004947 Carroll P., 2002, NEW PUBLIC MANAGEMEN, P195 DAFFLON B, 2004, 356 BENEFRI CTR ET E Davis G., 2000, I EDGE CAPACITY GOVE, P74 Elazar Daniel. J, 1962, AM PARTNERSHIP Galligan B, 1995, FEDERAL REPUBLIC AUS *GOVT CAN, 1999, FRAM IMPR SOC UN CAN HAMMERLE W, 2005, OSTERREICHISCHES JB, P669 HAMMERSCHMID G, 2004, FORUM PARLAMENT, V2, P71 KEATING M, 2000, CAPACITY GOVERNANCE, P126 Konrath C., 2005, OSTERREICHISCHE Z PO, V34, P351 LARPIN B, 2006, REFORMES CONTEMPORAI LAZAR H, 2000, IDEAS THEORIES CONCE, P99 LAZAR H, 2000, IDEAS THEORIES CONCE, P3 MOOSER C, 2004, 10 JAHRE WIRKUNGSORI Oates W., 1972, FISCAL FEDERALISM OECD, 1995, GOV TRANS PUBL MAN R OLSON M, 1969, AM ECON REV, V59, P479 Painter M, 1996, AUST J POLIT SCI, V31, P287, DOI 10.1080/10361149651067 Painter M, 2001, POLICY POLIT, V29, P137, DOI 10.1332/0305573012501260 PAINTER M, 2001, FEDERALISM POLITICAL, P130 Painter M., 1998, COLLABORATIVE FEDERA Peters BG, 2001, POLICY POLIT, V29, P171, DOI 10.1332/0305573012501288 POLLITT C, 2003, EVALUATION PUBLIC SE, P12 Posner P, 2007, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V37, P390, DOI 10.1093/publius/pjm014 Saunders C, 2002, AUST J PUBL ADMIN, V61, P69, DOI 10.1111/1467-8500.00274 SCHARPF FW, 1988, PUBLIC ADMIN, V66, P239, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9299.1988.tb00694.x Selway B, 2001, AUST J PUBL ADMIN, V60, P116, DOI 10.1111/1467-8500.00246 Sturm R, 2005, POLIT VIERTELJAHR, V46, P195, DOI 10.1007/s11615-005-0245-6 THAYSEN U, 2004, FORUM PARLAMENT, V2, P28 THERET B, 2001, CRITIQUE INT APR, P145 Tullock G., 1969, PUBLIC CHOICE, V6, P19, DOI [10.1007/bf01718575, DOI 10.1007/BF01718575] WEINGAST BR, 1995, POLIT SOC, V23, P449, DOI 10.1177/0032329295023004003 Wheare K. C., 1967, FEDERAL GOVT Wollmann H, 2001, POLICY POLIT, V29, P151, DOI 10.1332/0305573012501279 NR 42 TC 11 Z9 11 U1 0 U2 31 PU PALGRAVE MACMILLAN LTD PI BASINGSTOKE PA BRUNEL RD BLDG, HOUNDMILLS, BASINGSTOKE RG21 6XS, HANTS, ENGLAND SN 0001-6810 J9 ACTA POLIT JI Acta Polit. PD APR PY 2008 VL 43 IS 1 BP 4 EP 25 DI 10.1057/paigrave.ap.5500210 PG 22 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 288RZ UT WOS:000255004800002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Magaloni, B AF Magaloni, Beatriz TI Credible power-sharing and the longevity of authoritarian rule SO COMPARATIVE POLITICAL STUDIES LA English DT Article DE autocracy; political parties; autocratic elections; power-sharing; commitment problems; authoritarian longevity AB To survive in office, dictators need to establish power-sharing arrangements with their ruling coalitions, which are often not credible. If dictators cannot commit to not abusing their "loyal friends"-those who choose to invest in the existing autocratic institutions rather than in forming subversive coalitions-they will be in permanent danger of being overthrown, both by members of the ruling elite and by outside rivals. This article explores the role of autocratic political parties and elections (both one-party and multiparty) in mitigating the commitment problem, making power-sharing between the dictator and his ruling coalition possible. C1 Stanford Univ, Stanford, CA 94305 USA. RP Magaloni, B (reprint author), Stanford Univ, Stanford, CA 94305 USA. CR Acemoglu D., 2006, EC ORIGINS DICTATORS Arendt H, 1968, ORIGINS TOTALITARIAN BANKS A, 2005, CROSS NATIONAL TIME BLAYDES L, 2006, THESIS U CALIFORNIA Boix C., 2003, DEMOCRACY REDISTRIBU Castaneda JG, 2000, PERPETUATING POWER M Chehabi H.E., 1998, SULTANISTIC REGIMES Crespo J. A., 2004, DILEMMAS POLITICAL C, P57 Diamond L, 2002, J DEMOCR, V13, P21, DOI 10.1353/jod.2002.0025 DIAZCAYEROS A, 2001, UNPUB DEMOCRATIZATIO GANDHI J, IN PRESS POLITICAL I Gandhi Jennifer, 2006, ECON POLIT-OXFORD, V18, P1, DOI DOI 10.1111/J.1468-0343.2006.00160.X GEDDES B, 2003, PARADIGINS SAND CAST Geddes Barbara, 2007, ANN M AM POL SCI ASS Golder M, 2005, ELECT STUD, V24, P103, DOI 10.1016/j.electstud.2004.02.008 GREENE K, 2007, WHY DONFINANT PARTIE Haber Stephen, 2006, OXFORD HDB POLITICAL, P693 Hadenius A, 2007, J DEMOCR, V18, P143, DOI 10.1353/jod.2007.0009 Levitsky S, 2002, J DEMOCR, V13, P51, DOI 10.1353/jod.2002.0026 Linz J. J., 2000, TOTALITARIAN AUTHORI LONDREGAN JB, 1990, WORLD POLIT, V42, P151, DOI 10.2307/2010462 Magaloni Beatriz., 2006, VOTING AUTOCRACY Mesquita BB, 2003, LOGIC OF POLITICAL SURVIVAL, P1 O'Donnell Guillermo, 1973, STUDIES S AM POLITIC Przeworksi Adam, 2000, DEMOCRACY DEV POLITI Schedler A, 2002, J DEMOCR, V13, P36, DOI 10.1353/jod.2002.0031 Stokes SC, 2005, AM POLIT SCI REV, V99, P315, DOI 10.1017/S0003055405051683 Tullock Gordon, 1987, AUTOCRACY Wintrobe R, 1998, POLITICAL EC DICTATO NR 29 TC 243 Z9 245 U1 6 U2 72 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS INC PI THOUSAND OAKS PA 2455 TELLER RD, THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91320 USA SN 0010-4140 EI 1552-3829 J9 COMP POLIT STUD JI Comp. Polit. Stud. PD APR-MAY PY 2008 VL 41 IS 4-5 BP 715 EP 741 DI 10.1177/0010414007313124 PG 27 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 277KC UT WOS:000254210100011 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Brock, DM AF Brock, David M. TI The Arctic promise: Legal and political autonomy of Greenland and Nunavut SO CANADIAN JOURNAL OF POLITICAL SCIENCE-REVUE CANADIENNE DE SCIENCE POLITIQUE LA English DT Book Review C1 [Brock, David M.] Univ Western Ontario, London, ON N6A 3K7, Canada. RP Brock, DM (reprint author), Univ Western Ontario, London, ON N6A 3K7, Canada. CR Loukacheva N., 2007, ARCTIC PROMISE LEGAL NR 1 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 3 PU WILFRID LAURIER UNIV PRESS PI WATERLOO PA 75 UNIVERSITY AVENUE WEST, WATERLOO, ON N2L 3C5, CANADA SN 0008-4239 J9 CAN J POLIT SCI JI Can. J. Polit. Sci.-Rev. Can. Sci. Polit. PD MAR PY 2008 VL 41 IS 1 BP 228 EP 229 DI 10.1017/S0008423908080244 PG 2 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 346SB UT WOS:000259088400020 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Schneider, G Wiesehomeier, N AF Schneider, Gerald Wiesehomeier, Nina TI Rules that matter: Political institutions and the diversity-conflict nexus SO JOURNAL OF PEACE RESEARCH LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Pan-European Meeting of the Standing-Group-on-International-Relations CY SEP 12-15, 2007 CL Univ Turino, Turin, ITALY SP Standing Grp Int Relat HO Univ Turino ID CIVIL-WAR ONSET; ALTERNATIVE VOTE; ETHNIC-CONFLICT; ELECTORAL SYSTEMS; POLARIZATION; PARTIES; NUMBER; FRACTIONALIZATION; CENTRIPETAL; DEMOCRACIES AB One controversy in the study of civil war relates to the role that institutions play in ethnically diverse societies. 'Constitutional engineers' advance various institutional arrangements, ranging from democracy in general to specific constitutional and electoral rules, as those mechanisms that help divided societies to resolve disputes peacefully. Political sociologists, by contrast, maintain that political institutions are largely an epiphenomenon. Synthesizing the two conflicting schools of thought, the authors examine how different institutions in conjunction with three forms of ethnic diversity - fractionalization, dominance and polarization - affect the risk of civil war. It is argued that groups perceive institutions as a constraint and that they consider the usage of political violence if they cannot achieve their goals peacefully. The examination of these conditional institutionalist hypotheses for the period between 1950 and 2000 shows, in accordance with recent theoretical work, that fractionalization can indeed be linked to low-intensiry civil wars and that this effect is particularly strong in democracies in comparison to autocracies. Interacting the measures of diversity with different democratic institutions, the authors confirm that rules that encourage power-sharing lower the risk of war in diverse societies. The event-history models, moreover, show that the combination of fractionalization and majoritarian voting forebodes badly for the internal stability of a state. Within the set of democratic regimes studied in this article, presidential systems are the most war-prone institutional setting. C1 [Schneider, Gerald; Wiesehomeier, Nina] Univ Konstanz, Dept Polit & Management, D-7750 Constance, Germany. RP Schneider, G (reprint author), Univ Konstanz, Dept Polit & Management, D-7750 Constance, Germany. EM Gerald.Schneider@uni-konstanz.de; Nina.Wiesehomeier@uni-konstanz.de RI Schneider, Gerald/A-1903-2012 OI Schneider, Gerald/0000-0002-0091-6217; Wiesehomeier, Nina/0000-0002-0134-5647 CR Acemoglu D, 2005, J ECON LIT, V43, P1025, DOI 10.1257/002205105775362069 Alesina A, 2003, J ECON GROWTH, V8, P155, DOI 10.1023/A:1024471506938 Boix C, 1999, AM POLIT SCI REV, V93, P609, DOI 10.2307/2585577 Box-Steffensmeier JM, 2003, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V47, P33, DOI 10.1177/0022002702239510 Box-Steffensmeier JM, 2002, J POLIT, V64, P1069, DOI 10.1111/1468-2508.00163 Brambor T, 2006, POLIT ANAL, V14, P63, DOI 10.1093/pan/mpi014 Brancati D, 2006, INT ORGAN, V60, P651, DOI 10.1017/S002081830606019X CADERMAN LE, 2007, AM POLIT SCI REV, V101, P173 CHRISTIN T, 2005, UNPUB METHODOLOGICAL Cohen FS, 1997, COMP POLIT STUD, V30, P607, DOI 10.1177/0010414097030005004 Collier P, 2004, OXFORD ECON PAP, V56, P563, DOI 10.1093/oep/gpf064 Collier Paul, 2001, ECON POLICY, V16, P129 Cox G., 1997, MAKING VOTES COUNT S COX GW, 1990, AM J POLIT SCI, V34, P903, DOI 10.2307/2111465 ESTEBAN JM, 1994, ECONOMETRICA, V62, P819, DOI 10.2307/2951734 Esteban J, 2008, J PEACE RES, V45, P163, DOI 10.1177/0022343307087175 Fearon JD, 2007, AM POLIT SCI REV, V101, P187, DOI 10.1017/S0003055407070219 Fearon JD, 2003, J ECON GROWTH, V8, P195, DOI 10.1023/A:1024419522867 Fearon JD, 2003, AM POLIT SCI REV, V97, P75, DOI 10.1017/S0003055403000534 Fraenkel J, 2006, COMP POLIT STUD, V39, P623, DOI 10.1177/0010414005285032 Fraenkel J, 2004, PUBLIC CHOICE, V121, P487, DOI 10.1007/s11127-004-5794-5 Gerring J, 2005, AM POLIT SCI REV, V99, P567, DOI 10.1017/S0003055405051889 Gerring J, 2004, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V34, P295, DOI 10.1017/S0007123404000067 Gleditsch NP, 2002, J PEACE RES, V39, P615, DOI 10.1177/0022343302039005007 Golder M, 2005, ELECT STUD, V24, P103, DOI 10.1016/j.electstud.2004.02.008 GOLDER N, 2004, CODEBOOK DEMOCRATIC Griffiths Ann L., 2005, HDB FEDERAL COUNTRIE Hegre H, 2001, AM POLIT SCI REV, V95, P33 Hegre H, 2006, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V50, P508, DOI 10.1177/0022002706289303 HertPicciotto I, 1997, BIOMETRICS, V53, P1151, DOI 10.2307/2533573 HESTON A, 2002, PENN WORLD TABLE VER Horowitz DL, 2006, COMP POLIT STUD, V39, P652, DOI 10.1177/0010414005285034 Horowitz DL, 2004, PUBLIC CHOICE, V121, P507, DOI 10.1007/s11127-004-2488-y KEEFER P, 2007, 4185 WORLD BANK POL Kuenzi M, 2005, PARTY POLIT, V11, P423, DOI 10.1177/1354068805053211 LAAKSO M, 1979, COMP POLIT STUD, V12, P3, DOI 10.1177/001041407901200101 Lemarchand R, 2007, AFR AFFAIRS, V106, P1, DOI 10.1093/afraf/adl041 Lijphart A, 1996, AM POLIT SCI REV, V90, P258, DOI 10.2307/2082883 Lijphart A., 1999, PATTERNS DEMOCRACY G Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Lijphart Arend, 1992, J THEORETICAL POLITI, V4, P207 LINZ JJ, 1994, FAILURE PRESIDENTIAL Lipset S.M., 1967, PARTY SYSTEMS VOTER MARSHALL MG, 2000, POLITY 4 PROJECT DAT Mesquita BB, 2003, LOGIC OF POLITICAL SURVIVAL, P1 Montalvo JG, 2005, AM ECON REV, V95, P796, DOI 10.1257/0002828054201468 MOZZAFAR S, 2003, AM POLIT SCI REV, V97, P379 Neto OA, 1997, AM J POLIT SCI, V41, P149, DOI 10.2307/2111712 ORDESHOOK PC, 1994, AM J POLIT SCI, V38, P100, DOI 10.2307/2111337 PAPAIOANNOU E, 2006, UNPUB EC SOCIAL FACT PRENTICE RL, 1981, BIOMETRIKA, V68, P373, DOI 10.1093/biomet/68.2.373 Przeworski A., 2000, DEMOCRACY DEV POLITI Reynal-Querol M, 2002, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V46, P29, DOI 10.1177/0022002702046001003 Reynal-Querol M., 2005, EUROPEAN J POLITICAL, V21, P445, DOI DOI 10.1016/J.EJP0LEC0.2004.08.003 Roeder Philip G., 2005, SUSTAINABLE PEACE PO Saideman SM, 2002, COMP POLIT STUD, V35, P103, DOI 10.1177/0010414002035001008 Schneider G, 2005, MILLENNIUM-J INT ST, V33, P665, DOI 10.1177/03058298050330031901 SCHNEIDER G, 2006, UNPUB ETHNIC POLARIZ SPORER D, 2006, REGIERUNGSSYSTEME RE Strand H., 2004, ARMED CONFLICT DATAS WILKINSON SI, 2004, ELECT COMPETITION ET NR 61 TC 47 Z9 47 U1 1 U2 25 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 1 OLIVERS YARD, 55 CITY ROAD, LONDON EC1Y 1SP, ENGLAND SN 0022-3433 EI 1460-3578 J9 J PEACE RES JI J. Peace Res. PD MAR PY 2008 VL 45 IS 2 BP 183 EP 203 DI 10.1177/0022343307087176 PG 21 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA 288RC UT WOS:000255002500004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Binningsbo, HM AF Binningsbo, Helga Malmin TI Crafting peace: Power-sharing institutions and the negotiated settlement of civil wars SO JOURNAL OF PEACE RESEARCH LA English DT Book Review C1 [Binningsbo, Helga Malmin] Norwegian Univ Sci & Technol, Trondheim, Norway. RP Binningsbo, HM (reprint author), Norwegian Univ Sci & Technol, Trondheim, Norway. CR Hartzell Caroline, 2007, CRAFTING PEACE POWER NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 1 OLIVERS YARD, 55 CITY ROAD, LONDON EC1Y 1SP, ENGLAND SN 0022-3433 J9 J PEACE RES JI J. Peace Res. PD MAR PY 2008 VL 45 IS 2 BP 304 EP 304 DI 10.1177/00223433080450020810 PG 1 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA 288RC UT WOS:000255002500018 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Fessha, Y Kirkby, C AF Fessha, Yonatan Kirkby, Coel TI A critical survey of subnational autonomy in African states SO PUBLIUS-THE JOURNAL OF FEDERALISM LA English DT Article ID SOUTH-AFRICA; DECENTRALIZATION; GOVERNANCE AB This article examines the quiet yet pervasive transfer of power from central governments to subnational units in Africa since the early 1990s. Central governments have justified this trend by arguing it promotes one or more of three goods: democracy, development, and accommodating diversity. The authors survey six selected countries representing federal-unitary and regional differences to evaluate their degree of formal and substantive political, administrative, and financial autonomy. Transfer of powers to subnational units, the authors conclude, is a real and nearly universal trend. However, many central governments have clawed back this grant of power in numerous ways, which led to an informal recentralization of power. Moreover, central governments of federations have deliberately strengthened local government at the expense of regional autonomy. C1 [Fessha, Yonatan] Univ Western Cape, ZA-7535 Bellville, South Africa. [Kirkby, Coel] McGill Univ, Montreal, PQ H3A 2T5, Canada. RP Fessha, Y (reprint author), Univ Western Cape, ZA-7535 Bellville, South Africa. EM coel.kirkby@gmail.com OI Kirkby, Coel/0000-0001-9845-0349 CR Adamolekun L, 2005, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V35, P383, DOI 10.1093/publius/pji027 Bardhan P, 2002, J ECON PERSPECT, V16, P185, DOI 10.1257/089533002320951037 BEVAN DL, 2001, 200156 UN U BIRD RB, 2002, FEDERALISM CHANGING Brosio G., 2000, DECENTRALISATION AFR Burgess Michael, 1993, COMP FEDERALISM FEDE, P15 *CLGF, 2006, COMM LOC GOVT HDB 20 Dickovick JT, 2005, J MOD AFR STUD, V43, P183, DOI 10.1017/S0022278X05000807 *DPLG, 1999, SADC LOC GOVT C DEP EKPO A, 2004, INTERGOVERNMENTAL FI ENSOR L, 1999, BUSINESS DAY, V5 Garrett G, 2003, GOVERNANCE GLOBAL EC Golooba-Mutebi F., 2005, Development Policy Review, V23, P165, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-7679.2005.00281.x Golooba-Mutebi F, 2005, DEV CHANGE, V36, P937, DOI 10.1111/j.0012-155X.2005.00442.x HAYSOM N, 2003, LEARNING EACH OTHER HOULIHAN S, 2006, FEDERATIONS WHATS NE, V5, P17 Hussein M.K., 2004, AFRICA DEV, V29, P106 Huther J., 1998, 1894 WORLD BANK POL *IMF, 2002, MAL POV RED STRAT PA Kymlicka Will, 2004, ETHNICITY DEMOCRACY Lemarchand Rene, 2006, AFR AFFAIRS, V106, P1 MIALL H, 1999, CONT CONFLICT RESOLU Murray Christina, 2006, RUTGERS LAW J, V37, P1203 Nahum Fasil, 1997, CONSTITUTION NATION NDEGWA N, 2003, POLITICS DECENTRALIZ NZOUANKEU JM, 1997, TRADITIONAL CONT FOR Oates W., 1972, FISCAL FEDERALISM Prempeh HK, 2007, ICON-INT J CONST LAW, V5, P469, DOI 10.1093/icon/mom016 Rodden Jonathan, 2006, HAMILTONS PARADOX PR RONDINELLI DA, 1981, J MOD AFR STUD, V19, P595, DOI 10.1017/S0022278X00020188 Selassie A. G., 2003, YALE J INT L, V28, P51 Sharma K, 1999, LOCAL GOVT DEMOCRATI Simeon R, 2001, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V31, P65, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.pubjof.a004921 Simeon Richard, 1998, SA PUBLIC LAW, V13, P42 STEFFENSEN J, 2004, COMPARATIVE ANAL DEC Steytler N, 2001, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V31, P93, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.pubjof.a004922 STEYTLER N, 2005, GLOBAL DIALOGUE FEDE, V1 TIEBOUT CM, 1956, J POLIT ECON, V64, P416, DOI 10.1086/257839 Watts R, 1994, EVALUATING FEDERAL S WATTS RL, 2000, J FEDERALISM, V30, P115 Work R, 2002, 2 INT C DEC MAN PHIL Wunsch JS, 2000, J MOD AFR STUD, V38, P487, DOI 10.1017/S0022278X00003438 NR 42 TC 19 Z9 19 U1 0 U2 4 PU OXFORD UNIV PRESS PI OXFORD PA GREAT CLARENDON ST, OXFORD OX2 6DP, ENGLAND SN 0048-5950 J9 PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM JI Publius-J. Fed. PD SPR PY 2008 VL 38 IS 2 BP 248 EP 271 DI 10.1093/publius/pjm040 PG 24 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 277QP UT WOS:000254230100006 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Madly, L AF Madly, Lorand TI Reforms concerning the political and administrative organization of Transylvania during the neo-absolutist decade SO TRANSYLVANIAN REVIEW LA Unspecified DT Article DE political and administrative organization; neo-absolutism; reforms AB The neo-absolutist regime set up following the defeat suffered by the Hungarian Revolution of 1848-1849 effected a number of political and administrative reforms in Transylvania, introducing a centralized and uniform system based on proportional representation and on the equal rights of all Transylvanian nations, as well on the coincidence between the territorial and the fiscal and judicial units. The new organization of the Austrian Empire also brought with it the decline of the neo-absolutist regime, as the late 1850s saw a revival of provincial political autonomy, in the spirit of liberalism. C1 Romanian Acad George Barit Inst Hist, Cluj Napoca 400088, Romania. RP Madly, L (reprint author), Romanian Acad George Barit Inst Hist, 11 Napoca St, Cluj Napoca 400088, Romania. EM lmadly78@yahoo.de CR BIEBRECHER R, 1896, HUNDERT JAHRE SACHSI, P415 BIEBRECHER R, 1896, HUNDERT JAHRE SACHSI, P419 BIEBRECHER R, 1896, HUNDERT JAHRE SACHSI, P216 BRANDT HH, 1978, OSTERREICHISCHE NEOA, V1, P247 CERNEA E, 1972, APULUM, V10, P485 FRIEDJUNG H, 1908, OSTERREICH 1848 1860, V1, P160 GOLLNER C, 1988, SIEBENBURGER SACHSEN, P61 Gollner C., 1988, SIEBENBURGER SACHSEN, P108 HEYDENDORFF M, 1978, UNTER 5 KAISERN TAGE, P146 HEYDENDORFF M, 1978, UNTER 5 KAISERN TAGE, P60 HEYDENDORFF M, 1978, UNTER 5 KAISERN TAGE, P215 LENGYEL ZK, 1999, SIEBENBURGER ARCHIV, V34, P95 LEVELTAR MG, 200801849 MOL, P9 MARTIUS I, 1957, GROSSOSTERREICH SIEB, P37 MOL, 200801849 MOL RITTER J, 1861, C FURST SCHWARZENBER, P8 TEUTSCH E, 1910, GESCHICHTE SIEBENBUR, P294 1851, TEUTSCH, P307 1851, SATELLIT, P71 1877, J BEDEUS SCHARBERG B, V2, P142 1851, FRIEDENFELS, P217 2005, PROTOKOLLE OSTERREIC, P88 NR 22 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 3 PU CENTER TRANSYLVANIAN STUDIES PI CLUJ-NAPOCA PA 2 NASAUD ST, CLUJ-NAPOCA, 400610, ROMANIA SN 1221-1249 J9 TRANSYLV REV JI Transylv. Rev. PD SPR PY 2008 VL 17 IS 1 BP 79 EP 89 PG 11 WC Area Studies; History SC Area Studies; History GA 330GB UT WOS:000257927400007 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Demontis, L AF Demontis, Luca TI "Giudicati" and seigniories. Comparison of two ways towards power in the middle ages SO ANUARIO DE ESTUDIOS MEDIEVALES LA Spanish DT Article DE Seigniory; Giudicati; power; empire; church; city and peasantry AB In the 13th century the Empire as political institution was in a state of crisis. The Holy Roman German Empire and the Byzantine Empire were reshaped by extensive fragmentation into regional districts with political autonomy, resulting in a more limited influence for both emperors. Here, I have compared two different paths toward local power, the "Seigniory" and the "Giudicati". The Seigniory of the family "della Torre" over Milan was one of the first in Italy and is a paradigm of acquisition of political autonomy within the Holy Roman German Empire. Conversely, the "Giudicati" were local kingdoms that arose in Sardinia from the decay of the Byzantine Empire. I discuss the ways by which these regional political institutions arose, their recognition by the emperor, the context in which they acted, the relations between city and peasantry, the role of the "people" in awarding the power. C1 [Demontis, Luca] Univ Milan, I-20122 Milan, Italy. RP Demontis, L (reprint author), Via Libeccio 17, I-09170 Oristano, Italy. EM lucademon-tis@hotmail.com CR ANDENNA G, 2003, CONCETTO GEOGRAFICO, P96 BIZANTINO V, IMPERO, P153 BOGNETTI GP, 1926, MINIERE VALTORTA DIR, P281 BOSCOLO A, 1965, BREVE STORIA SARDEGN, P95 BOSCOLO A, 1972, AA VV SOC SARDEGNA S, P103 CASO A, 1989, DIZIONARIO BIOGRAFIC, V37, P623 CASULA, DIZIONARIO, P1597 CASULA, DIZIONARIO, P1595 CASULA, DIZIONARIO, P982 CASULA, DIZIONARIO, P166 CASULA, DIZIONARIO, P65 CASULA, DIZIONARIO, P1598 CASULA, DIZIONARIO, P820 CASULA, 1920, DIZIONARIO CHITTOLINI G, 1969, NUOVA RIV STORICA, V53, P713 CIPPO RP, 1995, TRA ARCIEVESCOVO COM CORIO B, 1978, STORIA MILANO, P76 CORRADI G, 1967, BIZANTINO IMPERO GRA, V3, P153 DABAGNOREGIO AB, 1998, STORIA MEDIEVALE, P528 DEMONTIS L, CONTADO CITTA CITTA, P459 Demontis L, 2007, AEVUM-RASS SCI STOR, V81, P485 DEVITT F, 1977, SIGNORIA TORRA TURBI, P636 Fiamma Galvano, 1727, RERUM ITALICARUM SCR, V11 FRANCESCHINI G, 1954, STORIA MILANO TRECCA, V4, P323 FRANZEN A, 1987, BREVE STORIA CHIESA, P218 GALASSO G, 1973, POTERE ISTITUZIONI I, P35 GIULINI, MEMORIE, P557 GIULINI, MEMORIE, P517 GIULINI, MEMORIE, P573 GIULINI, MEMORIE, P533 GIULINI, MEMORIE, P519 GIULINI, MEMORIE, P534 GRILLO P, 2001, MILANO COMMUNALE 118, P665 ILLUCH RS, 2005, ILUTTA MERCAT CATALA, P309 MARCO A, 1998, MEDITERRANEO BASSOME, P469 MARTINEZ MS, 2005, CORONA CATALANOARAGO, P309 MENANT F, 1993, COMPAGNES LOMBARDES, V281, P524 OOCHIPINTI E, 2000, ITALIA COMUNI, P92 SERGI G, 1998, IDEA MEDIOEVO, P35 SERGI G, 1998, AA VV STORIA MEDIEVA, P39 SOLMI, STUDI, P271 SOLMI, STUDI, P12 SOLMI, STUDI INTROD, P8 SOLMI A, STUDI, P19 SOLMI A, STUDI, P27 TABACCO G, 1974, STORIA POLITICA SOCI, V1, P240 TABACOO G, 2000, EGEMONIE SOCIALI STR, P291 NR 47 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 0 U2 1 PU CONSEJO SUPERIOR DE INVESTIGACIONES CIENTIFICAS PI MADRID PA VITRUVIO 8, 28006 MADRID, SPAIN SN 0066-5061 J9 ANU ESTUD MEDIEV JI Anu. Estud. Mediev. PD JAN-JUN PY 2008 VL 38 IS 1 BP 3 EP 25 DI 10.3989/aem.2008.v38.i1.61 PG 23 WC History; Medieval & Renaissance Studies SC History; Arts & Humanities - Other Topics GA 327MW UT WOS:000257734200002 OA DOAJ Gold DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Jarstad, AK Nilsson, D AF Jarstad, Anna K. Nilsson, Desiree TI From words to deeds: The implementation of power-sharing pacts in peace accords SO CONFLICT MANAGEMENT AND PEACE SCIENCE LA English DT Article DE power sharing; peace agreements; civil war; conflict resolution ID CIVIL-WAR; SETTLEMENTS AB Is the implementation of power-sharing provisions the key to durable peace? This study analyzes whether the implementation of political, military, and territorial power-sharing provisions contributes to peace. We introduce a new dataset (IMPACT), which contains unique information on the implementation of power-sharing pacts in peace accords in the post-Cold War period. Based on the logic of costly signaling, we demonstrate that when the parties engage in costly concessions by implementing military and territorial provisions, peace is more likely to prevail. In contrast, the implementation of political pacts is less costly, and hence does not increase the prospects of peace. C1 [Jarstad, Anna K.; Nilsson, Desiree] Uppsala Univ, Dept Peace & Conflict Res, S-75120 Uppsala, Sweden. RP Jarstad, AK (reprint author), Uppsala Univ, Dept Peace & Conflict Res, Box 514, S-75120 Uppsala, Sweden. EM Anna.Jarstad@pcr.uu.se OI Nilsson, Desiree/0000-0003-0205-2843 CR BEKOE DA, 2003, J ASIAN AFR STUD, V38, P256 Bekoe Dorina, 2005, INT J PEACE STUDIES, V10, P43 Box-Steffensmeier JM, 2003, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V47, P33, DOI 10.1177/0022002702239510 BOXSTEFFENSMEIE.JM, 2004, EVENT HIST MODELING Coakley J, 2001, TERRITORIAL MANAGEME Downes George, 2002, ENDING CIVIL WARS IM, P43 FEARON JD, 1995, INT ORGAN, V49, P379, DOI 10.1017/S0020818300033324 FEARON JD, 1992, THESIS U CALIFORNIA Hartzell C, 2003, AM J POLIT SCI, V47, P318, DOI 10.1111/1540-5907.00022 Hartzell C, 2001, INT ORGAN, V55, P183, DOI 10.1162/002081801551450 Hartzell CA, 1999, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V43, P3, DOI 10.1177/0022002799043001001 Hartzell Caroline, 2007, CRAFTING PEACE POWER Hartzell CA, 2006, CONTEMP SECUR STUD, P31 Heldt Birger, 2006, PEACEKEEPING OPERATI Hoddie M, 2003, J PEACE RES, V40, P303, DOI 10.1177/0022343303040003004 HODDIE M, 2005, SUSTAINABLE PEACE PO Hoddie Matthew, 2005, INT STUDIES REV, V7, P21, DOI DOI 10.1111/J.1521-9488.2005.00456.X JARSTAD A, 2006, IMPACT IMPLEMENTATIO Kaufmann C, 1996, INT SECURITY, V20, P136, DOI 10.2307/2539045 Kydd A, 2000, INT ORGAN, V54, P325, DOI 10.1162/002081800551190 Mcgarry J, 2007, ETHNOPOLITICS, V6, P105, DOI 10.1080/17449050701232983 McGarry John, 2004, NO IRELAND CONFLICT Mukherjee B, 2006, INT STUD QUART, V50, P479, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-2478.2006.00410.x NILSSON D, 2006, SHADOW SETTLEMENT MU Nilsson D., 2006, TERMS PEACE AGREEMEN Ojendal Joakim, 2007, GLOBALIZATION CHALLE REITER DAN, 2003, PERSPECTIVES POLITIC, V1, P27, DOI DOI 10.1017/S1537592703000033 STEDMAN SJ, 2002, ENDING CIVIL WARS IM Tir J, 2003, CONFLICT MANAG PEACE, V20, P59, DOI 10.1177/073889420302000203 TOFT MD, 2005, PEACE SECURITY UNPUB *UCDP, 2006, UPP CONFL DAT PROGR Walter Barbara F., 2002, COMMITTING PEACE SUC Walter Barbara F., 2003, INT STUDIES REV, V5, P137, DOI DOI 10.1111/J.1079-1760.2003.00504012.X Walter BF, 1997, INT ORGAN, V51, P335, DOI 10.1162/002081897550384 WALTER BF, 2002, CIV WAR RES DAT SET Weller M., 2005, AUTONOMY SELF GOVERN Werner S, 2005, INT ORGAN, V59, P261, DOI 10.1017/S0020818305050095 Woodward S. L., 2002, ENDING CIVIL WARS IM, P183 Zahar M.-J., 2003, CONT PEACEMAKING CON, P114 NR 39 TC 73 Z9 73 U1 2 U2 12 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS INC PI THOUSAND OAKS PA 2455 TELLER RD, THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91320 USA SN 0738-8942 J9 CONFLICT MANAG PEACE JI Confl. Manage. Peace Sci. PY 2008 VL 25 IS 3 BP 206 EP 223 DI 10.1080/07388940802218945 PG 18 WC International Relations SC International Relations GA 334TO UT WOS:000258244300002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Ansell, C AF Ansell, Christopher TI Thinking about Democracy: Power Sharing and Majority Rule in Theory and Practice SO DEMOCRATIZATION LA English DT Book Review C1 [Ansell, Christopher] Univ Calif Berkeley, Berkeley, CA 94720 USA. RP Ansell, C (reprint author), Univ Calif Berkeley, Berkeley, CA 94720 USA. CR Lijphart Arend, 2008, THINKING DEMOCRACY P NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 4 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND SN 1351-0347 J9 DEMOCRATIZATION JI Democratization PY 2008 VL 15 IS 5 BP 1018 EP 1019 PG 2 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA V11HE UT WOS:000207521900009 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Flikke, G AF Flikke, Geir TI Pacts, parties and elite struggle: Ukraine's troubled post-orange transition SO EUROPE-ASIA STUDIES LA English DT Article ID DEMOCRATIZATION; REVOLUTION; PARADIGM AB This article resuscitates some of the theoretical arguments of transition studies to shed light on the complex institutional and political developments in post-Orange Ukraine (2004-2007). In December 2004, Ukraine's elite agreed to embark on a complex transition involving power-sharing between the Rada (parliament) and the government on one side, and the presidency on the other. The new electoral law was to be based on a fully proportional system. In the subsequent period of 2005-2007, two consecutive proportional elections have been held, Ukraine has had several governments, and the Rada was incapacitated for a longer period. Rival elites engaged in a zero-sum game over reforms, and attempts were made to resolve differences by several pacts. This article analyses the post-Orange transition in terms of three variables: the effectiveness of pacts, the need to abide by the transition scheme, and the effect of elections. It is argued that Ukraine has failed to deliver on pacts and timetables, but has delivered on elections. This means that its political system may be considered a minimalist and electoral based one. EM gf@nupi.no CR Aslund A., 2006, REVOLUTION ORANGE OR ASLUND A, 2006, EURASIAN GEOGR ECON, V5, P327 Aslund A, 2005, EURASIAN GEOGR ECON, V46, P327, DOI 10.2747/1538-7216.46.5.327 BAGMET M, 2006, RECOGNITION UKRAINE Bunce V, 1998, POST-SOV AFF, V14, P187, DOI 10.1080/1060586X.1998.10641452 Carothers T, 2002, J DEMOCR, V13, P5, DOI 10.1353/jod.2002.0003 CAROTHERS T, 2002, J DEMOCR, V1, P5 Cohen Stephen F, 2000, FAILED CRUSADE AM TR D'Anieri P, 2007, UNDERSTANDING UKRAIN Diamond Larry, 1999, DEV DEMOCRACY CONSOL Gans-Morse J, 2004, POST-SOV AFF, V20, P320, DOI 10.2747/1060-586X.20.4.320 GANSMORSE J, 2004, POST-SOV AFF, V4, P320 GILL G, 2000, RUSSIAS STILLBORN DE Herron ES, 2007, EAST EUR POLITICS, V23, P57, DOI 10.1080/13523270701194961 HERRON ES, 2007, J COMMUNIST TRANSITI, V1, P57 Karatnycky A, 2005, FOREIGN AFF, V84, P35, DOI 10.2307/20034274 KARATNYCKY A, 2005, FOREIGN AFF, V2, P35 Kubicek P, 2002, EUROPE-ASIA STUD, V54, P603, DOI 10.1080/09668130220139181 KUDELIA S, 2007, J COMMUNIST TRANSITI, V1, P77 Kudelia S, 2007, EAST EUR POLITICS, V23, P77, DOI 10.1080/13523270701195026 KUZIO T, 2000, UNPUB CIVIL SOC UKRA Levitsky S, 2002, J DEMOCR, V13, P51, DOI 10.1353/jod.2002.0026 MCFAUL M, 2005, DEV RUSSIAN POLITICS, V6, P61 McFaul Michael, 2001, RUSSIAS UNFINISHED R MOSTOVAYA Y, 2006, ZERKALO NEDELI 0513 MOSTOVAYA Y, 2006, ZERKALO NEDELI 0701 MOSTOVAYA Y, 2005, ZERKALO NEDELI 0326 MOSTOVAYA Y, 2006, ZERKALO NEDELI 0415 MOSTOVAYA Y, 2006, ZERKALO NEDELI 0729 MOSTOVAYA Y, 2006, ZERKALO NEDELI 0617 OATES S, 2004, UNCERTAINTIES PUTINS, P109 POPSON N, 2002, DILEMMAS STATE LED N Przeworski Adam, 1991, DEMOCRACY MARKET POL RAKHMANIN S, 2006, ZERKALO NEDELI 0114 RAKHMANIN S, 2005, ZERKALO NEDELI 0625 RAKHMANIN S, 2005, ZERKALO NEDELI 0514 RAKHMANIN S, 2006, ZERKALO NEDELI 0121 RAKHMANIN S, 2005, ZERKALO NEDELI 0602 RAKHMANIN S, 2006, ZERKALO NEDELI 0128 Reddaway P, 2001, TRAGEDY RUSSIAS REFO Schedler A, 1998, J DEMOCR, V9, P91, DOI 10.1353/jod.1998.0030 Schedler A, 2002, J DEMOCR, V13, P36, DOI 10.1353/jod.2002.0031 Schmitter P., 1986, TENTATIVE CONCLUSION Stepan A, 2005, POST-SOV AFF, V21, P279, DOI 10.2747/1060-586X.21.4.279 STEPAN A, 2005, POST-SOV AFF, V4, P279 Stepan Alfred, 1996, PROBLEMS DEMOCRATIC Taagepera Rein, 2002, ARCHITECTURE DEMOCRA, P248 Wilson Andrew, 2005, VIRTUAL POLITICS FAK YATSENKO N, 2005, ZERKALO NEDELI 0416 NR 49 TC 16 Z9 16 U1 0 U2 0 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 2-4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0966-8136 EI 1465-3427 J9 EUROPE-ASIA STUD JI Eur.-Asia Stud. PY 2008 VL 60 IS 3 BP 375 EP 396 DI 10.1080/09668130801947986 PG 22 WC Area Studies; Economics; Political Science SC Area Studies; Business & Economics; Government & Law GA 292NQ UT WOS:000255273800002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Kuroiwa, Y Verkuyten, M AF Kuroiwa, Yoko Verkuyten, Maykel TI Narratives and the constitution of a common identity: The Karen in Burma SO IDENTITIES-GLOBAL STUDIES IN CULTURE AND POWER LA English DT Article DE Karen; Myanmar; Burma; narratives; identity ID MOVEMENT; NATIONS AB This research was conducted in an informal school located in Thailand at the border with Myanmar (Burma) and supervised by the Karen National Union (KNU). The KNU has claimed and fought for political autonomy and independence from the Burmese government for more than a half century. The authors examine how, in their narratives about what it means to be Karen, future Karen leaders try to deal with challenges to a sense of Karen unity and groupness, and to the legitimacy of the Karen struggle. One important challenge is the substantial cultural, religious, linguistic, and geographical internal diversity. Establishing a coherent Karen identity among the different subgroups is a continuing struggle for Karen leaders. Another is the negative labeling of the KNU as stubborn people and violent terrorists. These labels endanger the political project, the international reputation, and the local attractiveness of the KNU. C1 [Verkuyten, Maykel] Univ Utrecht, Fac Social Sci, NL-3584 CS Utrecht, Netherlands. RP Verkuyten, M (reprint author), Univ Utrecht, Fac Social Sci, Heidelberglaan 2, NL-3584 CS Utrecht, Netherlands. EM m.verkuyten@uu.nl RI Verkuyten, Maykel/E-7990-2013 CR Berbrier M, 1998, SOC PROBL, V45, P431, DOI 10.1525/sp.1998.45.4.03x0174r Billig M., 1995, BANAL NATL BRASS PR, 1997, THEFT IIDOL TEXT CON Brown Michael E., 2001, TURBULENT PEACE CHAL Brubaker R, 1998, ANNU REV SOCIOL, V24, P423, DOI 10.1146/annurev.soc.24.1.423 Brubaker R., 2004, ETHNICITY GROUPS Burma Ethnic Research Group, 1998, FORG VICT HIDD WAR I Cheesman N., 2002, ASIAN ETHNICITY, V3, P199, DOI [10.1080/14631360220132736, DOI 10.1080/14631360220132736] CHRISTIE CJ, 1998, SE ASIA DECOLONIZATI della Porta D., 1999, SOCIAL MOVEMENTS INT Dickerson P, 2000, BRIT J SOC PSYCHOL, V39, P381, DOI 10.1348/014466600164552 Falla J., 1991, TRUE LOVE BARTHOLOME Harriden Jessica, 2002, J BURMA STUDIES, V7, P84, DOI DOI 10.1353/JBS.2002.0003 Hodgson DL, 2002, AM ANTHROPOL, V104, P1037, DOI 10.1525/aa.2002.104.4.1037 Holland D, 1998, IDENTITY AGENCY CULT Horowitz Donald L, 1991, DEMOCRATIC S AFRICA Horowitz Donald L., 2000, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI JONES RB, 1961, KAREN LINGUISTIC STU *KAR YOUTH LEAD MA, 2005, REP 2003 2004 Keyes C., 1977, GOLDEN PENINSULA KEYES CF, 2003, LIVING EDGE THAI SOC Marshall Harry Ignatius, 1922, KAREN PEOPLE BURMA S Mehan HB, 2001, NARRAT INQ, V11, P195, DOI 10.1075/ni.11.1.08meh MORIN F., 1997, POLITICS ETHNIC CONS *MYANM COM, 2005, PRES C HELD MIN INF Olzak S., 2004, BLACKWELL COMPANION Rajah A, 2002, PAC REV, V15, P517, DOI 10.1080/0951274021000029413 Reicher S., 2001, SELF NATION RENARD RD, 2003, LIVING EDGE THAI SOC Rosenberg M., 1979, CONCEIVING SELF Roy Beth, 1994, SOME TROUBLE COWS MA SAN CP, 1928, BURMA KAREN Smeaton Donald Mackenzie, 1887, LOYAL KARENS BURMA Smith M., 1991, BURMA INSURGENCY POL Smith Martin, 1994, ETHNIC GROUPS BURMA SOMERS MR, 1994, THEOR SOC, V23, P605, DOI 10.1007/BF00992905 Stein Janice Gross, 2001, TURBULENT PEACE CHAL SWART WJ, 1995, SOCIOL QUART, V36, P465, DOI 10.1111/j.1533-8525.1995.tb00448.x Vermeersch P, 2003, ETHNIC RACIAL STUD, V26, P879, DOI 10.1080/0141987032000109078 ZUO JP, 1995, SOCIOL QUART, V36, P131, DOI 10.1111/j.1533-8525.1995.tb02324.x NR 40 TC 16 Z9 16 U1 0 U2 12 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS INC PI PHILADELPHIA PA 325 CHESTNUT ST, SUITE 800, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19106 USA SN 1070-289X J9 IDENTITIES-GLOB STUD JI Identities-Glob. Stud. Cult. Power PY 2008 VL 15 IS 4 BP 391 EP 412 DI 10.1080/10702890802201685 PG 22 WC Cultural Studies; Ethnic Studies SC Cultural Studies; Ethnic Studies GA 331EY UT WOS:000257996700001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Dixon, P AF Dixon, Paul TI Imposing Power-Sharing: Conflict and Coexistence in Northern Ireland and Lebanon SO IRISH POLITICAL STUDIES LA English DT Book Review C1 [Dixon, Paul] Kingston Univ, Kingston upon Thames KT1 2EE, Surrey, England. RP Dixon, P (reprint author), Kingston Univ, Kingston upon Thames KT1 2EE, Surrey, England. CR Kerr Michael, 2006, IMPOSING POWER SHARI NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND SN 0790-7184 J9 IRISH POLIT STUD JI Ir. Polit. Stud. PY 2008 VL 23 IS 3 BP 450 EP 452 PG 3 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA V14NS UT WOS:000207741700012 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU MaCarthur, J AF MaCarthur, Julie TI How the West was won: Regional politics and prophetic promises in the 2007 Kenya elections SO JOURNAL OF EASTERN AFRICAN STUDIES LA English DT Article ID NATIONALISM; AFRICA; STATE; EAST AB In the 2007 Kenya elections, the violent clashes and allegations of electoral fraud that engulfed the country served to overshadow, and thus mask, the underlying causes of the opposition and disillusionment that had produced such a closely contested presidential election. The success of the Orange Democratic Movement (ODM) in challenging the incumbent government, despite the outcome, rested in its ability to mobilise support across regional and ethnic lines throughout the country. This paper demonstrates how ODM mobilised coalition strategies, regional arguments and historical justifications to court a particular regional vote, the Luyia of the Western Province. As the second largest ethnic group in Kenya, the Luyia have, in every election since independence, represented a crucial battleground in the hunt for votes, as a large yet unwieldy and unpredictable voting bloc. However, the opposition's strength, and indeed the post-election chaos, cannot be explained simply by reference to political tribalism or inter-ethnic conflict alone. Rather, this case study reveals the ways in which ODM used promises of succession, power-sharing and regional devolution of authority and resources to create a broad-based, multi-ethnic coalition. C1 Univ Cambridge, Cambridge CB2 1TJ, England. RP MaCarthur, J (reprint author), Univ Cambridge, Trinity Hall,Trinity Lane, Cambridge CB2 1TJ, England. EM jem68@cam.ac.uk CR Anderson DM, 2005, J CONTEMP HIST, V40, P547, DOI 10.1177/0022009405054571 ANDREASSEN BA, 2006, CMI WORKING PAPER WP, V13, P1 Berman BJ, 1998, AFR AFFAIRS, V97, P305 Bethwell Ogot A., 1966, PLACE FEEL HOME STUD BODE F, 1975, POLITICS LEADERSHIP BOSIRE J, 2007, NATION 0924 BUKE W, 2007, NATION 0921 CHEESEMAN N, 2006, AFR TODAY, V53, P1 DAVID T, 1998, MULTIPARTY POLITICS DEWOLF JJ, 1983, CAN J AFR STUD, V17, P265, DOI 10.2307/484219 HEINSOHN G, 2007, INT HERALD TRIB 0117 HOBLEY CW, 1970, KENYA CHARTERED CO C Hoehler-Fatton Cynthia, 1996, WOMEN FIRE SPIRIT HI ITEBETE PAN, 1974, LANGUAGE KENYA Johnson Douglas H., 1995, REVEALING PROPHETS P KABAJI E, 2007, E AFRICAN STAND 1015 Kahl CH, 1998, INT SECURITY, V23, P80, DOI 10.2307/2539380 KANYORO RACHEL A., 1983, UNITY DIVERSITY LING *KEN LAND COMM, 1934, KEN LAND COMM EV, V3 KENT M, 2008, KENYA DEMOGRAPHICS C KISIA A, 2007, EAS SUNDAY 0909 Lonsdale J., 1994, INVENTIONS BOUNDARIE LONSDALE J, 1975, HIST NYANZA UNPUB Lonsdale John, 2000, J AFRICAN CULTURAL S, V13.1, P107 Lonsdale John, 2004, ETHNICITY DEMOCRACY Lonsdale John, 1970, PROTEST POWER BLACK Mahone S, 2006, J AFR HIST, V47, P241, DOI 10.1017/S0021853706001769 MUIRURI M, 2007, EAS 0902 NGANGA C, 2003, NATION 0831 NGUNYI M, 2003, NATION 0831 NOTTINGHAM J, 1964, J MODERN AFRICAN STU, V2, P1 Ochieng W. R., 2002, HIST STUDIES SOCIAL OGOT B, DECOLONIZATION INDEP OGOT B, 2003, MAU MAU NATIONHOOD A OHITO D, 2007, EAS 0905 OJWANG A, 2007, EAS 1014 ONYANGO D, 2007, EAS 1209 OTIENO J, 2007, NATION 1008 RANGER TO, 1968, J AFR HIST, V9, P437, DOI 10.1017/S0021853700008665 RICE X, 2007, GUARDIAN 1224 ROBERTS AD, 1986, AFR AFFAIRS, V85, P545, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.afraf.a097817 Spencer John, 1985, KENYA AFRICAN UNION WAGNER G, 1940, AFRICAN POLITICAL SY WANYONYI R, 2007, EAS 1011 WERE G, 1972, POLITICS NATL COLONI Were G.S., 1967, HIST ABALUYIA W KENY WIPPER A, 1984, CAN J AFR STUD, V18, P389, DOI 10.2307/484336 WIPPER A, 1983, CAN J AFR STUD, V17, P277, DOI 10.2307/484220 Wipper Audrey, 1977, RURAL REBELS STUDY 2 2003, NATION 0601 2007, EAS 1219 2007, NATION 1231 2007, EAS 1201 ODM MANIFESTO 2007, EAS 1202 NR 55 TC 12 Z9 12 U1 0 U2 8 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 2-4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXON, ENGLAND SN 1753-1055 EI 1753-1063 J9 J EAST AFR STUD JI J. East. Afr. Stud. PY 2008 VL 2 IS 2 BP 227 EP 241 DI 10.1080/17531050802058344 PG 15 WC Area Studies; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary SC Area Studies; Social Sciences - Other Topics GA 347AU UT WOS:000259111900005 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Henley, ADM AF Henley, Alexander D. M. TI Politics of a Church at War: Maronite Catholicism in the Lebanese Civil War SO MEDITERRANEAN POLITICS LA English DT Article ID HISTORICAL VIEW; RELIGIOUS ZAIM; PATRIARCH; CRISIS AB Intrinsically linked to the power-sharing Maronite Catholic community, and historically tied to the fate of Lebanon, the Maronite Church was deeply involved in, and affected by, the 1975-90 Civil War. This study seeks to understand the changing role of the patriarchs during this time, recognizing that their relative withdrawal from politics - declining to assert the temporal authority of their predecessors - does not equate to the marginalization of the church as a whole. Analysing the internal politics of the church as a microcosm of the community's struggle, the study examines in detail a threefold relationship between the patriarchate, the papacy, and the monastic orders. C1 [Henley, Alexander D. M.] Univ Manchester, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England. RP Henley, ADM (reprint author), Ctr Adv Study Arab World, 16-19 George Sq, Edinburgh EH8 9LD, Midlothian, Scotland. EM a.d.m.henley@dunelm.org.uk FU Economic and Social Research Council [ES/D004977/1] CR *CCEO, 1992, COD CAN E CHURCH LAT *CEMAM, 1976, CEMAM REP 1975, V3 CHIRAMEL J, 1993, CODE CANONS E CHURCH COBBAN H, 1983, FOREIGN POLICY, V53, P43 Duffy Eamon, 2001, SAINTS SINNERS HIST Faris John D, 1992, E CATHOLIC CHURCHES FRANKEL EA, 1976, MUSLIM WORLD, V66, P245, DOI 10.1111/j.1478-1913.1976.tb03204.x FRANKEL EA, 1976, MUSLIM WORLD, V66, P213, DOI 10.1111/j.1478-1913.1976.tb03200.x Gambill Gary C., 2003, MIDDLE E INTELLIGENC, V5 Hanf T., 1993, COEXISTENCE WARTIME IRANI GE, 1988, AM-ARAB AFF, V24, P29 IRANI GE, 1994, PAPAL DIPLOMACY MODE Irani George E., 1986, PAPACY MIDDLE E ROLE KERR D, 1973, THESIS U OXFORD KHALIDI W, 1979, CONFLICT VIOLENCE LE Kreutz A., 1990, VATICAN POLICY PALES MARTINO RR, 1989, AM-ARAB AFF, V29, P75 MCCALLUM I, 2007, AFR GEOGR, V15, P65 Moosa M., 1986, MARONITES HIST NAAMAN P, 1998, J MARONITE STUDIES, V2 Naaman Paul, 2005, MARONITES LIBAN Phares Walid, 1995, LEBANESE CHRISTIAN N PICARD E, 1998, CHRISTIAN COMMUNITIE *POC, 1976, Q J ORIENTAL CHURCHE Rabinovich I., 1985, WAR LEBANON 1970 198 Rokach Livia, 1987, CATHOLIC CHURCH QUES RONDOT P, 1977, MAGHREB-MACHREK, V78, P21 SAAD A, 2005, 76 HIS BEATITUDE MAR, V1 Salibi K., 1976, CROSSROADS CIVIL WAR SALIBI K, 1985, CCAS REPORTS Valognes Jean-Pierre, 1994, VIE MORT CHRETIENS O Weigel G., 1999, WITNESS HOPE BIOGRAP NR 32 TC 5 Z9 5 U1 0 U2 3 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND SN 1362-9395 J9 MEDITERR POLIT JI Mediterr. Polit. PY 2008 VL 13 IS 3 BP 353 EP 369 DI 10.1080/13629390802386713 PG 17 WC Area Studies; International Relations; Political Science SC Area Studies; International Relations; Government & Law GA 368FF UT WOS:000260606300002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Berg, E Ben-Porat, G AF Berg, Eiki Ben-Porat, Guy TI Introduction: partition vs. power-sharing? SO NATIONS AND NATIONALISM LA English DT Editorial Material ID WORK C1 [Berg, Eiki] Univ Tartu, Dept Polit Sci, Tartu, Estonia. [Ben-Porat, Guy] Ben Gurion Univ Negev, Dept Publ Policy & Adm, IL-84105 Beer Sheva, Israel. RP Berg, E (reprint author), Univ Tartu, Dept Polit Sci, Tartu, Estonia. RI BEN-PORAT, GUY/F-1443-2012 OI Ben-Porat, Guy/0000-0002-7427-355X CR AZAR EF, 1999, UNDERSTANDING MANAGE Ben-Porat G, 2005, POLICY SCI, V38, P177, DOI 10.1007/s11077-005-3169-5 Bianchi SM, 2005, PENN STATE UNIV FAM, P47, DOI 10.4324/9780203334539_chapter_2 Bose Sumantra, 2002, BOSNIA DAYTON NATL P Buchanan Allen, 1998, NATL SELF DETERMINAT Delany D, 2005, TERRITORY SHORT INTR GHAI Y, 2003, CONT PEACMAKING CON Horowitz Donald L., 1985, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI Ivekovic Rada Stefano Bianchini, 2005, PARTITIONS RESHAPING Jackson R., 1999, SOVEREIGNTY MILLENIU Kaufmann C, 1996, INT SECURITY, V20, P136, DOI 10.2307/2539045 Keane Rory, 2002, RECONSTITUTING SOVER Kurtulus EN, 2005, STATE SOVEREIGNTY: CONCEPT, PHENOMENON AND RAMIFICATIONS, P1, DOI 10.1057/9781403977083 Lederach John Paul, 1994, BUILDING PEACE SUSTA LIJPHART A, 1969, WORLD POLIT, V21, P207, DOI 10.2307/2009820 MEARSHIMER J, 1995, NEW REPUBLIC 1218 MIALL H, 1999, CONT CONFLICT RESOLU Murphy A., 2002, GEOPOLITICS, V7, P193, DOI DOI 10.1080/714000938 O'Flynn I., 2005, POWER SHARING NEW CH Penrose Jan, 2002, NATIONS NATL, V8, P277, DOI DOI 10.1111/1469-8219.00051 Sack Robert D., 1986, HUMAN TERRITORIALITY SALTMAN M, 2002, LAND TERRITORY SAMADDAR R, 2005, PARTITIONS RESHAPING, P1 Schneckener U, 2002, J PEACE RES, V39, P203, DOI 10.1177/0022343302039002004 SISK T, 2003, CONT PEACMAKING CONF Sisk Timothy, 1996, POWER SHARING INT ME Storey D., 2001, TERRITORY CLAIMING S TAYLOR PJ, 1994, PROG HUM GEOG, V18, P151, DOI 10.1177/030913259401800202 Toft MD, 2003, GEOGRAPHY OF ETHNIC VIOLENCE: IDENTITY, INTERESTS, AND THE INDIVISIBILITY OF TERRITORY, P1 WATERMAN S, 1987, POLIT GEOGR QUART, V6, P151, DOI 10.1016/0260-9827(87)90005-X NR 30 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 0 U2 0 PU WILEY-BLACKWELL PI HOBOKEN PA 111 RIVER ST, HOBOKEN 07030-5774, NJ USA SN 1354-5078 EI 1469-8129 J9 NATIONS NATL JI Nations Natl. PD JAN PY 2008 VL 14 IS 1 BP 29 EP 37 DI 10.1111/j.1469-8129.2008.00337.x PG 9 WC Ethnic Studies; History; Political Science; Sociology SC Ethnic Studies; History; Government & Law; Sociology GA 300KA UT WOS:000255821500002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Vural, Y Peristianis, N AF Vural, Yuecel Peristianis, Nicos TI Beyond ethno-nationalism: emerging trends in Cypriot politics after the Annan Plan SO NATIONS AND NATIONALISM LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 7th Mediterranean Social and Political Research Meeting CY MAR 22-26, 2006 CL Florence, ITALY SP Robert Schuman Ctr Adv Studies, Mediterranean Programme DE centrist integration; counter-centrism; federalist integration; Greek-Cypriots; sovereignty; Turkish-Cypriots ID KEY CONCEPTS AB Historically, conflict between the two communities in Cyprus has been characterised by the diverging demands of ethno-nationalists. The introduction of the Annan Plan for the solution of the Cyprus problem has fostered new trends in Cypriot politics and a new alignment of the political forces on the island. This paper argues that the conventional ethno-nationalist division and the left-right divide are no longer sufficient in understanding the conflict in Cyprus. The new dividing and unifying elements in Cypriot politics can be best understood through analysing the views of political actors on such issues as sovereignty, territoriality, identity and power-sharing. C1 [Vural, Yuecel] Eastern Mediterranean Univ, Mersin, Turkey. [Peristianis, Nicos] Univ Nicosia, Nicosia, Cyprus. RP Vural, Y (reprint author), Eastern Mediterranean Univ, Mersin, Turkey. CR Andeweg RB, 2000, ANNU REV POLIT SCI, V3, P509, DOI 10.1146/annurev.polisci.3.1.509 BAHCHELI T, 2001, PUBLIUS, V30, P203 Barrington LW, 1997, PS, V30, P712, DOI 10.2307/420397 Ben-Porat G., 2005, GEOPOLITICS, V10, P147 Bieber Florian, 2002, J MUSLIM MINORITY AF, V22, P205, DOI DOI 10.1080/13602000220124917 Bieber Florian, 2006, SE EUROPEAN BLACK SE, V6, P43 Bollen K, 1998, SOC FORCES, V77, P587, DOI 10.2307/3005540 BROWN D, 2003, CONT NATL CIVIC ETHN Brzinski JB, 1999, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V29, P1 CHURCH O, 2000, PARLIAMENT AFF, V53, P96 Emerson M., 2002, CYPRUS LIGHTHOUSE E Forsberg T., 2003, GEOPOLITICS, V8, P7, DOI DOI 10.1080/714001038 Grosby S., 1995, NATIONS NATL, V1, P143 Guzina Dejan, 2000, S E EUROPEAN POLITIC, V1, P25 Hega Gunther M., 2001, COMPARE, V31, P205 Jackson JH, 2003, AM J INT LAW, V97, P782, DOI 10.2307/3133680 LIJPHART A, 1985, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V15, P3 Loughlin J, 1996, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V26, P141, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.pubjof.a029875 McFerson HM, 1996, AM BEHAV SCI, V40, P18, DOI 10.1177/0002764296040001005 O'Neill M, 2000, PARLIAMENT AFF, V53, P114, DOI 10.1093/pa/53.1.114 OLeary B, 1997, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V27, P191, DOI 10.1017/S0007123497000112 PERISTIANIS N, 2006, IDENTITIES PLACES CI RICHMOND O, 1998, CONTEMP REV, V272, P23 Swenden W, 2005, REG FED STUD, V15, P187, DOI 10.1080/13597560500115527 VOS H, 2002, EUROPEAN INTEGRATION, V24, P201 WILLIAMS RM, 1994, ANNU REV SOCIOL, V20, P49 NR 26 TC 16 Z9 16 U1 0 U2 12 PU WILEY-BLACKWELL PI MALDEN PA COMMERCE PLACE, 350 MAIN ST, MALDEN 02148, MA USA SN 1354-5078 J9 NATIONS NATL JI Nations Natl. PD JAN PY 2008 VL 14 IS 1 BP 39 EP 60 DI 10.1111/j.1469-8129.2008.00325.x PG 22 WC Ethnic Studies; History; Political Science; Sociology SC Ethnic Studies; History; Government & Law; Sociology GA 300KA UT WOS:000255821500003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Beck, JM AF Beck, Jan Mansvelt TI The Basque power-sharing experience: from a destructive to a constructive conflict? SO NATIONS AND NATIONALISM LA English DT Article DE Basque conflict; conflict resolution; power-sharing; territoriality AB Neither the devolution of powers to the Basque Autonomous Community in Spain nor more than a decade of power-sharing within this region has led to a peaceful settlement of the Basque conflict. Combining Kriesberg's approach to conflict resolution and consociational theory, past power-sharing experiences are analysed. The lack of overarching loyalties, traditions of compromise, comprehensive participation and the continuation of violence have frustrated power-sharing. After the 2006 cease. re, the conditions for giving the conflict a constructive turn have not fundamentally changed. The potential for alternative forms of power-sharing as a way out of the Basque conflict, combined or not with innovative territorial arrangements cannot be employed because of multi-scale polarisation. De-escalation as a prerequisite for new types of power-sharing arrangements requires relearning democratic pluralism and a recognition of ethnic hybridity in this politically and geographically fragmented society. C1 Univ Amsterdam, Inst Metropolitan & Int Dev Studies, Amsterdam, Netherlands. RP Beck, JM (reprint author), Univ Amsterdam, Inst Metropolitan & Int Dev Studies, Amsterdam, Netherlands. CR ABAD AG, 1996, PNV ETA TRANSFORMACI ALONSO R, 2004, TERRORISM POLITICAL, V16, P696 ARETXAGA B, 1999, BASQUE STUDIES PROGR, V6 *BASQ GOV, 2003, PROP GOB VASC CONV E *BASQ GOV, 2007, EL EUSK *BAT, 2002, PROP BAT SOL DEM SCE *BAT, 2004, OR HERR OAR BAK BECIARTU GJ, 1994, DECLINE NATION STATE BECK JM, 2005, TERRITORY TERROR CON Benegas T., 2000, PROPUESTA PAZ Brubaker R, 1998, ANNU REV SOCIOL, V24, P423, DOI 10.1146/annurev.soc.24.1.423 Buchanan A. E., 1991, SECESSION MORALITY P CLARK RP, 1989, ETHNOTERRITORIAL POL CLARK RP, 1987, ETHNIC RACIAL STUD, V10, P425 COAKLEY J, 2003, MANAGEMENT ETHNIC CO CONVERSI D, 1990, ETHNIC RACIAL STUD, V13, P50, DOI 10.1080/01419870.1990.9993661 CONVERSI D, 2006, CHALLENGES PEACE BUI Conversi D., 1997, BASQUES CATALANS SPA Corcuera Atienza J., 1979, ORIGENES IDEOLOGIA O Daftary Farimah, 2003, RADICAL ETHNIC MOVEM Darby John, 2001, EFFECTS VIOLENCE PEA DEPABLO S, 2001, HIST PARTIDO NACL VA, V2 DOUGLASS WA, 2004, ETHNONATIONALISM CON DOUGLASS WA, 1998, BORDER IDENTITIES NA EGAN A, 2003, MANAGEMENT ETHNIC CO Elorza A., 2005, TRAS HUELLA SABINO A *EUSK, 2006, SER TEMP DAT EUSK 19 GRANJA Jose Luis de la, 2002, HIST PAIS VASCO NAVA Hannum H, 1998, FOREIGN AFF, V77, P13, DOI 10.2307/20048785 KAUFMAN CD, 1994, INT SECURITY, V20, P136 Kaufmann CD, 1998, INT SECURITY, V23, P120, DOI 10.2307/2539381 Keating M., 2005, PLURINATIONAL DEMOCR Keating M, 2006, ETHNOPOLITICS, V5, P347, DOI 10.1080/17449050600865503 KOVACS MM, 2003, NATIONS NATL, V9, P433 Kriesberg L., 1998, CONSTRUCTIVE CONFLIC Lijphart A., 1969, POLITICS ACCOMMODATI Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Linz Juan J., 1973, BUILDING STATES NATI Mansvelt Beck J., 1999, NATL DENATIONALISING Mansvelt Beck Jan, 1999, GEOJOURNAL, V48, P109 Martinez-Herrera E, 2002, EUR J POLIT RES, V41, P421, DOI 10.1111/1475-6765.00018 Medrano Juan Diez, 1995, DIVIDED NATIONS CLAS Mees L., 2003, NATL VIOLENCE DEMOCR Moreno Luis, 2000, FEDERALIZATION SPAIN Muro Diego, 2005, NATIONS NATL, V11.4, P571 Newman D, 1998, PROG HUM GEOG, V22, P186, DOI 10.1191/030913298666039113 Onaindia M., 2000, GUIA ORIENTARSE LABE Pallares Francesc, 2005, REGIONAL FEDERAL STU, V16, P465 PAYNE SG, 1975, BASQUE NATL PEREAGOTE A, 1986, REPROD NACL EASO VAS PEREZDIAZ V, 1993, RETURN CIVIL SOC EME Rabushka A., 1972, POLITICS PLURAL SOC RAENTO P, 1999, NATL TERRITORY SCALE RAENTO P, 2002, BOUNDARIES PLACE Sambanis N, 2000, WORLD POLIT, V52, P437, DOI 10.1017/S0043887100020074 SANCHEZCUENCA I, 2001, CLAVES RAZON PRACTIC, V113, P35 Schneckener U, 2002, J PEACE RES, V39, P203, DOI 10.1177/0022343302039002004 SCHNECKENER U, 2003, RADICAL ETHNIC MOVEM Tilly C., 2003, POLITICS COLLECTIVE Toft MD, 2003, GEOGRAPHY OF ETHNIC VIOLENCE: IDENTITY, INTERESTS, AND THE INDIVISIBILITY OF TERRITORY, P1 Van Amersfoort Hans, 2000, J ETHN MIGR STUD, V26, P449 WATERMAN P, 1984, ETHNISCHER RADIKALIS WATERMAN S, 1987, POLIT GEOGR QUART, V6, P151, DOI 10.1016/0260-9827(87)90005-X WATERMAN S, 1996, GEOJOURNAL, V39, P345 WILSON A, 2003, MANAGEMENT ETHNIC CO WILSON R, 2001, NATIONS NATL, V7, P356 WOODWORTH P, 2001, DIRTY WAR CLEAN HAND NR 67 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 0 U2 4 PU WILEY-BLACKWELL PI HOBOKEN PA 111 RIVER ST, HOBOKEN 07030-5774, NJ USA SN 1354-5078 EI 1469-8129 J9 NATIONS NATL JI Nations Natl. PD JAN PY 2008 VL 14 IS 1 BP 61 EP 83 PG 23 WC Ethnic Studies; History; Political Science; Sociology SC Ethnic Studies; History; Government & Law; Sociology GA 300KA UT WOS:000255821500004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Dangatarova, BM AF Dangatarova, B. M. TI Turkmen community in Stavropol region: ethnic cultural trends SO SOTSIOLOGICHESKIE ISSLEDOVANIYA LA Russian DT Article AB "Turkmen community in Stavropol region: ethnic cultural trends" is based on empirical data related to the present state of Turkmen community is a southern Russian region with a focus on the ethic culture trends. A majority of the group in question, so author, would like to fully conserve most important markers of ethnic entity. However, readiness to share this view is by far not unanimous. With social and economic situation not conducive to such attitudes, younger generations are not ready to stay in villages to keep up traditional way of life. Hence, ethnic cultural autonomy remains to offer unique opportunities for preserving basic traditions, customs and originality of Turkmens in Stavropol region. C1 Stavropol State Univ, Stavropol, Russia. RP Dangatarova, BM (reprint author), Stavropol State Univ, Stavropol, Russia. CR AVKSENTYEV VA, 2004, ROSSIYA NA STARTE VE, V2 GAK VG, 1994, PROBLEMY YAZYKOVOI Z, P145 NR 2 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU MEZHDUNARODNAYA KNIGA PI MOSCOW PA 39 DIMITROVA UL., 113095 MOSCOW, RUSSIA SN 0132-1625 J9 SOTSIOL ISSLED+ JI Sotsiologicheskie Issled. PY 2008 IS 1 BP 76 EP + PG 11 WC Sociology SC Sociology GA 262HB UT WOS:000253138500012 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Trofimov, EN AF Trofimov, E. N. TI National cultural autonomy: from idea to realization SO SOTSIOLOGICHESKIE ISSLEDOVANIYA LA Russian DT Article CR KHABSIYEVA TY, 2003, NATSIONALNO KULTURNA, P7 TOSHCHENKO ZT, 2002, VESTNIK ROSSIYSKOGO, P7 1988, ZNAMYA, P201 NR 3 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU MEZHDUNARODNAYA KNIGA PI MOSCOW PA 39 DIMITROVA UL., 113095 MOSCOW, RUSSIA SN 0132-1625 J9 SOTSIOL ISSLED+ JI Sotsiologicheskie Issled. PY 2008 IS 5 BP 91 EP 99 PG 9 WC Sociology SC Sociology GA 316KV UT WOS:000256949300011 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Barak, O AF Barak, Oren TI Dilemmas of security in Iraq SO SECURITY DIALOGUE LA English DT Review DE ethnic conflict; civil war; power-sharing; security sector reform; US foreign policy ID CIVIL-WAR; DIVIDED SOCIETIES; ETHNIC WAR; WENT WRONG; POLITICS; CONFLICT; THUCYDIDES; LEGITIMACY; LEBANON; PEACE AB This article suggests that much of the violence that has ravaged Iraq since the country's occupation by the US-led coalition in 2003 can be explained by focusing on the interplay between domestic and external factors that pushed Iraq's major communities (Shi'is, Sunnis, and Kurds) into conflict. The domestic factors include an intercommunal 'security dilemma' that was engendered by the US-led invasion; the role of belligerent 'ethnic entrepreneurs' within these communities; and the long-term animosities, apprehensions, and fears among their members. External factors include the disbandment of Iraq's ruling elite, regime, and security sector by the USA, along with the role of the Arab and Muslim volunteers who came to fight Iraq's foreign occupation. The article concludes by discussing the possible ramifications of the conflict in Iraq for domestic, regional, and international security, and mentions several steps that can help ameliorate it. C1 Hebrew Univ Jerusalem, Dept Polit Sci, IL-91905 Jerusalem, Israel. Hebrew Univ Jerusalem, Dept Int Relat, IL-91905 Jerusalem, Israel. RP Barak, O (reprint author), Hebrew Univ Jerusalem, Dept Polit Sci, IL-91905 Jerusalem, Israel. EM msornb@huji.ac.il CR AJAMI F, 2004, NY TIMES 0526 al-Marashi Ibrahim, 2002, MIDDLE E REV INT AFF, V6, P1 ALASSAD B, 2005, SPEECH PRESIDENT BAS [Anonymous], 2005, NY TIMES 0828, P12 Barak O, 2005, J PEACE RES, V42, P719, DOI 10.1177/0022343305057889 Barak O, 2002, INT J MIDDLE E STUD, V34, P619, DOI 10.1017/S0020743802004026 BARAK O, 2006, 47 ANN C INT STUD AS Barak O, 2007, MIDDLE EAST J, V61, P49, DOI 10.3751/61.1.13 Baram A, 1997, INT J MIDDLE E STUD, V29, P1, DOI 10.1017/S0020743800064138 BENDER B, 2006, BOSTON GLOBE 0411 BERMER P, 2006, MY YEAR IRAQ Biddle S, 2006, FOREIGN AFF, V85, P2, DOI 10.2307/20031907 Brown Nathan, 2005, FINAL DRAFT IRAQI CO BRUBAKER R, 1998, ANNU REV SOCIOL, V24, P1 BUSH GW, 2003, PRESIDENTIAL REMARKS Buzan B, 1998, SECURITY NEW FRAMEWO Chesterman S, 2004, SURVIVAL, V46, P101 COCKBURN P, 2005, INDEPENDENT ONL 0715 COCKBURN P, 2004, INDEPENDENT LON 0423 Cole J, 2003, MIDDLE EAST J, V57, P543 Cordesman Anthony H., 2005, IRAQS EVOLVING INSUR DANNER M, 2003, NY REV BOOKS 1218 DARAGAHI B, 2004, DAILY STAR 0601 Diamond L, 2004, FOREIGN AFF, V83, P34, DOI 10.2307/20034066 DIAMOND L, 2004, BROWN J WORLD AFFAIR, V11, P45 DOBBINS J, 2003, AM ROLE NAT BUILDING Eisenstadt M., 2005, ASSESSING IRAQS SUNN ENLOE C. H., 1980, ETHNIC SOLDIERS Fearon JD, 2007, FOREIGN AFF, V86, P2 Fearon JD, 2003, AM POLIT SCI REV, V97, P75, DOI 10.1017/S0003055403000534 FILKINS D, 2005, NY TIMES 1129 FUKUYAMA F, 2004, ATLANTIC MONTHLY JAN, V293, P159 Fukuyama F., 2004, STATE BUILDING GALBRAITY P, 2003, WASHINGTON POST 0412 GARST D, 1989, INT STUD QUART, V33, P3, DOI 10.2307/2600491 Gettleman Jeffrey, 2006, NY TIMES 0403 Glaser CL, 1997, WORLD POLIT, V50, P171, DOI 10.1017/S0043887100014763 Gurr TR, 1994, ETHNIC CONFLICTS WOR HAMADANI R, 1991, LEBANESE NATL DEFENS, V57 Hashim A, 2003, MIDDLE EAST J, V57, P9 Hashim AS, 2003, MIDDLE EAST POLICY, V10, P29, DOI 10.1111/j.1061-1924.2003.00128.x Hendrickson DC, 2005, SURVIVAL, V47, P7, DOI 10.1080/00396330500156537 HERBERT B, 2005, NY TIMES 0711 HICKEY H, 2005, STANFORD REPORT 0427 Holm T. T., 2000, PEACEBUILDING POLICE Horowitz Donald L., 1985, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI Hudson M., 1968, PRECARIOUS REPUBLIC Jackson Robert H., 1990, QUASI STATES JANABI A, 2004, ENGLISH AL JAZE 0214 JERVIS R, 1978, WORLD POLIT, V30, P167, DOI 10.2307/2009958 JOB S, 1992, INSECURITY DILEMMA, P11 Kasfir Nelson, 2004, STATES FAIL CAUSES C, P53 Kaufman SJ, 1996, INT SECURITY, V21, P108, DOI 10.2307/2539072 Kaufman SJ, 2006, INT SECURITY, V30, P45, DOI 10.1162/isec.2006.30.4.45 KHALIL S, 1989, REPUBLIC FEAR KLARE MT, 2002, NATION 1007 Lake David A, 1998, INT SPREAD ETHNIC CO, P3 LAPID Y, 1996, RETURN CULTURE IDENT, P105 Lebow RN, 2001, AM POLIT SCI REV, V95, P547, DOI 10.1017/S0003055401003112 Lichbach M. I., 1997, COMP POLITICS RATION, P239 Lijphart A, 2004, J DEMOCR, V15, P96, DOI 10.1353/jod.2004.0029 Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC LUSTICK I, 1979, WORLD POLIT, V31, P325, DOI 10.2307/2009992 MAASS P, 2005, INT HERALD TRIB 0503 MARASHI I, 2003, INT J INTELLIGENCE C, V16, P202 McGarry John, 1999, POLICING NO IRELAND Mitzen J, 2006, EUR J INT RELAT, V12, P341, DOI 10.1177/1354066106067346 Moss M, 2006, NY TIMES 0521 Mueller J, 2005, REV INT STUD, V31, P109, DOI 10.1017/S0260210505006819 Mueller J, 2000, INT SECURITY, V25, P42, DOI 10.1162/016228800560381 *NIE, 2006, DECL KEY JUDGM NAT I OLeary B, 2005, FUTURE OF KURDISTAN IN IRAQ, P1 *ORI, 2004, NAT SURV IR MARCH AP *ORI, 2004, NAT SURV IR NOV 2004 *ORI, 2005, NAT SURV IR NOV 2005 *ORI, 2004, NAT SURV IRAQ FEBR 2 *ORI, 2004, NAT SURV IR JUN 2004 *ORI, 2003, NAT SURV IR AUT 2003 Pape RA, 2003, AM POLIT SCI REV, V97, P343 PEI M, 2003, LESSONS PAST PELED A, 1998, QUESTION LOYALTY PERITO R, 2005, COALITION PROVISIONA Peterson S, 2003, CHRISTIAN SCI MONITO PICARD E, 1990, ARAB STATE, P189 POSEN B, 1993, ETHNIC CONFLICT INT, P103 QASSAB A, 2005, PROGRAM FUTURE IRAQ, P237 Quinlivan JT, 1999, INT SECURITY, V24, P131, DOI 10.1162/016228899560202 Rahimi Babak, 2004, MIDDLE E REV INT AFF, V8, P12 RATHMALL A, 2005, DEV IRAQS SECURITY S Roe P, 1999, J PEACE RES, V36, P183, DOI 10.1177/0022343399036002004 ROSEN N, 2006, BOSTON REV, V31, P7 Salih K., 1996, STATE MAKING NATION SAMBANIS N, 2006, NY TIMES 0723 SCHMITT E, 2005, NY TIMES 0619 SCHMITT E, 2005, NY TIMES 0721 Shadid Anthony, 2005, WASHINGTON POST 0610 SHARP J, 2005, IRAQS NEW SECURITY F Simpson Gerry, 2004, GREAT POWERS OUTLAW SLEVIN P, 2003, WASHINGTON POST 1120 SLOCOMBE W, 2003, WASHINGTON POST 1105 TAVERNISE S, 2006, NY TIMES 0206 Tavernise Sabrina, 2006, NY TIMES 0218 TRIPP C, 2004, REV INT STUD, V30, P552 [U.S.] U.S. Department of State, 2005, IR WEEKL STAT REP Waever O, 1995, SECURITY, P46 WALTER B, 2001, COMMITTING PEACE Williams MC, 2003, INT STUD QUART, V47, P511, DOI 10.1046/j.0020-8833.2003.00277.x Wimmer A, 2003, SURVIVAL, V45, P111, DOI 10.1093/survival/45.4.111 WONG E, 2006, NY TIMES 0307 *WPO, 2006, IR PUBL US PRES FUT Zacher MW, 2001, INT ORGAN, V55, P215, DOI 10.1162/00208180151140568 2006, CNN 0803 2004, ABC NEW ONLINE 0501 NR 113 TC 12 Z9 12 U1 0 U2 22 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 1 OLIVERS YARD, 55 CITY ROAD, LONDON EC1Y 1SP, ENGLAND SN 0967-0106 EI 1460-3640 J9 SECUR DIALOGUE JI Secur. Dialogue PD DEC PY 2007 VL 38 IS 4 BP 455 EP 475 DI 10.1177/0967010607084996 PG 21 WC International Relations SC International Relations GA 245NO UT WOS:000251942300003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Wimmer, A AF Wimmer, Andreas TI Institutions or power sharing: Making sense of Canadian peace SO SOCIOLOGICAL FORUM LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Univ Calif Los Angeles, Los Angeles, CA 90095 USA. RP Wimmer, A (reprint author), Univ Calif Los Angeles, 264 Haines Hall,Box 951551, Los Angeles, CA 90095 USA. EM awimmer@soc.ucla.edu NR 0 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 0 U2 0 PU SPRINGER/PLENUM PUBLISHERS PI NEW YORK PA 233 SPRING ST, NEW YORK, NY 10013 USA SN 0884-8971 J9 SOCIOL FORUM JI Sociol. Forum PD DEC PY 2007 VL 22 IS 4 BP 588 EP 590 DI 10.1111/j.1573-7861.2007.00040.x PG 3 WC Sociology SC Sociology GA 225LU UT WOS:000250520200012 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Kirschke, L AF Kirschke, Linda TI Semipresidentialism and the perils of power-sharing in neopatrimonial states SO COMPARATIVE POLITICAL STUDIES LA English DT Article DE democratic stability; authoritarian reversal; institutional design; semipresidential systems; sub-Saharan Africa; neopatrimonialism ID TRANSITIONS; DEMOCRACY; SYSTEM; MODEL AB The debate about whether "pure presidential" regimes or "pure parliamentary" regimes are better suited to democracy has elicited a substantial scholarly literature. Yet few studies address the impact of semipresidentialism on the prospects for democratic stability. This article posits that executive power-sharing or "cohabitation" under semipresidential systems leads to a high risk of authoritarian reversal in neopatrimonial states. The article develops this theory through an examination of transitions in Niger, the Republic of Congo (Brazzaville), Burundi, Mali, and the Central African Republic (CAR) then tests it on the 18 other sernipresidential countries in sub-Saharan Africa. C1 Princeton Univ, Dept Polit, Princeton, NJ 08544 USA. RP Kirschke, L (reprint author), Princeton Univ, Dept Polit, Princeton, NJ 08544 USA. CR AMPHAS MM, 2000, POLITICAL TRANSFORMA [Anonymous], 1995, AFRICA CONFIDENTIAL, V36, P5 BANKS AS, 1999, POLITICAL HDB WORLD, P172 Bayart Jean-Francois, 1999, CRIMINALIZATION STAT Baylis TA, 1996, WORLD POLIT, V48, P297, DOI 10.1353/wp.1996.0007 BLAUSTEIN AP, 1990, CONSTITUTIONS COUNTR BRATTON M, 1994, WORLD POLIT, V46, P453, DOI 10.2307/2950715 Clark J, 1997, J DEMOCR, V8, P62, DOI 10.1353/jod.1997.0038 Clark John F., 1997, POLITICAL REFORM FRA, P6285 Colton TJ, 2005, J DEMOCR, V16, P113, DOI 10.1353/jod.2005.0041 DELORME O, 1996, AFRIQUE CONT, V179, P63 DELORME O, 1996, AFRIQUE CONT, V178, P51 Diamond L., 1990, POLITICS DEV COUNTRI, P1 DUVERGER M, 1980, EUR J POLIT RES, V8, P165, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1980.tb00569.x *EC INT UN, 1996, COUNTR REP BUR *EC INT UN, 1996, COUNTR REP CONG Elgie R., 1999, SEMIPRESIDENTIALISM, P281 ELGIEBERT P, 1997, AFRICA SAHARA 1998, P759 ENGLEBERT P, 2000, CENTR AFR REP REC HI, P306 ENGLEBERT P, 1999, NIG REC HIST, P689 ENGLEBERT P, 1997, AFRICA SAHARA 1999, P759 ENGLEBERT P, 1999, AFR S SAHARA 2000, P295 ENGLEBERT P, 1998, REP CONG REC HIST, P371 GAUVRIT E, 1997, AFRIQUE POLITIQUE, P295 GERVAIS M, 1909, POLITICAL REFORM FRA, P86 GREGOIRE E, 1995, AFRIQUE CONT, V175, P43 GREGOIRE E, 1996, POLITIQUE AFRICAINE, V61, P117 *HUM RIGHT WATCH, 1998, PROX TARG CIV WAR BU IBRAHIM J, 1994, AFR TODAY, V41, P15 LEGUM C, 1998, AFRICA CONT RECORD, V23, pB188 LEGUM C, 2000, AFRICA CONT RECORD, V24, pB223 Linz Juan, 1994, FAILURE PRESIDENTIAL, P3 LIPSET SM, 1959, AM POLIT SCI REV, V53, P69, DOI 10.2307/1951731 LUND MS, 1998, CASES STRATEGIES PRE, V2, P47 NTIBANTUNGANYA S, 1999, DEMOCRACY BURUNDIANS, V2 O'Donnell Guillermo, 1986, TRANSITIONS AUTHORIT Protsyk O, 2003, EUROPE-ASIA STUD, V55, P1077, DOI 10.1080/0966813032000130693 Przeworski A, 1997, WORLD POLIT, V49, P155, DOI 10.1353/wp.1997.0004 Przeworski Adam, 1991, DEMOCRACY MARKET POL QUANTIN P, 1993, AFRIQUE POLITIQUE 19, P167 QUANTIN P, 1997, TRANSITIONS DEMOCRAT, P139 Reyntjens Filip, 2000, BURUNDI PROSPECTS PE RUSTOW DA, 1970, COMP POLIT, V2, P337, DOI 10.2307/421307 Sartori G., 1997, COMP CONSTITUTIONAL Skach Cindy, 2005, BORROWING CONSTITUTI Stepan A., 1995, POLITICS SOC DEMOCRA, P393 UMAR B, 2000, AFRICA NEWS 0822 *UN DEV PROG, 1993, HUM DEV REP 1993 United Nations Development Program, 1996, HUM DEV REP 1996 United Nations Development Programme, 1994, HUM DEV REP 1994 United Nations Development Programme, 1999, HUM DEV REP 1999 Villalon Leonardo A., 2005, FATE AFRICAS DEMOCRA, P27 1996, SOME 150 HUUT INTELL 1995, AFRICA REPORT, V40, P10 2003, AFRICA NEWS 0814 1995, AFRICA REPORT, V40, P6 2003, XINHUA NEWS AGE 0601 1995, MALAWI PRESIDENT OWN 2004, BBC WORLDWIDE M 1109 NR 59 TC 15 Z9 18 U1 1 U2 27 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS INC PI THOUSAND OAKS PA 2455 TELLER RD, THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91320 USA SN 0010-4140 J9 COMP POLIT STUD JI Comp. Polit. Stud. PD NOV PY 2007 VL 40 IS 11 BP 1372 EP 1394 DI 10.1177/0010414006292107 PG 23 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 224XL UT WOS:000250481600005 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Ghai, Y Cottrell, J AF Ghai, Yash Cottrell, Jill TI A tale of three constitutions: Ethnicity and politics in Fiji SO ICON-INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF CONSTITUTIONAL LAW LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Symposium on Constitutionalism in Divided Societies CY OCT, 2006 CL Toronto, CANADA SP MCRI AB There have been sharp divisions of opinion throughout Fiji's modern history between those advocating an integrated, nonracial state, based on individual rights, and those in favor of a political order based on ethnic communities. Integration and consociation, perhaps, are not apt terms to categorize this division, but, certainly, they have some resonance. Many features associated with consociation have been present in the colonial and the postcolonial constitutions, such as separate communal representation, group rights, asymmetrical autonomy, power sharing, separate educational systems, and entrenchment of rights to culture and land. Norms regarding indigenous peoples' rights have been invoked, as well, adding an extra twist to the integration-consociation polarity. But there have also been strong tendencies toward political integration and broad-based, nonethnic social justice policies. Fiji's experience shows that this polarity has limited intellectual or policy value. Consociation easily and, in Fiji's case, seamlessly slides into hegemony. C1 Univ Hong Kong, Sir Y K Pao Chair Publ Law, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China. Univ Hong Kong, Fac Law, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China. EM ypghai@hku.hk; cottrell@hku.hk RI Ghai, Yash/C-1221-2011 CR ARLENE G, 2002, ELECT WATCH IT CITIZ BRIJ L, 1988, PAC STUD, V12, P71 BRIJ VL, 2002, ARCH DEMOCRACY CONST, P267 BRIJ VL, 1992, BROKEN WAVES HIST FI DONALD LH, 2004, PUB CHOICE, V121, P507 DONALD LH, 2006, STRATEGY TAKES HOLID, V39, P652 *ISL BUR STAT, 2007, POP FIJ ETHN JILL C, 2007, INT J HUM RTS, V11, P227 JOHN SF, 1948, COLONIAL POLICY PRAC, P311 JON F, 2004, PUB CHOICE, V121, P487 JON F, 2006, COMP POL STUD, V39, P663 JON F, 2005, J PAC STUD, P23 JON F, 2003, CAN DEMOCRACY BE DES, P200 KAMISESE M, 1997, PACIFIC WAY MEMOIR, P126 PETER F, 1968, POLYNESIAN SOC, V77, P6 PETER F, 1969, CHARTER LAND CUSTOM ROBERT EN, 1977, RACE POLITICS FIJI STEPHANIE L, 1991, FAILURE DEMOCRATIC P TIMOTHY M, 1982, FIJI COLONIAL EXPERI Ward R. G., 1995, Land, custom and practice in the South Pacific., P198, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511597176.007 1874, DEED CESSION FI 1010 NR 21 TC 7 Z9 7 U1 0 U2 2 PU OXFORD UNIV PRESS PI OXFORD PA GREAT CLARENDON ST, OXFORD OX2 6DP, ENGLAND SN 1474-2640 J9 ICON-INT J CONST LAW JI ICON-Int. J. Const. Law PD OCT PY 2007 VL 5 IS 4 BP 639 EP 669 DI 10.1093/icon/mom030 PG 31 WC Law SC Government & Law GA 227TG UT WOS:000250680100004 OA Bronze DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Pina, K AF Pina, Kevin TI Haiti and America Latina: it is as it always was SO RACE & CLASS LA English DT Editorial Material DE African union; CARICOM; covert action; Jean-Bertrand Aristide; organization of American states; port-au-prince; UN; US military AB The Bush administration's forced removal of democratically elected Haitian president Jean-Bertrand Aristide, while a power-sharing deal with his political opposition was being brokered in 2004, resulted in the country's expulsion from the Caribbean Community and was condemned by the African Union. The installation of the US-backed replacement government of Gerard Latortue has resulted in the rape, torture and false imprisonment of thousands of ordinary Haitians. The only Latin American country to condemn the US's action in Haiti, however, has been Venezuela. Other countries and organisations like the Organization of American States (OAS) have been bought over with a massive programme of civilian and military funding by the US. CR Amnesty International, 2005, THEY COM SHOOT POL S Berrigan F., 2005, BUSH EFFECT US MILIT GALEANO E, 1973, BOOK EMBRACES 2007, NOUVELLISTE 0531 NR 4 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 1 U2 5 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 1 OLIVERS YARD, 55 CITY ROAD, LONDON EC1Y 1SP, ENGLAND SN 0306-3968 J9 RACE CLASS JI Race Cl. PD OCT-DEC PY 2007 VL 49 IS 2 BP 100 EP 108 DI 10.1177/03063968070490020605 PG 9 WC Anthropology; Ethnic Studies; Social Issues; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary; Sociology SC Anthropology; Ethnic Studies; Social Issues; Social Sciences - Other Topics; Sociology GA 229DN UT WOS:000250783300010 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Jenne, EK Saideman, SM Lowe, W AF Jenne, Erin K. Saideman, Stephen M. Lowe, Will TI Separatism as a bargaining posture: The role of leverage in minority radicalization SO JOURNAL OF PEACE RESEARCH LA English DT Article ID ETHNIC MOBILIZATION; CIVIL-WARS; INTERVENTION; YUGOSLAVIA; PARTITION; CONFLICT; 1990S AB Why do some minorities seek affirmative action while others pursue territorial autonomy or secession, given similar conditions at the substate level? This article attempts to unpack the puzzle of minority radicalization, focusing on group claim-making as an important dynamic that has been overlooked by much of the recent quantitative literature on ethnic conflict. To address this gap, the authors introduce a new 'claims' variable, which codes the demands made by groups in the Minorities at Risk dataset for three five-year periods from 1985 to 2000. The authors examine the relationship between minority claim-making and rebellion and conclude that they are similar but distinct forms of group mobilization. Groups use claims as a means of bargaining with the center; relative power, therefore, has a critical influence on the extremity of demands that groups advance against the government. The authors test this model against alternative arguments using ordinal logit analysis and find that factors related to strategic power - including a history of autonomy, outside military support, and territorial concentration are all positively correlated with a group's propensity to advance more extreme demands. This study shows that minorities with greater power vis-a-vis the center are more likely to both rebel and mobilize around separatist demands. However, minority rebellion - unlike separatist claims - may also be triggered by group deprivation, indicating that violent resistance may be driven by grievances as well as opportunities. C1 Cent European Univ, Dept Int Relat & European Studies, Budapest, Hungary. McGill Univ, Dept Polit Sci, Montreal, PQ H3A 2T5, Canada. Univ Nottingham, Sch Polit & Int Relat, Nottingham NG7 2RD, England. RP Jenne, EK (reprint author), Cent European Univ, Dept Int Relat & European Studies, Budapest, Hungary. EM jennee@ceu.hu; steve.saideman@mcgill.ca RI Saideman, Stephen/W-3054-2019 OI Saideman, Stephen/0000-0002-3845-3967 CR Anderson Benedict, 1991, IMAGINED COMMUNITIES Barany Z, 2002, WORLD POLIT, V54, P277, DOI 10.1353/wp.2002.0006 BREUILLY J, 1994, NATIONALISM STATE Bunce V, 1999, POLIT SOC, V27, P217, DOI 10.1177/0032329299027002003 Cetinyan R, 2002, INT ORGAN, V56, P645, DOI 10.1162/002081802760199917 Collier P, 2004, OXFORD ECON PAP, V56, P563, DOI 10.1093/oep/gpf064 Cornell SE, 2002, WORLD POLIT, V54, P245, DOI 10.1353/wp.2002.0002 David SR, 1997, WORLD POLIT, V49, P552 Downes AB, 2001, SECUR STUD, V10, P58, DOI 10.1080/09636410108429445 Fearon James D., 1998, INT SPREAD ETHNIC CO, P107 Fearon JD, 2004, J PEACE RES, V41, P275, DOI 10.1177/0022343304043770 FEARON JD, 2003, AM POLIT SCI REV, V97, P91 GELLNER E, 1983, NATIONS NATIONALISM GOUREVITCH PA, 1979, COMP STUD SOC HIST, V21, P303, DOI 10.1017/S0010417500012986 Gurr T. R., 1970, WHY MEN REBEL Gurr TedR, 2000, PEOPLES VERSUS STATE GURR TR, 1993, MINORITIES RISK GLOB Harbom L, 2005, J PEACE RES, V42, P623, DOI 10.1177/0022343305056238 Hechter Michael, 1975, INTERNAL COLONIALISM Horowitz Donald L., 1985, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI Jenne E, 2004, INT STUD QUART, V48, P729, DOI 10.1111/j.0020-8833.2004.00323.x Jenne Erin, 2000, POLITICS NATL MINORI, P189 Jenne Erin K, 2003, STATE FAILURE STATE, P219 Jenne Erin K., 2007, ETHNIC BARGAINING PA Kaufmann C, 1996, SECUR STUD, V6, P62, DOI 10.1080/09636419608429300 KUMAR R, 1997, FOREIGN AFF, V76, P2 Long J. S., 2001, REGRESSION MODELS CA POSEN B, 1993, ETHNIC CONFLICT INT, P103 ROEDER PG, 1991, WORLD POLIT, V43, P196, DOI 10.2307/2010471 ROTBERG RI, 1999, GREATING PEACE SRI L, P1 Saideman S. M., 2001, TIES THAT DIVIDE ETH Saideman SM, 2000, J POLIT, V62, P1126, DOI 10.1111/0022-3816.00049 Saideman Stephen M., 1998, INT SPREAD ETHNIC CO, P127 Sambanis N, 2000, WORLD POLIT, V52, P437, DOI 10.1017/S0043887100020074 SLEZKINE Y, 1994, SLAVIC REV, V53, P414, DOI 10.2307/2501300 Smith Chris, 1999, CREATING PEACE SRI L, P17 Snyder J., 1999, VOTING VIOLENCE DEMO SUNY RG, 1994, REVENGE PAST Toft MD, 2003, GEOGRAPHY OF ETHNIC VIOLENCE: IDENTITY, INTERESTS, AND THE INDIVISIBILITY OF TERRITORY, P1 Treisman DS, 1997, WORLD POLIT, V49, P212, DOI 10.1353/wp.1997.0006 VANHOUTEN P, 1998, ARCH EUROPENES SOCIO, V34, P110 Weingast Barry R., 1999, CIVIL WARS INSECURIT, P261 Weingast Barry R, 1998, ANAL NARRATIVES, P148 NR 43 TC 52 Z9 52 U1 2 U2 24 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 1 OLIVERS YARD, 55 CITY ROAD, LONDON EC1Y 1SP, ENGLAND SN 0022-3433 EI 1460-3578 J9 J PEACE RES JI J. Peace Res. PD SEP PY 2007 VL 44 IS 5 BP 539 EP 558 DI 10.1177/0022343307080853 PG 20 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA 211BQ UT WOS:000249499700001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Sayigh, Y AF Sayigh, Yezid TI Inducing a failed state in Palestine SO SURVIVAL LA English DT Review AB The policies of the Quartet of the United States, the UN, the EU and Russia have contributed materially to systemic, probably irreversible collapse - 'state failure' - in the Palestinian Authority. The Hamas takeover of Gaza in June 2007 underlined the consequences of applying sweeping, punitive sanctions against an entity and a population already exhibiting signs of severe political, social and economic stress. The risk is that this approach will polarise Palestinian politics even further, expanding the scope and scale of internecine violence. If Hamas is brought down in the Gaza Strip neither the Palestinian Authority emergency government nor the government of Israel would be able genuinely to govern the area. But the alternative is that Hamas will succeed in consolidating its power in Gaza. A resumption of external trade or even a ceasefire agreement may allow a power-sharing deal to be reached once more with Fatah, but will not endure in the absence of a diplomatic initiative that reinstates firm benchmarks and detailed goalposts for the two-state solution. This is unlikely as long as the international community will not engage in forceful political intervention. The fact that the Quartet confined the mandate of its new special envoy, former UK Prime Minister Tony Blair, to assisting Palestinian political and economic reform suggests that it has opted for the default choice of persevering in a failed policy. C1 Kings Coll London, Dept War Studies, London WC2R 2LS, England. RP Sayigh, Y (reprint author), Kings Coll London, Dept War Studies, London WC2R 2LS, England. CR ABINGTON E, 2006, PALESTINIAN ELECTION ABRAMS E, 2007, CONFLICTS FORUM 0107 ABUZAYDEH S, 2007, DAILY STAR 0326 *AHLC, 2005, PAL EC REC REP DEC, P4 *AHLC, 2005, PAL EC REC REP DEC, P5 *AHLC, 2005, PAL EC REC REP DEC, P22 ANDERSON M, AID DIPLOMACY FACTS, P145 [Anonymous], 2003, INDCNDS440 INT AT EN, P17 ARONSON G, 2007, IT DEV RES CTR OTT 0, P9 ARONSON G, 2006, FIN PA REP PREP INT, P11 ARONSON G, 2006, IDRC 0525, P10 ARONSON G, 2006, REP PREP INT DEV RES, P13 ATALLAH A, 2004, PLANNING CONSIDERATI, P26 BALL B, SQUARING CIRCLE BALL B, 2006, SQUARING CIRCLE, pR6 BARNEA N, 2006, BACKCHANNEL BUSH SHA, V2, P31 BENN A, 2006, HAARETZ 1031 Brynen Rex, 2000, VERY POLITICAL EC CROOKE, COMMUNICATION, P12 CROOKE, COMMUNICATION CROOKE A, 2006, PROSPECT JUN DESOTO A, 2007, END MISS REP MAY ELDAR A, 2006, HAARETZ 0503 ELDAR A, 2007, HAARETZ 0421 ELDAR A, 2002, HAARETZ 1025 ERLANGER S, 2006, INT HERALD TRIB 1229 *EUHR, 2006, EUHR SOL WELC 100000 HAMAS H, 2006, WEEKLY STANDARD 0403 HOFFMAN G, 2007, JURUSALEM POST 0613 *IBR ABU LOGH I IN, 2007, PUBL ADM CIV SERV RE, P37 *ICG, 2006, PAL ISR QUART 0623, P23 *ICG, PAL ISR QUART, P12 *ICG, PAL ISR QUART, P14 *ICG, ENT HAM, P27 *INT CRIS GROUP, 2006, 58 MIDD E INT CRIS G *INT CRIS GROUP, 2006, ENT HAM CHAL POL INT, P26 *INT CRIS GROUP, 2006, ENT HAM CHAL POL INT, P23 *INT MON FUND WORL, 2007, EC DEV 2006 1 ASS MA Intergovernmental Committee on Intellectual Property and Genetic Resources Traditional Knowledge and Folklore, 2004, WHO GOV W BANK PAL A, P4 International Organization for Standardization, 2006, 50 INT CRIS GROUP, P1 *ISR INT MIN, 2007, JERUSALEM POST 0110 ISSACHAROFF A, 2006, HAARETZ 1116 ISSACHAROFF A, 2006, HAARETZ 0618 ISSACHAROFF A, 2006, HAARETZ 0823 ISSACHAROFF A, HAARETZ 0306 Khan Mushtaq Husain, 2004, STATE FORMATION PALE Lasenky Scott, 2004, MIDDLE E J, V58, P211 Le More A., 2005, AID DIPLOMACY FACTS LEMORE A, 2005, INT AFF, V8, P983 LESHEM G, 2006, HAARETZ 1217 *MIN AFF SPOK, 2007, HAARETZ 0321 *MIN PLANN INT COO, 2000, 4 QUART MON REP DON *NAT DEM I INT REP, 2006, HAARETZ 0623 *OCHA, AGR MOV ACC 1 YEAR *OCHA, AGR MOV ACC 1 YEAR, P6 *OCHA, SPEC FOC, P1 *OCHA, AGR MOV ACC 1 YEAR, P1 *OCHA, 2006, HUM UPD APR, P1 *OCHA, 2006, HUM UPD APR, P3 *OCHA, SPEC FOC CAN BUS REL, P3 *OCHA, 2007, EX SUMM COMPR FOOD S, pR5 *OCHA, OCHA MOV ACC AMA REP, P3 *OFF COORD HUM AFF, 2006, ASS FUT HUM RISKS OC *OFF TEXT COORD HU, 2006, HUM UPD JAN *OFF UN SPEC COORD, 2005, EC FRAGM AD RUR W BA, P10 Office of the Commonwealth Ombudsman, 2006, ACT 2005, P6 OTTAWAY M, 2002, DEV CHANGE, V33, P1012 *PAL AUTH, 2005, OFF TEXT PUBL 0913 *PAL CTR POL SURV, 2007, 24 PAL PUBL OP POLL RABBANI M, 2006, DEV FATEH PLO THEIR, P2 REGULAR A, 2006, HAARETZ 0215 ROBERTS N, 2006, RECORD SAMHOURI M, 2007, RECORD SAMHOURI M, 2006, MIDDLE E BRIEF, P1 Sayigh Y, 2001, SURVIVAL, V43, P47, DOI 10.1080/00396330112331343045 SAYIGH Y, 2006, REFORMING PALESTINIA, P12 SAYIGH Y, 1999, REP IND TASK FORC ST *SEN FOR REL COMM, 2006, STAT US SEC COORD LI SHEARER, COMMUNICATION, P169 SHEARER, 2007, INDEPENDENT 0421 SHEARER D, AID DIPLOMACY FACTS, P169 SHIKAKI, HAMAS POWER, P8 SHIKAKI K, 2007, HAMAS POWER IMPACT P, P8 SHRAGAI N, 2006, HAARETZ 0120 *UK DEP INT DEV, 2006, SQUAR CIRCL SEC SECT, P14 UNCTAD, 2006, UNCTADDITCTED20064, P5 USAID, 2006, USAID CUTS INCL PAL, P1 *W BANK, 2007, PAL PERC AUTH INT SE World Bank, 2006, IMP FISC CRIS POT RE, P4 *WORLD BANK, PAL EC PROSP REC *WORLD BANK, 2003, 27 MONTHS INT CLOS C *WORLD BANK, 2004, STAGN REV ISR DIS PA, P6 *WORLD BANK, DIS PAL EC SETTL, P1 *WORLD BANK, 2007, W BANK GAZ PUBL EXP, V1, pR6 *WORLD BANK, STAGN REV, P5 *WORLD BANK, 2007, W BANK GAZ PUBL EXP, V1, P3 *WORLD BANK, 2005, PAL EC PROSP REC, P20 *WORLD BANK, STAGN REV, P13 World Bank, 2007, W BANK GAZ INV CL, P4 *WORLD BANK, DIS PAL EC SETT, P1 *WORLD BANK, 2007, W BANK GAZ PUBL EXP, V1, pR8 *WORLD BANK, PAL EC PROSP REC, P4 *WORLD BANK GOVT J, AID EFF W BANK GAZ *WORLD BANK IMF, 2007, EC ASS MAR, P3 *WORLD BANK TECHN, POT ALT PAL TRAD, P4 *WORLD BANK TECHN, 2006, UPD PAL MOV ACC TRAD, P1 *WORLD BANK TECHN, 2007, POT ALT PAL TRAD DEV, P4 *WORLD BANK TECHN, UPD PAL MOV, P6 *WORLD BANK TECHN, UPD PAL MOV, P12 *WORLD BANK TECHN, UPD PAL MOV, P10 *WORLD BANK TECHN, UPD PAL MOV, P1 *WORLD BANK TECHN, POT ALT PAL TRAD, P6 2006, PALESTINIAN EC B, V2, P1 2006, HAARETZ 0228 2007, PALESTINIAN EC B JAN, P1 2000, AID EFFECTIVENESS WE 2006, HAARETZ 0503 2007, HAARETZ 0122 2002, ECONOMIST 0629 2007, BUILDING EFFECTIVE A 2006, QUESTION SECURITY VI, V18 2004, DIS PLAN PRIM MIN AR 2007, NY TIMES 0321 2007, HAARETZ 0504 2006, PALESTINIAN EC B NOV, P1 2006, QUDS ARABI 0923 2007, HAARETZ 0410 EXTREME POVERTY RISE, P1 2006, PALESTINIAN EC B NOV, P3 2006, FORWARD 0323 2007, PALESTINIAN EC B, P1 2006, 0617 HOUS COMM LIB 2006, NY TIMES 0215 2006, HAARETZ 0504 2007, HAARETZ 0128 2006, FINANCIAL TIMES 0528 2005, QUARTET STATEMENT 20 2005, JERUSALEM POST 0523 2006, NY TIMES 0214 2006, WEST BANK GAZA EC UP, P3 2007, HAARETZ 0321 2007, 23 PAL PUBL OP POLL 2006, QUARTET STATEMENT MI 2006, HAARETZ 0408 NR 144 TC 37 Z9 37 U1 0 U2 36 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND SN 0039-6338 J9 SURVIVAL JI Survival PD FAL PY 2007 VL 49 IS 3 BP 7 EP + DI 10.1080/00396330701564786 PG 34 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA 204NQ UT WOS:000249051700001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Lessa, A de Souza, SM AF Lessa, Andrea de Souza, Sheila Mendonca TI The gestation of a new social panorama in the atacama oasis: Conflicts during the transition towards regional autonomy SO CHUNGARA-REVISTA DE ANTROPOLOGIA CHILENA LA Spanish DT Article DE paleoepidemiology; acute trauma; violence; San Pedro de Atacama; Tiwanaku ID TIWANAKU PERIOD; VIOLENCE; DESERT AB Violent trauma in the skeletal sample from the pre-Columbian cemetery of Coyo-3, associated with the final moments of the Coyo phase, was analyzed for this project. Male and female adults were studied. Arrow wounds, cranial vault, nasal and Parry fractures to the forearm were the violent lesions considered here. The male sample had a higher frequency of violent injuries (33.3%), likely resulting from the turbulent socio-political milieu during the withdrawal of Tiwanaku influence in the Atacama. Among women, the observed lesion frequency was lower (9.9%), and was interpreted as domestic violence, in harmony with other studies of trauma from the Atacama area. C1 [Lessa, Andrea; de Souza, Sheila Mendonca] Escuela Nacl Saude Publ, Fdn Oswaldo Cruz, Dept Endemias Samuel Pessoa, BR-21041210 Rio De Janeiro, Brazil. RP Lessa, A (reprint author), Escuela Nacl Saude Publ, Fdn Oswaldo Cruz, Dept Endemias Samuel Pessoa, Rua Leopoldo Bulhoes 1480, BR-21041210 Rio De Janeiro, Brazil. EM lessa@ensp.fiocruz.br; sferraz@ensp.fiocruz.br CR ADAMS J, 1976, MANUAL FRACTURAS BENNETT W, 1946, HDB S AM INDIAN, P599 BERENGUER J., 1986, REV CHILENA ANTROPOL, V5, P17 Berenguer J., 1989, CULTURAS CHILE PREHI, P129 Berenguer Jose R., 1980, ESTUDIOS ARQUEOLOGIC, V5, P81 Boehm C, 1984, BLOOD REVENGE ENACTM Burbank V K, 1992, Hum Nat, V3, P251, DOI 10.1007/BF02692241 Chagnon N., 1992, YANOMAMO Costa Maria Antonietta, 1988, ESTUDIOS ATACAMENOS, V9, P99 Cotari Daniel, 1978, DICCIONARIO AYMARA C de Souza SMFM, 2003, MEM I OSWALDO CRUZ, V98, P21, DOI 10.1590/S0074-02762003000900005 Lambert P. M, 1997, TROUBLED TIMES VIOLE, P77 Larsen C.S., 1997, BIOARCHAEOLOGY INTER Le Paige G., 1963, ANALES U NORTE, V2, P7 Lessa A, 2004, INT J OSTEOARCHAEOL, V14, P374, DOI 10.1002/oa.722 LESSA A, 2005, THESIS ESCOLA NACL S Lessa A, 2006, DIALOGO ANDINO, V27, P9 LESSA A., 2003, ANTROPOLOGIA PORTUGU, V20, P183 LESSA A, 1999, THESIS ESCOLA NACL S Lessa A, 2006, MEM I OSWALDO CRUZ, V101, P133, DOI 10.1590/S0074-02762006001000020 Llagostera A., 1999, ESTUD ATACAMENOS, V17, P175 Llagostera Agustin, 1994, ESTUDIOS ATACAMENOS, V11, P73 Llagostera Agustin, 1988, ESTUDIOS ATACAMENOS, V9, P61 Llagostera M. A., 1996, INTEGRACION SURANDIN, P17 MERBS CF, 1983, RECONSTRUCTION LIFE, P161 Nunez L, 1995, MOVILIDAD GIRATORIA Nunez Lautaro, 1992, CULTURA CONFLICTO OA ORELLANA M, 1963, PUBLICACION CTR ESTU, V17, P3 Orellana Rodriguez Mario, 1985, DIALOGO ANDINO, V4, P247 ORTNER DJ, 1997, IDENTIFICATION PATHO Schiappacasse V., 1989, CULTURAS CHILE PREHI, P181 Steinbock R. T., 1976, PALEOPATHOLOGICAL DI TARRAGO M, 1968, 37 C INT AM BUEN AIR, P119 Thomas Winter C, 1985, DIALOGO ANDINO, V4, P259 Torres-Rouff C, 2005, CHUNGARA, V37, P75, DOI 10.4067/S0717-73562005000100006 Walker P. L., 1997, TROUBLED TIMES VIOLE, P145 WALKER PL, 1989, AM J PHYS ANTHROPOL, V80, P313, DOI 10.1002/ajpa.1330800305 WRANGHAM R, 1996, MACHO DEMONIACO ORIG NR 38 TC 7 Z9 7 U1 0 U2 0 PU UNIV TARAPACA PI ARICA PA CASILLA 6-D, ARICA, 1775, CHILE SN 0717-7356 J9 CHUNGARA JI Chungara PD JUL-DEC PY 2007 VL 39 IS 2 BP 209 EP 220 PG 12 WC Anthropology SC Anthropology GA 239LK UT WOS:000251519600004 OA Bronze DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Moulakis, A AF Moulakis, Athanasios TI Power-sharing and its discontents: Dysfunctional constitutional arrangements and the failure of the annan plan for a reunified Cyprus SO MIDDLE EASTERN STUDIES LA English DT Article CR [Anonymous], 2004, ECONOMIST 0417 BARKEY HJ, 2001, NATL INTEREST, P83 Eastwood R, 1999, J DEV STUD, V35, P42, DOI 10.1080/00220389908422580 ERTEKUN NM, 1990, STATUS 2 PEOPLES CYP EVRIVIADIS EL, 2005, EUROPEAN AFFAIRS, V6, P55 Hannay D., 2005, CYPRUS SEARCH SOLUTI HANNAY D, 1960, CYPRUS, P4 HANNAY D, 2006, CYPRUS, P18 HOROWITZS DL, 1985, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI Huntford Roland, 1999, FRIDTJOF NANSEN UNMI JAMES A, 2001, KEEPING PEACE CYPRUS, P29 KEDOURIE E, 2006, E KEDOURIES APPROACH, P15 LIJPHART A, 1968, WORLD POLITCS, V25, P208 LIJPHART A, 1974, CONSOCIATIONAL DEMOC Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Richmond OP, 2006, INT AFF, V82, P149, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-2346.2006.00519.x RICHMOND OP, 2001, WORK UN CYPRUS 2003, ECONOMIST 0315 NR 18 TC 5 Z9 5 U1 0 U2 0 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND SN 0026-3206 J9 MIDDLE EASTERN STUD JI Middle East. Stud. PD JUL PY 2007 VL 43 IS 4 BP 531 EP 556 DI 10.1080/00263200701348854 PG 26 WC Area Studies SC Area Studies GA 197SJ UT WOS:000248576500002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Merrill, S Adams, J AF Merrill, Samuel, III Adams, James TI The effects of alternative power-sharing arrangements: Do "moderating" institutions moderate party strategies and government policy outputs? SO PUBLIC CHOICE LA English DT Article DE spatial model; party strategy; formateur; power-sharing; Nash equilibrium ID PARLIAMENTARY DEMOCRACIES; ELECTIONS; CANDIDATE; MODEL; CONVERGENCE; EXTREME; SYSTEMS AB Advocates of consensual political institutions, i.e. institutions that promote compromise and powersharing among political parties, claim that these institutions promote moderation in government policy outputs. To date, however, there exists little research - either theoretical or empirical - that evaluates whether consensual institutions promote moderation in parties' policy declarations. We develop a multiparty spatial model with policy-seeking parties operating under proportional representation, in which we vary the extent to which government policies reflect power-sharing among all parties as opposed to being determined by a single party. We determine parties' optimal ( Nash equilibrium) policy positions and conclude that power-sharing does not typically motivate parties to moderate their policy declarations; in fact, policy positioning under power-sharing appears to be similar to or more extreme than under single-party dominance. Consistent with previous research, however, we find that power-sharing does promote moderation in government policy outputs. Our results have implications for parties' election strategies, for the design of political institutions, and for representative government. C1 Wilkes Univ, Dept Math & Comp Sci, Wilkes Barre, PA 18766 USA. Univ Calif Davis, Dept Polit Sci, Davis, CA 95616 USA. RP Merrill, S (reprint author), 3024 43rd St NW, Olympia, WA 98502 USA. EM smerrill@zhonka.net CR Adams J, 1999, AM J POLIT SCI, V43, P765, DOI 10.2307/2991834 Adams James, 2005, UNIFIED THEORY PARTY ALVAREZ M, 1998, AM J POLIT SCI, V42, P55 Anderson CJ, 1997, AM POLIT SCI REV, V91, P66, DOI 10.2307/2952259 ANDREWS J, 2006, ANN M AM POL SCI ASS Arrow K. L., 1971, GEN COMPETITIVE ANAL BARON DP, 1989, AM POLIT SCI REV, V83, P1181, DOI 10.2307/1961664 BRAMS SJ, 1983, MANAGE SCI, V29, P927, DOI 10.1287/mnsc.29.8.927 BRAMS SJ, 1991, EUROPEAN J POLITICAL, V7, P79 BROWNE EC, 1973, AM POLIT SCI REV, V67, P453, DOI 10.2307/1958776 Budge I., 2001, MAPPING POLICY PREFE Budge I, 2006, PARTY POLIT, V12, P451, DOI 10.1177/1354068806064727 CALVERT RL, 1985, AM J POLIT SCI, V29, P69, DOI 10.2307/2111212 Cox G., 1997, MAKING VOTES COUNT S Dalton R, 1985, COMP POLIT STUD, V17, P267 Diermeier D, 2004, J PUBLIC ECON, V88, P783, DOI 10.1016/S0047-2727(03)00035-5 DOW J, 2001, ELECT STUD, V9, P109 Downs A., 1957, EC THEORY DEMOCRACY EZROW L, 2005, ANN M MIDW POL SCI A GAMSON WA, 1961, AM SOCIOL REV, V26, P373, DOI 10.2307/2090664 GROFMAN B, 1985, J POLIT, V47, P230, DOI 10.2307/2131073 Groseclose T, 2001, AM J POLIT SCI, V45, P862, DOI 10.2307/2669329 HINICH M, 2004, ANN M PUBL CHOIC SOC HUBER JD, 1994, WORLD POLIT, V46, P291, DOI 10.2307/2950684 Huber JD, 1996, AM POLIT SCI REV, V90, P269, DOI 10.2307/2082884 IVERSEN T, 1994, COMP POLIT STUD, V27, P155, DOI 10.1177/0010414094027002001 Kedar O, 2005, AM POLIT SCI REV, V99, P185, DOI 10.1017/S0003055405051592 LAVER M, 1994, CABINET MINISTRIES P Laver M., 1996, MAKING BREAKING GOVT Laver M.J., 1992, PARTY POLICY GOVT CO Lijphart A., 1984, DEMOCRACIES PATTERNS Lijphart A., 1999, PATTERNS DEMOCRACY G Londregan J, 1993, POLITICAL EC I COMPE MCDONALD M, 2006, ELECTIONS PARTIES DE McDonald MD, 2004, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V34, P1, DOI 10.1017/S0007123403000322 Merrill S, 2001, POLIT ANAL, V9, P347, DOI DOI 10.1093/OXFORDJOURNALS.PAN.A004874 Morelli M, 2004, REV ECON STUD, V71, P829, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-937X.2004.00306.x Powell G. B., 2000, ELECTIONS INSTRUMENT Roemer John E., 2001, POLITICAL COMPETITIO Sartori Giovanni, 1968, INT ENCYCL SOC SCI, V13, P470 SCHOFIELD N, 2005, ANN M PUBL CHOIC SOC SCHOFIELD N, 1993, EUROPEAN J POLITICAL, V23, P575 SMIRNOV O, IN PRESS J THEORETIC Taagepera Rein, 1989, SEATS VOTES EFFECTS Warwick PV, 2001, COMP POLIT STUD, V34, P1212, DOI 10.1177/0010414001034010005 WITTMAN D, 1977, J ECON THEORY, V14, P180, DOI 10.1016/0022-0531(77)90091-6 WITTMAN D, 1983, AM POLIT SCI REV, V77, P142, DOI 10.2307/1956016 WITTMAN DA, 1973, AM POLIT SCI REV, V67, P490, DOI 10.2307/1958779 NR 48 TC 10 Z9 10 U1 0 U2 7 PU SPRINGER PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0048-5829 J9 PUBLIC CHOICE JI Public Choice PD JUN PY 2007 VL 131 IS 3-4 BP 413 EP 434 DI 10.1007/s11127-006-9123-z PG 22 WC Economics; Political Science SC Business & Economics; Government & Law GA 171LH UT WOS:000246737000010 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Setiawan, B Hadi, SP AF Setiawan, Bakti (Bobi) Hadi, Sudharto P. TI Regional autonomy and local resource management in Indonesia SO ASIA PACIFIC VIEWPOINT LA English DT Article DE decentralisation; environment; environmental management; Indonesia AB As the largest archipelagic nation in the world, with distinctive environmental conditions and biodiversity, Indonesia on the one hand has tremendous natural and environmental riches while on the other hand faces a variety of environmental problems. After three decades of the New Order era, 1967-1998, Indonesian society is in a crucial transformation process towards a more democratic era. At the same time, as indicated in that country's decentralisation laws No. 22/99 and 25/99, Indonesia is also shifting its style of government, from a centralistic to decentralised one. These two trends are happening simultaneously with globalisation prompting a flow of global capital that directly increases pressure on the Indonesian environment. This paper evaluates the decentralisation of environmental management programmes in Indonesia and focuses on the implications of these changes. The weaknesses of current environmental policies and programmes in Indonesia, which give too dominant a role to the government and neglect civil society's involvement in natural resources and environmental management, are analysed. Further, the paper addresses the lack of attention to date to issues of environmental rights and justice that create many complex environmental and social conflicts throughout Indonesia. We conclude by recommending some fundamental changes to environmental policies and programmes in the decentralised system. C1 [Setiawan, Bakti (Bobi)] Gadjah Mada Univ, Ctr Environm Studies, Yogyakarta 55281, Indonesia. [Hadi, Sudharto P.] Diponegoro Univ, Ctr Environm Studies, Semarang, Central Java, Indonesia. RP Setiawan, B (reprint author), Gadjah Mada Univ, Ctr Environm Studies, Jalan Lingkungan Budaya 1,Kampus Gadjah Mada, Yogyakarta 55281, Indonesia. EM dwita_hr@yahoo.com; sudharto_hadi@yahoo.com OI Hadi, Sudharto P/0000-0001-8781-6878 CR BAILEY J, 1992, INDONESIAS ENV ASSES Baiquni M., 2002, PEMBANGUNAN YANG TID CARDEN F, 1988, ENV DEV INDONESIA EX *CENTR INT AG, 2006, WORLD FACTB IND CONOVER SAM, 1992, 22 EMDI SCH RES ENV HARDJASOEMANTRI K, 1989, ENV LEGISLATION INDO Islam I., 1999, 9901 UN SUPP FAC IND *KOMP, 2005, 2005 2006 PROBL CHAL MACANDREWS C, 1998, B INDONES ECON STUD, V34, P10 MAYER J, 1996, GLOBAL CIVIL SOC GLO, P72 *MIN ENV, 2001, KEB STRAT NAS PENG L *MIN ENV, 1997, AG 21 IND STRAT NAS NEAME PA, 1994, REV ENV IMPACT ASSES SANTOSA P, 1999, THESIS U LONDON SETIAWAN B, 2000, UNPUB NAT C ENV BUK SETIAWAN B, 2001, INT J WATER SCI TECH, V45, P71 SETIAWAN B, 2000, UNPUB NAT SEM NAT RE SEYMOUR R, 2002, J ASIAN STUD, V4, P33 SINAGA K, 1995, NGOS INDONESIA STUDY SOERJANI M, 1998, ENHANCING ROLE ENV S VINCENT JR, 2002, B INDONES ECON STUD, V38, P30 VISSER L, 2001, J SOCIAL CULTURAL AN, V25, P56 *WALHI, 1993, STAT ENV IND WE APPR *WORLD BANK, 2001, IND SUST DEV WORLD B 2004, KEDAULATAN RAKY 1227 2005, SUARA MERDEKA 1220 NR 26 TC 9 Z9 9 U1 1 U2 9 PU WILEY PI HOBOKEN PA 111 RIVER ST, HOBOKEN 07030-5774, NJ USA SN 1360-7456 EI 1467-8373 J9 ASIA PAC VIEWP JI Asia Pac. Viewp. PD APR PY 2007 VL 48 IS 1 BP 72 EP 84 DI 10.1111/j.1467-8373.2007.00331.x PG 13 WC Area Studies; Geography SC Area Studies; Geography GA 269VZ UT WOS:000253680000006 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Matsuda, MK AF Matsuda, Matt K. TI "This territory was not empty": Pacific possibilities SO GEOGRAPHICAL REVIEW LA English DT Article ID EDGE/ AB Narratives concerning Pacific Ocean territories are often historically derived from European and American mainland visions of great, empty oceans dotted with deserted and uninhabited islands. However, research by indigenous and outlander scholars, along with struggles for political and cultural autonomy in the Pacific, has brought attention to vital island communities and 6has raised questions about a Pacific-island way of understanding the world. This understanding is traced through scholarly and artistic engagements with history, island-community studies, and navigational philosophies and is framed by a growing theoretical literature on epistemologies of place from the disciplines of geography and oceanography. C1 Rutgers State Univ, New Brunswick, NJ 08901 USA. RP Matsuda, MK (reprint author), Rutgers State Univ, New Brunswick, NJ 08901 USA. CR *AS SOC, 2004, PAR NOW CONT ART PAC Beckett J., 1987, TORRES STRAIT ISLAND Bergin A., 1993, INT J MARINE COASTAL, V8, P359 BINNEY J, 1987, NEW ZEAL J HIST, V21, P16 Bonnemaison J., 1994, TREE CANOE HIST ETHN CASEY ES, 2002, FATE PLACE PHILOS HI Cordell J., 1993, TURNING TIDE, P159 Cresswell T., 2002, MOBILIZING PLACE PLA, V1, P11 Denoon D, 1997, CONTEMP PACIFIC, V9, P400 Diaz VM, 2001, CONTEMP PACIFIC, V13, P315, DOI 10.1353/cp.2001.0049 Finnegan Ruth, 1995, S PACIFIC ORAL TRADI Gegeo DW, 2001, CONTEMP PACIFIC, V13, P491, DOI 10.1353/cp.2001.0052 *GOUV NOUV CAL, 1998, ACC NOUM Hau'ofa E., 1994, CONTEMP PACIFIC, V6, P148 Hau'ofa Epeli, 1993, NEW OCEANIA REDISCOV Hauofa Epeli, 2000, REMEMBRANCE PACIFIC, P453 HEMPENSTALL P, 1992, PACIFIC ISLANDS HIST, V5, P60 HERENIKO V, 1995, WOVEN GODS FEMALE CL Hereniko Vilsoni, 1994, TIDES HIST PACIFIC I, P406 JACKSON SE, 1995, AUST GEOGR, V26, P87, DOI 10.1080/00049189508703133 Jolly M, 2001, CONTEMP PACIFIC, V13, P417, DOI 10.1353/cp.2001.0055 Karatani Kojin, 1993, ORIGINS MODERN JAPAN Lewis D., 1975, WE NAVIGATORS ANCIEN MACLELLAN N, 1997, MORUROA FRANCE S PAC Mageo Jeanette, 2001, CULTURAL MEMORY RECO MAGEO JM, 2001, SEA CHANGE LAND RIGH, P11 Morphy H, 2006, J MAT CULT, V11, P67, DOI 10.1177/1359183506063012 Olwig Kenneth R., 2002, LANDSCAPE NATURE BOD PULE J, 2003, CONTEMP PACIFIC, V15, P74 PULE J, 2003, CONTEMP PACIFIC, V15, pR19 PULE J, 2003, CONTEMP PACIFIC, V15, P18 PULE J, 2003, CONTEMP PACIFIC, V15, P137 PULE J, 2003, CONTEMP PACIFIC, V15, P41 PULE J, 2003, CONTEMP PACIFIC, V15, P90 PULE J, 2003, CONTEMP PACIFIC, V15, P116 Rosaldo Renato, 1980, ILONGOT HEADHUNTING Rosaldo Renato, 1989, CULTURE TRUTH REMARK SCHUG DM, 1999, CHANGES CHALLENGES T Sharp N, 2002, SALTWATER PEOPLE WAV STATHERN M, 1988, GENDER GIFT PROBLEMS Stillman, 2001, CULTURAL MEMORY RECO, P187 Stoller Paul, 1995, EMBODYING COLONIAL M Teaiwa TK, 2001, CONTEMP PACIFIC, V13, P343, DOI 10.1353/cp.2001.0071 TIIBAOU JP, 2002, INTERVIEWS AUTHOR Tuan Y.F., 1974, PROGR GEOGRAPHY, V6, P211 WAIA I, 2000, MWA VEE REV, P49 NR 46 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 0 U2 0 PU AMER GEOGRAPHICAL SOC PI NEW YORK PA 120 WALL ST, STE 100, NEW YORK, NY 10005 USA SN 0016-7428 J9 GEOGR REV JI Geogr. Rev. PD APR PY 2007 VL 97 IS 2 BP 230 EP 243 PG 14 WC Geography SC Geography GA 219FQ UT WOS:000250070500007 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Schnoor, BA AF Schnoor, Britta A. TI International law, the power of the purse, and speaking with one voice: The legal cacophony created by withholding US dues from the United Nations SO IOWA LAW REVIEW LA English DT Article AB Throughout the last quarter of a century, the United States has frequently withheld the dues it owes the United Nations. Both Congress and the President have, alternatively, instigated the withholdings. The U.S. government has often made payment of its U.N. dues contingent on the United Nations accomplishing certain specific tasks. The most recent example of such contingent withholdings was the Henry J. Hyde United Nations Reform Act of 2005, passed by the House of Representatives on June 17, 2005. The Hyde Act was a congressional attempt to "force" the United Nations to reform by making the United States' payment of U.N. dues contingent on a series of extensive reforms. Although the Hyde Act did not pass in the Senate, the controversy created by its passage in the House demonstrates the problems created when one branch of the government single-handedly attempts to abrogate the United States' treaty obligation to pay U.N. dues. This Note argues that single-branch withholdings of the United States' dues to the United Nations, such as the Hyde Act, are illegal and unconstitutional. Because the Hyde Act would have authorized the United States to violate its international treaty obligation of collective financial responsibility set forth in the U.N. Charter, the Act would have violated international law. Because the Hyde Act would have usurped the executive branch's power to regulate the nation's foreign affairs and execute the laws, the Act would have been unconstitutional. This Note concludes that the United States should not withhold its U.N.-assessed dues or threaten to do so because doing so violates international law. However, this Note concludes that if the United States does engage in withholdings, constitutional law requires those withholdings to be executed through a power-sharing arrangement involving meaningful participation of both the legislative and executive branches. C1 Univ Iowa, Coll Law, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA. RP Schnoor, BA (reprint author), Univ Iowa, Coll Law, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA. CR *AD HOC INT WORK G, 1995, A49897 UN AD HOC INT ALVAREZ J, 1991, MICH J INT L, V12, P230 Alvarez J. E, 1991, MICH J INT L, V12, P229 ANNAN KA, 2005, WALL ST J 0624 BOND A, 2003, BERKELEY J INT L, V21, P704 BOND A, 2003, BERKELEY J INT L, V21, P703 CARDEMAS EJ, 2006, U ILL L REV, P258 CARDEMAS EJ, 1995, U ILL L REV, P153 GAMBOA K, 1995, DIG INT L, V3, P68 GERSON A, 2000, EUROPEAN J INT LAW, V11, P61 GERSON A, 2000, EUR J INT LAW, V11, P63 HEARD LS, 2005, GULF NEWS 0913 HENKIN L, 1987, HARVARD LAW REV, V100, P853, DOI 10.2307/1341097 HENKIN L, 1987, HARVARD LAW REV, V100, P878 MACASKILL E, 2005, GUARDIAN UNLIMI 0521 MEISLER S, 2005, LA TIMES 1106 NELSON RW, 1986, AM J INT LAW, V80, P973, DOI 10.2307/2202086 PRICE GW, 1993, TEMPLE INT COMP LAW, V7, P395 PRICE GW, 1993, TEMP INT COMP LJ, V7, P413 RAAB C, 2005, AGENCE FRANCE P 0617 SCHARF MP, 2001, INT LAW, V35, P779 SCHARF MP, 2001, INT LAW, V35, P761 ZOLLER E, 2000, AM J INT LAW, V81, P610 2005, DAILY TIMES 0521 2005, SYDNEY MORNING 0620 NR 25 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 0 PU UNIV IOWA PI IOWA CITY PA IOWA LAW REVIEW COLLEGE OF LAW, IOWA CITY, IA 52242 USA SN 0021-0552 J9 IOWA LAW REV JI Iowa Law Rev. PD MAR PY 2007 VL 92 IS 3 BP 1133 EP 1181 PG 49 WC Law SC Government & Law GA 170NH UT WOS:000246669700008 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Eaton, K AF Eaton, Kent TI Backlash in Bolivia: Regional autonomy as a reaction against indigenous mobilization SO POLITICS & SOCIETY LA English DT Review DE regional autonomy; indigenous mobilization; decentralization; business associations; Bolivia ID LATIN-AMERICA AB In the 1990s, Bolivia's indigenous population mobilized to claim new political roles, and in the process, directly challenged the privileged position of economic elites within national political institutions. In response, business associations in Santa Cruz, Bolivia's most prosperous region, began to demand regional autonomy-in contrast to the demand for authoritarianism that characterized prior generations of business elites when confronted with threatening political change. After examining Santa Cruz' past relationship with the national government, this article explores the challenges that led economic elites in the department to seek autonomy and the strategies that they have adopted in pursuit of this goal. C1 Univ Calif Santa Cruz, Santa Cruz, CA 95064 USA. RP Eaton, K (reprint author), Univ Calif Santa Cruz, Santa Cruz, CA 95064 USA. EM keaton@ucsc.edu CR AIMARETTI MA, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1027 ALBO X, 2004, ARTICULO PRIMERO, V8, P66 ALMARAZ A, 2002, TIERRAS COMUNITARIAS AMELLER V, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1020 AMELLER V, 2005, LATIN AM POLITICS SO, V47, P82 ANTELO JA, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1024 ANTELO JA, COMMUNICATION ANTELO S, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1025 APARICIO R, 2004, ARTICULO PRIMERO, V8, P187 ARGAS J, 2004, REFORMA AGRARIA DESD, P17 ARRIETA M, 1990, AGR SANTA CRUZ ENCOM, P195 ARRIETA M, 1990, AGR SANTA CRUZ ENCOM, P113 ATON K, 2004, POLITICS CAPITAL DES BACARDIT M, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1024 BAILABA J, COMMUNICATION BAILABA J, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1028 Ballve T., 2005, NACLA REPORT AM, V38, P16 BARRAGAN R, 2004, TINKASOS, V7, P56 BOHRT C, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1018 BOHRT C, COMMUNICATION BOHRT C, 2001, DECENTRALIZACION E B CAPOBIANCO G, 2004, SANTA CRUZ CORAZON B CASTRO D, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1027 CASTRO D, COMMUNICATION Collier D., 2002, SHAPING POLITICAL AR CONAGHAN C, 1990, LAT AM RES REV, V25, P21 Conaghan Catherine, 1994, UNSETTLING STATECRAF DABDOUB G, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1026 DABDOUB G, COMMUNICATION DECHASAL JA, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1027 DECHASAL JA, COMMUNICATION DUNKERLEY J, 1984, REBELLION VEINS POLI, P223 FABRICANO M, 2005, PIEB PARTICIPACION P, P104 FANCO OA, COMMUNICATION FORERO J, 2005, NY TIMES 0603 FRANCO OA, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1025 FRIEDEN J, 1991, DEBT DEV DEMOCRACY M, P34 GALINDO M, 2005, DOCUMENTO DISCUSION GAMARRA E, 2007, PRESIDENTIALISM DEMO, P392 GARRETT C, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1019 GASTELU M, COMMUNICATION GASTELU M, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1019 GIBSON E, 1997, CLASS CONSERVATIVE P, P26 GILL L, 1987, PEASANTS ENTREPRENEU, P183 GRINDLE M, 2000, AUDACIOUS REFORMS I, P120 *GRUP EST ANDR IB, 1983, TIERR ESTR POD SANT, P29 GUSTAFSON B, 2002, POLITICS ETHNICITY I, P292 Hirschman AO, 1970, EXIT VOICE LOYALTY Hiskey JT, 2003, STUD COMP INT DEV, V37, P64, DOI 10.1007/BF02686272 HURTADO P, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1026 HURTADO P, COMMUNICATION JIMENEZ RA, 1995, HIST DESARROLLO SOCI, P30 KLEIFFER R, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1026 KLEIN HS, 2003, CONCISE HIST BOLIVIA, P215 LASERNA R, 2004, DEMOCRACIA CHENKO, P57 Madrid RL, 2005, LAT AM POLIT SOC, V47, P161, DOI 10.1111/j.1548-2456.2005.tb00332.x Mayorga Rene, 2005, 3 WAVE DEMOCRATIZATI, P168 MOLIN HA, COMMUNICATION MOLINA HC, COMMUNICATION MOLINA HC, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1028 ONEILL K, 2005, DECENTRALIZING STATE, P126 ORTIZ O, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1027 *PAST SOC CAR, 2005, 18 PAST SOC CAR *PAST SOC CAR, 2005, 14 PAST SOC CAR PEDRAZA E, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1025 PENA P, 2003, PERMANENTE CONSTRUCC, P94 PENA P, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1024 PENA P, COMMUNICATION RADA A, 2004, ARTICULO PRIMERO, V8, P157 ROCA JL, 1999, FISONOMIA RELIG BOLI, P39 RODRIGUEZ IS, 2003, HIST SANTA CRUZ DESA, P216 ROMERO C, 2004, ARTICULO PRIMERO, V8, P16 SANCHEZ D, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1018 SANDOVAL CD, 2003, SANTA CRUZ EC PODER, P97 SANDOVAL G, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1020 SANJINES R, 2004, BIOGRAFIA EMPRESA PR, V1, P8 SAUCEDO DY, 1999, DESAFIOS PARTICIPACI, P30 SCNEIDER BR, 2004, BUSINESS POLITICS ST, P36 SELIGSON M, 2003, UDITORIA DEMOCRACIA SERRATE I, COMMUNICATION SERRATE I, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1028 Shugart M., 2001, MIXED MEMBER ELECTOR URENDA C, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1025 URENDA JC, 1987, AUTONOMIAS DEPARTMEN URENDA JC, 1999, DESCENTRALIZACION DE URENDA JC, 2005, DEBER 1006 URENDA JC, COMMUNICATION Van Cott DL, 2000, PARTY POLIT, V6, P155, DOI 10.1177/1354068800006002002 Van Cott DL, 2001, STUD COMP INT DEV, V35, P30, DOI 10.1007/BF02732707 Van Cott Donna, 2000, FRIENDLY LIQUIDATION VELASCO G, COMMUNICATION VELASCO G, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1018 VIVEROS M, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1019 VIVEROS M, COMMUNICATION WHITEHEAD L, 1972, NATL POWER LOCAL POW, P221 YAMPARA S, 2005, VISIONES INDIGENAS D, P48 Yashar Deborah., 2005, CONTESTING CITIZENSH ZUAZO M, 2005, COMMUNICATION 1021 2003, DIARIO 1018 2005, LATIN AM WEEKLY 0412 2005, NUEVO DIA 0904 2005, RAZON 0624 2005, ESTUDIOS JUL 2004, RAZON 0226 2006, DEBER 0706 2005, DEBER 0909 2005, MUNDO 1011 2005, LATIN AM WEEKLY 0802 2005, PETROLEO GAS JUL 2006, OPINION 0412 2005, DIARIO 0525 2005, AUT WORKSH CAM AS CO NR 112 TC 48 Z9 49 U1 2 U2 5 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS INC PI THOUSAND OAKS PA 2455 TELLER RD, THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91320 USA SN 0032-3292 J9 POLIT SOC JI Polit. Soc. PD MAR PY 2007 VL 35 IS 1 BP 71 EP 102 DI 10.1177/0032329206297145 PG 32 WC Political Science; Social Issues; Sociology SC Government & Law; Social Issues; Sociology GA 138UW UT WOS:000244389800003 OA Green Published DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Lemarchand, R AF Lemarchand, Rene TI Consociationalism and power sharing in Africa: Rwanda, Burundi, and the Democratic Republic of the Congo SO AFRICAN AFFAIRS LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Conference on Managing Ethno-Political Conflicts in Africa CY FEB, 2006 CL Univ Penn, Solomon Ash Ctr Study Ethno Polit Conflict, Philadelphia, PA SP Univ Ibadan, Ctr Peace & Conflict Studies HO Univ Penn, Solomon Ash Ctr Study Ethno Polit Conflict ID PEACE AB Although there are obvious merits to the consociational argument, including the need to recognize the claims of minorities through power-sharing arrangements, translating theory into practice has generally failed in much of Africa. The reasons for this are many and are by no means reducible to single-factor explanations. Looking at the recent experiments in power sharing in former Belgian Africa, this article offers a comparative assessment of the radically different trajectories followed by Rwanda, Burundi, and the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) in their efforts to regulate conflict through consociational formulas. Although Rwanda stands as a textbook example of failed power sharing, and the DRC as a less than successful experiment, Burundi, which comes nearest to institutionalizing the Lijphart model, offers grounds for cautious optimism about the merits of a consociational polity. On the strength of the evidence from Burundi, one might conceivably argue that the key to success lies in the extent to which the technicalities of power sharing tend to approximate the conditions spelled out by Lijphart, notably group autonomy, proportionality, and the minority veto. Closer scrutiny of the cases at hand suggests a somewhat different conclusion. Perhaps even more importantly than the mechanics of power sharing, the socio-political context is what spells the difference between success and failure. C1 Univ Florida, Gainesville, FL 32611 USA. RP Lemarchand, R (reprint author), Univ Florida, Gainesville, FL 32611 USA. EM renelemar@aol.com CR CURTIS D, 2007, IN PRESS TRANSITIONA GASANA J, 2002, RWANDA PARTI ETAT ET GRIGNON F, 2006, DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC, P92 HOROWITZ D, 1985, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI, P574 LANOTTE O, 2003, REPUBLIQUE DEMOCRATI, P154 LEMARCHAND R, 1995, BURUNDI ETHNIC CONFL, P161 LEMARCHAND R, 2004, UNPUB LOW INC COUNTR, P10 LIJPHART A, 1977, DEMORACY PLURAL SOC Marysse S., 2005, POLITICAL EC GREAT L, P125 MONTVILLE JV, 1990, CONFLICT PEACEMAKING, P491 O'Leary B., 2005, POWER SHARING DEMOCR, P3 Rene Lemarchand, 2006, BURUNDIS ENDANGERED Reyntjens F, 2006, AFR AFFAIRS, V105, P117, DOI 10.1093/afraf/adi092 Reyntjens F, 2004, AFR AFFAIRS, V103, P177, DOI 10.1093/afraf/adh045 Reyntjens F., 2006, AFRIQUE GRANDS LACS Ruzibiza Abdul Joshua, 2005, RWANDA HIST SECRETE Spears IS, 2000, THIRD WORLD Q, V21, P105 Sullivan DP, 2005, J MOD AFR STUD, V43, P75, DOI 10.1017/S0022278X0400062X Tull DM, 2005, AFR AFFAIRS, V104, P375, DOI 10.1093/afraf/adi034 VANECK, COMMUNICATION VANECK J, 2006, COMMUNICATION 0708 WAUGH C, 2005, P KAGAME RWANDA POWE, P61 NR 22 TC 75 Z9 76 U1 0 U2 28 PU OXFORD UNIV PRESS PI OXFORD PA GREAT CLARENDON ST, OXFORD OX2 6DP, ENGLAND SN 0001-9909 J9 AFR AFFAIRS JI Afr. Aff. PD JAN PY 2007 VL 106 IS 422 BP 1 EP 20 DI 10.1093/afraf/adl041 PG 20 WC Area Studies; Political Science SC Area Studies; Government & Law GA 120BU UT WOS:000243059300001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Chau, TW Li, HB Liu, PW Zhang, JS AF Chau, Tak Wai Li, Hongbin Liu, Pak Wai Zhang, Junsen TI Testing the collective model of household labor supply: Evidence from China SO CHINA ECONOMIC REVIEW LA English DT Article DE collective model; household labor supply ID INTRAHOUSEHOLD ALLOCATION; MARRIAGE MARKET AB This paper tests the collective model against the unitary model by estimating the labor supply of both the husband and wife. Using data from a. developing country, China, we reject the hypothesis that distribution factors have no effect on household time allocation decisions. On the other hand, we cannot reject restrictions implied by the collective model. Thus the unitary model is not supported while the collective model gains credence in this study. Our findings suggest that the traditional patriarchalism in Chinese families is giving ways to power sharing between spouses. (c) 2006 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. C1 [Li, Hongbin; Liu, Pak Wai; Zhang, Junsen] Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Econ, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China. [Chau, Tak Wai] Univ Rochester, Rochester, NY 14627 USA. [Li, Hongbin] Tsing Hua Univ, Sch Econ & Management, Dept Econ, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China. RP Zhang, JS (reprint author), Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Econ, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China. EM jszhang@cuhk.edu.hk CR Apps PF, 1997, J POLIT ECON, V105, P178, DOI 10.1086/262070 Aronsson T, 2001, J POPUL ECON, V14, P569, DOI 10.1007/s001480100088 Becker GS, 1991, TREATISE FAMILY BLUNDELL R, 2001, 0119 I FISC STUD Bourguignon F, 1999, J POPUL ECON, V12, P503, DOI 10.1007/s001480050111 BOURGUIGNON F, 1995, 9504 COLL APPR HOUS BROWN P, 2004, DOWRY INTRAHOUSEHOLD Browning M, 1998, ECONOMETRICA, V66, P1241, DOI 10.2307/2999616 BROWNING M, 1994, J POLIT ECON, V102, P1067, DOI 10.1086/261964 Ch'u T'sung-tsu, 1961, LAW SOC TRADITIONAL CHEN J, 2006, IDENTIFYING NON COOP Chiappori PA, 1997, J POLIT ECON, V105, P191, DOI 10.1086/262071 CHIAPPORI PA, 1992, J POLIT ECON, V100, P437, DOI 10.1086/261825 CHIAPPORI PA, 1988, ECONOMETRICA, V56, P63, DOI 10.2307/1911842 Chiappori PA, 2002, J POLIT ECON, V110, P37, DOI 10.1086/324385 CHIAPPORI PA, 2001, COLLECTIVE LABOR SUP DONNI O, 2001, 140 U QUEB MONTR Fong YF, 2001, J POLIT ECON, V109, P191, DOI 10.1086/318599 Hamilton JC, 1990, J CHEMOMETR, V4, P1 LUNDBERG S, 1993, J POLIT ECON, V101, P988, DOI 10.1086/261912 MANSER M, 1980, INT ECON REV, V21, P21 MCELROY MB, 1981, INT ECON REV, V22, P333, DOI 10.2307/2526280 MROZ TA, 1987, ECONOMETRICA, V55, P765, DOI 10.2307/1911029 Park A., 2004, EAT DRINK MAN WOMAN QIAN N, 2006, MISSING WOMEN PRICE Quisumbing AR, 2003, OXFORD B ECON STAT, V65, P283, DOI 10.1111/1468-0084.t01-1-00052 THOMASM D, 1994, 9408 RAND CORP ULPH D, 1988, GEN NON COOPERATIVE NR 28 TC 9 Z9 9 U1 0 U2 11 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE INC PI NEW YORK PA 360 PARK AVE SOUTH, NEW YORK, NY 10010-1710 USA SN 1043-951X J9 CHINA ECON REV JI China Econ. Rev. PY 2007 VL 18 IS 4 BP 389 EP 402 DI 10.1016/j.chieco.2006.12.002 PG 14 WC Economics SC Business & Economics GA 245EG UT WOS:000251917100002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Basaguren, AL AF Lopez Basaguren, Alberto TI Official languages according to the Spanish constitution and the regions: ramification or transformation of the constitutional model? SO REVISTA ESPANOLA DE DERECHO CONSTITUCIONAL LA Spanish DT Article DE official languages; reform of regional charters; linguistic pluralism AB The Spanish constitution accords the regional autonomy charters a determining role in establishing the details concerning the legal regime for each region's language use. Successive stages of reform to these charters have further developed regional powers over this regime, attributing increasing importance to the official regional languages. Some of the new charters in the recent round of reforms regulate the regime governing use of language in such a way that the question has arisen as to whether they are further ramifying the model established by the Spanish constitution or in fact transforming that model. There are doubts regarding some of the options taken up in the charters that require further analysis. C1 Univ Basque Country, E-48080 Bilbao, Spain. RP Basaguren, AL (reprint author), Univ Basque Country, E-48080 Bilbao, Spain. CR ALFONSO LP, 1999, ESTUDIOS JURIDICOS L Arzoz X., 2006, ESTUDIOS ESTATUTO JU, P387 BASAGUREN AL, 2001, DERECHOS CONSTITUCIO BASAGUREN AL, 2000, LENGUAS POLITICA DER BASAGUREN AL, 1988, AUTONOMIES REV CATAL BOIX AMP, 2005, CONSTITUCION DEMOCRA BOIX AMP, 2006, REV ESTUDIS AUTONOMI, P259 CASTILLO AL, 2005, REDC, P107 DEPEDRO JP, 1996, COMENTARIOS CONSTITU, V1 ECHEVARRIA JJS, 1999, REDC, P55 FERNANDEZ P, 2006, ESTUDIOS ESTATUTO JU, P249 LEON JMB, 1987, REV ESPANOLA DERECHO, P54 Llobet Jaume, 1992, NORMALITZACIO LINGUI LLORENTE FR, 1994, LENGUA ENSENANZA LEG, P645 MALINVERNI G, 2000, DROIT CONSTITUTIONNE, V2, P451 MASSANA AM, 1999, ESTUDIOS JURIDICOS L Milian i Massana Antoni, 1994, DERECHOS LINGUISTICO MONZO JO, 2006, ESTUDIOS ESTATUTO JU, P349 PELLOUX ROBERT, 1968, AFDI, P201 PISUNYER CV, 2006, ESTUDIOS ESTATUTO JU RAMOS MA, 1999, REGIMEN JURIDICO LEN ROVIRA EA, 1999, ESTUDIOS JURIDICOS L ROVIRA EA, 1995, REDC, P44 VERHOEVEN J, 1970, REV BELGE DROIT INT VERNET I LLOBET Jaume, 2006, ESTUDIOS ESTATUTO JU WOEHRLING JM, CHARTE EUROPEENNE LA ZIGORRAGA IA, 1991, ESTUDIOS CONSTITUCIO NR 27 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 0 PU CENTRO ESTUDIOS POLITICOS CONSTITUCIONALES PI MADRID PA PLAZA DE LA MARINA ESPANOLA 9, 28071 MADRID, SPAIN SN 0211-5743 J9 REV ESP DERECHO CONS JI Rev. Esp. Derecho Const. PD JAN-APR PY 2007 VL 27 IS 79 BP 83 EP 112 PG 30 WC Law SC Government & Law GA 319AD UT WOS:000257133200004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Vatter, A AF Vatter, Adrian TI Lijphart goes regional: Different patterns of consensus in Swiss democracies SO WEST EUROPEAN POLITICS LA English DT Article ID INSTITUTIONS; WELFARE; CANTONS; IMPACT AB This article addresses the relationships among the main political institutions of the two dozen cantonal democracies which constitute the Swiss federal state. By replicating Lijphart's analysis in the Swiss subnational context, the article seeks to explain the relationships of the political-institutional variables in the Swiss cantons. The main finding of the article is that in contrast to international comparisons, the cantons cannot be classified along the continuum of majoritarian and consensus democracies. However, the Swiss cantonal democracies practice clearly distinguishable forms of power sharing. Based on a factor analysis and a cluster analysis, it is possible to distinguish a two-dimensional pattern of cantonal democracies and five groups of cantons. Although there are a number of different procedures to achieve political stability through division of power in the cantons, the different characteristics of power sharing can, essentially and with reference to Switzerland's central institutions - perfectly well be situated on a single axis; namely, on that between pronounced direct citizen involvement and broadly supported government coalitions. C1 Univ Konstanz, Dept Polit & Management, D-7750 Constance, Germany. RP Vatter, A (reprint author), Univ Konstanz, Dept Polit & Management, D-7750 Constance, Germany. EM adrian.vatter@uni-konstanz.de CR Armingeon K, 2004, WEST EUR POLIT, V27, P20, DOI 10.1080/01402380412331280793 Barankay I., 2003, SWISS POLITICAL SCI, V9, P169, DOI DOI 10.1002/J.1662-6370.2003.TB00404.X BARRY B, 1975, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V5, P477, DOI 10.1017/S0007123400008322 Birchfield V, 1998, EUR J POLIT RES, V34, P175, DOI 10.1111/1475-6765.00404 BORTZ J., 1999, STAT SOZIALWISSENSCH Colomer J.M., 1996, POLITICAL I EUROPE Crepaz Markus, 2001, J PUBLIC POLICY, V21, P1, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0143814X01001015 Crepaz MML, 1996, COMP POLIT STUD, V29, P4, DOI 10.1177/0010414096029001001 Elazar Daniel, 1994, FEDERAL SYSTEMS WORL Felder U., 1993, WAHL ALLER KANTONSRE Freitag M, 2000, Z SOZIOL, V29, P186 HORBER E, 1979, SCHWEIZERISCHES JB P, V19, P215 HUBER E, 1993, AM J SOCIOL, V99, P711, DOI 10.1086/230321 JUNG S, 1996, Z POLITIKWISSENSCHAF, V6, P623 Kaiser A, 1997, J THEOR POLIT, V9, P419, DOI 10.1177/0951692897009004001 KAISER A, 1998, Z PARLAMENTSFRAGEN, V29, P524 Kriesi H, 1998, SYSTEME POLITIQUE SU LAAKSO M, 1979, COMP POLIT STUD, V12, P3, DOI 10.1177/001041407901200101 Ladner A., 2004, SWISS POLITICAL SCI, V10, P3 Lijphart A., 1984, DEMOCRACIES PATTERNS Lijphart A., 2002, KANTONALE DEMOKRATIE, P13 Lijphart A., 1999, PATTERNS DEMOCRACY G Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Linder W., 1999, SCHWEIZERISCHE DEMOK Linder Wolf, 1994, SWISS DEMOCRACY POSS Lutz Georg, 1998, WAHL ABSTIMMUNGSRECH MCGALL A, 2004, ANN M AM POL SCI ASS MOSER C, 1985, B NFP, V6 Neidhart Leonhard, 1970, PLEBISZIT PLURALITAR Pennings Paul, 2003, DOING RES POLITICAL Przeworski A., 1970, LOGIC COMP SOCIAL IN RAE DW, 1967, POLITICAL CONSEQUENC Rothstein B., 1996, NEW HDB POLITICAL SC, P133 SCHMIDT MG, 1999, DEMOKRATIETHORIEN Sproule-Jones Mark, 1993, GOVT WORK CANADIAN P Steiner Jurg, 2002, ACTA POLIT, V37, P1 Steiner Jurg, 1974, AMICABLE AGREEMENT V Stutzer A, 1999, 23 U ZUR I EMP RES E TAAGEPERA R, 2003, POLITICAL STUDIES, V5, P1 TRECHSEL A, 2000, FEUERWERK VOLKSRECHT Trechsel Alexander, 1999, KALEIDOSKOP VOLKSREC Tsebelis G, 2002, VETO PLAYERS POLITIC Vatter A, 2000, EUR J POLIT RES, V38, P171, DOI 10.1023/A:1007137026336 Vatter A, 2003, PARTY POLIT, V9, P445, DOI 10.1177/135406880394002 Vatter Adrian., 2002, KANTONALE DEMOKRATIE WAGSCHAL U, 1999, STAT POLITIKWISSENSC NR 46 TC 11 Z9 11 U1 3 U2 16 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND SN 0140-2382 J9 WEST EUR POLIT JI West Eur. Polit. PD JAN PY 2007 VL 30 IS 1 BP 148 EP 171 DI 10.1080/01402380601019746 PG 24 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 128GJ UT WOS:000243645900007 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Stojanovic, N AF Stojanovic, Nenad TI Do multicultural democracies really require PR? Counterevidence from Switzerland SO SWISS POLITICAL SCIENCE REVIEW LA English DT Article DE multicultural societies; consociational theory; power-sharing; electoral systems; Switzerland; multilingual cantons AB Central to consociational (or power-sharing) theory is the claim that multicultural societies require electoral systems based on proportional representation (PR) in order to ensure a fair representation of the various cultural groups in parliament. In this context, Switzerland is often cited as a "PR country", as well as the key example of successful consociationalism. This article argues that, in this respect, the Swiss experience does not support consociational theory as far as the representation of linguistic groups is concerned. The counterevidence is found by exploring the variety of Swiss electoral systems, both at the national level and in the four multilingual cantons. The article suggests that territoriality (i.e. definition of electoral districts) is the key variable for ensuring linguistic proportionality in parliament. When this is not possible, as is the case in some elections in the multilingual cantons, majoritarian systems sometimes do a better job than PR. C1 Univ Zurich, CH-8006 Zurich, Switzerland. RP Stojanovic, N (reprint author), Univ Zurich, CH-8006 Zurich, Switzerland. CR Altermatt U., 1996, FANAL SARAJEVO ETHNO Blais A, 2002, COMP DEMOCRACIES, V2, P40 Bogaards M, 2000, J THEOR POLIT, V12, P395, DOI 10.1177/0951692800012004002 Bogaards M., 2004, NATL COMMUNISM LESSO, P249 BOYLE C, 1983, DALHOUSIE LAW J, V7, P790 Brubaker R, 2002, ARCH EUR SOCIOL, V43, P163, DOI 10.1017/S0003975602001066 *CHANC FED, 1972, RAPP COMM CHARG EX P Cohen FS, 1997, COMP POLIT STUD, V30, P607, DOI 10.1177/0010414097030005004 Coray R., 2004, SCHWEIZER SPRACHENVI, P247 DAALDER H, 1971, INT SOC SCI J, V23, P355 Deschouwer K., 2005, POWER SHARING NEW CH, P92 Doorenspleet R, 2005, ETHNOPOLITICS, V4, P365, DOI 10.1080/17449050500349533 Garrone Pierre, 1991, ELECTION POPULAIRE S GRIN F, 2002, ETATS NATIONS MULTIN, P265 Gruner E., 1978, WAHLEN SCHWEIZERISCH Heger M., 1990, DTSCH BUNDESRAT SCHW HELBLING M, 2004, SPRACHMINDERHEITEN K Horowitz DL, 2003, J DEMOCR, V14, P115, DOI 10.1353/jod.2003.0078 *IDEA, 2005, EL SYST DES NEW INT KRIESI H, 1995, CLIVAGE LINGUISTIQUE Kriesi Hanspeter, 1995, SYSTEME POLITIQUE SU Kymlicka W., 1995, MULTICULTURAL CITIZE Lijphart A, 2004, J DEMOCR, V15, P96, DOI 10.1353/jod.2004.0029 LIJPHART A, 1969, WORLD POLIT, V21, P207, DOI 10.2307/2009820 Lijphart A., 1986, ELECTORAL LAWS THEIR, P113 Lijphart A., 1984, DEMOCRACIES PATTERNS LIJPHART A, 1989, J THEORETICAL POLITI, V1, P33 Lijphart A., 1999, PATTERNS DEMOCRACY G Lijphart Arend, 1985, POWER SHARING S AFRI Lijphart Arend, 2002, ACTA POLIT, V37, P11 Linder W., 2005, SCHWEIZERISCHE DEMOK Mansbridge J., 2000, CITIZENSHIP DIVERSE, P99 McGarry John, 2005, POWER SHARING DEMOCR, P263 MCRAE K, 1974, CONSOCIATIONAL DEMOC McRae Kenneth, 1983, CONFLICT COMPROMISE Norris P., 2002, ARCHITECTURE DEMOCRA, P206 ORDESHOOK PC, 1994, AM J POLIT SCI, V38, P100, DOI 10.2307/2111337 Phillips A., 1994, CONSTELLATIONS, V1, p[74, 88] Powell G. B., 2000, ELECTIONS INSTRUMENT Reilly Benjamin, 2001, DEMOCRACY DIVIDED SO STEINER J, 1970, POLIT VIERTELJAHR, V11, P139 STOJANOVIC N, 2006, INT J MULTICULTURAL, V8 SWENDEN W., 2004, FEDERALISM 2 CHAMBER WEIBEL E, 1996, POLITIQUE CONSEILS E Weibel Ernest, 1990, I POLITIQUES ROMANDE Wolff S., 2005, POWER SHARING NEW CH, P59 1911, BUNDESBLATT, V3, P634 NR 47 TC 7 Z9 7 U1 0 U2 3 PU VERLAG RUEGGER PI ZUERICH PA POSTFACH 1470, ZUERICH, 8040, SWITZERLAND SN 1424-7755 J9 SWISS POLIT SCI REV JI Swiss Polit. Sci. Rev. PD WIN PY 2006 VL 12 IS 4 BP 131 EP 157 DI 10.1002/j.1662-6370.2006.tb00063.x PG 27 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA V44EB UT WOS:000202984900006 OA Bronze DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Farr, J Hacker, JS Kazee, N AF Farr, James Hacker, Jacob S. Kazee, Nicole TI The policy scientist of democracy: The discipline of Harold D Lasswell SO AMERICAN POLITICAL SCIENCE REVIEW LA English DT Article ID POLITICAL-SCIENCE AB The "policy scientist of democracy" was a model for engaged scholarship invented and embodied by Harold D. Lasswell. This disciplinary persona emerged in Lasswell's writings and wartime consultancies during the 1940s, well before he announced in his APSA presidential address, printed in the Review precisely 50 years ago, that political science was "the policy science par excellence." The policy scientist of democracy knew all about the process of elite decision making, and he put his knowledge into practice by advising those in power, sharing in important decisions, and furthering the cause of dignity. Although Lasswell formulated this ambitious vision near the zenith of his influence, the discipline accorded the ideal-and Lasswell-a mixed reception. Some heralded the policy scientist of democracy; others observed a contradictory figure, at once positivist and value-laden, elitist and democratic, heroic and implausible. The conflicted response exemplifies Lasswell's legacy. The policy scientist of democracy was-and is-too demanding and too contradictory a hero. But the vital questions Lasswell grappled with still must be asked a century into the discipline's development: what is the role of the political scientist in a democratic society? Do political scientists have any obligation to inform or shape policy? Are there democratic values that political science should serve, and if so, what are they? Lasswell never satisfactorily answered these questions. But in asking and trying to answer them-in his writings and in his own career-he was guided by a profound and inspiring conviction: Political science has a unique ability, and even perhaps a special obligation, to engage with issues of democratic choice that fundamentally affect the life circumstances of citizens. C1 Univ Minnesota, Dept Polit Sci, Minneapolis, MN 55455 USA. Yale Univ, Dept Polit Sci, New Haven, CT 06520 USA. RP Farr, J (reprint author), Univ Minnesota, Dept Polit Sci, 267 S 19th Ave, Minneapolis, MN 55455 USA. EM jfarr@umn.edu; jacob.hacker@yale.edu; nicole.kazee@yale.edu CR ALMOND G, 1987, BIOGRAPHICAL MEMOIRS, V57 Almond G, 1934, AM POLIT SCI REV, V28, P643, DOI 10.2307/1947195 ANDERSON CW, 1971, COMP POLIT, V4, P117, DOI 10.2307/421437 Brown SR, 2004, POLICY SCI, V37, P207, DOI 10.1007/s11077-005-6180-y Crick B, 1954, CAN J ECON POLIT SCI, V20, P308, DOI 10.2307/138508 DELEON P, 1995, AM J POLIT SCI, V39, P886, DOI 10.2307/2111661 deLeon P., 1988, ADVICE CONSENT DEV P DRYZEK JS, 1989, POLITY, V22, P97, DOI 10.2307/3234848 Easton D, 1950, J POLIT, V12, P450, DOI 10.2307/2126297 Eulau H, 1999, ANNU REV POLIT SCI, V2, P75, DOI 10.1146/annurev.polisci.2.1.75 EULAU H, 1977, SOC SCI HIST, V1, P392 Eulau Heinz, 1969, POLITICS PERSONALITY, P15 Gewirth A, 1949, ETHICS, V59, P136, DOI 10.1086/290656 HORWITZ R, 1962, ESSAYS SCI STUDY POL JONES CO, 1973, AM POLIT SCI REV, V67, P1363, DOI 10.2307/1956564 Lasswell H, 1942, FUTURE GOVT US ESSAY Lasswell H., 1930, PSYCHOPATHOLOGY POLI Lasswell H., 1935, WORLD POLITICS PERSO Lasswell H, 1963, FUTURE POLITICAL SCI Lasswell H. D., 1948, POWER PERSONALITY Lasswell H. D, 1950, NATL SECURITY INDIVI Lasswell H. D, 1936, POLITICS WHO GETS WH Lasswell H. D, 1931, AM POLIT SCI REV, V25, P311 LASSWELL Harold, 1956, DECISION PROCESS 7 C Lasswell HD, 1937, AM POLIT SCI REV, V31, P914, DOI 10.2307/1947917 Lasswell HD, 1951, AM POLIT SCI REV, V45, P133, DOI 10.2307/1950887 Lasswell HD, 1925, AM POLIT SCI REV, V19, P707, DOI 10.2307/2939161 Lasswell HD, 1941, AM J SOCIOL, V46, P455, DOI 10.1086/218693 Lasswell HD, 1927, AM POLIT SCI REV, V21, P627, DOI 10.2307/1945515 Lasswell Harold D, 1979, SIGNATURE POWER BUIL Lasswell Harold D., 1929, AM POLIT SCI REV, V23, DOI [10.2307/1946501, DOI 10.2307/1946501] LASSWELL HD, 1956, AM POLIT SCI REV, V50, P961, DOI 10.2307/1951330 LASSWELL HD, 1965, AM BEHAV SCI, V8, P28 LASSWELL HD, 1950, LANGUAGE POWER LASSWELL HD, 1951, PAPERS RE ARMY NAVY Lasswell HD, 1971, PREVIEW POLICY SCI LASSWELL HD, 1957, ETHICS, V59, P1 Lasswell HD, 1971, POLICY ORIENTATION P LASSWELL HD, 1951, POLICY SCI RECENT DE Leites N, 1948, PUBLIC OPIN QUART, V12, P517, DOI 10.1086/265994 LERNER D, 1951, POLICY SCI RECENT DE MACRAE D, 1970, P S, V3, P294, DOI 10.2307/418034 McDougal MS, 1947, YALE LAW J, V56, P1345, DOI 10.2307/793069 MEAD LM, POLICY STUDIES REV, V85, P319 MERELMAN RM, 1981, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V11, P471, DOI 10.1017/S0007123400002751 Moore WE, 1952, PUBLIC OPIN QUART, V16, P142, DOI 10.1086/266378 MUTH RODNEY, 1990, HD LASSWELL ANNOTATE Somit Albert, 1964, AM POLITICAL SCI PRO Sproule J. M., 1997, PROPAGANDA DEMOCRACY WEIDNER EW, 1954, COMMUNICATION 0125 WHITTLESEY WL, 1935, AM POLIT SCI REV, V29, P501 Wildavsky A, 1979, SPEAKING TRUTH POWER, DOI Transaction Books Wolpert JF, 1949, ETHICS, V60, P69, DOI 10.1086/290700 Wright Q, 1952, AM POLIT SCI REV, V46, P234, DOI 10.2307/1950773 NR 54 TC 25 Z9 26 U1 2 U2 18 PU CAMBRIDGE UNIV PRESS PI NEW YORK PA 32 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS, NEW YORK, NY 10013-2473 USA SN 0003-0554 J9 AM POLIT SCI REV JI Am. Polit. Sci. Rev. PD NOV PY 2006 VL 100 IS 4 BP 579 EP 587 DI 10.1017/S0003055406062459 PG 9 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 114RB UT WOS:000242682200016 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Miodownik, D AF Miodownik, Dan TI Cultural Differences and Economic Incentives: an Agent-Based Study of Their Impact on the Emergence of Regional Autonomy Movements SO JASSS-THE JOURNAL OF ARTIFICIAL SOCIETIES AND SOCIAL SIMULATION LA English DT Article DE Autonomy Movements; Ethno-Regional Mobilization; Constructivism; Agent-Based Modeling; Collective Identity AB Explanations of the emergence of regional autonomy movements - political organizations seeking to express sub-state affinities and interests - often highlight cultural differences and economic incentives as important reasons driving regional elites and local politicians to form such organization and explain the support regional autonomy movements receive. In this paper I employ a specialized agent-based computer simulation as a laboratory for 'thought experiments' to evaluate alternative theoretical expectations of the independent and combined consequences of regional economic and cultural circumstances on the likelihood of regional mobilization. The simulations suggest that pronounced cultural differences and strong economic incentives contribute to the emergence of three independent yet related aspects of autonomy mobilization: the emergence of political boundaries, minority support, and minority clustering. Furthermore, these experiment indicate that the impact of cultural differences on the emergence of political boundaries may be contingent on the strength of the economic incentives, and visa versa. CR ASCH SE, 1956, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V70, P1, DOI 10.1037/h0093718 Axelrod R, 1997, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V41, P203, DOI 10.1177/0022002797041002001 Axelrod R., 2003, MIDW POL SCI CONV CH Bhavnani R, 2000, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V44, P283, DOI 10.1177/0022002700044003001 BRICHOUX D, 2002, J ARTIFICIAL SCI SOC, V5 Cederman Lars-Erik, 1997, EMERGENT ACTORS WORL Cederman LE, 2002, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V99, P7296, DOI 10.1073/pnas.082081099 Christiansen T., 1998, REGIONALIST PARTIES, P125 EPSTEIN JM, 2002, 20 BROOK I CTR SOC E Fearon James D., 2002, LAB COMP ETHN PROC L Giordano B, 2000, POLIT GEOGR, V19, P445, DOI 10.1016/S0962-6298(99)00088-8 GOUREVITCH PA, 1979, COMP STUD SOC HIST, V21, P303, DOI 10.1017/S0010417500012986 Harvie Christopher, 1994, RISE REGIONAL EUROPE Hechter Michael, 1975, INTERNAL COLONIALISM Huckfeldt R., 2004, POLITICAL DISAGREEME KURAN T, 1991, WORLD POLIT, V44, P7, DOI 10.2307/2010422 Lamont M, 2002, ANNU REV SOCIOL, V28, P167, DOI 10.1146/annurev.soc.28.110601.141107 LATANE B, 1981, AM PSYCHOL, V36, P343, DOI 10.1037/0003-066X.36.4.343 Latane B., 1997, PROGR COMMUNICATION, V13, P43 Lustick I.S., 2000, J ARTIFICIAL SOC SOC, V3 Lustick Ian S., 2002, J ARTIFICIAL SOC SOC, V5 Lustick IS, 2004, AM POLIT SCI REV, V98, P209, DOI 10.1017/S0003055404001108 Lustick IS, 2002, STUD COMP INT DEV, V37, P24, DOI 10.1007/BF02686260 LUSTICK IS, 2005, ANN C AM POL SCI ASS, P29 Lynch P., 1996, MINORITY NATL EUROPE Marcet J., 1998, REGIONALIST PARTIES, P70 McCrone D., 1998, UNDERSTANDING SCOTLA MIODOWNIK D, 2005, THESIS PA U PENNSYLV Miodownik D, 2006, NATL ETHN POLIT, V12, P53, DOI 10.1080/13537110500503869 NAIRN T, 1977, BREAK UP BRITAIN CRI NIELSEN F, 1980, AM SOCIOL REV, V45, P76, DOI 10.2307/2095244 RAGIN CC, 1979, AM SOCIOL REV, V44, P619, DOI 10.2307/2094591 Roeder PG, 2003, COMP POLIT STUD, V36, P509, DOI 10.1177/0010414003251880 Rokkan S., 1983, EC TERRITORY IDENTIT Rousseau D, 2005, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V49, P686, DOI 10.1177/0022002705279336 Srbljinovic A, 2003, JASSS, V6 Tajfel H., 1986, PSYCHOL INTERGROUP R, P7, DOI DOI 10.1111/J.1751-9004.2007.00066.X Tilly Chalres, 1998, DURABLE INEQUALITY TRACHI M, 1998, REGIONALIST PARTIES, P143 Turner J. C., 1987, REDISCOVERING SOCIAL Tursan Huri, 1998, REGIONALIST PARTIES Ugarte B., 1998, REGIONALIST PARTIES, P87 VANHOUTEN P, 2000, THESIS U CHICAGO NR 43 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 0 U2 0 PU J A S S S PI GUILDFORD PA UNIV SURREY, DEPT SOCIOLOGY, GUILDFORD GU2 7XH, SURREY, ENGLAND SN 1460-7425 J9 JASSS-J ARTIF SOC S JI JASSS PD OCT PY 2006 VL 9 IS 4 PG 27 WC Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary SC Social Sciences - Other Topics GA V00PL UT WOS:000206799800002 OA DOAJ Gold DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Bauer, MW Kuppinger, J AF Bauer, Michael W. Kuppinger, Jutta TI Regional autonomy and regional development - EU programmes in Poland and the Czech Republic in comparison SO OSTEUROPA LA German DT Article ID REFORM AB The creed of European regional policy so far has been that regional development programs are best implemented in decentralised state structures. A comparison of the implementation of community initiative Intereg III A in Poland and the Czech Republic leads to the opposite conclusion: The more centralised a state in structure, the more successful the implementation of European regional assistance in Eastern-Central Europe. While disputes over responsibility between regional administrative units and the national level prevent prompt and effective regional development, the Czech Republic's clear, centralised state structure contributes to the successful deployment of EU funds. C1 Univ Konstanz, Lehrstuhl Vergleichende Policy, Forsch Verwaltungswissensch, Fachbereichs Polit & Verwaltung, D-7750 Constance, Germany. RP Bauer, MW (reprint author), Univ Konstanz, Lehrstuhl Vergleichende Policy, Forsch Verwaltungswissensch, Fachbereichs Polit & Verwaltung, D-7750 Constance, Germany. CR ANDERSON JJ, 1990, J PUBLIC POLICY, V4, P417 [Anonymous], 1990, DZIENNIK USTAW Bailey D, 2002, J EUR PUBLIC POLICY, V9, P408, DOI 10.1080/13501760210139696 Bianchi P., 1998, IND POLICIES EC INTE Brusis M, 2002, GOVERNANCE, V15, P531, DOI 10.1111/1468-0491.00200 DERYNCK S, 1996, COHESION POLICY EURO, P129 Ferry M., 2005, REGIONAL FEDERAL STU, V15, P19 GUZVETTER M, 2004, OSTEUROPA, V5, P347 Hughes J, 2005, ONE EUR SEVERAL, P1, DOI 10.1057/9780230503182 MARKS FG, 1993, STATE EUROPEAN COMMU, P391 Marks G., 1996, COHESION POLICY EURO, P388 Tommel Ingeborg, 1998, REGIONAL FEDERAL STU, V8, P52 VODICKA K, 2005, POLITISCHE SYSTEM TE Yoder JA, 2003, EUROPE-ASIA STUD, V55, P263, DOI 10.1080/0966813032000055877 NR 14 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 0 U2 0 PU BWV-BERLINER WISSENSCHAFTS-VERLAG GMBH PI BERLIN PA AXEL-SPRINGER-STR 54 A, BERLIN, D-10117, GERMANY SN 0030-6428 J9 OSTEUROPA JI Osteuropa PD OCT PY 2006 VL 56 IS 10 BP 105 EP + PG 12 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 114LF UT WOS:000242667000010 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Eaton, K AF Eaton, Kent TI The downside of decentralization: Armed clientelism in Colombia SO SECURITY STUDIES LA English DT Article AB In recent years, decentralization and regional autonomy measures have figured prominently in negotiations designed to end some of the world's most important conflicts, including in Afghanistan, Iraq, and Sudan. Reforms that shift powers to subnational units deserve the attention of those who are trying to promote security via institutional design, but the risks associated with these territorial reforms are considerable. When political and economic resources are transferred to subnational governments in the attempt to create meaningful access to the political system for former combatants, the great risk is that these same resources can be used to finance a continuation of the armed struggle instead. In response to the popularity of territorial reforms in many post-conflict settings, this paper sounds a cautionary note by evaluating the negative impact of decentralization on security in Colombia, site of Latin America's longest and deadliest armed conflict. After analyzing the design decisions of reformers who hoped that decentralization would help end the conflict, I argue that decentralization in fact financed the expansion of armed clientelism by illegal groups on both the left and tight. Thanks to the weakness of the police in much of the national territory, guerrillas and paramilitaries have been able to use decentralized resources to destabilize the state, limiting even further its monopoly over the use of force and creating what are in effect parallel states on the left and right. CR ABELLO A, 1996, REV DESLINDE, P39 ABELLO A, 2005, COMMUNICATION 0209 ABELLO A, 1995, REV DESLINDE, P99 ANGELL A, 2001, DECENTRALIZING DEV P, P65 [Anonymous], 2002, LATIN AM WEEKLY 0702 ARCHER R, 1997, PRESIDENTIALISM DEMO, P147 Bejarano Jesus Antonio, 1995, AGENDA PAZ APROXIMAC Bermeo N. G., 2002, J DEMOCR, V13, P108 Brancati D, 2006, INT ORGAN, V60, P651, DOI 10.1017/S002081830606019X BRUBAKER R, 1996, NATL REFRAMED NATION, P31 BUNCE V, 2004, FEDERALISM TERRITORI, P422 BUSHNELL D, 1993, MAKING MODERN COLOMB, P173 CABRERA C, 2003, ORDENAMIENTO TERRITO, P27 CARDENAS MF, 2005, COMMUNICATION 0202 CASTRO J, 1998, DECENTRALIZAR PACIFI CASTRO J, 1992, GACETA CONSTITU 0410, P18 Chernick Marc, 1999, COMP PEACE PROCESSES Crandall Russell, 2002, DRIVEN DRUGS US POLI CUBIDES F, 1999, RECONOCER GUERRA CON, P162 Dudley Steven, 2006, WALKING GHOSTS MURDE DUGAS J, 1992, CAMINOS DESCENTRALIZ, P60 EATON K, 2004, POLITICS CAPITAL DES Echandia C., 1999, RECONOCER GUERRA CON EJARANO AM, 1990, FILO CAOS Escobar-Lemmon M, 2003, AM J POLIT SCI, V47, P683, DOI 10.2307/3186127 FALETTI T, 2005, AM POLIT SCI REV, V99, P327 FARJARDO D, 2002, SEMBRAR PAZ HAY QUE, P48 GAITAN P, 1991, PODER LOCAL REALIDAD, P18 GARAY LJ, 1994, DECENTRALIZACION BON, P83 GONZALEZ F, 2003, VIOLENCIA POLITICA C, P75 HARNECKER M, 1988, UNIDAD MULTIPLICARA, P40 Hartlyn J., 1988, POLITICS COALITION R HARTZELL C, 2001, INT ORGAN, V55, P199 HOROWITZ D, 1985, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI, P618 Kymlicka Will, 1998, THEORIES SECESSIONIS LAKE D, 1996, INT SECURITY, V21, P61 LEAL F, 2005, COMMUNICATION 0203 LEAL Francisco, 1984, ESTADO POLITICA COLO LIBREROS J, 2004, DESARROLLO REGIIONES, P140 LIJPHART A, 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC, P41 LLORENTE MV, 1999, RENCONOCER GUERRA CO, P458 O'Neill K, 2003, COMP POLIT STUD, V36, P1068, DOI 10.1177/0010414003257098 PECAUT D, 2003, VIOELNCIA POLITICA C, P82 PENATE A, 1999, RECONOCER GUERRA CON, P86 Pizarro Eduardo, 1995, BUSCA ESTABILIDAD PE RANGEL A, 2003, GUERREROS POLITICOS, P128 RANGEL A, 1997, DESCENTRALIZACION OR, P56 RESTREPO D, 2000, REFORMA DEMOCRACIA, P77 RESTREPO D, 2003, FUTURO DECENTRALIZAC, P34 RESTREPO D, 2003, ORDENAMIENTO TERRITO, P87 RIVERA R, 2001, HACIA NUEVO FEDERALI, P102 RODADO C, 2005, COMMUNICATION 0207 ROMERO M, 1998, CONFLICTOS REGIONALE, P81 SANCHEZ G, 1999, CONFLICTOS REGIONALE, P13 Snyder Jack L., 2000, VOTING VIOLENCE DEMO, p[36, 59] Stepan Alfred, 2001, ARGUING COMP POLITIC, P315 THOUMI F, 1985, POLITICAL EC ILLEGAL VANCOTT D, 2000, FRIENDLY LIQUIDATION, P43 VILLAMIZAR A, 2005, COMMUNICATION 0203 VILLAMIZAR A, 2003, FUERZAS MILITARES GU, P17 WALTER B, 1999, INT SECURITY, V24, P142 ZAPATA JG, 2005, COMMUNICATION 0202 2004, TIEMPO 0927 2004, TIEMPO 0903 2004, CAMBIO 0906 2004, SEMANA 0920 2004, SEMANA 0726 2004, TIEMPO 0926 2002, CAMBIO 0610 2004, SEMANA 1129 2005, TIEMPO 0311 2004, ESPECTADOR 0926 NR 72 TC 31 Z9 34 U1 1 U2 5 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND SN 0963-6412 J9 SECUR STUD JI Secur. Stud. PD OCT-DEC PY 2006 VL 15 IS 4 BP 533 EP 562 DI 10.1080/09636410601188463 PG 30 WC International Relations SC International Relations GA 143UQ UT WOS:000244752300002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Heinemann-Gruder, A AF Heinemann-Gruder, Andreas TI National cultural autonomy. Ideas, decisions, institutions. SO OSTEUROPA LA German DT Book Review CR OSIPOV AG, 2004, NACIONAL NO KUL TUR NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU DEUTSCHE GESELLSCHAFT OSTEUROPAKUNDE E. V PI BERLIN PA SCHAPERSTR 30, 10719 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0030-6428 J9 OSTEUROPA JI Osteuropa PD SEP PY 2006 VL 56 IS 9 BP 130 EP 132 PG 3 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 098HN UT WOS:000241511700011 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU McEvoy, J AF McEvoy, Joanne TI Elite Interviewing in a Divided Society: Lessons from Northern Ireland SO POLITICS LA English DT Article AB This article explores the particular challenges facing researchers interviewing political elites in a divided society. With evidence from interviews with former ministers in the Northern Ireland power-sharing government from 1999 to 2002, I demonstrate that researchers must consider a number of concerns relating to identity, bias and the polarised positions of politicians in a divided society. The researcher needs to consider how their identity may have an impact on the respondents, whether the researcher brings bias to the interviews and how they might seek to probe beyond ethnic party positions based on mistrust of the other side. C1 Queens Univ Belfast, Belfast, Antrim, North Ireland. RP McEvoy, J (reprint author), Queens Univ Belfast, Belfast, Antrim, North Ireland. CR Abu-Nimer Mohammed, 1999, DIALOGUE CONFLICT RE Arthur P., 1987, RESEARCH METHODS FOR Ball S., 1994, RESEARCHING THE POWE BECKER HS, 1967, SOC PROBL, V14, P239, DOI 10.1525/sp.1967.14.3.03a00010 Berry JM, 2002, PS, V35, P679, DOI 10.1017/S1049096502001166 Brewer J. D., 1991, INSIDE THE RUC ROUTI Connell R. W., 1987, GENDER AND POWER SOC Davies P. H. J., 2001, POLITICS, V21, P73, DOI DOI 10.1111/1467-9256.00138 Finlay A., 2001, RESEARCHING VIOLENTL Gallagher M., 1993, HOW IRELAND VOTED Garry J., 1995, IRISH POLITICAL STUD, V10, P192, DOI DOI 10.1080/07907189508406546 Gill F., 2002, SOCIOLOGICAL RESEARC, V7 Goldstein K, 2002, PS, V35, P669, DOI 10.1017/S1049096502001130 Gormley-Heenan C., 2003, RESEARCHING THE TROU Hammersley M., 1997, SOCIOLOGICAL RESEARC, V2 Hammersley M., 2000, TAKING SIDES IN SOCI Hermann T., 2001, RESEARCHING VIOLENTL Leech BL, 2002, PS, V35, P665, DOI 10.1017/S1049096502001129 Lilleker D. G., 2003, POLITICS, V23, P207, DOI DOI 10.1111/1467-9256.00198 Mackay Fiona, 2004, BRIT J POLIT INT REL, V6, P99, DOI DOI 10.1111/J.1467-856X.2004.00129.X Morrow D., 2005, POWER SHARING NEW CH PEABODY RL, 1990, PS, V23, P451, DOI 10.2307/419807 Pilcher J., 1996, GENDER AND QUALITATI Pridham G., 1987, RESEARCH METHODS FOR Puwar N., 1997, SOCIOLOGICAL RESEARC, V2 Romm N., 1997, SOCIOLOGICAL RESEARC, V2 Rothman J., 1992, FROM CONFRONTATION T Sarikakis K., 2003, THE EUROPEAN JOURNAL, V10, P423 Tillett G., 1999, RESOLVING CONFLICT A NR 29 TC 21 Z9 21 U1 0 U2 7 PU WILEY-BLACKWELL PI HOBOKEN PA 111 RIVER ST, HOBOKEN 07030-5774, NJ USA SN 0263-3957 EI 1467-9256 J9 POLITICS-OXFORD JI Politics PD SEP PY 2006 VL 26 IS 3 BP 184 EP 191 DI 10.1111/j.1467-9256.2006.00267.x PG 8 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA V33FP UT WOS:000209005000006 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Bolleyer, N AF Bolleyer, Nicole TI Federal dynamics in Canada, the United States, and Switzerland: How substates' internal organization affects intergovernmental relations SO PUBLIUS-THE JOURNAL OF FEDERALISM LA English DT Article ID PARTIES AB This article argues that internal substate dynamics can systematically account for the organization of intergovernmental relations (IGR) in dual federal systems. Whereas majoritarian executive-legislative relations tend to weaken the institutionalization of intergovernmental arrangements (IGAs), power-sharing executive-legislative relations tend to facilitate it. Two of the mechanisms at work serve to illustrate this point. Given one-party majority cabinets, complete government alternations strongly alter actors' interest constellations over time, thereby increasing the costs of maintaining stable cross-boundary IGR. Moreover, the heavy impact of a potential electoral loss induces politicians to shift blame to other governments, thereby undermining cross-boundary cooperation. Majoritarian dynamics also weaken integration between IGAs. Furthermore, integration is weakened by compulsory power-sharing structures unbridged by party ties. In contrast to noncompulsory party cooperation, such internal constitutional divides easily undermine the setup of strong interorganizational linkages. C1 European Univ Inst, Florence, Italy. RP Bolleyer, N (reprint author), European Univ Inst, Florence, Italy. CR Agranoff R., 2004, REGIONAL FEDERAL STU, V14, P26, DOI DOI 10.1080/1359756042000245160 Armingeon K, 2000, FEDERALISM POLITICAL, P112 ARNOLD DS, 1994, PUBLIC OFFICIAL ASS Banting K. G., 2001, HLTH POLICY FEDERALI Benz Arthur, 2003, REFORMIERBARKEIT DEM, P205 Birchfield V, 1998, EUR J POLIT RES, V34, P175, DOI 10.1111/1475-6765.00404 BOLLEYER N, IN PRESS REGIONAL FE Borzel T., 2002, STATES REGIONS EUROP Borzel TA, 2000, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V30, P17, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.pubjof.a030083 BORZEL TA, 2001, FODERALISMUS ANAL EN, P363 Bowman AO, 2004, J PUBL ADM RES THEOR, V14, P535, DOI 10.1093/jopart/muh035 BOWMAN AOM, 2004, BOOK STATES 2004, P34 BRAUN D, 2000, PUBLIC POLICY FEDERA BRETON A, 1985, GOVT CANADA, V3, P486 Breton Albert, 1996, COMPETITIVE GOVT EC Cameron D, 2002, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V32, P49, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.pubjof.a004947 CAMERON D, 2001, INT SCI J, V52, P121 Cigler Beverly A., 1995, INTEREST GROUP POLIT, P131 CONLAN TJ, 2000, POLITICS CONSTITUTIO, P117 Derthick Martha, 2001, KEEPING COMPOUND REP Downs William M., 1998, COALITION GOVT SUBNA Dyck Rand, 1986, PROVINCIAL POLITICS ELAZAR DJ, 1991, COMPETITION STATES L ELAZAR DJ, 1990, AM FEDERALISM 3 CENT, P11 FREIBURGHAUS D, 2003, HORIZONTALE KOOPERAT, V4, P1 Haider Donald H., 1974, GOVT COME WASHINGTON Heritier Adrienne, 1996, I POLITICAL CHOICE L, P27 HICKOK EW, 1990, AM FEDERALISM 3 CENT, P73 Hooghe L., 1996, COHESION POLICY EURO JOHNS CM, 2004, C 21 CENT CHALL REM Judge D, 2003, GOV OPPOS, V38, P497, DOI 10.1111/1477-7053.t01-1-00026 JUNG S, 2005, 3 ANN EPSAN C MAK SO Kaiser A, 1997, J THEOR POLIT, V9, P419, DOI 10.1177/0951692897009004001 KATZ RS, 1994, PARTIES ORG CHANGE A, P23 Kenyon D, 1991, COMPETITION STATES L KINCAID J, 1990, AM FEDERALISM 3 CENT, P139 LAAKSO M, 1979, COMP POLIT STUD, V12, P3, DOI 10.1177/001041407901200101 Ladner A, 2001, WEST EUR POLIT, V24, P123, DOI 10.1080/01402380108425436 LAZAR H, 2000, POLITICS CONSTITUTIO, P149 Lazar H., 2002, SHIFTING ROLES ACTIV Lazar Harvey, 2004, CANADA STATE FEDERAT Lazar Harvey, 2003, IMPACT GLOBAL REGION LEHMBRUCH G, 1978, GOV OPPOS, V13, P151, DOI 10.1111/j.1477-7053.1978.tb00541.x Lijphart A., 1999, PATTERNS DEMOCRACY G McRoberts K., 1993, GOVERNING CANADA I P, P149 McRoberts Kenneth, 1985, INTERGOVERNMENTAL RE, P71 MINGER T, 2004, 10 JAHRE KDK STANDOR, P8 NEIDHART L, 2001, FODERALISMUS ANAL EN, P111 NEIDHART L, 1970, PLEBISZIT PLURALITAE OPESKIN BR, 2001, INT SCI J, V52, P129 Peters BG, 2001, POLICY POLIT, V29, P131, DOI 10.1332/0305573012501251 Provost C, 2003, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V33, P37, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.pubjof.a004986 *QUEB LIB PART, 2001, PROJ QUEB AFF AUT LE Riker W. H., 1964, FEDERALISM ORIGIN OP Scharpf F., 1997, GAMES REAL ACTORS PL SIMEON R, 2001, INT SCI J, V52, P145 SIMEONR, 1972, FEDERAL PROVINCIAL D SIMMONS JM, 2004, CANADA STATE FEDERAT, P425 Skogstad G., 2000, PUBLIC POLICY FEDERA, P57 Smiley Donald V., 1987, FEDERAL CONDITION CA Smiley Donald V., 1980, CANADA QUESTION FEDE STROM K, 1990, MINORITY GOVT MAJORI Thorlakson L, 2003, WEST EUR POLIT, V26, P1, DOI 10.1080/01402380512331341081 THORLAKSON L, EUROPEAN J POLITICAL Vatter Adrian., 2002, KANTONALE DEMOKRATIE Watts R. L., 1999, COMP FEDERAL SYSTEMS ZIMMERMAN JF, 2001, INTERSTATE COOPERATI Zimmerman Joseph F, 1992, CONT AM FEDERALISM G 2001, JAHRESBERICHT CH STI NR 69 TC 31 Z9 31 U1 0 U2 10 PU OXFORD UNIV PRESS PI OXFORD PA GREAT CLARENDON ST, OXFORD OX2 6DP, ENGLAND SN 0048-5950 J9 PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM JI Publius-J. Fed. PD FAL PY 2006 VL 36 IS 4 BP 471 EP 502 DI 10.1093/publius/pjl003 PG 32 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 090QQ UT WOS:000240966300001 OA Green Published DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Malova, D Vilagi, A AF Malova, Darina Vilagi, Aneta TI European integration and ethnic minorities: a case study of Hungarians in Slovakia SO SOCIOLOGIA LA English DT Article DE European Union; conditionality; EU funds; minority policy; minority rights; identity; power-sharing; ethnic Hungarians AB European Integration and Ethnic Minorities: A Case Study on Hungarians in Slovakia. This paper examines the influence of European integration on the political and economical status of the Hungarian minority in Slovakia. Our study tests (and partially challenges) the dominant trend in the current scholarship in European and transition studies that claims the decisive influence of the European Union on minority policy and ethnic relations in Slovakia. These studies looked only at the national political elite level and usually neglected the local elite level. Moreover, they examined only "political conditionality" as the core strategy of the EU to promote "respect for and protection of minorities". Such an approach neglected a possible impact of the accession process on the economic status and the political mobilization of the ethnic minority in mixed regions that could be stimulated by access to the EU accession (structural) funds. Therefore, we interviewed 31 political and social actors, representing ethnic Hungarians and Slovaks at the national and regional/local level (Kosice region), which had professional dealings with EU institutions, funds or representatives. The main aim of these in-depth, semi-structured interviews was to reveal their perceptions to get deeper understanding of possible changes induced by the EU accession process on majority-minority relations in Slovakia. The paper generalizes respondents' perception of "the EU impact" on: majority-minority relations, ethnic identity and socio-economic status. It argues that given the lack of an EU agenda and a special policy on minority protection beyond the vague Copenhagen criteria, effects of EU political conditionality in this field depends mostly on the organizational and political strength of respective minority, its articulation of demands, and on the coordinated action of other international organizations. In Slovakia it empowered the Hungarian political elite and promoted the power-sharing arrangement at the national level (1998-2006) that used to be the most conflicting arena. Paradoxically, access to EU funds has also promoted cross border cooperation among ethnic Hungarians in both Hungary and Slovakia, and did not (yet) affects the traditional patterns of cooperation and competition among ethnic Slovaks and Hungarians in Slovakia. C1 Comenius Univ, Fac Arts, Dept Polit Sci, Bratislava 81801, Slovakia. RP Malova, D (reprint author), Comenius Univ, Fac Arts, Dept Polit Sci, Gondova 2, Bratislava 81801, Slovakia. EM darina.malova@fphil.uniba.sk; aneta.vilagi@gmail.com CR ANTUSOVA A, 2006, EUROREG STATE ART RE, P175 BIBO I, 1996, BIEDA VYCHODOEUROPSK Brusis Martin, 2003, J ETHNOPOLITICS MINO, V1 BUCEK J, 2002, REGIONALISATION DEV, P143 Grabbe H, 2006, PALGRAVE STUD EUR UN, P1, DOI 10.1057/9780230510302 HAUGHTON T, 2007, IN PRESS POLITICAL S, V5 Hughes J, 2005, ONE EUR SEVERAL, P1, DOI 10.1057/9780230503182 Jacoby W, 2001, GOVERNANCE, V14, P169, DOI 10.1111/0952-1895.00157 Jacoby Wade, 2004, ENLARGEMENT EUROPEAN KRIVY V, 1996, SLOVENSKO 1995 SUHRN, P257 KRIVY V, 1997, SLOVAKIA PROBLEMS DE, P113 Malova Darina, 2003, ROAD EUROPEAN UNION, VI, P98 MARUSIAK J, 2002, SLOVENSKO REZIM NORM, P222 OFFE C, 1991, SOC RES, V58, P865 Pridham G, 2005, DESIGNING DEMOCRACY: EU ENLARGEMENT AND REGIME CHANGE IN POST-COMMUNIST EUROPE, P1, DOI 10.1057/9780230504905 PRIDHAM G, 1999, EUROPE ASIA STUDIES, V51 Rybar M., 2005, SLOVENSKO AKO NOVY C SANDOR E, 1997, GLOBAL REPORT SLOVAK, P55 SASSE G, 2005, 200516 RSCAS EUI Schimmelfennig Frank, 2005, EUROPEANIZATION CENT, P29 Schimmelfenning F., 2005, EUROPEANIZATION CENT Vachudova M. A., 2005, EUROPE UNDIVIDED DEM *VEDA, 2005, STAT YB SLOV REP Witte De B, 2002, EUROPE ENLARGING RES, P464 INFORM FINANCOVANI M NR 25 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 0 U2 4 PU SLOVAK ACADEMIC PRESS LTD PI BRATISLAVA PA PO BOX 57 NAM SLOBODY 6, 810 05 BRATISLAVA, SLOVAKIA SN 0049-1225 EI 1336-8613 J9 SOCIOLOGIA-BRATISLAV JI Sociologia PD FAL PY 2006 VL 38 IS 6 BP 507 EP 532 PG 26 WC Sociology SC Sociology GA 123NJ UT WOS:000243302300002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Bolleyer, N AF Bolleyer, Nicole TI Consociationalism and intergovernmental relations - Linking internal and external power-sharing in the Swiss federal polity SO SWISS POLITICAL SCIENCE REVIEW LA English DT Article DE consociationalism; power-sharing; Swiss federalism; intergovernmental relations; substate governments ID DEMOCRACY; SWITZERLAND; PARTY AB For several decades, comparative politics has treated the Swiss political system as the prime example of a power-sharing polity in which consociationalism and cooperative intergovernmental relations co-exist in a mutually reinforcing manner. Surprisingly enough, so far the linkages between these two types of power-sharing have been neither adequately theorized nor empirically analyzed. In order to substantiate how intra-governmental power-sharing facilitates intergovernmental cooperation, this paper proposes a rational choice approach specifying different mechanisms driving actors' choices in favour of or against strong intergovernmental arrangements (IGAs). just to mention two of the mechanisms at work: given multi-party executives in the cantons, over time, party compositions hardly change and ideological differences between cantonal executives are moderate. Hence, a fairly stable horizontal interest profile characterized by little ideological divergence facilitates the setting-up of strongly institutionalized IGAs. These mechanisms are examined empirically, first, by systematically assessing the organization of Swiss intergovernmental relations and second, by identifying the motives of Swiss intergovernmental actors to establish the given structures on the basis of in-depths interviews. While the results indicate that intra-cantonal power-sharing facilitates inter-governmental institutionalization, they also reveal what culturalist approaches on Swiss federalism presupposing actors' inclination towards cooperation commonly overlook, namely Swiss actors' strategic moves to guard own powers and defend institutional self-interests affecting organizational developments in the intergovernmental arena. C1 Univ Mannheim, D-6800 Mannheim 1, Germany. RP Bolleyer, N (reprint author), European Univ Inst, Dept Polit & Social Sci, Badia Fiesolana,Via Roccettini 9, I-50016 Florence, Italy. EM Nicole.Bolleyer@iue.it CR ABDERHALDEN U, 1999, MOGLICHKEITEN GRENZE Armingeon K, 2002, EUR J POLIT RES, V41, P81, DOI 10.1111/1475-6765.00004 ARMINGEON K, 2000, COMP POLITICS NEW DI, P143 Armingeon K, 2000, FEDERALISM POLITICAL, P112 BENZ A, 2000, ZWISCHEN WETTBEWERBS, P215 Benz Arthur, 1992, HORIZONTALE POLITIKV Benz Arthur, 2003, REFORMIERBARKEIT DEM, P205 BOCHSLER D, 2006, QUANTITATIVE ANAL KO BOCHSLER D, 2004, SCHWEIZER KANTONE UN BOLLEYER N, 2006, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V36, P1 BOLLEYER N, IN PRESS REGIONAL FE BRAUN C, 2004, HISTORISCHES KANTONS BRAUN D, 2000, PUBLIC POLICY FEDERA CZADA R, 2000, ZWISCHEN WETTBEWERBS, P23 Czada Roland, 2003, REFORMIERBARKEIT DEM, P173 DAALDER H, 1971, INT SOC SCI J, V23, P355 DAALDER H, 1996, NETHERLANDS STILL CA DENNISON GD, 2005, REV MACHINERY PROCES FAGAGNINI HP, 1978, SCHWEIZERISCHES JB P, V18, P75 FRENKEL M, 1986, HDB POLITISCHES SYST, P323 Heritier Adrienne, 1996, I POLITICAL CHOICE L, P27 *K KANT, 2003, ZUS KANT BUND RAHM A Ladner A, 2001, WEST EUR POLIT, V24, P123, DOI 10.1080/01402380108425436 LADNER A, 1999, FACT SHEETS WANDEL S Lecours Andre, 2004, REGIONAL FEDERAL STU, V14, P66 LEHMBRUCH G, 1978, GOV OPPOS, V13, P151, DOI 10.1111/j.1477-7053.1978.tb00541.x LEHMBRUCH G, 1993, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V23, P43 Lehmbruch G, 2003, REFORMIERBARKEIT DEM, P259 Lehmbruch Gerhard, 1991, POLITISCHER WANDEL K, P13 LIJPHART A, 1969, WORLD POLIT, V21, P207, DOI 10.2307/2009820 LIJPHART A, 1971, AM POLIT SCI REV, V65, P682, DOI 10.2307/1955513 LIJPHART A, 1968, POLITICS ACCOMODATIO Lijphart A., 1999, PATTERNS DEMOCRACY G LINDER W, 2004, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V24, P95 LINDER W, 1999, STUDIE AUFTRAG PARLA *MED, 2005, ZUM HAUS KANT MINGER T, 2004, 10 JAHRE KDK STANDOR, P8 MORENO L, 1999, ACCOMMODATING DIVERS, P149 NEIDHART L, 2001, FODERALISMUS ANAL EN, P111 Neidhart Leonhard, 1970, PLEBISZIT PLURALITAR OPESKIN BR, 2001, INT SCI J, V52, P129 POIRIER J, 2004, RECONSIDERING I CANA, P425 SARTORI G, 1970, AM POLIT SCI REV, V64, P1033, DOI 10.2307/1958356 Scharpf F., 1997, GAMES REAL ACTORS PL Scharpf F. W., 1994, OPTIONEN FODERALISMU Scharpf Fritz W., 1985, JOINT DECISION TRAP SCHARPF FW, 1988, STAATSTATIGKEIT INT, P62 SCIARINI P, 2005, INT ZUSAMMENARBEIT E SIMEON R, 2001, INT SCI J, V52, P145 Simeon Richard, 1972, FEDERAL PROVINCIAL D Simmons J. M., 2004, RECONSIDERING I CANA, P425 Steiner Jurg, 1974, AMICABLE AGREEMENT V STROM K, 1990, MINORITY GOVT MAJORI THORLAKSON L, 2006, UNPUB MEASURING PART THORLAKSON L, IN PRESS EUROPEAN J TREES P, 2005, UNPUB REGIONALEN REG Vatter A, 2003, PARTY POLIT, V9, P445, DOI 10.1177/135406880394002 VETTER A, 2002, KANTONALE DEMOKRATIE WALTI S, 1996, SWISS POLITICAL SCI, V2, P113 Walti Sonja, 2003, SWISS POLITICAL SCI, V9, P91 Watts R. L, 1999, COMPARING FEDERAL SY NR 61 TC 13 Z9 13 U1 1 U2 9 PU VERLAG RUEGGER PI ZUERICH PA POSTFACH 1470, ZUERICH, 8040, SWITZERLAND SN 1424-7755 J9 SWISS POLIT SCI REV JI Swiss Polit. Sci. Rev. PD FAL PY 2006 VL 12 IS 3 BP 1 EP 34 DI 10.1002/j.1662-6370.2006.tb00053.x PG 34 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 101ZA UT WOS:000241779000001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Mahi, BR AF Mahi, B. Raksaka TI Beyond regional autonomy: Local state-elites' perspectives on the concept and practice of decentralisation SO BULLETIN OF INDONESIAN ECONOMIC STUDIES LA English DT Book Review C1 Univ Indonesia, Jakarta, Indonesia. RP Mahi, BR (reprint author), Univ Indonesia, Jakarta, Indonesia. CR Alagappa Muthiah, 1995, POLITICAL LEGITIMACY Hidayat S., 2003, REGIONAL AUTONOMY LO NR 2 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND SN 0007-4918 J9 B INDONES ECON STUD JI Bull. Indones. Econ. Stud. PD AUG PY 2006 VL 42 IS 2 BP 270 EP 271 PG 2 WC Area Studies; Economics SC Area Studies; Business & Economics GA 082PA UT WOS:000240397600010 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Christen, K AF Christen, Kimberly TI Tracking properness: Repackaging culture in a remote Australian town SO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY LA English DT Article DE indigeneity; Australia; Aboriginal; technology; tourism ID ABORIGINALITY; ANTHROPOLOGY; POLITICS; TRADITION; MEMORY AB Indigenous people around the world have used the contemporary convergence of a global tourist market, increasingly available recording technologies, and ambivalent national desires for reconciliation to repackage their traditional cultural knowledge. This article examines the production and circulation of an internationally available compact disc containing Warumungu women's dreaming songs. Tracking its production, circulation, and ongoing insertion into cultural negotiations, I explore the contours of cultural change through simultaneously commercial and traditional practices. In a nation that claims self-determination for its Aboriginal population, Australian national sentiments and Aboriginal cultural mandates are not separate. Recent land rights movements, political moves for cultural autonomy, and continuing political marginalization are not just the backdrop for the compact disc's production but part of the impetus for its existence. As Warumungu women consciously repackaged their ancestral song tracks into the compact disc's tracks, they did so in ways that connect their abiding traditions and their uncertain future through "proper" (jurrkkul) cultural actions. C1 Washington State Univ, Pullman, WA 99164 USA. RP Christen, K (reprint author), Washington State Univ, Pullman, WA 99164 USA. CR Ang I., 2000, GUARANTEES HONOUR S, P1 Appadurai Arjun, 1996, MODERNITY LARGE Arthur JM, 1996, ABORIGINAL ENGLISH C *AUSTR TOUR COMM, 1994, CULT TOUR Barwick L., 2000, YAWULYU MUNGAMUNGA D, VD139686 BARWICK L, 1999, 35 WORLD C ICTM HIR Bell D., 1998, NGARRINDJERI WURRUWA BELL D, 1994, CLAIMING OUR RITES S, P213 Bell Diane, 1983, DAUGHTERS DREAMING Berndt Catherine H, 1950, WOMENS CHANGING CERE Briggs CL, 1996, CULT ANTHROPOL, V11, P435, DOI 10.1525/can.1996.11.4.02a00020 Cattelino JR, 2004, NATIVE PATHWAYS: AMERICAN INDIAN CULTURE AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY, P66 Christen K, 2005, INT J CULT PROP, V12, P315, DOI 10.1017/S0940739105050186 Christen Kimberly, 2004, THESIS U CALIFORNIA Christensen N. B., 2003, INUIT CYBERSPACE EMB Clifford J, 2004, CURR ANTHROPOL, V45, P5, DOI 10.1086/379634 Clifford James, 1997, ROUTES TRAVEL TRANSL Cowlishaw G, 1998, OCEANIA, V68, P145, DOI 10.1002/j.1834-4461.1998.tb02663.x de Uriarte JJB, 2003, ETHNOHISTORY, V50, P549, DOI 10.1215/00141801-50-3-549 Dussart F., 2000, POLITICS RITUAL ABOR ERICKSON PP, 2002, VOICES THOUSAND PEOP Erikson PP, 1999, CULT ANTHROPOL, V14, P556, DOI 10.1525/can.1999.14.4.556 Fienup-Riordan A., 2000, HUNTING TRADITION CH Gelder K, 1998, UNCANNY AUSTR SACRED GINSBURG F, 1993, PUBLIC CULTURE, V5, P557, DOI 10.1215/08992363-5-3-557 GINSBURG F, 2000, INDIGENOUS CULTURES, P27 Ginsburg Faye, 2002, MEDIA WORLDS ANTHR N, P37 Gray G., 1997, RESURGENCE RACISM HO Hage G., 2000, WHITE NATION FANTASI Hallowell Alfred I., 1975, TEACHINGS AM EARTH I, P141 Hamilton A., 1990, AUSTR CULTURAL HIST, V9, P14 Harkins J, 1994, BRIDGING 2 WORLDS AB Hiatt L.R., 1984, OCEANIA MONOGRAPH, V27 HINKSON M, 2002, J MEDIA CULTURAL STU, V16, P201 JOLLY M, 1992, CONTEMP PACIFIC, V4, P49 KABERRY P, 1939, ABORIGINAL WOMEN SAC LATTAS A, 1993, OCEANIA, V63, P240, DOI 10.1002/j.1834-4461.1993.tb02420.x Lattas J, 2001, OCEANIA, V71, P226, DOI 10.1002/j.1834-4461.2001.tb02750.x Maddock Kenneth, 1983, ABORIGINES LAND LAND, P211 Maddock Kenneth, 1991, AUSTR J ANTHR, V2, P213 MAURICE JMD, 1985, P WAR LAND CLAIMS TE MERLAN F, 1991, OCEANIA, V61, P341, DOI 10.1002/j.1834-4461.1991.tb01617.x Merlan F, 1998, CAGING RAINBOW PLACE Michaels Eric, 1994, BAD ABORIGINAL ART T Morphy H, 1998, ABORIGINAL ART Morphy H, 1996, PREHISTORY POLITICS, P163 Myers F, 2004, AM ETHNOL, V31, P5, DOI 10.1525/ae.2004.31.1.5 Myers F, 2002, PAINTING CULTURE MAK Myers F., 1986, PINTUPI COUNTRY PINT MYERS FR, 1994, AM ETHNOL, V21, P679, DOI 10.1525/ae.1994.21.4.02a00020 Nash David, 1982, OCEANIA LINGUISTIC M, P141 Nash David, 1982, OCEANIA LINGUISTIC M, V24, P141 Nash David, 1984, AUSTR ABORIGINAL STU, P2 Nathan D, 2000, AUSTR ABORIGINAL STU, V1, P39 Nesper L, 2003, ETHNOHISTORY, V50, P415, DOI 10.1215/00141801-50-3-415 PAYNE HE, 1988, THESIS U QUEENSLAND PEELER L, 2003, EXPO SPOTLIGHTS ABOR Peterson Nicolas, 1983, ABORIGINES LAND LAND, P3 POVINELLI E, 2002, SETTLER MODERNITY QU Povinelli Elizabeth A, 1993, LABORS LOT POWER HIS Pratt Mary Louise., 1992, IMPERIAL EYES TRAVEL Sahlins M, 1999, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V28, pI, DOI 10.1146/annurev.anthro.28.1.0 SIMPSON J, 2002, LEANERS GUIDE WARUMU Smith C., 2000, INDIGENOUS CULTURES, P1 SPENCER B, 1904, N TRIBES CENTRAL AUS STANNER WEH, 1979, REPORTS FIELDWORK N Strelein Lisa, 2000, NATIVE TITLE PERSPEC SWAIN T, 1989, J RELIG HIST, V15, P345, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9809.1989.tb00538.x Tafler D., 2000, AUSTR ABORIGINAL STU, V1/2, P27 Tickner R, 2001, TAKING STAND LAND RI Tilley C, 1997, CRIT ANTHROPOL, V17, P67, DOI 10.1177/0308275X9701700105 Tonkinson R, 1997, OCEANIA, V68, P1 Townsend-Gault C, 2004, J MAT CULT, V9, P183, DOI 10.1177/1359183504044372 Tsing A.L., 2000, PUBLIC CULTURE, V12, P115, DOI DOI 10.1215/08992363-12-1-115 Turner T., 1991, VISUAL ANTHR REV, V7, P68 WOLFE P, 1991, COMP STUD SOC HIST, V33, P197, DOI 10.1017/S0010417500017011 NR 76 TC 12 Z9 12 U1 0 U2 11 PU AMER ANTHROPOLOGICAL ASSOC PI ARLINGTON PA 2200 WILSON BLVD, STE 600, ARLINGTON, VA 22201 USA SN 0886-7356 J9 CULT ANTHROPOL JI Cult. Anthropol. PD AUG PY 2006 VL 21 IS 3 BP 416 EP 446 DI 10.1525/can.2006.21.3.416 PG 31 WC Anthropology SC Anthropology GA 082LK UT WOS:000240388100004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Daley, P AF Daley, Patricia TI Ethnicity and political violence in Africa: The challenge to the Burundi state SO POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY LA English DT Article DE ethnicity; state; conflict; peace; Africa; Burundi ID RWANDA AB This paper contributes to debates on the crisis of the African state, particularly the challenge posed by the rent-seeking elite, ethnicity and political violence. In most accounts, Burundi's persistent civil war fits contemporary discourse of the failed neo-patrimonial state in which opportunistic elites mobilize ethnicity for economic gain. Drawing on recent theorising on the politicization of identities and their intersection with state formation, the paper examines historically the development of ethnic consciousness and its links to the Burundi state. Ethnicity, it contends, has been the central organizing principle of the modem Burundi state with its successive policies of differentiation and exclusion. Throughout its post-colonial history, the Burundi state has not been a fully functioning sovereign state along the lines of its western counterparts. Yet, its citizens, irrespective of their ethnic affiliation, have not contested its territorial integrity. Instead the conflict reflects contested claims for enrichment, representation and security as expected from a model state. The on-going violence is attributed to an increasingly factionalised political elite, based on the multiple cleavages in Burundi society, who mobilize ethnicity in their struggle for control of the state. Recent peace negotiations, aimed at correcting ethnic imbalance through power sharing and reform of the institutions of governance are unlikely to resolve the political crisis as they fail to move beyond a methodological pre-occupation with ethnic identities and address the complex social reality of Burundi society and to include the people of Burundi as part of a broader non-ethnicized political community, a prerequisite for a stable pluralistic democracy. (c) 2006 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Oxford, Sch Geog, Ctr Environm, Oxford OX1 3QY, England. RP Daley, P (reprint author), Univ Oxford, Sch Geog, Ctr Environm, Dyson Perrings Bldg,S Parks Rd, Oxford OX1 3QY, England. EM patricia.daley@ouce.ox.ac.uk CR Ake C., 1996, DEMOCRACY DEV AFRICA *AMN INT, 2004, BUR RAP HIDD HUM RIG *AMN INT, 1992, SECT SEC FORC VIOL H BANGURA Y, 1994, SEARCH IDENTITY ETHN Bayart J., 1999, CRIMINALISATION STAT Bayart J. - F., 1993, STATE AFRICA POLITIC BERMAN B, 2003, ETHNICITY DEMOCRACY, P1 Berman BJ, 1998, AFR AFFAIRS, V97, P305 Chabal Patrick, 1999, AFRICA WORKS DISORDE CHOME J, 1962, REM CONG REM CONGL W Collier P, 1998, OXFORD ECON PAP, V50, P563, DOI 10.1093/oep/50.4.563 *COMM AFR, 2005, OUR COMM INT DRAYTON S, 1995, CODESRIA B, V1, P8 GAHAMA J, 1995, CRISES POLITIQUES BU, P77 *HUM RIGHTS WATCH, 1998, PROX TARG CIV WAR BU *ICG, 1998, BUR SIEG LIFT SANC R Jefremovas V, 2000, AFRICA, V70, P298 Joseph Richard A., 1999, STATE CONFLICT DEMOC LEMARCHAND R, 1989, J MOD AFR STUD, V27, P685, DOI 10.1017/S0022278X00020516 LEMARCHAND R, 1996, C CREAT AG PEAC BUR LEMARCHAND R, 1994, BURUNDI ETHNOCIDE DI Lemarchand R., 1998, AFR STUD REV, V41, P3, DOI DOI 10.2307/524678 Lemarchand Rene, 1970, RWANDA BURUNDI Linden Ian, 1977, CHURCH REVOLUTION RW Lonsdale John, 1994, INVENTIONS BOUNDARIE, P131 MAFEJE A, 1971, J MOD AFR STUD, V9, P253, DOI 10.1017/S0022278X00024927 MAFEJE A, 1995, AC FREED CONFL RES C Malkki Liisa H., 1995, PURITY EXILE VIOLENC Mamdani M., 1996, CITIZEN SUBJECT CONT Mamdani M., 2001, VICTIMS BECOME KILLE MUSTAPHA R, 1999, FEDERALISM DECENTRAL, P101 MUSTAPHA R, 2002, 10 GEN ASS CODESRIA Ndikumana Leonce, 1998, AFR STUD REV, V41, P29, DOI DOI 10.2307/524680 Newbury D, 1998, AFR STUD REV, V41, P73, DOI DOI 10.2307/524682 NGARUKO F, 1933, J AFRICAN EC, V9, P370 Nkurunziza J. D., 2002, EXPLAINING GROWTH BU NNOLI O, 1998, ETHNIC CONFLICTS AFR Oketch J.S., 2002, SCARCITY SURFEIT ECO Ottaway Marina, 1999, STATE CONFLICT DEMOC, P299 Ranger T, 1993, LEGITIMACY STATE 20, P62 Ranger Terence, 1983, INVENTION TRADITION, P211 Reno W, 2002, DEV CHANGE, V33, P837, DOI 10.1111/1467-7660.t01-1-00251 Reno W., 2000, J INT AFF, V53, P433 REYNTJENS F, 1993, J MOD AFR STUD, V31, P563, DOI 10.1017/S0022278X00012246 Reyntjens F, 1994, AFRIQUE GRANDS LACS *ROB, 2003, INT STRAT FRAM ACC E RUTAKE P, 1998, ETHNIC CONFLICTS AFR SANDERS ER, 1969, J AFR HIST, V10, P521, DOI 10.1017/S0021853700009683 Sidaway JD, 2003, POLIT GEOGR, V22, P157, DOI 10.1016/S0962-6298(02)00082-3 SIMON C, 1988, PRESIDENT BUYOYA NOM TROUWBORST A, 1965, INT J COMP SOCIOL, V6, P166, DOI 10.1177/002071526500600113 *UN, 1995, REP SPEC RAPP MISS B *UN NAT SEC COUNC, 2000, RES 1325 WOM PEAC SE *UN NAT SEC COUNC, 2001, ADD REP PAN EXP ILL *US DEP STAT, 1998, BUR COUNTR REP HUM R Uvin P, 1999, COMP POLIT, V31, P253, DOI 10.2307/422339 Vail L., 1989, CREATION TRIBALISM S Vansina J., 2005, ANTECEDENTS MODERN R WEBSTER JB, 1966, POLITICAL DEV RWANDA *WORLD BANK, 1999, BUR COUNTR PROF 2002, DEVALUATION RESULTS 2005, WORLD MAP FAILING ST NR 62 TC 25 Z9 25 U1 1 U2 28 PU ELSEVIER SCI LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0962-6298 J9 POLIT GEOGR JI Polit. Geogr. PD AUG PY 2006 VL 25 IS 6 BP 657 EP 679 DI 10.1016/j.polgeo.2006.05.007 PG 23 WC Geography; Political Science SC Geography; Government & Law GA 073IT UT WOS:000239736900004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Thunder, D AF Thunder, D TI A Rawlsian argument against the duty of civility SO AMERICAN JOURNAL OF POLITICAL SCIENCE LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Notre Dame Graduate Ethic Forum 2005 CY APR 28, 2005 CL Notre Dame, IN AB In this article, I show that the assumptions underpinning John Rawls's so-called "duty of civility" ought to lead one not to affirm the duty but to reject it. I will begin by setting out in its essentials the content and rationale of the "duty of civility," which lies at the heart of Rawls's ideal of public reason. Secondly, I will argue that the very premises allegedly underpinning the duty of civility - namely, the values of reciprocity and political autonomy, and the burdens of judgment - in fact rule it out. Thirdly, I will suggest that if my argument against the duty of civility is correct, then one recent attempt to salvage political liberalism and reasonableness from the charge of incoherence fails. Finally, I draw some challenging lessons from our discussion for political liberalism and the liberal tradition as a whole. C1 Univ Notre Dame, Notre Dame, IN 46556 USA. RP Thunder, D (reprint author), Univ Notre Dame, 219 O Shaughnessy Hall, Notre Dame, IN 46556 USA. EM dthunder@nd.edu OI Thunder, David/0000-0002-9836-6523 CR Audi Robert, 1997, RELIG PUBLIC SQUARE BARRY B, 1995, ETHICS, V105, P874, DOI 10.1086/293756 Christiano T, 2001, MOD SCHOOLMAN, V78, P151, DOI 10.5840/schoolman2001782/312 DWORKIN R, 1990, TANNER LECT HUMAN VA, P1 EBERLE C, 2002, RELIG CONVICTIONS LI Gaus Gerald, 1996, JUSTIFICATORY LIBERA George Robert P., 1993, MAKING MEN MORAL Habermas J., 1987, THEORY COMMUNICATIVE, V2 Habermas Jurgen, 1984, THEORY COMMUNICATIVE, VI Hobbes Thomas, 1983, PHILOS RUDIMENTS GOV HURSTHOUSE R, VIRTUE ETHICS KLOSKO G, 2000, DEMOCRATIC PROEDURES MacIntyre A., 1981, VIRTUE STUDY MORAL T Macintyre Alasdair., 1988, WHOSE JUSTICE WHICH Mill JS, 1991, LIBERTY OTHER ESSAYS, P5 Neal Patrick, 2000, NATURAL LAW PUBLIC R, P171 Perry Michael J., 2001, WAKE FOREST L REV, V36, P217 Rawls J., 1993, POLITICAL LIBERALISM Rawls J., 1971, THEORY JUSTICE Rawls J., 2001, JUSTICE FAIRNESS RES Rawls John, 1999, LAW PEOPLES RAZ J, 1990, PHILOS PUBLIC AFF, V19, P3 Raz Joseph, 1986, MORALITY FREEDOM Sher G, 1997, NEUTRALITY PERFECTIO WALDRON J, 1993, LIBERAL RIGHTS COLLE Weithman PJ, 2001, MOD SCHOOLMAN, V78, P135, DOI 10.5840/schoolman2001782/311 WENAR L, 1995, ETHICS, V106, P32, DOI 10.1086/293777 NR 27 TC 6 Z9 6 U1 0 U2 0 PU BLACKWELL PUBLISHING PI OXFORD PA 9600 GARSINGTON RD, OXFORD OX4 2DQ, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0092-5853 J9 AM J POLIT SCI JI Am. J. Polit. Sci. PD JUL PY 2006 VL 50 IS 3 BP 676 EP 690 DI 10.1111/j.1540-5907.2006.00209.x PG 15 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 053BQ UT WOS:000238279000011 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Abadi, J AF Abadi, Jacob TI Imposing power-sharing: Conflict and coexistence in northern Ireland and Lebanon SO MIDDLE EASTERN STUDIES LA English DT Book Review CR Kerr Michael, 2006, IMPOSING POWER SHARI NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND SN 0026-3206 J9 MIDDLE EASTERN STUD JI Middle East. Stud. PD JUL PY 2006 VL 42 IS 4 BP 685 EP 687 PG 3 WC Area Studies SC Area Studies GA 071IG UT WOS:000239592900014 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Dorussen, H Nanou, K AF Dorussen, Han Nanou, Kyriaki TI European integration, intergovernmental bargaining, and convergence of party programmes SO EUROPEAN UNION POLITICS LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Workshop on Partisan Politics, Political Autonomy and Policy Harmaonization Across Europe CY MAY 19-20, 2005 CL Groningen, NETHERLANDS DE intergovernmental bargaining; party competition; policy convergence; two-level game ID 2-LEVEL GAMES; DOMESTIC CONSTRAINTS; INTERESTS; UNION; POWER; MODEL AB Over the past 50 years, the European Union (EU) has dramatically increased its policy-making power. However, there remains considerable variation over time as well as across policy areas in the relative power of the EU and the member states. The variation is likely to influence EU-wide bargaining. Following the logic of bargaining games with domestically constrained actors, or two-level games, the changes in the bargaining environment may also influence party competition within the member states of the European Union. Using manifesto data for 1951-2001, this article examines convergence of party programmes across Western Europe. It is shown that European integration has increasingly constrained the range of policy platforms. Moreover, we generally find a stronger effect if and when countries are actually members of the EU. European integration bolsters programmatic convergence of Euro-friendly as well as Eurosceptic par-ties. However, European integration particularly influences the convergence of Eurosceptic parties in EU member states. C1 Univ Essex, Dept Govt, Colchester CO4 3SQ, Essex, England. RP Dorussen, H (reprint author), Univ Essex, Dept Govt, Wivenhoe Pk, Colchester CO4 3SQ, Essex, England. EM hdorus@essex.ac.uk; knanou@essex.ac.uk RI Dorussen, Han/A-9859-2011 OI Dorussen, Han/0000-0002-3458-0555 CR Axelrod R., 1970, CONFLICT INTEREST TH Bailer S, 2006, POLIT ECON I DECIS, P153, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511492082.007 BERNHARD W, 2004, UNPUB EUROPEAN UNION BINNEMA H, 2002, 3I ANN M UACES BELF Budge I., 2001, MAPPING POLICY PREFE Downs A., 1957, EC THEORY DEMOCRACY Enelow J. M., 1984, SPATIAL THEORY VOTIN Falkner G., 2005, COMPLYING EUROPE EU Fearon JD, 1997, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V41, P68, DOI 10.1177/0022002797041001004 FEARON JD, 1994, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V38, P236, DOI 10.1177/0022002794038002004 Gleditsch KS, 2002, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V46, P712, DOI 10.1177/002200202236171 Greene WH, 2003, ECONOMETRIC ANAL HIX S, 1997, POLITICAL PARTIES EU Hix S., 2003, END DEMOCRACY EUROPE HIX S, 1999, POLITICAL SYSTEM EUR HOOGHE L, 2001, EUR INTEGR ONLINE PA, V5 Hosli MO, 2000, J EUR PUBLIC POLICY, V7, P744, DOI 10.1080/13501760010014939 Hug S, 2002, INT ORGAN, V56, P447, DOI 10.1162/002081802320005531 IIDA K, 1993, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V37, P403, DOI 10.1177/0022002793037003001 KITSCHELT H, 1999, CONTINUITY CHANGE CO, P427 Konig T., 2000, EUR UNION POLIT, V1, P93, DOI DOI 10.1177/1465116500001001005 LAAKSO M, 1979, COMP POLIT STUD, V12, P3, DOI 10.1177/001041407901200101 Laver M.J., 1992, PARTY POLICY GOVT CO Leventoglu B, 2005, AM POLIT SCI REV, V99, P419, DOI 10.1017/S0003055405051750 MAIR P, 2000, EUROPANISED POLITICS, P27 Marks G, 2002, AM J POLIT SCI, V46, P585, DOI 10.2307/3088401 MILNER HV, 1997, INTERESTS I INFORMAT, P67 MO JR, 1994, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V38, P402, DOI 10.1177/0022002794038003003 Moravcsik Andrew, 1994, ANN M AM POL SCI ASS, DOI [10.1177/, DOI 10.1177/] Muthoo A, 1999, BARGAINING THEORY AP NANOU K, 2004, 2 PAN EUR C EU POL B Nugent Neill, 2003, GOVT POLITICS EUROPE Pahre R, 1997, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V41, P147, DOI 10.1177/0022002797041001007 Pelizzo R, 2003, WEST EUR POLIT, V26, P67, DOI 10.1080/01402380512331341111 PUTNAM RD, 1988, INT ORGAN, V42, P281 Riker W, 1962, THEORY POLITICAL COA Schelling T.C, 1960, STRATEGY CONFLICT SCHMIDT VA, 2001, EUR INTEGR ONLINE PA, V5 Schmitter P. C., 1996, GOVERNANCE EUROPEAN, P121, DOI DOI 10.4135/9781446279328 SCHNEIDER G, 1994, INT ORGAN, V48, P633, DOI 10.1017/S0020818300028332 SHEPSLE KA, 1987, AM POLIT SCI REV, V81, P85, DOI 10.2307/1960780 SIFFT S, 2004, YOUNG SCH C U TOR Tarar A, 2001, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V45, P320, DOI 10.1177/0022002701045003004 TSEBELIS G, 1995, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V25, P289, DOI 10.1017/S0007123400007225 Tsebelis G, 2002, VETO PLAYERS POLITIC NR 45 TC 21 Z9 21 U1 0 U2 4 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 1 OLIVERS YARD, 55 CITY ROAD, LONDON EC1Y 1SP, ENGLAND SN 1465-1165 EI 1741-2757 J9 EUR UNION POLIT JI Eur. Union Polit. PD JUN PY 2006 VL 7 IS 2 BP 235 EP 256 DI 10.1177/1465116506063709 PG 22 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 052VD UT WOS:000238261100005 OA Green Published DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Mukherjee, B AF Mukherjee, B TI Why political power-sharing agreements lead to enduring peaceful resolution of some civil wars, but not others? SO INTERNATIONAL STUDIES QUARTERLY LA English DT Article ID DURATION; INTERVENTION; CONFLICT; DYNAMICS AB This paper develops a bargaining model that explains why political power-sharing agreements lead to peaceful resolution of civil wars between governments and insurgents in some cases, but not others. The model predicts that if the civil war ends in a military stalemate, the government uses its offer of a political power-sharing agreement to the insurgents as a tool to misrepresent private information about its military capacity and defeat the insurgency. This exacerbates commitment problems, increases the degree of support that insurgent leaders receive from their civilian supporters and consequently increases the likelihood of recurrence of civil war. Conversely, the model shows that when the war ends in a decisive military victory for the government or the insurgents, the offer of a political power-sharing agreement reduces the degree of support that insurgent leaders get from their civilian supporters and increases the costs of fighting for the insurgents. Hence, after a decisive military victory insurgents have incentives to accept the political power-sharing agreement and not revert to fighting. Results from Cox Proportional Hazard models estimated on a data set of 111 civil wars (1944-1999) provide robust statistical support for the model's predictions. C1 Florida State Univ, Tallahassee, FL 32306 USA. RP Mukherjee, B (reprint author), Florida State Univ, Tallahassee, FL 32306 USA. CR Balch-Lindsay D, 2000, INT STUD QUART, V44, P615, DOI 10.1111/0020-8833.00174 Box-Steffensmeier JM, 2001, AM J POLIT SCI, V45, P972, DOI 10.2307/2669335 BROGAN P, 1998, FIGHTING NEVER STOPP Chatterjee S., 1999, REGRESSION ANAL EXAM DELURY GE, 1999, WORLD ENCY POLITICAL, V1 DeRouen KR, 2004, J PEACE RES, V41, P303, DOI 10.1177/0022343304043771 Doyle MW, 2000, AM POLIT SCI REV, V94, P779, DOI 10.2307/2586208 DUBEY A, 2002, DOMESTIC I CIVIL WAR Fearon JD, 2004, J PEACE RES, V41, P275, DOI 10.1177/0022343304043770 Fearon JD, 2003, AM POLIT SCI REV, V97, P75, DOI 10.1017/S0003055403000534 Fortna VP, 2004, INT STUD QUART, V48, P269, DOI 10.1111/j.0020-8833.2004.00301.x FRIEDRICH RJ, 1982, AM J POLIT SCI, V26, P797, DOI 10.2307/2110973 HAMPSON FO, 1996, NURTURING PEACE PEAC Hartzell C, 2003, AM J POLIT SCI, V47, P318, DOI 10.1111/1540-5907.00022 Hartzell C, 2001, INT ORGAN, V55, P183, DOI 10.1162/002081801551450 LICKLIDER R, 1995, AM POLIT SCI REV, V89, P681, DOI 10.2307/2082982 *LONGM GROUP, 1931, KEES CONT ARCH Mason TD, 1996, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V40, P546, DOI 10.1177/0022002796040004002 Mason TD, 1999, POLIT RES QUART, V52, P239, DOI 10.2307/449218 O'Donnell Guillermo, 1979, MODERNIZATION BUREAU PEARSON FS, 1993, 6035 U MICH ICPSR Pickering J, 1999, INT INTERACT, V25, P363, DOI 10.1080/03050629908434957 Regan Patrick M., 2000, CIVIL WARS FOREIGN P Sisk Timothy, 1996, POWER SHARING INT ME TILLEMA HK, 1994, INT INTERACT, V20, P249, DOI 10.1080/03050629408434850 VanHanen T, 1999, J PEACE RES, V36, P55, DOI 10.1177/0022343399036001004 VAUPEL JW, 1979, DEMOGRAPHY, V16, P439, DOI 10.2307/2061224 Walter Barbara F., 2002, COMMITTING PEACE SUC Walter BF, 2004, J PEACE RES, V41, P371, DOI 10.1177/0022343304043775 NR 29 TC 54 Z9 55 U1 0 U2 15 PU BLACKWELL PUBLISHING PI OXFORD PA 9600 GARSINGTON RD, OXFORD OX4 2DQ, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0020-8833 J9 INT STUD QUART JI Int. Stud. Q. PD JUN PY 2006 VL 50 IS 2 BP 479 EP 504 DI 10.1111/j.1468-2478.2006.00410.x PG 26 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA 038VR UT WOS:000237258100010 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Bubandt, N AF Bubandt, N TI Sorcery, corruption, and the dangers of democracy in Indonesia SO JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL ANTHROPOLOGICAL INSTITUTE LA English DT Article ID DECENTRALIZATION; IDENTITY; POLITICS; RUMORS AB Magic is the continuation of politics by other means. This, at least, has been the case in North Maluku since the political reshuffle that followed the fall of Suharto and the implementation of decentralization in Indonesia. The strategies pursued by the regional elite to obtain lucrative positions in the new landscape opened up by regional autonomy are thus seen to be thwarted by sorcery from political rivals. Following the life and death of Muhammad, a North Malukan political entrepreneur, I show how sorcery plays an integral part in the new politics of democratization in Indonesia. Political sorcery thrives, I argue, in a complex moral economy that mixes local ideas of sociality, political practices of patrimonialism, and global discourses of democracy. Sorcery and corruption are part of the same political imagination, because both speak ambivalently to the problems of power in times of change. Rather than being anathema to democracy, as the new global discourse on transparency would have it, the occult politics of corruption and sorcery are among the means through which a contested form of democracy is conceptualized and implemented in Indonesia. C1 Univ Aarhus, Dept Anthropol, DK-8270 Hojbjerg, Denmark. RP Bubandt, N (reprint author), Univ Aarhus, Dept Anthropol, DK-8270 Hojbjerg, Denmark. EM bubandt@hum.au.dk OI Bubandt, Nils/0000-0003-1655-6727 CR Acciaioli G., 2001, INDONESIA, V72, P81, DOI DOI 10.2307/3351482 Alm J, 2001, B INDONES ECON STUD, V37, P83, DOI 10.1080/000749101300046537 [Anonymous], 2004, GLOB CORR REP 2004 S *ANTAM, 2003, GROW IMPR ANN REP 20 *ANTAM, 2001, Q REP SHAR 3 MONTHS Bertrand R., 2002, INDONESIE DEMOCRATIE Bertrand R., 2003, SOC ANTHROPOL, V11, P285, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0964028203000211 Booth A, 1999, B INDONES ECON STUD, V35, P3, DOI 10.1080/00074919912331337667 Bubandt N, 2005, SECUR DIALOGUE, V36, P275, DOI 10.1177/0967010605057015 BUBANDT N, 2004, NEW POLIT TRADITION BUBANDT N, IN PRESS CONFLICT VI COHEN M, 2003, FAR E EC REV, V29, P48 Comaroff J, 1999, AM ETHNOL, V26, P279, DOI 10.1525/ae.1999.26.2.279 Comaroff J, 2000, PUBLIC CULTURE, V12, P291, DOI 10.1215/08992363-12-2-291 Comaroff J.L., 1999, CIVIL SOC POLITICAL, P1 DUNCAN C, 2005, INDONESIA, V79, P53 Fealey G., 2003, LOCAL POWER POLITICS FISMAN R, 1999, DECENTRALIZATON CORR Geschiere P, 1998, DEV CHANGE, V29, P811, DOI 10.1111/1467-7660.00100 Gupta A., 2005, CORRUPTION ANTHR PER, P173 Hadiz VR, 2004, DEV CHANGE, V35, P697, DOI 10.1111/j.0012-155X.2004.00376.x Hefner Robert, 2000, CIVIL ISLAM MUSLIMS Heryanto Ariel, 1999, CULTURE PRIVILEGE CA, P159 *ICG, 2003, INDONESIA MANAGING D Kahn Joel, 2002, THESIS 11, V69, P47 Kapferer B., 1997, FEAST SORCERER PRACT Kroeger KA, 2003, AM ETHNOL, V30, P243, DOI 10.1525/ae.2003.30.2.243 Li TM, 2000, COMP STUD SOC HIST, V42, P149, DOI 10.1017/S0010417500002632 Li TM, 2001, MOD ASIAN STUD, V35, P645, DOI 10.1017/S0026749X01003067 Malinowski B., 1922, ARGONAUTS W PACIFIC MARCUS GE, 1983, ELITES ETHNOGRAPHIC, P41 McCarthy JF, 2004, WORLD DEV, V32, P1199, DOI 10.1016/j.worlddev.2004.02.002 Meyer Birgit, 2003, MAGIC MODERNITY INTE Nordholt HS, 2003, BIJDR TAAL-LAND-V, V159, P550 OCHA, 2001, 20 OCHA Paley J, 2002, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V31, P469, DOI 10.1146/annurev.anthro.31.040402.085453 RASYID RM, 2003, LOCAL POWER POLITICS, P63 Rose N., 1999, POWERS FREEDOM REFRA SARASWATI MS, 2005, JAKARTA POST 0708 Schrauwers Albert, 2003, TRANSPARENCY CONSPIR, P125 SHORE C, 2005, CORRUPTION ANTHR PER, P1 Siegel J., 2006, NAMING WITCH Taussig Michael, 1999, DEFACEMENT PUBLIC SE Tornquist O, 2000, THIRD WORLD Q, V21, P383 Tsing A.L., 2000, PUBLIC CULTURE, V12, P115, DOI DOI 10.1215/08992363-12-1-115 VANKLINKEN G, 2001, INDONESIA, V72, P1 VONBENDABECKMAN.F, RECREATING NAGARI DE WAGSTAFF J, 2004, FAR E EC REV, V18, P57 Warren ME, 2004, AM J POLIT SCI, V48, P328, DOI 10.2307/1519886 *WED BAY MIN, 2005, EM NICK PROD WORLD C *WED BAY MIN, 2005, WHY INV WED BAY MIN Wessing R, 1996, J SOUTHE ASIAN STUD, V27, P261, DOI 10.1017/S0022463400021056 West H. G., 2003, TRANSPARENCY CONSPIR Wimhoefer G., 2001, VIOLENCE INDONESIA, P228 World Bank, 2003, DEC IND REG PUBL EXP *WORLD BANK, 2004, COSTS CORR DEVN MED 2004, TERNATE POS 0531, P1 NR 57 TC 32 Z9 33 U1 1 U2 11 PU BLACKWELL PUBLISHING PI OXFORD PA 9600 GARSINGTON RD, OXFORD OX4 2DQ, OXON, ENGLAND SN 1359-0987 J9 J ROY ANTHROPOL INST JI J. R. Anthropol. Inst. PD JUN PY 2006 VL 12 IS 2 BP 413 EP 431 DI 10.1111/j.1467-9655.2006.00298.x PG 19 WC Anthropology SC Anthropology GA 048EP UT WOS:000237930700008 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Pearson, FS Lounsbery, MO Walker, S Mann, S AF Pearson, Frederic S. Olson Lounsbery, Marie Walker, Scott Mann, Sonja TI Rethinking models of civil war settlement SO INTERNATIONAL INTERACTIONS LA English DT Article ID PEACE AB The current study is a replication and expansion of an earlier piece by Hartzell, Hoddie, and Rothchild (2001) exploring civil war settlement characteristics and stability. Their research focused on the importance of territorial autonomy provisions and the role of third party guarantors in predicting settlement success and stability. They employed a model that controlled for such conflict characteristics as international system structure, nature of the previous regime, conflict duration, conflict issue, and conflict intensity. Our study replicates Hartzell et al. using the Regan (2001) civil war dataset, employing a broader definition of conflict and a more stringent definition of when a conflict has ended. The results presented here differ from the previous study to have find that the importance of territorial autonomy provisions as a predictor of settlement stability is greatly diluted when one examines only those conflict settlements that have lasted for six months or longer without reciprocated violence. Third-party guarantors, however, remain a strong factor determining conflict settlement stability in the revised dataset. We also expand the previous work by including cases where the conflict ended through military victories, as well as by adding a dimension to the negotiated settlement variable that separates settlements that were coerced due to external military presence from those that were not coerced. C1 Wayne State Univ, Dept Polit Sci, Detroit, MI 48202 USA. Nova SE Univ, Dept Conflict Anal & Resolut, Ft Lauderdale, FL USA. Univ Canterbury, Christchurch 1, New Zealand. Wayne State Univ, Detroit, MI USA. RP Pearson, FS (reprint author), Wayne State Univ, Dept Polit Sci, Detroit, MI 48202 USA. EM ab3440@wayne.edu RI Walker, Scott/L-3067-2019 OI Walker, Scott/0000-0002-1762-427X CR BAILEY SD, 1982, WARS END UN TERMINAT Bercovitch Jacob, 1995, RESOLVING INT CONFLI BLAINEY G, 1987, CAUSES WAR BUHAUG H, 2003, 44 ANN INT STUD ASS COLLIER P, 2001, 2861 WORLD BANK COLLIER P, 2001, 2135 WORLD BANK Doyle MW, 2000, AM POLIT SCI REV, V94, P779, DOI 10.2307/2586208 Hartmann L., 1999, New Astronomy Reviews, V43, P1, DOI 10.1016/S1387-6473(99)00004-4 Hartzell C, 2001, INT ORGAN, V55, P183, DOI 10.1162/002081801551450 JETT DC, 1997, WHY PEACEKEEPING FAI LICKLIDER R, 1995, AM POLIT SCI REV, V89, P681, DOI 10.2307/2082982 Olson M., 2002, CONFLICT RESOLUTION, V19, P421 Patchen M., 1988, RESOLVING DISPUTES N Regan Patrick M., 2000, CIVIL WARS FOREIGN P Regan PM, 1996, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V40, P336, DOI 10.1177/0022002796040002006 REGAN PM, 2001, DATA SET 3 PARTY INT Small Melvin, 1982, RESORT ARMS INT CIVI Walter Barbara F., 2002, COMMITTING PEACE SUC Walter BF, 1999, INT SECURITY, V24, P127, DOI 10.1162/016228899560077 ZARTMAN W, 2001, GLOBAL REV ETHNOPOLI, V1, P8, DOI DOI 10.1080/14718800108405087 NR 20 TC 9 Z9 9 U1 0 U2 0 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 2-4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0305-0629 EI 1547-7444 J9 INT INTERACT JI Int. Interact. PD APR-JUN PY 2006 VL 32 IS 2 BP 109 EP 128 DI 10.1080/15325020600698728 PG 20 WC International Relations SC International Relations GA 050AB UT WOS:000238058400001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Turner, T AF Turner, T TI Anthropology as reality show and as co-production - Internal relations between theory and activism SO CRITIQUE OF ANTHROPOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Conference on For a Critique of PUre Culture held in honor of Terence Turner CY APR 16-17, 2004 CL Cornell Univ, Dept Anthropol, Ithaca, NY HO Cornell Univ, Dept Anthropol DE activism; anthropological theory; ethics; Kayapo; Marx; rights ID HUMAN-RIGHTS AB A conjunction of forces associated with globalization has contributed to changes ill the world studied by anthropology as well as changes ill anthropology itself Both critical theoretical analysis and pragmatic activism are called for to address these changes and support the struggles of those with whom anthropologists work for rights, economic progress and social and cultural autonomy) Activism ill this context has important contributions to make to theoretical understanding, just as critical theoretical Understanding call clarify the sources and relationships of new ideological formations within anthropology With Lilt real world the), seek to explain. C1 Cornell Univ, Dept Anthropol, Ithaca, NY 14853 USA. RP Turner, T (reprint author), Cornell Univ, Dept Anthropol, Ithaca, NY 14853 USA. EM tst3@cornell.edu CR Graeber David, 2001, ANTHR THEORY VALUE F Nagengast C, 1997, J ANTHROPOL RES, V53, P269, DOI 10.1086/jar.53.3.3630954 Turner T, 1997, J ANTHROPOL RES, V53, P273, DOI 10.1086/jar.53.3.3630955 TURNER T, 1995, NAPA B, V15, P88 Turner T., 1993, CULTURAL ANTHR, V8 TURNER T, 1995, VISUAL ANTHR REV, V11, P102 TURNER T, 1990, COMMISSION VISUAL AN, P7 TURNER T, 2005, YANOMAMI FIERCE CONT, P147 TURNER T., 1984, DIFFERENCES VALEURS, P335 Turner T, 2005, YANOMAMI FIERCE CONT, P198 TURNER T, 2002, REV ANTROPOLOGIA SOC, V11, P201 Turner T., 1991, HIST ANTHR, V7, P285 Turner T., 2002, MEDIA WORLDS ANTHR N, P75 TURNER T, 2005, YANOMAMI FIERCE CONT, P270 TURNER T, 2003, CULTURAS CONTACTO EN, P65 TURNER T, 2003, VIOLENCE STATE GLOBA, P35 Turner Terence, 1999, IDENTIDADES TENSIONE, P53 Turner Terence, 1999, ACTIVITY THEORY SOCI, P114 Turner Terence, 1992, ANTHR TODAY, V18, P5, DOI DOI 10.2307/2783265 Turner Terence, 2002, INDIGENOUS MOVEMENTS, P229 Turner Terence, 2002, YANOMAMI ETHICS ANTH Turner Terence, 1991, O INDIO ONTEM HOJE M, P99 Turner Terence, 1997, CURR ANTHROPOL, V38, P226 Turner Terence, 1990, COMMISSION VISUA SPR, P8 Turner Terence, 1979, CAMBRIDGE ANTHR, V5, P1 TURNER Terence, 2004, HUMAN RIGHTS POWER D, P193 Turner Terence S., 2002, SOCIAL ANAL, V46, P56 NR 27 TC 8 Z9 10 U1 0 U2 2 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 1 OLIVERS YARD, 55 CITY ROAD, LONDON EC1Y 1SP, ENGLAND SN 0308-275X EI 1460-3721 J9 CRIT ANTHROPOL JI Crit. Anthropol. PD MAR PY 2006 VL 26 IS 1 BP 15 EP 25 DI 10.1177/0308275X06061481 PG 11 WC Anthropology SC Anthropology GA 025AI UT WOS:000236237300002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Varone, F Rothmayr, C Montpetit, E AF Varone, F Rothmayr, C Montpetit, E TI Regulating biomedicine in Europe and North America: A qualitative comparative analysis SO EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF POLITICAL RESEARCH LA English DT Article ID VETO PLAYERS; SYSTEMS; MATTER; POLICY AB This article explains the variation in policy design processes and the resulting policy-outputs of 'biopolicies' implemented within the domain of Assisted Reproductive Technology (ART) for eleven European and North-American countries. By applying the method of Qualitative Comparative Analysis, the comparison describes and defines the 'multiple conjunctural causation' to explain the divergences or similarities of ART policies in Europe and North America. The policy preferences of the actors involved in the relevant ART policy network and the institutional rules characterizing the respective polity need to be considered together in order to explain why different countries adopted similar or different ART policies. In particular, the analysis stresses the influence of party politics, the self-regulation of ART by the physicians, the mobilization of interest groups, the number of institutional arenas involved in the designing process and the nature of decision-making rules (power-sharing versus majority) on the designing processes and the resulting policies. Thus, different policy designs are linked to different designing processes, encompassing four ideal-typical decision-making modes: 'designing by non-decisions', 'designing by elites', 'designing by accommodation' and 'designing by mobilization and consultation'. These results shed new light on the challenges for developing a policy design theory that could provide a robust framework for describing and explaining policy formulation. C1 Univ Geneva, UNIMAIL, Dept Polit Sci, CH-1211 Geneva 4, Switzerland. Univ Montreal, Montreal, PQ, Canada. RP Varone, F (reprint author), Univ Geneva, UNIMAIL, Dept Polit Sci, Bvd Pont Arve 40, CH-1211 Geneva 4, Switzerland. EM frederic.varone@politic.unige.ch CR BACHRACH P, 1963, AM POLIT SCI REV, V57, P632, DOI 10.2307/1952568 Blank RH, 2001, BIOL POLITICAL SCI Bleiklie I., 2004, COMP BIOMEDICAL POLI Bobrow D. B., 1987, POLICY ANAL DESIGN CASTLES FG, 2000, FEDERALISM POLITICAL DEMEUR G, 2002, ANAL QUALI QUANTITAT Hammond TH, 2003, J THEOR POLIT, V15, P145, DOI 10.1177/0951629803015002646 Harrison Kathryn, 1996, PASSING BUCK FEDERAL HASSENTEUFEL P, 1997, MEDECINS FACE ETAT C Heidenheimer Arnold J., 1990, COMP PUBLIC POLICY P Keman Hans, 2000, FEDERALISM POLITICAL Lijphart A., 1999, PATTERNS DEMOCRACY G Linder S. H., 1984, J PUBLIC POLICY, V4, P237, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0143814X0000221X MAY PJ, 1991, J PUBLIC POLICY, V11, P187, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0143814X0000619X NIELSEN H, 2002, BIOTECHNOLOGY MAKING PIERSON P, 1993, WORLD POLIT, V45, P595, DOI 10.2307/2950710 Ragin Charles C., 1987, COMP METHOD MOVING B Rhodes R. A. W., 1992, POLICY NETWORKS BRIT Rochefort D. A., 1994, POLITICS PROBLEM DEF Rothmayr C., 2003, SWISS POLITICAL SCI, V9, P109 Rothmayr C., 2002, SWISS POLITICAL SCI, V8, P129 ROTHMAYR C, 2004, COMP BIOMEDICAL POLI SALTER B, 2000, MED REGULATION PUBLI Scharpf F., 1997, GAMES REAL ACTORS PL Schmidt MG, 1996, EUR J POLIT RES, V30, P155, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1996.tb00673.x Schneider Anne Larason, 1997, POLICY DESIGN DEMOCR Schon DA, 1994, FRAME REFLECTION RES Timmermans A., 2001, J COMP POLICY ANAL, V3, P311, DOI DOI 10.1080/13876980108412665 TSEBELIS G, 1995, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V25, P289, DOI 10.1017/S0007123400007225 Tsebelis G, 2000, GOVERNANCE, V13, P441, DOI 10.1111/0952-1895.00141 NR 30 TC 28 Z9 28 U1 1 U2 12 PU BLACKWELL PUBLISHING PI OXFORD PA 9600 GARSINGTON RD, OXFORD OX4 2DQ, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0304-4130 J9 EUR J POLIT RES JI Eur. J. Polit. Res. PD MAR PY 2006 VL 45 IS 2 BP 317 EP 343 DI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.2006.00300.x PG 27 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 030BD UT WOS:000236607200006 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Monten, J AF Monten, J TI Thucydides and modern realism SO INTERNATIONAL STUDIES QUARTERLY LA English DT Article ID FOREIGN-POLICY; INTERNATIONAL-RELATIONS; DOMESTIC POLITICS; NEOREALISM; 2ND AB This paper makes two main arguments about the relationship between Thucydides, modern realism, and the key conceptual ideas they introduce to situate and explain international politics. First, Thucydides refutes the central claim underlying modern realist scholarship, that the sources of state behavior can be located not in the character of the primary political units but in the decentralized system or structure created by their interaction. Second, however, analyses that discuss Thucydides exclusively with respect to this "third-image" realism do not take into account the most important emendation made to political realism in the last half of the twentieth century, Kenneth Waltz's Theory of International Politics. Waltz reformulates the theory of how anarchic political structures affect the behavior of their constituent units and suggests that the question posed by realism-and to be asked of Thucydides-is not whether states behave according to the Athenian thesis or consistently observe the power-political laws of nature, but whether they suffer "costs" in terms of political autonomy, security, and cultural integrity if they do not. Many scholars are therefore incorrect to assume that demonstrating the importance of non-structural factors in The Peloponnesian War severs the connection between Thucydides and structural realism. Thucydides may in fact be a realist, but not for reasons conventionally assumed. C1 Georgetown Univ, Washington, DC 20057 USA. RP Monten, J (reprint author), Georgetown Univ, Washington, DC 20057 USA. CR Ahrensdorf PJ, 1997, POLITY, V30, P231, DOI 10.2307/3235218 BAGBY LMJ, 1994, INT ORGAN, V48, P131, DOI 10.1017/S0020818300000849 Barkin, 2003, INT STUDIES REV, V5, P325 Carr E. H., 1939, 20 YEARS CRISIS Copeland D. C., 2000, ORIGINS MAJOR WAR Crane G, 1998, THUCYDIDES ANCIENT S DOYLE M, 1990, REV INT STUD, V16, P223 Doyle Michael, 1997, WAYS WAR PEACE REALI ELMAN C, 1995, INT SECURITY, V20, P182, DOI 10.2307/2539222 Elman C, 1996, SECUR STUD, V6, P7, DOI 10.1080/09636419608429297 ELMAN C, 2003, REALISM BALANCE POWE Elman Colin, 2003, PROGR INT RELATIONS Fearon JD, 1998, ANNU REV POLIT SCI, V1, P289, DOI 10.1146/annurev.polisci.1.1.289 FORDE S, 1995, INT STUD QUART, V39, P141, DOI 10.2307/2600844 Frankel Benjamin, 1996, ROOTS REALISM Friedman M., 1953, ESSAYS POSITIVE EC GARST D, 1989, INT STUD QUART, V33, P3, DOI 10.2307/2600491 GARST D, 2000, THUCYDIDES THEORY IN Gilpin R., 1986, NEOREALISM ITS CRITI Goddard SE, 2005, EUR J INT RELAT, V11, P9, DOI 10.1177/1354066105050136 GOUREVITCH P, 1978, INT ORGAN, V32, P881, DOI 10.1017/S002081830003201X Jackson Patrick Thaddeus, 2004, INT STUDIES REV, V6, P337, DOI DOI 10.1111/J.1521-9488.2004.419_2.X Jervis R, 1976, PERCEPTION MISPERCEP KAGAN D, 1995, ORIGINS WAR PRESERVA, V8 Kagan Donald, 1981, PEACE NICIAS SICILIA KEOHANE RO, 1986, NEOREALISM ITS CRITI Keohane Robert O, 1977, POWER INTERDEPENDENC Lattimore S., 1998, PELOPONNESIAN WAR Lebow RN, 2001, AM POLIT SCI REV, V95, P547, DOI 10.1017/S0003055401003112 LEBOW RN, 1991, HEGEMONIC RIVALRIES Mearsheimer John, 2001, TRAGEDY GREAT POWER Morgenthau Hans, 1954, POLITICS NATIONS STR Orwin C., 1994, HUMANITY THUCYDIDES POWELL R, 1994, INT ORGAN, V48, P313 Risse T., 2002, POLITICAL SCI STATE SCHWELLER RL, 1994, INT SECURITY, V19, P72, DOI 10.2307/2539149 SCHWELLER RL, 1996, SECURITY STUDIES, V5, P90, DOI DOI 10.1080/09636419608429277 Strauss Leo, 1978, CITY MAN THOMAS A, 2005, REAL CONSTR WORKSH G Walt Stephen, 2002, POLITICAL SCI STATE, VIII WALTZ K, 1954, MAN STATE WAR Waltz K. N., 2002, AM UNRIVALED FUTURE WALTZ KN, 1988, J INTERDISCIPL HIST, V18, P615, DOI 10.2307/204817 Waltz KN, 1996, SECUR STUD, V6, P54, DOI 10.1080/09636419608429298 WALTZ KN, 1979, THEORY INT POLITICS Welch DA, 2003, REV INT STUD, V29, P301, DOI 10.1017/S0260210503003012 ZAKARIA F, 1992, INT SECURITY, V17, P177, DOI 10.2307/2539162 Zakaria Fareed, 1998, WEALTH POWER UNUSUAL NR 48 TC 16 Z9 16 U1 1 U2 9 PU BLACKWELL PUBLISHING PI OXFORD PA 9600 GARSINGTON RD, OXFORD OX4 2DQ, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0020-8833 J9 INT STUD QUART JI Int. Stud. Q. PD MAR PY 2006 VL 50 IS 1 BP 3 EP 25 DI 10.1111/j.1468-2478.2006.00390.x PG 23 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA 022OK UT WOS:000236065200003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Mills, D AF Mills, David TI Life on the hill: Students and the social history of Makerere SO AFRICA LA English DT Article AB How will history judge British late-colonial efforts to export its model of higher education to Africa? In this article I challenge any simple interpretation of the 'Asquith Commission' university colleges - such as Makerere or University College Ibadan - as alien impositions or colonial intellectual 'hothouses'. Focusing on Makerere University in Uganda, and drawing on a variety of archival and personal sources, I show how its students and faculty engaged in an ambivalent recreation and subversion of the Western idea of the university and its foundational discourses. I suggest that the institution offered a space to question and debate the purpose of an African university education. Students and staff made use of their limited political autonomy to challenge and rework the colonial hierarchies of race and culture. As a result, Makerere remained an influential forum for intellectual debate, cultural expression and social critique until the mid-1970s. Whilst this legacy is made less visible by the subsequent years of political crisis, underfunding and expansion in student numbers, it remains an important historical legacy from which to rethink the future of African universities. C1 Univ Birmingham, Birmingham B15 2TT, W Midlands, England. RP Mills, D (reprint author), Univ Birmingham, Birmingham B15 2TT, W Midlands, England. CR Ashby Eric, 1966, U BRIT INDIAN AFRICA Ashby Eric, 1964, AFRICAN U W TRADITIO Barkan J. D., 1975, AFRICAN DILEMMA U ST Bhabha Homi, 1994, LOCATION CULTURE COLMAN SJ, 1998, E AFRICA FIFTIES VIE De Bunsen B., 1995, ADVENTURES ED DEBUNSEN B, 1961, AFR AFFAIRS, V60, P494, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.afraf.a094916 DELAWARR L, 1937, HIGHER ED E AFRICA DINWIDDY H, 1983, AFR AFFAIRS, V82, P43 Galison P. L., 1997, IMAGE LOGIC MAT CULT GODFREY EM, 2007, J MODERN AFRICAN STU, V4, P435 Goldthorpe J. E., 1965, AFRICAN ELITE MAKERE HARGREAV.JD, 1973, AFR AFFAIRS, V72, P26, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.afraf.a096317 Kerr Clark, 1963, USES U LANGLANDS B, 1977, AFR AFFAIRS, V76, P3, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.afraf.a096826 MACPHERSON M, 2001, POSTCOLONY MacPherson M, 1964, THEY BUILT FUTURE CH Mannoni O., 1956, PROSPERO CALIBAN Mbembe A., 1992, AFRICA, V62, P3, DOI [10.2307/1160062, DOI 10.2307/1160062] Mills D., 2002, GENDER PLACE CULT, V9, P385 Mills David, 2005, READINGS GENDER AFRI Musisi N. B., 2003, MAKERERE U TRANSITIO Newman J., 1959, IDEA U Nwauwa A, 1996, IMPERIALISM ACAD NAT NYAMNJOH F. B., 2002, AFR STUD REV, V45, P1 PRATT CR, 1965, J MODERN AFRICAN STU, V3, P421 PREWITT K, 1966, TRANSITION, V6, P35 Rothblatt Sheldon, 1997, MODERN U ITS DISCONT SICHERMANN E, 1995, AFRICAN STUDIES REV, V38, P11 Teferra D, 2003, AFRICAN HIGHER ED Truscot B., 1951, RED BRICK U WERBNER R, 2001, POSTCOLONIAL SUBJECT NR 32 TC 4 Z9 4 U1 0 U2 2 PU EDINBURGH UNIV PRESS PI EDINBURGH PA 22 GEORGE SQUARE, EDINBURGH EH8 9LF, MIDLOTHIAN, SCOTLAND SN 0001-9720 J9 AFRICA JI Africa PY 2006 VL 76 IS 2 BP 247 EP 266 DI 10.3366/afr.2006.76.2.247 PG 20 WC Anthropology; Area Studies SC Anthropology; Area Studies GA V44DJ UT WOS:000202983100006 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Perreault, T AF Perreault, T TI From the Guerra del Agua to the Guerra del Gas: Resource governance, neoliberalism and popular protest in Bolivia SO ANTIPODE LA English DT Article ID ENVIRONMENTAL GOVERNANCE; SOCIAL REGULATION; LATIN-AMERICA; STATE; POLITICS; GLOBALIZATION; LIBERALISM; ACCESS; SCALE; ANDES AB Recent resource protests in Bolivia have crystallized broad sets of claims involving livelihood rights, political participation, regional autonomy, and the meanings of citizenship and the nation. In both the 2000 "Water War", and the 2003 "Gas War", protestors objected to the restructuring and re-scaling of resource governance that has taken place under recent waves of neoliberal reforms in Bolivia. In both cases, protestors demanded greater participation in decision-making regarding resource management, more equitable distribution of the economic benefits derived from resource exploitation, and a more socially oriented alternative to Bolivia's neoliberal model of economic development. In spite of these similarities, however, these struggles were characterized by markedly uneven geographies of popular protest. The water and gas wars had different spatial dynamics, stemming in part from the biophysical differences between water and natural gas, and the ways these resources enter into social life. Moreover, the protests had very uneven social effects, and in some respects excluded the most marginalized sectors of Bolivia's poor. C1 Syracuse Univ, Dept Geog, Syracuse, NY 13210 USA. RP Perreault, T (reprint author), Syracuse Univ, Dept Geog, Syracuse, NY 13210 USA. EM taperrea@maxwell.syr.edu CR Arze Carlos, 2004, NACLA REPORT AM, V38, P23 Bakker K, 2002, ENVIRON PLANN A, V34, P767, DOI 10.1068/a3425 Bridge G, 2004, GEOFORUM, V35, P395, DOI 10.1016/j.geoforum.2004.05.002 Bridge G, 2002, ENVIRON PLANN A, V34, P759, DOI 10.1068/a34199 Bridge G, 2000, GEOFORUM, V31, P237, DOI 10.1016/S0016-7185(99)00046-9 BUSTAMANTE R, 2002, WALIR STUDIES, V2, P40 CONAGHAN CM, 1990, LAT AM RES REV, V25, P3 CRESPO C, 2000, UNPUB SUPERINTENDENC CUSICANQUI SR, 2003, OPRIMIDOS PERO NO VE DELGRANADO H, 2003, PULSO LA PAZ, V217, P9 Demmers J., 2001, MIRACULOUS METAMORPH Durant R., 2004, ENV GOVERNANCE RECON ESPINOZA C, 2003, PULSO LA PAZ, V215, P13 ESPINOZA C, 2003, PULSO LA PAZ, V220, P22 ESPINOZA C, 2003, PULSO LA PAZ, V216, P16 ESPINOZA C, 2003, PULSO LA PAZ, V218, P16 FARTHING L, 2001, NACLA REPORT AM, V34, P8 FINNEGAN W, 2002, NEW YORKER 0408 GALEANO E, 2003, PAIS QUIERE EXISTIR GARCIA MO, 2002, GUERRA GAS NACION TR Gerbrandy G, 1998, AGUAS ACEQUIAS DEREC Glassman J, 1999, POLIT GEOGR, V18, P669, DOI 10.1016/S0962-6298(99)00013-X GUZMAN G, 2003, PULSO LA PAZ, V216, P11 GUZMAN G, 2003, PULSO LA PAZ, V215, P12 GUZMAN G, 2002, PULSO LA PAZ, V163, P63 Harvey D., 2003, NEW IMPERIALISM Homer-Dixon Thomas F., 1999, ENV SCARCITY VIOLENC Huber E, 2004, LAT AM RES REV, V39, P150, DOI 10.1353/lar.2004.0049 HURTADO RC, 2003, MONDE DIPLOMATIQUE D, V14, P4 Hylton Forrest, 2004, NACLA REPORT AM, V38, P15 Jessop B, 2002, ANTIPODE, V34, P452, DOI 10.1111/1467-8330.00250 Kaimowitz D, 1999, WORLD DEV, V27, P505, DOI 10.1016/S0305-750X(98)00146-6 KLEIN HS, 1992, BOLIVIA EVOLUTION MU Kohl B, 2002, POLIT GEOGR, V21, P449, DOI 10.1016/S0962-6298(01)00078-6 Kohl Benjamin, 1999, THESIS CORNELL U Larner W, 2003, ENVIRON PLANN D, V21, P509, DOI 10.1068/d2105ed Laurie N, 1999, ENVIRON PLANN A, V31, P1401, DOI 10.1068/a311401 Laurie N., 2002, MULTICULTURALISM LAT, P252 LAZARTE J, 2003, PULSO LA PAZ, V220, P8 LORA M, 2003, PULSO LA PAZ, V218, P14 MacLeod G, 1999, PROG HUM GEOG, V23, P503, DOI 10.1191/030913299669861026 Marx K., 1967, CAPITAL, V1 McCarthy J, 2004, GEOFORUM, V35, P275, DOI 10.1016/j.geoforum.2003.07.003 McCarthy J, 2004, GEOFORUM, V35, P327, DOI 10.1016/j.geoforum.2003.07.002 Miranda Pacheco C., 2002, PULSO LA PAZ, V218, P157 Nickson A., 2002, B LAT AM RES, V21, P99, DOI DOI 10.1111/1470-9856.00034 O'Riordan T, 2004, T I BRIT GEOGR, V29, P234, DOI 10.1111/j.0020-2754.2004.00127.x Peck J, 2002, ANTIPODE, V34, P380, DOI 10.1111/1467-8330.00247 Peredo C., 2004, REGANTES COCHABAMBA Perreault T, 2005, ENVIRON PLANN A, V37, P263, DOI 10.1068/a36188 Perreault T, 2005, ENVIRON PLANN A, V37, P191, DOI 10.1068/a37394 Polanyi K., 1944, GREAT TRANSFORMATION Quinton Luz, 2003, GUERRA AGUA ABRIL 20 Rivas Antezana S., 2000, HOMBRES REVOLUCION M Rivera Cusicanqui Silvia, 2004, NACLA REPORT AM, V38, P19 Robertson MM, 2004, GEOFORUM, V35, P361, DOI 10.1016/j.geoforum.2003.06.002 Sanabria H, 2000, LAT AM PERSPECT, V27, P56, DOI 10.1177/0094582X0002700105 SCHULTZ J, 2003, NACLA REPORT AM, V36, P34 Sonnenfeld DA, 2002, AM BEHAV SCI, V45, P1318, DOI 10.1177/0002764202045009003 Swyngedouw Erik, 1997, PERSPECT ECON CHANGE, P137 TICKELL A, 1995, ECON SOC, V24, P357, DOI 10.1080/03085149500000015 Victor Orduna, 2004, PULSO LA PAZ, V246, P1 Walton M, 2004, LAT AM RES REV, V39, P165, DOI 10.1353/lar.2004.0061 WATTS M, 1997, GEOGRAPHIES EC, P71 Watts MJ, 2004, T I BRIT GEOGR, V29, P195, DOI 10.1111/j.0020-2754.2004.00125.x Zeballos Hurtado H., 2003, POLITICA EC RECURSOS ZEMER C, 2000, PEOPLE PLANTS JUSTIC, P3 2003, OPINION COCHABA 1021, pA14 NR 68 TC 147 Z9 149 U1 0 U2 36 PU WILEY PI HOBOKEN PA 111 RIVER ST, HOBOKEN 07030-5774, NJ USA SN 0066-4812 EI 1467-8330 J9 ANTIPODE JI Antipode PD JAN PY 2006 VL 38 IS 1 BP 150 EP 172 DI 10.1111/j.0066-4812.2006.00569.x PG 23 WC Geography SC Geography GA 006SS UT WOS:000234918000010 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Deets, S AF Deets, S TI Public policy in the passive-aggressive state: Health care reform in Bosnia-Hercegovina 1995-2001 SO EUROPE-ASIA STUDIES LA English DT Article AB This article uses Bosnia and Hercegovina as a prototype of an emerging subset of weak states. the passive-aggressive state. Appearing as the result of agreements ending civil strife, the general characteristics of the passive-aggressive state include complex power-sharing arrangements at the centre and local institutions that are designed for capture by parties to the conflict, which in turn creates a weak and segmented civil society. As a result, only the international community can devise and financially support policy reform, but it must rely on the state to implement the reform. Dependent on international support for its own survival, the centre rhetorically embraces reform while local institutions engage in passive resistance to block it. This article uses three examples of health care reform in Bosnia to illustrate the difficulties of reform in these types of states. The paper concludes with observations on how strengthening the powers of the central government and reorienting international aid towards civil society might alleviate some of the structural problems of passive-aggressive states. C1 Babson Coll, Div Hist & Soc, Babson Pk, MA 02457 USA. RP Deets, S (reprint author), Babson Coll, Div Hist & Soc, 315 Hollister Hall, Babson Pk, MA 02457 USA. CR [Anonymous], 2000, 104 ICG [Anonymous], 1998, NO IRELAND PEACE AGR Bunce Valerie, 1999, SUBVERSIVE I DESIGN Carroll BW, 1999, GOVERNANCE, V12, P1, DOI 10.1111/0952-1895.00088 CERIC I, 2000, COMMUNICATION 0919 Cohen Lenard J, 1995, BROKEN BONDS YUGOSLA DEETS S, 2000, COMMUNICATION 0918 DEETS S, 2001, COMMUNICATION 0711 DEETS S, 2000, COMMUNICATION 0919 DEETS S, 2000, COMMUNICATION 0924 DEETS S, 2000, COMMUNICATION 0921 DEETS S, 2000, COMMUNICATION 0925 DEETS S, 2000, COMMUNICATION 0922 *EUR CTR MIN ISS, 2000, ECMI WORKSH 13 15 JU *EUR CTR MON ISS, 2004, CARN PROJ COMPL POW *FED MIN HLTH FED, 2000, STRAT PLAN HLTH SYST Foley MW, 1996, J DEMOCR, V7, P38, DOI 10.1353/jod.1996.0048 Gellner Ernest, 1994, CONDITIONS LIBERTY C GRAHAM C, 1997, TRANSFORMING POSTCOM, P385 Haggard Stephan, 1995, POLITICAL EC DEMOCRA HOROWITZ D, 1990, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI HRABAC B, 2001, UNPUB OUTLINE PAYMEN HRABAC B, 2001, COMMUNICATION 0711 HRABAC B, 2001, COMMUNICATION 0712 HRABAC B, 1997, CROAT MED J, V38, P9 *ICG, 1999, 84 ICG KARAHASANOVIC M, 2002, COMMUNICATION Kingston Paul, 2000, UNDERSTANDING GOVERN LIJPHART A, 1975, POLITICS ACCOMMODATO LINZ JJ, 1992, DAEDALUS SPR, P123 Ljubic B, 1999, CROAT MED J, V40, P160 LOGA S, 2001, COMMUNICATION 0712 McMahon RP, 2001, SCHIZOPHR RES, V49, P18 Migdal J, 1988, STRONG SOC WEAK STAT Miller G, 2000, GOVERNANCE, V13, P535, DOI 10.1111/0952-1895.00145 Nelson J. M., 1997, TRANSFORMING POSTCOM Nelson Joan M., 1999, REFORMING HLTH ED WO, V26 NORTH DC, 1994, I I CHANGE EC PERFOR Olson Mancur, 1982, RISE DECLINE NATIONS *PCU WORLD BANK RE, 2000, PUBL OP POLLS Pierson P, 2000, GOVERNANCE, V13, P475, DOI 10.1111/0952-1895.00142 Przeworski Adam, 1991, DEMOCRACY MARKET POL Putnam Robert D., 1993, MAKING DEMOCRACY WOR Ramet Sabrina, 1997, WHOSE DEMOCRACY NATL Richani Nazih, 1998, DILEMMAS DEMOCRACY P RUZDIC N, 2001, COMMUNICATION 0712 Schreurs M. A, 2002, ENV POLITICS JAPAN G Scott James C, 1985, WEAPONS WEAK EVERYDA Sisk Timothy, 1996, POWER SHARING INT ME SMAJKIC A, 2001, COMMUNICATION 0710 SMAJKIC A, 2001, COMMUNICATION 0716 Stroschein S., 2003, J ETHNOPOLITICS MINO, V3 Tarrow S., 1994, POWER MOVEMENT SOCIA Tsebelis G, 2002, VETO PLAYERS POLITIC Tsebelis George, 1990, NESTED GAMES RATIONA *U WURZB INT CONST, 2002, BOSN HERC CONST *UNHCR, 2001, HLTH CAR REF BOSN HE Varshney Ashutosh, 2003, ETHNIC CONFLICT CIVI NR 58 TC 9 Z9 9 U1 0 U2 0 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND SN 0966-8136 J9 EUROPE-ASIA STUD JI Eur.-Asia Stud. PD JAN PY 2006 VL 58 IS 1 BP 57 EP 80 DI 10.1080/09668130500401673 PG 24 WC Area Studies; Economics; Political Science SC Area Studies; Business & Economics; Government & Law GA 011RX UT WOS:000235286900003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Mace, G Loiseau, H AF Mace, G Loiseau, H TI Cooperative hegemony and summitry in the Americas SO LATIN AMERICAN POLITICS AND SOCIETY LA English DT Article ID INTEGRATION AB As an instrument for governance, summitry is a novel structure for the management of contemporary hemispheric regionalism in the Americas. Such regionalism is a clear case of the "structuralist paradox" of international cooperation. This article attempts to explain the particular asymmetric regionalism in the Americas by using the concept of cooperative hegemony. The underlying hypothesis is that the U.S. government, since 1994, has pursued a strategy of cooperative behavior, at least in regard to power sharing, in two specific phases of hemispheric regionalism: agenda setting and institutionalization. This study tests the hypothesis through a content analysis of the main documents produced at the Miami, Santiago, and Quebec summits, then relates these findings to the progress of institutionalization from 1994 to 2003. C1 Univ Laval, Dept Polit Sci, Quebec City, PQ G1K 7P4, Canada. Univ Laval, Inst Adv Int Studies, Quebec City, PQ G1K 7P4, Canada. Univ Sherbrooke, Dept Hist & Polit Sci, Sherbrooke, PQ J1K 2R1, Canada. RP Mace, G (reprint author), Univ Laval, Dept Polit Sci, Quebec City, PQ G1K 7P4, Canada. CR ALAZARXIRINACHS JM, 2001, FREE TRADE AM, V3 Baldwin David A, 1993, NEOREALISM NEOLIBERA BARNICA EP, 1996, CUMBRE AM PROSPERIDA BOEHM PM, 1999, CANADIAN FOREIGN POL, V7, P23 Brown Chris, 2001, UNDERSTANDING INT RE DEZELA H, 1998, REV PERUANA DERECHO, V48, P53 Feinberg R. E, 1997, SUMMITRY AM PROGR RE Habeeb Mark, 1988, POWER TACTICS INT NE Johnson Janet Buttolph, 2001, POLITICAL SCI RES ME Keohane R. O., 1989, POWER INTERDEPENDENC *LEAD COUNC INT SU, 2001, ADV QUEB CIT COR GAB LOPEZ HG, 1997, NUEVA SOC MAY, P51 Lutz EL, 2000, INT ORGAN, V54, P633, DOI 10.1162/002081800551235 Mace G, 1999, AM TRANSITION CONTOU, P37 OAS, 2001, INT DEM CHART *ORG AM STAT CHS, 2001, DEF MIN AM Pedersen T, 2002, REV INT STUD, V28, P677, DOI 10.1017/S0260210502006770 Pedersen T, 1998, GERMANY FRANCE INTEG *QSR INT, QSR NUDIST SOFTW RANKO PM, 2000, NEW SECRITY ARCHITEC Robert M., 2000, NEGOTIATING NAFTA EX Rosenberg RL, 2001, LAT AM POLIT SOC, V43, P79, DOI 10.2307/3177014 SHAMSIE Y, 2000, ENGAGNG CIVIL SOC LE SNGH JP, 2000, INT NEGOTIATIONS, V5, P450 Strange S., 1996, RETREAT STATE DIFFUS *SUMM AM INF NETW, 2001, QUEB SUMM PLAN ACT 2 *SUMM AM INF NETW, 1994, DECL PLANS ACT SUMM TOKATLIAN JG, 1994, J INTERAM STUD WORLD, V36, P75, DOI 10.2307/166527 Weber R. P., 1990, BASIC CONTENT ANAL Zartman IW, 1997, RES NEGOT O, V6, P227 ZARTMANN IW, 2000, POWER NEGOTIATION NR 31 TC 4 Z9 4 U1 0 U2 0 PU UNIV MIAMI PI CORAL GABLES PA LATIN AMERICAN POLITICS & SOCIETY, PO BOX 248282, CORAL GABLES, FL 33124-2302 USA SN 1531-426X J9 LAT AM POLIT SOC JI Latin Amer. Polit. Soc. PD WIN PY 2005 VL 47 IS 4 BP 107 EP 134 DI 10.1353/lap.2005.0047 PG 28 WC Area Studies; International Relations; Political Science SC Area Studies; International Relations; Government & Law GA 995WP UT WOS:000234135600005 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Freitag, M Buhlmann, M AF Freitag, M Buhlmann, M TI Political institutions and the formation of social trust. An international comparison SO POLITISCHE VIERTELJAHRESSCHRIFT LA German DT Review ID MULTILEVEL ANALYSIS; VOLUNTARY-ASSOCIATIONS; GENERALIZED TRUST; INDIVIDUALS; SWITZERLAND; MEMBERSHIP; DEMOCRACY; BEHAVIOR; CONTEXT; ORIGINS AB Trust functions as an instrument for establishing long-term and mutually beneficial cooperative relationships. In this paper we investigate the sources of generalized trust. The main focus of the research is the role of the political-institutional context in allowing trust-based relationships to form, controlling for the attributes and motives of individual agents. The central contention of the paper is that political institutions that support norms of fairness, universality, and the division of power contribute to the formation of inter-personal trust. Using data from the World Values Survey we run multi-level models to test for links between differences between the responses of individuals in various countries and the trust-supporting context, in terms of different institutional configurations. Alongside individual resources and attitudes, aspects of social integration and other sociodemographic characteristics, we test for significant effects of contextual factors - such as the influence of formal rule-of-law institutions, social inequality, and the division of power or pluralistic democratic procedures. The study comes to the conclusion that universalistic, impartial and power-sharing institutions increase the prospects for the development of generalized trust. C1 Univ Konstanz, Facbereich Polit & Verwaltungswissensch, Fach D84, D-78457 Constance, Germany. Univ Zurich, Inst Polit Wissensch, CH-8031 Zurich, Switzerland. RP Freitag, M (reprint author), Univ Konstanz, Facbereich Polit & Verwaltungswissensch, Fach D84, D-78457 Constance, Germany. EM markus.freitag@uni-konstanz.de; m.buehimann@tele2.ch RI Markus, Freitag/A-5194-2014 CR Alesina A, 2000, Q J ECON, V115, P847, DOI 10.1162/003355300554935 Alker H.S., 1969, QUANTITATIVE ECOLOGI, P64 ARROW KJ, 1972, PHILOS PUBLIC AFF, V1, P343 ARROW KJ, 1999, SOCIAL CAPITAL MULTI, P3 BACKHUAS K, 2003, MULTIVARIATE ANALYSE Boix C, 1998, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V28, P686, DOI 10.1017/S0007123498000313 BOOSK JW, 1991, POLITICAL BEHAV LOCA BOURDIEU P, 1983, SOZIALE UNGLEICHHEIT, P183 Brown Courtney, 1991, BALLOTS TUMULT PORTR Buhlmann M, 2004, KOLNER Z SOZIOL SOZ, V56, P326, DOI 10.1007/s11577-004-0037-9 Castles F.G., 1993, FAMILIES NATIONS PAT, P93 Coleman J., 1998, AM J SOCIOL, V94, P95, DOI DOI 10.1086/228943 Coleman J. S., 1990, FDN SOCIAL THEORY COX KR, 1969, QUANTITATIVE ECOLOGI, P157 Croissant A., 2000, DEMOKRATIEMESSUNG KO, P89 Delhey Jan, 2004, SOCIAL TRUST GLOBAL Ditton H., 1998, MEHREBENENANALYSE GR Duncan C., 1994, MODELLING COMPLEXITY Eisenstadt Shmuel, 1995, POWER TRUST MEANING Endress M, 2002, VERTRAUEN Esping-Andersen G, 1990, 3 WORLDS WELFARE CAP FITTON M, 1973, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V3, P445, DOI 10.1017/S0007123400007973 Freitag M, 2003, COMP POLIT STUD, V36, P936, DOI 10.1177/0010414003256116 Freitag M, 2003, EUR SOCIOL REV, V19, P217, DOI 10.1093/esr/19.2.217 Freitag M., 2004, SCHWEIZERISCHE Z POL, V10, P87 Frevert U., 2000, EMOTIONALITAT GESCH, P178 Frohlich Norman, 1992, CHOOSING JUSTICE EXP FUKUYAMA F, 1997, KONFUZIUS MARKTWIRTS Fukuyama F., 1995, TRUST SOCIAL VIRTUES Gabriel Oscar W., 2002, SOZIALKAPITAL DEMOKR Gambetta D., 2001, VERTRAUEN GRUNDLAGE, P204 GAMBETTA D, 1988, TRUST GOLDSTEIN H, 1991, BIOMETRIKA, V78, P45 Goldstein H, 1995, MULTILEVEL STAT MODE GOLDSTEIN H, 1998, MULTILEVEL METHODS A Goldstein H, 1987, MULTILEVEL MODELS ED GRANOVETTER M, 1985, AM J SOCIOL, V91, P481, DOI 10.1086/228311 Guo G, 2000, ANNU REV SOCIOL, V26, P441, DOI 10.1146/annurev.soc.26.1.441 Hall PA, 1996, POLIT STUD-LONDON, V44, P936, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9248.1996.tb00343.x Hank K, 2003, KOLNER Z SOZIOL SOZ, V55, P79, DOI 10.1007/s11577-003-0004-x Hardin Russell, 1992, ANAL KRITIK, V14, P152, DOI DOI 10.1515/AUK-1992-0204 Hartmann M., 2001, VERTRAUEN GRUNDLAGE HARTMANN M, 2002, OSTERRIECHISCHE Z PO, V31, P379 HENISZ WJ, 2004, POLITICAL CONSTRAINT Hox J.J., 1995, APPL MULTILEVEL ANAL HOX JJ, 1994, SOCIOL METHOD RES, V22, P283, DOI 10.1177/0049124194022003001 Huckfeldt Robert, 1993, POLITICAL SCI STATE, P281 Immergut EM, 1998, POLIT SOC, V26, P5, DOI 10.1177/0032329298026001002 INGELHART R, 2000, WORLD VALUES SURVEYS JADOT A., 2002, REV INT POLITIQUE CO, V9, P31 Johnson M, 2002, ELECT STUD, V21, P219, DOI 10.1016/S0261-3794(01)00019-1 JOHNSTON RJ, 1987, POLIT GEOGR QUART, V6, P7, DOI 10.1016/0260-9827(87)90027-9 JONES K, 1992, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V22, P343, DOI 10.1017/S0007123400006426 Jones K., 1996, SPATIAL ANAL MODELLI, P79 Jones K., 1997, NEDERLANDSE GEOGRAFI, P19 Jungbauer-Gans M, 2002, SOZ WELT, V53, P189 Kaufmann D., 1999, 2196 WORLD BANK DEV Keefer Philip, 2002, DPI2000 DATABASE POL Klein M, 2004, KOLNER Z SOZIOL SOZ, V56, P432, DOI 10.1007/s11577-004-0073-5 Knack S, 1997, Q J ECON, V112, P1251, DOI 10.1162/003355300555475 Kumlin S., 2003, ANN M AM POL SCI ASS Kunz V, 2000, KOLNER Z SOZIOL SOZ, V52, P195, DOI 10.1007/s11577-000-0029-3 LEVI M, 1998, TRUST GOVERNANCE, P77 Lijphart A., 1999, PATTERNS DEMOCRACY G Luhmann N, 1989, VERTRAUEN MECH REDUK Marsh M, 2002, ELECT STUD, V21, P207, DOI 10.1016/S0261-3794(01)00018-X MCALLISTER I, 1987, POLIT GEOGR QUART, V6, P17, DOI 10.1016/0260-9827(87)90028-0 Munch Richard, 1987, MICRO MACRO LINK, P356 Newton K, 1997, AM BEHAV SCI, V40, P575, DOI 10.1177/0002764297040005004 Newton K, 2001, INT POLIT SCI REV, V22, P201, DOI 10.1177/0192512101222004 Newton K, 1999, SOCIAL CAPITAL EUROP, P3 Newton K., 2000, DISAFFECTED DEMOCRAC, P52, DOI DOI 10.1177/0192512101222004 OECD, 2001, WELL BEING NAT ROL H Offe C, 2001, VERTRAUEN GRUNDLAGE, P241 Offe C., 1999, PERSPEKTIVEN GESELLS, P113 Offe Claus, 2001, GESELLSCHAFT GEMEINS, P417 ORBELL JM, 1970, J POLIT, V32, P27 Ostrom E, 1998, AM POLIT SCI REV, V92, P1, DOI 10.2307/2585925 Ostrom E., 1990, GOVERNING COMMONS EV PATERSON L, 1992, BRIT EDUC RES J, V17, P387 PREISENDORFER P, 1995, Z SOZIOL, V24, P263 PUTNAM R, 1995, J DEMOCRACY, V0006 PUTNAM RD, 1995, PS, V28, P664, DOI 10.2307/420517 PUTNAM RD, 1993, MAKING DEMOCRCY WORK Putnam Robert D., 2000, BOWLING ALONE COLLAP Rae D., 1971, POLITICAL CONSEQUENC RASBASH J, 2002, USERS GUIDE NLWIN VE Robinson WS, 1950, AM SOCIOL REV, V15, P351, DOI 10.2307/2087176 Rohwer G., 1998, MEHREBENENMODELLE MI Rothstein B, 2000, J THEOR POLIT, V12, P477, DOI 10.1177/0951692800012004007 Rothstein B, 2003, SCAND POLIT STUD, V26, P1, DOI 10.1111/1467-9477.t01-1-00077 Rothstein B., 2001, GESELLSCHAFT GEMEINS, P115 ROTHSTEN B, 2002, 98 M AM POL SCI ASS Schaal G. S., 2004, VERTRAUEN VERFASSUNG Scharpf Fritz W., 1995, GESELLSCHAFTLICHE SE, P39 Schofer E, 2001, AM SOCIOL REV, V66, P806, DOI 10.2307/3088874 Simmel Georg, 1992, GESAMTAUSGABE, V11 SIMONSON J, 2003, MEHREBENENANLYSEN SO Snijders TB, 1999, MULTILEVEL ANAL INTR Steenbergen MR, 2002, AM J POLIT SCI, V46, P218, DOI 10.2307/3088424 Stolle D, 1998, POLIT PSYCHOL, V19, P497, DOI 10.1111/0162-895X.00115 Stolle D., 2002, OSTERREICHISCHE Z PO, V31, P397, DOI DOI 10.15203/OZP.814.VOL31ISS4 Sztompka Piotr, 1995, POLITISCHE I WANDEL, V35, P254 Teachman J, 2002, J MARRIAGE FAM, V64, P280, DOI 10.1111/j.1741-3737.2002.00280.x TRUMBULL CP, 2001, BRITANNICA BOOK YEAR Uslaner E. M., 2002, MORAL FDN TRUST VONBARATTA M, 1998, FISCHER WELTALLMANAC *WELTB, 2003, WORLD DEV IND Whiteley P. F., 1999, SOCIAL CAPITAL EUROP, P25 Whiteley PF, 2000, POLIT STUD-LONDON, V48, P443, DOI 10.1111/1467-9248.00269 Zmerli Sonja, 2003, EUROPEAN POLITICAL S, V2, P68, DOI DOI 10.1057/EPS.2003.22 NR 111 TC 9 Z9 10 U1 3 U2 20 PU NOMOS PI HANOVER PA LEIBNIZ UNIV HANOVER, DEPT POLITCAL SCIENCES, SCHNEIDERBERG 50, HANOVER, 30167, GERMANY SN 0032-3470 J9 POLIT VIERTELJAHR JI Polit. Vierteljahresschr. PD DEC PY 2005 VL 46 IS 4 BP 575 EP + DI 10.1007/s11615-005-0303-0 PG 29 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 014ZV UT WOS:000235522600004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Linder, W Bachtiger, A AF Linder, W Bachtiger, A TI What drives democratisation in Asia and Africa? SO EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF POLITICAL RESEARCH LA English DT Article ID ECONOMIC-DEVELOPMENT; DEMOCRACY; TRANSITIONS AB With many developing countries stuck in an uneasy middle ground between full-fledged democracy and outright dictatorship, the question of favourable and unfavourable conditions for democratisation is dramatically brought back into focus. Yet, systematic comparative analysis that analyses a range of favourable and unfavourable political, economic and cultural factors is rare, particularly as far as African and Asian countries are concerned. This article addresses these shortcomings and at the same time introduces two conceptual innovations. Building on a structural and socio-anthropological conception of the term, we measure and test culture cross-nationally in a way that overcomes the conceptual limitations of the 'political culture' approach. We further develop an index of power sharing for 62 African and Asian countries, allowing us statistically to test Arend Lijphart's 'consociational' model of democratic emergence and consolidation. In our statistical examination of these countries between 1965 and 1995, power sharing and the cultural element of low familism turn out to be the strongest predictors of democratisation, while economic factors often viewed as the most important variables shaping democratisation - have only limited effects. C1 Univ Bern, Inst Polit Sci, CH-3000 Bern, Switzerland. RP Linder, W (reprint author), Univ Bern, Inst Polit Sci, CH-3000 Bern, Switzerland. EM wolf.linder@ipw.unibe.ch CR Almond G, 1963, CIVIC CULTURE POLITI BACHTIGER A, 2004, 200417 IUE SPS Banfield E, 1967, MORAL BASIS BACKWARD Barkan JD, 1995, J DEMOCR, V6, P106, DOI 10.1353/jod.1995.0058 BURKHART RE, 1994, AM POLIT SCI REV, V88, P903, DOI 10.2307/2082715 Carothers T, 2002, J DEMOCR, V13, P5, DOI 10.1353/jod.2002.0003 Carothers T., 1999, AIDING DEMOCRACY ABR Chabal Patrick, 1999, AFRICA WORKS DISORDE Dahl R., 1971, POLYARCHY PARTICIPAT Daloz Jean-Pascal, 2002, C CULT DEM DEV MONT Derbyshire D, 1996, POLITICAL SYSTEMS WO Derbyshire D, 2000, ENCY WORLD POLITICAL DERBYSHIRE DJ, 1989, POLITICAL SYSTEMS WO DIAMOND L, 1993, POLITICAL CULTURE DE Easterly W, 1997, Q J ECON, V112, P1203, DOI 10.1162/003355300555466 Elazar Daniel, 1994, FEDERAL SYSTEMS WORL Fukuyama Francis, 1992, END HIST LAST MAN GORVIN I, 1989, ELECTIONS 1945 WORLD Haynes J., 2001, DEMOCRACY DEV WORLD HIGLEY J, 1989, AM SOCIOL REV, V54, P17, DOI 10.2307/2095659 Horowitz Donald L., 1985, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI JAGGERS K, 1998, POLITY 98 REGIME CHA Kaiser A, 1997, J THEOR POLIT, V9, P419, DOI 10.1177/0951692897009004001 Leftwich A., 1996, DEMOCRACY DEV Lian B, 1997, ECON DEV CULT CHANGE, V46, P61, DOI 10.1086/452321 Lijphart A, 1996, AM POLIT SCI REV, V90, P258, DOI 10.2307/2082883 LIJPHART A, 1977, DEOMCRACY PLURAL SOC Lijphart A., 2002, ARCHITECTURE DEMOCRA, P37, DOI DOI 10.1093/0199246467.003.0003 LIJPHART A, 1984, DEMOCRACIES PATTERN LIJPHART A, 1968, WORLD POLIT, V4, P207 Linder W., 1999, SCHWEIZERISCHE DEMOK Linder Wolf, 1994, SWISS DEMOCRACY POSS Linz Juan J., 1996, PROBLEMS DEMOCRATIC Linz Juan J., 1990, J DEMOCR, V1, P84, DOI DOI 10.1353/JOD.1990.0059 LIPSET M, 1981, DEMOCRACY DEV COUNTR Lipset S., 1981, POLITICAL MAN SOCIAL Maddison A, 2001, WORLD EC MILLENNIAL Makinda SM, 1996, J MOD AFR STUD, V34, P555, DOI 10.1017/S0022278X00055762 Merkel W., 1999, SYSTEMTRANSFORMATION Moore B., 1967, SOCIAL ORIGINS DICTA MULLER HP, 2002, C CULT DEM DEV MONT MULLER HP, 1999, ATLAS PRECOLONIAL SO O'Donnell Guillermo, 1986, TRANSITIONS AUTHORIT Posner DN, 2004, AM J POLIT SCI, V48, P849 Przeworski A, 1996, J DEMOCR, V7, P39 Przeworski Adam, 1992, ISSUES DEMOCRATIC CO, P105 Putnam Robert D., 1993, MAKING DEMOCRACY WOR Rabushka A., 1972, POLITICS PLURAL SOC Reynolds A, 1995, J DEMOCR, V6, P117, DOI 10.1353/jod.1995.0071 RITZEN JW, 2000, GOOD POLITICANS BAD Rueschemeyer D., 1992, CAPITALIST DEV DEMOC RUSTOW DA, 1970, COMP POLIT, V2, P337, DOI 10.2307/421307 Scharpf F., 1997, GAMES REAL ACTORS PL Sisk Timothy, 1996, POWER SHARING INT ME TSEBELIS G, 1995, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V25, P289, DOI 10.1017/S0007123400007225 Tsebelis G, 2002, VETO PLAYERS POLITIC Vanhanen T., 1989, SCANDINAVIAN POLITIC, V12, P95 WEAVER RK, 1992, COLLAPSE CANADA Weingast BR, 1997, AM POLIT SCI REV, V91, P245, DOI 10.2307/2952354 Welzel C, 2003, EUR J POLIT RES, V42, P341, DOI 10.1111/1475-6765.00086 *WORLD BANK, 1999, WORLD DEV IND NR 61 TC 21 Z9 21 U1 0 U2 8 PU BLACKWELL PUBLISHING PI OXFORD PA 9600 GARSINGTON RD, OXFORD OX4 2DQ, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0304-4130 J9 EUR J POLIT RES JI Eur. J. Polit. Res. PD OCT PY 2005 VL 44 IS 6 BP 861 EP 880 DI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.2005.00250.x PG 20 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 963SA UT WOS:000231825000005 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Safa, HI AF Safa, HI TI Challenging Mestizaje - A gender perspective on indigenous and afrodescendant movements in Latin America SO CRITIQUE OF ANTHROPOLOGY LA English DT Article DE afrodescendant; autonomy; indigenous; mestizaje; women ID RACE; BRAZIL; IDENTITY AB This article compares the contemporary movements for cultural autonomy and social legitimation organized by the indigenous and Afrodescendant populations of Latin America. These movements are challenging the concept of blanqueamiento or whitening embedded in the process of mestizaje in Latin America. Whitening proclaimed the superiority of white European culture over indigenous and black culture, a concept these movements are challenging by proclaiming their own cultural autonomy. In particular, the article will examine the increasing role of women in both these movements, and how women are reconciling the tension between ethnic/racial and gender consciousness. C1 Univ Florida, Gainesville, FL 32611 USA. RP Safa, HI (reprint author), 2021 NW 15th Ave, Gainesville, FL 32605 USA. EM safa@latam.ufl.edu CR AMB (Articulacao de Mulheres Braileiras), 2001, MULH NEGR RETR DISCR Andrews G. R, 1980, AFROARGENTINES BUENO [Anonymous], 1984, J LATIN AM ANTHR, DOI DOI 10.1525/JLCA.1996.2.1.170 ARIAS O, 2002, LAT AM STUD ASS C MA Arocha J, 1998, LAT AM PERSPECT, V25, P70, DOI 10.1177/0094582X9802500304 Bello M., 2002, REV CEPAL, V76, P39 Brodber Erna, 1982, PERCEPTIONS CARIBBEA BRONDO K, 2003, ANN M AM ANTHR ASS C Cadena Marisol de la, 2000, INDIGENOUS MESTIZOS Cayetano S., 1997, GARIFUNA HIST LANGUA CERVONE E, 2002, GENDERS PLACE FEMINI COSTA DCT, 2002, EC DEV LATIN AM COMM DACUNHA EMG, 2001, J REDE SAUDE, V23, P48 DACUNHA OMG, 1998, CULTURE POLITICS POL Degler Carl N., 1971, NEITHER BLACK WHITE DELACADENA M, 2002, GENDERS PLACE FEMINI Delgado P., 2002, NACLA REPORT AM, V35, P36 England S, 1999, IDENTITIES-GLOB STUD, V6, P5, DOI 10.1080/1070289X.1999.9962635 Fischer B, 2004, LAT AM RES REV, V39, P31, DOI 10.1353/lar.2004.0008 FOOTE N, 2004, B LATIN AM RES, V23, P198 Gonzalez N. L. S., 1988, SOJOURNERS CARIBBEAN Gordon Edmund T., 1998, DISPARATE DIASPORAS GRUESO L, 1998, CULTURE POLITICS POL Guimaraes Antonio Sergio, 2001, NACLA REPORT AM, V34, P38 Hanchard Michael George, 1994, ORPHEUS POWER MOVIME Hasenbalg Carlos, 1999, RACIAL POLITICS CONT, P154 HENRIQUES R, 2001, TEXTO DISCUSSCAO NO HERSKOVITS MJ, 1941, MYTH NEGRO PAST Hoffman K, 2003, ANNU REV SOCIOL, V29, P363, DOI 10.1146/annurev.soc.29.010202.100141 HTUN M, 2004, LAT AM RES REV, V39, P69 Lovell PA, 2000, REV SOC ECON, V58, P277, DOI 10.1080/00346760050132337 Lovell PA, 1998, LAT AM PERSPECT, V25, P90, DOI 10.1177/0094582X9802500305 Lovell PA, 2000, LAT AM PERSPECT, V27, P85, DOI 10.1177/0094582X0002700606 MAYO SANTANA R., 1997, CADENAS ESCLAVITUD S McIlwaine Cathy, 1997, EUR J DEV RES, V9, P35 MORRISON J, 2002, EC DEV LATIN AM COMM, P17 NASH J, AUTONOMY HOME GENDER NASH J, 2003, POLITICS INJUSTICE L NASH J, 2001, MAYAN VISIONS QUEST Oakley Peter, 2001, SOCIAL EXCLUSION AFR Putnam Lara, 2002, CO THEY KEPT MIGRANT SAFA HI, 1986, SOC ECON STUD, V35, P1 SAFAN HI, 1995, MYTH MALE BREADWINNE SANTANNA W, 2001, PERSPECTIVAS SAUDE D, V4 Smith C. A., 1996, J LATIN AM ANTHR, V2, P148 Smith CA, 1997, IDENTITIES-GLOB STUD, V3, P495, DOI 10.1080/1070289X.1997.9962576 Soares S., 2000, 769 IPEA SUTHERLAND J, 2002, EC DEV LATIN AM COMM Telles Edward, 1999, RACIAL POLITICS CONT THORNE E, UNPUB 2002 LASA C PA Thorne Eva, 2004, NACLA REPORT AM, V38, P21 TURNER JM, 2002, NACLA, V35, P31 Twine France Winddance, 1998, RACISM RACIAL DEMOCR URREA FG, 2001, MOVILIDAD URBANIZACI Wade P., 1997, RACE ETHNICITY LATIN Walker Sheila S, 2002, NACLA, V35, P16 Yelvington KA, 2001, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V30, P227, DOI 10.1146/annurev.anthro.30.1.227 NR 57 TC 27 Z9 28 U1 0 U2 6 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 1 OLIVERS YARD, 55 CITY ROAD, LONDON EC1Y 1SP, ENGLAND SN 0308-275X J9 CRIT ANTHROPOL JI Crit. Anthropol. PD SEP PY 2005 VL 25 IS 3 BP 307 EP 330 DI 10.1177/0308275X05055217 PG 24 WC Anthropology SC Anthropology GA 958ZJ UT WOS:000231486400006 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Simonsen, SG AF Simonsen, SG TI Addressing ethnic divisions in post-conflict institution-building: Lessons from recent cases SO SECURITY DIALOGUE LA English DT Article DE Nation-building; state-building; peacebuilding; political institutions; consociationalism; multiculturalism ID AFGHANISTAN AB Where the lines of an armed conflict coincide with ethnic boundaries, the political salience of ethnicity increases. In post-conflict situations that may seem defined by 'ancient hatreds', the political salience and character of ethnic identities remain dynamic. Bringing together contributions from the comparative politics literature on power-sharing and the policy-dominated field of post-conflict peacebuilding, this article examines how ethnic divisions have been addressed in recent cases of institution-building directed by international forces following military intervention - in Bosnia, Kosovo, Afghanistan, and Iraq. It finds that an 'assumption of intransigence' has often influenced decisions on institutional design, and that the institutionalization of ethnicity has become an important hindrance to peacebuilding. Against this background, the article argues in favor of institutional designs that do not fixate the accentuation on ethnicity in politics: more flexible ways should be sought to assure inclusivity and representativeness for different ethnic groups. There exists a wide range of insfitutional-design options that can be combined, on the basis of in-depth assessments of each individual conflict, to de-ethnicize politics and build sustainable peace. C1 Int Peace Res Inst, PRIO, Oslo, Norway. RP Simonsen, SG (reprint author), Int Peace Res Inst, PRIO, Oslo, Norway. CR Belloni Roberto, 2004, INT PEACEKEEPING, V11, P334, DOI DOI 10.1080/1353331042000237300 Belmont K., 2002, ARCHITECTURE DEMOCRA, P1 Bieber Florian, 2002, J MUSLIM MINORITY AF, V22, P205, DOI DOI 10.1080/13602000220124917 Booth K., 2001, KOSOVO TRAGEDY HUMAN, P1 CHEIBUB J, 2003, SYSTEMS GOVT PARLIAM Diamond Larry, 1995, POLITICS DEV COUNTRI, P1 Fearon JD, 2000, INT ORGAN, V54, P845, DOI 10.1162/002081800551398 GHAI Y, 2003, BUILDING DEMOCRACY I, P5 Horowitz D., 2002, ARCHITECTURE DEMOCRA, P15, DOI DOI 10.1093/0199246467.003.0002 Horowitz Donald L., 2000, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI *ICG, 2003, 143 ICG *IDEA, 2002, IMPR LOC GOV APPR DE Kymlicka W., 1995, MULTICULTURAL CITIZE Kymlicka W, 2001, CAN LIBERAL PLURALIS, P13 Lijphart A., 2002, ARCHITECTURE DEMOCRA, P37, DOI DOI 10.1093/0199246467.003.0003 LIJPHART A, 2001, OXFORD COMPANION POL, P172 Linz J., 1990, J DEMOCR, V1, P51, DOI DOI 10.1353/jod.1990.0059 Mainwaring S, 1997, PRESIDENTIALISM DEMO, P394, DOI DOI 10.1017/CBO9781139174800.012 Norris P., 2003, ELECTORAL ENG VOTING Przeworski A, 1996, J DEMOCR, V7, P39 Reilly Benjamin, 2001, DEMOCRACY DIVIDED SO Roy Olivier, 1995, AFGHANISTAN HOLY WAR Rubin BR, 2004, J DEMOCR, V15, P5, DOI 10.1353/jod.2004.0051 RUBIN BR, 2003, PRESENTATION CONSTIT SAMUELS K, 2004, FUTURE UN STATE BUIL Simonsen SG, 2004, THIRD WORLD Q, V25, P707, DOI 10.1080/01436590410001678942 SIMONSEN SG, IN PRESS ASIAN SURVE Simonsen Sven G., 2004, INT PEACEKEEPING, V11, P289, DOI DOI 10.1080/1353331042000237283 Sisk Timothy, 1996, POWER SHARING INT ME Sisk Timothy D, 1998, ELECTIONS CONFLICT M, P145 Smooha Sammy, 2002, NATIONS NATL, V8, P423, DOI DOI 10.1111/NANA.2002.8.ISSUE-S4 *US COMM REF, 2003, WORLD REF SURV 2003 WIMMER A, 2003, 72 ZEF CTR DEV RES NR 33 TC 36 Z9 36 U1 0 U2 22 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 1 OLIVERS YARD, 55 CITY ROAD, LONDON EC1Y 1SP, ENGLAND SN 0967-0106 J9 SECUR DIALOGUE JI Secur. Dialogue PD SEP PY 2005 VL 36 IS 3 BP 297 EP 318 DI 10.1177/0967010605057017 PG 22 WC International Relations SC International Relations GA 974NJ UT WOS:000232598400003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Tull, DM Mehler, A AF Tull, DM Mehler, A TI The hidden costs of power-sharing: Reproducing insurgent violence in Africa SO AFRICAN AFFAIRS LA English DT Article ID STATE; REFLECTIONS; PEACE; WAR AB This article analyzes some factors underlying the spread of insurgent violence in Africa. It focuses on the impact external factors have on power struggles on the continent. The first of these is the unsteady support for democracy from Western donors, which has impeded more far-reaching domestic changes in much of Africa. Second are wider changes in the international setting that dramatically enhanced the international standing of armed movements in the post-1989 period. The article argues that the interplay of both factors has induced would-be leaders to conquer state power by violent rather than non-violent means. This becomes particularly evident in regard to Western efforts to solve violent conflict through power-sharing agreements. The hypothesis is put forward that the institutionalization of this practice for the sake of 'peace', i.e. providing rebels with a share of state power, has important demonstration effects across the continent. It creates an incentive structure would-be leaders can seize upon by embarking on the insurgent path as well. As a result, and irrespective of their effectiveness in any given case, power-sharing agreements may contribute to the reproduction of insurgent violence. C1 German UInst Int Affairs & Secur, Berlin, Germany. Inst African Affairs, Hamburg, Germany. RP Tull, DM (reprint author), German UInst Int Affairs & Secur, Berlin, Germany. EM denis.tull@swp-berlin.org CR Anderson Mary, 1999, DO NO HARM AID CAN S Bayart JF, 2000, AFR AFFAIRS, V99, P217, DOI 10.1093/afraf/99.395.217 Bayart JF, 2004, AFR AFFAIRS, V103, P453, DOI 10.1093/afraf/adh042 Bratton Michael, 1997, DEMOCRATIC EXPT AFRI CASSETTE J, 2000, AFRICAN SECURITY REV, V9, P5 Clapham C, 1998, REV INT STUD, V24, P143, DOI 10.1017/S0260210598001430 Clapham C, 1996, AFRICA INT SYSTEM CLAPHAM C, 1998, AFRICAN GUERRILAS Clifford Bob, 2001, INT POLITICS, V38, P311, DOI DOI 10.1057/PALGRAVE.IP.8892332 Collier Paul, 2001, GREED GRIEVANCE CIVI CRAMER C, 2003, WORLD DEV, V30, P1845 DEVILLERS G, 2001, GUERRE POLITIQUE TRE Doornbos M, 2002, DEV CHANGE, V33, P797, DOI 10.1111/1467-7660.t01-1-00249 Ellis S., 1999, MASK ANARCHY DESTRUC Ellis Stephen, 2003, INT POLITICS SOC, V2, P29 Hartzell C, 2003, AM J POLIT SCI, V47, P318, DOI 10.1111/1540-5907.00022 HERBST J, 2003, 361 INT I STRAT STUD Kieffer Guy-Andre, 2000, POLITIQUE AFRICAINE, V78, P26 Latham R., 2001, INTERVENTION TRANSNA, P1 Lemke D, 2003, WORLD POLIT, V56, P114, DOI 10.1353/wp.2004.0005 Luttwak EN, 1999, FOREIGN AFF, V78, P36, DOI 10.2307/20049362 Manji F, 2002, INT AFF, V78, P567, DOI 10.1111/1468-2346.00267 MARSHALL MG, 2003, PEACE CONFLICT 2003 MEHLER A, 1999, UNVOLLENDETE DEMOKRA, P193 Mengisteab K., 2004, AFRICAN ISSUES, V32, P25 Mkandawire T, 2002, J MOD AFR STUD, V40, P181, DOI 10.1017/S0022278X02003889 Olsen Gorm Rye, 2002, INT POLITICS, V39, P311 Ottaway M, 2002, DEV CHANGE, V33, P1001, DOI 10.1111/1467-7660.t01-1-00258 Paris R, 2004, WARS END BUILDING PE Reno W, 2002, DEV CHANGE, V33, P837, DOI 10.1111/1467-7660.t01-1-00251 Reno William, 2001, CURRENT HIST MAY, P219 REYNTJENS F, 1999, GUERRE GRANDS LACS Rigby Andrew, 2001, JUSTICE RECONCILIATI Sandbrook R, 2000, CLOSING CIRCLE DEMOC Sawyer A, 2004, J MOD AFR STUD, V42, P437, DOI 10.1017/S0022278X04000266 SISK TD, 2001, PEACEMAKING CIVIL WA Smith EC, 2003, PARASITOL RES, V89, P26, DOI 10.1007/s00436-002-0687-3 Spears IS, 2000, THIRD WORLD Q, V21, P105 STEDMAN SJ, 2002, ENDING CIVIL WARS IM Tull D.M., 2005, RECONFIGURATION POLI Uvin P, 1998, AIDING VIOLENCE DEV Van de Walle Nicolas., 2001, AFRICAN EC POLITICS Wiseman J., 1995, DEMOCRACY POLITICAL, P220 Young C, 2004, AFR AFFAIRS, V103, P23, DOI 10.1093/afraf/adh003 2000, AFRIQUE CONT, V193, P9 NR 45 TC 88 Z9 88 U1 1 U2 8 PU OXFORD UNIV PRESS PI OXFORD PA GREAT CLARENDON ST, OXFORD OX2 6DP, ENGLAND SN 0001-9909 J9 AFR AFFAIRS JI Afr. Aff. PD JUL PY 2005 VL 104 IS 416 BP 375 EP 398 DI 10.1093/afraf/adi034 PG 24 WC Area Studies; Political Science SC Area Studies; Government & Law GA 950GV UT WOS:000230846500001 OA Green Published DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Strober, E AF Strober, E TI "Is power-sharing possible?" - Using empowerment evaluation with parents and nurses in a pediatric hospital transplantation setting SO HUMAN ORGANIZATION LA English DT Article DE power-sharing; communication; biomedical culture; family-centered care ID FAMILY-CENTERED CARE AB This article describes the evaluation of an innovative empowerment project aimed at improving nurse-family communication in a pediatric transplantation setting. Empowerment and family-centered care models were employed to reduce barriers to communication and build partnerships. The goals of the project were to facilitate empowerment, power-sharing, and joint decision-making among nurses and families. Families gained insight into biomedical culture, culminating in the creation of a handbook for navigating biomedical culture, which they site as empowering. However, major barriers exist to achieving the remaining goals. Although nurses involved with the project value the principles of joint decision-making and power-sharing abstractly, they are reluctant to incorporate them into their practice. They describe them as at odds with tasks and roles they must accomplish. Foucault's insights on clinical power assist in understanding why this project was successful in creating partnerships in some areas, but not accomplishing power-sharing at a structural and practical level. C1 Univ Washington, Sch Social Work, Seattle, WA 98195 USA. RP Strober, E (reprint author), Univ Washington, Sch Social Work, Seattle, WA 98195 USA. CR ANDERSON BG, 1982, CLIN APPLIED ANTHR, P325 Arango P, 1999, J DEV BEHAV PEDIATR, V20, P123 Barry CA, 2002, QUAL HEALTH RES, V12, P1093, DOI 10.1177/104973202236577 Cooley WC, 1999, J DEV BEHAV PEDIATR, V20, P120 DREYFUS H, 1983, BEYOND STRUCTURALISM Dunst C J, 1996, Pediatr Nurs, V22, P334 Dunst C. J., 1992, FAMILY SCI REV, V5, P111 FELDMAN HM, 1999, ADAPTIVE PRACTICE MO, V20, P111 Ferguson WJ, 2002, FAM MED, V34, P353 FETTERMAN D, 2001, FDN EMPOWERMENT Foucault Michel, 1965, MADNESS CIVILIZATION HANSEN J, 1997, FAMILY CENTERED CARE Johnson BH, 1992, CARING CHILDREN FAMI LAZURUS ES, 1988, ANTHR Q, V2, P34 OZER EM, 1990, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V58, P472, DOI 10.1037/0022-3514.58.3.472 Shapiro J, 2002, MED EDUC, V36, P749, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2923.2002.01270.x Stratton Jon, 1990, WRITING SITES GENEAL ZIMMERMAN MA, 1992, AM J COMMUN PSYCHOL, V20, P707, DOI 10.1007/BF00942234 NR 18 TC 6 Z9 8 U1 0 U2 2 PU SOC APPLIED ANTHROPOLOGY PI OKLAHOMA CITY PA 3000 UNITED FOUNDERS BLVD, STE 148, OKLAHOMA CITY, OK 73112 USA SN 0018-7259 J9 HUM ORGAN JI Hum. Organ. PD SUM PY 2005 VL 64 IS 2 BP 201 EP 210 DI 10.17730/humo.64.2.uh6u2exgheyxhxqj PG 10 WC Anthropology; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary SC Anthropology; Social Sciences - Other Topics GA 934KQ UT WOS:000229708100009 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Shephard, M Cairney, P AF Shephard, M Cairney, P TI The impact of the Scottish Parliament in amending Executive legislation SO POLITICAL STUDIES LA English DT Article ID EUROPEAN-PARLIAMENT; SCOTLAND AB This paper provides the first systematic attempt to investigate the legislative impact of the Scottish Parliament on Executive legislation, by analysing the fate of all amendments to Executive bills from the Parliament's first session (1999-2003). Initial findings on the success of bill amendments show that the balance of power inclines strongly in favour of ministers. However, when we account for the type of amendment and initial authorship we find evidence that the Parliament (both coalition and opposition MSPs) actually makes more of an impact, particularly in terms of the level of success of substantive amendments to Executive bills. Our findings have implications for much of the current literature that is sceptical of the existence of power sharing between the Executive and the Parliament and within the Parliament. C1 Univ Strathclyde, Dept Govt, Glasgow G1 1XQ, Lanark, Scotland. Univ Aberdeen, Dept Polit & Int Relat, Aberdeen AB24 3QY, Scotland. RP Shephard, M (reprint author), Univ Strathclyde, Dept Govt, McCance Bldg,16 Richmond St, Glasgow G1 1XQ, Lanark, Scotland. EM mark.shephard@strath.ac.uk; paul.cairney@abdn.ac.uk OI Cairney, Paul/0000-0002-9956-832X CR ARTER D, 2002, 3 SCOTT NORD RES NET Arter David, 2004, J CONTEMP EUR STUD, V12, P71, DOI DOI 10.1080/1460846042000207097 Arter David, 2002, J LEGISLATIVE STUDIE, V8, P93 CIARNEY P, 2004, SCOTTISH AFFAIRS, V47, P115 Cramer D, 1998, FUNDAMENTAL STAT SOC EARNSHAW D, 1996, POLICY MAKING EUROPE, P96 Griffith J. A. G., 1974, PARLIAMENTARY SCRUTI Hassan G., 1999, GUIDE SCOTTISH PARLI HASSAN G, 2000, NEW SCOTTISH POLITIC HAZELL R, 2000, STATE NATIONS 2000 Hazell R., 2003, STATE NATIONS 2003 3 JORDAN G, 1990, COMMERCIAL LOBBYISTS Judge D., 1993, PARLIAMENTARY STATE Keating M., 2003, J LEGISLATIVE STUDIE, V9, P110, DOI DOI 10.1080/1357233042000246882 Keating M., 2005, GOVT SCOTLAND PUBLIC Kreppel A, 2002, COMP POLIT STUD, V35, P784, DOI 10.1177/0010414002035007002 LANDIS JR, 1977, BIOMETRICS, V33, P159, DOI 10.2307/2529310 Lijphart A., 1999, PATTERNS DEMOCRACY Lynch Peter, 2001, SCOTTISH GOVT POLITI Maurer A, 2003, J COMMON MARK STUD, V41, P227, DOI 10.1111/1468-5965.00420 McFadden J., 2000, SCOTTISH PARLIAMENT Mitchell J, 2000, PARLIAMENT AFF, V53, P605, DOI 10.1093/pa/53.3.605 Mitchell James, 1996, STRATEGIES SELF GOVT MONSERUD RA, 1992, ECOL MODEL, V62, P275, DOI 10.1016/0304-3800(92)90003-W Neuendorf K. A., 2002, CONTENT ANAL GUIDEBO Norton Philip, 1998, PARLIAMENTS GOVT W E Olson David, 1996, NEW PARLIAMENTS CENT, P231 Packenham R., 1970, LEGISLATURES DEV PER, P521 Page EC, 2003, PUBLIC ADMIN, V81, P651, DOI 10.1111/j.0033-3298.2003.00366.x *SCOTT COUNC FDN, 2002, SCOTSMAN 0626 Scottish Constitutional Convention, 1995, SCOTL PARL SCOTL RIG, p2f Scottish Office, 1997, SCOTL PARL Selck TJ, 2004, EUR UNION POLIT, V5, P25, DOI 10.1177/1465116504040444 Shephard M, 2004, PUBLIC ADMIN, V82, P831, DOI 10.1111/j.0033-3298.2004.00421.x SHEPHARD M, 2001, CONSTITUTION UNIT Shephard M., 2001, J LEGISLATIVE STUDIE, V7, P79 Strom Kaare, 2004, PATTERNS PARLIAMENTA, P91 Taylor Brian, 1999, SCOTTISH PARLIAMENT Trench A., 2004, HAS DEVOLUTION MADE Trench Alan, 2001, STATE NATIONS 2001 2 Tsebelis G, 2001, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V31, P573 WATSON M, 2001, YEAR ZERO INSIDE VIE Winetrobe B. K., 2001, REALISING VISION PAR 2003, FOUNDING PRINCIPLES NR 44 TC 22 Z9 22 U1 1 U2 2 PU BLACKWELL PUBL LTD PI OXFORD PA 108 COWLEY RD, OXFORD OX4 1JF, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0032-3217 J9 POLIT STUD-LONDON JI Polit. Stud. PD JUN PY 2005 VL 53 IS 2 BP 303 EP 319 DI 10.1111/j.1467-9248.2005.00530.x PG 17 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 937GW UT WOS:000229913600004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Kedar, O AF Kedar, O TI When moderate voters prefer extreme parties: Policy balancing in parliamentary elections SO AMERICAN POLITICAL SCIENCE REVIEW LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 60th Annual Meeting of the Midwest-Political-Science-Association/American-Political-Science-Associa tion CY APR 25-28, 2002 CL CHICAGO, IL SP Midwest Polit Sci Assoc, Amer Polit Sci Assoc ID MODELS; PROXIMITY; ISSUES; CHOICE; REPRESENTATION; NETHERLANDS; GOVERNMENTS; DEMOCRACIES; COALITIONS; SYSTEMS AB This work develops and tests a theory of voter choice in parliamentary elections. I demonstrate that voters are concerned with policy outcomes and hence incorporate the way institutions convert votes to policy into their choices. Since policy is often the result of institutionalized multiparty bargaining and thus votes are watered down by power-sharing, voters often compensate for this watering down by supporting parties whose positions differ from (and are often more extreme than) their own. I use this insight to reinterpret an ongoing debate between proximity and directional theories of voting, showing that voters prefer parties whose positions differ from their own views insofar as these parties pull policy in a desired direction. Utilizing data from four parliamentary democracies that vary in their institutional design, I test my theory and show how institutional context affects voter behavior. C1 Univ Michigan, ISR, Ann Arbor, MI 48106 USA. RP Kedar, O (reprint author), Univ Michigan, ISR, POB 1248, Ann Arbor, MI 48106 USA. EM oritk@umich.edu CR AARDAL B, 1989, NORWEGIAN ELECTION S Adams J, 1999, EUR J POLIT RES, V36, P235, DOI 10.1023/A:1007005005276 Alvarez RM, 2000, AM POLIT SCI REV, V94, P131, DOI 10.2307/2586385 AUSTENSMITH D, 1988, AM POLIT SCI REV, V82, P405, DOI 10.2307/1957393 Avakumovic Ivan, 1978, SOCIALISM CANADA STU BAILEY M, 2001, I RECONCILLATION PRO Barnes S.H., 1997, COMP POLITICS RATION, P115 Baron DP, 2001, Q J ECON, V116, P933, DOI 10.1162/00335530152466278 Blais A, 2001, EUR J POLIT RES, V40, P81, DOI 10.1111/1475-6765.00590 Cho SD, 2003, PUBLIC CHOICE, V114, P275, DOI 10.1023/A:1022616323373 Clarke Harold D., 2000, POLITY EDGE Doring H, 1995, PARLIAMENTS MAJORITY Dorussen H, 2001, ELECT STUD, V20, P399, DOI 10.1016/S0261-3794(00)00026-3 Downs A., 1957, EC THEORY DEMOCRACY Enelow J. M., 1984, SPATIAL THEORY VOTIN Gaines BJ, 2004, J THEOR POLIT, V16, P289, DOI 10.1177/0951629804043204 GROFMAN B, 1985, J POLIT, V47, P230, DOI 10.2307/2131073 HEATH A, 1987, BRIT GEN ELECTION ST Herron M. C., 2000, POLIT ANAL, V8, P83 Hotelling H, 1929, ECON J, V39, P41, DOI 10.2307/2224214 IVERSEN T, 1994, COMP POLIT STUD, V27, P155, DOI 10.1177/0010414094027002001 IVERSEN T, 1994, AM J POLIT SCI, V38, P45, DOI 10.2307/2111335 JOHNSTON R, 1992, LETTING PEOPLE DECID KEDAR O, 2003, THESIS HARVARD U Kedar Orit, 2004, ANN M AM POL SCI ASS King Gary, 2000, AM J POLIT SCI, V44, P341, DOI DOI 10.2307/2669316 KTISCHELT H, 1995, RADICAL RIGHT W EURO Lewis Jeffrey B., 2000, POLIT ANAL, V8, P21 Lijphart A., 1984, DEMOCRACIES PATTERNS Lijphart A., 1999, PATTERNS DEMOCRACY G Lohmann S, 1997, COMP POLIT STUD, V30, P420, DOI 10.1177/0010414097030004002 MACDONALD SE, 1991, AM POLIT SCI REV, V85, P1107, DOI 10.2307/1963938 Macdonald SE, 2001, J POLIT, V63, P482, DOI 10.1111/0022-3816.00075 MACDONALD SE, 1995, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V25, P453, DOI 10.1017/S0007123400007316 Mebane WR, 2000, AM POLIT SCI REV, V94, P37, DOI 10.2307/2586379 MEGUID BM, 2002, THESIS HARVARD U Merrill S, 2001, EUR J POLIT RES, V40, P199, DOI 10.1111/1475-6765.00594 Pierce R, 1997, J THEOR POLIT, V9, P61, DOI 10.1177/0951692897009001007 Powell G. B., 2000, ELECTIONS INSTRUMENT Quinn KM, 1999, AM J POLIT SCI, V43, P1231, DOI 10.2307/2991825 Rosenthal Howard, 1995, PARTISAN POLITICS DI STROM K, 1993, AM POLIT SCI REV, V87, P870, DOI 10.2307/2938820 STROM K, 1990, MINORITY GOVT MAJORI TAYLOR M, 2000, SPEC C I EC VOT TRON *U MICH, 1995, NAT EL STUD COMP STU Westholm A, 1997, AM POLIT SCI REV, V91, P865, DOI 10.2307/2952170 Whitten GD, 1996, AM J POLIT SCI, V40, P231, DOI 10.2307/2111701 NR 47 TC 169 Z9 169 U1 1 U2 24 PU CAMBRIDGE UNIV PRESS PI NEW YORK PA 32 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS, NEW YORK, NY 10013-2473 USA SN 0003-0554 EI 1537-5943 J9 AM POLIT SCI REV JI Am. Polit. Sci. Rev. PD MAY PY 2005 VL 99 IS 2 BP 185 EP 199 DI 10.1017/S0003055405051592 PG 15 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 931XN UT WOS:000229518900003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Feltenstein, A Iwata, S AF Feltenstein, A Iwata, S TI Decentralization and macroeconomic performance in China: regional autonomy has its costs SO JOURNAL OF DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS LA English DT Article DE fiscal; decentralization; stability; China ID INFLATION; GROWTH; REFORM; POLICY AB We give an empirical examination of the impact of fiscal and economic decentralization in China on the country's economic growth and inflation, using a vector autoregressive (VAR) model with latent variables. Our econometric investigation offers strong evidence that there is a connection between decentralization and macroeconomic performance in China. Economic decentralization appears to be positively related to growth in real output for the entire postwar period in China. Fiscal decentralization seems to have adverse implications for the rate of inflation, especially after the late 1970s. Decentralization would therefore seem to be good for growth and bad for price stability. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 Int Monetary Fund, Washington, DC 20431 USA. Univ Kansas, Dept Econ, Lawrence, KS 66045 USA. RP Feltenstein, A (reprint author), Int Monetary Fund, 700 19th St NW, Washington, DC 20431 USA. EM afeltenstein@imf.org; iwata@ku.edu CR Barry Naughton, 1995, GROWING OUT PLAN CHI BELL M, 1993, INT MONETARY FUND Brandt L, 2000, J POLIT ECON, V108, P422, DOI 10.1086/262124 BROADMAN H, 1995, 283 WORLD BANK BROWN RL, 1975, J ROY STAT SOC B MET, V37, P149 DOLLAR D, 1990, ECON DEV CULT CHANGE, V39, P89, DOI 10.1086/451855 EASTERLY W, 1993, J MONETARY ECON, V32, P417, DOI 10.1016/0304-3932(93)90025-B FELTENSTEIN A, 1991, J DEV ECON, V36, P279, DOI 10.1016/0304-3878(91)90037-V FELTENSTEIN A, 1990, J MONEY CREDIT BANK, P234 GOLDBERGER A, 1972, INT EC REV, V13 GROVES T, 1994, AUTONOMY INCENTIVES, P183 HOFMAN B, 1993, CHINA ECON REV, V4, P213 Jefferson GH, 1999, ENTERPRISE REFORM CH JIN HH, 1999, REGIONAL DECENTRALIZ MA G, 1997, INTERGOVERNMENTAL RE MA G, 1995, INCOME DISTRIBUTION Maskin ES, 1999, AM ECON REV, V89, P421, DOI 10.1257/aer.89.2.421 NICHOLAS RL, 1998, CHINA UNFINISHED EC PRUDHOMME R, 1994, UNPUB DANGERS DECENT QIAN YY, 1998, REV ECON STUD, V66, P156 TANZI V, 1997, ABCDE C WORLD BANK W Tseng W., 1994, EC REFORM CHINA NEW *WORLD BANK, 1994, CHIN COUNTR EC MEM M World Bank, 1996, CHIN EC FIGHT INFL D World Bank, 1997, CHIN 2020 DEV CHALL YUSUF S, 1994, J ECON PERSPECT, V8, P71, DOI 10.1257/jep.8.2.71 ZELLNER A, 1970, INT EC REV, V11 NR 27 TC 33 Z9 34 U1 1 U2 8 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0304-3878 J9 J DEV ECON JI J. Dev. Econ. PD APR PY 2005 VL 76 IS 2 BP 481 EP 501 DI 10.1016/j.jdeveco.2004.01.004 PG 21 WC Economics SC Business & Economics GA 886ZA UT WOS:000226270600009 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Dryzek, JS AF Dryzek, JS TI Deliberative democracy in divided societies - Alternatives to agonism and analgesia SO POLITICAL THEORY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Conference on Deliberative Democracy and Sensitive Issues CY MAR 25-26, 2003 CL Univ Amsterdam, Amsterdam, NETHERLANDS HO Univ Amsterdam DE deliberative democracy; consociational democrucy; agonism; identity politics; ethnic conflict AB For contemporary democratic theorists, democracy is largely a matter of deliberation. But the recent rise of deliberative democracy (in practice as well as theory) coincided with ever more prominent identity politics, sometimes in murderous form in deeply divided societies. This essay considers how deliberative democracy can process the toughest issues concerning mutually contradictory assertions of identity. After considering the alternative answers provided by agonists and consociational democrats, the author makes the case for a power-sharing state with attenuated sovereignty and a more engaged deliberative politics in a public sphere that is semidetached from the state and situated transnationally. C1 Australian Natl Univ, Social & Polit Theory Program, Res Sch Social Sci, Canberra, ACT, Australia. RP Dryzek, JS (reprint author), Australian Natl Univ, Social & Polit Theory Program, Res Sch Social Sci, Canberra, ACT, Australia. CR Anderson Benedict, 1983, IMAGINED COMMUNITIES Barber Benjamin R., 1995, JIHAD VS MCWORLD GLO BENHABIB, 2002, CLAIMS CULTURE EQUAL, P108 Bessette Joseph M, 1994, MILD VOICE REASON Bohman James, 1996, PUBLIC DELIBERATION, P83 Chambers S, 2001, POLIT THEORY, V29, P837, DOI 10.1177/0090591701029006008 Connolly W., 1991, IDENTITY DIFFERENCE DEVEAUX M, 2003, POLIT THEORY, V31, P781 Dryzek J., 2000, DELIBERATIVE DEMOCRA Dryzek JS, 2001, POLIT THEORY, V29, P651, DOI 10.1177/0090591701029005003 Dryzek JS, 2003, GREEN STATES SOCIAL Fennema M, 2000, J POLIT PHILOS, V8, P379, DOI 10.1111/1467-9760.00108 FISH S, 1999, DELIBERATE POLITICS, P92 Fishkin J.S., 1995, VOICE PEOPLE PUBLIC FORESTER J, 1999, CONSENSUS BUILDING H, P470 FORESTER J, 1999, DELIBERATIVE PRACTIT, P115 Fung A, 2003, J POLIT PHILOS, V11, P338, DOI 10.1111/1467-9760.00181 Gutmann A., 1996, DEMOCRACY DISAGREEME Habermas Jurgen, 1996, FACTS NORMS CONTRIBU Honig B., 1993, POLITICAL THEORY DIS HOROWITZ D, 2000, DESIGNING DEMOCRATIC, P262 HOROWITZ D, 1991, DEMOCRATIC S AFRICA, P189 Horowitz Donald L., 1985, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI KAPOOR I, 2002, ALTERNATIVES, V27, P472 Kaufman Stuart J., 2001, MODERN HATREDS SYMBO Kim Claire, 2000, BITTER FRUIT POLITIC Kymlicka W., 1995, MULTICULTURAL CITIZE LIJPHART A, 2000, DEMOCRACY I LIFE WOR, P228 Lijphart Arend, 1994, ELECTION 94 S AFRICA, P222 Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC MACKIE G, 2002, ANN M AM POL SCI ASS Moore M., 1999, CRITICAL REV INT SOC, V2, P26 Mouffe C, 1999, SOC RES, V66, P745 Mouffe C., 2000, DELIBERATIVE DEMOCRA Mouffe Chantal, 2000, DEMOCRATIC PARADOX ORBELL JM, 1988, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V54, P811, DOI 10.1037/0022-3514.54.5.811 Przeworski Adam, 1991, DEMOCRACY MARKET POL, P24 RAE H., 2002, STATE IDENTITIES HOM Reilly Benjamin, 2001, DEMOCRACY DIVIDED SO Reynolds A., 2000, DEMOCRACY I LIFE WOR, P169 Schlosberg D., 1999, ENV JUSTICE NEW PLUR Smith G, 2000, POLIT STUD-LONDON, V48, P51, DOI 10.1111/1467-9248.00250 Snyder J, 1996, INT SECURITY, V21, P5, DOI 10.2307/2539069 Sunstein CR, 2002, J POLIT PHILOS, V10, P175, DOI 10.1111/1467-9760.00148 VALADEZ JM, 2001, DELIBERATIVE DEMOCRA, P36 Young I. M., 2000, INCLUSION DEMOCRACY, P16 NR 46 TC 166 Z9 173 U1 0 U2 25 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS INC PI THOUSAND OAKS PA 2455 TELLER RD, THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91320 USA SN 0090-5917 J9 POLIT THEORY JI Polit. Theory PD APR PY 2005 VL 33 IS 2 BP 218 EP 242 DI 10.1177/0090591704268372 PG 25 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 904ZV UT WOS:000227538100005 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Miller, D AF Miller, D TI Defending political autonomy: a discussion of Charles Beitz SO REVIEW OF INTERNATIONAL STUDIES LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Univ Oxford, Oxford OX1 2JD, England. RP Miller, D (reprint author), Univ Oxford, Oxford OX1 2JD, England. CR BEITZ C, 1994, POLITICAL RESTRUCTUR, P131 Beitz C., 1999, POLITICAL THEORY INT Beitz C, 1979, POLITICAL THEORY INT Couture Jocelyne, 1998, RETHINKING NATL Miller David, 2000, CITIZENSHIP NATL IDE Rawls J., 1971, THEORY JUSTICE Rawls John, 1999, LAW PEOPLES WALZER M, 1980, PHILOS PUBLIC AFF, V9, P209 NR 8 TC 4 Z9 4 U1 0 U2 0 PU CAMBRIDGE UNIV PRESS PI NEW YORK PA 40 WEST 20TH ST, NEW YORK, NY 10011-4211 USA SN 0260-2105 J9 REV INT STUD JI Rev. Int. Stud. PD APR PY 2005 VL 31 IS 2 BP 381 EP 388 DI 10.1017/S0260210505006522 PG 8 WC International Relations SC International Relations GA 923JO UT WOS:000228906400011 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Sullivan, DP AF Sullivan, DP TI The missing pillars: a look a the failure of peace in Burundi through the lens of Arend Lijphart's theory of consociational democracy SO JOURNAL OF MODERN AFRICAN STUDIES LA English DT Article AB The failure of a power-sharing attempt at peace in Burundi in 1993 led to the killing of hundreds of thousands of Burundians and played a significant role in feeding tensions leading up to the genocide in Rwanda in 1994, In which another 800,000 people lost their lives. A look at the specifics of this power-sharing arrangement in the framework of Arend Lijphart's theory of consociational democracy leads to some interesting conclusions and insights into why the effort at peace failed and how future efforts could be improved. The paper looks at the arrangement in terms of Lijphart's four main pillars for successful consociationalism in deeply divided states: a grand coalition, segmental autonomy, minority overrepresentation or parity, and a minority veto. The extent to which Lijphart's recommendations were implemented is assessed along with the impact of their presence or absence. The analysis leads to some important lessons and further questions which are of particular importance as Burundi heads into its latest attempt at a stable and peaceful society. C1 Johns Hopkins Univ, Paul H Nitze Sch Adv Int Studies, Washington, DC USA. RP Sullivan, DP (reprint author), Johns Hopkins Univ, Paul H Nitze Sch Adv Int Studies, Washington, DC USA. CR BAUER O, 1907, NATIONALITOCTENFRAGE *CENTR INT AG, 2003, WORLD FACTB Chretien Jean-Pierre, 1989, CRISE AOUT 1988 BURU Des Forges A., 1999, LEAVE NONE TELL STOR DESFORGES A, 1994, CURR HIST, V93, P203 Evans G., 1997, RESPONDING CRISES AF *INT CRIS GROUP, 2002, 46 ICG *INT CRIS GROUP, 2004, 81 ICG *INT REG INF NETW, 2004, UN MISS TAK AU FORC *INT REG INF NETW, 2004, BUR IRIN INT C MCASK *INT REG INF NETW, 2004, BUR REF POSTP 22 DEC *INT REG INF NETW, 2004, GREAT LAK REG LEAD S LEMARCHAND R, 1994, J MOD AFR STUD, V32, P581, DOI 10.1017/S0022278X0001586X Lemarchand Rene, 1994, BURUNDI ETHNIC CONFL LIJPHART A, 1971, CAN J POLITICAL SCI, V4, P1, DOI 10.1017/S000842390002624X Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Lijphart Arend., 1990, CONFLICT PEACEMAKING, P491 Lund MS, 1998, PREVENT ACTION REP, V2, P47 Melvern L., 2004, CONSPIRACY MURDER RW Prunier G., 2002, RWANDA CRISIS HIST G Prunier Gerard, 1994, BURUNDI MANAGEABLE C RENNER K, 1918, SELBSTBESTIMMUNGSREC REYNTJENS F, 1993, J MOD AFR STUD, V31, P563, DOI 10.1017/S0022278X00012246 Reyntjens Filip, 2000, BURUNDI PROSPECTS PE *UN, 2000, UN BUR Vandeginste Stef, 1999, AFRIQUE GRANDS LACS, P101 WATSON C, 1994, AFR REP, V39, P27 NR 27 TC 23 Z9 23 U1 0 U2 9 PU CAMBRIDGE UNIV PRESS PI NEW YORK PA 32 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS, NEW YORK, NY 10013-2473 USA SN 0022-278X J9 J MOD AFR STUD JI J. Mod. Afr. Stud. PD MAR PY 2005 VL 43 IS 1 BP 75 EP 95 DI 10.1017/S0022278X0400062X PG 21 WC Area Studies SC Area Studies GA 911SQ UT WOS:000228025500004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Saxton, GD AF Saxton, GD TI Repression, grievances, mobilization, and rebellion: A new test of Gurr's model of ethnopolitical rebellion SO INTERNATIONAL INTERACTIONS LA English DT Article ID POLITICAL-CONFLICT; GOVERNMENT COERCION; ETHNIC MOBILIZATION; MINORITIES REBEL; GLOBAL ANALYSIS; 1980S; VIOLENCE; STATES; SUBSTITUTION; DETERRENCE AB Throughout the 1990s Ted Robert Gurr developed and refined a model of ethnopolitical rebellion built around four key determinants - identity, incentives, capacity, and opportunities. Lindstrom and Moore (1995), Gurr and Moore (1997), and Moore and Gurr (1998) have argued that the explanation Gurr proposes actually implies an interactive model in which these four factors, along with rebellion and repression, work interdependently to determine levels of rebellious ethnic conflict. In this study I utilize a three-stage least squares estimator to test the ability of this interactive model to explain the magnitude of ethnopolitical rebellion in the seventeen regions of Spain from 1977-1996. The use of an original event data set with enhanced indicators allows for the first test of Gurr's interactive model not based on the Minorities at Risk project, while the cross-temporal design facilitates the first full test of the model's democracy-rebellion linkages. This test demonstrates even stronger overall support for the theoretical model than previous analyses, which had failed to find evidence for the direct influence of grievances on rebellion, of democratization and repression on mobilization, and of democracy on repression. An important deviation from Gurr's model is the finding that three of the proposed indicators of deprivation - relative regional GDP, education, and regional autonomy - were found to have the opposite impact from that intended. Implications of these findings are explored in depth. C1 SUNY Coll Brockport, Dept Publ Adm, Brockport, NY 14420 USA. RP Saxton, GD (reprint author), SUNY Coll Brockport, Dept Publ Adm, 350 New Campus Dr, Brockport, NY 14420 USA. EM gsaxton@brockport.edu CR Anderson Benedict, 1991, IMAGINED COMMUNITIES Auvinen J, 1997, J PEACE RES, V34, P177, DOI 10.1177/0022343397034002005 Barth F., 1969, ETHNIC GROUPS BOUNDA Beissinger M. R, 1996, SOC RES, V63, P1 Benson M, 1998, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V42, P196, DOI 10.1177/0022002798042002004 BOOKMAN Milica Z., 1993, EC SECESSION Brass Paul R., 1991, ETHNICITY NATL THEOR CALHOUN C, 1993, ANNU REV SOCIOL, V19, P211, DOI 10.1146/annurev.so.19.080193.001235 CONNER W, 1993, ETHNIC RACIAL STUD, V13, P92 Coser Lewis, 1956, FUNCTIONS SOCIAL CON Davenport C, 1996, POLIT RES QUART, V49, P377, DOI 10.2307/448879 DAVENPORT C, 1995, AM J POLIT SCI, V39, P683, DOI 10.2307/2111650 Deutsch K., 1954, NATL SOCIAL COMMUNIC Dudley R, 1998, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V42, P77, DOI 10.1177/0022002798042001004 Fearon JD, 2000, INT ORGAN, V54, P845, DOI 10.1162/002081800551398 FEARON JD, 1999, AM POL SCI ASS ANN M FEARON JD, 1997, THESIS U CHICAGO FEARON JD, 2003, COLLABORATIVE PROJEC FERRANDO MG, 1980, REGIONALISMO AUTONOM FRANCISCO RA, 1995, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V39, P263, DOI 10.1177/0022002795039002003 *FREE HOUS, 2000, FREED HOUS COUNTR RA *FUND BANC, 1995, SER HIST CAP HUM ESP Garcia Ferrando Manuel, 1994, CONCIENCIA NACL REGI GRANOVETTER M, 1978, AM J SOCIOL, V83, P1420, DOI 10.1086/226707 GUPTA DK, 1993, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V37, P301, DOI 10.1177/0022002793037002004 Gurr T, 1996, MANAGING GLOBAL CHAO, P53 Gurr T. R., 1970, WHY MEN REBEL Gurr Ted Robert, 1993, MINORITIES RISK Gurr TedR, 2000, PEOPLES VERSUS STATE Gurr TR, 1997, AM J POLIT SCI, V41, P1079, DOI 10.2307/2960482 GURR TR, 1993, INT POLIT SCI REV, V14, P161, DOI 10.1177/019251219301400203 GURR TR, 1988, COMP POLIT STUD, V21, P45, DOI 10.1177/0010414088021001003 Hegre H, 2001, AM POLIT SCI REV, V95, P33 Heywood Paul, 1995, GOVT POLITICS SPAIN HILL S, 1986, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V30, P716, DOI 10.1177/0022002786030004006 Horowitz Donald L., 1985, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI JAIMEJIMENEZ O, 1996, REV INT SOCIOLOGIA, V15, P143 Khosla D., 1999, MINORITIES RISK DATA Kriesi H., 1995, NEW SOCIAL MOVEMENTS LEE C, 2002, UNPUB SYSTEMATIC STU LICHBACH MI, 1987, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V31, P266, DOI 10.1177/0022002787031002003 Lichbach MI, 1998, ANNU REV POLIT SCI, V1, P401, DOI 10.1146/annurev.polisci.1.1.401 Lindstrom R, 1995, J POLIT MIL SOCIOL, V23, P167 MCADAM D, 1982, POLITICAL PROCESS DE McAdam Doug, 1996, MOBILIZATION, V1, P17 Moore W. H., 1990, J DEV SOC, V6, P17 Moore WH, 1998, AM J POLIT SCI, V42, P851, DOI 10.2307/2991732 Moore WH, 2000, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V44, P107, DOI 10.1177/0022002700044001006 MOORE WH, 1998, EARLY WARNING EARLY MORAL Felix, 1998, IDENTIDAD REGIONAL N MULLER EN, 1990, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V34, P624, DOI 10.1177/0022002790034004003 Nordlinger Eric A., 1972, OCCASIONAL PAPERS, V29 Olson M., 1965, LOGIC COLLECTIVE ACT Olzak S, 1998, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V42, P691, DOI 10.1177/0022002798042006002 POE SC, 1994, AM POLIT SCI REV, V88, P853, DOI 10.2307/2082712 Posen Barry, 1993, SURVIVAL, V35, P27, DOI DOI 10.1080/00396339308442672 *PROM INF, 1982, AN EL PAIS *PROM INF, 1977, EL PAIS IND Putnam Robert D., 1993, MAKING DEMOCRACY WOR RODRIGUEZ MM, 1989, ESPANA EC, P891 ROEDER PG, 1991, WORLD POLIT, V43, P196, DOI 10.2307/2010471 Saideman SM, 2000, J POLIT, V62, P1126, DOI 10.1111/0022-3816.00049 SAIDEMAN SM, 1999, 40 ANN M INT STUD AS Saideman Stephen M., 1998, ETHNIC CONFLICT FEAR, P127 SCARRITT JR, 1995, COMP POLIT STUD, V28, P323, DOI 10.1177/0010414095028003001 Schock K, 1996, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V40, P98, DOI 10.1177/0022002796040001006 Schrodt PA, 1997, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V41, P529, DOI 10.1177/0022002797041004003 Snyder Jack, 1999, VOTING LEADS VIOLENC TARROW S, 1988, ANNU REV SOCIOL, V14, P421 Tilly Charles, 1978, MOBILIZATION REVOLUT WEEDE E, 1981, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V25, P639 NR 71 TC 17 Z9 17 U1 1 U2 10 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0305-0629 J9 INT INTERACT JI Int. Interact. PD JAN-MAR PY 2005 VL 31 IS 1 BP 87 EP 116 DI 10.1080/03050620590919452 PG 30 WC International Relations SC International Relations GA 913BX UT WOS:000228126400004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Bouffartigue, P AF Bouffartigue, P TI Metamorphosises of social classes SO PENSEE LA French DT Article AB Social classes problem has been posed recently in political field as in social sciences field, helped with a certain social conflicts and critical thought revival. But social inequalities increase, tightly linked to social classes appurtenances comes with weakening of old forms of social appurtenances and consciousness. Popular classes have lost much visibility and political autonomy. Working sphere is not yet also central in structuring social movements, as shown by " alter mondialist " movement development. All those phenomenons invite us to renew sociological eyes on exploitation, domination and emancipation social forms. CR BIDET J, 2003, MOUVEMENTS 0326 BOUFFARTIGUE P, 2003, INSEE PEMIERE OCT CHAUVEL L, 2004, REV IOFCE CHOPART JN, 2005, RESTETAIL CLASSES SO Cingolani P, 2003, REPUBLIQUE SOCIOLOGU COUTROT L, 2002, SOC CONT DELAUNAY JC, 2003, PENSEE JUI DUBET F, 2003, LIEN SOCIAL POLIQUES GOUX D, 2004, MONDE 0414 JACOT H, 2000, CAPITALISME PARTRIMO LELAY S, 2003, MOUVEMENTS Lojkine J., 1996, TABOU GESTION MEYER N, 2003, LIEN SOCIAL POLITIQU MOLINIER P., 2003, ENIGME FEMME ACTIVE NEGRI A, 2000, EMPIRE EXILS Schwartz O., 1998, NOTION CLASSES POPUL THELOT C, 1988, GENS PRIVE GENS PUBL ZARIFIAN P, 2002, EMERGENCE PEUPLE MON ZARIFIAN P, 1997, ELOGE CIVILITE Zarifian P, 2003, QUOI SERT TRAVAIL 2004, RETOUR CLASSES SOCIA 2003, CLASSES SOCIALS RETO 1999, ACTUEL MARX 1999, CONTRE ETAT POLITIQU 2003, EC MARXIST CAPITALIS 2003, RECHERCHES SOCIOLOGI, V34 NR 26 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU PENSEE PI PARIS PA 64 BD AUGUSTE-BLANQUI, 75013 PARIS, FRANCE SN 0031-4773 J9 PENSEE JI Pensee PD JAN-MAR PY 2005 IS 341 BP 111 EP + PG 15 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 918YE UT WOS:000228584700010 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Schrijver, F AF Schrijver, F TI Regionalism in Galicia after regionalisation SO TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ECONOMISCHE EN SOCIALE GEOGRAFIE LA English DT Article DE regionalism; territorial identities; regionalisation; Galicia; Spain ID WORLD AB Regionalisation is in many cases introduced as a response to regionalist demands. Apart from the territorial accommodation of conflicting territorial identities and interests, regionalisation alters the context of regionalist politics. Based on the case of Galicia after the introduction of regional autonomy, this paper offers an empirical analysis of the consequences of regionalisation for political regionalism. It argues that regional identities and demands for autonomy are affected by the presence of a regional government and a broader process of regional institutionalisation. Moreover, it discusses the adaptations in terms of ideology, mobilisation strategy and organisation made by regionalist parties and other political parties in the region, and in which ways the role of regionalism in regional politics changes after regionalisation. C1 Univ Amsterdam, Dept Geog Planning & Int Dev Studies, NL-1018 VZ Amsterdam, Netherlands. RP Schrijver, F (reprint author), Univ Amsterdam, Dept Geog Planning & Int Dev Studies, Nieuwe Prinsengracht 130, NL-1018 VZ Amsterdam, Netherlands. EM F.J.Schrijver@uva.nl CR Anderson Benedict, 1983, IMAGINED COMMUNITIES [Anonymous], 2003, PAIS Barreiro Rivas X. L., 2003, PARTIDOS POLITICOS G, P99 Beramendi J.G, 1996, NACIONALISMO GALEGO BESWICK J, 2002, NATL IDENTITIES, V4, P258 *BLOQ ANPG UPG PSG, 1981, CEIBE, V49, P4 *BMG, 1997, PROGR GOV AUT 97 *BNG, 2001, 20015 BNG *BNG, 2000, GAL CAP DEC EL XER 2 *BNPG, 1979, BAS CONST NAC GAL Bogdanor V, 1999, POLIT QUART, V70, P185, DOI 10.1111/1467-923X.00220 Cazorla J., 1992, CLIENTELISMO TRADICI DEGALICA PP, 1989, PROGRAMA GOBERNO GAL DIEZ NL, 2003, PARTIDOS POLITICOS G, P19 Dijkink G., 2003, AMSTERDAM HUMAN CAPI, P331 Garcia Ferrando Manuel, 1994, CONCIENCIA NACL REGI GARCIA XL, 2001, PRENSA DIARIA GEDICI Giordano B, 2000, POLIT GEOGR, V19, P445, DOI 10.1016/S0962-6298(99)00088-8 GUNTHER R, 1986, SPAIN FRANCO GURR TR, 1994, INT STUD QUART, V38, P347, DOI 10.2307/2600737 IGLESIAS ALVAREZ A, 2002, FALAR GALEGO VEO QUE IRIBARNE MF, 1977, ALIANZA POPULAR Kaplan D. H., 1999, NESTED IDENTITIES NA, P31 Keating M, 1997, ENVIRON PLANN C, V15, P383, DOI 10.1068/c150383 Keating M., 1998, NEW REGIONALISM W EU Lapidoth R., 1997, AUTONOMY FLEXIBLE SO LAXE FG, 1985, GALICIA RETO MODERNI Linz Juan Jose, 1973, BUILDING STATES NATI, P32 LUGILDE A, 2003, DRAMA QUINTA PROVINC MAIZ R., 1999, REV ESPANOLA CIENCIA, V1, P173 Maiz R., 1996, REV ESTUDIOS POLITIC, P33 MAIZ R, 2001, IDEOLOGIAS MOVIMIENT, P285 McGarry J, 1993, POLITICS ETHNIC CONF, P1 Monteagudo Henrique, 2002, PROCESO NORMALIZACIO, V1 OTERO XMR, 2003, PARTIDOS POLITICOS G, P345 Paasi A, 2002, TIJDSCHR ECON SOC GE, V93, P137, DOI 10.1111/1467-9663.00190 Paasi A., 1986, FENNIA, V164, P105, DOI DOI 10.11143/9052 *PSDEG PSOE, 1993, PROGR EL GAL POD *PSDEG PSOE, 2001, PROGR EL *PSDEG PSOE, 1981, PROGR SOC FAC GAL VI *PSDEG PSOE EU EG, 1997, PROGR GOB EL AUT 19 SANCHEZ FJ, 2003, PARTIDOS POLITICOS G, P263 SEIXAS XMN, 2003, REGIONALE BEWEGUNGE, P161 SOLER MS, 1999, CONOCIMIENTO USO LEN Van der Wusten H., 2001, TERRITORIAL FACTOR P, P273 1981, ESTATUTO AUTONOMIA G NR 46 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 0 U2 0 PU BLACKWELL PUBL LTD PI OXFORD PA 108 COWLEY RD, OXFORD OX4 1JF, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0040-747X J9 TIJDSCHR ECON SOC GE JI Tijdschr. Econ. Soc. Geogr. PY 2005 VL 96 IS 3 BP 275 EP 286 DI 10.1111/j.1467-9663.2005.00459.x PG 12 WC Economics; Geography SC Business & Economics; Geography GA 936EB UT WOS:000229837200004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Jenne, E AF Jenne, E TI A bargaining theory of minority demands: Explaining the dog that did not bite in 1990s Yugoslavia SO INTERNATIONAL STUDIES QUARTERLY LA English DT Article ID CONFLICTS; IRREDENTISM; CONSTRAINTS; ETHNICITY; 1980S; TIES; WAR AB This article develops a general theory of bargaining between a minority, its host state, and outside lobby actor to explain why minorities shift their demands from affirmative action to cultural autonomy to secessionism and back, often in the absence of clear economic or security incentives. This paper uses a simple game tree model to show that if a minority believes that it enjoys significant support from a powerful national homeland or other external actor, it radicalized its demands against the host state, even if the center has credibly committed to protect minority rights. Conversely, if a minority believes that it enjoys no external support, then it will accommodate the host state, even in the presence of significant majority repression. As a general theory of claim-making, this model challenges structural theories of demands that rely on static economic differences or historical grievances to explain claim-making. It also challenges security dilemma arguments that hold that minority radicalization is mainly a function of ethnic fears. The model's hypotheses are tested using longitudinal analysis of Hungarians in Vojvodina during the 1990s, as the Yugoslav dog that "barked but did not bite." Careful examination of claim-making in this case demonstrates the superior explanatory power of the ethnic bargaining model as compared with dominant theories of minority mobilization in the literature. C1 Cent European Univ, Int Relat & European Studies Dept, Budapest, Hungary. RP Jenne, E (reprint author), Cent European Univ, Int Relat & European Studies Dept, Budapest, Hungary. CR Alesina A, 1997, Q J ECON, V112, P1027, DOI 10.1162/003355300555411 ANDREYEVICH M, 1990, VOJVODINA HUNGARIAN Ayres RW, 2001, INT INTERACT, V27, P61, DOI 10.1080/03050620108434977 AYRES WR, 2000, NATL ETHNIC POLITICS, V6, P92 BAUMGARTNER P, 1999, MOSCOW MINSK VIRTUAL BETTS RK, 1994, FOREIGN AFF, V73, P20, DOI 10.2307/20046926 BORSODY S, 1992, HUNGARIANS DIVIDED N Brass Paul, 1974, LANGUAGE RELIG POLIT Brubaker R., 1996, NATL REFRAMED NATION BUGAJSKI J, 1993, NATIONS TURMOIL CONF Campbell Greg, 2000, ROAD KOSOVO BALKAN D CARMENT D, 1995, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V39, P82, DOI 10.1177/0022002795039001004 Carter Francis W., 1996, CHANGING SHAPE BALKA Chazan N., 1991, IRREDENTISM INT POLI, P9 CHAZAN N, 1991, IRREDNTISM INT POLIT Connor Walker, 1994, ETHNONATIONALISM QUE Cooper R., 1993, SURVIVAL, V35, P118 Cornell SE, 2002, WORLD POLIT, V54, P245, DOI 10.1353/wp.2002.0002 CSERES T, 1993, TITOIST ATROCITIES V Daalder Ivo, 2000, WINNING UGLY DAVENPORT C, 2000, PATHS STATE REPRESSI Davis DR, 1997, INT STUD QUART, V41, P171, DOI 10.1111/0020-8833.00037 Fearon James, 1999, ANN M AM POL SCI ASS Fearon James D., 1998, INT SPREAD ETHNIC CO, P107 Fearon JD, 2003, AM POLIT SCI REV, V97, P75, DOI 10.1017/S0003055403000534 FOX J, 1996, HUNGARIANS VOJVODINA FREIDMAN D, 1997, J POLITICAL EC, V85, P59 FRIEDMAN F, 1982, GOVERNING PEOPLES TE, P59 GAGNON VP, 1994, INT SECURITY, V19, P132 GEELNER E, 1983, NATIONS NATL Geertz Clifford, 1963, OLD SOC NEW STATES Q, p[105, 109] GOUREVITCH PA, 1979, COMP STUD SOC HIST, V21, P303, DOI 10.1017/S0010417500012986 Gurr TR, 1997, AM J POLIT SCI, V41, P1079, DOI 10.2307/2960482 GURR TR, 1993, MINORITIES RISK GLOB GURR TR, 2000, PEOPLE VERSUS STATES Hechter Michael, 1975, INTERNAL COLONIALISM Heraclides Alexis, 1991, SELF DETERMINATION M Horowitz Donald L., 1985, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI Independent International Commission on Kosovo, 2000, KOS REP INGRAM J, 1993, NY TIMES 0814 JENNE E, 2001, AM POL SCI ASS C SAN Jonathan Fox, 2000, J CONFLICT STUDIES, V20, P16 JOSZA L, 2002, DEPUTY CHAIR DEMOCRA Kocsis K, 1995, HUNGARIAN MINORITIES KORHECZ T, 2000, MIN MAJ VOJV CAS STU KORHECZ T, 2002, COMMUNICATION 1128 Kuperman A. J., 2001, LIMITS HUMANITARIAN Lake D. A., 1998, INT SPREAD ETHNIC CO MOORE P, 2000, KOSTUNICA PROMISES S Moore W. H., 1990, J DEV SOC, V6, P17 MORGAN TC, 1991, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V35, P187, DOI 10.1177/0022002791035002003 OLTAY E, 1991, HUNGARIANS YUGOSLAVI OLTAY E, 1992, MINORITIES STUMBLING OLTAY E, 1993, HUNGARIANS POLITICAL POSEN B, 1993, ETHNIC CONFLICT INT, P103 Rabushka Alvin, 1972, POLITICS PLURAL SOC REISCH AA, 1994, NEW HUNGARIAN GOVT F Saideman S. M., 2001, TIES THAT DIVIDE ETH Saideman SM, 2000, J POLIT, V62, P1126, DOI 10.1111/0022-3816.00049 Saideman SM, 1997, INT ORGAN, V51, P721, DOI 10.1162/002081897550500 SHAFIR M, 1999, HUNGARYS PREMIER MAG SHILS E, 1957, BRIT J SOCIOL, V8, P130, DOI 10.2307/587365 SLEZKINE Y, 1994, SLAVIC REV, V53, P414, DOI 10.2307/2501300 Suhrke Astri, 1977, ETHNIC CONFLICT INT Suny Ronald Grigor, 1993, REVENGE PAST SZABO M, 2001, HUNGARIAN AIR FORCE TISHKOV V, 1996, ETHNICITY NATL CONFL TOFT M, 2003, FORGOTTEN MEANING TE Treisman DS, 1997, WORLD POLIT, V49, P212, DOI 10.1353/wp.1997.0006 Van Evera S., 1997, NATL ETHNIC CONFLICT, P26 VANHOUTEN P, 1998, ARCH EUROPENES SOCIO, V34, P110 VARADY T, 2002, COMMUNICATION 0903 Wallensteen P, 2000, J PEACE RES, V37, P635, DOI 10.1177/0022343300037005007 Weingast Barry R., 1999, CIVIL WARS INSECURIT, P261 Weingast Barry R, 1998, ANAL NARRATIVES, P148 WILLIAMS CJ, 1993, LOS ANGELES TIM 1012 WITTMAN D, 1998, WEALTH SIZE NATIONS YARBROUGH BV, 1997, UNPUB UNIFICATION SE NR 78 TC 54 Z9 54 U1 1 U2 12 PU BLACKWELL PUBLISHERS PI MALDEN PA 350 MAIN STREET, STE 6, MALDEN, MA 02148 USA SN 0020-8833 J9 INT STUD QUART JI Int. Stud. Q. PD DEC PY 2004 VL 48 IS 4 BP 729 EP 754 DI 10.1111/j.0020-8833.2004.00323.x PG 26 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA 867QX UT WOS:000224858400002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Vester, M AF Vester, M TI The political autonomy of a tax farm: The Nice-Piedmont gabelle of the dukes of Savoy, 1535-1580 SO JOURNAL OF MODERN HISTORY LA English DT Review ID FRENCH ECONOMIC-HISTORY; LAND TAX; 17TH-CENTURY; TAXATION; FRANCE C1 W Virginia Univ, Morgantown, WV 26506 USA. RP Vester, M (reprint author), W Virginia Univ, Morgantown, WV 26506 USA. CR ALSOP JD, 1982, ENGL HIST REV, V97, P1 ALSOP JD, 1999, STATE FINANCIAL SYST, P4 ANSELMI S, 1981, SALE SALINE ADRIATIC ASHTON R, 1956, ECON HIST REV, V8, P310 ASHTON R, 1956, ECON HIST REV, V8, P311 BARBICHE B, 1960, BIBLIOTHEQUE ECOLE C, V118, P58 BAYARD F, 1988, MONDE FINANCIERS 17, P62 BECKETT JV, 1985, ENGL HIST REV, V100, P285 BEIK W, 1997, URBAN PROTEST 17 CEN, P2 BONNEY, 1981, KINGS DEBTS FINANCE, P272 BONNEY, 1993, FRENCH HIST, V7, P383 Bonney R, 1998, J MOD HIST, V70, P639, DOI 10.1086/235120 BONNEY R, 1998, J MOD HIST, V70, P648 BONNEY R, 1979, ECON HIST REV, V32, P13 BONNEY RJ, 1979, ECON HIST REV, V32, P11 Braddick Michael J., 1996, NERVES STATE TAXATIO BROOKS C, 1974, HIST J, V17, P281, DOI 10.1017/S0018246X00007755 Brown Elizabeth Atkinson Rash, 1973, FRENCH HIST STUDIES, V8, P1 BUCHHOLZER L, 1999, CAH HIST, V44, P195 BUCHHOLZER L, 1999, CAH HIST, V44, P206 Bushkovitch P., 1978, SLAVIC REV, V37, P381 CAGNAT MR, 1882, ETUDE HIST IMPOTS IN, P84 CALABRIA A, 1989, RIV STORICA ITAL, V101, P578 CALABRIA A, 1991, COST EMPIRE FINANCES, P45 CALABRIA A, 1989, RIV STORICA ITAL, V101, P592 CANINA AG, 1924, MISCELLANEA STORIA I, V21, P615 CASATI C, 1886, ARCH STORICO LOMBARD, V13, P584 CHABOD F, 1961, STORIA MILANO, V9 Collins J., 1988, FISCAL LIMITS ABSOLU COLLINS JB, 1979, ANN ECON SOC CIVIL, V34, P325, DOI 10.3406/ahess.1979.294046 DELTORRE G, 1986, VENEZIA TERRAFERMA D, P17 DENT J, 1973, CRISIS FINANCE CROWN, P109 DESCIMON R, 1989, CITIES SOCIAL CHANGE, P71 Diaz F., 1987, GRANDUCATO TOSCANA, P156 DOUCET R, 1937, FINANCES MUNICIPALES, P19 ELIAS N, 1983, COURT SOC, P176 Farr JR, 2000, FR HIST STUD, V23, P417, DOI 10.1215/00161071-23-3-417 FILIBERT E, 1563, COMMUNICATION 0303 FREYMOND J, 1945, SCHWEIZER BEITRAGE A, V3, P220 FREYMOND J, 1945, SCHWEIZER BEITRAGE A, V3, P210 GACHARD M, 1890, ETUDES NOTICES HIST, P18 GALASSO G, 1967, EC SOC NELLA CALABRI, P145 GALASSO G, 1984, FINANZE RAGION STATO, P87 GENET JP, 1987, GENESE ETAT MODERNE, V1, P8 GIANNETTI A, 1985, STORIA ITALIA ANN, V8 HARRIS GL, 1955, ECON HIST REV, V8, P198 Harriss GL, 1955, ECON HIST REV, V8, P187 Hickey Daniel, 1986, COMING FRENCH ABSOLU HILDESHEIMER F, 1987, NICE 17 SIECLE HOCQUET JC, 1988, VILLE BOURGEOISIE GE, P224 HOCQUET JC, 1978, SEL FORTUNE VENISE, P1 HOCQUET JC, 1978, STUDI MEMORIA F MELI, V1 Hoffman PT, 2000, FR HIST STUD, V23, P439, DOI 10.1215/00161071-23-3-439 HOFFMAN PT, 2000, FRENCH HIST STUDIES, V23, P446 HOFFMAN PT, 2000, FRENCH HIST STUDIES, V23, P445 Hurstfield J, 1955, ECON HIST REV, V8, P53 HURSTFIELD J, 1955, ECON HIST REV, V8, P59 KANTOROWICZ E, 1957, KINGS 2 BODIES STUDY, P172 Kantorowicz Ernst, 1965, SELECTED STUDIES KELLENBENZ H, 1986, REPUBBLICA INT DENAR KERHERVE J, 1992, FRENCH HIST, V6, P1 KERHERVE J, 1992, FRENCH HIST, V6, P10 KIRSHNER J, 1995, ORIGINS STATE ITALY, P4 KIRSHNER J, 1995, J MODERN HIST S, V67 KISER E, 1994, POLIT SOC, V22, P284, DOI 10.1177/0032329294022003003 KISER E, 1994, POLIT SOC, V22, P301 Kiser Edgar, 1994, POLIT SOC, V22, P286 Kula Witold, 1976, EC THEORY FEUDAL SYS Levi Margaret, 1988, RULE REVENUE LITCHFIELD RB, 1986, EMERGENCE BUREAUCRAC, P110 LYNN J, 1993, J MOD HIST, V65, P297 LYNN JA, 1993, J MOD HIST, V65, P286, DOI 10.1086/244639 Major J. Russell, 1980, REPRESENTATIVE GOVT MAJOR JR, 1994, RENAISSANCE MONARCHY, P30 Marino J., 1988, PASTORAL EC KINGDOM Matthews George, 1958, ROYAL GEN FARMS 18 C MUSI A, 1980, FISCALITE SES IMPLIC MUTO G, 1995, EC SYSTEMS STATE FIN, P241 Nader H., 1990, LIBERTY ABSOLUTIST S Nye JVC, 2000, FR HIST STUD, V23, P423, DOI 10.1215/00161071-23-3-423 NYE JVC, 2000, FRENCH HIST STUDIES, V23, P433 NYE JVC, 2000, FRENCH HIST STUDIES, V23, P429 PARTNER P, 1980, PAST PRESENT, P17 PETRUCCI F, DBI, V31, P597 QUAZZA R, 1908, CONTEA MASSERANO F F, P64 RABB, 1975, STRUGGLE STABILITY E, P61 RAGGIO O., 1996, QUAD STORICI, V91, P135 REDLICH F, 1957, KYKLOS, V10, P185 SALMON, 1975, SOC CRISIS FRANCE 16, P51 SALZMANN A, 1993, POLIT SOC, V21, P393, DOI 10.1177/0032329293021004003 SANDONNINI T, 1883, ARCH STORICO LOMBARD, V10, P54 SCHOFIELD R, 1988, LAW GOVT TUDORS Scott J. C., 1990, DOMINATION ARTS RESI Seed Patricia, 1995, CEREMONIES POSSESSIO SEGRE A., 1896, ATTI R ACCADEMIA SCI, V32, P170 Smith DK, 2002, J MOD HIST, V74, P490, DOI 10.1086/345110 SOLA A, 1625, COMMENTARIA, P659 STOW K, 1982, TAXATION COMMUNITY S, P22 STUMPO E., 1960, DIZIONARIO BIOGRAFIC, V38, P76 TABACCO G, 1939, STATO SABAUDO NEL SA TE BRAKE Wayne, 1998, SHAPING HIST ORDINAR THART MC, 1993, MAKING BOURGEOIS STA, P81 TILLY C, 1975, FORMATION NATL STATE, P58 TILLY C, 1990, COERCION CAPITAL EUR, P74 Tracy James, 1994, HDB EUROPEAN HIST LA, VI, P563 VESTER M, 1997, THESIS UCLA, P41 VIGO G, 1979, FISCO SOC NELLA LOMB, P27 VILLARI R, 1973, RIVOLTA ANTISPAGNOLA, P63 WAQUET JC, 1984, FISCALITE IMPLICATIO Waquet Jean-Claude, 1990, GRAND DUCHE TOSCANE WAQUET Jean-Claude, 1984, CORRUPTION MORALE PO WEBBER C, 1986, HIST TAXATION EXPEND, P276 White E. N., 1997, ADM FINANCES ANCIEN, P103 WOLFE M, 1972, FISCAL SYSTEM RENAIS, P40 1984, ARGENT POUVOIR SOC G, P55 NR 115 TC 4 Z9 4 U1 0 U2 0 PU UNIV CHICAGO PRESS PI CHICAGO PA 1427 E 60TH ST, CHICAGO, IL 60637-2954 USA SN 0022-2801 J9 J MOD HIST JI J. Mod. Hist. PD DEC PY 2004 VL 76 IS 4 BP 745 EP 792 DI 10.1086/427568 PG 48 WC History SC History GA 871AC UT WOS:000225100000001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Zhang, XB Fan, SG Zhang, LX Huang, JK AF Zhang, XB Fan, SG Zhang, LX Huang, JK TI Local governance and public goods provision in rural China SO JOURNAL OF PUBLIC ECONOMICS LA English DT Article DE governance; democracy; public goods provision; China AB In developing countries, identifying the most effective community-level governance mode is a key issue in rural development; therefore, empirical evaluation of these different modes is desperately needed. Since the 1980s, tens of thousands of villages in rural China have held local government elections, providing a good opportunity to investigate the effect of democratization on the level of public goods provision. Using a recent village survey conducted over a significant period of time, this article compares two different governance modes. It finds that elections affect little on the size of revenue but significantly shift the distribution of taxation from individuals to enterprises if possible. However, privatization has made taxation or levies on rural enterprises more difficult. It also shows that elections and power sharing are conducive to improve the allocation of public expenditures. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 Int Food Policy Res Inst, Washington, DC 20006 USA. Chinese Acad Sci, CCAP, Beijing 100864, Peoples R China. RP Zhang, XB (reprint author), Int Food Policy Res Inst, 2033 K St NW, Washington, DC 20006 USA. EM x.zhang@cgiar.org OI Fan, Shenggen/0000-0002-2658-4863 CR Acemoglu D, 2001, AM ECON REV, V91, P938, DOI 10.1257/aer.91.4.938 Acemoglu D., 2002, REV DEV ECON, V6, P183, DOI DOI 10.1111/1467-9361.00149 AIDT T, 2002, DEMOCRACY COMES EURO, P1830 Bernstein TP, 2000, CHINA QUART, P742 BESLEY T, 2001, ELECTED VERSUS APPOI BESLEY T, 2001, POLITICAL EC GOVERNM CRLSRT (China Rural Local Self-governance Research Team), 2000, STUD CHIN RUR SELF G DETHIER J, 1999, ZEF DISCUSSION PAPER Fan Y., 2001, CHINA RURAL SURVEY, V1, P54 He Y., 2001, CHINESE RURAL EC, V4, P73 LA PORTA R., 1998, 6727 NBER LIN J, 2003, RURAL DIRECT TAXATIO Lin Justin Yifu, 2002, URBAN RURAL HOUSEHOL Lizzeri A, 2001, AM ECON REV, V91, P225, DOI 10.1257/aer.91.1.225 LIZZERI A, 2003, DID CITIES EXTEND SU North Douglas, 1990, I I CHANGE EC PERFOR O'Brien KJ, 2000, CHINA QUART, P465, DOI 10.1017/S0305741000008213 OI JC, 2000, CHINA Q, V162, P513 PASTER R, 2000, CHINA QUART JUN, P465 SHANG Y, 1999, PERSPECTIVE, V1 TSAI L, 2000, INT S VILL SELF GOV Von Braun Joachim, 2002, MANAGING FISCAL DECE *WORLD BANK, 2003, BREAK CONFL TRAP CIV World Bank, 2000, WORLD DEV REP 2000 2 XIANG J, 2000, SELF GOVERNMENT CHIN Xu Yong, 1997, ZHONGGUO NONGCUN CUN NR 26 TC 85 Z9 87 U1 3 U2 34 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE SA PI LAUSANNE PA PO BOX 564, 1001 LAUSANNE, SWITZERLAND SN 0047-2727 J9 J PUBLIC ECON JI J. Public Econ. PD DEC PY 2004 VL 88 IS 12 BP 2857 EP 2871 DI 10.1016/j.jpubeco.2003.07.004 PG 15 WC Economics SC Business & Economics GA 854VD UT WOS:000223930700023 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Rodriguez-Pose, A Bwire, A AF Rodriguez-Pose, A Bwire, A TI The economic (in)efficiency of devolution SO ENVIRONMENT AND PLANNING A LA English DT Article ID FISCAL DECENTRALIZATION; UNITED-STATES; GROWTH; REGIONALISM; COUNTRIES; PERFORMANCE; ENGLAND; CHINA AB The recent devolutionary trend across the world has been in part fuelled by claims of a supposed 'economic dividend' associated with the decentralization of authority and resources. The capacity of devolved administrations with greater autonomous powers to tailor policies to local preferences, to generate innovation in the provision of policies and public services, and to encourage greater participation and be more accountable is supposed to deliver greater economic efficiency. There is, however, little empirical evidence to substantiate these claims. In this paper we assess the horizontal link between devolution and regional economic growth in six national contexts (Germany, India, Italy, Mexico, Spain, and the USA). Regression analyses are used in order to test whether changes in cross-regional differences in growth patterns within each country can be attributed to changes in levels of regional autonomy. The results suggest that, contrary to the expectations of devolutionists, the degree of devolution is in most cases irrelevant for economic growth and, when it matters-as in the cases of Mexico and the USA-it is linked to lower rather than greater economic efficiency. C1 Univ London London Sch Econ & Polit Sci, Dept Geog & Environm, London WC2A 2AE, England. RP Rodriguez-Pose, A (reprint author), Univ London London Sch Econ & Polit Sci, Dept Geog & Environm, Houghton St, London WC2A 2AE, England. EM a.rodriguez-pose@lse.ac.uk; a.b.bwire@lse.ac.uk RI Rodriguez-Pose, Andres/B-8746-2008; Rodriguez-Pose, Andres/V-4642-2019 OI Rodriguez-Pose, Andres/0000-0002-8041-0856; Rodriguez-Pose, Andres/0000-0002-8041-0856 CR Akai N, 2002, J URBAN ECON, V52, P93, DOI 10.1016/S0094-1190(02)00018-9 Allmendinger P, 2000, ENVIRON PLANN C, V18, P711, DOI 10.1068/c9953 AZFAR O, 1999, 255 WP CTR INST REF Bahl R., 1992, URBAN PUBLIC FINANCE BARDHAN P, 1998, C98104 WP U CAL Bennett RJ, 1997, REG STUD, V31, P323, DOI 10.1080/00343409750134728 Bird RM, 2004, ENVIRON PLANN C, V22, P77, DOI 10.1068/c0328 Bird RM, 2002, WORLD DEV, V30, P899, DOI 10.1016/S0305-750X(02)00016-5 Bolton P, 1997, Q J ECON, V112, P1057, DOI 10.1162/003355300555420 BRENNAN G, POWER TAX ANAL FDN F BRETON A, 1983, PUBLIC FINANCE EC GR, P251 BUITER W, 1997, PUBLIC FINANCE POLIC, P30 Bull Anna, 1999, REGIONALISM EUROPEAN, P140 Bullmann U., 2001, SUBNATIONAL DEMOCRAC, P83 Canaleta CG, 2004, URBAN STUD, V41, P71, DOI 10.1080/0042098032000155696 Castells A, 2001, ENVIRON PLANN C, V19, P189, DOI 10.1068/c0053 Davoodi H, 1998, J URBAN ECON, V43, P244, DOI 10.1006/juec.1997.2042 DEMELLO L, 2001, 0171 WP FISC AFF DEP Diamanti I., 1993, LEGA Donahue J., 1997, DISUNITED STATES EBEL RD, 2002, UNPUB INT S FISC IMB FOX WF, 2001, DECENTRALIZATION US Giordano B, 2000, POLIT GEOGR, V19, P445, DOI 10.1016/S0962-6298(99)00088-8 Keating M, 2001, EUR URBAN REG STUD, V8, P217, DOI 10.1177/096977640100800304 Keating M., 1993, POLITICS MODERN EURO Keating M., 1998, NEW REGIONALISM W EU Keefer P, 1997, ECON INQ, V35, P590, DOI 10.1111/j.1465-7295.1997.tb02035.x KEEFER P, 1995, ECON POLIT-OXFORD, V0007 KLUGMAN J, 1994, 13 OP UN DEV PROGR H LOEHR W, 1999, FISCAL DECENTRALIZAT Loughlin J., 2001, SUBNATIONAL DEMOCRAC, P1 Martinez-Vazquez J, 2003, WORLD DEV, V31, P1597, DOI 10.1016/S0305-750X(03)00109-8 Maskin ES, 1996, JPN WORLD ECON, V8, P125, DOI 10.1016/0922-1425(96)00038-2 MCCARTEN WJ, 2003, FISCAL DECENTRALIZAT, pCH8 Morgan K, 2002, REG STUD, V36, P797, DOI 10.1080/0034340022000006114 Morton AD, 2002, MILLENNIUM-J INT ST, V31, P27, DOI 10.1177/03058298020310010301 Musgrave R., 1959, THEORY PUBLIC FINANC OATES WE, 1972, FISCAL FEDRRALISM OATES WE, 1994, MODERN PUBLIC FINANC, P125 OATES WE, 1993, NATL TAX J, V46, P231 POWERS E, 1999, 23 OP URB I PRUDHOMME R, 1252 WP WORLD BANK Putnam Robert D., 1993, MAKING DEMOCRACY WOR RAO M, 1997, FINANCING DECENTRALI, P234 RAO MG, 2003, COL WORLD BANK C VOL Rodden J, 2002, AM J POLIT SCI, V46, P670, DOI 10.2307/3088407 RODDEN J, 2003, FISCAL DECENTRALIZAT, pCH6 RODRIGUEZ V, 1997, DECENTRALIZATION MEX Rodriguez-Pose A, 2003, ENVIRON PLANN C, V21, P333, DOI 10.1068/c0235 Rodriguez-Pose A., 2002, EUROPEAN UNION EC SO RodriguezPose A, 1996, ENVIRON PLANN C, V14, P71, DOI 10.1068/c140071 RODRIGUEZPOSE A, 2004, IN PRESS ENV PLANNIN, V36 Shleifer A, 2000, 7616 WP NAT BUR EC R SOLEVILANOVA J, 1990, DECENTRALIZATION LOC, P331 SPAHN PB, 2001, FINANCING DECENTRALI, P103 Storper Michael, 1997, REGIONAL WORLD TERRI Streeck W, 1992, SOCIAL I EC PERFORMA SURY MM, 1998, FISCAL FEDERALISM IN TANZI V, 1995, ANN WORLD BANK C DEV, P295 Thiessen U, 2003, FISC STUD, V24, P237, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-5890.2003.tb00084.x TIEBOUT CM, 1956, J POLIT ECON, V64, P416, DOI 10.1086/257839 Tomaney J, 2000, REG STUD, V34, P471, DOI 10.1080/00343400050058710 Tomaney J, 2002, REG STUD, V36, P721, DOI 10.1080/0034340022000006042 Woller GM, 1998, J DEV STUD, V34, P139, DOI 10.1080/00220389808422532 Xie DY, 1999, J URBAN ECON, V45, P228, DOI 10.1006/juec.1998.2095 Zhang T, 2001, CHINA ECON REV, V12, P58, DOI 10.1016/S1043-951X(01)00043-8 Zhang T, 1998, J PUBLIC ECON, V67, P221, DOI 10.1016/S0047-2727(97)00057-1 NR 67 TC 46 Z9 46 U1 0 U2 11 PU PION LTD PI LONDON PA 207 BRONDESBURY PARK, LONDON NW2 5JN, ENGLAND SN 0308-518X J9 ENVIRON PLANN A JI Environ. Plan. A PD NOV PY 2004 VL 36 IS 11 BP 1907 EP 1928 DI 10.1068/a36228 PG 22 WC Environmental Studies; Geography SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Geography GA 871CF UT WOS:000225106200002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Muller, WC Fallend, F AF Muller, WC Fallend, F TI Changing patterns of party competition in Austria: From multipolar to bipolar system SO WEST EUROPEAN POLITICS LA English DT Article ID PARLIAMENTARY ELECTION; OPPOSITION; POLITICS AB The Austrian party system has entered a new phase since the controversial OVP-FPO coalition came into Office in February 2000. The party system literature offers two contradicting expectations about party system mechanics in multi-party systems without relevant extremist parties: competition structured by party alliances and strictly competitive relations between government and opposition parties (as suggested by Sartori 1976) versus competition structured by individual parties and some mix of competition and co-operation and perhaps even power-sharing in extra-governmental arenas between government and opposition parties (as suggested by Dahl 1966). Our empirical analysis of party system competitiveness in the electoral, parliamentary and other arenas (in particular, the corporatist arena) between 2000 and 2003 shows that the relations between the government and opposition parties were strictly competitive (i.e. of a zero-sum character) in the electoral arena. Likewise, there was no trading between government and opposition in the parliamentary arena. Finally, the government substantially increased its impact on the official sites (i.e. arenas controlled by the government) and used fire and hire methods more than any of its predecessors to build up its positions in public sector institutions. The opposition parties, in turn, perceived the government parties as a bloc and were united in their goal of undermining the government parties' majority. Yet, while relations between the government and opposition parties remained highly competitive throughout the entire period, relations between the parties on each side of the government-opposition divide became more fluid, partly for tactical considerations and partly for reasons of genuine preferences. In sum, the post-2000 Austrian party system is a weak version of a two-bloc system. C1 Univ Mannheim, Mannheim, Germany. Salzburg Univ, Dept Hist & Polit Sci, A-5020 Salzburg, Austria. RP Muller, WC (reprint author), Univ Mannheim, Mannheim, Germany. RI Muller, Wolfgang C./K-4948-2013 OI Muller, Wolfgang C./0000-0001-9085-9465 CR AHTISAARI M, 2000, UNPUB REPORT Akademie Politische, 1996, OSTERREICHISCHES JB, P193 Blondel J, 1997, GOV OPPOS, V32, P462, DOI 10.1111/j.1477-7053.1997.tb00441.x Broughton David, 1999, CHANGING PARTY SYSTE, P118 Dahl R. A., 1966, POLITICAL OPPOSITION FISCHER H, 2003, WENDEZEITEN OSTERREI Heinisch R, 2003, WEST EUR POLIT, V26, P91, DOI 10.1080/01402380312331280608 Heinisch R., 2002, POPULISM PROPORZ PAR Hobelt Lothar, 2003, DEFIANT POPULIST J H *IMAS, 2002, BEVOLKERUNG BEGRUSST Khol Andreas, 2001, WENDE IST GEGLUCKT S KRAH G, 1996, FREIHEITLICHEN J HAI Luther K. R, 1997, HDB POLITISCHEN SYST, P286 Luther KR, 2003, WEST EUR POLIT, V26, P136, DOI 10.1080/01402380512331341141 LUTHER KR, 1989, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V12, P3 LUTHER KR, 2001, POPULIST PROTEST INC MAIR WC, 1997, HDB POLITISCHEN SYST Merlingen M, 2001, J COMMON MARK STUD, V39, P59, DOI 10.1111/1468-5965.00276 Millhouse S, 2000, J NEUROVIROL, V6, P6, DOI 10.3109/13550280009006378 Muller WC, 2000, OSTERR Z POLIT, V29, P137 Muller WC, 2004, ELECT STUD, V23, P346, DOI 10.1016/j.electstud.2003.09.005 MULLER WC, 2002, POPULISM W DEMOCRACI, P155 MULLER WC, 2000, GOVT COALITIONS W EU Muller Wolfgang C., 2001, OSTERREICHISCHEN ABG OBINGER H, 2001, Z PARLAMENTSFRAGEN, V32, P360 PELINKA A, 2000, ZUKUNFT OSTERREICHIS, P439 Plasser Fritz, 2000, OSTERREICHISCHE WAHL, P13 Sartori G., 1976, PARTIES PARTY SYSTEM SCHEFBECK G, 2002, FORUM PARLAMENT, P25 TALOS E, 2001, ANLASSFALL OSTRREICH, P35 Tsebelis G., 2002, VETO PLAYERS INTRO I Ulram Peter A., 2002, OSTERREICHISCHE POLI WOLFGRUBER E, 1994, OSTERR Z POLIT, V23, P299 NR 33 TC 25 Z9 25 U1 0 U2 10 PU FRANK CASS CO LTD PI ESSEX PA NEWBURY HOUSE, 900 EASTERN AVE, NEWBURY PARK, ILFORD, ESSEX IG2 7HH, ENGLAND SN 0140-2382 J9 WEST EUR POLIT JI West Eur. Polit. PD NOV PY 2004 VL 27 IS 5 BP 801 EP 835 DI 10.1080/0140238042000283319 PG 35 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 881SR UT WOS:000225890200002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Fraenkel, J Grofman, B AF Fraenkel, J Grofman, B TI A neo-Downsian model of the alternative vote as a mechanism for mitigating ethnic conflict in plural societies SO PUBLIC CHOICE LA English DT Article ID CHOICE AB Among those advocating the use of particular electoral mechanisms to reduce the prospects for conflict and strengthen democracy in societies that are deeply divided in ethnic or religious terms, there are two main approaches, one associated with Arend Lijphart, one with Donald Horowitz. Lijphart advocates using electoral rules such as list PR that strengthen the power of ethnically or religiously defined political elites in the context of implementing power-sharing mechanisms at the elite level that institutionalize norms such as proportional allocation and mutual veto across ethnies. Horowitz advocates using a preferential voting method, the alternative vote (AV), within constituencies that are multi-ethnic in character, to allow for voting across ethnic lines and to increase the likelihood of electing candidates whose perceived obligations are wider than their own ethnic group and/or to foster the creation of coalitions that are multi-ethnic in character. The main focus of this essay is the reformulation of Horowitz's approach in terms of ideas adapted from the neo-Downsian literature on median voter models. We illustrate Horowitz's approach with illustrations inspired by the predominantly biracial political competition in Fiji between native Fijians and those of Indian descent. C1 Univ S Pacific, Dept Econ, Sch Social & Econ Dev, Suva, Fiji. Univ Calif Irvine, Dept Polit Sci, Irvine, CA 92697 USA. Univ Calif Irvine, Inst Math Behav Sci, Irvine, CA 92697 USA. RP Fraenkel, J (reprint author), Univ S Pacific, Dept Econ, Sch Social & Econ Dev, Suva, Fiji. EM fraenkel_J@USP.AC.FJ; bgrofman@uci.edu OI Fraenkel, Jon/0000-0002-5543-2543 CR ALEXANDER L, 1988, REP IND COMM VOT SYS, P53 ARROW K, 1962, SOCIAL CHOICE INDIVI Axelrod R., 1970, CONFLICT INTEREST TH Black D, 1958, THEORY COMMITTEE ELE Bowler Shaun, 2000, ELECTIONS AUSTR IREL Brams S., 1984, CHOOSING ELECT SYSTE, P147 BUCHANAN JM, 1962, CALCUUS CONSENT LOGI De Swaan A., 1970, STUDY COALITION BEHA, P424 de Swaan Abram, 1973, COALITION THEORIES C DIAMOND L, 1998, NATL ETHNIC CONFLICT DORON G, 1977, AM J POLIT SCI, V21, P303, DOI 10.2307/2110496 Downs A., 1957, EC THEORY DEMOCRACY FRAENKEL J, 2000, J PACIFIC HIST, V35 FRAENKEL J, 2001, J COMMONWEALTH COMP, V39, P1 GROFMAN B, 1982, BEHAV SCI, V27, P77, DOI 10.1002/bs.3830270108 GROFMAN B, 2002, EC WELFARE INT BUSIN GROFMAN B, 1996, COLLECTIVE DECISION, P265 Grofman Bernard, 1996, COLLECTIVE DECISION, P281 Horowitz Donald L., 1985, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI Horowitz Donald L., 1991, CONFLICT PEACEMAKING, P115 Horowitz Donald L, 1991, DEMOCRATIC S AFRICA Horowitz Donald L., 1993, J DEMOCR, V4, P18, DOI DOI 10.1353/JOD.1993.0054 Lijphart A, 1996, AM POLIT SCI REV, V90, P258, DOI 10.2307/2082883 LIJPHART A, 1997, ACTA POLITICA, V32, P924 LIJPHART A, 1991, CONFLICT PEACEMAKING, P490 Lijphart Arend, 1991, POLITIKON, V18, P91, DOI DOI 10.1080/02589349108704953 Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Montville Joseph V., 1991, CONFLICT PEACEMAKING OLEARY B, 1993, NO IRELAND SHARING A Reilly B, 1997, J COMMONW COMP POLIT, V35, P1 Saari D. G., 1995, BASIC GEOMETRY VOTIN SEN A, 1969, J ECON THEORY, V1, P178, DOI 10.1016/0022-0531(69)90020-9 Sen A, 1970, COLLECTIVE CHOICE SO SISK TD, 1997, FIJI WORLD RES PAPER, V2 Sisk Timothy, 1996, POWER SHARING INT ME Sisk Timothy, 1998, ELECTIONS CONFLICT M STRAFFIN PD, 1984, MATH MAG, V57, P259, DOI 10.2307/2689600 WILLIAMS RM, 1994, ANNU REV SOCIOL, V20, P49 YOUGN P, 1977, J ECON THEORY, V16, P335 NR 39 TC 30 Z9 30 U1 0 U2 3 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0048-5829 J9 PUBLIC CHOICE JI Public Choice PD OCT PY 2004 VL 121 IS 3-4 BP 487 EP 506 DI 10.1007/s11127-004-5794-5 PG 20 WC Economics; Political Science SC Business & Economics; Government & Law GA 886EF UT WOS:000226209000012 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Sawyer, A AF Sawyer, A TI Violent conflicts and governance challenges in West Africa: the case of the Mano River basin area SO JOURNAL OF MODERN AFRICAN STUDIES LA English DT Article ID SIERRA-LEONE; PEACE; GUINEA; POWER AB The Mano River basin area has become a conflict zone, in which state failure and violence in Liberia has spread to Sierra Leone and the forest region of Guinea. This article traces the origins of the conflicts to governance failures in all three states, and analyses their incorporation into a single conflict system, orchestrated especially through the entrepreneurial abilities and ambitions of Charles Taylor. Peace settlements negotiated to end the violence in Liberia and Sierra Leone failed, both because of the misconceived power-sharing formula that they embodied, and because they failed to take account of the complex linkages between conflicts across the basin area. The way forward lies in a multilevel basin-wide approach, which seeks to move beyond the failed formula of attempting to reconstitute state power, in favour of constructing institutions of accountable democratic governance at multiple levels from the local level to the regional level and beyond. C1 Indiana Univ, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA. RP Sawyer, A (reprint author), Indiana Univ, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA. CR Abdullah I, 1998, J MOD AFR STUD, V36, P203, DOI 10.1017/S0022278X98002766 ABDULLAH Ibrahim, 1998, AFRICAN GUERRILLAS, P172 Adebajo A., 2002, ENDING CIVIL WARS IM Ake C., 1996, DEMOCRACY DEV AFRICA ALATA JP, 1976, PRISON AFRIQUE 5 ANS [Anonymous], 2003, USUAL SUSPECTS LIBER Azarya Victor, 1978, ARISTOCRATS FACING C BAH MA, 1998, FULBE PRESENCE S LEO Bangura Y, 2000, J MOD AFR STUD, V38, P551, DOI 10.1017/S0022278X00003451 BARKAN J, 1998, 5 MONOGRAPHS DECENTR BERKELEY B, 2001, GRAVES NOT YET FULL Busumtwi-Sam J, 2002, STUD COMP INT DEV, V37, P91, DOI 10.1007/BF02686232 Camara MS, 2000, J POLIT MIL SOCIOL, V28, P311 CLAPHAM C, 1976, LIBERIA S LEONE ESSA COLLIER P, 2000, GREED GRIEVANCES EC COLLIER P, 2003, FOREIGN POLICY, V136, P38 Conteh- Morgan E., 1999, S LEONE END 20 CENTU COPSON RW, 1991, CONFLICT RESOLUTION Derman W., 1973, SERFS PEASANTS SOCIA DUFFIELD M, 2000, GREED GRIEVANCES *FAO, 1999, NUTR COUNTR PORF GUI Fatton Jr Robert, 1992, PREDATORY RULE STATE Frey B., 1999, NEW DEMOCRATIC FEDER Groelsema RJ, 1998, AFR TODAY, V45, P411 GURR TR, 2000, PEOPLES STATES MINOR GURR TR, 2000, FOREIGN AFF, V79, P55 HAMPSON FO, 1996, NURTURING PEACE PEAC Hartmann L., 1999, New Astronomy Reviews, V43, P1, DOI 10.1016/S1387-6473(99)00004-4 HOOGHE L, 2001, MULTLEVEL GOVERNANCE Hutchful E., 1998, MILITARY MILITARISM International Crisis Group (ICG), 2003, 74 ICG INTERNATIONAL CRISIS GROUP (ICG), 2003, 67 ICG JACKSON R., 1982, PERSONAL RULE BLACK KPUNDEH SJ, 1994, POLITICS CORRUPTION LAMIN A, 2003, THESIS HOWARD U WASH Levi Margaret, 1988, RULE REVENUE McGinnis M., 2000, POLYCENTRIC GAMES I McGinnis M. D., 1999, POLYCENTRICITY LOCAL MCGINNIS MD, 1999, POLYCENTRI GOVERNANC McKinnon R, 1997, NEW FEDERALISM CAN S, P3 Mkandawire T, 2002, J MOD AFR STUD, V40, P181, DOI 10.1017/S0022278X02003889 Morgenthau Ruth, 1964, POLITICAL PARTIES FR Ostrom E., 1990, GOVERNING COMMONS EV Ostrom V., 1997, MEANING DEMOCRACY VU Ostrom V., 1999, POLYCENTRICITY LOCAL RENO W, 2000, GREED GRIEVANCES Reno W., 1995, CORRUPTION STATE POL ROTHCHILD D, 1995, ELUSIVE PEACE NEGOTI Rothchild Donald S., 1997, MANAGING ETHNIC CONF Sawyer A., 1987, EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATEL SAWYER A, 2000, P WORKSH OTH ACT DIS SAWYER A, 2000, SHARING KOLA NUT UND Schwab P., 2001, AFRICA CONTINENT SEL Sheridan James E., 1966, CHINESE WARLORD CARE SIMONS G, 1993, LIBYA STRUGGLE SURVI Spears IS, 2000, THIRD WORLD Q, V21, P105 Stedman S., 1991, CONFLICT RESOLUTION *UNSC, 2001, REP PAN EXP APP PURS Walter BF, 1999, INT SECURITY, V24, P127, DOI 10.1162/016228899560077 William Zartman I., 1995, COLLAPSED STATES DIS Wunsch J. S., 1990, FAILURE CENTRALIZED Wunsch JS, 2000, J MOD AFR STUD, V38, P487, DOI 10.1017/S0022278X00003438 Zartman I. W., 1995, ELUSIVE PEACE NEGOTI ZOLBERG A, 1966, CREATING POLITICAL O 2002, LOGGING OFF LIB TIMB NR 65 TC 26 Z9 26 U1 0 U2 12 PU CAMBRIDGE UNIV PRESS PI NEW YORK PA 40 WEST 20TH ST, NEW YORK, NY 10011-4211 USA SN 0022-278X J9 J MOD AFR STUD JI J. Mod. Afr. Stud. PD SEP PY 2004 VL 42 IS 3 BP 437 EP 463 DI 10.1017/S0022278X04000266 PG 27 WC Area Studies SC Area Studies GA 849VG UT WOS:000223568600006 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Bryson, PJ Cornia, GC AF Bryson, PJ Cornia, GC TI Public sector transition in post-communist economies: The struggle for fiscal decentralisation in the Czech and Slovak Republics SO POST-COMMUNIST ECONOMIES LA English DT Article AB Studies of economic transition often focus on the private sector, but successful transition also requires devolution in the public sector. This study compares fiscal decentralisation in the Czech and Slovak Republics, whose institutions began to diverge only after their 1993 'velvet divorce'. This article reviews challenges confronted in this fiscal decentralisation. Local finance problems are related to revenue generation, the use of the property tax and the transfer of funds to municipalities. Local political autonomy includes the ability to exercise some autonomy in resource use. Little can be expected where sub-national governments generate little revenue independently. Potential moral hazard problems are associated with central generation of property tax revenues, as occurs in the Czech case. The EU has not promoted fiscal decentralisation in these republics, although it has encouraged 'reforms of public administration' to devolve power. But fiscal decentralisation and public administration reform are complementary strategies rather than strategy substitutes. C1 Brigham Young Univ, Marriott Sch Management, George Romney Inst Publ Adm, Provo, UT 84602 USA. RP Bryson, PJ (reprint author), Brigham Young Univ, Marriott Sch Management, George Romney Inst Publ Adm, 616 TNRB, Provo, UT 84602 USA. CR AMSDEN A, 1994, MARKET MEETS ITS MAT BARTIKOVA G, 2003, INFORMACNI SERVIS RE BARTIKOVA G, 2002, DENIK VEREJNE SPRAVY Bertaud A, 1994, CITIES LAND MARKETS BIRD RM, 1998, DECENTRALIZATION SOC, P1 BISH R. L., 1974, EC PRINCIPLES URBAN Bryson PJ, 2000, EUROPE-ASIA STUD, V52, P507, DOI 10.1080/713663064 BRYSON PJ, 1984, CONSUMER SOCIALIST P BRYSON PJ, 2003, COMP EC STUDIES, V45, P1 BURES P, 2002, PUBLIC ADM REFORM CZ, P8 CAPKOVA S, 1995, LOCAL GOVT E EUROPE, P198 *DOC, 1997, DOC9717 Dunn Jonathan, 2000, FISCAL DECENTRALIZAT *GOV OFF SLOV REP, 2000, CONC DEC MOD PUBL AD, P11 HOLZMAN R, 1992, PUBLIC FINANC, V47, P234 KNAKO M, 2002, DANOVA REFORMA 2002 LITVAK JI, 1998, RETHINKING DECENTRAL Malme J. H., 2001, DEV PROPERTY TAXATIO MARCINCIN A, 1996, PRIVATIZATION METHOD, P6 MARTINEZVAZQUEZ J, 1997, 197 GEORG STAT U SCH, pR15 MESEZNIKOV G, 1997, SLOVENSKO 1996 HRNNA, P21 MUSGRAVE R. A., 1961, PUBLIC FINANCES NEED, P97 MUSGRAVE RA, 1993, TAX ASSIGNMENT FEDER, P2 Netzer Dick, 1966, EC PROPERTY TAX NIZNANSKY V, 2002, SLOVENSKO 2002 SUHRN, P252 Oates Wallace E., 1996, PUBLIC EC REV, V1, P35 OATES WE, 1998, EC FISCAL FEDERALISM, pR13 OLIVEIRA JD, 2001, CZECH REPUBLIC INTER, pR13 PAUGAM A, 1999, 9 ECSIN WORLD BANK I PEKOVA J, 1996, OBEC FINANCE, V1, P28 POSTRANECKY J, 2003, DENIK VEREJNE SPRAVY POSTRANECKY J, DENIK VEREJNE SPRAVY Shleifer A., 1998, GRABBING HAND GOVT P TANZI V, 1996, PUBLIC FINANCE DEV C TIEBOUT CM, 1956, J POLIT ECON, V64, P416, DOI 10.1086/257839 Youngman J. M, 1994, INT SURVEY TAXES LAN 2003, WALL STREET J 0711, pA8 NR 37 TC 9 Z9 9 U1 1 U2 8 PU CARFAX PUBLISHING PI BASINGSTOKE PA RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND SN 1463-1377 J9 POST-COMMUNIST ECON JI Post-Communist Econ. PD SEP PY 2004 VL 16 IS 3 BP 265 EP 283 DI 10.1080/1463137042000257519 PG 19 WC Economics SC Business & Economics GA 861AR UT WOS:000224389000002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Carmichael, P Knox, C AF Carmichael, P Knox, C TI Devolution, governance and the peace process SO TERRORISM AND POLITICAL VIOLENCE LA English DT Article ID IRELAND-CIVIL-SERVICE; NORTHERN-IRELAND; TRENDS AB Devolution and the associated mechanisms of governance-a power-sharing Executive, elected assembly, cross-border bodies, a reformed system of public administration and civic engagement -are a part of the wider mosaic of peace-building. Their implementation is an attempt to institutionalize stability and copper-fasten a political settlement. This article outlines the changing governmental arrangements existing within Northern Ireland, as it has shifted tentatively away from direct rule. It maps the wider public sector in Northern Ireland, including civil administration (chiefly the Northern Ireland Civil Service), an extended mosaic of nondepartmental public bodies (NDPBs) and other public agencies that, together with local government, form a complex, multi-layered, subregional governance. Our contention is that the manner in which the administration of Northern Ireland has been conducted yields fruitful insights into issues of territorial management in other areas afflicted by intractable constitutional wrangles and attendant violence. In short, an agreed system of governance is integral to the transition from conflict to peace (or at least stability) and, in the case of Northern Ireland, was central to the substance of the Belfast Agreement, characterized by a power-sharing Executive. C1 Univ Ulster, Sch Policy Studies, Jordanstown, North Ireland. RP Carmichael, P (reprint author), Univ Ulster, Sch Policy Studies, Newtownabbey BT37 0QB, Co Antrim, North Ireland. EM p.carmichael@ulster.ac.uk OI Knox, Colin/0000-0003-4635-1204 CR ARTHUR P, 1989, GOVT POLITICS NO IRE BELL P, 1987, MINISTERS MINISTRIES, P212 BELL P, 1995, ESRC SEM QUEENS U BE, P2 BIRCH A, 1987, POLITICAL INTEGRATIO, P261 BIRRELL D, 1978, PUBLIC ADMIN, V56, P305, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9299.1978.tb00330.x Birrell D., 1980, POLICY GOVT NO IRELA BLOOMFIELD D, 1996, NO IRELAND QUESTION, P146 BLOOMFIELD K, 1994, STORMONT CRISIS MEMO, P165 BOGDANOR V, 1999, DEVOLUTION, P99 BUCKLAND P, 1979, FACTORY GRIEVANCES D, P72 BUCKLAND P, 1981, FACTORY GRIEVANCES D Buckland Patrick, 1981, HIST NO IRELAND Carmichael P, 2002, AM REV PUBLIC ADM, V32, P166, DOI 10.1177/02774002032002003 Carmichael P, 2002, PUBLIC ADMIN, V80, P23, DOI 10.1111/1467-9299.00293 CARMICHAEL P, 2002, INT J PUBLIC ADMIN, V25, P975 Carmichael Paul, 1999, REGIONAL FEDERAL STU, V9, P130 COAKLEY J, 2003, 16 CONST UN COCHRANE F, 1994, POLIT STUD-LONDON, V42, P378, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9248.1994.tb01684.x Connolly M., 1990, PUBLIC POLICY NO IRE DITCH J, 1977, ADMINISTRATION, V25, P328 Elazar DJ, 1996, INT POLIT SCI REV, V17, P417, DOI 10.1177/019251296017004006 Elliot Sydney, 1988, NO IRELAND ASSEMBLY GLADDEN EN, 1967, CIVIL SERVICES UK, P209 Kearney R, 1997, POSTNATIONALIST IREL KINGDOM J, 2003, GOVT POLITICS BRITAI, P589 Knox C, 1999, GOVERNANCE, V12, P311, DOI 10.1111/0952-1895.00105 KNOX C, 2002, ESRC LOCAL GOVERNANC Knox Colin, 1996, J CONFLICT STUDIES, V16, P7 LONGLEY E, 1996, TIMES CHANGE, V8, P9 LORD WINDLESHAM, 1973, PUBLIC ADM, V51, P261 Loughlin John, 1992, NO IRELAND POLITICS, P60 MACGINTY R, 2003, ESRC DEVOLUTION POLI, P2 MACGINTY R, 2003, ESRC DEVOLUTION POLI, P9 MCCONNELL A, 2000, UK GOVERNANCE, P219 MEEHAN E, 2003, NATIONS REGIONS DYNA, V16, P28 MORROW D, 1996, NO IRELAND POLITICS, P148 MORROW D, 2001, AGREEING DISAGREE, P33 NAIRN T, 1997, FACES NATIONALISM, P25 NIAOLAIN F, 2000, POLITICS FORCE CONFL *NO IR EX, 2001, PROGR GOV 2001 O'Leary B, 1999, NEW LEFT REV, P66 O'Leary B., 1999, SCOTTISH AFFAIRS, V26, P1 ODAY A, 1997, POLITICAL VIOLENCE C, P10 ODUFFY B, 1993, POLITICS ETHNIC CONF, P140 Osborne RD, 2003, J SOC POLICY, V32, P339, DOI 10.1017/S0047279403007025 Osborne RD, 2002, PUBLIC ADMIN, V80, P283, DOI 10.1111/1467-9299.00304 Osborne SP, 2002, PUBLIC MONEY MANAGE, V22, P55, DOI 10.1111/1467-9302.00297 Patterson H., 1979, STATE NO IRELAND 192 Rhodes R. A. W., 1988, WESTMINSTER WHITEHAL Rhodes R. A. W., 1997, UNDERSTANDING GOVERN Rolston Bill, 2000, UNFINISHED BUSINESS Rose R., 1971, GOVT CONSENSUS IRISH ROSS K, 1999, PUBLIC POLICY ADM, V12, P49 SKELCHER C, 1998, APPOINTED STATE, P181 Tannam E., 1998, CROSS BORDER COOPERA WALKER G, 1998, PSA TERR POL GROUP S, P5 WHYTE J, 1983, CONT IRISH STUDIES, P30 WILFORD R, 2003, NATIONS REGIONS DYNA, V16, P11 WILFORD R, 2000, PARLIAMENT AFF, V53, P532 Wilford Rick, 2001, DEMOCRATIC DESIGN PO NR 60 TC 7 Z9 7 U1 0 U2 0 PU FRANK CASS CO LTD PI ESSEX PA NEWBURY HOUSE, 900 EASTERN AVE, NEWBURY PARK, ILFORD, ESSEX IG2 7HH, ENGLAND SN 0954-6553 J9 TERROR POLIT VIOLENC JI Terror. Polit. Violence PD FAL PY 2004 VL 16 IS 3 BP 593 EP 621 DI 10.1080/09546550490509937 PG 29 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA 867JY UT WOS:000224840100011 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Premdas, RR AF Premdas, RR TI Diaspora and its discontents: A Caribbean fragment in Toronto in quest of cultural recognition and political empowerment SO ETHNIC AND RACIAL STUDIES LA English DT Article DE Indo-Caribbean; Canadian multiculturalism; OSSICC; Caribana; Toronto; political participation; Caribbean diaspora ID ETHNICITY AB The essay examines the role of The Ontario Society for Services to the Indo-Caribbean Community [OSSICC], a historic organization that sought to assert the dignity and re-discover the identity of Indo-Caribbean persons as a fragment of the Caribbean diaspora in Toronto, Canada. While it points to the achievement in representing the interests of its members for symbolic cultural recognition, it underscored the limitations in the political arena for empowerment, power sharing, and equality in employment opportunities and for an equitable share of the resources of the state. Further, it describes how the ethnic conflict in the homeland persisted in the new site of the diaspora, about lost opportunities for healing, and about inter-generational discontinuities in the reconstruction of the Caribbean self. On a larger scale, the article is about membership and citizenship in the new homeland of the diaspora, its seductions and betrayals in the new frontier of Canadian multiculturalism. C1 Univ W Indies, Dept Behav Sci, St Augustine, Trinid & Tobago. RP Premdas, RR (reprint author), Univ W Indies, Dept Behav Sci, St Augustine, Trinid & Tobago. EM rpremdas@fss.uwi.tt CR Anderson Benedict, 1991, IMAGINED COMMUNITIES BIRBALSINGH F, 1997, MATURITY VISION OSSI, P2 BIRBALSINGH F, 1997, PILLAR POST INDOCARI, P211 CAREY E, 1999, STAR TORONTO 0515, P4 CASTLES S, 1984, HERE GOOD W EUROPES CESARANI D, 1996, CITIZENSHIP NATIONAL COHEN R, 1998, CARIBBEAN MIGRATION ESPINET R, 1993, INDOCARIBBEAN RESIST FLEROS A, 1992, MULTICULTURALISM CAN, P284 FONER N, 1998, CARIBBEAN MIGRATION GALABUZI GE, 2001, CANADAS CREEPING APA GANS HJ, 1979, ETHNIC RACIAL STUD, V2, P1, DOI 10.1080/01419870.1979.9993248 GOPIE KJ, 1993, INDOCARIBBEAN RESIST, P61 GOULBOURNE H, 1991, ETHNICITY NATL POST Gutmann Amy, 1994, MULTICULTURALISM INFANTRY A, 1999, SUNDAY STAR TOR 0502, P6 LAYTONHENRY Z, 1990, POLITICAL RIGHTS WOR LOOKLAI W, 1993, INDENTURED LABOR CAR MAHARAJ R, 2001, CARIBBEAN CAMER 0712, P12 MANGRU B, 1993, INDOCARIBBEAN RESIST, P20 MARSHALL JM, 1992, CITIZENSHIP NAGEL J, 1994, SOC PROBL, V41, P152, DOI 10.1525/sp.1994.41.1.03x0430n NAIPAUL VS, 1982, E INDIANS CARIBBEAN, P1 PAUL G, 2001, CARIBBEAN CAMER 0510, P3 Premdas RR, 1998, COMMONW COMP POLIT, V36, P30, DOI 10.1080/14662049808447774 PREMDAS RR, 1996, 12 UNESCO MAN SOC TR PREMDAS RR, 1993, ENIGMA ETHNICITY ANA PREMDAS RR, 1992, MODERN CARIBBEAN PREMDAS RR, 1995, ETHNIC CONFLICT DEV RENAN E, 1882, QUEST CE QUUNE NATIO, P26 REX J, 1995, NATIONS NATL, V1, P243, DOI DOI 10.1111/J.1354-5078.1995.00243.X RIESENBERS P, 1992, CITIZENSHIP W TRADIT SAMAROO B, 1996, ACROSS DARK WATERS SIEMIATYCKI M, 1999, CANADIAN J REGIONAL, V20, P73 SINGH S, 2000, IDENTITY ETHNICITY C, P521 THOMASHOPE E, 1998, CARIBBEAN MIGRATION Tinker H., 1974, NEW SYSTEM SLAVERY E Vertovec S, 1998, INT SOC SCI J, V50, P187, DOI 10.1111/1468-2451.00123 WALCOTT D, 1992, ANTILLES FRAGMENTS E, P5 NR 39 TC 12 Z9 12 U1 0 U2 7 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 2-4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0141-9870 EI 1466-4356 J9 ETHNIC RACIAL STUD JI Ethn. Racial Stud. PD JUL PY 2004 VL 27 IS 4 BP 544 EP 564 DI 10.1080/01491987042000216708 PG 21 WC Ethnic Studies; Sociology SC Ethnic Studies; Sociology GA 828US UT WOS:000221999400002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Zhou, DM AF Zhou, DM TI Power sharing in Chinese villages, part I - Guest editor's introduction SO CHINESE SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY LA English DT Editorial Material NR 0 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 0 U2 0 PU M E SHARPE INC PI ARMONK PA 80 BUSINESS PARK DR, ARMONK, NY 10504 USA SN 0009-4625 J9 CHINESE SOC ANTHROP JI Chin. Sociol. Anthropol. PD SUM PY 2004 VL 36 IS 4 BP 3 EP 4 PG 2 WC Anthropology; Sociology SC Anthropology; Sociology GA 880IL UT WOS:000225782100001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Zhou, DM Yang, XL AF Zhou, DM Yang, XL TI Power sharing in rural China behind social transformation - Traditional culture, town and village enterprises, and rural governance SO CHINESE SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY LA English DT Article AB In the final two decades of the twentieth century, the economy, politics, and society of the Chinese countryside began several new transformations. Behind the macroscopic view of taking economic construction as the focus, this transformation in rural society has had changes in economic life, social structure, and political culture as its primary features. The substance of these transformations can be seen in the changes in, and the restructuring of the relationship between the nation and the countryside and the nation and the peasantry. In 2001 and 2002, we researched these topics in twelve provinces and fifteen villages, doing both investigations and comparisons. Rural power structures were taken as the entry point, with respect to traditional culture, town and village enterprises, and rural governance as aspects to be considered and observed. Finally, a description of the process of transformation of rural society will follow, in order to recreate the period of reconstruction and adjustment of power structures. C1 Zhongshan Univ, Dept Anthropol, Guangzhou, Peoples R China. RP Zhou, DM (reprint author), Zhongshan Univ, Dept Anthropol, Guangzhou, Peoples R China. CR DUARA P, 1995, WENHUA QUANLI GUOJIA FEI XT, 2001, JIANGCUN JINGJI ZHON Freedman Maurice, 2000, ZHONGGUO DONGNAN ZON HUANG SM, 2002, LIN CUN GUSHI JIU JI HUANG ZZ, 2000, HUABEI XIAONONG JING QIN ZH, 1995, ZHONGGUO XIANGCUN SH TONG ZH, 2000, ZHENGZHIXUE YANJIU WANG HN, 1991, DANGDAI ZHONGGUO CUN WANG MM, 1997, SHEHUI RENLEIXUE ZHO WU LC, 2002, DANGDAI ZHONGGUO NON Wu Y., 2002, CUNZHI BIANQIAN ZHON XIANG B, 2000, KUAYUE BIANJIE SHEQU YANG NS, 1998, SHEHUIZHUYI YANJIU, V5, P44 YU JR, 2001, YUECUN ZHENGZHI NR 14 TC 5 Z9 6 U1 1 U2 10 PU M E SHARPE INC PI ARMONK PA 80 BUSINESS PARK DR, ARMONK, NY 10504 USA SN 0009-4625 J9 CHINESE SOC ANTHROP JI Chin. Sociol. Anthropol. PD SUM PY 2004 VL 36 IS 4 BP 5 EP 43 PG 39 WC Anthropology; Sociology SC Anthropology; Sociology GA 880IL UT WOS:000225782100002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Lustick, IS Miodownik, D Eidelson, RJ AF Lustick, IS Miodownik, D Eidelson, RJ TI Secessionism in multicultural states: Does sharing power prevent or encourage it? SO AMERICAN POLITICAL SCIENCE REVIEW LA English DT Article ID ETHNIC-CONFLICT; IDENTITY; CONSEQUENCES; PARTITION; REBELLION; HISTORY; WAR AB Institutional frameworks powerfully determine the goals, violence, and trajectories of identitarian movements-including secessionist movements. However, both small-N and large-N researchers disagree on the question of whether "power-sharing" arrangements, instead of repression, are more or less likely to mitigate threats of secessionist mobilizations by disaffected, regionally concentrated minority groups. The PS-I modeling platform was used to create a virtual country "Beita," containing within it a disaffected, partially controlled, regionally concentrated minority. Drawing on constructivist identity theory to determine behaviors by individual agents in Beita, the most popular theoretical positions on this issue were tested. Data were drawn from batches of hundreds of Beita histories produced under rigorous experimental conditions. The results lend support to sophisticated interpretations of the effects of repression vs. responsive or representative types of power-sharing. Although in the short run repression works to suppress ethnopolitical mobilization, it does not effectively reduce the threat of secession. Power-sharing can be more effective, but it also tends to encourage larger minority identitarian movements. C1 Univ Penn, Dept Polit Sci, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA. Univ Penn, Solomon Asch Ctr Study Ethnopolit Conflict, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA. RP Lustick, IS (reprint author), Univ Penn, Dept Polit Sci, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA. EM ilustick@sas.upenn.edu; danm@sas.upenn.edu; royeidel@psych.upenn.edu OI Miodownik, Dan/0000-0003-3825-3911 CR ADAM H, 1971, MODENIZING RACIAL DO ARONOFF MJ, 1998, REV ANTHR, V27, P71 Axelrod R., 2003, MIDW POL SCI CONV CH AXELROD R, 2003, COMPLEXITY COOPERATI Axelrod R. M., 1997, COMPLEXITY COOPERATI BARTH F, 1995, POLITICAL LEADERSHIP Bhavnani R, 2000, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V44, P283, DOI 10.1177/0022002700044003001 Brass Paul, 1974, LANGUAGE RELIG POLIT BRASS PR, 1980, ETHNIC DIVERSITY CON, P1 Brown David, 1998, NATIONS NATL, V4, P1 Brubaker R., 1996, NATL REFRAMED NATION BUSTICK IS, 1980, ARABS JEWISH STATE Carley Patricia, 1997, US RESPONSES SELF DE Cederman L. E., 2001, POLITICAL METHODOLOG, V10, P16 Cederman Lars-Erik, 1997, EMERGENT ACTORS WORL Cederman LE, 2002, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V99, P7296, DOI 10.1073/pnas.082081099 CHANDRA K, 2001, APSA CP, V12, P7 Collier P., 2000, EC CAUSES CIVIL CONF Connor Walker, 1998, ETHNONATIONALISM QUE Cornell SE, 2002, WORLD POLIT, V54, P245, DOI 10.1353/wp.2002.0002 CRAWFORD B, 1998, INT AREA STUDIES RES, V98, P513 DANSPECKGRUBER W, 1997, SELF DETERMINATION S DERGACHEV V, 2003, DESCRIPTION SAMPLE Doyle MW, 2000, AM POLIT SCI REV, V94, P779, DOI 10.2307/2586208 ELEY GEOFF, 1996, BECOMING NATL READER, P3 Epstein J. M., 2001, MODELING CIVIL VIOLE Fearon JD, 2003, AM POLIT SCI REV, V97, P75, DOI 10.1017/S0003055403000534 FEARSON JD, 1998, INT SPREAD ETHNIC CO, P108 Freeman M, 1999, REV INT STUD, V25, P355, DOI 10.1017/S0260210599003551 Hale HE, 2000, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V30, P31, DOI 10.1017/S0007123400000028 Hardin Russell, 1995, NATL RATIONALITY, P14 Hechter M, 2001, ANNU REV POLIT SCI, V4, P189, DOI 10.1146/annurev.polisci.4.1.189 Hechter M, 2000, STUD COMP INT DEV, V35, P3, DOI 10.1007/BF02687448 Hechter Michael, 1975, INTERNAL COLONIALISM HIRSCHMANN AO, 1970, EXIT VIOICE LOYALTY Hoffmann M. J., 2003, PENNS AG BAS MOD LAB Hoppe HH, 1998, SOCIETY, V35, P21, DOI 10.1007/BF02686063 HOROWITZ DL, 1997, ETHNICITY GROUP RIGH, P421 Horowitz Donald L., 1985, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI Johnson GR, 1997, POLIT LIFE SCI, V16, P257, DOI 10.1017/S0730938400024771 Kaufmann CD, 1998, INT SECURITY, V23, P120, DOI 10.2307/2539381 King G, 2001, WORLD POLIT, V53, P623, DOI 10.1353/wp.2001.0018 KOHLI A, 1997, SELF DETERMINATION S, P309 Kowert Paul, 1996, CULTURE NATL SECURIT, P451 Kumar R, 1997, FOREIGN AFF, V76, P22, DOI 10.2307/20047907 Laitin D. D., 1998, IDENTITY FORMATION R Laitin DD, 2000, AM J POLIT SCI, V44, P142, DOI 10.2307/2669300 Laitin DD, 2001, COMP POLIT STUD, V34, P839, DOI 10.1177/0010414001034008001 Lakatos I., 1970, CRITICISM GROWTH KNO, P91, DOI DOI 10.1017/CB09781139171434.009 Lapidoth R., 1996, AUTONOMY FLEXIBLE SO LAPTEV AA, MODELING SOCIOGENETI LATIN DD, 2001, APSA CP NEWSLETTER O, V12, P13 Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Lijphart Arend, 1985, POWER SHARING S AFRI LUSTICK I, 1979, WORLD POLIT, V31, P325, DOI 10.2307/2009992 Lustick I. S., 2000, Complexity, V5, P13, DOI 10.1002/1099-0526(200003/04)5:4<13::AID-CPLX3>3.0.CO;2-G Lustick I.S., 2000, J ARTIFICIAL SOC SOC, V3 Lustick IS, 2002, STUD COMP INT DEV, V37, P24, DOI 10.1007/BF02686260 Lustick IS, 1996, AM POLIT SCI REV, V90, P605, DOI 10.2307/2082612 LUSTICK IS, J ARTIFICIAL SCI SOC, V5 Macy MW, 2002, ANNU REV SOCIOL, V28, P143, DOI 10.1146/annurev.soc.28.110601.141117 MCGARRY J, 1994, PARLIAMENT AFF, V47, P94 McGarry J, 1993, POLITICS ETHNIC CONF, P1 MOZAFFAR S, 2000, IDENTITY TERRITORIAL, P230 NAGEL J, 1994, SOC PROBL, V41, P152, DOI 10.1525/sp.1994.41.1.03x0430n O'Leary Brendan, 2001, RIGHT SIZING STATE P Reilly B., 1999, ELECTORAL SYSTEMS CO ROEDER PG, 1991, WORLD POLIT, V43, P196, DOI 10.2307/2010471 Roeder PG, 2003, COMP POLIT STUD, V36, P509, DOI 10.1177/0010414003251880 Saideman Stephen M., 1998, INT SPREAD ETHNIC CO, P127 Sambanis N, 2000, WORLD POLIT, V52, P437, DOI 10.1017/S0043887100020074 Scarritt JR, 2001, COMP POLIT STUD, V34, P800, DOI 10.1177/0010414001034007004 SMITH AD, 1981, ETHNIC REVIVAL Smith Anthony D., 1986, ETHNIC ORIGINS NATIO Snyder Jack, 2000, VOTING VIOLENCE DEMO SPENCER M, 1998, SEPARATISM DEMOCRACY, P1 Srbljinovic A, 2003, JASSS, V6 Tajfel H., 1986, PSYCHOL INTERGROUP R, P7, DOI DOI 10.1111/J.1751-9004.2007.00066.X Tullberg J, 1997, POLIT LIFE SCI, V16, P237, DOI 10.1017/S0730938400024710 Turner J. C., 2001, BLACKWELL HDB SOCIAL, P133 Turner J. C., 1987, REDISCOVERING SOCIAL VANDERVEEN AM, 2002, ANN M AM POL SCI ASS Verdery Katherine., 1991, NATL IDEOLOGY SOCIAL Wilkinson SI, 2000, ASIAN SURV, V40, P767, DOI 10.1525/as.2000.40.5.01p01013 Wilkinson Steven, 2001, APSA CP NEWSLETTER O, V12, P17 Yiftachel O, 2000, CRIT INQUIRY, V26, P725, DOI 10.1086/448989 NR 86 TC 100 Z9 102 U1 1 U2 31 PU CAMBRIDGE UNIV PRESS PI NEW YORK PA 32 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS, NEW YORK, NY 10013-2473 USA SN 0003-0554 EI 1537-5943 J9 AM POLIT SCI REV JI Am. Polit. Sci. Rev. PD MAY PY 2004 VL 98 IS 2 BP 209 EP 229 DI 10.1017/S0003055404001108 PG 21 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 827MJ UT WOS:000221903700001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Bowden, G AF Bowden, G TI Reconstructing colonialism: Graphic layout and design, and the construction of ideology SO CANADIAN REVIEW OF SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY-REVUE CANADIENNE DE SOCIOLOGIE ET D ANTHROPOLOGIE LA English DT Article AB The connection between image and ideology is one of the most analysed themes in visual sociology. Despite this, there exists a serious omission in our understanding of the visual processes used to create ideology. This article, through the analysis of the role of visual juxtaposition and sequencing in the British government publication The Colonies in Pictures, documents a previously ignored mechanism for ideology formation. I argue that the publication reconstructs British colonial ideology by shifting the marker used to distinguish between British and non-British from ethnicity to culture. Such a reconstruction was necessitated by the historical circumstances following World War II and enabled the British to retain economic control over the colonies while granting political autonomy. C1 Univ New Brunswick, Fredericton, NB E3B 5A3, Canada. RP Bowden, G (reprint author), Univ New Brunswick, Fredericton, NB E3B 5A3, Canada. EM glb@unb.ca CR ALLAND A, 1974, J RIIS PHOTOGRAPHER Althusser L., 1971, LENIN PHILOS OTHER E, P127 Bendavid-Val Leah, 1999, PROPAGANDA DREAMS PH BOYCE D. G., 1999, DECOLONIZATION BRIT COKE VD, 1980, AVANT GARDE PHOTOGRA Doss Erika, 2001, LOOKING LIFE MAGAZIN Edwards Elizabeth, 1992, ANTHR PHOTOGRAPHY 18 ELLIOTT D, 1979, RODCHENKO ARTS REVOL EVANS D, 1992, J HEARTFIELD AIZ 193 Faris James, 1996, NAVAJO PHOTOGRAPHY C Foucault Michel, 1979, DISCIPLINE PUNISH BI FRIZOT M, 1998, NEW HIST PHOTOGRAPHY, P431 Frizot Michel, 1998, NEW HIST PHOTOGRAPHY, p[259, 265] Goffmann E., 1979, GENDER ADVERTISEMENT GORDON RJ, 1997, PICTURING BUSHMEN DE Green-Lewis Jennifer, 1996, FRAMING VICTORIANS P Gutman Judith Maria, 1967, LW HINE AM SOCIAL CO Homer-Dixon T, 2000, INGENUITY GAP Karginov German, 1979, RODCHENKO Landau Paul S., 2002, IMAGES EMPIRES VISUA LAVRENTIEV A, 1995, A RODCHENKO PHOTOGRA Lutz Catherine A., 1993, READING NATL GEOGRAP MCKIBBON B, 1992, AGE MISSING INFORMAT PORTER A, 1972, CAMERA, V51, P12 PORTER A, 1971, CAMERA, V50, P4 Rosen Philip, 1986, NARRATIVE APPARATUS Said Edward W., 1979, ORIENTALISM STEIN S, 1981, ART J SPR, P29 Sturken M., 2001, PRACTICES LOOKING IN Szarkowski John, 1989, PHOTOGRAPHY NOW THOMSA A, 1978, EXPANDING EYE PHOTOG 1953, COLONIES PICTURES NR 32 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 0 U2 0 PU WILEY PI HOBOKEN PA 111 RIVER ST, HOBOKEN 07030-5774, NJ USA SN 0008-4948 J9 CAN REV SOC ANTHROP JI Can. Rev. Sociol. Anthropol.-Rev. Can. Sociol. Anthrol. PD MAY PY 2004 VL 41 IS 2 BP 217 EP 240 DI 10.1111/j.1755-618X.2004.tb02179.x PG 24 WC Anthropology; Sociology SC Anthropology; Sociology GA 830AU UT WOS:000222094800005 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Fearon, JD AF Fearon, JD TI Why do some civil wars last so much longer than others? SO JOURNAL OF PEACE RESEARCH LA English DT Article AB Five factors are shown to be strongly related to civil war duration. Civil wars emerging from coups or revolutions tend to be short. Civil wars in Eastern Europe and the former Soviet Union have also tended to be relatively brief, as have anti-colonial wars. By contrast, 'sons of the soil' wars that typically involve land conflict between a peripheral ethnic minority and state-supported migrants of a dominant ethnic group are on average quite long-lived. So are conflicts in which a rebel group derives major funding from contraband such as opium, diamonds, or coca. The article seeks to explain these regularities, developing a game model focused on the puzzle of what prevents negotiated settlements to longrunning, destructive civil wars for which conflicting military expectations are an implausible explanation. In the model, regional autonomy deals may be unreachable when fluctuations in state strength undermine the government's ability to commit. The commitment problem binds harder when the center has an enduring political or economic interest in expansion into the periphery, as in 'sons of the soil' wars, and when either government or rebels are able to earn some income during a conflict despite the costs of fighting, as in the case of contraband funding. C1 Stanford Univ, Dept Polit Sci, Stanford, CA 94305 USA. RP Fearon, JD (reprint author), Stanford Univ, Dept Polit Sci, Stanford, CA 94305 USA. EM jfearon@stanford.edu CR Acemoglu D, 2001, AM ECON REV, V91, P938, DOI 10.1257/aer.91.4.938 BALCHLINDSAY D, 1999, ANN M W POL SCI ASS Bennett DS, 1996, AM POLIT SCI REV, V90, P239, DOI 10.2307/2082882 BLAINEY G, 1973, CAUSES WAR CANN JP, 1997, CCOUNTERINSURGENCY A Collier P, 2004, J PEACE RES, V41, P253, DOI 10.1177/0022343304043769 Collier P., 2004, OXFORD EC PAPERS Doyle MW, 2000, AM POLIT SCI REV, V94, P778 ELBADAWI I, 2000, EXTRNAL INTERVENTION ESTY DC, 1998, STATE FAILURE TASK R Fearon James D., 1998, INT SPREAD ETHNIC CO, P107 Fearon JD, 2003, AM POLIT SCI REV, V97, P75, DOI 10.1017/S0003055403000534 FEARON JD, 1995, INT ORGAN, V49, P379, DOI 10.1017/S0020818300033324 FEARON JD, 1994, ANN AM POL SCI ASS N FEARON JD, 2000, SONS SOIL IMMIGRANTS FEARON JD, 2003, COP STAT RESULTS WHY Galetovic A., 2000, ECON POLIT-OXFORD, V12, P183, DOI DOI 10.1111/1468-0343.00074 Gleditsch NP, 2002, J PEACE RES, V39, P615, DOI 10.1177/0022343302039005007 Goemans H.E., 2000, WAR PUNISHMENT Gurr Ted Robert, 1996, MINORITIES RISK 3 DA Kaufmann C, 1996, INT SECURITY, V20, P136, DOI 10.2307/2539045 LANDER M, 2001, NY TIMES 0502, pA9 LICKLIDER R, 1995, AM POLIT SCI REV, V89, P681, DOI 10.2307/2082982 MACFARQUHAR N, 2001, NY TIMES 1211 POWELL R, 2003, UNPUB INEFFICIENT US Sambanis N, 2001, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V45, P259, DOI 10.1177/0022002701045003001 SINGER JD, 1994, 9905 ICPSR Sivard RL, 1996, WORLD MILITARY SOCIA The International Institute for Strategic Studies (IISS), 2000, MIL BAL 2000, V2000 Tomz M., 1999, CLARIFY SOFTWARE INT VALENTINO BA, 2002, FINAL SOLUTIONS Wagner RH, 2000, AM J POLIT SCI, V44, P469, DOI 10.2307/2669259 Walter BF, 1997, INT ORGAN, V51, P335, DOI 10.1162/002081897550384 Weiner Myron, 1978, SONS SOIL MIGRATION Zartman I. William, 1989, RIPE RESOLUTION CONF NR 35 TC 502 Z9 508 U1 4 U2 145 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 1 OLIVERS YARD, 55 CITY ROAD, LONDON EC1Y 1SP, ENGLAND SN 0022-3433 J9 J PEACE RES JI J. Peace Res. PD MAY PY 2004 VL 41 IS 3 BP 275 EP 301 DI 10.1177/0022343304043770 PG 27 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA 824QW UT WOS:000221702100003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Mitchell, J Bradbury, J AF Mitchell, J Bradbury, J TI Devolution: Comparative development and policy roles SO PARLIAMENTARY AFFAIRS LA English DT Article AB In Scotland, after an early focus on the policy-making process, the agenda concentrated on distributive policies priorities; redistributive policy remained largely at Westminster. In Wales, there was similar concentration on distributive policies, but the Richard Commission will return process to the agenda. The 2003 election allowed Labour to form a single-party Executive and, with looming fiscal constraint, Labour is expected to concentrate on popular distributive policies in the second half of the term. In Northern Ireland, devolution has been more about sustaining the peace process and constitutional politics; other matters took a poor second place. Devolution remained suspended in 2003; talks failed but new elections were held, with victory for the Unionist DUP and the Nationalist Sinn Fein; power-sharing prospects diminished but the peace process held. In England, the focus has been on developing Regional Development Agencies, Government Offices and Regional Chambers. Three northern regions will hold referendums on elected assemblies in 2004. Devolution remained strongly gradual and cautious. Constitutional debates were couched in terms of practical objectives and immediate policy roles continued to dominate devolution. C1 Univ Strathclyde, Glasgow G1 1XQ, Lanark, Scotland. Univ Swansea, Swansea, W Glam, Wales. RP Mitchell, J (reprint author), Univ Strathclyde, Glasgow G1 1XQ, Lanark, Scotland. RI Bradbury, Jonathan/C-4875-2008 OI Bradbury, Jonathan/0000-0001-8966-1734 CR BELL D, STATE NATIONS 2001 2 BRADBURY J, 2003, BRIT J POLITICS INT JEFFERY C, 2002, REGIONAL STUDIES Lipset S.M., 1967, PARTY SYSTEMS VOTER LOWI Theodore J, 1972, PUBLIC ADM REV LOWI TJ, 1964, WORLD POLIT, P715 MITCHELL J, 1998, REMAKING UNION Rawlings R., 2003, DELINEATING WALES CO TRENCH A, 2004, STATE NATIONS 2004 WILFORD R, 2003, 17 U COLL LOND, P34 2003, INDEPENDENT 1104 NR 11 TC 6 Z9 6 U1 0 U2 0 PU OXFORD UNIV PRESS PI OXFORD PA GREAT CLARENDON ST, OXFORD OX2 6DP, ENGLAND SN 0031-2290 J9 PARLIAMENT AFF JI Parliam. Aff. PD APR PY 2004 VL 57 IS 2 BP 329 EP + DI 10.1093/pa/gsh028 PG 19 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 813HJ UT WOS:000220897900007 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Miller, M AF Miller, M TI Plena and the negotiation of "national" identity in Puerto Rico SO CENTRO JOURNAL LA English DT Article DE plena; popular music; national identity; cultural autonomy; race AB The plena functions as an important marker of Puerto Rican identity in musical and other aesthetic forms produced both on and off the island. Through a reading of plena within a broader intellectual frame that includes its presence in literature and popular art, this essay examines its long association with pervasive questions of origins and autonomy in the construction of lo puertorriqueno. In the "national" imaginary, the plena provides a space in which two particular elements of Puerto Rican identity are continuously addressed: its racial character and its cultural specificity in the face of U.S. political and social pressures. C1 Tulane Univ, Dept Spanish & Portuguese, Caribbean & Latin Amer Studies, New Orleans, LA 70118 USA. RP Miller, M (reprint author), Tulane Univ, Dept Spanish & Portuguese, Caribbean & Latin Amer Studies, New Orleans, LA 70118 USA. CR ALVARADO FE, 1984, PLENA ORIGEN SENTIDO Aparicio Frances R., 1997, LISTENING SALSA GEND Arrivi Francisco, 1971, MASCARA PUERTORRIQUE AYALA CD, 1998, MARCHA JIBARIOS 1898 BARSY K, 1982, NACIMIENTO ISLA BORI Berrios-Miranda Marisol, 2002, SITUATING SALSA GLOB, P23 Bilby Kenneth, 1995, CARIBBEAN CURRENTS C BLANCO T, 1974, ANTOLOGIA ENSAYOS, P31 Cadilla de Martinez Maria, 1999, POESIA POPULAR PUERT CEPEDA ARR, 2001, RAICES Cruz Francisco Lopez, 1967, MUSICA FOLKLORICA PU Dufrasne Gonzalez J., 1994, PUERTO RICO TAMBIEN FERRE R, 1991, YOUNGEST DOLL FERRE R, 1991, PAPELES PANDORA Flores Juan, 2000, BOMBA HIP HOP PUERTO Flores Juan, 1993, DIVIDED BORDERS ESSA *FOR AT PUERT, 1976, PROBL CULT PUERT RIC Gates Henry Louis, 1988, SIGNIFYING MONKEY TH GLASSER R, 1995, MUSIC MY FLAG PUERTO Gonzalez Jose L., 1980, PAIS CUATRO PISOS OT Julia E. Rodriguez, 1983, ENTIERRO CORTIJO LOPEZ R, 2002, CUADERNOS CULTURA, V8 MATOS LP, 2000, SELECTED POEMS POESI MELENDEZ JAR, 1986, CUPEY, V3, P9 Moore Robin D., 2002, SITUATING SALSA GLOB, P51 Nolasco Flerida de, 1956, SANTO DOMINGO FOLKLO ORTIZ F, 1996, INSTRUMENTOS MUSICA OTERO GARABIS J., 2000, NACION RITMO DESCARG Pales Matos Luis, 1995, POESIA LP MATOS PEREZDUTHIE JC, 2002, EL NUEVO DIA 1206, P3 QUINONES AD, 2000, EL ARTE BREGAR QUINONES AD, 1982, EL ALMUERZO HIERBA Quintero Rivera Angel, 1998, SALSA SABOR CONTROL Rios Avila Ruben, 2002, RAZA COMICA SUJETO P RIVERA P, 1989, PLENA CANTO TRABAJO RODRIQUEZ AA, 1976, PROBLEMAS CULTURA PU SATIZABAL A, 2002, SITUATING SALSA GLOB, P247 Storm Roberts J., 1999, LATIN TINGE IMPACT L TIO T, 1995, 11 BIEN SAN JUAN GRA Valentin-Escobar W., 2002, SITUATING SALSA GLOB, P161 Waxer Lise, 2002, SITUATING SALSA GLOB 2000, PLENA LIBRE 1946, EL CARTEL PUERTO RIC NR 43 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 0 PU HUNTER COLLEGE-CUNY, CENTER PUERTO RICAN STUDIES PI NEW YORK PA 695 PARK AVE, ROOM E-1429, NEW YORK, NY 10021 USA SN 1538-6279 J9 CENT J JI Cent. J. PD SPR PY 2004 VL 16 IS 1 BP 36 EP 59 PG 24 WC Area Studies SC Area Studies GA 830NU UT WOS:000222130100004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Mendoza, M AF Mendoza, M TI Western Toba messianism and resistance to colonization, 1915-1918 SO ETHNOHISTORY LA English DT Article AB The Western Toba and other hunter-gatherers of the South American Gran Chaco managed to retain a certain degree of political autonomy well into the nineteenth century. Between 1915 and 1918, Western Toba, Wichi, and Pilaga warriors formed alliances to expel Argentine and Bolivian settlers from their traditional lands. The few authors who recorded this "rebellion" failed to mention that the warriors' active resistance to colonization was rooted in a revitalization movement comparable to other indigenous millenarian revivals. This new interpretation is based on oral stories collected in the field in the 1990s. The uprising, the doctrine of the charismatic shaman who fueled the movement, and the outcomes of the clash with the Argentine Army are described herein. The prophet's doctrine was rooted in a mythology of cosmic cataclysms. By following it, believers would be able to persuade Cadet'a to "have pity on them." The native concept of Cadet'a may belong to a cosmology that is earlier than the introduction of the biblical idea of "God, Our Father". C1 Univ Memphis, Memphis, TN 38152 USA. RP Mendoza, M (reprint author), Univ Memphis, Memphis, TN 38152 USA. CR ALTO L, 1994, COMMUNICATION 0916 ARNAUD L, 1889, TIMBO TARTAGAL IMPRE Astrada Domingo, 1906, EXPEDICION PILCOMAYO BALDRICH JA, 1889, COMARCAS VIRGENES BROWNE M, 1994, DICCIONARIO TOBA BUCKWALTER AS, 1999, E COMMUNICATION 0213 BUCKWALTER AS, 1994, VOCABULARIO PILAGA Campos Daniel, 1888, TARIJA ASUNCION EXPE CARAMAN P, 1976, LOST PARADISE Cardus Jose, 1886, MISIONES FRANCISCANA CUCHI P, 1994, COMMUNICATION 0621 DELACRUZ LM, 1995, COMMUNICATION 0524 DIEZ AP, 1974, SCRIPTA ETHNOLOGICA, V11, P111 *ENC NAC MIS, 1994, MEM GRAN CHAC 1900 1 FRIC V, 1980, PILCOMAYO JOURNEY CE FURLONG GC, 1955, NOTICIA GRAN CHACO GOBELLI RDF, 1914, ESTUDIO ETNOGRAFICO Gordillo G, 2002, AM ETHNOL, V29, P33, DOI 10.1525/ae.2002.29.1.33 GRUBB WB, 1910, S AM KINGDOM CHRIST, P79 GRUBB WB, 1917, SAMS MAGAZINE, V51, P83 HUNT RJ, 1911, S AM KINGDOM CHRIST, P16 JONES HTM, 1911, S AM KINGDOM CHRIST, P30 KANTER H., 1936, GRAN CHACO SEINE RAN KARSTEN R, 1932, INDIAN TRIBES ARGENT, V4 KARSTEN R, 1923, TOBA INDDIANS BOLIVI KRIEG H, 1931, GEOGRAPHISCHE UBERSI KRIEG H, 1980, CHACO INDIANS PICTUR LOPEZ RJ, 1994, DIARIO MANANA S, V5 Mann Wendy, 1968, UNQUENCHED FLAME SHO Mendoza M., 2002, BAND MOBILITY LEADER MONTES F, 1995, COMMUNICATION 0306 MOONEY J, 1896, GHOST DANCE RELIG SI MUELLO A. C., 1926, GEOGRAFIA EC CHACO F ORTIZ J, 1994, COMMUNICATION 1012 PRIETO AH, 1990, OCMPRENDER FORMOSA A RIVERO E, 1994, COMMUNICATION 0823 RODAS F, 1991, PUEBLO ING JUAREZ FO RUIZ P, 1995, COMMUNICATION 0313 SAEGER JS, 2000, CHACO MISSON FRONTIE SANTAMARIA D, 1994, ANTHR HIST, V6, P273 SCNIO AD, 1972, CONQUISTA CHACO Simoneau K., 1989, FOLK LIT TOBA INDIAN, V2 STERPIN Adriana, 1993, HACIA NUEVA CARTA ET, V5, P129 TEBBOTH A, 1943, REV I ANTROPOLOGIA U, V3, P39 TEVES R, 1994, COMMUNICATION THOUAR A, 1891, EXPLORATIONS AM SUD Tomasini A., 1976, SCRIPTA ETHNOLOGICA, V4, P69 TORRES ML, 1975, INGENIERO NICASIO JU TRAIN F, 1944, SAMS MAGAZINE, V77, P17 TREANOR B, 1934, SAMS MAGAZINE, V68, P19 UNSAIN AM, 1915, B DEP NACL TRABAJO, V32, P45 WRIGHT RM, 1999, CAMBRIDGE HIST NATIV, V2, P287 1916, SAMS MAGAZNE, P128 NR 53 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 1 U2 3 PU DUKE UNIV PRESS PI DURHAM PA 905 W MAIN ST, STE 18-B, DURHAM, NC 27701 USA SN 0014-1801 J9 ETHNOHISTORY JI Ethnohistory PD SPR PY 2004 VL 51 IS 2 BP 293 EP 316 DI 10.1215/00141801-51-2-293 PG 24 WC Anthropology; History SC Anthropology; History GA 827LI UT WOS:000221900800003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Pearson, R AF Pearson, R TI The misuse of the term "nation state" SO MANKIND QUARTERLY LA English DT Article DE band; descent group; clan; phratry; tribe; feudalism; nation; nation state; nationality AB The author argues that the clarity of discourse is lost by the misuse of the terms "nation" and "nation state," attributable to ignorance of the evolutionary history of human society. He maintains that human social organization evolved from pair-binding and the family, and thence through an elaboration of kinship ties to the emergence of larger societies that were relatively homogeneous, both genetically and culturally, and which are properly known as nations. The term "nation-state," originally devised to refer to a nation that enjoyed a degree of self-government and political autonomy, has increasingly come to be used in recent decades to describe any geographically delineated political aggregate of individuals living, willingly or unwillingly, under a common government -no matter how varied their biological origins, culture or personal value systems. He regards this terminological misuse as a significant affront to clarity of thought because societies which are united by common values and a belief in common, shared origins, are more able to live together in harmony and to be willing to sacrifice personal interest for each other's good than those which lack such unifying sentiments. EM socecon@aol.com CR Pearson Roger, 1974, INTRO ANTHR NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU COUNCIL SOCIAL & ECONOMIC STUDIES PI WASHINGTON PA 1133 13TH ST, NW #C-2, WASHINGTON, DC 20005 USA SN 0025-2344 J9 MANKIND QUART JI Mankind Q. PD SPR-SUM PY 2004 VL 44 IS 3-4 BP 403 EP 418 PG 16 WC Anthropology SC Anthropology GA 824WW UT WOS:000221718900010 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Karanth, GK AF Karanth, GK TI Replication or dissent? Culture and institutions among 'Untouchable' Scheduled Castes in Karnataka SO CONTRIBUTIONS TO INDIAN SOCIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CONSENSUS AB The idea of replication of what Dumont considered the 'essential principle' of the Indian caste system has tended to deny the existence of cultural autonomy among the very low castes, especially the former Untouchable castes. It was argued that former Untouchable castes replicate the dominant social order within their communities. By drawing on empirical evidence from a Karnataka village, this article attempts to refute the idea of a passive acceptance of a low and subordinate status by the former Untouchable castes. It aims to show that the apparent replication may also be viewed as one of the ways of articulating art independent cultural identity. besides demonstrating dissent against the hegemonic social order In the process. the article makes an attempt to refocus the Dumontian discourse from 'replication and consensus' to 'hegemony and dissent'. C1 Inst Social & Econ Change, Bangalore 560072, Karnataka, India. RP Karanth, GK (reprint author), Inst Social & Econ Change, Bangalore 560072, Karnataka, India. RI Karanth, G K/G-3048-2011 CR ARMSTRONG NA, 1998, CHALLENGING UNTOUCHA, P154 Barnett S. A., 1973, ENTREPRENEURSHIP MOD, P179 Caplan Lionel, 1980, CONTRIBUTIONS INDIAN, V14, P213 Charsley S, 1996, J ROY ANTHROPOL INST, V2, P1, DOI 10.2307/3034630 CHARSLEY SR, 1998, CHALLENGING UNTOUCHA, P212 DELIEGE R, 1993, MAN, V28, P533, DOI 10.2307/2804238 DELIEGE R, 1992, MAN, V27, P155, DOI 10.2307/2803599 DELIEGE R, 1993, SYSTEM CASTES Deliege Robert, 1988, PARAIYARS TAMIL NADU Deliege Robert, 1994, CONTEXTUALISING CAST, P122 Dube S, 1998, UNTOUCHABLE PASTS RE Dube S. C., 1968, CONTRIBUTIONS INDIAN, V2, P58 DUMONT L, 1980, HOMO HIERARCHICUS FEMIA J, 1975, POLIT STUD-LONDON, V23, P29, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9248.1975.tb00044.x GARDNER PM, 1968, CONTRIBUTIONS INDIAN, V2, P82 GELLNER DN, 1995, J ROY ANTHROPOL INST, V1, P395 Gupta D., 2000, INTERROGATING CASTE KARANTH GK, 1992, ECON POLIT WEEKLY, V27, P1680 KARANTH GK, 1987, ECON POLIT WEEKLY, V22, P2217 KARANTH GK, 1992, ECON POLIT WEEKLY, V27, P31 KARANTH GK, 1981, RURAL YOUTH SOCIOLOG MCGILVRAY DB, 1983, AM ETHNOL, V10, P97, DOI 10.1525/ae.1983.10.1.02a00060 Moffatt Michael, 1979, UNTOUCHABLE COMMUNIT MOSSE D, 1994, CONTRIB INDIAN SOC, V28, P67, DOI 10.1177/006996694028001003 MOSSE D, 1986, THESIS OXFORD U Oommen T. K., 1970, CONTRIBUTIONS INDIAN, V4, P73, DOI [10.1177/006996677000400105, DOI 10.1177/006996677000400105] Patwardhan S., 1973, CHANGE INDIAS HARIJA Raheja Gloria Goodwyn, 1988, POISON GIFT RITUAL P Scott J. C., 1990, WEAPONS WEAK EVERYDA Srinivas M.N., 1987, DOMINANT CASTE OTHER VINCENTNATHAN L, 1987, THESIS U WISCONSIN NR 31 TC 6 Z9 6 U1 0 U2 0 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS PVT LTD PI NEW DELHI PA POST BOX 4125 M-32 MARKET, GREATER KAILASH-I, NEW DELHI 110 048, INDIA SN 0069-9667 J9 CONTRIB INDIAN SOC JI Contrib. India. Sociol. PD JAN-AUG PY 2004 VL 38 IS 1-2 BP 137 EP 163 DI 10.1177/006996670403800106 PG 27 WC Sociology SC Sociology GA 889JI UT WOS:000226438900006 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Frisch, H Sandler, S AF Frisch, H Sandler, S TI Religion, state, and the international system in the Israeli-Palestinian conflict SO INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL SCIENCE REVIEW LA English DT Article DE international system; Islam; Judaism; Israeli-Palestinian conflict ID ORIGINS; IMPACT AB Why do conflicts between states and national movements continue to be "nationalist," concerned almost exclusively with self-determination and control over territory, rather than crusades on behalf of faith? Our basic claim is that the nature of the present international system bolsters the dominant position of nationalists in a given conflict with an opposing political entity, as well as within their own constituency. For this reason, the Palestinian leadership has never entered a power-sharing arrangement with the Islamists, and in Israel, the consociational arrangement with the national religious camp floundered when this internal arrangement threatened Israel's relationship with its key ally, the USA, and jeopardized its standing in the international community. Religion expresses, however, important primordial values, particularly in Palestinian society, and is often a crucial dimension of collective identity. It is only natural, then, that nationalists use religious groups and their symbols as a means in the struggle to achieve their national or state-centered goals. C1 Bar Ilan Univ, Dept Polit Studies, IL-59200 Ramat Gan, Israel. RP Frisch, H (reprint author), Bar Ilan Univ, Dept Polit Studies, IL-59200 Ramat Gan, Israel. EM hfrisch@mail.biu.ac.il; sandls@mail.biu.ac.il CR AKZIN B, 1979, ISRAEL POLLS KNESSET ALQADIR A, 2001, RELIGION STATE PALES [Anonymous], 1988, COVENANT ISLAMIC RES BAKR BA, 2002, AL HAYAT AL JAD 0609 Brecher Michael, 1974, DECISIONS ISRAELS FO CAPORASO JA, 2000, INT STUDIES REV DONYEHIYA E, 1987, MIDDLE EASTERN STUD, V23, P215, DOI 10.1080/00263208708700702 DONYEHIYA E, 1975, ELECTIONS ISRAEL 197 Drucker R., 2002, HARAKIRI DURHAM WC, 1996, RELIGIOUS HUMAN RIGH Elazar Daniel J., 1998, ISRAEL POLLS 1996 ELAZAR DJ, 2001, ISRAEL POLLS 1999 Fox Jonathan, 2001, INT STUDIES REV, V3, P53, DOI DOI 10.1111/1521-9488.00244 Frisch H, 1994, CANADIAN REV NATL, V21, P45 Hammami R, 2001, J PALESTINE STUD, V30, P5, DOI 10.1525/jps.2001.30.2.5 Herzl T., 1895, JEWISH STATE Horowitz Dan, 1977, ORIGINS ISRAELI POLI HUBERMAN H, 2002, HATZOFE WEEKEND 0621, P4 Huntington Samuel P., 1996, CLASH CIVILIZATIONS HUNTINGTON SP, 1993, FOREIGN AFF, V72, P22, DOI 10.2307/20045621 JOHNSTON N, 1982, ISLAM POLITICS MEANI Juergensmeyer Mark, 1993, NEW COLD WAR KATZ Y, 1995, J STRATEGIC STUD, V18, P149, DOI 10.1080/01402399508437596 KATZ Y, 1992, ZION, V56, P410 KHATIB G, 2002, ONE WAY MAKE THINGS Kristianasen W, 1999, J PALESTINE STUD, V28, P19, DOI 10.1525/jps.1999.28.3.00p0028o Liebman Charles S, 1983, CIVIL RELIGION ISRAE Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Luft G, 2002, FOREIGN AFF, V81, P2, DOI 10.2307/20033234 MALLEY R, 2001, J PALESTINE STUD, V33, P163 MISHAL K, 2001, HAMAS MISH URGES MOR MISHAL N, 1998, WERE YEARS MOORE J, 1974, ARAB ISRAEL CONFLICT, V3 PIPES D, 1989, MIDDLE E Q, V3, P247 PORATH Y, 1977, PALESTINIAN ARAB NAT Porath Yehoshua, 1974, EMERGENCE PALESTINIA REKHESS E, 1981, MIDDLE E CONT SURVEY, V5 SANDLER S, 2000, AGE ZIONISM Sandler Shmeul, 1984, ISRAEL PALESTINIANS Shikaki K, 2002, FOREIGN AFF, V81, P89, DOI 10.2307/20033005 SHLAIM A, 1990, J PALESTINE STUD, V20, P37, DOI 10.1525/jps.1990.20.1.00p0044q Shragai Nadav, 1995, TEMPLE MOUNT CONFLIC SYKES C, 1967, CROSS ROADS ISRAEL Vital D, 1982, ZIONISM FORMATIVE YE WALD KD, 1992, RELIGION POLITICS US YANAI N, 1987, CATHEDRA, V45, P169 2001, HATZOFE 0717, P1 2002, HAARETZ 0711 2002, BTSELEM 0706 2000, FILASTINAL MUSLIMA, V3, P28 2000, KULL AL ARAB 1003 2000, HATZOFE 0709 2000, HATZOFE 0723, P2 2001, AL MAJD 0903 1957, HAMIZRAH HEHADASH, V5, P144 2001, MAJALLAT AL DIRASAT, V47, P26 2001, AL AYYAM 1116 NR 57 TC 7 Z9 7 U1 0 U2 12 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 1 OLIVERS YARD, 55 CITY ROAD, LONDON EC1Y 1SP, ENGLAND SN 0192-5121 J9 INT POLIT SCI REV JI Int. Polit. Sci. Rev. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 25 IS 1 BP 77 EP 96 DI 10.1177/0192512104038168 PG 20 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 767RP UT WOS:000188466700005 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Rappaport, J AF Rappaport, J TI Between sovereignty and culture: Who is an indigenous intellectual in Colombia? SO INTERNATIONAL REVIEW OF SOCIAL HISTORY LA English DT Article AB Recent studies of Latin American indigenous intellectuals affiliated with social movements demonstrate that, while the hold that national intellectuals have as mediators between the state and civil society may be precarious, intellectuals from subordinated minorities are intermediaries between the national society and minority groups, successfully articulating ethnic strivings within national arenas and building ethnic discourses in local communities. But in order to comprehend the success of indigenous intellectuals, it is necessary to inquire into how their discourse is developed internally. To achieve this, we must pay close attention to the heterogeneity of the indigenous movement, in which an aray of different types of intellectuals interact and debate issues in a range of ethnic organizations. This article explores the complexities of the negotiation of ethnic discourse by intellectuals within the Regional Indigenous Council of Cauca, a Colombian indigenous organization, focusing on a conflict in which indigenous cultural activists and Politicians arc at loggerheads over the nature of indigenous political autonomy. C1 Georgetown Univ, Dept Spanish & Portuguese, Bunn Intercult Ctr, Washington, DC 20057 USA. RP Rappaport, J (reprint author), Georgetown Univ, Dept Spanish & Portuguese, Bunn Intercult Ctr, Washington, DC 20057 USA. EM rappapoj@georgetown.edu CR ACHICUE SP, IN PRESS RETORNANDO ALBERT B, 1995, SERIE ANTROPOLOGICA, V174, P4 *AUT TRAD TERR CAL, 2002, UNPUB NUESTR POS CUL CASTANEDA JG, 1993, UTOPIA UNARMED LATIN, P182 Chadwick Allan, 2002, BLOOD NARRATIVE INDI Collins Patricia Hill, 1991, BLACK FEMINIST THOUG, P11 CREHAN K, 2002, GRAMSCI CULTURE ANTH, pCH6 DAGUA HURTADO Avelino, 1998, GUAMBIANOS HIJOS ARO Field LW, 1999, CURR ANTHROPOL, V40, P193, DOI 10.1086/200004 Findji Maria Teresa, 1992, MAKING SOCIAL MOVEME, P112 FRASER N, 1997, JUSTICE INTERRUPTUS, pCH3 GOW D, 2002, INDIGENOUS MOVEMENTS, P47 Gramsci A., 1971, SELECTIONS PRISON NO HURTADO BM, 1995, PROYECCIONES LINGUIS, V1, P31 Laclau Ernesto, 1996, EMANCIPATIONS Miller Nicola, 1999, SHADOW STATE INTELLE Nelson D. M., 1999, FINGER WOUND BODY PO ORTIZ R, 1998, MODERNA TRADICAO BRA, P139 OVIEDO RN, 1992, LENGUAS ABORIGENES C, V2, P175 Rappaport Joanne, 1998, POLITICS MEMORY NATI ROJAS JM, 1993, BIPOLARIDAD PODER LO Sanchez E, 1993, DERECHOS IDENTIDAD P SARLO B, 2002, SCENES POSTMODERN LI, P142 Schwarz Roberto, 1992, MISPLACED IDEAS ESSA Spivak G. C, 1990, POSTCOLONIAL CRITIC, P1 Ticona Alejo Esteban, 2000, ORG LIDERAZGO AYMARA Warren K. B., 1998, INDIGENOUS MOVEMENTS YUDICE G, 1996, ANN SCHOLARSHIP, V11, P157 Yule Marcos, 1996, NASA UUS YAHTN UHUNI 2002, LIBERAL POPAYAN 0725, P1 2002, LIBERAL POPAYAN 0726, P1 2003, TIEMPO 1223 NR 32 TC 2 Z9 4 U1 0 U2 0 PU CAMBRIDGE UNIV PRESS PI NEW YORK PA 40 WEST 20TH ST, NEW YORK, NY 10011-4211 USA SN 0020-8590 J9 INT REV SOC HIST JI Int. Rev. Soc. Hist. PY 2004 VL 49 SU 12 BP 111 EP 132 DI 10.1017/S002085900400166X PG 22 WC History SC History GA 882NB UT WOS:000225944500006 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Newbury, C AF Newbury, C TI Accounting for power in Northern Nigeria SO JOURNAL OF AFRICAN HISTORY LA English DT Article DE Northern Nigeria; taxation; colonial policy AB The contribution made by accountancy historians to the historiography of imperial over-rule underlines the need for attention to financial records. This is especially true for the example of Northern Nigeria, where Lugard's successors initiated consolidated tax assessment based on wealth and administration of emirate finances through treasuries. The economic and political results of this decentralization were expansion of personnel and emoluments, confusion over funding for central and provincial departments and financial underpinning for regional autonomy. C1 Univ Oxford Linacre Coll, Oxford OX1 1SY, England. RP Newbury, C (reprint author), Univ Oxford Linacre Coll, Oxford OX1 1SY, England. CR ADAMS T, 1937, COMMUNICATION 1023 AMUNO TN, 1970, POLICE MODERN NIGERI Armstrong P., 1994, CRIT PERSPECT, V5, P25, DOI DOI 10.1006/CPAC.1994.1003 ARNETT EJ, 1920, GAZETTEER ZARIA PROV, P16 BELL, 1910, COMMUNICATION 1219 BULL M, 1963, ESSAYS IMPERIAL GOVT, P47 Bush B., 2004, CRIT PERSPECT, V15, P5, DOI DOI 10.1016/S1045-2354(03)00008-X CARLAND JM, 1985, COLONIAL OFFICE NIGE, P129 DUDLEY BJ, 1968, PARTIES POLITICS NO, P26 FIKA AM, 1978, KANO CIVIL WAR BRIT, P114 Greer S, 2000, ACCOUNT AUDIT ACCOUN, V13, P307 HAILEY M, 1950, NATIVE ADM BRIT AFRI, V3, P47 HEUSSLER R, 1968, BRIT NO NIGERIA, pCH2 LOVEJOY PE, 1993, SLOW DEATH SLAVERY C, P135 LUGARD, 1912, COMMUNICATION 1127 LUGARD, 1901, COMMUNICATION 0501 LUGARD, 1903, COMMUNICATION 0321 LUGARD, 1970, LUGARD AMALGAMATION, P225 LUGARD, 1913, COMMUNICATION 0105 Lugard, 1906, POLITICAL MEMORANDA MCPHEE A, 1971, EC REVOLUTION BRIT W, P220 MILLER P, 1987, ACCOUNT ORG SOC, V12, P235, DOI 10.1016/0361-3682(87)90039-0 NEU D, 1999, ACCOUNTING HIST J, V26, P53 NEWBURY C, 1982, ETUDES OFERTES H BRA, P253 NEWBURY C, 2003, PATRONS CLIENTS EMPI, P115 PERHAM M, 1937, NATIVE ADM NIGERIA, P276 Perham Margery, 1960, LUGARD YEARS AUTHORI *RH NO PROV NIG, 1914, EST REV EXP NAT ADM SMITH MG, 1960, GOVT ZAZZAU STUDY GO, P85 UBA CN, 1991, GOVT ADM KANO EMIRAT, P178 Watts M, 1983, SILENT VIOLENCE FOOD WRAITH RE, 1966, NIGERIAN GOVT POLITI, P200 2005, CD2235 1920, GAZETTEER BAUCHI PRO NR 34 TC 5 Z9 5 U1 0 U2 4 PU CAMBRIDGE UNIV PRESS PI NEW YORK PA 40 WEST 20TH ST, NEW YORK, NY 10011-4211 USA SN 0021-8537 J9 J AFR HIST JI J. Afr. Hist. PY 2004 VL 45 IS 2 BP 257 EP 277 DI 10.1017/S0021853704009466 PG 21 WC History SC History GA 845YC UT WOS:000223280400005 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Nixon, R AF Nixon, R TI Indonesian West Timor: The political-economy of emerging ethno-nationalism SO JOURNAL OF CONTEMPORARY ASIA LA English DT Article AB Encouraged by the post-Soeharto atmosphere of reform and regional autonomy legislation proposed under Habibie, the aspirations of Indonesia's regional elites have been stirred. Yet prosperity has remained elusive for many amidst continuing economic decline and as an unreformed military continues to threaten the business ambitions of regional elites. In West Timor, one of the poorest parts of Indonesia, local elites have had to contend with the added burden of the fallout from the 1999 pro-integrationist military operation in East Timor. Beginning with the need to host the quarter-million East Timorese refugees who fled West accompanied by their Indonesian military-trained tormentors, the West Timorese have paid highly for independence in the East and suffered enduring economic malaise. This is reflected in the devastation of tourism and foreign investment, the suspension of major aid projects, the severing of the air-link to Northern Australia and a United Nations high-security alert in force since 2000. This crisis in which the aspirations of regional elites have been thwarted by the neglect and incapacity of central government and by the nature and political agenda of the Indonesian military elites, has provoked several reactions. As some West Timorese elites have lobbied for a share of the East Timorese petroleum revenues, the discovery of an essential Timorese-ness by others has been manifested in the ethno-nationalist Negara Timor Raya (Nation of the Land of Timor) movement. C1 Charles Darwin Univ, Fac Law Business & Arts, Darwin, NT, Australia. RP Nixon, R (reprint author), Charles Darwin Univ, Fac Law Business & Arts, Darwin, NT, Australia. CR *ADB, 2002, COUNTR STRAT PROGR 2 ADITJONDRO G, 1998, FALL SOEHARTO ADITJONDRO G, 2000, CONFL VIOL IND C HUM [Anonymous], 2003, WORLD REF SURV *ANTARA, 2002, W PART TIM GETS BAD *BAD PUS STAT PROP, 2001, NUS TENGG TIM FIG 20 BOURCHIER D, 2002, INSIDE INDONESIA, P26 BUDIARDJO C, 2002, IND REG AUT MIL RUL CFA (Central Fiscal Authority), 2001, E TIM COMB BUDG 2001 CROUCH H, 1998, FALL SOEHARTO Dunn James, 2002, MASTERS TERROR INDON *EMB US, 2000, GOV ISS FISC DEC REG EMMANUELLE A, 2002, JAKARTA POST 0527, P3 FOINTUNA Y, 2003, JAKARTA POST 0215 FRANCILLON G, 1980, FLOW LIFE ESSAYS MOD Gunn GC, 2000, B CONCERN ASIA SCHOL, V32, P52, DOI 10.1080/14672715.2000.10419544 HASANI A, 2002, JAKARTA POST 0514, P8 Hill H., 1978, THESIS MONASH U Hohe Tanja, 2002, INT PEACEKEEPING, V9, P69, DOI DOI 10.1080/714002773 *ICG, 2000, 9 ICG *ICG, 2002, TENS FLOR LOC SYMPT KRISTIADI J, 1999, POST SOEHARTO INDONE KURNIAWAN M, 2002, JAKARTA POST 1016 LI E, 2002, INSIDE INDONESIA, P26 LIDDLE W, 1999, POLITICS POST SOEHAR Lowry R., 1996, ARMED FORCES INDONES MARTINKUS J, 2003, AGE 0227 *ONSA, 2001, UNPUB EC ISS NAT SEC PURWIYANTINI N, 2001, NAIOLA PATIENCE TEST Shoesmith D, 2003, ASIAN SURV, V43, P231, DOI 10.1525/as.2003.43.2.231 SIBORO T, 2003, JAKARTA POST 0222 Transparency International, 2002, CORR PERC IND 2002 Transparency International, 2001, CORR PERC IND 2001 United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD), 2002, WORLD INV REP 2002 *UNSC, 2001, UN INT SEC ASS W TIM USMAN S, 2001, 3 EUROSEAS C PAN DEC Vatikiotis MRJ, 1998, INDONESIAN POLITICS 2002, JAKARTA POST 0430, P3 2002, JAKARTA POST 1015 2003, JAKARTA POST 0501 NR 40 TC 7 Z9 7 U1 0 U2 3 PU J CONTEMPORARY ASIA PI MANILA PA PO BOX 592, MANILA 2800, PHILIPPINES SN 0047-2336 J9 J CONTEMP ASIA JI J. Contemp. Asia PY 2004 VL 34 IS 2 BP 163 EP 185 DI 10.1080/00472330480000031 PG 23 WC Area Studies SC Area Studies GA 820PL UT WOS:000221401700002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Saxton, GD AF Saxton, GD TI Structure, politics, and ethnonationalist contention in post-Franco Spain: An integrated model SO JOURNAL OF PEACE RESEARCH LA English DT Article ID CIVIL-WAR; GOVERNMENT COERCION; GLOBAL ANALYSIS; REPRESSION; PROTEST; STATES; SUBSTITUTION; DEMOCRACIES; REVOLUTION; DETERRENCE AB Previous models of nationalism have been unable to adequately account for variation in forms or levels of contentious nationalist activity. Building on the most important theoretical tools from the literatures on social movements and nationalism, an alternative model is proposed in which structure, politics, and action assume equal roles in an interdependent causal system. It is further proposed that violent and nonviolent contention, though conceptually distinct phenomena, are the products of a fundamentally similar set of factors. The model posits that sociostructural 'root causes' are vital to the development of ethnonationalist contentious politics, but indirectly via mobilization. The direct determinants of protest and rebellion are a conjunction of organizational mobilization and political opportunity structures. In particular, a shared identity gives groups of people the basis for organizational mobilization; mobilizational resources provide the means for such mobilization; grievances lend the reason; and a series of political factors structure the opportunities of mobilized groups to contend in a conventional, violent or nonviolent manner. The opportunity structures are then themselves transformed by the nature of the contention that takes place. Using a 3SLS structural equation model and original data from the 17 autonomous communities of Spain between 1977 and 1996, the results show that structure, politics, and action are, as predicted, three fundamental components of an interdependent causal system. The vital, yet indirect role of grievances and group identity in the generation of ethnonationalist conflict is confirmed, and a number of powerful relationships obtain with the individual elements of the political opportunity structure. Higher levels of democracy are related to increased protest, more intense repression is associated with lower levels of contentious activity, and the level of regional autonomy has no apparent impact on conflict. In the short term, moreover, Spain s major democratic transition is shown to exacerbate existing conflict propensities. C1 SUNY Coll Brockport, Dept Publ Adm, Brockport, NY 14420 USA. RP Saxton, GD (reprint author), SUNY Coll Brockport, Dept Publ Adm, Brockport, NY 14420 USA. EM gsaxton@brockport.edu CR Anderson Benedict, 1991, IMAGINED COMMUNITIES [Anonymous], 1988, BASQUE VIOLENCE META Barth F., 1969, ETHNIC GROUPS BOUNDA Beissinger Mark R., 2002, NATIONALIST MOBILIZA BOOKMAN Milica Z., 1993, EC SECESSION Brass Paul R., 1991, ETHNICITY NATL THEOR BRATTON M, 1992, COMP POLIT, V24, P419, DOI 10.2307/422153 BRESSER P, 1993, EC REFORMS NEW DEMOC CALHOUN C, 1993, ANNU REV SOCIOL, V19, P211, DOI 10.1146/annurev.so.19.080193.001235 Clark Robert P., 1984, BASQUE INSURGENTS Collier P, 2000, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V44, P839, DOI 10.1177/0022002700044006008 Collier P., 2001, 2355 WORLD BANK CONNORS ME, 1993, INT J EAT DISORDER, V13, P1, DOI 10.1002/1098-108X(199301)13:1<1::AID-EAT2260130102>3.0.CO;2-P DAVENPORT C, 1995, AM J POLIT SCI, V39, P683, DOI 10.2307/2111650 DAVIS DR, 1990, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V34, P449, DOI 10.1177/0022002790034003004 DELLAPORTA D, 1998, POLICING PROTEST CON DEUTSCH K, 1954, NATIONALISM SOCIAL C Ekiert G, 1998, WORLD POLIT, V50, P547, DOI 10.1017/S004388710000736X EKIERT G, 1999, REBELLIOUS CIVIL SOC Elbadawi I, 2002, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V46, P307, DOI 10.1177/0022002702046003001 Fearon JD, 2000, INT ORGAN, V54, P845, DOI 10.1162/002081800551398 FEARON JD, 1997, UNPUB CROSS SECTIONA FRANCISCO RA, 1995, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V39, P263, DOI 10.1177/0022002795039002003 GELLNER E, 1983, NATIONS NATIONALISM Glenn JK, 1999, SOC FORCES, V78, P187, DOI 10.2307/3005794 GUPTA DK, 1993, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V37, P301, DOI 10.1177/0022002793037002004 Gurr T. R., 1970, WHY MEN REBEL Gurr Ted Robert, 1993, MINORITIES RISK Gurr TedR, 2000, PEOPLES VERSUS STATE Gurr TR, 1997, AM J POLIT SCI, V41, P1079, DOI 10.2307/2960482 Hechter Michael, 1975, INTERNAL COLONIALISM Hegre H, 2002, DEFENCE PEACE ECON, V13, P429, DOI 10.1080/1024269022000006187 Hegre H, 2001, AM POLIT SCI REV, V95, P33 Heiberg M., 1989, MAKING BASQUE NATION Horowitz Donald L., 1985, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI Horowitz Donald L., 1993, J DEMOCR, V4, P18, DOI DOI 10.1353/JOD.1993.0054 Huntington Samuel P., 1991, 3 WAVE DEMOCRATIZATI INGLEHART R, 1997, MODERNIZATION MODERN, V43 JAIMEJIMENEZ O, 1996, REV INT SOCIOLOGIA, V15, P143 Kaufman SJ, 1996, INT SECURITY, V21, P108, DOI 10.2307/2539072 Krain M, 1998, COMP POLIT STUD, V31, P139, DOI 10.1177/0010414098031002001 LAITIN DD, 1993, ARCH EUR SOCIOL, V36, P3 LICHBACH MI, 1987, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V31, P266, DOI 10.1177/0022002787031002003 Lichbach MI, 1998, ANNU REV POLIT SCI, V1, P401, DOI 10.1146/annurev.polisci.1.1.401 Lijphart A., 1999, PATTERNS DEMOCRACY G Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Lindstrom R, 1995, J POLIT MIL SOCIOL, V23, P167 MCADAM D, 1982, POLITICAL PROCESS DE McAdam Doug, 1996, MOBILIZATION, V1, P17 Meyer D. S., 1998, SOCIAL MOVEMENT SOC Moore WH, 1998, AM J POLIT SCI, V42, P851, DOI 10.2307/2991732 Moore WH, 2000, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V44, P107, DOI 10.1177/0022002700044001006 Nagel Joane, 1984, SOCIOL SOC RES, V68, P497 Nordlinger Eric A., 1972, OCCASIONAL PAPERS, V29 Olzak Susan, 1992, DYNAMICS ETHNIC COMP POE SC, 1994, AM POLIT SCI REV, V88, P853, DOI 10.2307/2082712 Posen Barry, 1993, SURVIVAL, V35, P27, DOI DOI 10.1080/00396339308442672 Powell G. Bingham, 1982, CONT DEMOCRACIES PAR Putnam Robert D., 1993, MAKING DEMOCRACY WOR Rabushka A., 1972, POLITICS PLURAL SOC Rasler K, 1996, AM SOCIOL REV, V61, P132, DOI 10.2307/2096410 Reynal-Querol M, 2002, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V46, P29, DOI 10.1177/0022002702046001003 ROEDER PG, 1991, WORLD POLIT, V43, P196, DOI 10.2307/2010471 Saideman SM, 2002, COMP POLIT STUD, V35, P103, DOI 10.1177/0010414002035001008 Schock K, 1996, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V40, P98, DOI 10.1177/0022002796040001006 Sharp Gene, 1973, POLITICS NONVIOLENT Snyder Jack, 1999, VOTING LEADS VIOLENC TARROW S, 1988, ANNU REV SOCIOL, V14, P421 Tarrow S., 1994, POWER MOVEMENT SOCIA Tarrow Sidney, 1996, AM POLIT SCI REV, V90, P872 TILLY C, 1999, PROCESSES MECH DEMOC Tilly Charles, 1978, MOBILIZATION REVOLUT Zanger SC, 2000, J PEACE RES, V37, P213, DOI 10.1177/0022343300037002006 NR 73 TC 5 Z9 5 U1 1 U2 11 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 1 OLIVERS YARD, 55 CITY ROAD, LONDON EC1Y 1SP, ENGLAND SN 0022-3433 J9 J PEACE RES JI J. Peace Res. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 41 IS 1 BP 25 EP 46 DI 10.1177/0022343304040048 PG 22 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA 766JR UT WOS:000188373700002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Sondakh, L Jones, G AF Sondakh, L Jones, G TI An economic survey of Northern Sulawesi: Turning weaknesses into strengths under regional autonomy SO BULLETIN OF INDONESIAN ECONOMIC STUDIES LA English DT Article ID INDONESIA AB The separation of North Sulawesi and Gorontalo into two provinces in 2001 complicated the issue of making regional autonomy work for northern Sulawesi, a region far removed from hidonesia's centre of power. Although the region had come through the economic crisis relatively well, the over-reliance on coconuts and the lack of a focus for dynamic development remained a challenge. Tourism, mining and services were the most dynamic sectors but, for different reasons, none of these sectors can be relied on for steady long-term growth. With the selection of the corridor from Manado to Bitung as one of Indonesia's 13 integrated economic development zones (Kapet), and given the new North Sulawesi province's potential role as a 'gateway' to Northeast Asia, the longer-term prospects for this province are brighter than those of Gorontalo. Nevertheless, capitalising on North Sulawesi's potential remains a formidable challenge. C1 Univ Sam Ratulangi, Manado, Indonesia. Australian Natl Univ, Canberra, ACT, Australia. Natl Univ Singapore, Singapore 117548, Singapore. RP Sondakh, L (reprint author), Univ Sam Ratulangi, Manado, Indonesia. CR *ADB, 1996, E ASEAN GROWTH AR BR Akita T, 2002, B INDONES ECON STUD, V38, P201, DOI 10.1080/000749102320145057 ALLORERUNG D, 2000, PROSIDING DISKUSI PA *AS FDN LMPP FE UN, 2002, IMPL OT DAER KAB MIN *BAPP, 1998, PEMB DAER DAL ANGK *BAPP TINGK SUL UT, 1990, PEND REG PROP DAER T *BAPP TINGK SUL UT, 1996, PROD DOM REG BRUT PR *BPS, 2003, SEL IND IND *BPS SUL, 2000, SUL UT DAL ANGK 1999 *BPS SUL, 1999, N SUL FIG 1998 *BPS SUL, 2001, SUL UT DAL ANGK 2000 BRODJONEGORO B, 2001, SEM ACT POT PEMB SUL *CBS NFPCB MOH MI, 1998, IND DEM HLTH SURV 19 *DEP SUL, 2000, PENG IND PERD KOM PE DUMAIS JNK, 2002, IMPACT GOVT POLICY C Garcia JG, 1998, B INDONES ECON STUD, V34, P95, DOI 10.1080/00074919812331337290 GODOY R, 1990, B INDONES ECON STUD, V26, P59, DOI 10.1080/00074919012331335795 JACOBSEN M, 2002, WORKING PAPERS SERIE, V29 JONES GW, 1977, INDONESIAN POPULATIO, V1 *KANT STAT PROP SU, 1983, PEND REG PROP SUL UT *KANT STAT PROP SU, 1991, SUL UT DAL ANGK 1990 KAUNANG FL, 2000, VISI MISI PEMBANGUNA Lewis BD, 2003, B INDONES ECON STUD, V39, P177, DOI 10.1080/00074910302016 LITOW F, 2000, PENGEMBANGAN PERKEBU MAILANGKAY JL, 2001, RANCANGAN USULAN RAN Marks SV, 2002, B INDONES ECON STUD, V38, P223, DOI 10.1080/000749102320145066 MCBETH J, 2000, FAR E EC REV 0713 McLeod RH, 2000, B INDONES ECON STUD, V36, P5, DOI 10.1080/00074910012331338873 *PATA TASK FORC, 2000, CHART NEW DIR SUST T POERWOWINOTO T, 2001, SEM TANT PEL PEMB NA *PT SOIL SUL SEJ, 1999, STUD KAW IND KAP MAN *REG INC ACC GROUP, 1973, PEND REG PROP SUL UT *SMERU, 2002, NEWSLETTER APR SOMPIEGERU H, 1999, PEMBERDAYAAN PEREMPU SONDAKH L, 2000, WORKSH EST COC FARM SONDAKH L, 2000, MARKPLUS Q, V3, P44 SONDAKH L, 1989, UNITY DIVERSITY REGI SONDAKH L, 1999, PAR BAR MEN KAT PANG NR 38 TC 4 Z9 4 U1 0 U2 0 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND SN 0007-4918 J9 B INDONES ECON STUD JI Bull. Indones. Econ. Stud. PD DEC PY 2003 VL 39 IS 3 BP 273 EP 302 DI 10.1080/0007491032000142755 PG 30 WC Area Studies; Economics SC Area Studies; Business & Economics GA 750WA UT WOS:000187020400002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Smith, MP AF Smith, MP TI Transnationalism, the state, and the extraterritorial citizen SO POLITICS & SOCIETY LA English DT Article DE political transnationalism; translocality; US-Mexican migration; clientelism; extraterritorial citizenship AB Offering a political optic on transnationalism, this article shows how the Partido Accion Nacional from Guanajuato, Mexico, seeks to reconstitute Guanajuatense transnational migrants as clients and funders of state policies, as political subjects with "dual loyalty" but limited political autonomy. To co-opt migrants into development projects designed by the state but financed by the migrants, party elites reconfigure the meanings of "migrant," "region," and "citizen." This is contested by migrant leaders whose views of extraterritorial citizenship, translocal community, and party loyalty differ from views of the party elites. The migrants see the state as diverting their energies from true civil society and local development initiatives across borders. C1 Univ Calif Davis, Community Studies & Dev Unit, Davis, CA 95616 USA. RP Smith, MP (reprint author), Univ Calif Davis, Community Studies & Dev Unit, Davis, CA 95616 USA. CR Basch L. G., 1994, NATIONS UNBOUND TRAN Buroway Michael, 2000, GLOBAL ETHNOGRAPHY CALDERON A, 2001, COMMUNICATION 0506 CALDERON A, 2001, COMMUNICATION 0509 CALDERON A, 2000, COMMUNICATION 1114 CALDERON A, 2002, COMMUNICATION 0420 CALDERON A, 2001, COMMUNICATION 0328 CENZATTI M, 1992, MODERNISM GLOBAL RES, P181 CHAVELA, 2001, COMMUNICATION 0124 *CONS EST POBL GUA, 2001, PROP POL POBL AT FEN Cornelius Wayne A, 1999, SUBNATIONAL POLITICS DEGUANAJUATO GD, 1999, INAGURACION MAQUILAD DEGUANAJUATO GD, 2001, UNPUB, P9 DEGUANAJUATO GE, 1998, PROGRAMA MI COMUNIDA Diamond Larry, 2000, HOOVER DIGEST Escobar A., 1995, ENCOUNTERING DEV MAK FITZGERALD, 1996, RES COMMUNITY SOCIOL, V6, P69 Fitzgerald D., 2000, NEGOTIATING EXTRA TE FLORES R, 2001, COMMUNICATION 0320 GARNIZO LE, 2003, AM J SOCIOLOGY MAY GOMEZ R, 1999, MIGRACION MEXICO EST, P263 GUARNIZO LE, 1998, POLITICAL POWER SOCI, V12, P60 GUARNIZO LE, TRANSNATIONALISM, P23 GUTIERREZ CG, 1999, J AM HIST, V86, P551 Hua Vanessa, 2002, SAN FRANCISCO C 0922, pG3 KEARNEY M, 1995, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V24, P547, DOI 10.1146/annurev.an.24.100195.002555 Kearney M., 1995, BUBBLING CAULDRON RA, P226 Levitt Peggy, 2000, TRANSNATIONAL VILLAG Middlebrook Kevin, 2001, PARTY POLITICS STRUG MOCTEZUMA M, UNPB DEVENIR POLITIC, P3 Nichols Sandra, 2000, WORKSH IMM CHANG FAC Ong Aihwa, 1997, UNGROUNDED EMPIRES C Ong Aihwa, 1999, FLEXIBLE CITIZENSHIP PORTES, 1996, AM PROSPECT, V2, P74 PORTES A, 1996, WORKING PAPER SERIES, V16 Quinones S., 1999, SAN FRANCISCO E 0620, pA Quinones Sam, 1999, SAN FRANCISCO E 0620, pA6 RAMIREZ JMO, 2001, COMMUNICATION 0322 SALVADOR, 2001, COMMUNICATION 0321 Sassen S., 1988, MOBILITY LABOR CAPIT Schein Louisa, 1995, COSMOPOLITICS THINKI, P163 SERAFIN MS, 2001, COMMUNICATION 0526 SHEIN L, 1998, TRANSNATIONALISM, P291 Smith Michael Peter, 2001, TRANSNATIONAL URBANI, P123 SMITH MP, TRANSNATIONAL URBANI, P169 Spencer Neville, 2001, VENCEREMOS, V64 Thelen David, 2000, INDIANA J GLOBAL LEG, V7, P549 ZABIN C, 1998, NONPROFIT SECTOR RES, P2 Zamora Rodolpho Garcia, 2002, 2 C INT MIGR MEX CAL NR 49 TC 77 Z9 79 U1 0 U2 10 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS INC PI THOUSAND OAKS PA 2455 TELLER RD, THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91320 USA SN 0032-3292 J9 POLIT SOC JI Polit. Soc. PD DEC PY 2003 VL 31 IS 4 BP 467 EP 502 DI 10.1177/0032329203256957 PG 36 WC Political Science; Social Issues; Sociology SC Government & Law; Social Issues; Sociology GA 742PE UT WOS:000186525900001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Humpage, L AF Humpage, L TI A state-determined 'solution' for Maori self-determination: The New Zealand Public Health and Disability Bill SO POLITICAL SCIENCE LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 15th Congress of Sociology CY JUL 07-13, 2002 CL BRISBANE, AUSTRALIA DE Maori; self-determination; constitutional reform; New Zealand Public Health and Disability Bill ID AUSTRALIA AB Indigenous peoples' movements have posed a considerable challenge for governments in calling for a renegotiation of their relationship with the state. In the case of Aotearoa New Zealand, growing Maori interest in developing a more equal partnership with the state through constitutional reform has been met by government attempts to fit Maori into the political status quo without fundamentally challenging the foundational principles of the settler constitutional order Despite increasing reference to 'partnership' and 'self-determination, such 'solutions' have remained state-determined not self-determined. To illustrate this contention, the paper focuses on the New Zealand Public Health and Disability Bill, which the Labour-Alliance government intended to be a sensitive and significant response to Maori calls for greater power-sharing. In providing only 'bicultural' add-ons to general legislation, however, this 'solution' provoked rather than pacified further debate as to how Maori-state relations should be or could be negotiated in the twenty-first century. OI Humpage, Louise/0000-0002-8572-4918 CR CHARTRAND P, 1999, INDIGENOUS PEOPLES R, P91 CORNELL S, 2000, NAT C AM IND JUN AL, P3 DAHLBERG T, 1996, HE PUKENGA KORERO, V2, P68 DURIE M, 1998, TE MANA TE KAWANATAN, P238 DURIE M, 1995, 1852 MAORI STATE NZ, P35 DYALL L, 2000, COMMUNICATION 0912 EASTON B, 1999, WHIMPERING STATE POL, P19 FLERAS A, 1999, UNEQUAL ELATIONS INT, P186 FLERAS A, 1999, RECALLING AOTEAROA I, P55 FLERAS A, 1995, NATIONS ABORIGINAL S, P1 HENARE D, 2000, HE PUKENGA KORERO, V5, P26 HEUHEU GT, 2000, PARLIAMENTARY DEBATE, V588, P6874 JAMES C, 2000, NZ HERALD 0726, pA15 JAMES C, 2000, BUILDING CONSTITUTIO, P10 KROSENBRINK G, 1996, LANGUAGE CULTURE VAL, P331 Kymlicka Will, 2001, POLITICS VERNACULAR, P120 *LAB PART, 1999, HE PUT HOU LAB MAOR LAUGESEN R, 2000, SUNDAY STAR TIM 0806, pC2 Marks C, 1998, VENEREOLOGY, V11, P29 MILNE J, 2001, PRESS 0301, P1 Ministry of Health, 2000, HE KOR OR HLTH STRAT, P1 *NZ HOUS REPR, 2001, 2000 REP SEL COMM, P553 *OFF MIN HLTH, 2000, LEG PROV TREAT WAIT, P3 *OFF MIN HLTH, 2000, SECT DES MAORI ISS, P10 *OFF MIN HLTH, 2000, DISTR HLTH BOARD ACC, P2 *OFF MIN HLTH, 2000, TREAT WAIT HLTH LEG, P2 *OFF MIN HLTH, 2000, GOV POL MAOR PARTN P, P2 *OFF MIN HLTH, 2000, US LEG STRUCT OTH AR, P3 OMALLEY V, 2000, MAORI QUEST RANGATIR, P23 Pearson D, 2001, POLIT SCI, V53, P3, DOI 10.1177/003231870105300101 POATASMITH E, 2001, COMMUNICATION 0620 SHARP A, 1999, CRITICAL REV INT SOC, V2, P1 SHIRLEY K, 2001, CLOSING GAPS POLICY, P31 TAMAHORI J, COMMUNICATION 0405 WICKLIFFE C, 2000, HE PUKENGA KORERO, V6, P48 WILLIAMS T, 2001, COMMUNICATION 0829 YOUNG A, 2000, NZ HERALD 0804, pA5 2001, MAORI CUSTOM VALUES, P83 1998, PRESS 0813, P3 2001, REV MANKAU I TECHNOL, P12 NR 40 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 0 PU VICTORIA UNIV WELLINGTON PI WELLINGTON PA DEPT POLITICAL SCIENCE, WELLINGTON, NEW ZEALAND SN 0032-3187 J9 POLIT SCI JI Polit. Sci. PD JUN PY 2003 VL 55 IS 1 BP 5 EP 19 DI 10.1177/003231870305500102 PG 15 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 725QE UT WOS:000185553200002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Byman, DL AF Byman, DL TI Building the new Iraq: the role of intervening forces SO SURVIVAL LA English DT Article AB Occupying Iraq will be more difficult than conquering it. Intervening forces face a gamut of daunting tasks: ensuring order, ending Iraq's weapons-of-mass-destruction programmes, helping Iraqis build a power-sharing system, reforming Iraq's military and transforming the regional security environment. Even if all goes well, Iraq's many problems will take years to resolve. Coalition forces must prepare to keep a large (and expensive) troop presence in the country for many years. Success will require both the careful application of force and diplomacy. Most importantly, Iraqis must play a role to minimise charges of imperialism. Although the burden of occupation is heavy, shirking it will lead to disaster. C1 Georgetown Univ, Secur Studies Program, Washington, DC 20057 USA. RP Byman, DL (reprint author), Georgetown Univ, Secur Studies Program, Washington, DC 20057 USA. CR al-Marashi Ibrahim, 2002, MIDDLE E REV INT AFF, V6 BARAM A, 2002, POLICYWATCH, V615 BARAM A, BUILDING CRISIS, P44 Batatu H., 1978, OLD SOCIAL CLASSES R COOPER N, 2002, SECURITY SECTOR TRAN, P12 CORDESMAN A, 1999, IRANS MILITARY FORCE, P405 *CSIS, 2003, CTR STRAT INT STUD, P17 EISENSTADT M, 2002, ENVISIONING POST SAD FEARON JD, 2003, IN PRESS AM POLITICA FRAM A, 2002, ASS PRESS 0318 *I NAT STRAT STUD, 2002, IR LOOK SADD RUL *IR FUT AFF I, 2002, TRANS DEM IR KING J, 2002, UNPRECEDENTED EXPT S, P5 MARR Phebe, 1985, MODERN HIST IRAQ MATLAK R, 1999, NATL SECURITY STUDIE Millais J. G., 1902, P1 PARASILITI A, 2000, MIDDLE EAST POLICY, V7, P131 POLLACK K, 2002, THREATENING STORM, P408 Posen Barry, 1993, SURVIVAL, V35, P32 QUINLIVAN J, 1995, PARAMETERS SLAVIN B, 2002, USA TODAY 1112 SMITH CS, 2003, NY TIMES 0319 SMITH CS, 2002, NY TIMES 1218 TRIPP C, 2002, SURVIVAL, V44, P28 NR 24 TC 7 Z9 7 U1 0 U2 0 PU OXFORD UNIV PRESS PI OXFORD PA GREAT CLARENDON ST, OXFORD OX2 6DP, ENGLAND SN 0039-6338 J9 SURVIVAL JI Survival PD SUM PY 2003 VL 45 IS 2 BP 57 EP + DI 10.1080/00396330312331343496 PG 16 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA 693BH UT WOS:000183694400003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Hoddie, M Hartzell, C AF Hoddie, M Hartzell, C TI Civil war settlements and the implementation of military power-sharing arrangements SO JOURNAL OF PEACE RESEARCH LA English DT Article ID COMPARATIVE POLITICS; INTERESTS; PEACE AB This article considers the role that the implementation of peace agreements has on the prospects for fostering a durable peace following the negotiated resolution of civil wars. Focusing on the 16 peace agreements between 1980 and 1996 that have included provisions for the sharing or dividing of military power among former combatants, the authors find that the complete implementation of this aspect of settlements significantly improves the prospects for maintaining peace. They suggest that this proves to be the case because of the important and credible signals of conciliatory intent among former enemies that are made through the process of implementation. They find that implementation serves as a concrete signal of a genuine commitment to peace as signatories to an agreement prove willing to endure the costs associated with both compromising their original war aims and withstanding potential challenges from within their own groups. Based on these results, the authors offer policy recommendations focusing on the role that third-party actors and aid donors might play in facilitating the successful implementation of negotiated peace agreements. C1 Texas A&M Univ, Dept Polit Sci, College Stn, TX 77843 USA. Gettysburg Coll, Dept Polit Sci, Gettysburg, PA 17325 USA. RP Hoddie, M (reprint author), Texas A&M Univ, Dept Polit Sci, College Stn, TX 77843 USA. CR [Anonymous], STRAT SURV Atlas PM, 1999, J PEACE RES, V36, P35, DOI 10.1177/0022343399036001003 Cousens E., 2001, PEACEBUILDING POLITI De Soto A., 1995, GLOBAL GOV, V1, P189 DESOTO A, 1994, FOREIGN POLICY, P69, DOI 10.2307/1149132 Doyle MW, 2000, AM POLIT SCI REV, V94, P779, DOI 10.2307/2586208 Eckstein Harry, 1975, HDB POLITICAL SCI, V7, P79 ENTERLINE AJ, 2001, SWORD SIGNATURE COMP Fearon JD, 1997, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V41, P68, DOI 10.1177/0022002797041001004 FEARON JD, 1994, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V38, P236, DOI 10.1177/0022002794038002004 FORTNA P, 2002, AM POL SCI ASS ANN M HAMPSON FO, 1996, NURTURING PEACE PEAC Hartzell C, 2003, AM J POLIT SCI, V47, P318, DOI 10.1111/1540-5907.00022 Hartzell C, 2001, INT ORGAN, V55, P183, DOI 10.1162/002081801551450 Hartzell CA, 1999, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V43, P3, DOI 10.1177/0022002799043001001 *INT I STRAT STUD, MIL BALANCE JACKMAN RW, 1985, AM J POLIT SCI, V29, P161, DOI 10.2307/2111217 King G, 1994, DESIGNING SOCIAL INQ Leeds BA, 1999, AM J POLIT SCI, V43, P979, DOI 10.2307/2991814 LIEBERSON S, 1991, SOC FORCES, V70, P307, DOI 10.2307/2580241 LIJPHART A, 1975, COMP POLIT STUD, V8, P158, DOI 10.1177/001041407500800203 LIJPHART A, 1971, AM POLIT SCI REV, V65, P682, DOI 10.2307/1955513 Mason TD, 1999, POLIT RES QUART, V52, P239, DOI 10.2307/449218 POSER CM, 1993, MED PRIN PRACT, V3, P1 PUTNAM RD, 1988, INT ORGAN, V42, P427, DOI 10.1017/S0020818300027697 Simunovic Pjerxs, 1999, INT PEACEKEEPING, V6, P126 SINGER MR, 1991, CONFLICT PEACE MAKIN, P259 Small Melvin, 1982, RESORT ARMS INT CIVI SMELSER NJ, 1973, COMP RES METHODS, P42 Stedman S., 2001, TURBULENT PEACE CHAL, P737 Stedman SJ, 1997, INT SECURITY, V22, P5, DOI 10.2307/2539366 STEDMAN SJ, 2002, ENDING CIVIL WARS IM *US I PEAC, 1996, PEAC WATCH, V3, P1 WALTER B, 1999, CIVIL WARS INSECURIT Walter Barbara, 1999, CIVIL WARS INSECURIT, P38 Walter Barbara F., 2002, COMMITTING PEACE SUC Walter BF, 1997, INT ORGAN, V51, P335, DOI 10.1162/002081897550384 NR 37 TC 77 Z9 77 U1 1 U2 20 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 6 BONHILL STREET, LONDON EC2A 4PU, ENGLAND SN 0022-3433 J9 J PEACE RES JI J. Peace Res. PD MAY PY 2003 VL 40 IS 3 BP 303 EP 320 DI 10.1177/0022343303040003004 PG 18 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA 679ZP UT WOS:000182952100004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Hartzell, C Hoddie, M AF Hartzell, C Hoddie, M TI Institutionalizing peace: Power sharing and post-Civil War conflict management SO AMERICAN JOURNAL OF POLITICAL SCIENCE LA English DT Article ID NEGOTIATED SETTLEMENTS AB This article examines how power-sharing institutions might best be designed to stabilizze the transition to enduring peace among former adversaries following the negotiated settlement of civil wars. We identify four different forms of power sharing based on whether the intent of the policy is to share or divide power among rivals along its political, territorial, military, or economic dimension. Employing the statistical methodology of survival analysis to examine the 38 civil wars resolved via the process of negotiations between 1945 and 1998, we find that the more dimensions of power sharing among former combatants specified in a peace agreement the higher is the likelihood that peace will endure. We suggest that this relationship obtains because of the unique capacity of power-sharing institutions to foster a sense of security among former enemies and encourage conditions conducive to a self-enforcing peace. C1 Gettysburg Coll, Gettysburg, PA 17325 USA. Texas A&M Univ, College Stn, TX 77843 USA. RP Hartzell, C (reprint author), Gettysburg Coll, Gettysburg, PA 17325 USA. CR Allison Paul, 1984, SAGE U PAPERS QUANTI BELL C, 1999, ACCORD INT REV PEACE, V7 BoxSteffensmeier JM, 1997, AM J POLIT SCI, V41, P1414, DOI 10.2307/2960496 Crocker CA, 1996, FOREIGN POLICY, P54, DOI 10.2307/1148990 DEMESQUITA BB, 1995, AM POLIT SCI REV, V89, P841, DOI 10.2307/2082512 Doyle MW, 2000, AM POLIT SCI REV, V94, P779, DOI 10.2307/2586208 Dubey Amitabh, 2002, ANN M INT STUD ASS N ENTERLINE AJ, 2001, SWORD SIGNATURE COMP ESMAN MJ, 1987, COMP POLIT, V19, P395, DOI 10.2307/421814 GURR TR, 1990, MEDITERRANEAN Q, V1, P82 Hartzell C, 2001, INT ORGAN, V55, P183, DOI 10.1162/002081801551450 Hartzell CA, 1999, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V43, P3, DOI 10.1177/0022002799043001001 HODDIE M, IN PRESS SUSTAINABLE HODDIE M, 2002, ANN M INT STUD ASS N Horowitz Donald L., 1991, CONFLICT PEACEMAKING, P451 Horowitz Donald L., 1985, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI Kaufmann Chaim, 1996, NATL ETHNIC CONFLICT, P265 LACEY M, 2001, NY TIMES NEW EN 1230, pA10 *LANGM GROUP, KEES CONT ARCH LICKLIDER R, 1995, AM POLIT SCI REV, V89, P681, DOI 10.2307/2082982 Licklider Roy, 1993, STOPPING KILLING CIV, P3 Lijphart A., 1968, POLITICS ACCOMMODATI Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Nordlinger E. A, 1972, CONFLICT REGULATION ROEDER PG, IN PRESS SUSTAINABLE Sisk Timothy, 1996, POWER SHARING INT ME Small Melvin, 1982, RESORT ARMS INT CIVI Snyder Jack, 1999, CIVIL WARS INSECURIT, P15 Spence Jack, 1997, CHAPULTEPEC 5 YEARS Stockholm International Peace Research Institute, SIPRI YB WORLD ARM D Touval Saadia, 1982, THE PEACE BROKERS Wallensteen P, 1997, J PEACE RES, V34, P339, DOI 10.1177/0022343397034003011 WALTER B, 1999, CIVIL WARS INSECURIT Walter BF, 1999, INT SECURITY, V24, P127, DOI 10.1162/016228899560077 Walter BF, 1997, INT ORGAN, V51, P335, DOI 10.1162/002081897550384 Werner S, 1999, AM J POLIT SCI, V43, P912, DOI 10.2307/2991840 Zartman I. William, 1985, RIPE RESOLUTION CONF NR 37 TC 236 Z9 237 U1 4 U2 36 PU BLACKWELL PUBLISHING INC PI MALDEN PA 350 MAIN ST, MALDEN, MA 02148 USA SN 0092-5853 J9 AM J POLIT SCI JI Am. J. Polit. Sci. PD APR PY 2003 VL 47 IS 2 BP 318 EP 332 DI 10.1111/1540-5907.00022 PG 15 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 678ZJ UT WOS:000182896300009 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Larsen, SC AF Larsen, SC TI Promoting Aboriginal territoriality through interethnic alliances: The case of the Cheslatta T'en in Northern British Columbia SO HUMAN ORGANIZATION LA English DT Article DE First Nations; human territoriality; place attachment; political ecology; rural development; British Columbia AB Across rural North America, aboriginal and nonaboriginal people have formed strategic alliances to defend what are perceived to be common resources and attachments to place. Thus far, little is known about how these partnerships have factored into indigenous pursuits of territorial autonomy. This article describes how the Cheslatta T'en, a Dakelh (Carrier) community in north-central British Columbia, established a measure of control over their homeland after forming an alliance with local nonnative residents. Cheslatta leaders used cultural exchanges and social networks generated by the alliance to fashion territorial initiatives that, when taken together, channel popular environmentalism, provincial forestry policies, and ancestral ethnoecology into collective identity, action, and authority. As a result, the band has attained political influence over its traditional lands without participating in the province's treaty settlement process. Interethnic partnerships in rural areas are particularly relevant to political ecology because they reveal how the common experience of powerlessness can generate new forms of resource management that synthesize diverse constructions of nature. In this way, the paper contributes to the growing empirical work on such alliances and to emerging frameworks for a political ecology of social movements. It also adds to the ethnographic literature on the colonial encounter in British Columbia by highlighting the role of interethnic collaboration in contemporary rural resource management projects. C1 Georgia So Univ, Dept Geol Geog, Statesboro, GA USA. RP Larsen, SC (reprint author), Georgia So Univ, Dept Geol Geog, Statesboro, GA USA. CR Asch Michael, 1997, ABORIGINAL TREATY RI, P208 BISHOP CA, 1970, ETHNOLOGY, V9, P1, DOI 10.2307/3772698 BLAIKIE P, 1995, GEOGRAPHY, V80, P203 *CCN, 1991, CHESL RED PROJ CHAMBERS F, 1999, THESIS U CALGARY CHRISTENSEN B, 1991, PRINCE GEORGE C 1203, pA3 CHRISTENSEN B, 1995, TOO GOOD BE TRUE DARK A, 1998, THESIS NEW YORK U Escobar A., 1998, J POLITICAL ECOLOGY, V5, P53, DOI DOI 10.2458/v5i1.21397 Furniss Elizabeth, 1999, BURDEN HIST COLONIAL GODDARD J, 1993, HARROWSMITH, V18, P39 Goldman I, 1941, AM ANTHROPOL, V43, P396, DOI 10.1525/aa.1941.43.3.02a00040 GROSSMAN Zoltan, 2001, FORGING RADICAL ALLI, P32 Hornig James F, 1999, SOCIAL ENV IMPACTS J JORDAN S, 1995, NO SURRENDER STORY E JORGENSEN JG, 1981, POLICY STUDIES REV, V1, P66 KELLY R, 1995, FORAGING SPECTRUM DI LARSEN S, 1999, THESIS U KANSAS Larsen SC, 1999, RES ECON AN, V20, P49 LEACOCK E, 1980, ARCTIC ANTHROPOL, V17, P60 LONG D, 2000, VISIONS HEART CANADI MARCHAK P, 1983, GREEN GOLD FOREST IN MENZIES CR, 1994, AM ETHNOL, V21, P776, DOI 10.1525/ae.1994.21.4.02a00060 Morantz Toby, 1984, SUBARCTIC TRADE NATI, P55 Nash Roderick, 1967, WILDERNESS AM MIND Nelson R. K., 1983, MAKE PRAYERS RAVEN K Peet R, 1996, LIBERATION ECOLOGIES ROBINSON JL, 1972, BRIT COLUMBIA Sack Robert D., 1986, HUMAN TERRITORIALITY SANDWELL RW, 1998, CITY LIMITS RURAL HI Schacht Steven P., 2001, FORGING RADICAL ALLI SHELFORD C, 1987, SNOWSHOES POLITICS B Sibley D., 1995, GEOGRAPHIES EXCLUSIO Sparke M, 1998, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V88, P463, DOI 10.1111/0004-5608.00109 TOBEY M, 1979, HDB N AM INDIANS SUB, P413 VanStone J. W, 1974, ATHAPASKAN ADAPTATIO Warren K. B., 1998, INDIGENOUS MOVEMENTS Williams Raymond, 1997, MARXISM LIT Worster D., 1985, NATURES EC HIST ECOL NR 39 TC 9 Z9 9 U1 0 U2 8 PU SOC APPLIED ANTHROPOLOGY PI OKLAHOMA CITY PA 3000 UNITED FOUNDERS BLVD, STE 148, OKLAHOMA CITY, OK 73112 USA SN 0018-7259 J9 HUM ORGAN JI Hum. Organ. PD SPR PY 2003 VL 62 IS 1 BP 74 EP 84 DI 10.17730/humo.62.1.63afcv8lk0dh97cy PG 11 WC Anthropology; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary SC Anthropology; Social Sciences - Other Topics GA 655YB UT WOS:000181579700007 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Subramanian, A AF Subramanian, A TI Modernity from below: local citizenship on the south Indian coast SO INTERNATIONAL SOCIAL SCIENCE JOURNAL LA English DT Article AB In this essay, I consider Indian state developmentalism as a process of displacement and Catholic fisher activism as a demand for the reinstatement of full citizenship. On the south Indian coast, the postcolonial state has been an agent both of incorporation and differentiation. As a force of development, the state identified artisanal fishers as an economic community standing apart from the industrialising nation. And as a secular force, it identified them as a Catholic community standing apart from the Hindu mainstream. I demonstrate that two overlapping forms of community, each distinguished from an economic or cultural mainstream, have circumscribed the relationship of Catholic fishers to the state and displaced them from the rights of full citizenship. Rather than reject the state and demand cultural autonomy, however, I illustrate how Catholic artisans appropriated and reworked state categories to demand economic justice and full citizenship. My essay argues that they responded to their displacement by secular developmentalism by asserting their rightful place as citizens of the Indian state. C1 Harvard Univ, Cambridge, MA 02138 USA. RP Subramanian, A (reprint author), Harvard Univ, Cambridge, MA 02138 USA. CR BALLHATCHET, 1998, CASTE CLASS CATHOLIC BAVINCK M, 1998, THESIS U AMSTERDAM BAVINCK M, 1997, EC POLITICAL WE 0201 CHATTERJEE P, 1997, PUBLIC CULTURE, V8, P11 DIRLIK A, 1996, GLOBALL LOCAL CULTUR Fox Richard, 1989, GANDHIAN UTOPIA EXPT Kooiman Dick, 1989, CONVERSION SOCIAL EQ Kurien J., 1993, Ecologist, V23, P5 KURIEN J, 1982, UNPUB TECHNOLOGICAL KURIEN J, 1996, ASSESSING PARTICIPAT Kurien John, 1978, ECON POLIT WEEKLY, V13, P1557 NARCHISON JR, 1983, CALLED SERVE PROFILE SCHURHAMMER G, 1977, FRANCIS XAVIER HIS L, V1 SHAH KT, 1948, NATL PLANNIN COMMISS Shaikh Farzana, 1989, COMMUNITY CONSENSUS SINGH T, 1969, INTEGRATED SOC SOMASUNDARAM R, 1981, THESIS DEP FISHERIES *TAM STAT PLANN CO, 1972, BLUE REV NR 18 TC 5 Z9 5 U1 0 U2 0 PU BLACKWELL PUBL LTD PI OXFORD PA 108 COWLEY RD, OXFORD OX4 1JF, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0020-8701 J9 INT SOC SCI J JI Int. Soc. Sci. J. PD MAR PY 2003 VL 55 IS 1 BP 135 EP + DI 10.1111/1468-2451.5501013 PG 12 WC Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary SC Social Sciences - Other Topics GA 695MN UT WOS:000183834800013 OA DOAJ Gold DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Helms, L AF Helms, L TI Governing under the conditions of institutional pluralism: A German-American comparison SO POLITISCHE VIERTELJAHRESSCHRIFT LA German DT Article ID FEDERAL-RESERVE; DECISION-MAKING; VETO PLAYERS; POLICY; DEMOCRACY; STATE AB Within the discipline of comparative politics, Western democracies have been categorized according to the number of veto-players or 'co-governing actors' governments face when pursuing their programmes. Often, potential veto-players have been treated as rather static factors with a focus on their maximum veto potential. In this article, devoted to studying the conditions of governing in the United States and Germany, veto-players are explicitly considered as dynamic actors, which allows much more realistic assessments of the conditions of governing in highly power-sharing systems. In fact, under certain conditions some veto-players may ease rather than complicate the task of governing. Moreover, the fundamental difference between parliamentarism and presidentialism is being highligthed as a key variable shaping the functioning of seemingly similar institutional arrangements in liberal democracies. C1 Harvard Univ, Ctr European Studies, Cambridge, MA 02138 USA. RP Helms, L (reprint author), Harvard Univ, Ctr European Studies, 27 Kirkland St, Cambridge, MA 02138 USA. CR ABRAHAM HJ, 1998, JUDICAL PROCESS INTR ABROMEIT H, 1995, POLIT VIERTELJAHR, V36, P49 ABROMEIT H, 1982, Z PARLAMENTSFRAGEN, V12, P462 Baum MA, 1999, AM POLIT SCI REV, V93, P99, DOI 10.2307/2585763 BECK N, 1982, AM J POLIT SCI, V26, P415, DOI 10.2307/2110936 Beyme Klaus von., 1997, GESETZGEBER BUNDESTA BIEHLER G, 1990, SOZIALLIBERALE REFOR BISCUPIC J, 1997, SUPREME COURT POWERS BRUGGER W, 2001, ARCH OFFENTLICHEN RE, V126, P337 Buchheim C, 2001, VIERTELJAHR ZEITGES, V49, P1 Campbell Colton C., 2001, C CONFRONTS COURT ST COLOMER JM, 1996, POLITICAL I EUROPE, P1 Cook Timothy E., 1998, GOVERNING NEWS NEWS Cuckierman Alex, 1992, CENTRAL BANK STRATEG CZADA R, 1998, LEVIATHAN, V26, P24 Dahl RA, 1999, SOC RES, V66, P915 Davidson R. H., 2000, C ITS MEMBERS Davidson R. H., 2000, ESTEEMED COLLEAGUES, P194 DETTKE D, 2001, ZUKUNFT DEMOKRATIE D, P197 Elgie Robert, 1995, POLITICAL LEADERSHIP Genovese Michael A., 1998, PARADOXES AM PRESIDE GUGGENBERGER B, 1998, HUTER VERFASSUNG LEN, P202 HAAS CM, 2000, 29 KAMMERN, P22 Halberstam D, 2001, ANN AM ACAD POLIT SS, V574, P173, DOI 10.1177/0002716201574001013 HARROP M, 1992, POWER POLICY LIBERAL, P263 Heclo H., 1978, NEW AM POLITICAL SYS, P87 Heinze Rolf G., 1998, BLOCKIERTE GESELLSCH HELMS L, 2001, Z POLITIKWISSENSCHAF, V11, P1497 HELMS L, 1999, Z PARLAMENTSFRAGEN, V30, P841 HELMS L, 2000, I I CHANGE FEDERAL R, P1 HELMS L, 1999, 50 JAHRE BUNDESREPUB, P141 HELMS L, 1999, PARTEIEN FRANKTIONEN, P308 Helms Ludger., 2002, POLITISCHE OPPOSITIO HUBER E, 1993, AM J SOCIOL, V99, P711, DOI 10.1086/230321 JAGER W, 1992, FERNSEHEN DEMOKRATIE Kaid L. L., 1995, POLITICAL ADVERTISIN, P8 Kaiser A, 1997, J THEOR POLIT, V9, P419, DOI 10.1177/0951692897009004001 KENNEDY E, 1991, BUNDESBANK GERMANYS Konig T., 1997, Z PARLAMENTSFRAGEN, V97, P605 KRAUSE GA, 1994, AM J POLIT SCI, V38, P124, DOI 10.2307/2111338 KRAUSE J, 1999, Z PARLAMENTSFRAGEN, V30, P534 Krutz GS, 1998, AM POLIT SCI REV, V92, P871, DOI 10.2307/2586309 LANDFRIED C, 1994, INT POLIT SCI REV, V15, P113, DOI 10.1177/019251219401500203 LAUFER H, 1970, Z PARLAMENTSFRAGEN, V1, P318 LEHMBRUCH G, 1967, PROPORZDEMOKRATIE PO Lehmbruch Gerhard, 1998, PARTEIENWETTBEWERB B LIJPHART A, 1992, PARLIAMENTARY VERSUS Lijphart A., 1984, DEMOCRACIES PATTERNS LIJPHART A, 1968, POLITICS ACCOMODATIO LIMBACH J, 1999, GEGENWARTSKUNDE, V48, P11 LOSCHE P, 1989, AM PERSPEKTIVE POLIT MARSH David, 1992, BUNDESBANK BANK RULE MCCANN M, 1999, SUPREME COURT AM POL, P63 Morris Irwin L., 2000, C PRESIDENT FEDERAL MUNCH U, 2001, REGIEREN NACH WAHLEN, P133 MURSWIECK A, 1991, REGIEREN BUNDESREPUB, V3, P113 NATHER D, 2001, C Q WEEKLY REP, V59, P52 Neustadt RE, 2001, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V31, P1 Obinger H, 1997, OSTERR Z POLIT, V26, P149 PATZELT WJ, 1995, DEUTSCHLAND NACH WEN, P68 PETERSON MA, 2000, CLINTON LEGACY, P140 PETERSON MA, 1992, POLITICS INTERESTS I, P221 Pfetsch B, 1998, POLITIKVERMITTLUNG D, P233 Rau C., 1996, SELBST ENTWICKELTE G REILLY S, 1998, DEV AM POLITICS, V3, P162 RIESCHER G, 2000, 20 KAMMERN ROCKMAN BA, 2000, ADM SUMMIT ADM CORE, P245 Saalfeld Thomas., 1997, KOALITIONSREGIERUNGE, P47 Schindler P, 1999, DATENHANDBUCH GESCH Schmidt MG, 1996, EUR J POLIT RES, V30, P155, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1996.tb00673.x SCHMIDT MG, 1978, POLIT VIERTELJAHR, V19, P201 SCHMIDT MG, 1997, VERGLEICHENDE POLITI, P207 SCHMIDT MG, 2000, DEMOKRATIETHEORIEN E SCHROEDER W, 1999, POLITIK ZEITGESCHI B, V37, P3 Sebaldt M., 2000, I I CHANGE FEDERAL, P188 Seligman L. G., 1996, RIVALS POWER PRESIDE, P64 SHICKLER E, 2002, DEV AM POLITICS, V4, P97 Shugart Matthew S., 1992, PRESIDENTS ASSEMBLIE Simonis G., 1998, DEUTSCHLAND NACH WEN Steffani Winfried, 1995, Z PARLAMENTSFRAGEN, V26, P621 Steffani Winfried, 1983, Z PARLAMENTSFRAGEN, V14, P390 Stiiwe Klaus, 2001, POLITIK ZEITGESCHI B, VB37-38, P34 Sturm R, 1999, RECASTING GERMAN FED, P197 Sturm R., 1997, Z PARLAMENTSFRAGEN, V28, P335 STURM R, 1995, GERMAN POLITICS, V4, P27, DOI DOI 10.1080/09644009508404385 TANNENBAUM DG, 1998, HIST GUIDE US GOVT, P526 TSEBELIS G, 1995, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V25, P289, DOI 10.1017/S0007123400007225 Tsebelis G, 2000, GOVERNANCE, V13, P441, DOI 10.1111/0952-1895.00141 von Brunneck A, 1992, VERFASSUNGSGERICHTSB VONBEYME K, 1998, POLITISCHE KOMMUNIKA, P312 VONWINTER T, 2001, ZUKUNFT DEMOKRATIE D, P211 WAGSCHAL U, 2000, I I CHANGE FEDERAL R, P143 WALKER DB, 1999, SOLIDARGEMEINSCHAFT, P2165 Wayne Stephen J., 1978, LEGISLATIVE PRESIDEN Weber J., 1977, INTERESSENGRUPPEN PO Wessels B., 1999, LERNENEDE DEMOKRATIE, P87 Wewer G., 1991, ALTE BUNDESREPUBLIK, P310, DOI 10.1007/978-3-322-94192-3_18 WILDENMANN R, 1969, VEROFFENTLICHUNGEN U, V23, P3 Yates J, 1998, POLIT RES QUART, V51, P539, DOI 10.2307/449090 Zurn M., 1998, REGIEREN JENSEITS NA NR 100 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 0 PU WESTDEUTSCHER VERLAG GMBH PI WIESBADEN PA POSTFACH 5829, W-6200 WIESBADEN, GERMANY SN 0032-3470 J9 POLIT VIERTELJAHR JI Polit. Vierteljahresschr. PD MAR PY 2003 VL 44 IS 1 BP 66 EP + DI 10.1007/s11615-003-0006-3 PG 21 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 675PT UT WOS:000182704300006 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT S AU Elliott, A AF Elliott, Anthony BE Lehmann, J TI SUBJECTIVITY, CULTURE, AUTONOMY: CASTORIADIS AND SOCIAL THEORY SO CRITICAL THEORY: DIVERSE OBJECTS, DIVERSE SUBJECTS SE Current Perspectives in Social Theory LA English DT Article; Book Chapter AB This article critically assesses the late writings of the European social theorist Cornelius Castoriadis in the light of controversies concerning relations between human subjectivity, contemporary culture and political autonomy. My argument is that Castoriadis can now be regarded as a classic figure in social theory. There are three central areas, I shall suggest, that make Castoriadis's theoretical innovations important for the history of social thought: ( 1) his analysis of the mediation of psyche and society; ( 2) his views upon culture; and ( 3) his interpretation of autonomy. Notwithstanding the importance of his work, however, I argue that the thesis of radical imagination needs to be grounded in a broader sociology of affective processes and intersubjective relations, which will in turn permit a theorization anew of the links between subjectivity, social reproduction and political domination. C1 Univ W England, Fac Econ & Social Sci, Bristol BS16 1QY, Avon, England. RP Elliott, A (reprint author), Univ W England, Fac Econ & Social Sci, Bristol BS16 1QY, Avon, England. CR Althusser Louis, 1984, ESSAYS IDEOLOGY Anzieu D, 1989, SKIN EGO ARNASON J, 1997, THESIS 11, V49, pR1 Beck U, 1997, REINVENTION POLITICS BENJAMIN J, 1998, SHADOW OTHER CASTORIADIS C, 1999, POLITIQUE CASTORIADIS C, 1995, PSYCHOANAL COTNEXTS, P16 Castoriadis Cornelius, 1991, PHILOS POLITICS AUTO Castoriadis Cornelius, 1984, CROSSROADS LABYRINTH Castoriadis Cornelius, 1987, IMAGINARY I SOC Castoriadis Cornelius., 1997, WORLD FRAGMENTS WRIT Castoriadis Cornelius, 1999, FIGURES PENSABLE CAR, VVI Chamberlain DB, 1987, BRIT J PSYCHOTHERAPY, V4, P30 Curtis Davis Ames, 1997, CASTORIADIS READER Eagleton T., 1991, IDEOLOGY INTRO Elliott A, 1999, SOCIAL THEORY PSYCHO Frosh S, 1987, POLITICS PSYCHOANALY Giddens A, 1991, MODERNITY SELF IDENT Giddens A, 1990, CONSEQUENCES MODERNI Habermas J., 1971, KNOWLEDGE HUMAN INTE Habermas J, 1987, PHILOS DISCOURSE MOD, P327 HOWARD D, 1977, MARXIAN LEGACY Irigaray Luce, 1993, ETHICS SEXUAL DIFFER Keat R, 1981, POLITICS SOCIAL THEO Kristeva Julia, 1984, REVOLUTION POETIC LA Lambropoulos Vassilis, 1997, THESIS 11, V49, P1 Laplanche J., 1987, NEW FDN PSYCHOANALYS Ogden Thomas, 1989, PRIMITIVE EDGE EXPER Rorty Richard, 1991, PHILOS PAPERS, V2 Singer Bryan, 1979, CANADIAN J POLITICAL, V3, P35 Stern D, 1985, INTERPERSONAL WORLD STEVENSON N, 1995, UNDERSTANDING MEDIA Thompson J.B., 1984, STUDIES THEORY IDEOL Thompson J. B., 1995, MEDIA MODERNITY SOCI TUSTIN F, 1984, INT REV PSYCHO-ANAL, V11, P279 Tustin F., 1980, INT REV PSYCHOANAL, V7, P27 WHITEBOOK J, 1985, HABERMAS MODERNITY, P140 Whitebook J, 1995, PERVERSION UTOPIA ST Winnicott D. W., 1974, PLAYING REALITY Zizek S., 1989, SUBLIME OBJECT IDEOL NR 40 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU EMERALD GROUP PUBLISHING LIMITED PI BINGLEY PA HOWARD HOUSE, WAGON LANE, BINGLEY, W YORKSHIRE BD16 1WA, ENGLAND SN 0278-1204 BN 978-0-7623-0963-4 J9 CURR PERSPECT SOC TH JI Curr. Perspect. Soc. Theory PY 2003 VL 22 BP 367 EP 392 DI 10.1016/S0278-1204(03)80017-8 PG 26 WC Sociology SC Sociology GA BOM31 UT WOS:000276987400015 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Strieborny, M AF Strieborny, M TI Independence of a central bank and position of the European system of central banks SO EKONOMICKY CASOPIS LA Slovak DT Article AB In the sixties of 20(th) century, monetary policy was still considered as an integral part of demand oriented economic policy, the objective of which was to achieve full employment and gross national product at the level of potential product by optimal combination of fiscal and monetary policy instruments. In that context, moderate inflation was perceived as a legitimate means to achieve mentioned goals. But supply shocks and follow-up inflation advancement in the seventies led to the. understanding of the price stability achievement and sustainability as a top-priority task of monetary policy. This change. in the economic theory main stream came up at the same time with convincing arguments in favor of an independent central bank. In its monetary policy, bank of circulation independent from politicians, electors or media has the best conditions for preferring the long-term objective of price stability to the short-term economic growth and employment increase. On the contrary, politically dependent central bank, would. be,scarcely able to face the possible pressure of the government trying to bring on a favorable political economic cycle and therefore intentions declared in the anti-inflation policy wouldn't be perceived as credible by economic entities. In the effort to ensure the credibility of anti-inflation policy, it is also possible to bind monetary policy by standing rules as an alternative to an autonomous central bank. But this approach did not acquit well either. The arguments against politically, independent central bank go out particularly of. the statement that it is incompatible with elementary, democratic principles when the group of non-elected technocrats disposes of large competence and, act without direct, control carried out by the parliament. This objection can be disproved-besides the existing precedent in the form of independent courts-by a mention of indirect legitimacy of a central bank. In a final consequence, it is exactly democratically elected politicians who make the decisions about a degree of the central bank political autonomy, determine monetary policy objectives and they also name senior officials of a central bank; Moreover, various empirical studies confirm the expediency of an independent central. bank for economic development of the country. The states with an autonomous central bank show besides the lower inflation rate also low unemployment, and the rate or volatility of ecomomic growth is not negatively influenced by the independence of a central bank as well. Following these arguments, the question of what degree is the independence of their own central bank ensured to, thus becomes very important for the citizens of present and future Member States of the European Economic and Monetary Union. For the purpose of the analysis focused on a degree of autonomy of the European System of Central Banks (ESCB) and the European Central Bank (ECB), we usually distinguish between functional, institutional, personal and financial independence. Functional independence implies the question whether a central bank has adequate space for autonomous execution of monetary policy when trying to achieve certain objectives. In this point, it is very important that the ESCB can decide autonomously about a suitable monetary policy strategy. Very significant is also the fact that neither the ECB nor individual national banks are no longer allowed to provide credit to public sector organs and institutions. Potential limitation of functional independence represents exchange-rate policy, which falls within the cognizance of the Council of the European Union. In its execution of exchange-rate policy, the Council of the EU is indeed obliged to respect the primary objective of price stability as well as the independence of the ESCB. In the case of the Exchange Rate Mechanism II (ERM II), even the competence beyond the frame of the Treaty on European Union was conceded to the ESCB. Institutional independence is being connected with A question of the rate in which other bodies and institutions (government or parliament) have an opportunity to influence a decision-making process in the competent central bank gremium. In this context, when exercising the powers and carrying out the tasks and duties conferred upon them by the EU Treaty and the Statute of the ESCB, neither the ECB, nor a national central bank, nor any member of their decision-making bodies may seek or take instructions from Community institutions or bodies, from any government of a Member State or from any other body. The Community institutions and bodies and the governments of the Member States undertake to respect Us principle and not to seek to influence the members of the decision-making bodies of the ECB or of the national central banks in the performance of their tasks. None of the EU political representatives or the individual Member State representatives can even dispose of voting right in any decision-making body of the ESCB. The ECB is exclusively the subject to the European Court of Justice's juridical control as well as the European Court of Auditors' and independent external auditors' control. In the view of ensuring personal independence of the ESCB, it has to be evaluated positively in particular that the term of office for the ECB Executive Board Members is limited to a maximum of eight years and shall not be renewable. Shorter five years term of office for the presidents-of the national central banks (governors), even possibly renewable, represents kind of a risk for the independent performing of the tasks related to their function. Financial independence is achieved when a central bank disposes of an adequate amount of financial resources necessary for staying in a position to fulfil entrusted duties. Financial independence violation could result in a menace of either functional or institutional independence of a central bank. In the case of the ESCB, financial independence is guaranteed by the fact that the Budget of the ECB is separated from the Budget of the EU, as well as by the fact that not national governments, not the European Union, but the national central banks have provided basic capital of the ECB. In conclusion, it has to be underlined that there is a difference between the formal and the real independence of a central bank. Finally, general public attitude towards inflation risk determinates whether monetary policy oriented on the maintenance of price stability is successful or not. However, the European Economic and Monetary Union exists, too short to give a final verdict considering the importance that the citizens of Euro-zone attribute to a stable currency. C1 Ekon Univ Bratislave, Obchodna Fak, Katedra Medzinarodneho Obchodu, Bratislava 85235 5, Slovakia. RP Strieborny, M (reprint author), Ekon Univ Bratislave, Obchodna Fak, Katedra Medzinarodneho Obchodu, Dolnozemska Cesta 1, Bratislava 85235 5, Slovakia. CR BARRO RJ, 1986, ECON J, P96 Blinder Alan S., 1999, CENTRAL BANKING THEO CUKIERMAN A, 1994, EC J *DTSCH BUND, 2001, MON JAN 2001 *DTSCH BUND, 2000, MON MARZ 2000 DUIJM B, 1998, Z WIRTSCHAFTSPOLITIK, V78, P661 *EUR WAHR, 1998, KONV *EUR ZENTR, 2001, GELDP EZB *EUR ZENTR, 2000, MON OKT 2000 *EUR ZENTR, 2001, JAHR 2000 *EUR ZENTR, 1999, MON JUL 1999 ISSING O, 1993, UNABHANGIGKEIT NOTEN LIEBSCHER K, 1999, EUROPAISCHE ZENTRALB OHR R, 2001, KOMPENDIUM EUROPAISC Ohr Renate, 1996, EUROPAISCHE INTEGRAT PLEWKA H, 1999, EUROPAISCHE ZENTRALB SCHIEMANN J, 1994, MAASTRICHT KONIGSWEG THEURL T, 2001, KOMPENDIUM EUROPAISC TIETMEYER H, 1992, EUROPAISCHE WIRTSCHA NR 19 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 21 PU SLOVAK ACADEMIC PRESS LTD PI BRATISLAVA PA PO BOX 57 NAM SLOBODY 6, 810 05 BRATISLAVA, SLOVAKIA SN 0013-3035 J9 EKON CAS JI Ekon. Cas. PY 2003 VL 51 IS 2 BP 119 EP 136 PG 18 WC Economics SC Business & Economics GA 672GT UT WOS:000182513400002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Mann, K AF Mann, K TI Political identity and worker politics: Silk and metalworkers in Lyon, France 1900-1914 SO INTERNATIONAL REVIEW OF SOCIAL HISTORY LA English DT Article AB This paper alms to explain the different political trajectories and identities of two sets of industrial workers in the city of Lyon, France during the years immediately preceding the first World War. Silk workers supported reformist socialist parties while metalworkers were pillars of the revolutionary syndicalist current that dominated the prewar CGT. Unlike base and superstructure models or political autonomy explanations, it is argued that the particular industrial structures and social relations within each industry interacted with local and national political opportunity structures in ways that rendered some strategies and forms of collective action more efficacious than others. The programs and strategies proposed by revolutionary syndicalism matched the conditions of metalworkers and attracted their support, while reformist socialism struck a similar chord with silk workers resulting in similar results. C1 Cardinal Stritch Univ, Dept Hist, Milwaukee, WI 53217 USA. RP Mann, K (reprint author), Cardinal Stritch Univ, Dept Hist, 6801 N Yates Rd, Milwaukee, WI 53217 USA. EM kamann@stritch.edu CR Aminzade Ronald, 1993, RETHINKING LABOR HIS BAYARD F, 1991, HIST LYON ORIGINES N, P363 BERLANSTEIN L, 1992, J MOD HIST, V64, P685 CHAGNY R, 1960, UNPUB PRESSE SOCIALI, P22 CHANGY R, 1960, UNPUB PRESSE SOCIALI, P35 CHEVAILLER R, 1971, LYON TRABOULES MOUVE, P106 COLLEANS E, 1967, HIST MOUVEMENT OUVRI Downs Laura Lee, 1995, MANUFACTURING INEQUA ELWITT S, 1975, MAKING 3 REPUBLIC FOSTER J, 1973, CLASS STRUGGLE IND R Friedman GC, 1997, FR HIST STUD, V20, P155, DOI 10.2307/286887 GAUTIER F, 1966, UNPUB GREVES LYON 18, P10 GREENE J, 1998, LABOR HIST HANAGAN MP, 1980, LOGIC SOLIDARITY, P68 HAYDU J, 1988, BETWEEN CLASS CRAFT HNAGAN M, 1998, J MODERN HIST WIN, P661 Hoffman Stanley, 1963, SEARCH FRANCE JONES GS, 1983, LANGUGES CLASS JUDT T, 1979, HIST WORKSHOP J, P66, DOI 10.1093/hwj/7.1.66 JULLIARD J, 1988, AUTONOMIE OUVRIERE, P23 Kalb Don, 1997, EXPANDING CLASS POWE LAFFERRERE M, 1960, LYON VILLE IND, P216 LAUX JM, 1976, 1 GEAR FRENCH AUTOMO, P179 Lefranc Georges, 1963, MOUVEMENT SOCIALISTE LEQUIN Y, 1971, OUVRIERS REGION LYON, V2, P231 LESCHIERA J, 1972, UNPUB DEBUTS CGT LYO, P63 *LYON OFF MUN TAV, 1913, STAT RENS *LYON OFF MUN TRAV, 1913, STAT RENS MANN K, 1998, THESIS NEW SCH SOCIA MARIGOT M, 1966, UNPUB ANARCHO SYNDIC, P1 McAdam Doug, 1996, COMP PERSPECTIVES SO, P10 MOUTET A, 1965, MOUVEMENT SOC, V58, P15 NIELD K, 1980, SOC HIST, V5, P249 *OFF TRAV, 1906, STAT GREV, P560 *OFF TRAV, 1914, STAT GREV *OFF TRAV, 1910, STAT GREV PREVOSTO J, 1979, REV HIST SE, V14, P52 Prothero Iorwerth, 1997, RADICAL ARTISANS ENG Ranciere Jacques, 1981, NUIT PROLETAIRES Scott J. W., 1988, GENDER POLITICS HIST SHORTER E, 1974, STRIKES FRANCE 1830, P211 STEARNS P, 1971, REVOLUTIONARY SYNDIC, P9 STONE J, 1996, SONS REVOLUTION, P340 THEVENET M, 1971, UNPUB GUESDISME LYON TILLY C, 1998, CHALLENGING AUTHORIT Trempe Rolande, 1971, MINEURS CARMAUX 1848 WILLARD C, 1965, GUESDISTS WILLARD C, 1965, GUESDISTS, P38 1908, PROGERS 0418 AVENIR SOCIALISTE, P145 1900, SALUT PUBLIC 0601 1903, PROGRES 1118 1905, DEPECHE JAN 1904, FONDERIE MAR 1904, PROGRES 0502 1900, PEUPLE 0521 1904, PROGRES 0424 NR 57 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU CAMBRIDGE UNIV PRESS PI NEW YORK PA 32 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS, NEW YORK, NY 10013-2473 USA SN 0020-8590 EI 1469-512X J9 INT REV SOC HIST JI Int. Rev. Soc. Hist. PD DEC PY 2002 VL 47 BP 375 EP 405 DI 10.1017/S002085900200069X PN 3 PG 31 WC History SC History GA 650KW UT WOS:000181263500001 OA Bronze DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU O'Kelly, C AF O'Kelly, C TI Identity and territorial autonomy in plural societies SO POLITICAL STUDIES LA English DT Book Review C1 Univ N London, London N7 8DB, England. RP O'Kelly, C (reprint author), Univ N London, London N7 8DB, England. CR Safran W., 2000, IDENTITY TERRITORIAL NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU BLACKWELL PUBL LTD PI OXFORD PA 108 COWLEY RD, OXFORD OX4 1JF, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0032-3217 J9 POLIT STUD-LONDON JI Polit. Stud. PD DEC PY 2002 VL 50 IS 5 BP 1048 EP 1049 PG 2 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 626ZV UT WOS:000179904400070 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Pedersen, T AF Pedersen, T TI Cooperative hegemony: power, ideas and institutions in regional integration SO REVIEW OF INTERNATIONAL STUDIES LA English DT Article AB For realists regionalism remains a difficult phenomenon to explicate. A particular puzzle for realists is why major states should want to pursue regional institutionalisation. Nor are pluralist accounts satisfactory given the empirical evidence of state actor prominence in processes of regional institutionalisation. This article sets out to account for the formative phase of regionalist endeavours, proposing an ideational-institutional realism as the basis for understanding regionalism. On this basis a specific theory of co-operative hegemony is developed. Stressing the importance of the grand strategies of major regional powers and their responses to the balance-of-threat in a region, the author argues that major states may advance their interests through non-coercive means by applying a strategy of co-operative hegemony which implies an active role in regional institutionalisation and the use of, for instance, side payments, power-sharing and differentiation. The article outlines a number of preconditions for regional institutionalisation, stressing what is called the capacity for power-sharing; the power aggregation capacity and the commitment capacity of the biggest power in a region. While regionalising state elites are constrained, they possess a much greater freedom of choice than neo-realism claims. C1 Univ Aarhus, Dept Polit Sci, DK-8000 Aarhus C, Denmark. RP Pedersen, T (reprint author), Univ Aarhus, Dept Polit Sci, DK-8000 Aarhus C, Denmark. CR Axline W.A., 1994, POLITICAL EC REGIONA, P7 BARTH A, 2001, 42 ISA ANN CONV CHIC BROOKS SB, 1997, INT ORGAN, V51, P3 CRONE D, 1995, WORLD POLITICS OCT, P45 Duchacek I. D., 1970, COMP FEDERALISM Garrett G, 1992, INT ORG, V46 Goldstein J, 1993, IDEAS FOREIGN POLICY GRIECO JM, 1995, REV INT STUD, V21, P21, DOI 10.1017/S0260210500117504 GRIECO JM, UNIPOLAR POLITICS GRIECO JM, 1995, ANN M AM POL SCI ASS GRINSPUN R, 1993, POLITICAL EC N AM FR, pCH1 Higgott R., 1998, REGIONALISM GLOBAL E HOFFMANN, 1994, EUROPEAN SISYPHUS ES HOFFMANN S, 1966, DAEDALUS SUM, P95 HURRELL A, 1995, REGIONALISM WORLD PO, P47 Ikenberry John G., 1990, INT ORGAN, V44, P3 KEOHANE RO, 1995, INT SECURITY, V20, P1 KEOHANE RO, 1984, HEGEMONY, pCH1 KIRSHNER J, 1999, UNIPOLAR POLITICS, P77 KREBS RR, 1999, INT ORGAN, V53, P2 KREBS RR, 1999, INTOIRG, V53, P355 Kupchan CA, 1998, INT SECURITY, V23, P40, DOI 10.2307/2539379 LINDBERG, 1970, EUROPES WOULD BE POL LORIAUX M, UNIPOLAR POLITICS, P355 Mattli Walter, 1999, LOGIC REGIONAL INTEG McKay D., 1999, FEDERALISM EUROPEAN MOLS M, 1996, COOPERATION RIVALRY, P9 MORAVCSIK, 1993, J COMMON MARKET STUD, V34, P4 Moravcsik Andrew, 1998, CHOICE EUROPE, P24 OYE K, 1986, COOPERATION ANARCHY PAPAYOANOU PA, 1997, REGIONAL ORDERS BUIL, P132 PEDERSEN T, 1998, NOW WHAT INT POLITIC, P103 Pedersen T, 1999, DANISH FOREIGN POLIC PEDERSEN T, 1998, GERMANY EUROPE FRANC Peters G., 1999, I THEORY POLITICAL S Posen Barry R., 1996, INT SECURITY, V21, P3 PRIESS D, 1996, BALANCE THREAT THEOR, V5, P4 Riker W. H., 1964, FEDERALISM ORIGIN OP ROSAMONDS B, 2000, THEORIES EUROPEAN IN SCHROEDER P, 1994, INT SECURITY, V19, P1 SNIDAL D, 1985, INT ORGAN, V39, P4 SOLINGEN E, REGIONAL ORDERS, P68 TAYLOR P, 1991, REV INT STUD, P17 Taylor P, 1983, LIMITS EUROPEAN INTE TUSSIE D, 1998, REGIONALISM GLOBAL E, P87 WALLACE W, 1989, TRANSFORMATION W EUR Walt S. M., 1987, ORIGIN ALLIANCES WOHLFORTH WC, 1995, PERILS ANARCHY CONT, P3 NR 48 TC 81 Z9 85 U1 0 U2 14 PU CAMBRIDGE UNIV PRESS PI NEW YORK PA 40 WEST 20TH ST, NEW YORK, NY 10011-4221 USA SN 0260-2105 J9 REV INT STUD JI Rev. Int. Stud. PD OCT PY 2002 VL 28 IS 4 BP 677 EP 696 DI 10.1017/S0260210502006770 PG 20 WC International Relations SC International Relations GA 615BQ UT WOS:000179226300003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Mooney, PH AF Mooney, PH TI Beyond equilibrium theory: Theories of social action and social change applied to a study of power sharing in transition SO RURAL SOCIOLOGY LA English DT Book Review C1 Univ Kentucky, Lexington, KY 40506 USA. RP Mooney, PH (reprint author), Univ Kentucky, Lexington, KY 40506 USA. CR DE WITT M. R., 2000, EQUILIBRIUM THEORY T NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU RURAL SOCIOLOGICAL SOC PI BELLINGHAM PA C/O RABEL J BURDGE, TREASURER, WESTERN WASHINGTON UNIV, DEPT SOCIOL ARNTZEN HALL R-510, BELLINGHAM, WA 98225-9081 USA SN 0036-0112 J9 RURAL SOCIOL JI Rural Sociol. PD SEP PY 2002 VL 67 IS 3 BP 484 EP 486 PG 3 WC Sociology SC Sociology GA 589VG UT WOS:000177780700013 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Kivimaki, T Thorning, R AF Kivimaki, T Thorning, R TI Democratization and regional power sharing in Papua/Irian Jaya - Increased opportunities and decreased motivations for violence SO ASIAN SURVEY LA English DT Article C1 NIAS, Copenhagen, Denmark. Lund Univ, Ctr E & SE Asian Studies, Lund, Sweden. RP Kivimaki, T (reprint author), NIAS, Copenhagen, Denmark. RI Kivimaki, Timo/M-2720-2019 CR COLLINS R, 2001, MICRO THEORY VIOLENC GOCHMAN C, 1979, EXPLAINING WAR SELEC Gurr T. R., 1970, WHY MEN REBEL HOROWITZ D, 2001, DEADLY ETHNIC RIOT, P94 *HUM RIGHTS WATCH, 1999, WORLD REP IND HUM RI KAHIN GM, 1953, NATL REVOLUTION, P165 KIVIMAKI T, 2000, YDIN JUN, P42 KIVIMAKI T, 2002, ASIAN J SOCIAL SCI, V1, P30 Kivimaki T, 2000, CONT SE ASIA, V22, P527 KIVIMAKI T, 1993, J PEACE RES, V30, P392 KIVIMAKI T, 1993, DISTRIBUTION BENEFIT, P126 LAPIDOTH R, 1996, AUTONOMY FLEXIBLE SO, P33 MCMULLEN CJ, 1981, MEDIATION W NEW GUIN, P57 MITTON R, 1983, LOST WORLD IRIAN JAY NORMAN AE, 1954, STONE AGE ATOMIC AGE Osborne R., 1985, INDONESIAS SECRET WA Robinson Geoffrey, 2001, SOUTH EAST ASIA RES, V9, P271, DOI DOI 10.5367/000000001101297414 THORNING R, 2001, COMMUNICATION MAY THORNING R, 2001, COMMUNICATION APR Ward MD, 1998, AM POLIT SCI REV, V92, P51, DOI 10.2307/2585928 1998, BASIC POLITICAL PROG 1962, ANETA NEWS B 0112, P15 2000, KOMPAS 0228 2001, JAKARTA POST 0918 NR 24 TC 6 Z9 6 U1 0 U2 0 PU UNIV CALIF PRESS PI BERKELEY PA C/O JOURNALS DIVISION, 2000 CENTER ST, STE 303, BERKELEY, CA 94704-1223 USA SN 0004-4687 J9 ASIAN SURV JI Asian Surv. PD JUL-AUG PY 2002 VL 42 IS 4 BP 651 EP 672 DI 10.1525/as.2002.42.4.651 PG 22 WC Area Studies SC Area Studies GA 592HZ UT WOS:000177933200009 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Spears, IS AF Spears, IS TI Africa: The limits of power-sharing SO JOURNAL OF DEMOCRACY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Windsor, Windsor, ON N9B 3P4, Canada. RP Spears, IS (reprint author), Univ Windsor, Windsor, ON N9B 3P4, Canada. CR ADAM HM, 1994, REV AFRICAN POLITICA, P32 DEKLERK FW, 1998, LAST TREK NEW BEGINN, P237 HOWE HM, 1994, J MODERN AFRICAN STU, V32, P50 JONES B, 1999, CIVIL WARS AFRICA RO, P66 LEMARCHAND R, 1997, AFRICAN STUDIES Q, V1, P10 LEWIS A, 1965, POLITICS W AFRICA, pCH3 LIJPHART, 1969, WORLD POLITICS, V21, P217 Lijphart Arend, 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC, P25 MAPHAI VT, 1999, DEMOCRATIZATION AFRI, P99 NOBLE KB, 1993, NY TIMES 0413, P1 PRENDERGAST J, 1999, BUILDING PEACE HORN, P9 SANDBROOK R, 2000, CLOSING CIRCLE DEMOC, P61 SNYDER J, 1999, CIVIL WARS INSECURIT, P21 SPEARS IS, 2000, THIRD WORLD Q, V21, P106 YOUNG C, 1997, AFRICA INSIGHT, V27, P11 1996, ECONOMIST 0914 NR 16 TC 38 Z9 38 U1 0 U2 0 PU JOHNS HOPKINS UNIV PRESS PI BALTIMORE PA JOURNALS PUBLISHING DIVISION, 2715 NORTH CHARLES ST, BALTIMORE, MD 21218-4319 USA SN 1045-5736 J9 J DEMOCR JI J. Democr. PD JUL PY 2002 VL 13 IS 3 BP 123 EP 136 DI 10.1353/jod.2002.0057 PG 14 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 572MJ UT WOS:000176778400015 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU De Winter, L Cachafeiro, MGR AF De Winter, L Cachafeiro, MGR TI European integration and ethnoregionalist parties SO PARTY POLITICS LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Copnference on Europeanization and Political Parties CY SEP, 2000 CL KEELE UNIV, KEELE, CANADA HO KEELE UNIV DE ethnoregionalist; Europeanization; party family; peripheral nationalism AB This article examines the impact of Europeanization on ethnoregionalist parties in Europe. In contrast to other European party families, traditionally this family has been characterized by the lack of ideological affinity and major differences in two dimensions - demands for political autonomy and traditional ideological orientations - that in the past jeopardized collective action and political cooperation. We argue that the process of Europeanization allowed the very constitution of a European party family from scratch. The article singles out the effects of Europeanization: the creation of a new structure of political opportunities for nationalist parties, changes in party behaviour at the European level, the definition of a new European internationalism and a common political European agenda based on the principle of the lowest common denominator. C1 Univ Catholique Louvain, Dept Sci Polit & Sociales, B-1348 Louvain, Belgium. Univ Salamanca, Area Ciencia Polit, E-37007 Salamanca, Spain. RP De Winter, L (reprint author), Univ Catholique Louvain, Dept Sci Polit & Sociales, Pl Montesquieu,1-7, B-1348 Louvain, Belgium. CR BARTOLINI S, 1999, C MULT LEV PART SYST Bartolini S., 1990, IDENTITY COMPETITION De Grauwe P, 2000, J COMMON MARK STUD, V38, P593, DOI 10.1111/1468-5965.00255 DEWINTER L, 1998, EUROPE POLLS, P28 DEWINTER L, 2002, EUROPE POLLS, P130 GOMEZREINO M, 2000, S EUROPEAN SOC POLIT, V5, P80 HIX S, 1997, POLITICAL PARTIES EU HOBSBAWM EJ, 1992, NATIONS NATIONALISM KATZ R, 1999, C MULT LEV PART SYST Katz R. S., 1992, PARTY ORG DATA HDB Keating M., 1998, NEW REGIONALISM W EU LADRECH R, 2000, C EUR POL PART U KEE Lipset S.M., 1967, PARTY SYSTEMS VOTER LYNCH P, 1996, MINORITY NATIONALISM LYNCH P, 1998, EUROPE POLLS, P190 MCCRONE D, 1998, SOCIOLOGY NATIONALIS Milward A.S., 1992, EUROPEAN RESCUE NATI Mudde Cas, 2000, IDEOLOGY EXTREME RIG Raunio T, 2000, PARTY POLIT, V6, P211, DOI 10.1177/1354068800006002006 Ray L, 1999, EUR J POLIT RES, V36, P283, DOI 10.1023/A:1007009106184 Tursan Huri, 1998, EUROPE POLLS, P1 Tursan Huri, 1998, REGIONALIST PARTIES NR 22 TC 68 Z9 68 U1 0 U2 5 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 6 BONHILL STREET, LONDON EC2A 4PU, ENGLAND SN 1354-0688 J9 PARTY POLIT JI Party Polit. PD JUL PY 2002 VL 8 IS 4 BP 483 EP 503 AR UNSP 1354-0688(200207)8:4;483-503;024538 DI 10.1177/1354068802008004007 PG 21 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 579UH UT WOS:000177195900007 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Arel, D AF Arel, D TI Interpreting "nationality" and "language" in the 2001 Ukrainian census SO POST-SOVIET AFFAIRS LA English DT Article ID IDENTITY; POLITICS AB Ukraine conducted its first post-Soviet census in December 2001. The author examines the use of the categories "nationality" and "native language" in the census and relates them to fundamental precepts of Soviet nationality and census policies. The enumeration of national and linguistic identities is related to the expression of political preferences. Orientations toward language policies (particularly in Galicia and Crimea), regional autonomy (in Transcarpathia), and territorial belonging (among the younger generation) are analyzed in order to reveal the politics of the 2001 Ukrainian census. C1 Brown Univ, Watson Inst Int Studies, Providence, RI 02912 USA. RP Arel, D (reprint author), Brown Univ, Watson Inst Int Studies, Providence, RI 02912 USA. CR ANDERSON BA, 1983, DEMOGRAPHY, V20, P461, DOI 10.2307/2061114 [Anonymous], 1996, KONSTYTUTSIIA UKRAIN Arel D., 1996, HARRIMAN REV, V9, P81 AREL D, 1995, POLITICAL CULTURE CI Arel D., 2002, CENSUS IDENTITY POLI AREL D, 2001, E EUROPEAN CONSTITUT, V10, P54 Bilinsky Y., 1964, 2 SOVIET REPUBLIC UK BURAKOVSKYI O, 1995, 54 I UKR STUD CADIOT J, 2001, THESIS EC HAUT ET SC CHORNOVIL V, 1994, VSEUKRAINSKIYE 0730 Dave Bhavna, 2002, DEMOGRAPHIC LANGUAGE *DERZH KOM UKR SPR, 1999, BIULETEN DERZH KOM U, V3 DEVARENNES F, 2001, MINORITY RIGHTS EURO DICKINSON J, 2002, WORKSH 2002 RUSS CEN FRIEDMAN VA, 1996, COMPREHENSIVE PEACE FURTADO CF, 1994, POLIT SCI QUART, V109, P81, DOI 10.2307/2151661 GEERTZ C, 1963, OLD SOC NEW STATES Q GOUJON A, 2001, CENS ID 1 POST SOV C Himka John-Paul, 1999, INTELLECTUALS ARTICU Hirsch F, 1997, SLAVIC REV, V56, P251, DOI 10.2307/2500785 Kaiser Robert J., 1994, GEOGRAPHY NATL RUSSI KAZYMIROV P, 2001, COMMUNICATION DEC Kertzer D I, 2002, CENSUS IDENTITY POLI KHOMENKO A, 1931, STUDIIZ POLIA DEMOHR King C., 2000, MOLDOVANS ROMANIA RU KIPIANI V, 2001, UKRAINSKA PRAVD 1207 Kolson DL, 1998, ADV VIRUS RES, V50, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0065-3527(08)60804-0 Krawchenko Bohdan, 1985, SOCIAL CHANGE NATL C Kubijovyc Volodymyr E., 1963, UKRAINE CONCISE ENCY LABBE M, 1997, DEMOGRAPHIE POLITIQU LEVY PMG, 1960, QUERELLE RECENSEMENT, pP LISS D, 2001, KYIV POST 1213 MAGOSCI PR, 1999, MAKING NATIONALITIES, V1 MAIBORODA O, 1999, POLITYCHNE RUSYNSTVO Martin Terry, 2001, AFFIRMATIVE ACTION E MARTYNIUK J, 1999, UKRAINE LIST SUM, P76 MYHOVYCH I, 2001, COMMUNICATION 1213 ORLOV A, 2000, COMMUNICATION NOV ORLOV G, 2001, KRYMSKAYA PRAVD 1205 OSTAPCHUK O, 2001, STATYSTYKA UKRAINY, V1, P48 Pirie PS, 1996, EUROPE-ASIA STUD, V48, P1079, DOI 10.1080/09668139608412401 POLYAKOV YA, 1991, VSESOYUZNAYA PEREPIS POPESCU I, 2001, COMMUNICATION 1213 POZUN B, 2000, CENTRAL EUROPE 1120, V2, P40 Rapawy Stephen, 1997, 90 IPC US BUR CENS *RCC, 2001, RCC POLITICAL REV, V1, P6 RENAN E, 1992, BECOMING NATL Riker William H, 1982, LIBERALISM POPULISM RUDNITSKIY Y, 2001, UKRAINA RU 1206 SHAFIR M, 2001, RFE RL NEWSLINE 1206 SHELESTOV D, 1999, NEZAVISIMAYA GA 0923 SHULGA N, 2001, PROYEKTY ZAKONOV YAZ SILVER BD, 1986, RES GUIDE RUSSIAN SO SOKOLOV L, 2001, EVRAZIYSKIY VES 1027, P18 SOLCHANYK R, 2000, UKRAINIAN WEEKL 0305 *STAT COMM STAT UK, 2000, PRO PIDH PROV VSEUKR STELMAKH L, 2000, COMMUNICATION NOV STEPANOV V, 2001, C CENS IDENT 1 POST Tishkov V., 1997, ETHNICITY NATL CONFL Trier Tom, 1999, 4 ECMI TULSKIY M, 2001, NEZAVISIMAYA GA 0719 UEHLING G, 2002, WORKSH 2002 RUSS CEN *UN STAT COMM EC C, 1998, EC COMM EUR COMM HUM, V49 URLA J, 1993, AM ETHNOL, V20, P818, DOI 10.1525/ae.1993.20.4.02a00080 VOLKOV AG, 1989, VESTN STAT, V8, P8 VOLKOV AG, 1990, VESTN STAT, V8, P47 Zaslavsky V., 1981, NEO STALINIST STATE ZASTAVNYI FD, 1994, HEOHRAFIIA UKRAINY ZAUSYLO T, 2001, UKRAINA MOLODA 1206 ZEMAN ZAB, 1990, EXETER STUDIES HIST, V27 Zhiromskaya V. B., 1992, VSESOYUZNAYA PEREPIS 2001, PERSHI REZULTAT 1213 2001, PEREPIS NASELENIYA 7 1996, BIULETEN, V100 1994, RAZYASNYAYUSHCHEE UK 2001, DERZHKOMSTAT 1127 1992, ZAKON UKRAINY PRO NA 2001, URIADOVYI KURER 1227 2001, CENEWS COM 1207 1992, BIULETEN, V92 2001, SIOMA SESIIA VE 0710 2001, INSTRUKTSIIA SHCHODO NR 82 TC 44 Z9 44 U1 0 U2 9 PU V H WINSTON & SON INC PI PALM BEACH PA 360 SOUTH OCEAN BLVD, PH-B, PALM BEACH, FL 33480 USA SN 1060-586X J9 POST-SOV AFF JI Post-Sov. Aff. PD JUL-SEP PY 2002 VL 18 IS 3 BP 213 EP 249 DI 10.2747/1060-586X.18.3.213 PG 37 WC Area Studies; Economics; Political Science SC Area Studies; Business & Economics; Government & Law GA 602LX UT WOS:000178507700002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Bowring, B AF Bowring, B TI Austro-Marxism's last laugh ?: the struggle for recognition of national-cultural autonomy for Rossians and Russians (vol 54, pg 229, 2002) SO EUROPE-ASIA STUDIES LA English DT Correction CR Bowring B, 2002, EUROPE-ASIA STUD, V54, P229, DOI 10.1080/09668130120116592 NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU CARFAX PUBLISHING PI BASINGSTOKE PA RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND SN 0966-8136 J9 EUROPE-ASIA STUD JI Eur.-Asia Stud. PD JUN PY 2002 VL 54 IS 4 BP 665 EP 665 DI 10.1080/0966813022000002407 PG 1 WC Area Studies; Economics; Political Science SC Area Studies; Business & Economics; Government & Law GA 569UK UT WOS:000176620500018 OA Bronze DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Juarez, AM AF Juarez, AM TI Ecological degradation, global tourism, and inequality: Maya interrpretations of the changing environment in Quintana Roo, Mexico SO HUMAN ORGANIZATION LA English DT Article DE tourism; globalization; social relations; environment; Mayas; Mexico AB This essay, focusing on the perspective of indigenous Mayas, documents and describes the process of ecological degradation and the rise of the tourist industry in Tulum, Quintana Roo, Mexico. Using a combination of ethnographic, secondary, and archival sources, the author challenges widespread assumptions regarding global tourism and explains how local and global forces shaped Tulum's culture and political economy. Although Mayas ambiguously interpret recent social and environmental changes, she shows that they do not critique the process of globalization in and of itself, but rather critique inequality, their loss of cultural autonomy, and their subordinate position within contemporary global cultures and economies. Scholars and planners must begin to consider Maya interpretations of their changing environment to alleviate the area's severe social and ethnic stratification. C1 SW Texas State Univ, Dept Anthropol, San Marcos, TX 78666 USA. RP Juarez, AM (reprint author), SW Texas State Univ, Dept Anthropol, San Marcos, TX 78666 USA. CR Barabas Alicia M., 1987, UTOPIAS INDIAS Bartolome Miguel A., 1988, DINAMICA SOCIAL MAYA Bartolome Miguel Alberto, 1977, RESISTENCIA MAYA REL BATALLA AB, 1976, B SOC MEXICANA GEOGR, P15 BECERRIL LC, 1990, REV MEX SOCIOL, V52, P69 Bricker VR, 1981, INDIAN CHRIST INDIAN Brown DF, 1999, HUM ORGAN, V58, P295, DOI 10.17730/humo.58.3.y21r5586l5941121 BURNS A, 1992, FOLK, V34, P43 CARRERA V, 2000, ESTOL QUINTANA R JAN, P6 Castaneda Q., 1996, MUSEUM MAYA CULTURE CASTILLO H, 1998, AM ANTHROPOL, V100, P136 Chambers E., 1997, TOURISM CULTURE APPL Cheong SM, 2000, ANN TOURISM RES, V27, P371, DOI 10.1016/S0160-7383(99)00065-1 CLANCY MJ, 1998, ANN TOURISM RES, V26, P1 Collier G, 1994, BASTA LAND ZAPATISTA COLLIER GA, 1994, BIOSCIENCE, V44, P398, DOI 10.2307/1312363 COLLIER GA, 1990, SEEKING FOOD SEEKING COLLIER GA, 1989, ETHNOGRAPHIC ENCOUNT, P111 CRICK M, 1989, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V18, P307, DOI 10.1146/annurev.an.18.100189.001515 Cruz Alicia Re, 1998, SEX ROLES, V39, P573 Daltabuit Magali, 1988, COBA ESTRATEGIAS ADA DUMOND D, 1985, MACHETE CROSS CAMPES, V32, P291 Dumond DE, 1977, ANTHR HIST YUCATAN, P103 Enloe C., 1989, BANANAS BEACHES BASE Farriss Nancy M., 1984, MAYA SOC COLONIAL RU FARRISS NM, 1987, COMP STUD SOC HIST, V29, P566, DOI 10.1017/S0010417500014730 Faulkenberry LV, 2000, HUM ORGAN, V59, P86, DOI 10.17730/humo.59.1.353730461t724j02 Freidel D., 1993, MAYA COSMOS 3000 YEA Friedland J., 1999, WALL STREET J, pA1 Galletti Hugo, 1998, TIMBER TOURISTS TEMP, P33 Gann Thomas, 1918, MAYA INDIANS SO YUCA GRABURN NH, 1994, TRAVEL TOURISM HOSPI, P233 GREGORY S, 1994, RACE GUBLER R, 1995, FRAGMENTED PRESENT M HOSTETTLER U, 2001, MAYA SURVIVALISM, V12, P239 HOSTETTLER U, 1996, THESIS U BERNE SWITZ HOSTETTLER U, 1994, B ESCUELA CIENCIAS A, V19, P5 Jones Grant D., 1989, MAYA RESISTANCE SPAN Jorgenson J. P., 1998, TIMBER TOURISTS TEMP, P179 Juarez AM, 2001, FRONTIERS, V22, P131, DOI 10.1353/fro.2001.0019 JUAREZ AM, 2002, IN PRESS J LATIN AM, V7 JUAREZ AM, 1996, THESIS STANFORD U KINNAIRD V, 1994, TOURISM GENDER ANAL LAPOINTE M, 1983, MAYAS REBELDES YUCAT MARIN RA, 1997, PERSISTENCIA CULTURA McLaren D., 1998, RETHINKING TOURISM E Miles S, 1998, CONSUMERISM WAY LIFE Montalvo E, 1988, RIOT REBELLION REVOL, P295 NASH J, 1993, CRAFTS WORLD MARKET Norris R., 1998, TIMBER TOURISTS TEMP, P327 *NY TIMES, 2001, NY TIMES 0722 ORTIZWADGYMAR A, 1976, B SOC MEXICANA GEOGR, V124, P191 PARE L, 1995, FRAGMENTED PRESENT M, P25 Patch R. W., 1993, MAYA SPANIARD YUCATA Paz Fernanda, 1996, CULTURE GLOBAL CHANG Pi-Sunyer O., 1990, CULT SURVIVAL Q, V14, P9 Pi-Sunyer Oriol, 1997, LIFE DEATH MATTERS H, P187 PISUNYER O, 1999, OCCASIONAL PAPER AM, V17 PRIMACK RB, 1995, TIMBER TOURISTS TEMP RECRUZ A, 1996, 2 MILPAS CHAM KOM ST REED N, 1997, REV CULTURA MAYA, V1, P63 Reed Nelson, 1964, CASTE WAR YUCATAN ROLDAN JA, 1999, THESIS U AUTONOMA ME Rugeley T., 1996, YUCATANS MAYA PEASAN *SEDESOL, 2001, PERF IND MEX DIAGN P *SEDETUR, 2001, SECR TUR EST QUINT R Sinclair M, 1997, GENDER WORK TOURISM Smith V, 1989, HOSTS GUESTS ANTHR T *SRA, 1974, PRIV DER NUEV ADJ PR STEGGERDA M, 1984, MAYA INDIANS YUCATAN Steinberg MK, 1998, PROF GEOGR, V50, P407, DOI 10.1111/0033-0124.00129 STEVENSON M, 1998, ENTERPRISE RECO 1213, V13, pB1 SULLIVAN P, 1983, THESIS J HOPKINS U Sullivan Paul, 1989, UNFINISHED CONVERSAT Van den Berghe Pierre, 1994, QUEST OTHER ETHNIC T VILLA AG, 1992, PLANIFICACION CENTRO Villa Rojas A, 1945, MAYA E CENTRAL QUINT VILLAROJAS A, 1977, AM INDIGENA, V37, P883 VILLAROJAS A, 1962, AM INDIGENA, V22, P209 Weinbaum B, 1997, J AM CULTURE, V20, P19 Weiner T., 2001, NEW YORK TIMES 0718, pA1 Wilk Richard R., 1991, HOUSEHOLD ECOLOGY EC Wilson R., 1995, MAYA RESURGENCE GUAT Wolf Eric, 1982, EUROPE PEOPLE HIST *WORLD TOUR ORG, 2000, MARKE RES PROM INT T *WORLD TOURISM ORG, 2000, MARK RES PROM INT AR NR 86 TC 25 Z9 25 U1 0 U2 9 PU SOC APPLIED ANTHROPOLOGY PI OKLAHOMA CITY PA 3000 UNITED FOUNDERS BLVD, STE 148, OKLAHOMA CITY, OK 73112 USA SN 0018-7259 J9 HUM ORGAN JI Hum. Organ. PD SUM PY 2002 VL 61 IS 2 BP 113 EP 124 DI 10.17730/humo.61.2.dbyeyrdgcc0c5kga PG 12 WC Anthropology; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary SC Anthropology; Social Sciences - Other Topics GA 562BU UT WOS:000176178200002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Coelho, VSP AF Coelho, VSP TI Executive power and social security reform: Cases of Argentina, Brazil and Uruguay SO DESARROLLO ECONOMICO-REVISTA DE CIENCIAS SOCIALES LA Spanish DT Article AB The article analyses the formulation process of governmental reform projects for the Social Security in Argentina, Uruguay and Brazil in the 1990'. The economic situation and the social security system, as well as the characteristics of the Executive branch of each country are described. The aim is to inquire, in face of the constrains posed by the mentioned conditions, about the possibility of establishing a sort of connection between the nature of these projects -either incremental, mixed or radical- and the power sharing among the various state actors. C1 Univ Estadual Campinas, Campinas, SP, Brazil. RP Coelho, VSP (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, Campinas, SP, Brazil. CR Acuna Carlos H., 1995, NUEVA MATRIZ POLITIC ALONSO Guillermo, 2000, POLITICA SEGURIDAD S BROOKS S, 2000, UNPUB SOCIAL PROTECT BUSQUETS J, 2001, ANAL COMP REFORMAS S CHASQUETTI D, 1997, UNPUB CICLOS GLOBIER COELHO Vera Schattan P, 1999, NOVOS ESTUDOS COELHO VS, 2001, PODER EJECUTIVO PREV CORRALES J, 1999, DESARROLLO EC, V39 Deheza Grace Ivana., 1997, GOBIERNOS COALICION FIGUEIREDO AC, 1999, EJECUTIVO LEGISLATIV FILGUEIRA C, 1998, TAMING MARKET REFORM FORTEZA A, 2000, REFORMA SEGURIDAD SO FULTZ E, 2001, INT LABOUR REV GINEB, P140 Gonzalez Luis Eduardo, 1993, ESTRUCTURAS POLITICA GRAHAM C, 1999, IMPROVING ODDS HAGGARD S, 1995, DESARROLLO EC BUENOS, V35 Iazzetta O., 1996, PRIVATIZACIONES BRAS IMMERGUT E, 1996, REV BRASILEIRA CIENC, P11 ISUANI E, 1993, OPCIONES RIESGOS JAMES E, 2001, MPAS EC POLITICA REF KAY S, 1997, UNPUB GLOBALIZATION KINGDOM JW, 1995, AGENDAS ATLERNATIVES MADRID R, 2001, LATIN AM RES REV, V37 MESALAGO C, 2001, UNPUB POLITICS PENSI MOE TM, 2000, HARVARD LAW REV, V113 Muller K., 2000, POLITICAL EC PENSION MUNDIAL B, 2000, BRASIL QUESTOES CRIT NETO OA, 1999, UNPUB DUBERGER REVIS NOYA N, 1998, EFECTOS EC POLITICOS QUEISSER M, 1998, PENSION REFORM LESSO SALDAIN R, 1995, REFORMA JUBILATORIA SALLUM B, 1999, TEMPO SOCIAL, P11 SCULTHESS W, 1993, ARGENTINA EVOLUCION SIKKINK K, 1993, DESARROLLO EC BUENOS, V32 TORRE JC, 1999, EC POLITICA REFORMAS TSEBELIS G, 1997, REV BRASILEIRA CIENC, P12 NR 36 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 0 PU INST DESAROLLO ECON SOCIAL PI BUENOS AIRES PA AROAZ 2838, 1425 BUENOS AIRES, ARGENTINA SN 0046-001X J9 DESARROLLO ECON JI Desarro. Econ.-Rev. Cienc. Soc. PD APR-JUN PY 2002 VL 42 IS 165 BP 45 EP 62 DI 10.2307/3455976 PG 18 WC Economics SC Business & Economics GA 596TU UT WOS:000178182700003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Bowring, B AF Bowring, B TI Austro-Marxism's last laugh?: the struggle for recognition of national-cultural autonomy for Rossians and Russians SO EUROPE-ASIA STUDIES LA English DT Article C1 Univ N London, Dept Law, London N5 2AD, England. RP Bowring, B (reprint author), Univ N London, Dept Law, Ladbroke House,62-66 Highbury Grove, London N5 2AD, England. CR Bottomore T., 1978, AUSTROMARXISM, P1 BOTTOMORE T, 1991, DICT MARXIST THOUGHT, P39 BOWRING B, 1995, RACISM NATL RULE LAW BOWRING B, 1997, EUROPEAN HUMAN RIGHT, V6, P629 BOWRING B, 2000, ACCOMMODATING NATL I, P211 Brubaker R., 1996, NATL REFRAMED NATION *CIS, 1994, GUAR RIGHTS PERS BEL COAKLEY J, 1994, INT POLIT SCI REV, V15, P297, DOI 10.1177/019251219401500305 Council of Europe, 1995, 157 ETS COUNC EUR Council of Europe, 1992, 148 ETS COUNC EUR DOWLEY K, 1998, COMMUNIST POSTCOMMUN, V31, P363 Drobizheva L., 1996, PREVENTING DEADLY CO FILIPPOV VP, 1998, ZAKON ETNICHNOST ANA, P64 FILIPPOV VP, 2000, ETNOGRAFICHESKII OBO, V3, P46 FILIPPOV VP, 1998, NATSIONALNOKULTURNAY, P63 GOBLE P, 2000, RFERL 0510 GOBLE P, 2001, RFERL 0308 HANF T, 1991, STAAT NATION MULTIET KHAZANOV A, 1997, DAEDALUS, P126 Khenkin S., 1997, PRO CONTRA, V2, P2 KRYAZHKOV VA, 1997, PRAVOVOI STATUS KORE KRYAZHKOV VA, 2000, GOSUDARSTVO PRAVO, V1, P20 Lenin V. I., 1968, COMPLETE COLLECTED W, V19, P117 Lijphart Arend, 1995, RIGHTS MINORITY CULT ODONNELL J, 2000, QUESTION NATIONALITI Osipov A. G., 1997, PRAVO NARODOV SAMOOP PLETNEV B, 1922, NATSIONALNAYA PROBLE POPOV GK, 1988, ZNAMYA, V1, P201 ROMANOV P, 1999, ASN C RETH ID STAT N, P3 SHAIMIEV M, 1996, PREVENTING DEADLY CO, P1 SMITH AD, 1998, NATL MODERNISM, P10 Smith Anthony, 2000, NATION HIST HIST DEB Smith Anthony, 1998, NATL MODERNISM CRITI, P77 Smooha S., 1992, ARABS JEWS ISRAEL, V2 Smooha Sammy, 1999, AUTONOMY ARABS ISRAE Smooha Sammy, 1989, ARABS JEWS ISRAEL, V1 Stargardt Nicolas, 1995, NOTIONS NATL, P83 TAVAROV GT, 1998, ETHNOLOGY DICT GUIDE, P10 TISHKOV V, 1997, ETHNICITY NATL CONFL, P281 TISHKOV V, 1997, ETHNICITY NATL CONFL, P246 TISHKOV V, 1998, ETNOGRAFICHESKOE OBO, V5, P1 TOMTOSOV AA, 2000, ALL RUSS C 3 5 DEC 1 TSIMBAEV NI, 1998, RUSSIAN STUDIES HIST, V37, P59 Tully J, 1995, STRANGE MULTIPLICITY *UN GA, 1992, 47135 UN GA WEBER M, 1924, GESAMMELTE AUFSATZE, P484 YARLYKARPOV AB, 2000, ETNOSFERA YUREV SS, 2000, PROVOVOI STATUS NATS, P343 1992, HUMAN RIGHTS INT LAW, P424 2001, NEZAVISIMAYA GA 0421, P8 2001, NEZAVISIMAYA GA 0224 2000, LIT GAZETA 1230 1995, INT HUMAN RIGHTS DOC, P290 NR 53 TC 25 Z9 25 U1 1 U2 1 PU CARFAX PUBLISHING PI BASINGSTOKE PA RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND SN 0966-8136 J9 EUROPE-ASIA STUD JI Eur.-Asia Stud. PD MAR PY 2002 VL 54 IS 2 BP 229 EP 250 DI 10.1080/09668130120116592 PG 22 WC Area Studies; Economics; Political Science SC Area Studies; Business & Economics; Government & Law GA 535TD UT WOS:000174661700003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Schneckener, U AF Schneckener, U TI Making power-sharing work: Lessons from successes and failures in ethnic conflict regulation SO JOURNAL OF PEACE RESEARCH LA English DT Article AB For managing and settling ethnic conflicts, power-sharing arrangements often seem an appropriate solution. The former antagonists are forced to work together and make decisions by consensus; the ultimate goal is to turn opponents into partners. Obviously, this concept can only be successful under specific conditions and by specific arrangements. Based on a comparative analysis of six cases of power-sharing, the article aims (1) to identify favourable conditions as well as (2) to evaluate the quality of regulations. For successful conflict regulation, both aspects have to be taken into account: if the most favourable conditions are missing or will not be attained over time, then the 'best' power-sharing constitution will fail. If, in turn, 'bad' or insufficient rules and procedures prevail, then even the presence of comparatively beneficial factors will probably not avoid failure. Success will be understood as achievement and sustainability of a particular solution. The article is subdivided into four sections. First, the concept of power-sharing (or consociationalism) will be mapped out. Second, successful and failed European cases of power-sharing will be briefly presented. Third, by comparing these cases, the relevance of a set of conditions - usually assumed to be favourable for success - will be examined. Fourth, the quality of the institutional design of power-sharing regimes will be evaluated in order to distinguish 'better' regulations from more problematic or even counterproductive ones. In concluding, the author points to the crucial role of political elites in sustaining shared rule, but stresses at the same time that in most cases their behaviour is shaped by the institutional arrangements themselves. These have to be designed in a way that supports and fosters learning processes among decisionmakers. C1 Univ Bremen, Inst Intercultural & Int Studies, Bremen, Germany. RP Schneckener, U (reprint author), Univ Bremen, Inst Intercultural & Int Studies, Bremen, Germany. CR ALCOCK A, 1994, MINORITY RIGHTS EURO, P46 ALEN A, 1990, Z AUSLANDISCHES OFFE, V50, P501 [Anonymous], 2002, AUSWEGE BURGERKRIEG BARRY B, 1975, EUR J POLIT RES, V3, P393, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1975.tb01253.x BARRY B, 1975, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V5, P477, DOI 10.1017/S0007123400008322 BOYLE K, 1994, NO IRELAND CHOICE Calic Marie-Janine, 1996, KRIEG FRIEDEN BOSNIE COAKLEY J, 1992, INT POLIT SCI REV, V13, P343, DOI 10.1177/019251219201300401 Connolly M, 1990, POLITICS POLICY MAKI Covell M., 1981, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V4, P197 COVELL M, 1985, REDESIGNING STATE PO, P71 Covell Maureen, 1987, FEDERALISM ROLE STAT, P57 CUNNINGHAM M, 1991, BRIT GOVERNMENT POLI DAALDER H, 1974, WORLD POLIT, V26, P604, DOI 10.2307/2010104 DARBY J, 1996, ETHNICITIY POWER CON, P199 Darby J., 1997, SCORPIONS BOTTLE CON DELMARTINO F, 1988, EUR J POLIT RES, V16, P381, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1988.tb00159.x ELAZAR DANIEL J, 1987, EXPLORING FEDERALISM Esman Milton J., 1977, ETHNIC CONFLICT W WO ESMAN MJ, 1973, PUBLIC POLICY, V21, P49 FITZMAURICE J., 1996, POLITICS BELGIUM UNI Gow J., 1997, TRIUMPH LACK WILL Hannum H., 1993, DOCUMENTS AUTONOMY M KATZENSTEIN PJ, 1977, ETHNIC CONFLICT W WO, P287 Kyriakides S., 1968, CYPRUS CONSTITUTIONA LEHMBRUCH G, 1967, PROPORZDEMOKRATIE PO LEHMBRUCH G, 1992, LEXIKON POLITIK, V3, P206 LIJPHART A, 1979, CAN J POLIT SCI, V12, P499, DOI 10.1017/S0008423900051714 LIJPHART A, 1969, WORLD POLIT, V21, P207, DOI 10.2307/2009820 Lijphart A., 1982, POLITICAL COOPERATIO, P166 Lijphart A., 1984, DEMOCRACIES PATTERNS Lijphart A., 1981, CONFLICT COEXISTENCE Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Lijphart Arend, 1991, CONFLICT PEACEMAKING, P491 McGarry J., 1996, POLITICS ANTAGONISM McGarry J, 1993, POLITICS ETHNIC CONF, P1 McGarry John, 1995, EXPLAINING NO IRELAN McGarry John, 1990, FUTURE NO IRELAND, P268 MCRAE K, 1974, CONSOCIATIONAL DEMOC MCRAE KD, 1979, CAN J POLIT SCI, V12, P517, DOI 10.1017/S0008423900051726 MCRAE KD, 1986, CONFLICT COMPROMISE Nordlinger E. A, 1972, CONFLICT REGULATION O'Leary B, 1999, NEW LEFT REV, P66 OELLERSFRAHM K, 1993, MINORITY LAW EUROPEA, V1, P192 SAFRAN W, 1994, INT POLIT SCI REV, V15, P61, DOI 10.1177/019251219401500105 Salem Norma, 1992, CYPRUS REGIONAL CONF Schneckener U, 1999, INT POLITIK, V54, P7 Sisk Timothy, 1996, POWER SHARING INT ME Steiner Jurg, 1974, AMICABLE AGREEMENT V Steininger Rolf, 1997, SUDTIROL 20 JAHRHUND Stevenson J, 2000, SURVIVAL, V42, P5 TRIFFTERER O, 1992, PROTECTION MINORITIE, P464 WOLFF S, 1998, MODERNER MINDERHEITE, P195 NR 53 TC 56 Z9 56 U1 0 U2 14 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 6 BONHILL STREET, LONDON EC2A 4PU, ENGLAND SN 0022-3433 J9 J PEACE RES JI J. Peace Res. PD MAR PY 2002 VL 39 IS 2 BP 203 EP 228 DI 10.1177/0022343302039002004 PG 26 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA 540WK UT WOS:000174953700004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Arretche, M AF Arretche, M TI Federalism and inter-governmental relations in Brazil: Social-program reforms SO DADOS-REVISTA DE CIENCIAS SOCIAIS LA Portuguese DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT ANPOS Seminar on Federalism, Institutions and Public Policies CY 2001 CL RIO DE JANEIRO, BRAZIL DE federalism; inter-governmental relations; social policies AB The article analyses the process of reform in four areas of social policies that affect directly the interests of sub-national governments: basic education, social housing programs, basic sanitation and health. As the study reveals, despite the varying degree of success achieved in the various policy initiatives and contrary to the expectations of the prevailing interpretations of the nature of Brazilian federalism, the federal government faced no insurmountable hurdles in implementing their reform agenda. The study aims at demonstrating that (i) in the absence of any constitutional mandatory requirement, the political autonomy of local governments - typical of federative States - actually enhances the veto power of local governments over policy initiatives proposed by the federal Executive branch. However, (ii) power resources available to the federal Executive branch - such as agenda definition and vetoing powers - in addition to control over resources that are essential to the political survival of the representatives increase the chances of success-of the federal government. Furthermore, (1999), (iii) the constitutional authority of Brazilian states is far more limited than that of the North-American states; (iv) the category "federalism", however, is not sufficient to define the potential stability of specific policies, which depends upon how inter-governmental relations are structured in each particular policy. Specifically, (v) constitutional rules, legacies from previous policies and the political cycle frame the decision arenas in various ways, thus conditioning both the strategies and chances of success of the federative players. C1 UNICAMP, Campinas, SP, Brazil. MIT, Boston, MA USA. Univ Estadual Paulista, Rio Claro, SP, Brazil. RP Arretche, M (reprint author), UNICAMP, Campinas, SP, Brazil. OI Arretche, Marta/0000-0002-6537-6186 CR Abrucio Fernando, 1998, BAROES FEDERACAO Ames B., 2001, DEADLOCK DEMOCRACY B ARRETCHE MTS, 1999, TEMAS ESPECIAIS INFR Banting K., 1995, EUROPEAN SOCIAL POLI COSTA NR, 1999, REV SERVICO PUBLICO, V50, P33 Duchacek I. D., 1970, COMP FEDERALISM TERR Figueiredo AC, 2002, DADOS-REV CIENC SOC, V45, P303, DOI 10.1590/S0011-52582002000200005 Figueiredo Argelina Cheibub, 1999, EXECUTIVO LEGISLATIV GUIMARAES L, 2001, THESIS ESCOLA NACL S HALL PA, 1993, COMP POLIT, V25, P275, DOI 10.2307/422246 IMMERGUT EllenM, 1996, REV BRASILEIRA CIENC, V11, P139 Leibfried S., 1995, EUROPEAN SOCIAL POLI Lijphart A., 1984, DEMOCRACIES PATTERNS Lijphart A., 1999, PATTERNS DEMOCRACY G Mainwaring S, 1997, PRESIDENTIALISM DEMO Mansbridge Jane J., 1986, WHY WE LOST ERA MELO MA, 2002, REFORMAS CONSTITUCIO Pierson P, 1994, DISMANTLING WELFARE PINHEIRO MMS, 1998, 558 IPEA Samuels D, 2000, COMP POLIT, V33, P1, DOI 10.2307/422421 SANCHEZ OA, 2000, THESIS FFLCH USP SAO SEMEGHINI UC, FUNDEF CORRIGINDO DI Souza C, 2002, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V32, P23, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.pubjof.a004945 Stepan A, 1999, DADOS-REV CIENC SOC, V42, P197, DOI 10.1590/S0011-52581999000200001 TSEBELIS George, 1997, REV BRASILEIRA CIENC, V12, P89 *USP EESC FIPAI, 2000, PROJ DES MET AV PROG Weaver K., 1993, I MATTER WEIR M, 1988, POLITICS SOCIAL POLI NR 28 TC 24 Z9 44 U1 1 U2 9 PU IUPERJ PI RIO DE JANEIRO PA RUA DA MATRIZ 82, 22260 BOTAFOGO, RIO DE JANEIRO, BRAZIL SN 0011-5258 J9 DADOS-REV CIENC SOC JI Dados-Rev. Cienc. Sociais PY 2002 VL 45 IS 3 BP 431 EP 458 DI 10.1590/S0011-52582002000300004 PG 28 WC Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary SC Social Sciences - Other Topics GA 638JJ UT WOS:000180567600004 OA DOAJ Gold, Green Published DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Braun, D Bullinger, AB Walti, S AF Braun, D Bullinger, AB Walti, S TI The influence of federalism on fiscal policy making SO EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF POLITICAL RESEARCH LA English DT Article ID MATTER AB This article attempts to refine the statement that federal states face difficulties in fiscal policy making because of the territorial division of powers by comparing two federal countries, Canada and Germany, These two countries differ in terms of their type of federalism: Canada displaying a power-separation system and Germany corresponding to a power-sharing type. According to the authors, the territorial factor influences fiscal policy making through the distribution of taxing and spending powers as well as through patterns of intergovernmental relations. The use of fiscal policy instruments and the likely effects on conflict and cooperation in those two countries is discussed with empirical evidence. The authors come to the conclusion that federalism is indeed a constraint on fiscal policy making, but that the two types of power division face different obstacles and deal differently with fiscal problems. In the power-separation system of Canada, the federal government has encompassing competencies to use fiscal policy instruments unilaterally and without restraint, but faces a lack of concerted action with the provinces which reduces its scope of action in fiscal policy making. In the power-sharing system in Germany, concerted action facilitates macroeconomic stabilisation strategies but the compulsory negotiation system distorts the use,of fiscal policy instruments by distributive bargaining. C1 Univ Lausanne, Inst Political Sci & Int Studies, CH-1015 Lausanne, Switzerland. Forum Federat, Ottawa, ON, Canada. Georgetown Univ, Georgetown Publ Policy Inst, Washington, DC 20057 USA. RP Braun, D (reprint author), Univ Lausanne, Inst Political Sci & Int Studies, BFSH2, CH-1015 Lausanne, Switzerland. OI Braun, Dietmar/0000-0003-0974-747X CR Abromeit H, 1992, VERKAPPTE EINHEITSST Banting K., 1995, EUROPEAN SOCIAL POLI Banting Keith, 1987, WELFARE STATE CANADI BAUMOL WJ, 1988, EC PRINCIPLES POLICY BRAUN D, 2000, PUBLIC POLICY FEDERA Busch Andreas, 1995, PREISSTABILITATSPOLI Castles FG, 1999, EUR J POLIT RES, V36, P27, DOI 10.1111/1475-6765.00462 Chandler William M., 1987, FEDERALISM ROLE STAT, P149 Colomer J. M., 1995, GAME THEORY TRANSITI CROISAT M, 1995, FEDERALISME DEMOCRAT DUPRE J, 1985, INTERGOVERNMENTAL RE, V63, P1 GRAY G, 1991, FEDERALISM HLTH POLI Immergut Ellen, 1992, STRUCTURING POLITICS, P57 Inman RP, 1997, J ECON PERSPECT, V11, P43, DOI 10.1257/jep.11.4.43 KIRCHGASSNER G, 1990, EVOLUTION PUBLIC FIN KNOTT JH, 1981, MANAGING GERMAN EC B LAUFER H, 1998, FODERATIVE SYSTEM BU LEVACIC R, 1996, ENCY GOVT POLITICS, V2, P656 Lijphart A., 1999, PATTERNS DEMOCRACY PAINTER M, 1991, CAN J POLIT SCI, V24, P269, DOI 10.1017/S0008423900005084 PERRY DB, 1997, CANADIAN TAX PAPERS, V2 RENZSCH W, 1999, 50 JAHRE BUNDESREPUB, P363 Rocher Francois, 1995, NEW TRENDS CANADIAN, P91 ROSEACKERMAN S, 1981, J POLIT ECON, V89, P152, DOI 10.1086/260955 SALLY SR, 1994, GERMAN POLITICS, V3, P24 Scharpf F., 1997, GAMES REAL ACTORS PL Scharpf F. W., 1987, SOZIALDEMOKRATISCHE Scharpf F. W., 1994, OPTIONEN FODERALISMU SCHARPF FW, 1988, PUBLIC ADMIN, V66, P239, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9299.1988.tb00694.x Schauer D B, 1994, Trends Microbiol, V2, P219, DOI 10.1016/0966-842X(94)90625-4 Schmidt MG, 1996, EUR J POLIT RES, V30, P155, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1996.tb00673.x Schultze R.-O., 1990, Z PARLAMENTSFRAGEN, V21, P475 SHAPIRO EJ, 1978, MACROECONOMIC ANAL SHEIKH MA, 1999, 1999 TAX POL C Smiley D. V., 1985, INTRASTATE FEDERALIS, V39 Smiley Donald V., 1987, FEDERAL CONDITION CA Spahn P. B., 1997, FINANCING DECENTRALI, P103 Spahn Paul Bernd, 1997, FISCAL FEDERALISM TH, P226 TSEBELIS G, 1995, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V25, P289, DOI 10.1017/S0007123400007225 Tsebelis G., 1997, BICAMERALISM WACHENDORFERSCH.U, 2000, FEDERALISM POLITICAL WAGSCHAL U, 1996, STAATSVERSCHULDUNGH WEINGAST BR, 1995, J LAW ECON ORGAN, V11, P1 Wibbels E, 2000, AM J POLIT SCI, V44, P687, DOI 10.2307/2669275 Zintl R., 1992, HORIZONTALE POLITIKV, P97 NR 45 TC 11 Z9 11 U1 0 U2 11 PU BLACKWELL PUBL LTD PI OXFORD PA 108 COWLEY RD, OXFORD OX4 1JF, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0304-4130 J9 EUR J POLIT RES JI Eur. J. Polit. Res. PD JAN PY 2002 VL 41 IS 1 BP 115 EP 145 DI 10.1111/1475-6765.00006 PG 31 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 530WF UT WOS:000174381400006 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Shull, SA Shaw, TC AF Shull, SA Shaw, TC TI Determinants of presidents' legislative support in the House, 1949-1995 SO SOCIAL SCIENCE JOURNAL LA English DT Article AB This paper has several purposes. First, it illustrates the changing nature of research on presidential-congressional relations. In general, scholarship has moved away from viewing the president as the dominant actor in the relationship, toward one of congressional influence, and ultimately toward emphasizing more equal power sharing between the two institutions. Second, we discuss our use of the most widely used measures of such relationships, presidents' legislative support and success and our rationale for choosing the former. Third, we introduce three broad environments of presidential-congressional relations in order to explain such support from what we call a multiple perspectives approach. We find that variables from each of the three environments are important in explaining presidential support in the House. Fourth, we control for policy areas using the two presidencies typology and observe significant differences in support by domestic and foreign policy. Our multivariate two stage least squares (2SLS) analysis explains considerable variance in support across all three models. Finally, we explicate how our approach improves our understanding of this important presidential-congressional interaction. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Inc. All rights reserved. C1 Univ New Orleans, Dept Polit Sci, New Orleans, LA 70127 USA. Univ Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH USA. RP Shull, SA (reprint author), Univ New Orleans, Dept Polit Sci, New Orleans, LA 70127 USA. CR Achen Christopher H., 1986, STAT ANAL QUASI EXPT [Anonymous], EC REPORT PRESIDENT ASHER HB, 1980, CAUSAL MODELING BERRY WD, 1984, RECURSIVE CAUSAL MOD Bond J, 1990, PRESIDENT LEGISLATIV BOND JR, 1980, LEGIS STUD QUART, V5, P69, DOI 10.2307/439442 BOND JR, 1996, RIVALS POWER PRESIDE, P103 Brace P., 1992, FOLLOW LEADER BRADY D, 1998, REVOLVING GRIDLOCK *C Q INC, C ROLL CALL ANN *C Q INC, C Q ALM ANN Clausen Aage R., 1973, CONGRESSMEN DECIDE P COLLIER K, 1995, J POLIT, V57, P197, DOI 10.2307/2960278 Dahl R., 1963, MODERN POLITICAL ANA Davidson Roger, 1996, C ITS MEMBERS Easton D, 1965, FRAMEWORK POLITICAL EDWARDS GC, 1985, J POLIT, V47, P667, DOI 10.2307/2130902 EDWARDS GC, 1991, AM J POLIT SCI, V34, P724 Edwards George C., 1989, MARGINS PRESIDENTIAL Edwards III George C., 1980, PRESIDENTIAL INFLUEN FROMAN LA, 1963, C THEIR CONSTITUENTS Gleiber DW, 1998, AM POLIT QUART, V26, P366, DOI 10.1177/1532673X9802600305 GLEIBER DW, 1992, WESTERN POLIT QUART, V45, P441, DOI 10.2307/448720 Huntington Samuel, 1961, COMMON DEFENSE STRAT King Gary, 1988, ELUSIVE EXECUTIVE Kingdon John W., 1978, CONGRESSMENS VOTING LeLoup L. T., 1999, PRESIDENT C COLLABOR LELOUP LT, 1991, 2 PRESIDENCIES QUART, P36 Light Paul, 1982, PRESIDENTS AGENDA LOWI TJ, 1964, WORLD POLIT, V16, P677, DOI 10.2307/2009452 MAYHEW DR, 1992, DIVIDED WE GOVERN Mezey Michael, 1989, C PRESIDENT PUBLIC P MOUW C, 1992, W POLITICAL Q, V41, P579 Neustadt R. E., 1960, PRESIDENTIAL POWER P Norusis M.J., 1994, SPSS PROFESSIONAL ST Orfield G, 1975, C POWER C SOCIAL CHA Ornstein Norman, 1996, VITAL STAT C 1995 19 PATTERSON SC, 1988, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V18, P111, DOI 10.1017/S000712340000497X Peterson Mark A., 1990, LEGISLATING TOGETHER PRITCHARD A, 1986, AM J POLIT SCI, V30, P480, DOI 10.2307/2111105 RAGSDALE L, 1998, VITAL STAT PRESIDENC RIVERS D, 1985, AM J POLIT SCI, V29, P183, DOI 10.2307/2111162 ROBINSON JA, 1967, C FOREING POLICY MAK Rossiter Clinton L., 1956, AM PRESIDENCY Shull S., 1991, 2 PRESIDENCIES QUART Shull S. A., 1997, PRESIDENTIAL C RELAT SPERLICH PW, 1975, PERSPECTIVES PRESIDE, P406 SPITZER RJ, 1983, PRESIDENCY PUBLIC PO STANLEY HW, 1996, VITAL STAT AM POLITI SULLIVAN T, 1991, AM J POLIT SCI, V35, P686, DOI 10.2307/2111561 Sundquist James L., 1968, POLITICS POLICY EISE THURBER JA, 1996, RIVALS POWER PRESIDE TURNER J, 1951, PARTY CONSTITUENCY P WHITE KJ, 1990, SHAZAM Wildavsky Aaron, 1991, 2 PRESIDENCIES QUART, P11 NR 55 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 7 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0362-3319 J9 SOC SCI J JI Soc. Sci. J. PY 2002 VL 39 IS 3 BP 381 EP 398 AR PII S0362-3319(02)00205-7 DI 10.1016/S0362-3319(02)00205-7 PG 18 WC Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary SC Social Sciences - Other Topics GA 596UE UT WOS:000178183900005 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Negretto, GL AF Negretto, GL TI Negotiating presidential powers: Reform and constitutional change in Argentina SO DESARROLLO ECONOMICO-REVISTA DE CIENCIAS SOCIALES LA Spanish DT Article ID EASTERN-EUROPE; SYSTEMS AB This article develops an analytic framework to explain the power-concentrating or power-sharing qualities of the institutions of government created in a constitution-making process. It argues that, within some general options of design, the different systems of distributing power between government and opposition can be explained in terms of three causal factors: the electoral expectations of the actors, the resources and strategies that determine their bargaining power, and the procedural rules under which constitutions are made. This framework is used to explain the different constraints that the constitutional reform of 1994 in Argentina placed on the structure of presidential powers in this country as well as to understand, more generally, the logic of constitutional change in Latin America. C1 Ctr Invest & Docencia Econ, Div Estudios Polit, Mexico City, DF, Mexico. RP Negretto, GL (reprint author), Ctr Invest & Docencia Econ, Div Estudios Polit, Ciudad Mexico, Mexico City, DF, Mexico. CR Ackerman Bruce, 1991, WE PEOPLE Acuna Carlos, 1995, NUEVA MATRIZ POLITIC, P115 ALFONSIN R, 1995, DEMOCRACIA CONSENSO Arato Andrew, 1995, CARDOZO LAW REV, V17, P191 BAAKLINI A, 1989, REV BRASILEIRA CIENC, V1, P165 Boix C, 1999, AM POLIT SCI REV, V93, P609, DOI 10.2307/2585577 BONIMEBLANC A, 1987, SPAINS TRANSITION DE BOTANA N, 1991, REFORMA I CAMBIO POL, P47 BRAMS SJ, 1990, NEGOTIATION GAMES AP Brennan G., 1985, REASON RULES CONSTIT Buchanan James, 1962, CALCULUS CONSENT Buchanan James M., 1989, J THEORETICAL POLITI, V1, P49, DOI DOI 10.1177/0951692889001001004 Carey John M, 1998, EXECUTIVE DECREE AUT Colomer J. M., 1995, GAME THEORY TRANSITI Colomer Josep M, 2000, STRATEGIC TRANSITION *CONS CONS DEM, 1986, REF CONST DIC PREL *CONS CONS DEM, 1987, REF CONST SEG DICL DERIZ L, 1995, SOCIEDAD Elster J, 1995, DUKE LAW J, V45, P364, DOI 10.2307/1372906 ELSTER J, 1993, PUBLIC ADMIN, V71, P169, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9299.1993.tb00972.x ELSTER J, 1991, U CHICAGO LAW REV, V58, P447, DOI 10.2307/1599963 Elster J., 1991, ARGUING BARGAINING 2 ELSTER J, 1995, REVOLUSJON RESONNEME, P67 Elster J, 1992, CARDOZO LAW REV, V14, P549 ELSTER J, 1991, COOL LECT U MICH LAW Elster J., 1998, DELIBERATIVE DEMOCRA Elster J., 1989, CEMENT SOC Elster Jon, 1993, POLITICAL PSYCHOL Elster Jon, 1995, BARRIERS CONFLICT RE, P236 FEREJOHN J, 1991, EC APPROACH POLITICS Garcia Lema Alberto M., 1994, REFORMA DENTRO Geddes B., 1996, I DESIGN NEW DEMOCRA GEDDES B, 1990, 1990 REUN AM POL SCI GELLI MA, 1992, LEY, P533 GELLI MA, 1994, LEY C, P291 GERCHUNOFF PABLO, 1996, DESARROLLO EC, V36 GORETTI M, 1998, EXECUTIVE DECREE AUT, P33 GORETTI M, 1995, AGORA, V3, P75 GUNTHER R, 1993, DO I MATTER Habermas J., 1981, THEORY COMMUNICATIVE Hardin Russell, 1989, FEDERALIST PAPERS NE HECKATHORN DD, 1987, AM J POLIT SCI, V31, P142, DOI 10.2307/2111328 JILLSON C, 1987, CONSTITUTION MAKING JILLSON CC, 1984, AM J POLIT SCI, V28, P435, DOI 10.2307/2110899 Jones MP, 1997, PRESIDENTIALISM DEMO, P259 JUNG C, 1996, DEMOCRACYS PLACE Kavka Gregory, 1986, HOBBESSIAN MORAL POL Knight J., 1992, I SOCIAL CONFLICT LIJPHART A, 1984, DEMOCRACLES PATTERNS Lijphart Arend, 1992, J THEORETICAL POLITI, V4, P207 Mainwaring S, 1997, PRESIDENTIALISM DEMO McCoy JL, 1999, J DEMOCR, V10, P64, DOI 10.1353/jod.1999.0049 Molinelli G., 1996, POSTDATA NOV, p[83, 59] Molinelli Guillermo, 1999, C PRES JUST ARG BUEN MUSTAPCI AM, 1995, AGORA, P61 NALEBUFF B, 1991, STRATEGY CHOICE, P161 NEGRETTO G, 2000, ISONOMIA MAR NEGRETTO G, 2001, REUN AN 2001 AM POL NEGRETTO G, 1999, J EUROPEAN SOCIO FAL, P193 NEGRETTO GABRIEL, 1994, PROBLEMA EMERGENCIA NEGRETTO GL, 2000, THESIS COLUMBIA U NINO C, 1994, CIUDAD FUTURA, V38 Nino Carlos S., 1992, FUNDAMENTOS DERECHO ONEILL B, 1996, NEGOTIATION ANAL, P87 ORDERSHOOK P, 1992, CONSTITUTIONAL POLIT, V4, P137 PADILLA AJ, 1986, CRITERIO, P577 Palermo Vicente, 1996, POLITICA PODER GOBIE Przeworski A., 1991, DEMOCRACY MARKET Raiffa H., 1982, ART SCI NEGOTIATION SARTORI G, 1994, COMP CONSTITUTIONAL SCHIEMANN J, 1998, RISK RADICALISM REGI Schmidt Gregory D., 1998, EXECUTIVE DECREE AUT Shelling T, 1960, STRATEGY CONFLICT Shugart M, 1992, PRESIDENT ASSEMBLIES TSEBELIS G, 1995, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V25, P289, DOI 10.1017/S0007123400007225 TSEBELIS G, 1990, NESTED GAMES Verbitsky Horacio, 1993, HACER CORTE VIDAL A, 1995, C TRAMP BUEN AIR PLA Weingast BR, 1997, AM POLIT SCI REV, V91, P245, DOI 10.2307/2952354 ZHAO SS, 1996, POWER BY DESIGN CONS NR 80 TC 4 Z9 4 U1 0 U2 6 PU INST DESAROLLO ECON SOCIAL PI BUENOS AIRES PA AROAZ 2838, 1425 BUENOS AIRES, ARGENTINA SN 0046-001X J9 DESARROLLO ECON JI Desarro. Econ.-Rev. Cienc. Soc. PD OCT-DEC PY 2001 VL 41 IS 163 BP 411 EP 444 DI 10.2307/3456008 PG 34 WC Economics SC Business & Economics GA 514UY UT WOS:000173460500002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Fung, A AF Fung, A TI What makes the local? A brief consideration of the rejuvenation of Hong Kong identity SO CULTURAL STUDIES LA English DT Article DE Asian cultural studies; decolonization; empirical research; icon; identity; label politics; nationalism AB This paper ascertains what makes the local and why the local is important, in the context of change in Hong Kong due to the political transition to PRC sovereignty. In doing so, I hope to pose a modest polemical challenge to cultural studies' tendency to overlook seemingly simplistic empirical information. The return of Hong Kong to China in 1997 has led to a contraction of the political sphere, as the convergence of political structures curbed the development of local identities. The label or category 'Hong Kong people' was then appropriated with a specific meaning for the local to resist encroachment of the national. It was true that the high intensity of dominant national discourses during the political transition created a favourable atmosphere for re-nationalization. However, as soon as the political transition was over, Hong Kongers re-adhered to their own label in their struggle for cultural autonomy. Their strong cultural affect toward various national icons during the transition quickly diminished. This multiyear discourse study (1996-1998), which utilizes social scientific methods in conjunction with cultural theories, illustrates important political and methodological impulses necessary for the formulation of a socio-political approach to cultural studies within the Hong Kong context. C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Sch Journalism & Commun, Sha Tin 100083, Hong Kong, Peoples R China. RP Fung, A (reprint author), Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Sch Journalism & Commun, Sha Tin 100083, Hong Kong, Peoples R China. CR Abbas Ackbar, 1997, HONG KONG CULTURE PO BENNETT WL, 1995, J COMMUN, V45, P20, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-2466.1995.tb00742.x Dayan D, 1992, MEDIA EVENTS DEGOLYER M, 1987, HONG KONG REPORT 199 Ma Eric K.W., 1999, PRESS POLITICS HONG NR 5 TC 35 Z9 35 U1 0 U2 7 PU ROUTLEDGE PI HANTS PA CUSTOMER SERVICES DEPT, RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE, HANTS RG24 8PR, ENGLAND SN 0950-2386 J9 CULT STUD JI Cult. Stud. PD JUL PY 2001 VL 15 IS 3-4 BP 591 EP 601 DI 10.1080/095023800110046713 PG 11 WC Anthropology; Cultural Studies SC Anthropology; Cultural Studies GA 479EV UT WOS:000171391700009 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Drover, G Leung, KK AF Drover, G Leung, KK TI Nationalism and trade liberalization in Quebec and Taiwan SO PACIFIC AFFAIRS LA English DT Article AB Globalization and trade liberalization are modifying the organizational and political context in which nationalism enhances regional and sub-regional identities. In Quebec, nationalists have exploited the liberalization of free trade in North America to strengthen the case for independence. In Taiwan, the opening of trade with the mainland and Southeast Asia has challenged nationalists to search for an acceptable political discourse that recognizes and accommodates regional autonomy while respecting constitutional guarantees. In both territories, therefore, political, business and intellectual elites have used trade liberalization to shape nationalist agendas and enhance autonomy. At the same time, trade liberalization also has served to weaken the case for nationalism because it strengthens economic ties between the two territories and the respective nation states of which they are a part. Hence, the relationship between nationalism and trade liberalization is a double-edged sword. It gives scope to nationalist aspirations while moderating the outcome. As a consequence, while trade liberalization seems to provide a platform for Quebec to transcend the status quo, it is more likely in the case of Taiwan to maintain it. C1 Dalhousie Univ, Sch Social Work, Halifax, NS B3H 3J5, Canada. City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Appl Social Studies, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China. RP Drover, G (reprint author), Dalhousie Univ, Sch Social Work, Halifax, NS B3H 3J5, Canada. CR ARNASON J, 1990, GLOBAL CULTURE NATL, P224 BERNARD A, 1978, WHAT DOES QUEBEC WAN BERNIER MI, 1991, MAINTIEN ACCES MARCH, P15 Bienefeld M., 2000, NATL PERSPECTIVES NE, P195 Bissoondath Neil, 1995, YOU LOVE THIS COUNTR CAMPBELL R, 1989, REAL WORLD CANADIAN, P353 Chazan N., 1991, IRREDENTISM INT POLI, P9 *COMM AV POL CONST, 1991, RAPP COMM AV POL CON Courchene Thomas J., 1998, HEARTLAND N AM REGIO *DEM PROGR PART, 1995, 1 NAT C PART NOV 10 DOERN GB, 1991, FREE TRADE STORY FAI Dufour Christian, 1989, CANADIAN CHALLENGE D DURUFLE G, 1995, QUEBEC FREE TRADE MA FATEMI K, 2000, NEW WORLD ORDER INT FORBES JD, 1993, GLOBAL VISIONS NEW W, P233 GAGNON AG, 1991, ALLAIRE BELANGER CAM, P200 Gellner E, 1997, NATIONS NATL Gibson Gordon, 1994, PLAN B FUTURE REST C GOLD T, 1994, CULTURAL CHANGES POS, P57 HOWE C, 1996, CHINA Q, P1188 HUANG XM, 1996, DYNAMICS DILEMMA MAI, P45 Hughes Christopher, 1997, TAIWAN CHINESE NATL, P95 JESSOP B, REGIONALISM SUBREGIO, P17 Jessop B, 1999, STATE CULTURE STATE, P378 JOHNSON W, 1994, MIRAGE QUEBEC ENTRE, P268 KEATING M, 1997, DEFIS NATL MODERN QU, P112 KLINTWORTH G, 1994, TAIWAN ASIA PACIFIC, P27 LACHAPELLE G, 1995, QUEBEC FREE TRADE MA Lawrence R. Z, 1996, REGIONALISM MULTILAT LENG TK, 1998, ISSUE STUDIES, V34, P140 LI DH, 1999, TAIWANS POSITION, P155 LUO Q, 1998, EC INTEREST VS POLIT, P7 *MAINL AFF COUNC R, 1999, MAINL AFF COUNC STAT MARCHILDON G, 1995, ANN AM ACAD, P151 Martlew M., 1995, LEARN INSTR, V5, P1, DOI DOI 10.1016/0959-4752(94)00014-G MATTLI W, LOGIC REGIONAL INTEG Naisbitt J., 1994, GLOBAL PARADOX BIGGE NGO TW, 1993, B CONCERN ASIA SCHOL, V25, P3 Ohmae K., 1995, END NATION STATE RIS PARELLA A, 1995, QUEBEC FREE TRADE MA, P278 QUEBECOIS P, 1993, QUEBEC MONDE NOUVEAU RESNICK P, 1990, LETT QUEBECOIS FRIEN Resnick Philip, 1991, CANADA QUEBEC UNION ROBERTSON JA, 1987, HASTINGS CENT REP, V17, P23, DOI 10.2307/3563180 SALEE D, 1997, JOINING TOGETHER STA, P73 SANDER H, 1995, INT EC INTEGRATION, P213 STUBBS R, 1994, POLITICAL EC CHANGIN, P366 SUM NL, 2001, REGIONALISM SUBREGIO, P35 SUM NL, REGIONALISM SUBREGIO, P89 Taylor Ch, 1993, RECONCILING SOLITUDE Thant M., 1994, GROWTH TRIANGLES ASI TREMBLAY R, 1991, BROKEN LINKS TRADE R, P76 TSANG SK, 1996, GREATER CHINA POLITI, P28 WACHMAN A, 1994, TAIWAN NATL IDENTITY, P16 WANG JH, REGIONALISM SUBREGIO 1999, MING PAO 0621 1998, MING PAO 1209 1991, COMMISSION AVENIR PO, P55 NR 58 TC 5 Z9 5 U1 0 U2 0 PU PACIFIC AFFAIRS UNIV BRITISH COLUMBIA PI VANCOUVER PA #164-1855 WEST MALL, VANCOUVER, BC V6T 1Z2, CANADA SN 0030-851X J9 PAC AFF JI Pac. Aff. PD SUM PY 2001 VL 74 IS 2 BP 205 EP + DI 10.2307/2672078 PG 22 WC Area Studies SC Area Studies GA 461EC UT WOS:000170351100003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Byrne, S AF Byrne, S TI Consociational and civic society approaches to peacebuilding in Northern Ireland SO JOURNAL OF PEACE RESEARCH LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Conference on Mediation Theory and Identity Disputes CY FEB, 1998 CL DETROIT, MICHIGAN ID CONFLICT; SECURITY AB A number of consociational power-sharing initiatives are compared to explore some of the reasons why the elite conflict regulation model has not settled the Northern Ireland conflict. In the period 1972-85, four at-tempts by the British government to formulate and implement a power-sharing government within Northern Ireland failed as a result of the recalcitrance of one or other of the mainstream political parties. The 1985 Anglo-Irish Agreement (AIA) ended the Unionist veto and included the Irish government in the political process to find a solution. Since 1985, four efforts by both governments to establish a devolved power-sharing government have included previously marginalized political groups in the political process. In this article, I argue that since the 1985 AZA the bilateral external ethno-guarantors - the British and Irish governments - have contained the conflict by using a coercive consociational approach to elite conflict management. Since 1985, four efforts to promote contact between Unionists and Nationalists at all levels and all points show promise in reframing the conflict from resources and interests to identity needs. Such a transformational approach is necessary to open up thinking about conflict and in constructing a multimodal, multilevel contingency approach to peace building and conflict settlement in Northern Ireland. C1 Nova SE Univ, Dept Dispute Resolut, Ft Lauderdale, FL 33314 USA. RP Byrne, S (reprint author), Nova SE Univ, Dept Dispute Resolut, Ft Lauderdale, FL 33314 USA. CR AGNEW J, 1994, MASTERING SPACE HEGE Arthur Aughey, 1996, NO IRELAND POLITICS ARTHUR P, 1974, PEOPLES DEMOCRACY Bercovitch Jacop, 1992, MEDIATION INT RELATI Beresford David, 1987, 10 MEN DEAD STORY 19 BEW P, 1985, BRIT STATE ULSTER CR BEW P, 1995, NO IRELAND 1921 94 P Bloomfield David, 1996, PEACEMAKING STRATEGI BOWYERBELL J, 1974, SECRET ARMY HIST IRA BOYLE K, 1994, NO IRELAND CHOICE Brass Paul R., 1997, THEFT IDOL TEXT CONT BREWER MB, 1991, PERS SOC PSYCHOL B, V17, P475, DOI 10.1177/0146167291175001 Bruce Steve, 1986, GOD SAVE ULSTER RELI Buckland Patrick, 1981, HIST NO IRELAND Burton J., 1990, CONFLICT RESOLUTION Burton JW, 1986, INT CONFLICT RESOLUT, P40 Byrne JP, 1999, J MEDIEVAL HIST, V25, P35, DOI 10.1016/S0304-4181(98)00018-9 BYRNE S, 1998, SECUR DIOLOGUE, V29, P219 BYRNE S, 2000, RECONCILABLE DIFFERN Byrne S., 2000, NATL ETHNIC POLITICS, V6, P1 BYRNE S, 1997, GROWING DIVIDED SOCI BYRNE S, 1999, INT J GROUP TENSIONS, V28, P231 Byrne S., 2000, INT PEACEKEEPING, P97 Byrne S, 1995, TERROR POLIT VIOLENC, V7, P1, DOI 10.1080/09546559508427297 Byrne Sean, 1996, PEACE CONFLICT STUDI, V3, P52 CARMENT D, 1998, PEACE MIDST WARS PRE Carment David, 1997, WARS MIDST PEACE INT Cash J., 1996, IDENTITY IDEOLOGY CO Connor Walker, 1994, ETHNONATIONALISM QUE Coser Lewis, 1956, FUNCTIONS SOCIAL CON Cunningham Michael J, 1991, BRIT GOVT POLICY NO CUNNINGHAM MJ, 1994, BRIT GOVT NO IRELAND Diamond L., 1996, MULTITRACK DIPLOMACY Dixon P., 1997, NATL ETHNIC POLITICS, V3, P20 DIXON P, 1994, OUTCOMES BRIEFING, V4, P3 Dixon Paul, 2000, NO IRELAND POWER IDE Dixon Paul, 1997, DEMOCRATIZATION, V4, P1 Elliot Sydney, 1988, NO IRELAND ASSEMBLY ENLOE C, 1973, ETHNIC CONFLICT DEV Esman Milton J., 1994, ETHNIC POLITICS Farrell Michael, 1980, NO IRELAND ORANGE ST Fein Sinn, 1989, SINN FEIN SDLP TALKS Fisher R. J., 1996, INTERACTIVE CONFLICT Fisher R. J., 1996, RESOLVING INT CONFLI, P235 Fitzduff M., 1996, VIOLENCE CONFLICT RE Frensley NJ, 1998, J PEACE RES, V35, P167, DOI 10.1177/0022343398035002002 GAFFIKIN F, 1990, NO IRELAND THATCHER GALTUNG J, 1996, PEACE PEACEFUL MEANS Guelke A., 1988, NO IRELAND INT PERSP GURR TR, 1993, MINORITIES RISK GLOB Halpern Sue, 1986, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V9, P181 Harris Rosemary, 1972, PREJUDICE TOLERANCE Henderson Michael, 1994, ALL HER PATHS ARE PE Horowitz Donald L., 1985, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI Hume J., 1996, NEW IRELAND POLITICS *IR GOV, 1995, NEW FRAM AGR SHAR UN IRVIN C, 2001, POLITICS PRACTICE EX Irvin C., 1999, MILITANT NATL MOVEME IRVIN C, 2000, BREAKTHROUGH PEACE N, P167 KEETHAPONCALAN S, 1998, SRI LANKA J INT LAW, V10, P112 KELMAN H, 1997, NEGOTIATION J, V21, P327 Kelman HC, 1997, AM PSYCHOL, V52, P212 KLEIBOER M, 1998, MULTIPLE REALITIES I Kriesberg L., 1998, CONSTRUCTIVE CONFLIC Kriesberg Louis, 1982, SOCIAL CONFLICTS Lederach John Paul, 1997, BUILDING PEACE SUSTA Lederach John Paul, 1995, PREPARING PEACE CONF LEDERACH JP, 1999, J RECONCILIATION LENTZ T, 1972, TECHNOLOGY PEACE LIJPHART A, 1975, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V5, P83, DOI 10.1017/S000712340000805X Lijphart A, 1996, GOV OPPOS, V31, P267, DOI 10.1111/j.1477-7053.1996.tb01190.x LIJPHART A, 1969, WORLD POLIT, V21, P207, DOI 10.2307/2009820 Lijphart A., 1968, POLITICS ACCOMMODATI Lijphart A., 1984, DEMOCRACIES PATTERNS Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Love M. T., 1995, PEACE BUILDING RECON LUSTICK I, 1979, WORLD POLIT, V31, P325, DOI 10.2307/2009992 MCALLISTER I, 1977, NO IRELAND SOCIAL DE McCall C, 1998, EUR J POLIT RES, V33, P389, DOI 10.1111/1475-6765.00388 MCGARRY J, 1998, POLITICAL STUDIES, V46, P1 McGarry John, 1995, EXPLAINING NO IRELAN McSweeney B, 1996, SECUR DIALOGUE, V27, P167, DOI 10.1177/0967010696027002005 Miller D., 1978, QUEENS REBELS ULSTER MoxonBrowne E., 1983, NATION CLASS CREED N Northrup T. A., 1989, INTRACTABLE CONFLICT O'Leary Brendan, 1993, POLITICS ANTAGONISM OHANLON E, 1997, SUNDAY INDEPEND 0507 OLeary B, 1997, POLIT STUD-LONDON, V45, P663, DOI 10.1111/1467-9248.00103 OLEARY B, 1989, POLIT STUD-LONDON, V37, P562, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9248.1989.tb00289.x OMalley P., 1983, UNCIVIL WARS IRELAND Patterson H., 1979, STATE NO IRELAND 192 Pollak A, 1993, CITIZENS INQUIRY OPS Porter N., 1996, RETHINKING UNIONISM Roe P, 1999, J PEACE RES, V36, P183, DOI 10.1177/0022343399036002004 Ross Marc Howard, 1993, MANAGEMENT CONFLICT Rothman J., 1997, RESOLVING IDENTITY B Rothman Jay, 1992, CONFRONTATION COOPER RYAN S, 1990, ETHNIC CONFLICT INTE Schwerin E. W., 1995, MEDIATION CITIZEN EM Senehi J., 2000, RECONCILABLE DIFFERE, P96 Senehi J., 1996, MIND HUMAN INTERACTI, V7, P150 SIMMEL G, 1964, CONFLICT WEB GROUP A Smith A. D., 1991, NATL IDENTITY TAJFEL H, 1982, SOCIAL IDENTITY Todd J., 1996, DYNAMICS CONFLICT NO *ULST VOL FORC, 1994, COMB Volkan V., 1998, BLOOD LINES ETHNIC P Wallis R., 1986, NO SURRENDER PAISLEY Whyte J., 1990, INTERPRETING NO IREL WILSON T, 1989, ULSTER CONFLICT CONS WOEHRLE LM, 2000, SOCIAL CONFLICTS COL, P1 Woolpert Stephen, 1998, TRANSFORMATIONAL POL Wright F., 1987, NO IRELAND COMP ANAL Zartman William I., 1995, ELUSIVE PEACE NEGOTI NR 114 TC 37 Z9 37 U1 0 U2 4 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 6 BONHILL STREET, LONDON EC2A 4PU, ENGLAND SN 0022-3433 J9 J PEACE RES JI J. Peace Res. PD MAY PY 2001 VL 38 IS 3 BP 327 EP 352 DI 10.1177/0022343301038003004 PG 26 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA 437QU UT WOS:000169005700004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Ladner, A AF Ladner, A TI Swiss political parties: Between persistence and change SO WEST EUROPEAN POLITICS LA English DT Article ID DEMOCRACY; SYSTEMS AB The Swiss party system has long been noteworthy both for its large number of parties and its stability. The parties themselves are considered to be weak with a low level of professionalisation and a high degree of internal fragmentation. This analysis questions these assumptions on a broader empirical basis. It takes up the recent electoral success of the Swiss People's Party, which seriously disturbs traditional arrangements of power sharing. For a better understanding of the ongoing changes, it also takes a closer look at developments on the level of the party organisation. The focus is not only on the national party system and its parties, but also includes the very important cantonal level. There have been significant changes affecting the Swiss parties, and a reorganisation of the party system has become more likely. C1 Univ Bern, Inst Polit Sci, CH-3012 Bern, Switzerland. RP Ladner, A (reprint author), Univ Bern, Inst Polit Sci, CH-3012 Bern, Switzerland. RI Ladner, Andreas/M-2745-2014 OI Ladner, Andreas/0000-0002-2975-1524 CR Armingeon Klaus., 1998, SCHWEIZER WAHLEN 199, P273 Brandle Michael, 1999, SWISS POLITICAL SCI, V5, P11 Caramani D., 1996, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V19, P205 Duverger Maurice, 1959, POLITISCHEN PARTEIEN Epstein Leon D, 1967, POLITICAL PARTIES W FAGAGNINI HP, 1978, SCHWEIZERISCHES JB P, P75 Geser H., 1994, SCHWEIZER LOKALPARTE GRUNER E, 1984, HDB POLITISCHES SYST, V2, P150 GRUNER E, 1977, PARTEIEN SCHWEIZ, P25 GRUNER E, 1964, POLIT VIERTELJAHR, P203 GRUNER E, 1983, STIMMBURGER NEUE POL, P43 HIRTER H, 2000, WAHLEN 1999, P21 HUG S, 1994, ELITES POLITIQUES PE, P86 Katz Richard S., 1994, AM REV POLITICS, V14, P593, DOI DOI 10.15763/ISSN.2374-7781.1993.14.0.593-617 KATZ RS, 1995, PARTY POLIT, V1, P5, DOI 10.1177/1354068895001001001 KATZ RS, 1992, EUR J POLIT RES, V22, P329, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1992.tb00316.x KATZ RS, 1990, 12 WORLD C SOC MADR, P5 KERR HH, 1987, PARTY SYSTEMS DENMAR, P111 Kirchheimer O., 1965, POLIT VIERTELJAHR, V6, P20 KRIESI H, 1986, SCHWEIZERISCHES JB P, P337 KRIESI H, 1995, SYSTEME POLITIQUE SU, P131 Kriesi Hanspeter, 1998, SCHWEIZER WAHLEN 199, P17 LAAKSO M, 1979, COMP POLIT STUD, V12, P3, DOI 10.1177/001041407901200101 Ladner A, 1999, PARTY POLIT, V5, P283, DOI 10.1177/1354068899005003002 LADNER A, 1999, FACT SHEETS WANDEL S Ladner A., 1999, HDB SCHWEIZER POLITI, P213 Ladner Andreas, 1991, POLITISCHE GEMEINDEN LIJPHART A, 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC, P22 LINDER W, 1999, SCHWEIZERISCHE DEMOK, P81 Lipset Seymour Martin, 1967, PARTY SYSTEMS VOTER, P1 LONGCHAMP C, 1994, UNTERSTUTZUNG BUNDES, P25 MAGUIRE M, 1983, W EUROPEAN PARTY SYS, P78 MAIR P, 2001, PARTY POLITICS JAN, P5 MAIR P, 1994, PARTIES ORGANIZE CHA, P5 MAIR P, 1990, W EUROPEAN PARTY SYS, P18 NEIDHART L, 1986, SCHWEIZERISCHES JB P, P41 Neumann S., 1956, MODERN POLITICAL PAR Panebianco Angelo, 1988, POLITICAL PARTIES PEDERSEN MN, 1979, EUR J POLIT RES, V7, P1, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1979.tb01267.x RICKENBACHER I, 1995, POLITISCHE KOMMUNIKA, P13 ROSE R, 1970, POLIT STUD-LONDON, V18, P287, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9248.1970.tb00436.x ROSE R, 1990, W EUROPEAN PARTY SYS, P185 SANI G, 1983, W EUROPEAN PARTY SYS, P322 Sartori G., 1976, PARTIES PARTY SYSTEM, VI Schmitt Hermann, 1995, CITIZENS STATE, P95 SEILER DL, 1987, POUVOIRS, V43, P119 WIESLI R, 1999, POLITIK ALS BERUF PO, P5 NR 47 TC 28 Z9 28 U1 0 U2 2 PU FRANK CASS CO LTD PI ESSEX PA NEWBURY HOUSE, 900 EASTERN AVE, NEWBURY PARK, ILFORD, ESSEX IG2 7HH, ENGLAND SN 0140-2382 J9 WEST EUR POLIT JI West Eur. Polit. PD APR PY 2001 VL 24 IS 2 BP 123 EP + DI 10.1080/01402380108425436 PG 23 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 440VE UT WOS:000169194600007 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Peiris, GL AF Peiris, GL TI New directions: a south Asian perspective SO INTERNATIONAL SOCIAL SCIENCE JOURNAL LA English DT Article AB The central challenge facing countries of the developing world such as Sri Lanka is how to reconcile ethnic and cultural diversity with the concept of mature and cohesive nationhood. This is especially so where a federation is created not by the traditional pattern of independent entities coming together, but by devolution from a unitary state to one involving power sharing. In such situations there are always fears that federalism is a precursor of dismemberment or disintegration. What is needed is to reconcile competing objectives for a strong and effective centre and for recognition of cultural and ethnic diversity. This may require hybrid or quasi-federal structures that do not fit neatly into unitary or federal categories. In attempting to achieve this reconciliation practicalities may require asymmetrical devolution, but this in turn may provoke emotional resistance to special or disparate treatment of particular minorities. Nor is devolution by itself sufficient, To be viable there must be suitable mechanisms to resolve intergovernmental disputes, Particularly important if confrontation and polarisation are to be minimised is emphasis upon compromise and proportionality and a public respect for pluralism, secularism, and representative democracy. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 1 PU BLACKWELL PUBL LTD PI OXFORD PA 108 COWLEY RD, OXFORD OX4 1JF, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0020-8701 J9 INT SOC SCI J JI Int. Soc. Sci. J. PD MAR PY 2001 VL 53 IS 1 BP 19 EP + PG 6 WC Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary SC Social Sciences - Other Topics GA 433HR UT WOS:000168754400003 OA DOAJ Gold DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Watts, R AF Watts, R TI Models of federal power sharing SO INTERNATIONAL SOCIAL SCIENCE JOURNAL LA English DT Article AB Concurrent contemporary pressures for both larger and smaller political units have contributed to the appeal of federal political systems as a way of reconciling both these pressures and of accommodating social diversity within a polity. Among the major federal institutional models that have resulted have been unions, constitutionally decentralised unions, federations, confederations, federacies, associated states, condominiums, leagues, joint functional authorities, and hybrids. Furthermore, within each of these forms there has been considerable variation. Among federations, the issues in their design that have affected their operation have been: the number and character of the constituent units, the distribution of legislative and executive authority and financial resources, the degree of symmetry or asymmetry in the powers allocated to constituent units, the form and structure of the common federative institutions, the role of courts as adjudicative bodies, the constitutional recognition of individual and collective minority rights, and the processes for intergovernmental consultation, cooperation, and coordination. The successes and failures of federations during the past half-century point to four major lessons, which have a bearing on the ability of federations and more broadly federal systems to reconcile and manage social diversity. C1 Univ Quebec, St Foy, PQ G1V 2M3, Canada. RP Watts, R (reprint author), Univ Quebec, St Foy, PQ G1V 2M3, Canada. CR Agranoff Robert, 1999, ACCOMMODATING DIVERS Courchene Thomas J., 1995, CANADIAN J REGIONAL, V17, P1 de Villiers B, 1994, EVALUATING FEDERAL S Duchacek Ivo D., 1987, COMP FEDERALISM TERR Elazar Daniel, 1994, FEDERAL SYSTEMS WORL ELAZAR DANIEL J, 1987, EXPLORING FEDERALISM King P., 1982, FEDERALISM FEDERATIO WATTS L, 1999, COMP FEDERAL SYSTEMS Watts RL, 1998, ANNU REV POLIT SCI, V1, P117, DOI 10.1146/annurev.polisci.1.1.117 WATTS RL, 1999, SPENDING POWER FEDER NR 10 TC 13 Z9 13 U1 0 U2 0 PU BLACKWELL PUBL LTD PI OXFORD PA 108 COWLEY RD, OXFORD OX4 1JF, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0020-8701 J9 INT SOC SCI J JI Int. Soc. Sci. J. PD MAR PY 2001 VL 53 IS 1 BP 23 EP + DI 10.1111/1468-2451.00289 PG 11 WC Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary SC Social Sciences - Other Topics GA 433HR UT WOS:000168754400004 OA DOAJ Gold DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Fleiner, T AF Fleiner, T TI Facing diversity SO INTERNATIONAL SOCIAL SCIENCE JOURNAL LA English DT Article AB Ethnic diversity can fragment political communities, since in every multi-ethnic state conflicts arise that cannot be solved through a majority decision-making process. The issue of diversity is not only one of human rights, but in most cases an issue concerning the state and the classic majority principle of modem democracy. It is indispensable for the functioning of the state that it be legitimate for all communities. Diversity can be upheld in fragmented societies only on the basis of a trust among the different communities, in state institutions, state leaders, and institutional forms of power sharing. Federalism, regionalism, constitutions, governmental and electoral systems are institutions through which minorities and the majority are accepted as equal parts of the state and feel represented and protected, with consensus-driven democracy promoting diversity. Citizens' rights can promote diversity through affirmative action, through the 'state-action doctrine', and through collective rights when an effective court system exists. The inter national community increasingly claims the right to enforce minority rights based on international law. However there is no known case until now, where the international community has succeeded in upholding existing diversity by enforcement. C1 Univ Fribourg, Inst Federalism, CH-1700 Fribourg, Switzerland. RP Fleiner, T (reprint author), Univ Fribourg, Inst Federalism, CH-1700 Fribourg, Switzerland. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU BLACKWELL PUBL LTD PI OXFORD PA 108 COWLEY RD, OXFORD OX4 1JF, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0020-8701 J9 INT SOC SCI J JI Int. Soc. Sci. J. PD MAR PY 2001 VL 53 IS 1 BP 33 EP + DI 10.1111/1468-2451.00290 PG 9 WC Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary SC Social Sciences - Other Topics GA 433HR UT WOS:000168754400005 OA DOAJ Gold DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Roberts, M AF Roberts, M TI The burden of history: Obstacles to power sharing in Sri Lanka SO CONTRIBUTIONS TO INDIAN SOCIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB For around seventeen centuries the Sinhalese have sustained a historical consciousness through oral and written modes of transmission. These vamsa traditions emphasise the moment of civilisational state formation through the founding father Vijaya, a tale that enters modern history texts and thus receives the status of 'fact'. This tale enters contemporary verbal battles of legitimation between Sinhalese and Tamil protagonists. A recent article by Wickramasinghe indicates how the Vijaya story can be a central pillar in the refusal to countenance devolution of power to the Tamils in the north-east. His unelaborated reference to Vijaya indicates how the belief in the Sinhalese claims to original possession operates in semi-subterranean ways among those extremists who deny the need for autonomy on various constitutional grounds in the vocabulary of democracy. One such is the Sinhala Urumaya (Heritage) Party that emerged in mid-2000 and around which many lines of opposition to the government's 'Devolution Package' coalesced. Despite its poor electoral performance in October 2000, the SU represents a powerful strand of thinking that bears the values associated with the 'revolution of 1956', values which are now ingrained in all tire Sinhala-dominated parties. RP Roberts, M (reprint author), 1 Woodlark Grove, Adelaide, SA 5052, Australia. CR ABEYASINGHE TBH, 1984, J SRI LANKA NATL ARC, V2, P35 ABEYAWARDANA HAP, 1999, BOUNDARY DIVISIONS M Abeysinghe T. B. H., 1985, J ROY ASIATIC SOC, V30, P1 Anderson Benedict, 1991, IMAGINED COMMUNITIES Bandaranayake S, 1986, ROCK WALL PAINTINGS BASTIN Rohan, 1997, SRI LANKA COLLECTIVE, V1, P385 Berlin Isaiah, 1976, VICO HERDER 2 STUDIE BLACKBURN SH, 1985, HIST RELIGIONS, V24, P255, DOI 10.1086/462999 Brow James, 1996, DEMONS DEV STRUGGLE Carrithers M., 1983, FOREST MONKS SRI LAN CARTER C, 1996, SINHALESE ENGLISH DI Chatterjee Partha, 1994, SUBALTERN STUDIES, V8, P1 DANIEL EV, 1997, IDENTITY CONSCIOUSNE, P42 DESILVA DGB, 1998, J ROY ASIATIC SOC, V61, P153 DESILVA DGB, 2000, ISLAND SEP, P19 DESILVA WA, 1915, J ROY ASIATIC SOC, V68, P27 Dharmadasa K. N. O., 1972, MODERN CEYLON STUDIE, V3, P125 Dharmadasa K. N. O, 1992, LANGUAGE RELIG ETHNI DHARMADASA KNO, 1992, ETHNIC STUDIES REPOR, V10, P37 Duncan J., 1990, CITY TEXT POLITICS L FERGUSON D, 1904, J ROY ASIATIC SOC, V18, P166 Godakumbara C. E., 1961, HIST INDIA PAKISTAN, P72 Greenwald Alice, 1978, RELIG LEGITIMATION P, P13 Gunasekera S. L., 1996, TIGERS MODERATES PAN GUNASEKERA SL, 2000, SUNDAY TIMES 0806 GUNASEKERA SL, 2000, ISLAND 1007 GUNASEKERA SL, 2000, SUNDAY ISLAND 0917 GUNATILLEKE G, 1999, UNPUB 4 WORKSH MARG GUNAWARDANA RAL, 1995, HIST TIME CONFLICT Hellmann-Rajanayagam Dagmar, 1994, CONT S ASIA, V3, P3 HELLMANNRAJANAYAGAM D, 1989, INDIAN ECON SOC HIST, V26, P235, DOI 10.1177/001946468902600204 HELLMANRAJANAYA.D, 1994, TAMIL TIGERS ARMED S HELLMANRAJANAYA.D, 1992, NATL ETHNICITY POLIT, P25 Holt John, 1991, BUDDHA CROWN Hudson D., 1990, CRIMINAL GODS DEMON, P373 JAYASUNDERE H, 2000, ISLAND 0710 Kapferer Bruce, 1983, CELEBRATION DEMONS KEMPER S, 1991, PRESENCE PAST KULASURIYA A, 1978, CEYLON HIST J, V25, P1 KULASURIYA AS, 1990, SRI LANKA J HUMANITI, V16, P174 MALALGODA K, 1970, COMP STUDIES SOC HIS, V12, P434 MALALGODA K, 1999, 7 SRI LANK STUD C CA MENDIS GC, 1965, SENARAT PARANAVITANA, P263 NEVILL H, 1886, TOPROBANIAN, V1, P103 NEVILL H, 1886, TOPROBANIAN, V1, P74 Obeyesekere G., 1993, RELIG POLITICAL CONF, P135 OBEYESEKERE G, 1995, FUNDAMENTALISMS COMP, P231 OBEYESEKERE G., 1967, LAND TENURE VILLAGE Perera L. S., 1961, HIST INDIA PAKISTAN, P29 PIERIS PE, 1909, RIBEIROS HIST CEILAO, P244 PIERIS PE, 1995, TRI SINHALA LAST PHA Ponnambalam Satchi, 1983, SRI LANKA NATL QUEST Ponniah S., 1963, SATYAGRAHA FREEDOM M RAMASAMY S, 1997, PASSIONS TONGUE LANG RAMASWAMY S, 1994, CONTRIB INDIAN SOC, V28, P295, DOI 10.1177/0069966794028002004 Roberts M, 1997, J ASIAN STUD, V56, P1006, DOI 10.2307/2658297 ROBERTS M, 2000, IN PRESS ETHNIC RECO ROBERTS M, 2000, LANKA MONTHLY D 0106, V6, P27 ROBERTS M, 2000, PRAVADA, V6, P11 ROBERTS M, 2000, ISLAND MILLENNIUM ROBERTS M, 2001, UNPUB SINHALA OTHER Roberts M., 1994, EXPLORING CONFRONTAT Roberts M., 1982, CASTE CONFLICT ELITE ROBERTS M, 2000, MODERNIST THEORY TRI Roberts Michael, 1997, SRI LANKA COLLECTIVE, V1, P267 ROGERS JD, 1994, J ASIAN STUD, V53, P10, DOI 10.2307/2059524 Scott David, 1999, REFASHIONING FUTURES Seneviratne H.L., 1999, WORK KINGS Shulman D. D., 1986, ANOTHER HARMONY, P105 SOMARATNA HM, 1968, RAJASIHA HATANA Tambiah Stanley Jeyaraja., 1985, CULTURE THOUGHT SOCI THANINAYAGAM RXS, 1963, TAMIL CULTURE, V10, P1 VAMADEVA C, 1995, CONCEPT VANNANU TAMI Wickramasinghe M., 1973, ASPECTS SINHALESE CU WICKRAMASINGHE M, 2000, ISLAND 0428 WINSLOW D., 1984, SOCIAL ANAL, V16, P79 NR 76 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS PVT LTD PI NEW DELHI PA POST BOX 4125 M-32 MARKET, GREATER KAILASH-I, NEW DELHI 110 048, INDIA SN 0069-9667 J9 CONTRIB INDIAN SOC JI Contrib. India. Sociol. PD JAN-APR PY 2001 VL 35 IS 1 BP 65 EP 96 DI 10.1177/006996670103500104 PG 32 WC Sociology SC Sociology GA 478LQ UT WOS:000171348000004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Hadenius, A Karvonen, L AF Hadenius, A Karvonen, L TI The paradox of integration in intra-state conflicts SO JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL POLITICS LA English DT Article DE conflict management; ethnic conflicts; institutional context; intra-state conflict; security dilemma AB This article examines a seeming paradox in conflict theory. Integration and interdependence between groups is frequently seen as a conflict-preventing mechanism, and ample empirical evidence can be found in support of this view. All the same, it is apparent that conflicts do occasionally break out between interdependent groups and tend to be much more devastating than other conflicts; civil wars offer ample and tragic empirical illustrations. The authors argue that a security dilemma becomes acute in the relations between interdependent groups once the risk of a manifest conflict is there. It becomes imperative to try to strike first because the mutual vulnerability of the groups is so high. In connection with Lijphart's idea of consociationalism, the authors suggest that elite cooperation and power-sharing constitute potential ways out of the security dilemma. The creation of mutually credible, neutral institutions is the key to a lasting settlement of intra-state conflicts. C1 Univ Uppsala, Dept Govt, S-75105 Uppsala, Sweden. Abo Akad Univ, Dept Polit Sci, FI-20500 Turku, Finland. RP Hadenius, A (reprint author), Bo 514, SE-75120 Uppsala, Sweden. CR Allport G., 1954, NATURE PREJUDICE Axelrod R., 1984, EVOLUTION COOPERATIO Dahl Robert A, 1973, SIZE DEMOCRACY Eisenstadt S.N., 1984, PATRONS CLIENTS FRIE Fearon JD, 1996, AM POLIT SCI REV, V90, P715, DOI 10.2307/2945838 Forbes H D, 1997, ETHNIC CONFLICT COMM GALTUNG J, 1959, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V3, P67, DOI DOI 10.1177/002200275900300105 Gellner Ernest, 1994, CONDITIONS LIBERTY C GOLDSTONE JA, 1993, OXFORD COMPANION POL, P786 Haas EB, 1958, UNITING EUROPE HADENIUS A, 2000, UNPUB I DEMOCRATIC C Haggard Stephan, 1995, POLITICAL EC DEMOCRA Hirschman AO, 1970, EXIT VOICE LOYALTY R KAUFMAN C, 1998, INT INTERACT, V23, P109 Kaufmann C, 1996, INT SECURITY, V20, P136, DOI 10.2307/2539045 LIJPHART A, 1995, ENCY DEMOCRACY, V2, P853 Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Lipset S. M., 1960, POLITICAL MAN SOCIAL MELANDER E, 1999, 52 UPPS U DEP PEAC C North Douglas, 1990, I I CHANGE EC PERFOR Ostrom E., 1990, GOVERNING COMMONS EV PETERSSON O, 1999, DEMOKRATI SVENSKT VI Petersson Olof, 1998, DEMOKRATI MEDBORGARS Przeworski Adam, 1991, DEMOCRACY MARKET POL Putnam Robert D., 1993, MAKING DEMOCRACY WOR STEINER J, 1991, CONFLICT PEACEMAKING VARSHNEY A, 1999, CIVIC LIFE ETHNIC CO Weingast B., 1998, I SOCIAL ORDER Weingast BR, 1997, AM POLIT SCI REV, V91, P245, DOI 10.2307/2952354 Widmalm Sten, 1997, DEMOCRACY VIOLENT SE Wintrobe R, 1998, POLITICAL EC DICTATO NR 31 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 0 U2 0 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 6 BONHILL STREET, LONDON EC2A 4PU, ENGLAND SN 0951-6298 J9 J THEOR POLIT JI J. Theor. Polit. PD JAN PY 2001 VL 13 IS 1 BP 35 EP 51 DI 10.1177/0951692801013001002 PG 17 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 398MT UT WOS:000166760800002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Bucek, J AF Bucek, J TI Local autonomy, local government and ethnic minorities SO SOCIOLOGIA LA Slovak DT Article ID POLITICS AB Paper focuses on potential of diverse and flexible forms of local autonomy application in regulation of inter-ethnic relations and in satisfaction of minority rights and needs. The concept of autonomy is briefly characterised and specified, including various partial forms of autonomy according to the political and legal aspects, spatial aspects and formation (top-down and bottom-up). At the local level, besides two main forms of autonomy - spatial and personal, I outline more holistic "extensive local autonomy", that overcomes traditional meanings of autonomy. More attention is paid to prevailing understanding of local autonomy - as autonomy of local government. In this case, important role of decentralisation, relation between autonomy and self-government, as well as relations to the other levels of government and lines of power (executive, legislative, and judiciary) are emphasised. Besides crucial political autonomy, I discuss fiscal autonomy and Various other possibilities for functional autonomy. Potential of autonomous institutions based on personal autonomy should not be underestimated also at the local level. Larger section of the paper addresses the most known concrete forms of autonomy applied in regulations of inter-ethnic relations and minority needs satisfaction. They cover autonomy of parallel local governments, autonomy of sub-local governments, autonomy of functional local governments, as well as informal bottom-up cases based on personal and institutional autonomy. as are informal autonomous parallel governments, informal sub-local and functional autonomies. Their main features, advantages, as well as risks in practical application are discussed, including some normative aspects. I reveal high potential of various autonomous structures at the local level. Nevertheless, I recommend applying them as a responsible local autonomy. It should be arranged by combination of various institutions with autonomous position, but circumscribed by guarantees for civil rights and democracy expressed in constitution. legislature and protected by independent courts. C1 UK, Prirodovedecka Fak, Katedra Humannej Geog & Demogeog, Bratislava 84215, Slovakia. RP Bucek, J (reprint author), UK, Prirodovedecka Fak, Katedra Humannej Geog & Demogeog, Mlynska Dolina, Bratislava 84215, Slovakia. EM bucek@fns.uniba.sk RI Bucek, Jan/C-5998-2009 OI Bucek, Jan/0000-0002-6031-6686 CR Andrew C, 1998, INT POLIT SCI REV, V19, P101, DOI 10.1177/019251298019002002 Bakker E., 1997, MINORITY CONFLICTS S BARSA P, 1999, NARODNI STAT ETNICKY, P5 Brusis M., 1997, INT J GROUP RIGHTS, V5, P3 Bucek J, 2000, ENVIRON PLANN C, V18, P3, DOI 10.1068/c9950 BUCEK J, 2000, IN PRESS RISING ROLE BUCEK J, 1997, ACTA U CAROLINAE G S, P297 CIC M., 1997, KOMENTAR USTAVE SLOV CLARK GL, 1984, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V74, P195, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8306.1984.tb01448.x Clark GL, 1985, JUDGES CITIES INTERP CLARKE SE, 1989, URBAN INNOVATION AUT, P21 COX KR, 1988, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V78, P307, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8306.1988.tb00209.x ELAZAR DJ, 1982, GOVERNING PEOPLE TER, P1 Etzioni A, 1993, SPIRIT COMMUNITY RIG Etzioni A., 1997, NEW GOLDEN RULE COMM Goldsmith M., 1996, RETHINKING LOCAL DEM, P174 GOMBAR C, 2000, NARODE ETNIKU STATE Gottmann Jean, 1973, SIGNIFICANCE TERRITO HANNUM Hurst, 1996, AUTONOMY SOVEREIGNTY Hasson S, 1996, INT J URBAN REGIONAL, V20, P116, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-2427.1996.tb00304.x HIRST P, 1997, STATISM PLURALISM Horowitz Donald L., 1985, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI HRABKO J, 1999, REFERENDUM STUROVE King Desmond S., 1987, STATE CITY KOCSIS K, 1999, PRISP PRED K IGU CGP KORHECZ T, 2000, MANAGING MULTIETHNIC, P411 KREUKELS A, 1989, URBAN INNOVATION AUT, P153 KUSY M, 1998, NASIMI MADANNI LAKE RW, 1994, POLIT GEOGR, V13, P423, DOI 10.1016/0962-6298(94)90049-3 Lapidoth R., 1996, AUTONOMY FLEXIBLE SO Lapidoth R., 1994, INT J GROUP RIGHTS, V1, P269 LINDER W, 1991, LOCAL GOVT URBAN AFF, P409 Newman D, 1997, T I BRIT GEOGR, V22, P111 O Tuathail G, 1998, PROG HUM GEOG, V22, P81, DOI 10.1191/030913298673827642 PAGE E, 1982, LOCAL GOV STUD, V8, P21, DOI 10.1080/03003938208433023 Romann M, 1991, LIVING TOGETHER SEPA Sack Robert D., 1986, HUMAN TERRITORIALITY SAFRAN W, 1994, INT POLIT SCI REV, V15, P61, DOI 10.1177/019251219401500105 SHARPE LJ, 1970, POLIT STUD-LONDON, V18, P153, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9248.1970.tb00867.x Smith B, 2000, ENVIRON PLANN C, V18, P79, DOI 10.1068/c9869 NR 40 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 8 PU SLOVAK ACADEMIC PRESS LTD PI BRATISLAVA PA PO BOX 57 NAM SLOBODY 6, 810 05 BRATISLAVA, SLOVAKIA SN 0049-1225 J9 SOCIOLOGIA JI Sociologia PY 2001 VL 33 IS 2 BP 163 EP 184 PG 22 WC Sociology SC Sociology GA 427JE UT WOS:000168400400002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Brodjonegoro, B Asanuma, S AF Brodjonegoro, B Asanuma, S TI Regional autonomy and fiscal decentralization in democratic Indonesia SO HITOTSUBASHI JOURNAL OF ECONOMICS LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT International Symposium on Decentralization and Economic Development in Asian Countries CY JAN, 2000 CL HITOTSUBASHI UNIV, KUNITACHI, JAPAN SP Hitotsubashi Univ, Asian Tax & Publ Policy Program, Grad Sch Int Corp Strategy, Hitotsubashi Univ, Publ Policy Grp, Grad Sch Econ HO HITOTSUBASHI UNIV DE Indonesia; local autonomy; fiscal decentralization; natural resources-based revenues; bloc grants AB Regional autonomy and fiscal decentralization has become a hot political and economic policy issue in Indonesia since the fall of the Soeharto Regime. In response, the interim government of President Habibie enacted two new laws in 1999, to promote regional autonomy and fiscal decentralization, namely Law on Local Autonomy (No. 22/1999) and Law on Fiscal Relations between Central and Local Governments (No. 25/1999), which the new government of President Abdurrahman Wahid is in the process of implementing. However, the authors maintain that the basic designs of these laws are seriously flawed, and that the government of Indonesia would be well advised to go back to the drawing board. First, under the new laws, the central government's power is substantially to be devolved to the second level local governments, whose administrative, managerial and planning capabilities are inadequate. Secondly, a major part of local governments' revenue would rely on the sharing of natural resources taxes, which would aggravate horizontal imbalances. Thirdly, there would be thus a need for large- scale fiscal transfers, which would strain the central government's budget. Lastly, given the enormity of the tasks ahead, a more gradualist approach is preferable. C1 Univ Indonesia, Inst Econ & Social Res, LPEM, FEUI, Jakarta 12540, Indonesia. Hitotsubashi Univ, Grad Sch Int Corp Strategy, Tokyo 1018439, Japan. RP Brodjonegoro, B (reprint author), Univ Indonesia, Inst Econ & Social Res, LPEM, FEUI, Jakarta 12540, Indonesia. EM brodjo@indo.net.id; asanuma@ics.hit-u.ac.jp CR AHMAD E, 2000, IND DEC SEM IMF JAK ASANUMA S, 1999, ROLES CENTRAL LOCAL Bird R., 1998, FISCAL DECENTRALIZAT BRODJONEGORO B, 1999, IMPACT CURRENT ASIAN BROWN T, 1999, CENTRAL LOCAL GOVERN *DEP KEUANG REP IN, 1999, PENJ UU 251999 PER K PANGGABEAN AM, 1999, GEN ALLOCATION GRANT RAHMANY H, 2000, LPEMFEUI IRIS DEC WO *SEKR NEG, 1999, LEMB NEG REP IND UND SHAH A, 1994, INTERGOVERNMENTAL FI SHAH A, 1998, FISCAL DECENTRALIZAT NR 11 TC 4 Z9 4 U1 0 U2 0 PU HITOTSUBASHI UNIV PI TOKYO PA HITOTSUBASHI ACADEMY KUNITACHI, TOKYO, JAPAN SN 0018-280X J9 HITOTSUB J ECON JI Hitotsubashi J. Econ. PD DEC PY 2000 VL 41 IS 2 BP 111 EP 122 PG 12 WC Economics SC Business & Economics GA 380UV UT WOS:000165722600004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Bangura, Y AF Bangura, Y TI Strategic policy failure and governance in Sierra Leone SO JOURNAL OF MODERN AFRICAN STUDIES LA English DT Article AB The brutal nine-year conflict in Sierra Lcone has defied both military solutions adopted by various governments and peace accords imposed by the international community and regional powers. The latest casualty is the controversial Lome Accord, which gave power and amnesty to the rebels in a power-sharing government. This article offers explanations for the failures by focusing on the interplay between the policy choices of decision-makers and the country's governance institutions and social structure. The policies of decision-makers can have negative consequences on societies if they are grounded on institutions that are at variance with a country's social structure. The article develops three main arguments to support this conclusion. First, the country's bipolar ethnic structure and majoritarian presidential system of government act as serious constraints on policies that seek to forge a national coalition to end the war. Second, conventional armies in ethnically polarised settings are a poor instrument for fighting rebel groups that deliberately use mass abductions and terror as war strategies. Third, peace-makers do not understand the institutional contexts in which violence-prone rebel groups call be made to reclaim their humanity and observe peace agreements. The logic of the interconnections between territory, resources and civilisation suggests that Sierra Leone's rebels are unlikely to accept disarmament and honour the democratic road to peace. C1 UN, Res Inst Social Dev, Geneva, Switzerland. RP Bangura, Y (reprint author), UN, Res Inst Social Dev, Geneva, Switzerland. CR Abdullah Ibrahim, 1998, AFRICAN GUERRILLAS Abdullah Ibrahim, 1997, AFRICA DEV, V22, P45 Abraham Arthur, 1997, AFRICA DEV, V23, P101 BANGURA Y, 2000, 5 ANN LECT AFR STUD Bangura Y., 1997, AFRICA DEV, V22, P217 Cartwright J.R., 1970, POLITICS SIERRA LEON *CONC RES, 1996, ACCORD INT REV PEACE, V1, P1 Dixit A. K., 1998, MAKING EC POLICY T C FORAY CP, 1988, AFRICANUS HORTON MEM Grimes B. F, 1996, ETHNOLOGUE LANGUAGES KABBAH AT, 1998, COMMUNICATION 0831 Kandeh J., 1998, AFR STUD REV, V41, P91 Kandeh J.D., 1992, AFR STUD REV, V35, P81, DOI DOI 10.2307/524446 Kandeh Jimmy, 1996, REV AFRICAN POLITICA, V69, P387 KAREFASMART J, 1999, COMMUNICATION 0507 Koroma AK, 1996, SIERRA LEONE AGONY N Lansana Gberie, 1997, AFRICA DEV, V22, P149 Lijphart A., 1999, PATTERNS DEMOCRACY G MAKANNAH TJ, 1996, HDB POPULATION SIERR Muana P., 1997, AFRICA DEV, VXXII, P77 NORTH DC, 1994, AM ECON REV, V84, P359 Olson Mancur, 1996, NOT SO DISMAL SCI BR Rashid I., 1997, AFRICA DEV, V22, P19 Reno W., 1995, CORRUPTION STATE POL Richards P, 1996, FIGHTING RAIN FOREST RUPERT J, 1999, WASHINGTON POST 1016, pA1 *UN HIGH COMM HUM, 1999, REP QUEST US MERC ME Zack-Williams A, 1995, TRIBUTORS SUPPORTERS Zack-Williams AB, 1999, THIRD WORLD Q, V20, P143, DOI 10.1080/01436599913965 NR 29 TC 19 Z9 19 U1 0 U2 3 PU CAMBRIDGE UNIV PRESS PI NEW YORK PA 40 WEST 20TH STREET, NEW YORK, NY 10011-4211 USA SN 0022-278X J9 J MOD AFR STUD JI J. Mod. Afr. Stud. PD DEC PY 2000 VL 38 IS 4 BP 551 EP 577 DI 10.1017/S0022278X00003451 PG 27 WC Area Studies SC Area Studies GA 402XA UT WOS:000167012400001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Kuo, CT AF Kuo, CT TI New financial politics in Thailand and Malaysia SO ISSUES & STUDIES LA English DT Article DE Thailand; Malaysia; political economy; financial crisis; financial politics; new institutionalism AB This paper provides a political-institutional explanation for why the relatively dynamic economies of both Thailand and Malaysia suffered devastating blows from the 1997 financial crisis, and why Malaysia seemed to suffer less and recovered faster than Thailand. The financial crises in Thailand and Malaysia originated from the rise of new financial politics, a form substantially different from industrial politics. Attributes of major financial actors and their institutional relationships contributed to the vulnerability of the financial systems of both countries. However, Thailand's financial institutions contained more serious institutional problems than Malaysia's, problems that have continued to impede Thailand's recovery Thailand's institutional problems have included: the country's central bank and securities exchange regulators both have lacked political autonomy; political parries have been personality-based, ecliptic, turncoat, and regional; private conglomerates have been politically influential: and strong local factions have exerted strong influence on politicians. However, various institutional reforms introduced after the crisis may have significant, positive impact on the health of Thai financial politics. By contrast, the Malaysian state has always been relatively efficient. The central bank enjoys strong political autonomy while the securities exchange regulators lack comparable autonomy. The ruling coalition, Barisan Nasional (National Front), dominates both its members and opposition parties. Influential conglomerates, including those belonging to the United Malays National Organization (UMNO), are active participants in financial politics. However: local factions are much weaker in Malaysia than in Thailand. Finally, the conclusion suggests several institutional reforms for these countries to consider. C1 Natl Chengchi Univ, Cheju, South Korea. RP Kuo, CT (reprint author), Natl Chengchi Univ, Cheju, South Korea. CR AHMAD ZH, 1987, GOVT POLITICS MALAYS, P107 Bello W, 1998, REV INT POLIT ECON, V5, P424, DOI 10.1080/096922998347471 BUNBONGKARN S, 1996, POLITICS ELECTIONS S, P190 CHIN J, 1996, ASIAN SURV, V36, P400 CRAWFORD SES, 1995, AM POLIT SCI REV, V89, P582, DOI 10.2307/2082975 Crouch H., 1996, GOVT SOC MALAYSIA DELHAISE P, 1998, ASIA CRISIS IMPLOSIO, P84 Dobson Wendy, 1998, FINANCIAL SERVICES L Doner R. F., 1994, VOTING REFORM DEMOCR, P411 Doner Richard F., 1999, ASIAN CONTAGION CAUS, P171 FISCHER S, 1998, MIDW C BANK ASS FOR Girling J., 1981, THAILAND SOC POLITIC Gomez E.T., 1997, MALAYSIAS POLITICAL HAGGARD S, 1998, REV INT POLIT ECON, V5, P385 Haggard S, 1993, POLITICS FINANCE DEV HANDLEY P, 1997, POLITICAL CHANGE THA, P106 Hewison K, 1989, POWER POLITICS THAIL HUTCHCROFT PD, 1999, ANNU M AM POLIT SCI, P17 Kahler Miles, 1998, CAPITAL FLOWS FINANC, P1 KING DE, 1997, ASIAN SURV, V37, P162 Laothamatas Anek, 1992, BUSINESS ASS NEW POL MACDONALD S, 1998, ASIAN SURV, V38, P691 MEANS GP, 1991, MALAYSIAN POLITICS 2, P294 MOGEN AR, 1999, ASIAN SURV, V39, P792 MURRAY D, 1998, ELECT STUD, V17, P526 North D. C., 1981, STRUCTURE CHANGE EC North Douglas, 1990, I I CHANGE EC PERFOR ROBERTSON PS, 1996, ASIAN SURV, V36, P933 SHAMSUL AB, 1986, BRIT BUMIPUTERA RULE, P195 SIDEL JT, 1909, IDS B, V27, P56 Strange S., 1986, CASINO CAPITALISM Suehiro Akira, 1985, CAPITAL ACCUMULATION *TAIW EC RES I, 2000, IND INT EC CURR *TAIW EC RES I, 1999, IND INT EC CURR THANARAT MS, 1999, SE ASIA NEW INT ERA, P25 Williamson O. E., 1985, EC I CAPITALISM Williamson O. E., 1975, MARKETS HIERARCHIES XUTO S, 1987, GOVT POLITICS THAILA, P201 YUSOF ZA, 1992, MALAYSIAS EC VISION, P273 1998, FEER 0618, P21 1998, FEER 0702, P11 1999, FEER 1209, P17 1998, FAR E EC REV FE 0709, P67 1998, FEER 0910, P6 1999, FEER 1104, P13 1998, FEER 0521, P62 1999, FEER 0318, P6 1998, FEER 1210, P62 1998, FEER 0423, P76 1998, FEER 0219, P16 NR 50 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 1 U2 3 PU INST INTERNAT RELATIONS PI MUCHA PA 64 WAN SHOU ROAD, MUCHA, TAIPEI, TAIWAN SN 1013-2511 J9 ISSUES STUD JI Issues Stud. PD NOV-DEC PY 2000 VL 36 IS 6 BP 139 EP 176 PG 38 WC Area Studies; International Relations; Political Science SC Area Studies; International Relations; Government & Law GA 389QV UT WOS:000166250000006 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Vatter, A AF Vatter, A TI Consensus and direct democracy: Conceptual and empirical linkages SO EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF POLITICAL RESEARCH LA English DT Article ID CONSOCIATIONAL DEMOCRACY; SWITZERLAND; MATTER; CORPORATISM AB The first part of this paper draws a number of theoretical connections between various forms of direct democracy and the two types of democracy outlined by Lijphart. Plebiscites and mandatory referendums without quorums of consent are shown to correspond to majoritarian forms of democracy, whilst optional referendums and initiatives with quorums of consent are shown to share similarities with power-sharing forms. The second part of the paper offers an empirical analysis of the different use of citizen-initiated referendums (optional referendums and initiatives) in Switzerland's consensual systems (i.e., cantons) by examining to what extent the various elements of power-sharing are developed. It is argued that referendums and initiatives are used less frequently when government coalitions have greater strength and local autonomy is more developed. C1 Univ Bern, Inst Polit Sci, CH-3000 Bern 9, Switzerland. RP Vatter, A (reprint author), Univ Bern, Inst Polit Sci, Lerchenweg 36, CH-3000 Bern 9, Switzerland. CR Armingeon Klaus, 1997, DEUTSCHLAND OSTERREI Barber Benjamin, 1984, STRONG DEMOCRACY PAR BARRY B, 1975, EUR J POLIT RES, V3, P393, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1975.tb01253.x BARRY B, 1975, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V5, P477, DOI 10.1017/S0007123400008322 Bassand M., 1988, ENJEUX URBANISATION Bogdanor V., 1994, REFERENDUMS WORLD GR BOHN DE, 1981, J POLIT, V43, P1236, DOI 10.2307/2130199 BUDGE IAN, 1996, NEW CHALLENGE DIRECT Butler D., 1994, REFERENDUMS WORLD GR Caciagli M., 1994, DEMOCRAZIE REFERENDU Church Clive H, 1989, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V12, P35 Cronin Thomas E, 1989, DIRECT DEMOCRACY POL DAALDER H, 1974, WORLD POLIT, V26, P604, DOI 10.2307/2010104 ELAZAR DJ, 1997, EXPLORING FEDERALISM Felder U., 1993, WAHL ALLER KANTONSRE Gallagher M., 1996, REFERENDUM EXPERIENC Germann Raimund E., 1975, POLITISCHE INNOVATIO Germann RE, 1991, SCHWEIZERISCHES JB P, V31, P257 GROTE R, 1996, STAATSWISSENSCHAFTEN, V3, P317 Hamon F, 1995, REFERENDUM ETUDE COM HUG S, 1996, ANN M AM POL SCI ASS JUNG S, 1996, Z POLITIKWISSENSCHAF, V6, P623 KEMAN H, 1995, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V25, P271, DOI 10.1017/S0007123400007183 KOBACH KW, 1993, REFERENDUM DIRECT DE Kriesi H, 1996, EUR J POLIT RES, V30, P19, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1996.tb00666.x KRIESI H, 1990, ACTA POLIT, V25, P433 Kriesi Hanspeter, 1995, SYSTEME POLITIQUE SU Ladner A, 1999, PARTY POLIT, V5, P283, DOI 10.1177/1354068899005003002 LANE JE, 1997, SWISS POLITICAL SCI, V3, P21 LEHMBRUCH G, 1975, EUR J POLIT RES, V3, P377, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1975.tb01252.x LEHMBRUCH G, 1969, POLIT VIERTELJAHR, V1, P139 LEHMBRUCH G, 1967, PROPORZDEMOKRATIE PO LEHNER F, 1984, EUR J POLIT RES, V12, P25, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1984.tb00077.x Lijphart A, 1997, EUR J POLIT RES, V31, P195 Lijphart A, 1996, AM POLIT SCI REV, V90, P258, DOI 10.2307/2082883 LIJPHART A, 1991, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V21, P235, DOI 10.1017/S0007123400006128 Lijphart A., 1984, DEMOCRACIES PATTERNS LIJPHART A, 1968, POLITICS ACCOMODATIO Lijphart A., 1999, PATTERNS DEMOCRACY G Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Lijphart Arend, 1997, COMP EUROPEAN POLITI, P241 Lijphart Arend, 1994, ELECT SYSTEMS PARTY Linder W., 1999, SCHWEIZERISCHE DEMOK Linder Wolf, 1994, SWISS DEMOCRACY POSS LUTHARDT W, 1994, DIREKTE DEMOKRATIE E Lutz Georg, 1998, WAHL ABSTIMMUNGSRECH Magleby David B., 1984, DIRECT LEGISLATION V Magleby David B, 1994, REFERENDUMS WORLD GR, P218 MATSUSAKA JG, 1992, Q J ECON, V107, P541, DOI 10.2307/2118481 MCRAE K, 1974, CONSOCIATIONAL DEMOC MOCKLI S, 1994, DIREKTE DEMOKRATIE E MOREL L, 1992, REV FRANCAISE SCI PO, V42, P134 NEF R, 1980, SCHWEIZ Z SOZIALVERS, V10, P155 Neidhart Leonhard, 1970, PLEBISZIT PLURALITAR Nohlen Dieter, 1990, WAHLRECHT PARTEIENSY PAPADOPOULOS Y, 1998, DEMICRATIE DIRECTE Papadopoulos Yannis, 1994, ELITES POLITIQUES PE Papadopoulos Yannis, 1997, PROCESSUS DECISION F PEDERSEN MN, 1979, EUR J POLIT RES, V7, P1, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1979.tb01267.x POUVOIRS, 1996, REV FRANCAISE ETUDES, V77 Powell B, 1982, CONT DEMOCRACIES PRICE CM, 1975, WESTERN POLIT QUART, V28, P243, DOI 10.2307/447428 ROURKE JT, 1909, DIRECT DEMOCRACY INT Sartori Giovanni, 1992, DEMOKRATIETHEORIE SCHAPF FW, 1970, DEMOKRATIETHEORIE ZW SCHMIDT MG, DEMOKRATIETHEORIEN E SCHNEIDER F, 1985, EINFLUSS INTERESSENG Sciarini Pascal, 1999, PARTY ELITES DIVIDED, P134 SMITH AM, 1976, CRITICAL STABILITY C, V4, P1 STEINER J, 1998, C FAT CONS HARV U Steiner Jurg, 1974, AMICABLE AGREEMENT V Suksi M., 1993, BRINGING PEOPLE COMP TAAGEPERA R, 1989, ELECT STUD, V8, P105, DOI 10.1016/0261-3794(89)90028-0 Trechsel AH, 1998, EUR J POLIT RES, V33, P99, DOI 10.1023/A:1006891023699 Trechsel Alexander, 1996, REFERENDUM EXPERIENC, P185 VATTER A, 1995, POLIT VIERTELJAHR, V36, P484 Vatter A, 1997, POLIT VIERTELJAHR, V38, P743 VATTER A, 1997, SCHWEIZERISCHE Z POL, V3, P1 Vatter Adrian, 1996, SWISS POLITICAL SCI, V2, P165 NR 79 TC 32 Z9 32 U1 1 U2 21 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA SPUIBOULEVARD 50, PO BOX 17, 3300 AA DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0304-4130 J9 EUR J POLIT RES JI Eur. J. Polit. Res. PD OCT PY 2000 VL 38 IS 2 BP 171 EP 192 DI 10.1023/A:1007137026336 PG 22 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 365ZG UT WOS:000089979900001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Bogaards, M AF Bogaards, M TI The uneasy relationship between empirical and normative types in consociational theory SO JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL POLITICS LA English DT Article DE concept formation; consensus democracy; consociationalism; power-sharing; typology ID COMPARATIVE POLITICS; CONSENSUAL POLITICS; DEMOCRACY; MODEL; PERFORMANCE; SYSTEMS AB Consociationalism has enriched comparative politics with a whole lineage of non-majoritarian types of democracy: from consociational democracy to consensus democracy and power-sharing. This article unravels the development, interaction and succession of empirical and normative typologies in 30 years of consociational literature as embodied in the work of Lijphart. It argues that consociational theory is plagued by serious conceptual problems which remain undetected by current inquiries into proper concept formation. The problem lies both in Lijphart's empirical typology of democracies and in the presence of a complementary but incongruent normative typology. The conclusion is that in the end the two kinds of typology weaken instead of strengthen each other and lay bare fundamental weaknesses in consociational theory. It is suggested that the empirical investigation of the normative rival types of consociational and majoritarian democracy, properly defined and operationalized, should be at the heart of new research strategies. C1 European Univ Inst, Badia Fiesolana, Dept Social & Polit Sci, I-50016 San Domenico Di Fiesole, FI, Italy. RP Bogaards, M (reprint author), European Univ Inst, Badia Fiesolana, Dept Social & Polit Sci, Via dei Roccettini 9, I-50016 San Domenico Di Fiesole, FI, Italy. CR ALMOND GA, 1956, J POLIT, V18, P391, DOI 10.2307/2127255 AMYOT G, 1985, CAN J POLIT SCI, V18, P185, DOI 10.1017/S0008423900029401 Anderson CJ, 1997, AM POLIT SCI REV, V91, P66, DOI 10.2307/2952259 BARRY B, 1975, EUR J POLIT RES, V3, P393, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1975.tb01253.x BLONDEL J, 1995, AUST J POLIT SCI, V30, P7 Bogaards M, 1998, EUR J POLIT RES, V33, P475, DOI 10.1023/A:1006887312649 CHRYSSOCHOOU DN, 1995, REV INTEGRATION EURO, V18, P279 COLLIER D, 1993, AM POLIT SCI REV, V87, P845, DOI 10.2307/2938818 Collier D, 1997, WORLD POLIT, V49, P430, DOI 10.1353/wp.1997.0009 Crepaz MML, 1996, EUR J POLIT RES, V29, P87, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1996.tb00643.x DAALDER H, 1974, WORLD POLIT, V26, P604, DOI 10.2307/2010104 Daalder Hans, 1984, ACTA POLIT, V19, P97 Dahl R., 1971, POLYARCHY PARTICIPAT Dahl R. A., 1989, DEMOCRACY ITS CRITIC Halpern Sue, 1986, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V9, P181 Hampton A, 1995, POLIT SCI, V47, P215, DOI 10.1177/003231879504700203 HERRON DR, 1985, AM POLIT SCI REV, V79, P876, DOI 10.2307/1956899 Hislope Robert, 1998, DEMOCRATIZATION, V5, P64 Horowitz Donald L, 1991, DEMOCRATIC S AFRICA Huyse L., 1970, PASSIVITEIT PACIFICA Kaiser A, 1997, J THEOR POLIT, V9, P419, DOI 10.1177/0951692897009004001 KOCH B, 1990, CONT POLITICAL SYSTE, P88 LAVAUX P, 1998, POUVOIRS, V85, P5 Lewis W. A., 1965, POLITICS W AFRICA LIJPHART A, 1975, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V5, P83, DOI 10.1017/S000712340000805X LIJPHART A, 1971, CAN J POLITICAL SCI, V4, P1, DOI 10.1017/S000842390002624X LIJPHART A, 1981, COMP POLIT, V13, P355, DOI 10.2307/421902 LIJPHART A, 1990, GOV OPPOS, V25, P68, DOI 10.1111/j.1477-7053.1990.tb00747.x LIJPHART A, 1972, COMP POLIT, V4, P417, DOI 10.2307/421561 Lijphart A, 1996, AM POLIT SCI REV, V90, P258, DOI 10.2307/2082883 LIJPHART A, 1994, EUR J POLIT RES, V25, P1, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1994.tb01198.x LIJPHART A, 1968, COMP POLIT STUD, V1, P3, DOI 10.1177/001041406800100101 LIJPHART A, 1975, COMP POLIT STUD, V8, P158, DOI 10.1177/001041407500800203 Lijphart A, 1998, SCAND POLIT STUD, V21, P99 LIJPHART A, 1991, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V21, P235, DOI 10.1017/S0007123400006128 LIJPHART A, 1969, WORLD POLIT, V21, P207, DOI 10.2307/2009820 LIJPHART A, 1991, INT SOC SCI J, V43, P483 LIJPHART A, 1971, AM POLIT SCI REV, V65, P682, DOI 10.2307/1955513 Lijphart A., 1977, POLITIKON, V4, P113, DOI DOI 10.1080/02589347708704717 LIJPHART A, 1992, ACTA POLIT, V27, P323 Lijphart A., 1984, DEMOCRACIES PATTERNS LIJPHART A, 1989, J THEORETICAL POLITI, V1, P33 LIJPHART A, 1985, 24 U CAL I INT STUD Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Lijphart Arend, 1997, COMP EUROPEAN POLITI, P241 Lijphart Arend, 1992, J THEORETICAL POLITI, V4, P207 Lijphart Arend, 1999, PATTERN DEMOCRACY GO Lijphart Arend, 1975, POLITICS ACCOMMODATI Lijphart Arend, 1994, ENCY DEMOCRACY, VIII, P853 Lijphart Arend., 1990, CONFLICT PEACEMAKING, P491 LOVENCY J, 1994, DEMOCRACY DEMOCRATIZ, P217 LUSTICK I, 1979, WORLD POLIT, V31, P325, DOI 10.2307/2009992 Lustick IS, 1997, WORLD POLIT, V50, P88, DOI 10.1017/S0043887100014738 Mair P., 1994, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V17, P97 Marradi Alberto, 1990, CONT POLITICAL SYSTE, P11 McRae K. D., 1990, CONFLICT PEACEMAKING, P93 McRae KD, 1997, INT POLIT SCI REV, V18, P279, DOI 10.1177/019251297018003004 NOVAK M, 1997, CZECH SOCIOLOGICAL R, V5, P131 PENNINGS P, 1997, POLITICS PROBLEM SOL, P21 SARTORI G, 1993, J THEOR POLIT, V5, P5, DOI 10.1177/0951692893005001001 SARTORI G, 1970, AM POLIT SCI REV, V64, P1033, DOI 10.2307/1958356 SARTORI G, 1984, SOCIAL SCI CONCEPTS, P15 Sartori G., 1976, PARTIES PARTY SYSTEM SARTORI G, 1994, COMP CONSTITUTIONAL Sisk Timothy, 1996, POWER SHARING INT ME STEINER J, 1987, COMP POLIT, V19, P361, DOI 10.2307/421885 Steiner J., 1990, CONFLICT PEACEMAKING, P107 VANSCHENDELEN MCP, 1984, ACTA POLIT, V19, P19 NR 68 TC 45 Z9 45 U1 0 U2 7 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 6 BONHILL STREET, LONDON EC2A 4PU, ENGLAND SN 0951-6298 J9 J THEOR POLIT JI J. Theor. Polit. PD OCT PY 2000 VL 12 IS 4 BP 395 EP 423 DI 10.1177/0951692800012004002 PG 29 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 371NK UT WOS:000165184900002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Lijphart, A AF Lijphart, A TI Definitions, evidence, and policy - A response to Matthijs Bogaards' critique SO JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL POLITICS LA English DT Article DE consensus democracy; consociational theory; majoritarianism; policy relevance; power-sharing ID CONSOCIATIONALISM; DEMOCRACY AB The concept of consociational democracy - synonymous with the less polysyllabic and more readily understandable term power-sharing democracy can be defined in terms of the four elements of grand coalition, autonomy, proportionality, and mutual veto, and it is preferable not to narrow it by including plural society as a fifth element. It is closely related to, but not coterminous with, the concept of consensus democracy. Both can be used for empirical as well as normative purposes. The comparative evidence shows convincingly that consociational and consensus democracy can make a vital contribution to democratic stability in deeply divided societies - a finding that has significant policy implications. C1 Univ Calif San Diego, Dept Polit Sci, La Jolla, CA 92093 USA. RP Lijphart, A (reprint author), Univ Calif San Diego, Dept Polit Sci, 9500 Gilman Dr,0521, La Jolla, CA 92093 USA. CR Almond G, 1963, CIVIC CULTURE POLITI BARRY B, 1975, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V5, P477, DOI 10.1017/S0007123400008322 Dahl Robert A., 1956, PREFACE DEMOCRATIC T DUVERGER M, 1964, DEMOCRACY CHANGING S, P68 Horowitz Donald L, 1991, DEMOCRATIC S AFRICA LaPalombara J., 1987, DEMOCRACY ITALIAN ST Lijphart A, 1996, AM POLIT SCI REV, V90, P258, DOI 10.2307/2082883 Lijphart A., 1984, DEMOCRACIES PATTERNS LIJPHART A, 1989, J THEORETICAL POLITI, V1, P33 Lijphart A., 1999, PATTERNS DEMOCRACY G Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Lijphart Arend, 1985, POWER SHARING S AFRI LUSTICK I, 1979, WORLD POLIT, V31, P325, DOI 10.2307/2009992 Lustick IS, 1997, WORLD POLIT, V50, P88, DOI 10.1017/S0043887100014738 POWELL GB, 1979, AM POLIT SCI REV, V73, P295, DOI 10.2307/1954827 SARTORI G, 1994, COMP CONSTITUTIONAL Sisk Timothy, 1996, POWER SHARING INT ME NR 17 TC 16 Z9 16 U1 0 U2 3 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 6 BONHILL STREET, LONDON EC2A 4PU, ENGLAND SN 0951-6298 J9 J THEOR POLIT JI J. Theor. Polit. PD OCT PY 2000 VL 12 IS 4 BP 425 EP 431 DI 10.1177/0951692800012004003 PG 7 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 371NK UT WOS:000165184900003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Pollock, NJ AF Pollock, NJ TI Power sharing: language, rank, gender, and social space in Pohnpe, Micronesia SO JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL ANTHROPOLOGICAL INSTITUTE LA English DT Book Review C1 Univ Victoria, Victoria, BC V8W 2Y2, Canada. RP Pollock, NJ (reprint author), Univ Victoria, Victoria, BC V8W 2Y2, Canada. CR Keating E., 1998, POWER SHARING LANGUA NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU ROYAL ANTHROPOLOGICAL INST PI LONDON PA 50 FITZROY STREET, LONDON, ENGLAND W1P 5HS SN 1359-0987 J9 J ROY ANTHROPOL INST JI J. R. Anthropol. Inst. PD SEP PY 2000 VL 6 IS 3 BP 560 EP 561 PG 2 WC Anthropology SC Anthropology GA 361HP UT WOS:000089717900050 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU McLeod, RH AF McLeod, RH TI Survey of recent developments SO BULLETIN OF INDONESIAN ECONOMIC STUDIES LA English DT Editorial Material ID BANKING AB Economic recovery remains hostage to politics, with the diverse coalition that makes up the cabinet unable to provide strong and effective government. There has been a high turnover of ministers, and the governor of the central bank has been placed in detention. Communal violence continues on a large scale, and law aid order appears to be deteriorating. The economy has been growing modestly, but investment spending-the most basic indicator of confidence in Indonesia's near-term economic prospects-remains far below pre-crisis levels. Inflation has increased appreciably in recent months because of significantly faster base money growth. The central bank appears more concerned to prevent interest rate rises than to meet the money growth targets in the government's recent Letters of Intent to the IMF The rupiah has been depreciating quite rapidly since late 1999. While this is usually blamed on growing political uncertainty and continuing social unrest, concern about weakening monetary discipline is also likely to be a factor. The disappointing outcome of the recent sale of government shares in Bank Central Asia calls into doubt the whole approach to bank restructuring. The new minimum level of capital adequacy is far too low, and the extent of bank recapitalisation has been overstated by virtue of the recapitalisation bonds having interest yields well below market rates. The attempt to devolve power away from the central government seems bound to run into enormous difficulties. The major problem is the last minute decision to push many government functions down to the level of districts/municipalities, bypassing the provinces. In important respects the push for regional autonomy may prove to be more apparent than real, with many at the centre reluctant to give up their power and authority, but in some cases where true devolution does occur it may be highly disruptive. C1 Australian Natl Univ, Canberra, ACT 0200, Australia. RP McLeod, RH (reprint author), Australian Natl Univ, Canberra, ACT 0200, Australia. CR *BCA, 2000, PT BANK CENTR AS TBK Booth JR, 1999, DEV PSYCHOL, V35, P3, DOI 10.1037/0012-1649.35.1.3 BROENING S, 1998, INT HEARLD TRIB 0320 BROWN MS, 2000, JAKARTA POST 0529 FANE G, IN PRESS B INDONESIA, V36 FANE G, 2000, B INDONES ECON STUD, V36, P3 HANKE S, 1998, INT EC JUL, P30 Lindsey T., 2000, INDONESIA TRANSITION, P278 MCLEOD RH, 1993, B INDONES ECON STUD, V29, P3, DOI 10.1080/00074919312331336381 MCLEOD RH, 1992, B INDONES ECON STUD, V28, P107, DOI 10.1080/00074919212331336294 Mcleod RH, 1999, B INDONES ECON STUD, V35, P147, DOI 10.1080/00074919912331337637 MEITZNER M, 2000, INDONESIA TRANSITION, P39 Pardede R, 1999, B INDONES ECON STUD, V35, P3, DOI 10.1080/00074919912331337577 Schuler K, 1999, B INDONES ECON STUD, V35, P97, DOI 10.1080/00074919912331337707 SOETJIPTO AA, 2000, INDONESIA TRANSITION, P269 WINTERS JA, 2000, JAKARTA POST 0429 NR 16 TC 19 Z9 19 U1 0 U2 0 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 2-4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0007-4918 EI 1472-7234 J9 B INDONES ECON STUD JI Bull. Indones. Econ. Stud. PD AUG PY 2000 VL 36 IS 2 BP 5 EP 40 DI 10.1080/00074910012331338873 PG 36 WC Area Studies; Economics SC Area Studies; Business & Economics GA 363WU UT WOS:000089861300001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Rasmussen, SJ AF Rasmussen, SJ TI Between several worlds: Images of youth and age in Tuareg popular performances SO ANTHROPOLOGICAL QUARTERLY LA English DT Article DE Africa; Tuareg; aging; performance; globalization AB Youth cannot be understood without examining elderhood, and age more generally. Among the Tuareg, Islamic religious rituals and liturgical music fend to be identified with the "aged" (those with children of marriageable age), and these are symbolically opposed to secular popular musical performances classified as "anti-Islamic," which are identified with "youth." These images comment upon long-standing concerns with marriage, courtship, sexuality, and descent, but they are also increasingly being translated into concerns of cultural autonomy, as local youths struggle for cultural survival in conflict between Tuareg and the central state. I analyze three types of popular musical performance and the instruments featured in them, and show how their age-related imagery, commentary, and interaction express changing intergenerational relationships. These concerns, however do not fall into a binary of "old" and "new," or align with any one age group; rather, they suggest shifting associations of agentive power and questioning of "tradition" by youth and aged in diverse contents. These data on age symbolism in Tuareg popular musical performances suggest more dynamic nuanced formulations of "traditional," "modern," and "global" in anthropological theory. C1 Univ Houston, Houston, TX 77004 USA. RP Rasmussen, SJ (reprint author), Univ Houston, Houston, TX 77004 USA. CR Appadurai Arjun, 1991, RECAPTURING ANTHR WO Bernus E., 1981, TOUAREGS NIGERIENS U Bourgeot A., 1990, ETUD RURALES, V120, P129, DOI DOI 10.3406/rural.1990.3293 Bourgeot A., 1994, AFRIQUE CONT ETUDES, V170, P3 CASAJUS D, 1987, TENTE ESSUF Claudot-Hawad Helene, 1993, TOUAREG PORTRAIT FRA CLAUDOTHAWAD H, 1996, TOUAREGS AUTRES SAHA DAYAK M, 1992, TOUAREG TRAGEDIE COL Decalo S., 1997, HIST DICT NIGER Featherstone M., 1990, GLOBAL CULTURE NATL GAST M, 1992, AMOUR PHANTASMES SOC Handelman Don, 1990, MODELS AND MIRRORS Keenan Jeremy, 1977, TUAREG PEOPLE AHAGGA MANHEIMER RJ, 1989, J AGING STUD, V3, P231, DOI 10.1016/0890-4065(89)90018-2 MURPHY RF, 1967, AM ANTHROPOL, V69, P163, DOI 10.1525/aa.1967.69.2.02a00030 MURPHY RF, 1964, AM ANTHROPOL, V66, P1257, DOI 10.1525/aa.1964.66.6.02a00020 MYERHOFF B, 1977, NUMBER OUR DAYS Nicolaisen J., 1961, FOLK, V3, P113 NICOLAISEN J, 1997, PASTORAL TUAREG RASMUSSEN S, 2000, IN PRESS ETHNOLOGY Rasmussen S. J., 1995, SPIRIT POSSESSION PE Rasmussen SJ, 1997, J AM FOLKLORE, V110, P3, DOI 10.2307/541583 RASMUSSEN SJ, 1994, CULT MED PSYCHIAT, V18, P433, DOI 10.1007/BF01565848 Rasmussen SJ, 1998, J ANTHROPOL RES, V54, P147, DOI 10.1086/jar.54.2.3631728 RASMUSSEN SJ, 1997, POETICS POLITICS TUA Ruby J, 1982, CRACK MIRROR SAENZ C, 1991, THESIS COLUMBIA U Turner V., 1974, DRAMAS FIELDS METAPH Turner Victor, 1969, RITUAL PROCESS STRUC NR 29 TC 8 Z9 8 U1 0 U2 5 PU CATHOLIC UNIV AMER PRESS PI WASHINGTON PA 620 MICHIGAN AVENUE NE ADMIN BLDG ROOM 303, WASHINGTON, DC 20064 USA SN 0003-5491 J9 ANTHROPOL QUART JI Anthropol. Q. PD JUL PY 2000 VL 73 IS 3 BP 133 EP 144 DI 10.1353/anq.2000.0007 PG 12 WC Anthropology SC Anthropology GA 381GK UT WOS:000165753800003 OA Bronze DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Yep, R AF Yep, R TI Bringing the managers in: A case of rising influence of enterprise managers in rural China SO ISSUES & STUDIES LA English DT Article DE transition politics; state-manager relationship; rural industrialization; manager's autonomy; rural governance ID CORPORATISM; DYNAMICS; REFORM; STATE AB Based on empirical findings in Shandong, this paper suggests that the advent of rural industrialization has contributed to the rising position of enterprise managers in rural China. Two world's of enterprise managers are emerging. While mediocre managers are still under the administrative purview and blessing of the local governments, high performers have earned themselves greater operational autonomy, better rewards and status. and access to the policy making process. The latter uw sewing as the engines of growth mid are hence indispensable to the progress and development of the local economy. Their growing functional indispensability has provided them with leverage to pressurize local governments for concessions, both in enterprise ownership restructuring and political power sharing Unlike the civil society scenario, the trajectory of this reconfiguration of local governance does not entail direct confrontation between state and society instead, a symbiotic relationship is taking shape. The heterogeneity and particularistic nature of the state-manager relationship also warrant a look beyond the corporatist framework in conceptualizing the interaction. This case study shows that focus on this interconnection is the key to understanding transition politics in rural China. C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Publ & Social Adm, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China. RP Yep, R (reprint author), City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Publ & Social Adm, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China. OI YEP, Kin Man Ray/0000-0002-1617-2961 CR Blecher M., 1991, CHINESE STATE ERA EC, P265 BONNIN M, 1991, CHINA QUART, P569 BRUNN O, 1993, BUSINESS BUREAUCRACY Byrd W. A., 1990, CHINAS RURAL IND STR *CCP ZIB PREF COMM, 1993, FUQ ZHIL LAIZ ERSHLW Chow K.W., 1993, PUBLIC ADM CHINA, P105 Duckett J., 1998, ENTREPRENEURIAL STAT *EC STAT HUANT COU, 1998, SHAND HUANT GUOM JIN, P114 FENG C, 1997, SHEHUIXUE YANJIU, P93 Gold Thomas, 1990, J DEMOCR, V1, P18 *HUANT COUNT COMM, 1996, REP HUANT COUNT COMM *HUANT COUNT PEOPL, 1998, 1 SESS 14 PEOPL C HU, P16 KENNEDY MD, 1994, E EUR POLIT SOC, V8, P58 Latham R. J., 1985, The political economy of reform in post-Mao China, P157 Lee H, 1991, REVOLUTIONARY CADRES LEVY R, 1995, AUST J CHINESE AFF, P1, DOI 10.2307/2950086 MontesNegret F, 1995, OXFORD REV ECON POL, V11, P25, DOI 10.1093/oxrep/11.4.25 NEE V, 1992, ADMIN SCI QUART, V37, P1, DOI 10.2307/2393531 North D. C, 1990, I I CHANGE EC PERFOR, P73, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511808678.011 OI JC, 1992, WORLD POLIT, V45, P99, DOI 10.2307/2010520 Oi Jean C., 1999, RURAL CHINA TAKES Pearson Margaret, 1997, CHINAS NEW BUSINESS ROSENBAUM AJ, 1992, STATE SOC CHINA CONS *RUR ENT BUR MIN A, 1994, ZHONNGUO XIANGZ 0906, P2 Szelenyi I., 1988, SOCIALIST ENTREPRENE UNGER J, 1995, AUST J CHINESE AFF, P29, DOI 10.2307/2950087 WANG SW, 1999, COUNT GOV 3 ALL MEMB WANG XL, 1995, ZHONNGUO XIANGZHEN Q, P2 WANGCUNZHEN CCP, 1992, COMM WANGC PEOPL GOV WHITE G, 1993, AUST J CHINESE AFF, P63, DOI 10.2307/2949952 WHITE G, 1993, RIDING TIGER, P147 ZHOU K, 1996, FARMERS CHANGED CHIN ZHOU XC, 1987, J COMP ECON, V11, P399 1992, ZIBO TONGJI NIANJIAN, P33 1996, HUANTAI BAO 0320, P2 1992, HUANTAI NIANJIAN 198, P1 1996, HUANTAI BAO 0522, P2 1993, DAILY REPORT 0112, P36 1992, HUANTAI XIANZHI, P243 1993, J PERIODICALS RES SE, V43, P1 NR 40 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 0 U2 0 PU INST INTERNAT RELATIONS PI MUCHA PA 64 WAN SHOU ROAD, MUCHA, TAIPEI, TAIWAN SN 1013-2511 J9 ISSUES STUD JI Issues Stud. PD JUL-AUG PY 2000 VL 36 IS 4 BP 132 EP 165 PG 34 WC Area Studies; International Relations; Political Science SC Area Studies; International Relations; Government & Law GA 351NN UT WOS:000089165200005 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Hulsman, JC AF Hulsman, JC TI The guns of Brussels - Burden sharing and power sharing with Europe SO POLICY REVIEW LA English DT Article C1 Heritage Fdn, Washington, DC 20002 USA. RP Hulsman, JC (reprint author), Heritage Fdn, Washington, DC 20002 USA. CR HULSMAN JC, 2000, HERITAGE FDN BACKGRO NR 1 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 0 PU HERITAGE FOUNDATION PI WASHINGTON PA 214 MASSACHUSETTS AVE NE, WASHINGTON, DC 20002 USA SN 0146-5945 J9 POLICY REV JI Policy Rev. PD JUN-JUL PY 2000 IS 101 BP 35 EP 49 PG 15 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 317EK UT WOS:000087212900003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Seaver, BM AF Seaver, BM TI The regional sources of power-sharing failure: The case of Lebanon SO POLITICAL SCIENCE QUARTERLY LA English DT Article ID DEMOCRACY C1 Univ Calif Irvine, Irvine, CA 92717 USA. RP Seaver, BM (reprint author), Univ Calif Irvine, Irvine, CA 92717 USA. CR ABINOVICH I, 1984, WAR LEBANON 1970 198 ABUKHALIL A, 1994, PEACE LEBANON WAR RE, P123 ATKINS J, 1984, SCI SCEPTICISM Avi-Ran R., 1991, SYRIAN INVOLVEMENT L BARRY B, 1975, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V5, P481 BINDER L, 1958, WORLD POLIT, V10, P408, DOI 10.2307/2009495 Binder Leonard, 1966, POLITICS LEBANON DAALDER H, 1974, WORLD POLIT, V26, P604, DOI 10.2307/2010104 Dawisha Adeed, 1980, SYRIA LEBANESE CRISI Deeb M., 1980, LEBANESE CIVIL WAR Di Palma Giuseppe., 1990, CRAFT DEMOCRACIES ES DOYLE MW, 1986, AM POLIT SCI REV, V80, P1151, DOI 10.2307/1960861 Eckstein H., 1966, DIVISION COHESION DE, P34 Eckstein Harry, 1975, HDB POLITICAL SCI, P108 Falk Richard A., 1973, REGIONAL POLITICS WO FAOUR M, 1991, MIDDLE EASTERN STUD, V27, P631, DOI 10.1080/00263209108700881 HARIK LF, 1981, LEBANON ANATOMY CONF HARRIS WW, 1997, FACES LEBANON SECTS, P152 HUDSON M, 1977, ARAB POLITICS SEARCH, P256 Hudson M., 1968, PRECARIOUS REPUBLIC HUDSON MC, 1969, COMP POLIT, V1, P245, DOI 10.2307/421387 HUNTINGTON SP, 1981, POLITIKON, V8, P14 HURRELL A, 1995, RESURGENCE REGIONALI KHALIDI W, 1979, CONFLICT VIOLENCE LE KISSINGER H, 1982, YEARS UPHEAVAL, P614 KLIOT N, 1987, MIDDLE EASTERN STUD, V23, P54, DOI 10.1080/00263208708700688 KYRIAKIDES S, 1968, CYORUS CONSTITUTIONA LAITIN DD, 1987, WORLD POLIT, V39, P265 Lake David A., 1997, REGIONAL ORDERS BUIL LIJPHART A, 1968, COMP POLIT STUD, V1, P3, DOI 10.1177/001041406800100101 LIJPHART A, 1969, WORLD POLIT, V21, P207, DOI 10.2307/2009820 Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Lijphart Arend, 1975, POLITICS ACCOMMODATI Lijphart Arend, 1985, POWER SHARING S AFRI Lijphart Arend, 1991, CONFLICT PEACEMAKING, P491 LIPSET SM, 1995, ENCY DEMOCRACY, V3, P853 Lustick IS, 1997, WORLD POLIT, V50, P88, DOI 10.1017/S0043887100014738 Mackintosh John, 1966, NIGERIAN GOVT POLITI Mansfield E.D., 1997, POLITICAL EC REGIONA Mill John Stuart, 1958, CONSIDERATIONS REPRE NAGATA J, 1979, INT J, V34, P505, DOI 10.2307/40201796 O'Donnell G., 1991, TRANSITIONS AUTHORIT OBLER J, 1977, COMP POLITICS SERIES, P328 PAPPALARDO A, 1981, EUR J POLIT RES, V9, P365, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1981.tb00614.x Petran Tabitha, 1987, STRUGGLE LEBANON PICARD E, 1996, LEBANON SHATTERE DCO QUANDT WB, 1993, PEACE PROCESS AM DIP, P182 Russett Bruce, 1993, GRASPING DEMOCRATIC RUSTOW DA, 1970, COMP POLIT, V2, P337, DOI 10.2307/421307 SALEM EA, 1979, MIDDLE EAST J, V33, P444 Salem Elie, 1973, MODERNIZATION REVOLU Salibi K., 1976, CROSSROADS CIVIL WAR SCHIFF Z, 1984, MIDDLE EAST J, V38, P220 SMOCK DR, 1975, POLITICS PLURALISM SOFFER, 1986, MIDDLE E STUDIES, V22, P197 SOLINGEN E, 1994, INT STUD QUART, V38, P305, DOI 10.2307/2600979 THOMPSON WR, 1973, INT STUD QUART, V17, P89, DOI 10.2307/3013464 VANSCHENDELEN MCP, 1984, ACTA POLIT, V19, P19 VOCKE H, 1978, LEBANESE WAR VONVORYS K, 1975, DEMOCRACY CONSENSUS, P15 Winslow C., 1996, LEBANON WAR POLITICS 2000, CNN WORLD 0201 NR 62 TC 27 Z9 27 U1 0 U2 3 PU ACAD POLITICAL SCIENCE PI NEW YORK PA 475 RIVERSIDE DRIVE, SUITE 1274, NEW YORK, NY 10115-1274 USA SN 0032-3195 J9 POLIT SCI QUART JI Polit. Sci. Q. PD SUM PY 2000 VL 115 IS 2 BP 247 EP 271 DI 10.2307/2657902 PG 25 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 337GL UT WOS:000088349000004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Fabbrini, S AF Fabbrini, S TI Political change without institutional transformation: What can we learn from the Italian crisis of the 1990s? SO INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL SCIENCE REVIEW LA English DT Article DE consensualism; institutions; Italy; political class; transition ID REFORM AB Since 1991 Italy has witnessed the crisis of its post-war consensual model of democracy. While in other democratic countries consensualism has been justified by ethnic or linguistic or religious cleavages, in Italy it is ideological cleavage that has justified the politics of accommodation among the leaders of the main parties. Consequently, as in the other consensual democracies, postwar Italy was unable to experience the alternation in government between opposed political options. The formation of a power-sharing political system at the governmental level was supported by the institutionalization, at the level of policy-making structures, of a sort of oligarchic pluralism, through which a network of organized minorities (in the public administration and in the interest groups) ended up by controlling the huge resources of the Italian stale. These institutional and policy-making structures conflicted with the requirements imposed by the process of European integration. Different social actors were activated to challenge the legitimacy of that power-sharing system. A political change followed, indicated by the collapse of the postwar par ty system. But given the timing and the nature of the crisis, and the ambiguity of the new electoral law introduced by the old parties before their final collapse, the new parties proved able to resist the pressure for institutional transformation, although they had to agree with important policy changes in order for Italy to meet the Maastricht criteria for adopting the new European common currency. But these policy changes continue to be jeopardized by the institutional inertia of the old governmental system. C1 Univ Trent, Dept Sociol & Social Res, I-38100 Trent, Italy. RP Fabbrini, S (reprint author), Univ Trent, Dept Sociol & Social Res, Via Verdi 26, I-38100 Trent, Italy. CR Banting Keith G., 1985, REDESIGNING STATE PO BUFACCHI V, 1998, ITALY 1989 EVENTS IN COTTA M, 1996, GIGANTE PIEDI ARGILL De Micheli C., 1997, RIV ITAL SCI POLIT, VXXVII, P151 De Winter Lieven, 1988, CANDIDATE SELECTION Della Porta D., 1996, NEW ITALIAN REPUBLIC DELLASALA V, 1999, REDESIGNING STATE, V2 DI PALMA Giuseppe, 1976, SURVIVING GOVERNING DIAMANTI I, 1996, NEW ITALIAN REPUBLIC Diamond Larry, 1993, ISRAELI DEMOCRACY ST DONOVAN M, 1995, INT POLIT SCI REV, V16, P47, DOI 10.1177/019251219501600104 ECKSTEIN H, 1992, REGARDING POLITICS E Eckstein H, 1975, HDB POLITICAL SCI, V7 ELAZAR DANIEL J, 1987, EXPLORING FEDERALISM Fabbrini S, 1999, INT POLIT SCI REV, V20, P95, DOI 10.1177/0192512199201005 FABBRINI S, 1997, ITALIE TRANSITION RE FABBRINI S, 1995, J BEHAV SOCIAL SCI, V2, P109 FABBRINI S, 1996, RES PUBLICA, V38, P307 FABBRINI S, 1995, DISINTEGRATION TRANS Fabbrini S., 1999, GOVERNO GLI ESECUTIV Fabbrini Sergio, 1998, QUALE DEMOCRAZIA ITA Ferrero M, 1997, J THEOR POLIT, V9, P445, DOI 10.1177/0951692897009004002 FRIEDMAN A, 1996, NEW ITALIAN REPUBLIC Friedman J. W., 1986, GAME THEORY APPL EC FROGNIER AP, 1986, CORRUPTION REFORM, V1, P143 GILBERT M, 1998, MODERN ITALY, V3, P49 GILBERT M, 1995, ITALIAN REVOLUTION GINSBORG P, 1996, NEW ITALIAN REPUBLIC Hine D., 1993, GOVERNING ITALY POLI HINE D, 1996, NEW ITALIAN REPUBLIC Huntington Samuel P., 1991, 3 WAVE DEMOCRATIZATI Ignazi Piero, 1992, DAL PCI PDS Immergut Ellen, 1990, J PUBLIC POLICY, V10, P391, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0143814X00006061 Lane Jan-Erik, 1997, POLITICAL DATA HDB O Lijphart A., 1984, DEMOCRACIES PATTERNS Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Lijphart Arend, 1991, J DEMOCR, V2, P72, DOI [10.1353/jod.1991.0011, DOI 10.1353/JOD.1991.0011] Lind M., 1996, NEXT AM NATION NEW N LUTHER KR, 1992, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V15, P45 MANNHEIMER R, 1994, RIVOLUZIONE ELETTORA Mastropaolo Alfio, 1996, REPUBBLICA DESTINI I McCarthy P., 1995, CRISIS ITALIAN STATE MORISI M, 1991, COSTRUIRE DEMOCRAZIA PARK J, 1996, MED IMAGE ANAL J, V1, P1 Pasquino G, 1998, J MOD ITAL STUD, V3, P42, DOI 10.1080/13545719808454965 Pasquino G., 1993, VOTARE SOLO CANDIDAT PIZZORNO A, 1996, PAESE PARADOSSI BASI Rohr J. A., 1995, FOUNDING REPUBLICS F Rosenbluth Frances M., 1995, POLITICS OLIGARCHY I Rosenthal L, 1996, FOREIGN POLICY, P155 Salvadori M., 1994, STORIA ITALIA CRISI Sartori G., 1987, ELEMENTI TEORIA POLI Sartori G., 1976, PARTIES PARTY SYSTEM SARTORI G, 1998, OCCASIONE MANCATA IN SBRAGIA A, 1997, WORKSH EUR DOM POL C Shapiro Ian, 1996, DEMOCRACYS PLACE Stanley H, 1994, VITAL STAT AM POLITI Stigler G. J., 1972, J LEGAL STUD, V1, P1 TSEBELIS G, 1995, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V25, P289, DOI 10.1017/S0007123400007225 Vassallo Salvatore, 1994, GOVERNO PARTITO ITAL VERZICHELLI L, 1996, RIV ITAL SCI POLIT, V26, P727 1993, MONDO EC 1125 NR 62 TC 8 Z9 8 U1 1 U2 7 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 6 BONHILL STREET, LONDON EC2A 4PU, ENGLAND SN 0192-5121 J9 INT POLIT SCI REV JI Int. Polit. Sci. Rev. PD APR PY 2000 VL 21 IS 2 BP 173 EP 196 DI 10.1177/0192512100212004 PG 24 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 323LV UT WOS:000087567600004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Borzel, TA AF Borzel, TA TI From competitive regionalism to cooperative federalism: The Europeanization of the Spanish state of the autonomies SO PUBLIUS-THE JOURNAL OF FEDERALISM LA English DT Article AB Intergovernmental relations in Spain have undergone a significant transformation during the past 22 years. With the transition to democracy Spain has developed from a unitary-centralist into a quasi-federal policy in which the 17 autonomous communities enjoy significant political autonomy. However Spain is not only moving toward federal democracy, it is also approaching a cooperative model of federalism in which multilateral intergovernmental cooperation and joint decision-making supersede the bilateral negotiations and regional competition that traditionally characterized Intergovernmental relations. The shift from competitive regionalism to cooperative federalism is the result of the progressive Europeanization of the Spanish state and its autonomous communities, which has encouraged consultation and cooperation between the national government and the regions. As traditional forms of intergovernmental relations proved ineffective for necessary coordination and cooperation, the Spanish government and the autonomous communities established a new procedure for cooperating in European affairs-the first institutional framework to provide for the joint participation of all 17 autonomous communities in central-state decisionmaking. C1 European Univ Inst, Florence, Italy. RP Borzel, TA (reprint author), European Univ Inst, Florence, Italy. CR Agranoff Robert, 1993, REGIONAL POLITICS PO, V3, P1, DOI DOI 10.1080/13597569308420869 ALFONSO LP, 1993, RELATIONES INTERADMI, P17 ANDECHAGA LU, 1995, PARTICIPACION COMUNI, P150 AURRECOECHEA I, 1989, INT COMP LAW Q, V38, P74, DOI 10.1093/iclqaj/38.1.74 AYALA MDG, 1991, COMUNIDADES AUTOMAS, P251 Borzel TA, 1999, J COMMON MARK STUD, V37, P573 CHINER MJM, 1990, FODERALISMUS EUROPAI, P183 *COMM EUR COMM, 1995, 1I COMM EUR COMM Cowles M.G., 2001, TRANSFORMING EUROPE GISBERG RB, 1993, REV ESPANOLA DERECHO, V37, P215 GOETZ KH, 1995, J COMMON MARK STUD, V33, P91, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-5965.1995.tb00518.x GUERRA LL, 1993, REV VASCA ADM PUBLIC, V36, P69 Jeffery C., 1997, REGIONAL DIMENSION E, P76 Kerremans B., 1997, REGIONAL DIMENSION E, P41 Marks Gary, 1996, GOVERNANCE EUROPEAN, P40 MAS JTI, 1991, AUTONOMOUS COMMUNITI, V13, P31 MATEO MC, 1997, AUTONOMOUS COMMUNITI, V22, P197 Milward A.S., 1992, EUROPEAN RESCUE NATI *MIN ADM PUBL, 1996, PUEST PRACT AC AUT 1 MORAVCSIK A, 1991, 52 HARV U CTR INT AF Moreno L, 1997, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V27, P65, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.pubjof.a029940 ORIOL CDI, 1997, AUTONOMOUS COMMUNITI, V22, P87 PUJOL J, 1987, ESTATUT AUTONOMIA PA, P25 PUJOL J, 1994, DIARIO SESIONES SENA, V128, P13 PUJOL J, 1996, PAIS 0707 PUJOL J, 1997, PAIS 0323 QUECEDO AD, 1995, REV ESTUDIOS POLITIC, V90, P323 ROVIRA EA, 1991, FUTURO AUTONOMIAS TE, P201 NR 28 TC 27 Z9 28 U1 1 U2 16 PU PUBLIUS-JNL OF FEDERALISM PI EASTON PA MEYNER CTR STATE/LOCAL GOVT 16 KIRBY HALL CIV RIGHTS LAFAYETTE COLLEGE, EASTON, PA 18042-1785 USA SN 0048-5950 J9 PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM JI Publius-J. Fed. PD SPR PY 2000 VL 30 IS 2 BP 17 EP 42 DI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.pubjof.a030083 PG 26 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 390AK UT WOS:000166271000002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Hrvatic, N AF Hrvatic, N TI The education of gypsies in Croatia SO DRUSTVENA ISTRAZIVANJA LA English DT Article AB The education of Gypsy children in Croatia has not been organized in the past according to the importance it holds in the process of integration of Gypsies. This means that practical (school) realization as well as theoretical (scientific research) contributions were modest. In the new context of the Croatian state (the past ten years) school and education have become the possible intercultural media in function of the social, cultural and economic promotion of Gypsies (integrative concept, avoidance of assimilation, a means in the process of cultural autonomy of Gypsies...). In the process of conceptualization of the education system for members of the Gypsy national community one should have in mind the socioeconomic, religious, regional and local status and position of Gypsies in Croatia, as well as of particular Gypsy groups. In outlining the specific forms and models of education for Gypsies there have been several scientific research projects in Croatia (Genealogy and transfer of the models of interculturalism; School curriculum and characteristics of Croatian national culture; Social and developmental position of Gypsies in Croatia), as well as experimental verifications on a conceptual and more specific teaching, didactic level. The Summer school of Gypsy children in Croatia, the Gypsy education community and Gypsy pre-school center "Ceferino Jimenez Malla" represent a foundation towards a gradual constitution of elements for a specific school system for Gypsies in Croatia. Together with the administrative structure, only a comprehensive concept of Gypsy education in Croatia tin addition to recognizing consequences in certain sections - pre-school education, elementary, secondary and higher education...) should be a process that will not remain at the level of declarative (re)formation, planning and programming, but become a permanent scientific approach for anticipating possible development. C1 Fac Philosophy, Odsjek Za Pedag, Zagreb 10000, Croatia. RP Hrvatic, N (reprint author), Fac Philosophy, Odsjek Za Pedag, Luciceva 3, Zagreb 10000, Croatia. CR APPEL R, 1987, LANGUAGE CONTAC BILI ARENDS R, 1991, LEARNING TEACH ARNSTBERG KA, 1984, KULTURNANALYS PRAKTI BALENT J, 1990, MEDIMURJE, V17, P73 Bandura A., 1977, SOCIAL LEARNING THEO Banks J., 1989, MULTICULTURAL ED ISS BLACKLEDGE A, 1995, TEACHING BILINGUAL C Borg W. R., 1983, ED RES INTRO Brislin R. W., 1986, INTERCULTURAL INTERA CLEBERT Jean-Paul, 1967, CIGANI CORTIADE M, 1984, INTERFACE CLICHY, V16, P3 DOMINI M, 1990, MANJINE ALPSKO JADRA, P90 HOUFE J, 1990, PEOPLE MOVE, P62 HRVATIC M, 1995, ODGOJ IZOBRAZBA DJEC, P56 Hrvatic N, 1996, DRUS ISTRAZ, V5, P913 HRVATIC N, 1995, ODGOJ IZOBRAZBA DJEC, P8 HRVATIC N, 1998, ROMI HRVATSKOJ DANAS, P14 HRVATIC N, 1997, MULTICULTURAL REALIT, P115 HRVATIC N, 1995, NAPREDAK ZAGREB, V136, P390 Kagan S., 1985, COOPERATIVE LEARNING KARPATI M, 1995, ZINGARI OGGI STRORIA, P165 KATUNARIC V, 1995, UNIQUENESS UNITY KERMEKSREDANOVI.M, 1990, MEDIMURJE CAKOVEC, V17, P49 KRANZELIC V, 1995, ODGOJ IZOBRAZBA DJEC, P20 MORRIS B, 1995, BILINGUALISM ED IDEN Perotti A, 1995, PLEDOAJE INTERKULTUR POSAVEC K, 1996, NEVO DROM NOVI PUT, V1, P24 POSAVEC K, 1995, ROMANO AKHARIPE GLAS, V4, P16 Previsic V, 1996, DRUS ISTRAZ, V5, P859 RANILOVIC V, 1991, SLOBODNA DEMOKRATSKA Reiss C., 1975, ED TRAVELLING CHILDR ZIDARIC V, 1995, SKOLSKE NOVINE, V2152, P8 ZIDARIC V, 1995, ODGOJ IZOBRAZBA DJEC, P76 ZUPPI M, 1990, PEOPLE MOVE, P134 NR 34 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU INST OF SOCIAL SCIENCES IVO PILAR PI ZAGREB PA MARULICEV TRG 19/1, 10001 ZAGREB, CROATIA SN 1330-0288 J9 DRUS ISTRAZ JI Drus. Istraz. PY 2000 VL 9 IS 2-3 BP 267 EP 290 PG 24 WC Social Issues; Sociology SC Social Issues; Sociology GA 330DT UT WOS:000087948100006 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Gaubatz, KT AF Gaubatz, KT TI Political competition and foreign policy power sharing SO INTERNATIONAL INTERACTIONS LA English DT Article DE foreign policy; domestic sources of foreign policy; two-level games; strategic politicians; strategic interaction; power sharing ID 2-LEVEL GAMES AB In this essay I examine the intersection of domestic and international politics in the formation and conduct of foreign policy. I develop a three-actor model that allows us to specify the incentives for power sharing under different assumptions about the distribution of preferences and capabilities between a government, a domestic opposition, and a foreign state. The model generates several interesting hypotheses about the interaction of policy goals and the willingness of actors to share power. In particular, I show that under certain conditions there are important asymmetries whereby doves may be more willing to share power than hawks. Importantly, this willingness is endogenous to the model and comes from the alignment of preferences in the policy space, rather than from an a priori value for the democratization of foreign policy making, The model also suggests several hypotheses about the circumstances under which states have incentives to meddle in the foreign policy processes of other states. C1 Univ Oxford Nuffield Coll, Oxford OX1 1NF, England. RP Gaubatz, KT (reprint author), Univ Oxford Nuffield Coll, Oxford OX1 1NF, England. CR ALDRICH JH, 1989, AM POLIT SCI REV, V83, P123, DOI 10.2307/1956437 Brown Michael, 1996, DEBATING DEMOCRATIC Elman Miriam Fendius, 1997, PATHS PEACE IS DEMOC Evans Peter B., 1993, DOUBLE EDGED DIPLOMA GAUBATZ KT, 1995, WORLD POLIT, V47, P534, DOI 10.1017/S0043887100015203 GAUBATZ KT, 1999, ELECT WAR ELECT INCE GAUBATZ KURT T, 1998, STRATEGIC POLITICIAN Halverson Thomas E., 1995, LAST GREAT NUCL DEBA HINCKLEY RH, 1988, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V32, P295, DOI 10.1177/0022002788032002003 KNOPF JW, 1993, INT ORGAN, V47, P599, DOI 10.1017/S0020818300028113 Lamborn AC, 1997, INT STUD QUART, V41, P187, DOI 10.1111/1468-2478.00039 Laver M., 1996, MAKING BREAKING GOVT Laver M.J., 1992, PARTY POLICY GOVT CO MAYHEW D, 1974, C ELECT CONNECTION MCGILLIVRAY F, 1998, STRATEGIC POLITICIAN MILNER HV, 1997, INTERESTS I INFORMAT PUTNAM RD, 1988, INT ORGAN, V42, P427, DOI 10.1017/S0020818300027697 RAY JL, 1995, DEMOCRACY INT CONFLI RICHARDS PG, 1967, PARLIAMENT FOREIGN A RUSSETT B, 1990, CONTROLLING SWORD Russett Bruce, 1993, GRASPING DEMOCRATIC SCHULTZ KA, 1996, THESIS STANFORD U SIVERSON RM, 1998, STRATEGIC POLITICIAN SMALL M, 1976, JERUSALEM J INT RELA, V1, P50 WITTKOPF E, 1982, INT J, V38, P86 NR 25 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 2 PU GORDON BREACH SCI PUBL LTD PI READING PA C/O STBS LTD, PO BOX 90, READING RG1 8JL, BERKS, ENGLAND SN 0305-0629 J9 INT INTERACT JI Int. Interact. PY 2000 VL 26 IS 1 BP 1 EP 19 DI 10.1080/03050620008434959 PG 19 WC International Relations SC International Relations GA 353QC UT WOS:000089286100001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Gomez, LE AF Gomez, LE TI Race, colonialism, and criminal law: Mexicans and the American criminal justice system in territorial New Mexico SO LAW & SOCIETY REVIEW LA English DT Review ID UNITED-STATES; HISTORY AB A striking feature of the historical American criminal justice system has been the exclusion of racial minorities from decision-making positions, such as juror. In this study of criminal justice in a New Mexico county in the late 19th century, however, Mexicans are the vast majority of petit jurors, and frequently they decide the fates of European-American defendants. A regime of racial power-sharing between Mexicans and European-Americans characterized the administration of the criminal justice system. Racial power-sharing served the ends of American colonizers in legitimizing their governance after an initial violent occupation. Perhaps more surprisingly, it also served the ends of both elites and middle status Mexicans, at least some of the time. Criminal law-and, particularly, the jury as an institution-served both the colonizers and the colonized in this context. C1 Univ Calif Los Angeles, Los Angeles, CA 90024 USA. RP Gomez, LE (reprint author), Univ Calif Los Angeles, Los Angeles, CA 90024 USA. CR ABRAMS N, 1983, ENCY CRIME JUSTICE, V3 ABRAMSON JEFFREY, 1994, WE JURY JURY SYSTEM ADAMSON CR, 1983, SOC PROBL, V30, P555, DOI 10.1525/sp.1983.30.5.03a00070 Alderman Pauline, 1989, RACIAL FAULT LINES H ALSCHULER A, 1983, ENCY CRIME JUSTICE, V3 ALSCHULER AW, 1979, LAW SOC REV, V13, P211, DOI 10.2307/3053250 ALSCHULER AW, 1994, U CHICAGO LAW REV, V61, P867, DOI 10.2307/1600170 Arellano Anselmo F, 1990, THESIS U NEW MEXICO AYRES EL, 1984, VENGEANCE JUSTICE CR Ball Larry D., 1978, US MARSHALS NEW MEXI Barkan Steven E., 1985, PROTESTORS TRIAL CRI Beck Warren A., 1969, HIST ATLAS NEW MEXIC Benedict Kirby, 1956, JOURNEY NEW MEXICOS Briggs C., 1987, LAND WATER CULTURE N Brodkin Karen., 1998, JEWS BECAME WHITE FO Cheetham Francis T, 1926, NEW MEX HIST REV, V1, P23 Comaroff J., 1997, REVELATION REVOLUTIO, V2 CORNELL S, 1998, ETHNICITY RACE MAKIN Courtwright D. T., 1996, VIOLENT LAND SINGLE Crail-Rugotzke D, 1999, NEW MEX HIST REV, V74, P295 Crawford Stanley, 1988, MAYORDOMO CHRONICLE Cutter Charles R., 1995, LEGAL CULTURE NO NEW Davis W. W. H, 1982, GRINGO NEW MEXICO HE DRESSLER J, 1995, UNDERSTANDING CRIMIN DURAN T, 1984, NEW MEX HIST REV, V59, P291 DURAN T, 1985, THESIS U NEW MEXICO DYKSTRA RR, 1971, CATTLE TOWNS Ebright Malcolm, 1994, LAND GRANTS LAWSUITS Ellickson R. C., 1991, ORDER LAW NEIGHBORS Escobar E. J., 1999, RACE POLICE MAKING P ESCOBAR EJ, 1983, THESIS U CALIFORNIA Flanigan Daniel J., 1987, CRIMINAL LAW SLAVERY Friedman Lawrence M, 1993, CRIME PUNISHMENT AM FRIEDMAN LAWRENCE M., 1981, ROOTS JUSTICE CRIME Fritz Christian G., 1991, FEDERAL JUSTICE CALI GARRARD LH, 1955, WAH TO YAH TAOS TRAI Gaskins Richard, 1981, AM J LEGAL HIST, V25, P309 Gomez L., 1992, LAT AM PERSPECT, V75, P45 GOMEZ LE, 1986, THESIS HARVARD U Gonzales PB, 2000, WESTERN HIST QUART, V31, P161, DOI 10.2307/970061 GONZALES PB, 1993, J SOUTHWEST, V35, P158 GONZALES PB, 2000, UNPUB INVERTED SUBNA Gonzalez Deena J., 1999, REFUSING FAVOR SPANI GONZALEZ DJ, 1985, THESIS U CALIFORNIA Gregg J, 1933, COMMERCE PRAIRIES J GREGORY S, 1994, RACE GRIEGO A, 1981, GOOD BYE MY LAND ENC Griswold del Castillo Richard, 1990, TREATY GUADALUPE HID GROSS A, 1995, YALE JL HUMAN, V7, P267 Gross AJ, 1998, YALE LAW J, V108, P109, DOI 10.2307/797472 Gutierrez Ramon A., 1991, JESUS CAME CORN MOTH HARRING SL, 1983, POLICING CLASS SOC E HAY D, 1980, CRIME JUSTICE ANN RE, V2 Hay Douglas, 1975, ALBIONS FATAL TREE C Hindus Michael S, 1980, PRISON PLANTATION CR Hirsch Susan F, 1994, CONTESTED STATES LAW Hobsbawm E. J., 1969, BANDITS Horseman Reginald, 1981, RACE MANIFEST DESTIN HUNT A, 1961, K BENEDICT FRONTIER Inciardi J., 1977, HIST APPROACHES CRIM ISRAEL JH, 1983, ENCY CRIME JUSTICE Johnson Sheri Lynn, 1993, WM MARY L REV, V35, P21 KADISH SH, 1983, ENCY CRIME JUSTICE, V3 Kawashima Yasuhide, 1986, PURITAN JUSTICE INDI KELLOGG S, 1995, LAW TRANSFORMATION A KERSON PE, 1997, UNPUB AM TESTAMENT W Lamar Howard R., 1966, FAR SW 1846 1912 TER Langum David J, 1987, LAW COMMUNITY MEXICA LARSEN LH, 1994, FEDERAL JUSTICE W MI Larson Robert W., 1974, NEW MEXICO POPULISM Larson Robert W, 1968, NEW MEXICOS QUEST ST LINGENFELTER RE, 1974, HARDROCK MINERS HIST LOPEZ IH, 1996, WHITE LAWS LEGAL CON MACAULAY S, 1963, AM SOCIOL REV, V28, P55, DOI 10.2307/2090458 McClain C., 1994, SEARCH EQUALITY CHIN McGrath Roger D, 1984, GUNFIGHTERS HIGHWAYM McKanna C, 1997, HOMICIDE RACE JUSTIC Melendez A. Gabriel, 1997, SO ALL IS NOT LOST P MENCHACA M, 1993, AM ETHNOL, V20, P583, DOI 10.1525/ae.1993.20.3.02a00070 MERRY SE, 2000, COLONIZING HAWAII CU MERRY SE, 1991, LAW SOC REV, V25, P889 Meyer Doris, 1996, SPEAKING THEMSELVES Mirande A., 1987, GRINGO JUSTICE Mitchell Timothy, 1988, COLONISING EGYPT Mocho Jill, 1997, MURDER JUSTICE FRONT MONKKONEN EH, 1991, FRONTIER Monkkonen Eric, 1995, ETHNICITY RACE CRIME Monkkonen Eric, 1975, DANGEROUS CLASS CRIM Montejano David, 1987, ANGLOS MEXICANS MAKI MONTGOMERY CH, 1995, THESIS CORNELL U NADER L, 1978, DISPUTING PROCESS *NEW MEX STAT REC, 1871, CRM CIV REC BOOKS *NEW MEX STAT REC, ATT GEN COLL 1848 PR *NEW MEX STAT REC, SANMIG COUNT DISTR C NIETOPHILLIPS J, 1997, THESIS UCLA Nostrand Richard L, 1992, HISPANO HOMELAND O'Malley Pat, 1983, LAW CAPITALISM DEMOC Omi M., 1994, RACIAL FORMATION US Ortiz Roxanne Dunbar, 1980, ROOTS RESISTANCE LAN Padilla F. M., 1985, LATINO ETHNIC CONSCI Paredes Americo, 1958, HIS PISTOL HIS HAND PAREDES RA, 1977, NEW MEX HIST REV, V52, P5 POLDERVAART A, 1999, BLACK ROBED JUSTICE RAMIREZ CB, 1979, THESIS U CALIFORNIA REICHARD DA, 1996, THESIS TEMPLE U PHIL REICHARD DA, COLONIALISM COURTS T Reid John Philip, 1980, LAW ELEPHANT PROPERT RESENDEZ A, 1997, THESIS U CHICAGO Rhetts Paul, 1998, SEEDS STRUGGLE HARVE Rosenbaum R. J., 1981, MEXICANO RESISTANCE Ross HL, 1980, SETTLED OUT COURT SO Ross L., 1998, INVENTING SAVAGE SOC Samora Julian, 1979, GUNPOWDER JUSTICE RE Schneider John C, 1980, DETROIT PROBLEM ORDE Schwarz Philip J, 1988, TWICE CONDEMNED SLAV Shirley Glenn, 1957, LAW W FORT SMITH HIS Starr June, 1989, HIST POWER STUDY LAW Steinberg A., 1989, TRANSFORMATION CRIMI Stoler A., 1995, RACE ED DESIRE FOUCA Stratton Porter A., 1969, TERRITORIAL PRESS NE Thompson E. P, 1975, WHIGS HUNTERS ORIGIN TORREZ RJ, 1990, 34 U NEW MEX CTR LAN TORREZ RJ, 1988, UNPUB NEW MEXICAN RE TORREZ RJ, UNPUB EXECUTIONS TER TRACY CA, 1980, CRIME SOCIAL JUS WIN, P11 UTLEY RM, 1987, HIGH NOON LINCOLN VI Utley Robert, 1989, BILLY KID SHORT VIOL Vogel ME, 1999, LAW SOC REV, V33, P161, DOI 10.2307/3115099 Waldrep Christopher, 1998, ROOTS DISORDER RACE WEBER D, 1982, MEXICAN FRONTIER AM Weigle Marta, 1976, BROTHERS LIGHT BROTH WESTPHALL V, 1973, T B CATRON HIS ERA WHITE R., 1991, ITS YOUR MISFORTUNE WHITMORE PJ, 1981, J AEROSOL SCI, V12, P1, DOI 10.1016/0021-8502(81)90003-3 WRIGHT RE, 1998, SEEDS STRUGGLE HARVE Wunder John R., 1979, INFERIOR COURTS SUPE YEAZELL SC, 1990, 1990 U CHICAGE LEGAL, P87 1870, 9 CENSUS US, P205 1998, DEPAUL LAW REV, V48, P201 NR 139 TC 24 Z9 24 U1 0 U2 0 PU LAW SOC ASSOC PI AMHERST PA 205 HAMPSHIRE HOUSE, UNIV MASSACHUSETTS, 131 COUNTY CIRCLE, AMHERST, MA 01003-9257 USA SN 0023-9216 J9 LAW SOC REV JI Law Soc. Rev. PY 2000 VL 34 IS 4 BP 1129 EP 1202 DI 10.2307/3115133 PG 74 WC Law; Sociology SC Government & Law; Sociology GA 438DD UT WOS:000169037700008 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Megged, A AF Megged, A TI The religious context of an "unholy marriage": Elite alienation and popular unrest in the indigenous communities of Chiapa, 1570-1680 SO ETHNOHISTORY LA English DT Article AB This article seeks to demonstrate that the cofradias (lay confraternities) in late-sixteenth-century Chiapa, Mexico, replaced preexisting calpulli arrangements and norms within the early colonial indigenous communities, generating new, turbulent social and religious currents. As this study emphasizes, the cofradias were not a "leveling mechanism" as previous scholars estimated, but instead exacerbated group conflicts. On the one hand, they become the loci for Hispanicized Indians, members of local elites, to separate themselves from the commoners, in the search for religious and cultural autonomy. On the other, the cofradias became a stage for the Indian commoners upon which to recover their sacred ritual sites and old concepts of territoriality, as an inseparable part of maintaining a distinct and unique identity under the colonial brand. C1 Univ Haifa, IL-31999 Haifa, Israel. RP Megged, A (reprint author), Univ Haifa, IL-31999 Haifa, Israel. CR ADAMS R, 1961, AM ANTIQUITY, V26, P43 ANDERSON B, 1979, IMAGINED COMMUNITIE, P118 BOECKL M, 1990, THESIS U MARYLAND CO, P40 CALNEK E, 1961, THESIS U CHICAGO, P21 CANCIAN F, 1965, EC PRESTIGE MAYA COM, P140 CARMAGNANI M, 1988, REGRESO DIOSES PROCE, P50 CARRASCO P, 1975, HIST MEXICANA, V26, P175 CHANCE, 1985, AM ETHNOL, V12, P1 Chance JK, 1996, HISPANIC AM HIST REV, V76, P475, DOI 10.2307/2517814 CHANCE JK, 1985, AM ETHNOL, V12, P1, DOI 10.1525/ae.1985.12.1.02a00010 CHANCE JK, ETHNOHISTORY, V43, P379 DEPINEDA J, 1952, ANAL MUSEO NACIONAL, P46 FARRASS NM, 1996, INT C MEM HIST HAIF, P10 FARRISS NM, 1984, MAYA SOC COLONIAL RU, P325 FOX JW, 1987, MAYA POSTCLASSIC STA, P276 GERHARD P, 1993, SE FRONTIER NEW SPAI, P158 Gibson Charles, 1964, AZTECS SPANISH RULE, P153 GOSNER, 1992, SOLDIERS VIRGIN MORA, P98 GRUZINSKI S, 1989, MAN GODS MEXICAN HIG, P101 Gruzinski Serge, 1990, INDIAN COMMUNITY COL, P205 HAIGH C, 1981, PAST PRESENT, P37 HARRISS M, 1964, PATTERNS RACE AM, P29 HASKETT RS, 1988, ETHNOHISTORY, V35, P34, DOI 10.2307/482432 HASKETT RS, 1987, HISPANIC AM HIST REV, V67, P221 HODGES HA, 1952, PHILOS W DILTHEY, P272 HOFFMA PT, 1984, CHURCH COMMUNITY DIO, P132 KELLOGG S, 1995, LAW TRANSFORMATION A, P173 LOCKHART J, 1992, NAHUAS CONQUEST SOCI, P53 LOVELL WG, 1992, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V82, P426, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8306.1992.tb01968.x MACCORMACK S, 1991, RELIG ANDES VISION I, P254 MACLEOD M, 1973, SPANISH CENTRAL AM S, P324 Macleod Murdo J., 1983, MESOAMERICA, V5, P64 MEGGED A, 1989, THESIS U CAMBRIDGE Mills Kenneth, 1994, PRESENT, V145, P840 NAVARRETE C, 1974, ANAL ANTROPOLOGIA, V2 PASTOR R, 1987, CAMPESINOS REFORMAS, P110 POOLE S, 1981, HISPANIC AM HIST REV, V61, P637, DOI 10.2307/2514607 SHERMAN WL, 1979, FORCED NATIVE LABOR, P263 SPALDING K, 1970, HISPANIC AM HIST REV, V50, P645, DOI 10.2307/2512307 STERN, 1982, PERUS INDIAN PEOPLES TAYLOR W, AM ETHNOLOGIST, V14, P20 TAYLOR W, 1972, LANDLORD PEASANT COL, P43 TAYLOR WB, 1987, AM ETHNOL, V14, P31 THOMPSON ES, 1969, T GAGES TRAVELS NEW, P231 Turner Victor, 1975, DRAMAS FIELDS METAPH WASSERSTROM R, 1983, CLASS SOC CENTRAL CH, P90 YOUNG EV, 1984, HISPANIC AM HIST REV, V64, P55, DOI 10.2307/2514465 YOUNG V, 1986, COMP STUDIES SOC HIS, V28, P385 1997, COLONIAL LATIN AM HI, V6, P1 1996, CATHOLIC REFORMATION, pCH4 1983, RADICAL HIST REV, V27, P21 NR 51 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 0 U2 0 PU DUKE UNIV PRESS PI DURHAM PA 905 W MAIN ST, STE 18-B, DURHAM, NC 27701 USA SN 0014-1801 J9 ETHNOHISTORY JI Ethnohistory PD WIN PY 1999 VL 46 IS 1 BP 149 EP 172 PG 24 WC Anthropology; History SC Anthropology; History GA 173BE UT WOS:000078960400005 PM 20499480 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Scott, C Mulrennan, M AF Scott, C Mulrennan, M TI Land and sea tenure at Erub, Torres Strait: Property, sovereignty and the adjudication of cultural continuity SO OCEANIA LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Conference of the International-Association-for-the-Study-of-Common-Property CY JUN 10-14, 1998 CL VANCOUVER, CANADA SP Int Assoc Study Common Property ID PLACE AB Approaching property as social practice, and native title as a confluence of indigenous, ethnographic, and legal discourses, we address two themes: firstly, the ethnocentrism of the state's division of 'property' from 'jurisdiction,' applied to deny indigenous societies' practise of the latter; and secondly, the contradictions inherent injudicial evaluation of continuity and discontinuity in indigenous law and custom. We explore the relationship of 'home place' to tenure at Erub, where island, reef and ocean comprise a cultural and experiential continuum. Rights across a full spectrum of material/symbolic resources involve a dynamic tension between principles of exclusion and incorporative reciprocity. The issue of how to balance more particular against more collective rights is at play with each nesting of mon local into more inclusive socio-territorial identities: from households and lineages, through island communities, sub-regional island groups, and Torres Strait regionally, to the encapsulating state and evolving international orders. At Erub, an island community long regarded as a vanguard of creolization for Torres Strait, newcomers have by-and-large been assimilated to indigenous systems of land- and sea-holding and authority. The connection between people and territory is a complex practice of social identities and interests responding to political opportunity, according to cultural forms that manifest substantial and traceable continuities to indigenous arrangements, as innovation has proceeded. The continuities appear sufficient to satisfy criteria for native title recognition as articulated in the Mabo decision, but the criteria themselves are too narrowly based to accommodate the processual dynamics of evolving culture and tradition. A reordering of territorial jurisdiction, predicated on the principle of Islander consent to development activities in their homelands/seas, would provide more authentic conditions for cultural autonomy. C1 McGill Univ, Montreal, PQ H3A 2T5, Canada. Concordia Univ, Montreal, PQ, Canada. RP Scott, C (reprint author), McGill Univ, Montreal, PQ H3A 2T5, Canada. CR ALTMAN J, 1996, 121 AUSTR NAT U CTR Appadurai A., 1988, CULTURAL ANTHR, V3, P16, DOI DOI 10.1525/CAN.1988.3.1.02A00020 ARTHUR W, 1997, 145 AUSTR NAT U CTR *AUSTR BROADC CORP, 1998, ON LINE NEWS 0714 BARTLETT RH, 1993, MABO DECISION Basso K. H., 1996, SENSES PLACE, P53 BASSO KH, 1988, CULT ANTHROPOL, V3, P99, DOI DOI 10.1525/CAN.1988.3.2.02A00010 BECKETT J, 1987, RES MONOGRAPH AUSTR, V7, P7 Beckett Jeremy, 1995, AUSTR J ANTHR, V6, P15 Bender B., 1993, LANDSCAPE POLITICS P, P1 Berkes F, 1993, TRADITIONAL ECOLOGIC, P1 Bielawski E., 1996, NAKED SCI ANTHR INQU, P216 Bourdieu Pierre, 1977, OUTLINE THEORY PRACT BRENNAN F, 1993, MABO JUDICIAL REVOLU, P24 BRENNAN F, 1995, ONE LAND ONE NATION BROOKE L, 1993, IN CIRC C OTT Casey E. S., 1996, SENSES PLACE, P53 Cordell J., 1993, TURNING TIDE, P159 CRUIKSHANK J, 1990, ARCTIC ANTHROPOL, V27, P52 EDMUNDS M, 1995, RES MONOGRAPH ANU, V10, P1 FITZPATRICK J, 1990, SUST DEV TRAD INH TO, P335 Ganter Regina, 1994, PEARL SHELLERS TORRE Goodenough Ward H., 1996, NAKED SCI ANTHR INQU, P29 HADDON AC, 1935, REPORTS CAMBRIDGE AN, V1 HADDON AC, 1908, REPORTS CAMBRIDGE AN, V6 Haigh David, 1993, TURN TID C IND PEOPL, P131 *HIGH COURT AUSTR, 1992, FULL TEXT MAB OTH ST Hobsbawm Eric, 1983, INVENTION TRADITION HOOKER M, 1975, LEGAL PLURALSM INTRO Ingold T., 1996, REDEFINING NATURE EC, P117 Jackson Michael, 1995, HOME WORLD JACKSON S, 1995, ARENA MAGAZINE, P24 JULL P, 1997, INDIGENOUS LAW B, V4, P4 KAHN M, 1990, ETHNOLOGY, V29, P51, DOI 10.2307/3773481 Keesing R, 1982, MANKIND, V13 KTAOJI H, 1980, AUSTR ANTRH SOC C U Kuchler S., 1993, LANDSCAPE POLITICS P, P85 Layton R., 1995, ANTHR LANDSCAPE PERS, P210 LEFEBRE H, 1991, PRODUCTION SPACE LEWIS C, 1837, NAUTICAL MAGAZINE, V6, P753 LEWIS C, 1837, NAUTICAL MAGAZINE, V6, P799 LEWIS C, 1837, NAUTICAL MAGAZINE, V6, P654 LUI G, 1994, VOICES LAND 1993 BOY, P62 Moore Sally Falk, 1978, LAW PROCESS ANTHR AP Mor- phy H., 1995, ANTHR LANDSCAPE PERS, P184 Morphy H., 1993, LANDSCAPE POLITICS P, P205 Mullins Steve, 1995, TORRES STRAIT HIST C Mulrennan M., 1994, MARINE STRATEGY TORR MUNN ND, 1996, CRIT INQUIRY, V22, P446, DOI 10.1086/448801 Myers Fred, 1991, PINTUPI COUNTRY PINT NETTHEIM G, 1994, RES MONOGRAPH AUSTR, V7, P46 NICHOLSON I, 1996, PUBLICATION ROEBUCK, V48 NIETSCHMANN B., 1989, SEA SMALL BOATS, P61 Pearson N, 1993, MABO JUDICIAL REVOLU, V75, P75 PEIRCE C. S., 1931, COLLECTED PAPERS, V1-8 PETERSON N, 1998, CUSTOMARY MARINE TEN Povinelli EA, 1998, CRIT INQUIRY, V24, P575, DOI 10.1086/448886 Povinelli Elizabeth A, 1993, LABORS LOT POWER HIS Reynolds H., 1996, ABORIGINAL SOVEREIGN Rigsby B., 1998, OCEANIA MONOGRAPH, V48, P22 Rivers W. H. R., 1908, REPORTS CAMBRIDGE AN, VVI, P169 RODMAN MC, 1992, AM ANTHROPOL, V94, P640, DOI 10.1525/aa.1992.94.3.02a00060 Rose D. B., 1992, DINGO MAKES US HUMAN Rose D.B, 1996, NOURISHING TERRAINS SAHLINS M, 1981, HIST METAPHORS MYTH SANDERS W, 1994, 145 AUSTR NATL U CTR Scott Colin, 1996, NAKED SCI ANTHR INQU, P69 SEGAWA S, 1979, TORRES STRAIT ISLAND, P27 SEGAWA S, 1983, PEOPLE TORRES STRAIT, P483 SEGAWA S, 1979, JIMBUN RONKYU, V29, P65 SHARP N, 1996, 5 AUSTR NAT U N AUST Sharp N, 1993, STARS TAGAI TORRES S Sharp N, 1996, NO ORDINARY JUDGMENT SHARP N, 1998, ARENA J, P51 SHARP N, 1996, ARENA J, P111 SHIMADA M, 1983, PEOPLE TORRES STRAIT, P51 SHNUKAL A, 1909, AUSTR ABORIGINAL STU, P14 SHNUKAL A, 1992, VOICES, V2, P5 Shnukal Anna, 1983, ABORIGINAL HIST, V7, P173 SINGE J., 1979, TORRES STRAIT PEOPLE SOMMERFIELD J, 1999, COURIER MAIL 0318 STANNER W, 1969, UNPUB YIRRKALA CASE Stephenson M, 1993, MABO JUDICIAL REVOLU SUTHERLAND J, 1992, ABORIGINAL LAW B, V2, P17 Sutton P, 1996, OCEANIA, V67, P7, DOI 10.1002/j.1834-4461.1996.tb02569.x SUTTON P, 1985, RES MONOGRAPH ANU, V10, P83 Thornton TF, 1997, ETHNOLOGY, V36, P295, DOI 10.2307/3774039 Tonkinson R, 1997, OCEANIA, V68, P1 TRIGGER D, 1997, SOCIAL ANAL, V4, P84 TUAN YF, 1991, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V81, P684, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8306.1991.tb01715.x Usher P., 1997, GOVERNANCE COMMON PR, P103 Wagner Roy, 1981, INVENTION CULTURE Wilkins D, 1993, TRADITIONAL ECOLOGIC, P71 WILLEMSBRAUN B, 1997, BC STUDIES, V112, P5 Worsley Peter, 1997, KNOWLEDGES CULTURE C Young E., 1991, CARING COUNTRY ABORI 1998, TORRES NEWS 0603, P3 1998, TORRES NEWS 0603, P5 NR 98 TC 19 Z9 19 U1 0 U2 4 PU OCEANIA PUBLICATIONS PI SYDNEY PA UNIV SYDNEY, SYDNEY, 2006, AUSTRALIA SN 0029-8077 J9 OCEANIA JI Oceania PD DEC PY 1999 VL 70 IS 2 BP 146 EP 176 DI 10.1002/j.1834-4461.1999.tb02998.x PG 31 WC Anthropology SC Anthropology GA 286BP UT WOS:000085424000004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Morris, B AF Morris, B TI The dynamics of governmental structure and the advancement of women: A comparison of Sri Lanka and Malaysia SO JOURNAL OF ASIAN AND AFRICAN STUDIES LA English DT Article ID POLITICS; SEX AB Economic development, elite cooperation, and a lack of ethnic hostility are necessary for the advancement of women in developing countries. Clearly, the structure of government institutions has determinative power in mediating conflict, along with allowing women and ethnic groups the opportunities and benefits for political participation. Consociational democracies are excellent examples of institutions moderating ethnic tensions through accommodation and power-sharing. I address whether consociational democracy provides an environment conducive to women's political participation in developing countries. The paper examines the history and current status of women in Sri Lanka and Malaysia and notes that women in Malaysia, which uses consociational democracy, fare much better than women in Sri Lanka. The result is particularly compelling because Sri Lanka was believed to have a superior environment for development at the time of its independence than Malaysia. Differing governmental structures are believed to explain the relative success of women in Malaysia and their current difficulties in Sri Lanka. C1 Univ Redlands, Dept Govt, Redlands, CA 92373 USA. RP Morris, B (reprint author), Univ Redlands, Dept Govt, Redlands, CA 92373 USA. CR AGUS MR, 1991, SPATIAL PATTERNS GRO *ASS NEWSP CEYL LT, 1988, PARL SRI LANK BAGDANOR V, WHAT IS PROPORTIONAL BIANCO W, 1990, AM POLIT SCI REV, V84, P134 *BUS INT, 1991, COUNTR REP MAL BRUN *BUS INT, 1992, MALAYSIA CASTLES FG, 1981, POLITICS, V1, P22 Christy CA, 1987, SEX DIFFERENCES POLI CURRELL ME, 1974, POLITICAL WOMEN DANC DANCZ V, 1987, WOMEN PARTY POLITICA DAS K, 1979, FAR E EC REV NOV, P22 DOWSE RE, 1971, BRIT J SOCIOL, V22, P53, DOI 10.2307/588724 Duverger Maurice, 1955, POLITICAL ROLE WOMEN Enloe C., 1989, BANANAS BEACHES BASE FINER SE, 1975, ADVERSARY POLITICS E GREENSTEIN FI, 1965, CHILDREN POLITICS Hess R. D., 1967, DEV POLITICAL ATTITU HONG E, 1983, MALAYSIAN WOMEN Hooks B., 1984, FEMINIST THEORY MARG HOROWITZ DL, 1989, 3 WORLD Q, V10, P18 Horowitz Donald L., 1985, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI *INT CTR ETHN STUD, 1985, WOM CROSS ROADS REP JACKMAN R, 1987, AM POLIT SCI REV, V68, P405 JANI GB, 1991, 6 MALAYSIAN PLAN 199 King Gary, 1988, ELUSIVE EXECUTIVE KRAUSS W, 1974, AM POLIT SCI REV, V68, P1704 LIJPHART A, 1968, COMP POLIT STUD, V1, P21 LIJPHART A, 1991, UNPUB VIRTUES PARLIA LIJPHART A, 1971, CANADIAN J POLITICAL, V4, P13 Lijphart Arend, 1984, CHOOSING ELECTORAL S MacRae Kenneth, 1974, CONSOCIATIONAL DEMOC Manderson L, 1983, WOMENS WORK WOMENS R Means G. P., 1991, MALAYSIAN POLITICS 2 Montville Joseph V., 1991, CONFLICT PEACEMAKING Norris Pippa, 1985, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V8, P90, DOI DOI 10.1080/01402388508424556 Oppenheimer Joe A., 1978, MODERN POLITICAL EC ORUM AM, 1974, AM SOCIOL REV, V39, P197, DOI 10.2307/2094232 PFAFFENBERGER B, 1991, CONFLICT PEACEMAKING Popkin Samuel, 1979, RATIONAL PEASANT Putterman L., 1986, EC NATURE FIRM RAE DW, 1967, POLITICAL CONSEQUENC RAPOPORT RB, 1981, AM J POLIT SCI, V25, P32, DOI 10.2307/2110911 REGAN D, 1990, STUDIES COMMUNICATIO, V4, P49 RULE W, 1987, WESTERN POLIT QUART, V40, P477, DOI 10.2307/448386 Strange Heather, 1981, RURAL MALAY WOMEN TR *UN, 1992, WORLDS WOM 1970 1990 VALLANCE E, 1981, POLITICS, V1 Vallance E, 1979, WOMEN HOUSE WELCH S, 1980, WOMEN POLIT, V1, P29 WILSON AJ, 1980, GUALIST SYSTEM ASIA 1960, UMNO CONSTITUTION 1985, KEESING CONT ARCH 1980, YB LABOR STAT NR 53 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 0 PU BRILL ACADEMIC PUBLISHERS PI LEIDEN PA PLANTIJNSTRAAT 2, P O BOX 9000, 2300 PA LEIDEN, NETHERLANDS SN 0021-9096 J9 J ASIAN AFR STUD JI J. Asian Afr. Stud. PD NOV PY 1999 VL 34 IS 4 BP 403 EP 426 DI 10.1177/002190969903400402 PG 24 WC Area Studies SC Area Studies GA 310MX UT WOS:000086832900002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Yashar, DJ AF Yashar, DJ TI Democracy, indigenous movements, and the postliberal challenge in Latin America SO WORLD POLITICS LA English DT Article AB Scholars of democratic consolidation have come to focus on the links between political institutions and enduring regime outcomes. This article rakes issue with the conceptual and analytical underpinnings of this literature by highlighting how new political institutions, rather than securing democratic politics, have in fact had a more checkered effect. It delineates why the theoretical expectations of the democratic consolidation literature have not been realized and draws, by example, on the contemporary ethnic movements that are now challenging third-wave democracies. In particular, it highlights how contemporary indigenous movements, emerging in response to unevenly institutionalized reforms, pose a postliberal challenge to Latin America's newly founded democracies. These movements have sparked political debates and constitutional reforms over community rights, territorial autonomy, and a multiethnic citizenry. As a whole, they have laid bare the weakness of state institutions, the contested terms of democracy, and the indeterminacy of ethnic accommodation in the region. As such, these movements highlight the need to qualify somewhat premature and narrow discussions of democratic consolidation in favor of a broader research agenda on democratic politics. C1 Princeton Univ, Princeton, NJ 08544 USA. RP Yashar, DJ (reprint author), Princeton Univ, Princeton, NJ 08544 USA. CR ALBO X, POPULAR PARTICIPATIO Alvarez Sonia, 1990, ENGENDERING DEMOCRAC Ames B, 1999, LAT AM RES REV, V34, P221 BECKER D, 1999, J DEMOCR, V20, P139 Beiner Ronald, 1995, THEORIZING CITIZENSH CLAVERO B, 1994, DERECHO INDIGENA CUL, P187 COLLER RB, 1991, SHAPING POLITICAL AR Collier David, 1995, LATIN AM COMP PERSPE COMG (Consejo de Organizaciones Mayas de Guatemala), 1995, CONSTR FUT NUESTR PA Conaghan Catherine, 1994, UNSETTLING STATECRAF CUSICANQUI SR, 1992, AYLLUS PROYECTOS DES DAALDER H, 1974, WORLD POLITICS, V26 DANDLER JE, 1996, ACAD WORKSH RUL LAW DECORDOVA MUF, 1992, FORTALECER COMUNIDAD Degler Carl N., 1971, NEITHER BLACK NOR WH DEJANVRY A, 1994, POLITICAL FEASIBILIT DIAZPOLANCO H, 1997, J LATIN AM ANTHR, V3 DOMINGUEZ JI, 1998, COMP POLITICS, V31 Fontaine Pierre-Michel, 1985, RACE CLASS POWER BRA Fox J, 1994, WORLD POLITICS, V46 FOX J, 1990, J DEV STUD, P26 FOX J, 1994, J DEMOCRACY, V5 GALARZA RT, DERECHOS PUEBLOS IND Gay Robert, 1994, POPULAR ORG DEMOCRAC Gibson Edward L., 1997, WORLD POLITICS, V49 Gonzalo Rojas O., 1995, VOTOS WIPHALAS CAMPE Graham Richard, 1990, IDEA RACE LATIN AM 1 GRANERO FS, 1996, GLOBALIZACION COMBIO GURR TR, 1993, MINORITIES RISK GLOB Hagopian Frances, 1996, TRADITIONAL POLITICS HALE CR, 1994, RESISTANCE CONTRADIT HANCARD M, 1994, ORPHEUS POWER MOVIME Harvey N., 1998, CHIAPAS REBELLION HIGLEY J, 1992, ELITES DEMOCRATIC CO Horowitz Donald L., 1985, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI Huber Evelyne, 1995, AGRARIAN STRUCTURE P Huntington S., 1986, POLITICAL ORDER CHAN HUNTINGTON SP, 1986, COMP POLITICS NOTES JAQUETTE J, 1994, WOMENS MOVEMENT LATI Jaquette Jane S., 1998, WOMEN DEMOCRACY LATI JENSON J, 1996, INT J CANADIAN STUDI, V14 Joseph G. M., 1994, EVERYDAY FORMS STATE Kymlicka W., 1995, MULTICULTURAL CITIZE Kymlicka W, 1995, RIGHTS MINORITY CULT LAPIDOTH R, 1996, AUTONOMY FLEXIBLE SO, P50 LEHM Z, 1992, TERRITORIO DIGNIDAD Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Lijphart Arend, 1996, I DESIGN NEW DEMOCRA Lind Amy, 1992, MAKING SOCIAL MOVEME LINZ J, 1994, FAILURE PRESIDENTIAL, V2 Linz J. J., 1990, J DEMOCRACY, V1 Linz Juan J., 1996, PROBLEMS DEMOCRATIC LUSTICK IS, 1997, WORLD POLITICS, V50 LUSTIG N, 1995, COPING AUSTERITY POV Mainwaring Scott, 1992, ISSUES DEMOCRATIC CO Malloy J., 1977, AUTHORITARIANISM COR MAMANI C, 1996, NACION CLANDESTINA P Marshall T. H., 1963, CLASS CITIZENSHIP SO Marx Anthony W., 1998, MAKING RACE NATION MATTIACE S, 1997, J LATING AM ANTHR, V3 MAYER E, 1996, CONSTRUIR DEMOCRACIA Migdal J, 1988, STRONG SOC WEAK STAT Migdal Joel S., 1994, STATE POWER SOCIAL F *MIN DES HUM, 1997, IND POD LOC MIXE AC, 1996, CHIAPAS, V2 MOLINA WM, 1999, UNPUB MOVIMIENTO SOC Moore Jr Barrington, 1966, SOCIAL ORIGINS DICTA MORLEY SA, 1995, POVERTY INEQUALITY L MUNOZ JA, 1997, REFORMING AGRARIAN R *NACLA, 1992, REPORT AM, V25 NICKSON RA, 1995, LOCAL GOVT LATIN AM O'Donnell G, 1998, J DEMOCRACY, V9 O'Donnell G. A., 1996, J DEMOCRACY, V7, P4 O'Donnell Guillermo, 1993, WORLD DEV, V21 RIBERA CN, 1996, 35 CTR INV DOC DES B Rubin J. W., 1997, DECENTERING REGIME E Ruiz Lucy, 1993, AMAZONIA ESCENARIOS SCHMITTER PC, 1993, AM BEHAV SCI, V35 SCHNEIDER BR, 1995, LAT AM RES REV, V30, P220 SCHNEIDER BR, 1995, LAT AM RES REV, V30, P231 SCHNEIDER BR, 1995, LAT AM RES REV, V30, P216 SCHNEIDER BR, 1995, LAT AM RES REV, V30, P219 SCHNEIDER CL, 1995, SHATYTOWN PROTEST PI Scott J., 1998, SEEING LIKE STATE CE Scully Timothy R., 1992, RETHINKING CTR PARTY Shafir G., 1998, CITIZENSHIP DEBATES Shapiro Ian, 1997, ETHNICITY GROUP RIGH, V39 Shugart Matthew S., 1992, PRESIDENTS ASSEMBLIE Skocpol Theda, 1979, STATES SOCIAL REVOLU SMITH MA, 1999, UNPUB INDIGENOUS LAW SMITH RC, 1985, NATIVE PEOPLES EC DE SMITH RC, 1996, PUEBLOS INDIOS SOBER Solano Xochitl Leyva, 1998, ENCUENTROS ANTROPOLO SOYSAL NY, 1994, LIMITS CITIZENSHIP M STAVENHAGEN R, 1992, J INT AFFAIRS, V45 STAVENHAGEN Rodolfo, 1990, ENTRE LEY COSTUMBRE STEPAN A, 1993, WORLD POLITICS, V46 Stokes Susan Carol, 1995, CULTURES CONFLICT SO STROBELEGREGOR J, 1996, LATIN AM PERSPECTIVE, V23 Van Cott D. L., 1999, FRIENDLY LIQUIDATION VANCOTT DL, 1999, UNPUB EXPLAINING ETH VANCOTT DL, 1994, INDIGENOUS PEOPLES D VONMETTENHEIM K, 1998, DEEPENING DEMOCRACY Wade P., 1997, RACE ETHNICITY LATIN WEBER, 1976, PEASANTS FRENCHMEN M Weber Max, 1946, M WEBER ESSAYS SOCIO, P78 WILLIS E, 1999, LATIN AM RES REV, V34 Wilmer F., 1993, INDIGENOUS VOICE WOR WINANT H, 1992, J LAT AM STUD, V24, P173, DOI 10.1017/S0022216X00022999 Yashar D. J., 1997, DEMANDING DEMOCRACY Yashar Debora, 1996, CONSTRUCTING DEMOCRA YOUNG C, 1976, POLITICS CULTURAL PL, pCH11 Zamosc Leon, 1995, ESTADISTICA AREAS PR NR 113 TC 129 Z9 138 U1 1 U2 11 PU PRINCETON UNIV PRESS PI LAWRENCEVILLE PA 3175 PRINCETON PIKE, LAWRENCEVILLE, NJ 08648 USA SN 0043-8871 J9 WORLD POLIT JI World Polit. PD OCT PY 1999 VL 52 IS 1 BP 76 EP + DI 10.1017/S0043887100020037 PG 30 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA 278CP UT WOS:000084970600003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Spears, IS AF Spears, IS TI Power-sharing and conflict resolution in Africa - A review of the case study literature SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL LA English DT Review C1 Univ Toronto, Toronto, ON, Canada. RP Spears, IS (reprint author), Univ Toronto, 100 Coll St, Toronto, ON, Canada. CR ALI TM, 1999, CIVIL WARS AFRICA RO Hare P., 1998, ANGOLAS LAST BEST CH Lyons Terrence, 1999, VOTING PEACE POSTCON Sisk Timothy, 1998, ELECTIONS CONFLICT M NR 4 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 0 U2 0 PU CANADIAN INST INT AFFAIRS PI TORONTO PA 5 DEVONSHIRE PL, TORONTO, ONTARIO M5S 2C8, CANADA SN 0020-7020 J9 INT J JI Int. J. PD SUM PY 1999 VL 54 IS 3 BP 525 EP 532 DI 10.2307/40203410 PG 8 WC International Relations SC International Relations GA 230GV UT WOS:000082244200012 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU James, MR AF James, MR TI Critical intercultural dialogue SO POLITY LA English DT Article AB Cultural pluralism assumes the persistence of inter-group conflicts and poses the question of how members of multiethnic liberal democracies should address disagreements stemming from divergent cultural values. Allowing groups greater cultural autonomy resolves some problems, but does not address those that arise when different cultural values suggest divergent answers to questions of common concern. These can be addressed through developing practices of critical intercultural dialogue that will provide a basis for mutual understanding of group values and valid intercultural criticism. Such critical intercultural dialogue is based on three criteria: the priority of understanding the other's values to criticism of them, the achievement of fair conditions of discussion, and the fostering of mutual openness and trust. This article identifies the difficulties in the way of attaining each of these criteria, drawing examples from recent discussions between members of Native American and other American communities. C1 Bucknell Univ, Dept Polit Sci, Lewisburg, PA 17837 USA. RP James, MR (reprint author), Bucknell Univ, Dept Polit Sci, Lewisburg, PA 17837 USA. CR ACKERMAN B, 1989, J PHILOS, V86, P5, DOI 10.2307/2027173 Apel K.O., 1980, TRANSFORMATION PHILO BENHABIB S, 1992, SITUATING SELF, P95 BERGER T, 1991, LONG TERRIBLE SHADOW, P101 CHAMBERS S, 1995, CAMBRIDGE COMPANION, P240 CORNELL S, 1988, RETURN NATIVE AM IND, P114 DELORIA V, 1983, AM INDIANS AM JUSTIC, P133 DRYZEK J, DISCURSIVE DEMOCRACY, P55 Gadamer Hans-Georg, 1990, TRUTH METHOD, P302 GADAMER HG, 1976, PHILOS HERMENEUTICS, P32 HABERMAS, 1990, MORAL CONSCIOUSNESS, P87 Habermas Jurgen, 1990, MORAL CONSCIOUSNESS, P87 Kymlicka W., 1989, LIBERALISM COMMUNITY, P164 Kymlicka W., 1995, MULTICULTURAL CITIZE, P82 LARLMORE C, 1990, POLIT THEORY, V18, P347 MARA GM, 1988, POLIT THEORY, V16, P468, DOI 10.1177/0090591788016003006 MCDONALD M, 1986, CANADIAN COMMUNITY L, V9, P27 MOON JD, 1993, CONSTRUCTING COMMUNI, P99 POMMERSHEIM F, 1995, BRAID FEATHERS AM IN, P120 RAWLS J, 1988, PHILOS PUBLIC AFF, V17, P251 Rawls J., 1987, OXFORD J LEGAL STUD, V7, P1, DOI DOI 10.1093/OJLS/7.1.1 SANDERS L, 1977, POLIT THEORY, V25, P347 Taylor Charles, 1992, MULTICULTURALISM POL, P62 TULLY J, 1995, STRANGE MULTIPLICITY, P172 WARNKE G, 1987, GADAMER HERMENEUTICS, P100 WHITE SK, 1988, RECENT WORK J HABERM, P57 WILKINS DE, SOCIAL SCI J, V30, P194 YOUNG IM, 1997, CONSTELLATIONS, V3, P343 YOUNG IM, 1996, DEMOCRACY DIFFERENCE, P133 1990, JUSTICE POLITICS DIF, P37 1996, FACTS NORMS, P371 NR 31 TC 10 Z9 10 U1 0 U2 0 PU NORTHEASTERN POL SCIENCE ASSN PI AMHERST PA WHITMORE HALL, AMHERST, MA 01003 USA SN 0032-3497 J9 POLITY JI Polity PD SUM PY 1999 VL 31 IS 4 BP 587 EP 607 DI 10.2307/3235237 PG 21 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA 234MC UT WOS:000082487600003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Herd, GP AF Herd, GP TI Russia: Systemic transformation or federal collapse? SO JOURNAL OF PEACE RESEARCH LA English DT Article AB Most scholars have argued that the Russian Federation, having survived the turbulence of 1992-93, has slowly developed a durable and sustainable modus operandi. This article argues for the opposite. It notes that the constituent parts of the federation gradually secured greater constitutional and political legitimacy throughout Yeltsin's second-term presidency, even to the extent of regionalizing some federal military structures. They entered into economic alliances with newly privatized companies, created independent communication and information networks and, to a more limited extent, developed foreign economic policies. Although this drift towards growing regional autonomy was kept more or less in check by the centre's ability to contain the wilder excesses of regional governors, the 1998 'August Meltdown' disrupted the balance between centripetal and centrifugal forces within the federation by dramatically weakening the centre's power. As a consequence, the federal system of governance is disintegrating not by design but by default. Following an analysis of the extent to which federal transformation has occurred during 1998, the article charts the likely future trajectory of this process. It argues that as the centre is largely unable to combat the crisis, Russia will either become a very weak federation dominated by large regional blocs, or a confederation. The article concludes by suggesting char Russia's systemic transformation will affect our perceptions of security within the region and that this has important implications for Western policymakers. C1 Univ Aberdeen, Dept Polit & Int Relat, Aberdeen AB9 1FX, Scotland. RP Herd, GP (reprint author), Univ Aberdeen, Dept Polit & Int Relat, Aberdeen AB9 1FX, Scotland. CR Arbatov AG, 1998, INT SECURITY, V22, P83 AZRAEL JR, 1998, CONFLICT CONSENSUS E Blum Douglas W., 1994, RUSSIAS FUTURE CONSO DEBARDELEBEN J, 1997, MONOLITH EMERGENCE R, P35 FLERON FJ, 1998, CAN DEMOCRACY TAKE R, P35 Lapidus Gail W., 1995, NEW RUSSIA TROUBLED, P79 OLSHANSKY DV, 1993, POTOMAC PAPERS NR 7 TC 13 Z9 13 U1 0 U2 0 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 6 BONHILL STREET, LONDON EC2A 4PU, ENGLAND SN 0022-3433 J9 J PEACE RES JI J. Peace Res. PD MAY PY 1999 VL 36 IS 3 BP 259 EP 269 DI 10.1177/0022343399036003001 PG 11 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA 189XU UT WOS:000079932100001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Negretto, GL AF Negretto, GL TI Constitution-making and institutional design. The transformations of presidentialism in Argentina SO ARCHIVES EUROPEENNES DE SOCIOLOGIE LA English DT Article AB This paper presents an analytical framework for the study of constitutional design from the point of view of the structure of interaction and mechanisms of institutional selection that affect the behavior and choices of the actors involved in a constitution-making process. This framework is used to explain the various limitations introduced to the powers of the President in the Argentine constitution of 1994. I argue that two levels of causation determined this reform. At the macro level, the limitation of presidential powers was the outcome of a distribution of political resources and a configuration of preferences among the actors that made possible the resolution of conflicts by means of compromise. At the micro level, the new set of institutions derived from the limited influence of the incumbent executive over constitutional design, the pluralism of the constituent assembly that approved the constitution, and the prevalence of bargaining as a mechanism of collective decision-making. Both levels of action Facilitated a consensual constitution-making process from which emerged a power-sharing structure that has the potential to lower the stakes of political competition for presidential office and create new rules of mutual trust between government and opposition. C1 Columbia Univ, New York, NY 10027 USA. RP Negretto, GL (reprint author), Columbia Univ, New York, NY 10027 USA. CR Acuna Carlos, 1995, NUEVA MATRIZ POLITIC, P115 ALBERDI JB, 1969, BASES PUNTOS PARTIDA ALFONSIN R, 1995, DEMOCRACIA CONSENSO Arato Andrew, 1995, CARDOZO LAW REV, V17, P191 BAAKLINI A, 1989, REV BRASILEIRA CIENC, V1, P165 BIANCHI A, 1991, THESIS, P141 BONIMEBLANC A, 1987, SPAINS TRANSITION DE BOTANA N, 1991, REFORMA I CAMBIO POL, P47 BOTANA N, 1987, ORDEN CONSERVADOR Brennan Geoffrey, 1985, REASON RULES CONSTIT Buchanan James M., 1989, J THEORETICAL POLITI, V1, P49, DOI DOI 10.1177/0951692889001001004 CALVERT R, 1997, C DEM POL E EUR PROG Colomer J. M., 1995, GAME THEORY TRANSITI *CONS CONS DEM, 1987, REF CONST SEG DICT Consejo para la Consolidacion de la Democracia, 1986, REF CONST DICT PREL DERIZ L, 1995, REFORMA CONSTITUCION Elster J, 1995, DUKE LAW J, V45, P364, DOI 10.2307/1372906 ELSTER J, 1993, PUBLIC ADMIN, V71, P169, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9299.1993.tb00972.x ELSTER J, 1991, U CHICAGO LAW REV, V58, P447, DOI 10.2307/1599963 Elster J., 1991, ARGUING BARGAINING 2 ELSTER J, 1995, REVOLUSJON RESONNEME, P67 Elster J, 1992, CARDOZO LAW REV, V14, P549 Elster J, 1990, NUTS BOLTS SOCIAL SC ELSTER J, 1991, BORN IMMORTAL CONSTI ELSTER J, 1998, DILEBARATIVE DEMOCRA Elster J., 1989, CEMENT SOC Elster Jon, 1993, POLITICAL PSYCHOL Elster Jon, 1995, BARRIERS CONFLICT RE, P236 FEIJOO MD, 1995, REV CIENC SOC, P71 GARCIA L, 1994, REFOMA DENTRO Geddes B., 1996, I DESIGN NEW DEMOCRA Geddes Barbara, 1990, 1990 M AM POL SCI AS GELLI MA, 1992, LEY E, P553 GELLI MA, 1994, LEY C, P291 GORETTI M, 1998, EXECUTIVE DECREE AUT, P33 GORETTI M, 1995, AGORA, P75 Habermas J., 1981, THEORY COMMUNICATIVE Hardin R, 1989, FEDERALIST PAPERS NE HECKATHORN DD, 1987, AM J POLIT SCI, V31, P142, DOI 10.2307/2111328 Jillson Calvin, 1988, CONSTITUTION MAKING JILLSON CC, 1984, AM J POLIT SCI, V28, P435, DOI 10.2307/2110899 Jones MP, 1997, PRESIDENTIALISM DEMO, P259 JUNG C, 1996, DEMOCRACYS PLACE Kavka Gregory, 1986, HOBBESSIAN MORAL POL Knight J., 1992, I SOCIAL CONFLICT Lijphart Arend, 1992, J THEORETICAL POLITI, V4, P207 Linz Juan, 1994, FAILURE PRESIDENTIAL, P3 Linz Juan J., 1996, PROBLEMS DEMOCRATIC LUNA F, 1984, PERON SU TIEMPO MAINWARING S, 1990, LAT AM RES REV, V25, P157 Mainwaring S, 1997, PRESIDENTIALISM DEMO MANIN B, 1987, POLIT THEORY, P349 MOLINELLI C, 1996, POSTDATA NOV, P59 MUSTAPCI AM, 1995, AGORA, P61 NALEBUFF B, 1991, STRATEGY CHOICE, P161 Nino Carlos S., 1992, FUNDAMENTOS DERECHO Palermo Vicente, 1996, POLITICA PODER GOBIE PDILLA AJ, 1986, CRITERIO, P577 POTTER A, 1981, J LAT AM STUD, V131, P83 Przeworski A., 1991, DEMOCRACY MARKET Przeworski A., 1995, SUSTAINABLE DEMOCRAC Raiffa H., 1982, ART SCI NEGOTIATION SAGUIR J, 1997, UNPUB ENTRE CONFLICT SARTORI G, 1994, COMP CONSTITUIONAL E Schelling T.C, 1960, STRATEGY CONFLICT Shugart M., 1998, EXECUTIVE DECREE AUT Shugart M, 1992, PRESIDENT ASSEMBLIES TSEBELIS G, 1990, NESTED GAMES VALENZUELA A, 1989, DEMOCRACY DEV COUNTR, V4 Verbitsky Horacio, 1993, HACER CORTE VIDAL A, 1995, C TRAMP BUEN AIR PLA WEINGAST B, 1997, AM POLIT SCI REV, P245 NR 72 TC 9 Z9 10 U1 1 U2 5 PU CAMBRIDGE UNIV PRESS PI NEW YORK PA 40 WEST 20TH STREET, NEW YORK, NY 10011-4211 USA SN 0003-9756 J9 ARCH EUR SOCIOL JI Arch. Eur. Sociol. PY 1999 VL 40 IS 2 BP 193 EP + DI 10.1017/S0003975600007451 PG 41 WC Sociology SC Sociology GA 280JJ UT WOS:000085099400001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Alter, KJ AF Alter, KJ TI Who are the "masters of the treaty"? European governments and the European Court of Justice SO INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION LA English DT Article ID LEGAL INTEGRATION; UNION; POLITICS; LAW AB To what extent can the European Court of Justice, an international court, make decisions that go against the interests of European Union member states? Neofunctionalist accounts imply that because the Court is a legal body it has vast political autonomy from the member states, whereas neorealist accounts imply that because member states can sanction the ECJ, the Court has no significant political autonomy. Neither theory can explain why the Court, which was once politically weak and did not stray far from the interests of European governments, now boldly rules against their interests. In explaining how the Court escaped member state control, this article develops a general hypothesis of the autonomy of the ECJ, focusing on how differing time horizons of political and judicial actors, support for the Court within the national judiciaries, and decision-making rules at the supranational level limit the member states' ability to control the Court. C1 Smith Coll, Northampton, MA 01063 USA. RP Alter, KJ (reprint author), Smith Coll, Northampton, MA 01063 USA. CR ALTER K, 1997, DOM POL INT LAW C 4 ALTER K, 1997, 93D AM POL SCI ASS M Alter K. J., 1996, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V19, P458, DOI DOI 10.1080/01402389608425146 ALTER KJ, 1996, THESIS MIT BROWN K, 1995, FINANCIAL TIMES 0202, P9 BURLEY AM, 1993, INT ORGAN, V47, P41, DOI 10.1017/S0020818300004707 BURLEY AMS, 1993, AM J INT LAW, V87, P205, DOI 10.2307/2203817 CALDEIRA GA, 1995, AM POLIT SCI REV, V89, P356, DOI 10.2307/2082430 CLEVER P, 1995, Z SOZIALHILFE SOZIAL, P1 DENNING L, 1990, INTRO EUROPEAN COURT EVERLING U, 1967, AUSSENWIRTSCHAFTSDIE, V5, P182 GARRETT G, 1995, INT ORGAN, V49, P171, DOI 10.1017/S0020818300001612 GARRETT G, 1992, INT ORGAN, V46, P533, DOI 10.1017/S0020818300027806 Garrett G, 1993, IDEAS FOREIGN POLICY, P173 GEOFFREY GR, 1998, INT ORGAN, V52, P149 Golub J., 1996, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V19, P360, DOI DOI 10.1080/01402389608425138 Hartley Trevor, 1988, FDN EUROPEAN COMMUNI KARI J, 1979, ROLE PRELIMINARY RUL, V16 MANCINI F, 1995, COLUMBIA J EUROPEAN, V1, P397 Mancini F, 1994, MOD LAW REV, V57, P175 Mancini Federico, 1989, COMMON MARKET LAW RE, V24, P595 MANN C, 1972, FUNCTION JUDICIAL DE MARKS BA, 1989, THESIS U WASHINGTON Mattli W, 1998, INT ORGAN, V52, P177, DOI 10.1162/002081898550590 MATTLI W, 1995, INT ORGAN, V49, P183, DOI 10.1017/S0020818300001624 McCubbins M. D., 1987, C STRUCTURE POLICY, P409 MEIER G, 1994, RECHT INT WIRTSCHAFT, V3 MEIER G, 1967, AUSSENWIRTSCHAF 0315, P97 MEIER G, 1967, AUSSENWIRTSCHAF 0215, P75 Moravcsik A, 1995, J COMMON MARK STUD, V33, P611, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-5965.1995.tb00554.x Pierson P, 1996, COMP POLIT STUD, V29, P123, DOI 10.1177/0010414096029002001 Pollatschek MA, 1997, INT J PROD ECON, V51, P99, DOI 10.1016/S0925-5273(97)00061-3 Rasmussen H, 1986, LAW POLICY EUROPEAN RICE R, 1996, FINANCIAL TIMES 0306, P12 ROBERTSON AH, 1966, EUROPEAN I COOPERATI SCHARPF FW, 1988, PUBLIC ADMIN, V66, P239, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9299.1988.tb00694.x SCHEINGOLD SA, 1971, 27 HARV U CTR INT AF Shapiro Martin, 1981, COURTS COMP POLITICA Slaughter Anne-Marie, 1995, EUR J INT LAW, V6, P503 STEIN E, 1981, AM J INT LAW, V75, P1, DOI 10.2307/2201413 STOCKER HA, 1967, BETRIEB, P1690 WEILER JHH, 1994, COMP POLIT STUD, V26, P510, DOI 10.1177/0010414094026004006 WEILER JHH, 1991, YALE LAW J, V100, P2403, DOI 10.2307/796898 Weiler JHH, 1981, YB EUROPEAN LAW, V1, P257 WENDT P, 1967, BETRIEB, P2047 WENDT P, 1967, AUSSENWIRTSCHAFT SEP, P348 NR 46 TC 202 Z9 203 U1 1 U2 16 PU M I T PRESS PI CAMBRIDGE PA FIVE CAMBRIDGE CENTER, CAMBRIDGE, MA 02142 USA SN 0020-8183 J9 INT ORGAN JI Int. Organ. PD WIN PY 1998 VL 52 IS 1 BP 121 EP + DI 10.1162/002081898550572 PG 28 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA YY038 UT WOS:000072106000005 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Moe, A Kryukov, VA AF Moe, A Kryukov, VA TI Joint management of oil and gas resources in Russia SO POST-SOVIET GEOGRAPHY AND ECONOMICS LA English DT Article ID FEDERATION; INDUSTRY; PROSPECTS; AUTONOMY; SIBERIA AB A Norwegian political scientist and Russian advisor to regional authorities in West Siberia, both long-time analysts of the Russian oil and gas industries, examine the role played by hydrocarbon resources in the evolving power-sharing relationship between Russia's regions and the Russian Federation Government in Moscow. A specific focus is on the country's leading oil- and gas-producing regions-the Khanty-Mansiysk and Yamal-Nenets autonomous okrugs, respectively, with coverage extending to the fall of 1998,Implications of changing power relations between the regions and new trans-regional oil and gas companies are investigated as well. Journal of Economic Literature, Classification Numbers: H77, 1,71, Q40. 41 references. C1 Fridtjof Nansen Inst, Lysaker, Norway. Russian Acad Sci, Inst Econ & Ind Engn, Novosibirsk, Russia. RP Moe, A (reprint author), Fridtjof Nansen Inst, Lysaker, Norway. RI Kryukov, Valeriy A./H-8725-2015 OI Kryukov, Valeriy A./0000-0002-7315-6044 CR AZAROVA S, 1997, NEFT KAPITAL, P32 BOLMATOVA O, 1996, NEFT KAPITAL, P37 DIENES L, 1982, SOV GEOGR, V23, P205 DIENES L, 1991, SOV GEOGR, V32, P445, DOI 10.1080/00385417.1991.10640868 DIENES L, 1985, SOV GEOGR, V26, P609 Dienes L., 1987, SOVIET ASIA EC DEV N *GOS, 1998, TAM STAT VNESHN TORG Hahn JW, 1997, POST-SOV GEOGR ECON, V38, P251 Hough JF, 1998, POST-SOV GEOGR ECON, V39, P63, DOI 10.1080/10889388.1998.10641069 KAISER RJ, 1995, POST-SOV GEOGR, V36, P426, DOI 10.1080/10605851.1995.10641000 KIRKOW P, 1994, POST-SOV GEOGR, V35, P63, DOI 10.1080/10605851.1994.10640952 KOLCHIN S, 1996, NEFT KAPITAL, P36 KOPEYEV V, 1998, NEFTEGAZOVAYA VERTIK, P34 KRYUKOV V, 1996, NEW RUSSIAN CORPORAT KRYUKOV V, 1995, FINANSY, V8, P3 KRYUKOV VA, 1998, ROLE BANKS RUSSIAN O KRYUKOV VA, 1998, NEFTEGAZOVAYA VERTIK, P36 KRYUKOV VA, 1998, NEFTEGAZOVAYA VERTIK, P43 LANGHAMMER RJ, 1992, POST-SOV GEOGR, V33, P617, DOI 10.1080/10605851.1992.10640916 MOE A, 1994, POST-SOV GEOGR, V35, P89, DOI 10.1080/10605851.1994.10640953 MOVIT CH, 1998, PLANECON ENERGY OUTL, P161 ROSSII M, 1998, ITOGI RABOTY 1997 GO ROST A, 1995, NEFT KAPITAL, P44 Sagers MJ, 1995, POST-SOV GEOGR, V36, P521, DOI 10.1080/10605851.1995.10641006 Sagers MJ, 1996, POST-SOV GEOGR ECON, V37, P523, DOI 10.1080/10889388.1996.10641031 SAGERS MJ, 1995, POST-SOV GEOGR, V36, P389, DOI 10.1080/10605851.1995.10640999 SAGERS MJ, 1993, POST-SOV GEOGR, V34, P127, DOI 10.1080/10605851.1993.10640923 SAGERS MJ, 1993, POST-SOV GEOGR, V34, P341, DOI 10.1080/10605851.1993.10640940 SAGERS MJ, 1991, SOV GEOGR, V32, P513 SAGERS MJ, 1986, TRANSPORTATION SOVIE SERGEYEVA N, 1997, FINANSY SIBIRI JAN SHAFRANIK YK, 1997, NEFTEGAZOVYYE RESURS SHAW DJB, 1993, POST-SOV GEOGR, V34, P530, DOI 10.1080/10605851.1993.10640944 SHAW DJB, 1993, POST-SOV GEOGR, V34, P319 SHAW DJB, 1992, POST-SOV GEOGR, V33, P414 Slider D, 1997, POST-SOV GEOGR ECON, V38, P445, DOI 10.1080/10889388.1997.10641057 SMIRNOV G, 1995, NEFT KAPITAL, P68 TAAFFE RN, 1984, GEOGRAPHICAL STUDIES, P157 TEPLOV O, 1996, NEFT KAPITAL, P10 *YAN NEN AUT OKR A, 1995, CONCL REG OP COMM IM 1998, RUSSIAN PETROLEU OCT, P27 NR 41 TC 6 Z9 6 U1 0 U2 2 PU V H WINSTON & SON INC PI PALM BEACH PA 360 SOUTH OCEAN BLVD, PH-B, PALM BEACH, FL 33480 USA SN 1088-9388 J9 POST-SOV GEOGR ECON JI Post-Sov. Geogr. Econ. PD DEC PY 1998 VL 39 IS 10 BP 588 EP 605 DI 10.1080/10889388.1998.10641095 PG 18 WC Economics; Geography SC Business & Economics; Geography GA 149QB UT WOS:000077615700003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Cole, J AF Cole, J TI The work of memory in Madagascar SO AMERICAN ETHNOLOGIST LA English DT Article DE Madagascar; memory; forgetting; colonization; Bartlett ID HISTORY AB This article examines the practices through which the Betsimisaraka of Madagascar attempt to recode, assimilate, and contain the influences of the outside world. The Betsimisaraka endured colonization by the Merina and the French for 130 years. They rarely refer to this colonial past except on certain occasions when it is powerfully evoked. They prefer instead to commemorate ancestors. A processual view of remembering and forgetting productively complicates anthropological understandings of the colonization of consciousness and the consciousness of colonization, revealing how local cultural autonomy can be partially maintained through the work of memory. C1 Harvard Univ, Cambridge, MA 02138 USA. RP Cole, J (reprint author), Harvard Univ, Cambridge, MA 02138 USA. OI Cole, Jennifer/0000-0002-0164-6781 CR Allen Philip, 1995, MADAGASCAR CONFLICTS Anderson Benedict, 1991, IMAGINED COMMUNITIES APTER A, 1992, HEMENEUTICS POWER YO *ARCH NAT MAD, 1987, RAPP TOURN MAN D74 Astuti R., 1995, PEOPLE SEA IDENTITY ATHABE G, 1969, OPPRESSION LIBERATIO Bartlett F, 1995, REMEMBERING BATTAGLIA D, 1992, AM ETHNOL, V19, P3, DOI 10.1525/ae.1992.19.1.02a00010 BLOCH M, 1993, ACAD SINICA, V75, P29 BLOCH M, 1971, PLACING DEAD TOMBS A Bloch Maurice, 1992, PREY HUNTER POLITICS Bourdieu Pierre, 1977, OUTLINE THEORY PRACT *CAOM, 1948, RAPP POL 1948 2D CARSTEN J, 1995, MAN, V11, P317 Cole J., 1997, J RELIG AFR, V27, P401 Cole Jennifer, 1996, THESIS U CALIFORNIA Cole Jennifer, 1997, TERRAIN, V28, P9 Comaroff J., 1991, REVELATION REVOLUTIO, VI Comaroff J. L., 1992, ETHNOGRAPHY HIST IMA, P235 COMAROFF JL, 1987, AM ETHNOL, V14, P191, DOI 10.1525/ae.1987.14.2.02a00010 Connerton Paul, 1989, SOC REMEMBER Cooper Frederick, 1994, AM HIST REV, V99, P1516, DOI DOI 10.2307/2168387 COVELL M, 1989, MADAGASCAR POLITICS DELIVRE A, 1974, HIST ROIS IMERINA DHAKLIA J, 1990, OUBLI CITE MEMOIRE C Dirks N. B., 1992, COLONIALISM CULTURE ESOAVELOMANDROS.M, 1979, PROV MAR OR ROYAUM M ESOAVELOMANDROS.M, 1985, OMALY SY ANIO, V21, P33 Feeley-Harnik Gillian, 1991, GREEN ESTATE RESTORI Feeley-Harnik Gillian., 1991, IMAGES MEMORY REMEMB, P121 FEELEYHARNIK G, 1978, MAN, V13, P402, DOI 10.2307/2801937 Foucault Michael, 1982, M FOUCAULT STRUCTURA, P208 FREMIGACCI J, 1993, MAT HIST NOTRE TEMPS, V32, P27 Gergen Kenneth J., 1994, REMEMBERING SELF CON, P78 GRAEBER D, 1995, AM ETHNOL, V22, P258, DOI 10.1525/ae.1995.22.2.02a00030 GRAEBER D, 1996, THESIS U CHICAGO Halbwachs Maurice, 1980, COLLECTIVE MEMORY Herman J. L., 1992, TRAUMA RECOVERY Kirmayer LJ, 1996, TENSE CULTURAL ESSAY, P173 Kluckhohn C., 1942, HARVARD THEOLOGICAL, V35, P45 Lambek Michael, 1996, TENSE CULTURAL ESSAY, P235 Langer Lawrence, 1991, HOLOCAUST TESTIMONIE Larson PM, 1997, AM HIST REV, V102, P969, DOI 10.2307/2170626 Levi-Strauss Claude, 1966, SAVAGE MIND LEYS R, 1996, TENSE PAST CULTURAL, P173 Lienhardt RG, 1961, DIVINITY EXPERIENCE MBEMBE A, 1991, J AFR HIST, V31, P89 Meacham J. A., 1977, PERSPECTIVES DEV MEM, P273 Middleton D., 1997, MIND CULT ACT, V4, P71, DOI DOI 10.1207/S15327884MCA0402_2 Mitchell Timothy, 1988, COLONIZING EGYPT Neisser U., 1982, MEMORY OBSERVED REME Parmentier Richard, 1987, SACRED REMAINS MYTH Perelli Carina, 1994, REMAPPING MEMORY POL, P39 RAISONJOURDE F, 1997, C INT CINQ INS 1947 Rappaport Joanne, 1990, POLITICS MEMORY NATI Rosaldo Renato, 1980, ILONGOT HEADHUNTING SHARP LA, 1995, ANTHROPOL QUART, V68, P75, DOI 10.2307/3318048 Shotter J, 1990, COLLECTIVE REMEMBERI, P120 Stoller Paul, 1995, EMBODYING COLONIAL M TAYLOR AC, 1993, MAN, V28, P653, DOI 10.2307/2803991 THOMAS P, 1996, THESIS LONDON SCH EC Thompson Virginia, 1965, MALAGASY REPUBLIC MA TRONCHON J., 1986, INSURRECTION MALGACH Valensi Lucette, 1992, FABLES MEMOIRE GLORI Vaughan M., 1991, CURING THEIR ILLS CO Werbner R, 1995, ASA DECEN CONF SER, P99, DOI 10.4324/9780203450901_chapter_5 Wikan U, 1996, AM ANTHROPOL, V98, P279, DOI 10.1525/aa.1996.98.2.02a00050 Young J, 1993, TEXTURE MEMORY HOLOC NR 68 TC 44 Z9 45 U1 0 U2 5 PU WILEY-BLACKWELL PI MALDEN PA COMMERCE PLACE, 350 MAIN ST, MALDEN 02148, MA USA SN 0094-0496 J9 AM ETHNOL JI Am. Ethnol. PD NOV PY 1998 VL 25 IS 4 BP 610 EP 633 DI 10.1525/ae.1998.25.4.610 PG 24 WC Anthropology SC Anthropology GA 154QK UT WOS:000077899700003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Nielsen, F Salk, J AF Nielsen, F Salk, J TI The ecology of collective action and regional representation in the European Union SO EUROPEAN SOCIOLOGICAL REVIEW LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Annual Meeting of the Southern-Sociological-Society CY APR, 1994 CL RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA SP So Sociol Soc ID POPULATION ECOLOGY; ORGANIZATIONAL POPULATIONS; RESOURCE MOBILIZATION; INSTITUTIONAL THEORY; DENSITY DEPENDENCE; SOCIAL-MOVEMENTS; DIFFUSION; DYNAMICS; HISTORY AB We examine the emergence of regional information offices representing (subnational) regions of Europe near the administrative headquarters of the European Union in Brussels. Regional offices are viewed as instances of a new form of organization, and as indicating collective action on the basis of regional boundaries. We develop a theoretical model of regional collective action from which we derive a number of hypotheses relating characteristics of a region to the likelihood of regional collective action, as manifested by the opening of an office in Brussels. Logistic regression analyses of the presence or absence of representation for 183 regions yield results largely consistent with the theoretical model. Significant effects on the likelihood of representation are found for the following variables (directions): absolute size of the region (positive), size relative to the embedding country (negative), percentage of the labour force in industry (positive), share of Structural Funds per capita (negative), labour force diversity (negative), strength of subnational identification (positive), and regional autonomy (positive). The empirical results are interpreted in the context of the theoretical model of regional collective action, and within the broad European historical context. C1 Univ N Carolina, Dept Sociol, Chapel Hill, NC 27599 USA. Ecole Super Sci Econ & Commerciales, F-95021 Cergy Pontoise, France. RP Nielsen, F (reprint author), Univ N Carolina, Dept Sociol, CB 3210, Chapel Hill, NC 27599 USA. CR ALPERMANN EC, 1993, THESIS U BREMEN Carroll G. R., 1987, PUBLISH PERISH ORG E CARROLL GR, 1989, AM SOCIOL REV, V54, P545, DOI 10.2307/2095877 CARROLL GR, 1989, AM SOCIOL REV, V54, P524, DOI 10.2307/2095875 Coleman J. S., 1966, MED INNOVATION DELACROIX J, 1983, ADMIN SCI QUART, V28, P274, DOI 10.2307/2392621 DELACROIX J, 1989, AM SOCIOL REV, V54, P245, DOI 10.2307/2095793 DELACROIX J, 1988, ECOLOGICAL MODELS OR *EUR, 1992, REG NOM TERR UN STAT *EUR, REGIO REG DAT BANK *EUR COMM COMM, 1990, ANN REP IMPL REF STR FREEMAN J, 1987, AM J SOCIOL, V92, P1214, DOI 10.1086/228634 FREEMAN J, 1983, AM J SOCIOL, V88, P1116, DOI 10.1086/227797 FROMONT M, 1987, INT REV ADM SCI, V53, P507 Glazer N., 1975, ETHNICITY THEORY EXP GREENE WH, 1992, LIMDEP VERSION 6 0 U HALLIDAY TC, 1987, AM SOCIOL REV, V52, P456, DOI 10.2307/2095291 Hannan M. T., 1989, ORG ECOLOGY HANNAN MT, 1994, SOCIAL STRATIFICATIO, P500 Hanushek E. A., 1977, STAT METHODS SOCIAL HECHTER M, 1975, INTENRAL COLONIALISM HEDSTROM P, 1994, AM J SOCIOL, V99, P1157, DOI 10.1086/230408 JENKINS JC, 1983, ANNU REV SOCIOL, V9, P527, DOI 10.1146/annurev.so.09.080183.002523 Lane Jan-Erik, 1991, POLITICS SOC W EUROP LEGENDRE A, 1993, NATL PUBLIC PRIVATE, P49 LOWERY D, 1995, AM J POLIT SCI, V39, P1, DOI 10.2307/2111755 MADALA G. S., 1983, LTD DEPENDENT QUALIT Marks G, 1996, COMP POLIT STUD, V29, P164, DOI 10.1177/0010414096029002002 Marks G., 1992, EUROPOLITICS I POLIC, P191 McCarthy John, 1979, AM J SOCIOL, V82, P1212, DOI DOI 10.1086/226464 McFadden D, 1974, J PUBLIC ECON, V3, P303, DOI DOI 10.1016/0047-2727(74)90003-6 McNeill W. H., 1986, POLYETHNICITY NATL U Meyer J. W., 1983, ORG ENV RITUAL RATIO MEYER JW, 1977, AM J SOCIOL, V83, P340, DOI 10.1086/226550 NIELSEN F, 1985, AM SOCIOL REV, V50, P133, DOI 10.2307/2095405 Oberschall A, 1973, SOCIAL CONFLICT SOCI Olzak S, 1996, SOC FORCES, V74, P931, DOI 10.2307/2580387 Renan E, 1882, NATION NARRATION, P8 Stinchcombe A. L., 1968, CONSTRUCTING SOCIAL STRANG D, 1991, SOCIOL METHOD RES, V19, P324, DOI 10.1177/0049124191019003003 STRANG D, 1993, AM J SOCIOL, V99, P614, DOI 10.1086/230318 Theil H., 1972, STAT DECOMPOSITION THEIL H, 1967, EC INFORMATION Von Eschen Donald, 1971, SOC FORCES, V49, P529 Zucker L. G., 1983, RES SOCIOLOGY ORG ZUCKER LG, 1989, AM SOCIOL REV, V54, P542, DOI 10.2307/2095876 NR 46 TC 18 Z9 18 U1 0 U2 0 PU OXFORD UNIV PRESS PI OXFORD PA GREAT CLARENDON ST, OXFORD OX2 6DP, ENGLAND SN 0266-7215 J9 EUR SOCIOL REV JI Eur. Sociol. Rev. PD SEP PY 1998 VL 14 IS 3 BP 231 EP 254 DI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.esr.a018238 PG 24 WC Sociology SC Sociology GA 135NG UT WOS:000076808200002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Stanford, CB AF Stanford, CB TI The social behavior of chimpanzees and bonobos - empirical evidence and shifting assumptions SO CURRENT ANTHROPOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Wenner-Gren-Foundation Conference on Changing Images of Primate Societies CY JUN 15-22, 1996 CL TERRESOPOLIS, BRAZIL SP Wenner Gren Fdn ID GOMBE-NATIONAL-PARK; RED COLOBUS MONKEYS; REPUBLIC-OF-ZAIRE; PAN-PANISCUS; WILD CHIMPANZEES; PYGMY CHIMPANZEE; FEMALE CHIMPANZEES; MAHALE MOUNTAINS; GREAT APES; WAMBA AB As our closest living relatives, chimpanzees and bonobos have been widely used as models of the behavior of early hominids. In recent years, as information on the social behavior and ecology of bonobos has come to light, many interspecific comparisons have been made. Chimpanzees have been characterized in terms of their intercommunity warfare, meat eating, infanticide, cannibalism, male status-striving, and dominance over females. Bonobos, meanwhile, have been portrayed as the "Make love, not war" ape, characterized by female power-sharing, a lack of aggression between either individuals or groups, richly elaborated sexual behavior that occurs without the constraint of a narrow window of fertility, and the use of sex for communicative purposes. This paper evaluates the evidence for this dichotomy and considers the reasons that contrasting portrayals of the two great apes have developed. While there are marked differences in social behavior between these two species, I argue that they are more similar behaviorally than most accounts have suggested. I discuss several reasons that current Views of bonobo and chimpanzee societies may not accord well with field data. Among these are a bias toward captive data on bonobos, the tendency to see bonobos as derived because their behavior has been described more recently than that of chimpanzees, and the possibility that interpretations of bonobo-chimpanzee differences are reflections of human male-female differences. C1 Univ So Calif, Jane Goodall Res Ctr, Dept Anthropol, Los Angeles, CA 90089 USA. RP Stanford, CB (reprint author), Univ So Calif, Jane Goodall Res Ctr, Dept Anthropol, Los Angeles, CA 90089 USA. EM Stanford@almaak.usc.edu CR Altmann SA, 1979, PRIMATE ECOLOGY HUMA, P47 ANDLER RD, 1981, REPROD BIOL GREAT AP, P69 BADRIAN A, 1984, PYGMY CHIMPANZEE EVO, P275 BOESCH C, 1994, ANIM BEHAV, V48, P653, DOI 10.1006/anbe.1994.1285 BOESCH C, 1983, BEHAVIOUR, V83, P265, DOI 10.1163/156853983X00192 BOESCH C, 1989, AM J PHYS ANTHROPOL, V78, P547, DOI 10.1002/ajpa.1330780410 BOESCH C, 1991, Behaviour, V117, P220, DOI 10.1163/156853991X00544 Boesch Christophe, 1996, P101, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511752414.010 CACCONE A, 1989, EVOLUTION, V43, P925, DOI 10.1111/j.1558-5646.1989.tb02540.x CHAPMAN CA, 1990, ANIM BEHAV, V39, P981 Chapman Colin A., 1994, P41 Clutton-Brock T. H., 1976, GROWING POINTS ETHOL, P195 DAHL JF, 1991, AM J PRIMATOL, V24, P195, DOI 10.1002/ajp.1350240306 DAHL JF, 1986, J HUM EVOL, V15, P369, DOI 10.1016/S0047-2484(86)80017-3 de Waal F., 1989, PEACEMAKING PRIMATES de Waal Frans B.M., 1992, P37 deWaal F, 1997, NAT HIST, V106, P22 DEWAAL FBM, 1987, NATL GEOGR RES, V3, P318 DEWAAL FBM, 1995, CHIC SEX HIST SOC, P37 deWaal Frans B. M., 1990, PEDOPHILIA BIOSOCIAL, P378 Doran D, 1997, INT J PRIMATOL, V18, P183, DOI 10.1023/A:1026368518431 EISENBERG JF, 1976, SMITHSONIAN MISCELLA, V151, P1 FRUTH B, 1995, ECOLOGICAL BEHAV COR FURUICHI T, 1987, PRIMATES, V28, P309, DOI 10.1007/BF02381014 FURUICHI T, 1989, INT J PRIMATOL, V10, P173, DOI 10.1007/BF02735199 Furuichi T, 1997, INT J PRIMATOL, V18, P855, DOI 10.1023/A:1026327627943 Gagneux P, 1997, NATURE, V387, P358, DOI 10.1038/387358a0 GAGNEUX P, IN PRESS ANIMAL BEHA Ghiglieri M., 1984, CHIMPANZEES KIBALE F GHIGLIERI MP, 1987, J HUM EVOL, V16, P319, DOI 10.1016/0047-2484(87)90065-0 GOODALL J, 1983, Z TIERPSYCHOL, V61, P1 Goodall J, 1986, CHIMPANZEES GOMBE PA Goodall J., 1968, ANIM BEHAV MONOGR, V1, P163, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0066-1856(68)80003-2 Hamilton W.J. III, 1984, P309 Harcourt A.H., 1981, P301 Hasegawa T., 1990, P99 Hasegawa T, 1983, J ETHOL, V1, P75 Hashimoto Chie, 1994, P155 HEMELRIJK CK, 1992, BEHAV ECOL SOCIOBIOL, V30, P269, DOI 10.1007/BF00166712 HOHMANN G, 1993, FOLIA PRIMATOL, V60, P225, DOI 10.1159/000156695 HOHMANN G, 1994, INT J PRIMATOL, V15, P767, DOI 10.1007/BF02737430 Hohmann G, 1996, FOOD STATUS QUEST, P47 Hrdy S.B., 1987, P370 Hrdy SB., 1981, WOMAN NEVER EVOLVED Huffman MA, 1997, YEARB PHYS ANTHROPOL, V40, P171 IDANI G, 1991, FOLIA PRIMATOL, V57, P83, DOI 10.1159/000156568 Idani G., 1990, African Study Monographs, V11, P153 IHOBE H, 1992, PRIMATES, V33, P163, DOI 10.1007/BF02382747 Ingmanson E., 1992, AM J PHYS ANTHR S, V14, P93 Ingmanson Ellen J., 1996, P190 JOHNSON SC, 1981, CURR ANTHROPOL, V22, P363, DOI 10.1086/202689 KANO T, 1990, NAT HIST, P62 KANO T, 1983, INT J PRIMATOL, V4, P1, DOI 10.1007/BF02739358 KANO T, 1984, AM J PHYS ANTHROPOL, V63, P1, DOI 10.1002/ajpa.1330630102 Kano T., 1987, P53 Kano T, 1992, LAST APE Kano Takayoshi, 1996, P135, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511752414.012 KAWANAKA K, 1984, INT J PRIMATOL, V5, P411, DOI 10.1007/BF02692268 Kummer H, 1968, SOCIAL ORG HAMADRYAS Lanting F., 1997, BONOBO FORGOTTEN APE LATIMER BM, 1981, J HUM EVOL, V10, P475, DOI 10.1016/S0047-2484(81)80094-2 LOVEJOY CO, 1981, SCIENCE, V211, P341, DOI 10.1126/science.211.4480.341 MALENKY RK, 1991, AM J PRIMATOL, V23, P153, DOI 10.1002/ajp.1350230303 McGrew WC, 1992, CHIMPANZEE MAT CULTU MILTON K, 1988, J NUTR, V118, P1 Milton K, 1987, FOOD EVOLUTION THEOR, P93 Milton Katharine, 1993, P173 MOORE J, 1984, ETHOL SOCIOBIOL, V5, P5, DOI 10.1016/0162-3095(84)90031-1 MOORE J, 1992, AM J PHYS ANTHROPOL, V88, P259, DOI 10.1002/ajpa.1330880213 MOORE J, 1984, INT J PRIMATOL, V5, P537, DOI 10.1007/BF02692285 Moore Jim, 1996, P275, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511752414.022 Moore Jim, 1993, P392 MORIN PA, 1993, PRIMATES, V34, P347, DOI 10.1007/BF02382630 NADLER RD, 1995, AM J PRIMATOL, V37, P93, DOI 10.1002/ajp.1350370204 Nishida T., 1968, Primates, V9, P167, DOI 10.1007/BF01730971 Nishida T, 1990, CHIMPANZEES MAHALE M Nishida Toshisada, 1992, P159 ONOVINEBERG E, 1997, AM J PRIMATOL, V42, P138 Ortner Sherry, 1974, WOMAN CULTURE SOC, P67 Parish AR, 1996, HUM NATURE-INT BIOS, V7, P61, DOI 10.1007/BF02733490 PARISH AR, 1994, ETHOL SOCIOBIOL, V15, P157, DOI 10.1016/0162-3095(94)90038-8 Pusey A, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P828, DOI 10.1126/science.277.5327.828 RUVOLO M, 1991, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V88, P1570, DOI 10.1073/pnas.88.4.1570 SABATER PJ, 1993, INT J PRIMATOL, V14, P797 SILLENTULLBERG B, 1993, AM NAT, V141, P1, DOI 10.1086/285458 Stanford C. B., 1996, AM ANTHROPOL, V98, P1, DOI DOI 10.1525/AA.1996.98.1.02A00090 STANFORD CB, 1994, AM J PHYS ANTHROPOL, V94, P213, DOI 10.1002/ajpa.1330940206 STANFORD CB, 1994, BEHAVIOUR, V131, P1, DOI 10.1163/156853994X00181 STANFORD CB, 1995, ANIM BEHAV, V49, P577 STANFORD CB, IN PRESS CHIMAPNAZEE Strier Karen B., 1994, Yearbook of Physical Anthropology, V37, P233 TAKAHATA Y, 1984, INT J PRIMATOL, V5, P213, DOI 10.1007/BF02735758 TAKAHATA Y, 1985, FOLIA PRIMATOL, V44, P161, DOI 10.1159/000156210 Takahata Yukio, 1996, P146, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511752414.013 TELEKI G, 1973, PREDATORY BEHAV WILD THOMPSON J, 1995, GORILLA GAZETTE, V9, P10 Thompson-Handler N., 1984, P347 Tooby J., 1987, P183 TUTIN CEG, 1979, BEHAV ECOL SOCIOBIOL, V6, P29, DOI 10.1007/BF00293242 Uehara Shigeo, 1992, P143 VANROOSMALEN MGM, 1985, ACTA AMAZONIA S, V15 VERVAECKE H, 1992, P 14 C INT PRIM SOC, P272 Wallis J, 1997, J REPROD FERTIL, V109, P297 WALLIS J, 1992, AM J PRIMATOL, V28, P101, DOI 10.1002/ajp.1350280203 WALLIS J, 1995, INT J PRIMATOL, V16, P435, DOI 10.1007/BF02735796 WHITE FJ, 1992, AM J PRIMATOL, V26, P203, DOI 10.1002/ajp.1350260306 WHITE FJ, 1988, INT J PRIMATOL, V9, P179, DOI 10.1007/BF02737400 WHITE FJ, 1988, BEHAVIOUR, V105, P148, DOI 10.1163/156853988X00494 WHITE FJ, 1990, AM J PHYS ANTHROPOL, V83, P193, DOI 10.1002/ajpa.1330830208 WHITE FJ, UNPUB EVOLUTIONARY B White FJ, 1992, TOPICS PRIMATOLOGY, V1, P67 WHITE FJ, 1986, THESIS STATE U NEW Y White Frances J., 1996, Evolutionary Anthropology, V5, P11, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1520-6505(1996)5:1<11::AID-EVAN5>3.3.CO;2-Y White Frances J., 1996, P29, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511752414.005 WOOD KD, 1996, AM J PHYS ANTHR S, V22, P247 Wrangham R.W., 1992, P81 Wrangham R.W., 1986, P352 Wrangham R.W., 1987, P51 WRANGHAM RW, 1993, HUM NATURE-INT BIOS, V4, P47, DOI 10.1007/BF02734089 WRANGHAM RW, 1979, GREAT APES, P481 ZIHLMAN AL, 1978, NATURE, V275, P744, DOI 10.1038/275744a0 ZIHLMAN AL, 1978, FOLIA PRIMATOL, V29, P86, DOI 10.1159/000155830 1996, DEMONIC MALES NR 123 TC 126 Z9 132 U1 1 U2 105 PU UNIV CHICAGO PRESS PI CHICAGO PA 1427 E 60TH ST, CHICAGO, IL 60637-2954 USA SN 0011-3204 J9 CURR ANTHROPOL JI Curr. Anthropol. PD AUG-OCT PY 1998 VL 39 IS 4 BP 399 EP 420 DI 10.1086/204757 PG 22 WC Anthropology SC Anthropology GA 128FW UT WOS:000076395900001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Paulson, DD AF Paulson, DD TI Collaborative management of public rangeland in Wyoming: Lessons in co-management SO PROFESSIONAL GEOGRAPHER LA English DT Article DE natural resource management; rangelands; collaborative process; co-management; conflict resolution; public land management AB Collaborative processes are gaining acceptance as a means to integrate different values and interests in the management of natural resources. This paper examines one form of collaboration, Coordinated Resource Management (CRM), as it is being applied to public rangeland management in Wyoming. The study included personal and telephone interviews of participants in CRM groups, document review, and personal observation to understand how the process works to achieve consensus among diverse stakeholders. Groups used five mechanisms to deal with different values and interests in their processes: (1) elimination of unnecessary or "overlay" conflict; (2) limitation of values and visions considered; (3) use of broad goals to guide actions; (4) casting value differences as disagreement over face; (5) a search for and faith in win-win solutions. These mechanisms vary in their usefulness for achieving co-management ideals. Where interests or values have come into open conflict, as in some conflict-resolution groups, CRM has had limited success. This paper suggests that successful co-management requires more than power-sharing structures. We have yet to develop highly effective processes that can work with conflicting interests. Ic is also argued that struggles among various interests for greater recognition (and hence power) will continue to undergird the power-sharing collaborative and co-management processes. C1 Univ Wyoming, Dept Geog & Recreat, Laramie, WY 82071 USA. RP Paulson, DD (reprint author), Univ Wyoming, Dept Geog & Recreat, Laramie, WY 82071 USA. CR ABBEY E, 1986, HARPERS JAN, P51 Amy D., 1987, POLITICS ENV MEDIATI BLAIKIE P, 1995, GEOGRAPHY, V80, P203 Blaikie P. M, 1987, LAND DEGRADATION SOC Blaikie Piers, 1985, POLITICAL EC SOIL ER BLANAD JM, 1996, HALTING DEGRADATION Brick P. D., 1996, WOLF GARDEN LAND RIG Brunson Mark W., 1995, P143 BURGESS G, 1997, 971 CONFL RES CONS Bush R. A. B., 1994, PROMISE MEDIATION RE Cawley R. McGreggor, 1993, FEDERAL LAND W ANGER CHAMBERS R, 1983, RURAL DEV PUTTING LS Cleary C., 1993, COORDINATED RESOURCE COTTON SE, WYOMING CRM ENHANCIN Creswell JW, 1994, RES DESIGN QUALITATI Dagget D., 1995, RANGELAND CONFLICT W DAVIS C, 1997, W PUBLIC LANDS ENV P, P1 EHRLICH GRETEL, 1986, SOLACE OPEN SPACES Ferguson D, 1983, SACRED COWS PUBLIC T Gezon L, 1997, HUM ORGAN, V56, P462, DOI 10.17730/humo.56.4.x7378n322466748q Glasser B., 1967, DISCOVERY GROUNDED T Hare A. P., 1992, GROUPS TEAMS SOCIAL JORDAN RA, 1996, WYOMING SOURCEBOOK KLYZA CM, 1996, CONTROLS PUBLIC LAND Kolb Deborah M, 1994, TALK WORKS PROFILES KRUSE C, 1997, CRM RESOURCE MANUAL Lauenroth W.K., 1989, SECONDARY SUCCESSION Moote MA, 1997, J RANGE MANAGE, V50, P473, DOI 10.2307/4003701 National Research Council, 1994, RANG HLTH NEW METH C Nelson R., 1995, PUBLIC LANDS PRIVATE Nelson Robert H., 1995, P37 Patton M., 1990, QUALITATIVE EVALUATI Perreault T, 1996, MT RES DEV, V16, P167, DOI 10.2307/3674010 PHILLIPPI D, 1997, CRM RESOURCE MANUAL Pinzon Luis Arton, 1996, MEDIATION Q, V14, P3 Poffenberger M, 1990, KEEPERS FOREST LAND Richards P., 1985, INDIGENOUS AGR REVOL Riebsame WE, 1996, ENVIRONMENT, V38, P4, DOI 10.1080/00139157.1996.9929250 RIEBSAME WE, 1996, ENVIRONMENT, V38, P27 Rubin H., 1995, QUALITATIVE INTERVIE Savory A., 1988, HOLISTIC RESOURCE MA Sneed P. G., 1997, CONSERVATION CULTURA, P135 SNOW D, 1996, CHRONICLE COMMUNITY, V1, P40 Stevens S., 1997, CONSERVATION CULTURA STRUASS A, 1990, BASICS QUALITATIVE R Tall D., 1996, ROOTED LAND ESSAYS C, P104 VELASQUEZ MG, 1988, BUSINESS ETHICS CONC Voight Jr William, 1976, PUBLIC GRAZING LANDS WESTERN D, 1994, NATURAL CONNECTIONS Whitesell EA, 1996, GEOGR REV, V86, P414, DOI 10.2307/215505 Wondolleck JM, 1996, SOCIOL PERSPECT, V39, P249, DOI 10.2307/1389311 Yin R., 1994, CASE STUDY RES DESIG 1997, HIGH COUNTRY NE 0414 1997, HIGH COUNTRY NE 0512 1997, HIGH COUNTRY NE 0609 NR 55 TC 24 Z9 24 U1 0 U2 11 PU BLACKWELL PUBLISHERS PI MALDEN PA 350 MAIN STREET, STE 6, MALDEN, MA 02148 USA SN 0033-0124 J9 PROF GEOGR JI Prof. Geogr. PD AUG PY 1998 VL 50 IS 3 BP 301 EP 315 DI 10.1111/0033-0124.00122 PG 15 WC Geography SC Geography GA 216HU UT WOS:000081437300002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Lijphart, A AF Lijphart, A TI Consensus and consensus democracy: Cultural, structural, functional, and rational-choice explanations - Lecture given by the winner of the Johan Skytte Prize in political science, Uppsala, October 4, 1997 SO SCANDINAVIAN POLITICAL STUDIES LA English DT Article AB Five examples of the origin, operation, and consequences of consensus democracy and closely related democratic forms (the politics of accommodation, consociational democracy, and power-sharing democracy) illustrate the relative strengths of cultural, structural, functional, and rational-choice explanations. The examples show that each of these explanations plays a crucial role in at least one of the five situations. Hence they suggest that it is unwise to assume that one particular approach predominates to such an extent that it should be the ruling paradigm for political research. C1 Univ Calif San Diego, Dept Polit Sci, La Jolla, CA 92093 USA. RP Lijphart, A (reprint author), Univ Calif San Diego, Dept Polit Sci, 9500 Gilman Dr, La Jolla, CA 92093 USA. CR Almond G, 1963, CIVIC CULTURE POLITI ALMOND GA, 1956, J POLIT, V18, P391, DOI 10.2307/2127255 Althusius J., 1995, POLITICA ABRIDGED TR BARRY B, 1975, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V5, P477, DOI 10.1017/S0007123400008322 COWELL A, 1994, NEW YORK TIMES 0405 Friedrich Carl, 1968, TRENDS FEDERALISM TH HUBER JD, 1994, WORLD POLIT, V46, P291, DOI 10.2307/2950684 LaPalombara J., 1987, DEMOCRACY ITALIAN ST Lewis W. A., 1965, POLITICS W AFRICA LIJPHART A, 1994, EUR J POLIT RES, V25, P1, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1994.tb01198.x LIJPHART A, 1969, WORLD POLIT, V21, P207, DOI 10.2307/2009820 Lijphart A., 1968, POLITICS ACCOMMODATI Lijphart A., 1984, DEMOCRACIES PATTERNS Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Lijphart Arend, 1985, POWER SHARING S AFRI Wheare Kenneth C., 1946, FEDERAL GOVT WILLIAMS PM, 1961, GAULLES REPUBLIC NR 17 TC 21 Z9 22 U1 0 U2 6 PU SCANDINAVIAN UNIVERSITY PRESS PI OSLO PA PO BOX 2959 TOYEN, JOURNAL DIVISION CUSTOMER SERVICE, N-0608 OSLO, NORWAY SN 0080-6757 J9 SCAND POLIT STUD JI Scand. Polit. Stud. PD JUN PY 1998 VL 21 IS 2 BP 99 EP 108 PG 10 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA ZX667 UT WOS:000074541900001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Kampfer, T AF Kampfer, T TI Regional political movements between international integration and regional autonomy SO POLITISCHE VIERTELJAHRESSCHRIFT LA German DT Book Review RP Kampfer, T (reprint author), Fellenbachstr 23, D-57223 Kreuztal, Germany. CR Brinck Renate, 1996, REGIONALISTISCHE BEW NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU WESTDEUTSCHER VERLAG GMBH PI WIESBADEN PA POSTFACH 5829, W-6200 WIESBADEN, GERMANY SN 0032-3470 J9 POLIT VIERTELJAHR JI Polit. Vierteljahresschr. PD MAR PY 1998 VL 39 IS 1 BP 229 EP 230 PG 2 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA ZL012 UT WOS:000073390000088 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Adekanye, JB AF Adekanye, JB TI Power-sharing in multi-ethnic political systems SO SECURITY DIALOGUE LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT UN Research-Institute-for-Social-Development Conference on Advancing the Social Agenda - 2 Years after Copenhagen CY JUL 09-SEP 10, 1997 CL GENEVA, SWITZERLAND SP UN Res Inst Social Dev C1 Univ Ibadan, Dept Polit Sci, Ibadan, Nigeria. RP Adekanye, JB (reprint author), Univ Ibadan, Dept Polit Sci, Ibadan, Nigeria. CR Adekanye J. Bayo, 1996, SOCIAL IDENTITIES, V2, P37 ADEKANYE JB, 1995, DEV CHANGE, V26, P355, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-7660.1995.tb00556.x ADEKANYE JB, 1997, J PEACE RES, V34, P364 BANGURA Y, SEARCH IDENTITY ETHN COAKLEY J, 1992, INT POLIT SCI REV, V13, P343, DOI 10.1177/019251219201300401 Horowitz Donald L., 1985, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Lijphart Arend, 1985, POWER SHARING S AFRI Lode K, 1997, SECUR DIALOGUE, V28, P409, DOI 10.1177/0967010697028004003 McGarry John, 1993, POLITICS ETHNIC CONF Mcrae Kenneth D., 1990, CONFLICT PEACEMAKING Nordlinger Eric, 1972, 29 HARV U CTR INT AF PEMDAS R, 1994, PUBLIC POLICY ETHNIC *UN, 1996, BLUE BOOK SER, P189 United Nations Development Programme (UNDP), 1994, HUM DEV REP 1994, P22 *UNRISD, 1997, C ADV SOC AG 2 YEARS YOUNG C, ETHNIC DIVERSITY PUB 1997, WSP RES UPDATE MAR, P6 NR 18 TC 6 Z9 6 U1 0 U2 0 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 6 BONHILL STREET, LONDON, ENGLAND EC2A 4PU SN 0967-0106 J9 SECUR DIALOGUE JI Secur. Dialogue PD MAR PY 1998 VL 29 IS 1 BP 25 EP 36 DI 10.1177/0967010698029001003 PG 12 WC International Relations SC International Relations GA ZD226 UT WOS:000072664000003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Anderson, J Shuttleworth, I AF Anderson, J Shuttleworth, I TI Sectarian demography, territoriality and political development in Northern Ireland SO POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY LA English DT Article DE sectarian demography; territoriality; political development; national conflict; sovereignty; consociationalism AB The demography of religion in Northern Ireland is politically charged because of the unresolved conflict between Irish nationalists and British unionists, assumed to be Catholics and Protestants, respectively. Territoriality defined in sectarian religious terms is of crucial importance both nationally and locally because the statelet was delimited to give it a 'safe' Protestant majority. The region is thus particularly revealing for the study of political geography, territory and power. This was especially so following the 1991 Census which suggested a dramatic increase in the number of Catholics and growing sectarian segregation after two decades of armed conflict. The ensuing public discourse based on empiricist analysis of Census data was itself often explicitly sectarian, which raises important questions about whether research in politically sensitive areas simply adds to the problem being analysed or potentially transcends it, and whether policies based on inadequate analysis perpetuate rather than solve the problem. Here we discuss, firstly, the limits of Census-based empiricism and the usually unacknowledged problems of data and interpretation which have resulted in a seriously misleading 'conventional wisdom'. Secondly, we question its sectarian terms of reference, the over-identification of religion and politics, and misconceptions of ethnicity. We discuss sectarianism's complex relationships with ethnicity and territoriality, the functions and symbolic meanings of territory, and the connections between territorialities at different spatial scales. Thirdly, we focus on some of the flawed policy 'solutions' associated with empiricism and sectarianism, including 'internal' power-sharing and 'consociational' strategies for political development. Local sectarian territorialities and conflicts are continually reproduced by the exclusive British territorial sovereignty at state level, which suggests that 'internal solutions' within Northern Ireland would be 'cures' perpetuating 'disease'. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Newcastle Upon Tyne, Dept Geog, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England. Queens Univ Belfast, Sch Geosci, Belfast BT7 1NN, Antrim, North Ireland. RP Anderson, J (reprint author), Univ Newcastle Upon Tyne, Dept Geog, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England. CR ANDERSON J, 1994, POLIT GEOGR, V13, P53, DOI 10.1016/0962-6298(94)90010-8 ANDERSON J, 1989, COMMUNITY CONFLICT P, P133 ANDERSON J, 1997, UNPUB FORUM PEACE RE ANDERSON J, 1995, PARLIAMENTARY BR SPR, P26 Anderson J., 1980, ANTIPODE, V12, P44 ANDERSON J, 1997, SEARCH IRELAND CULTU, P215 ANDERSON J, 1996, SOC SPACE, V14, P133 Anderson J, 1995, REV INT POLIT ECON, V2, P600, DOI 10.1080/09692299508434335 Anderson James, 1994, IRISH REV, V16, P74 [Anonymous], 1995, NEW FRAMEWORK AGREEM BOAL F.W., 1983, PLURALISM POLITICAL, P138 BOYLE K, 1994, NO IRELAND CHOICE Bradley J., 1995, PARLIAMENTARY BR SPR, P27 BREWER JD, 1992, ETHNIC RACIAL STUD, V15, P352, DOI 10.1080/01419870.1992.9993751 Compton P. A, 1995, DEMOGRAPHIC REV NO I Compton Paul A., 1989, FERTILITY FAMILY PLA Dunlop John, 1995, PRECARIOUS BELONGING FULTON J, 1991, TRAGEDY BELIEF DIVIS HOLLOWAY D, 1994, CAUSEWAY, V1, P9 *INT WORK PART, 1995, IR INT M Kennedy Dennis, 1988, WIDENING GULF NO ATT Kennedy L., 1990, FUTURE NO IRELAND, P137 KINAHAN T, 1995, DO WE GO HERE PROTES LIJPHART A, 1983, POLITICAL COOPERATIO McVeigh R., 1995, IRISH SOC SOCIOLOGIC, P620 O'Connor Fionnula, 1993, SEARCH STATE CATHOLI OGRADA C, 1995, POPULATION STUDIES, V49, P259 POWER J, 1997, IN PRESS INT J POPUL PRICE J, 1995, RACE CLASS, V1, P57 Sack Robert D., 1986, HUMAN TERRITORIALITY TAYLOR R, 1994, NEW PERSPECTIVES NO, P161 WILFORD R, 1992, NO IRELAND POLITICS, P29 1993, CITIZENS INQUIRY OPS NR 33 TC 43 Z9 43 U1 0 U2 27 PU ELSEVIER SCI LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0962-6298 J9 POLIT GEOGR JI Polit. Geogr. PD FEB PY 1998 VL 17 IS 2 BP 187 EP 208 DI 10.1016/S0962-6298(97)00035-8 PG 22 WC Geography; Political Science SC Geography; Government & Law GA YQ584 UT WOS:000071402500005 PM 12348611 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Vatter, A AF Vatter, A TI The interactions between constitutional and direct democracy SO POLITISCHE VIERTELJAHRESSCHRIFT LA German DT Article ID SWITZERLAND AB The first part of the paper contains an analytical connection of the various forms of direct democracy with Lijphart's two types of democracy by means of an input-output analysis. By considering the majority-minority dimension at the moments of initiation and decision of a referendum election, plebiscites and compulsory referendums without quorums of consent correspond to the type of majority democracy, whereas optional referendums and popular initiatives with quorums of consent show typical characteristics of power-sharing. By taking into consideration the predominance of the model of representative democracy, this classification also proves to be correct in a first comparison of industrial nations. The second part attempts an explanation of the different use of popular rights (optional referendums and popular initiatives) by minorities in the consociational systems of the two dozen member states of Switzerland (cantons) by looking at the degree of development of the elements of power-sharing. According to this compensatory thesis of consociationalism, 'oppositional popular rights' are used the less frequently, the more inclusive the voters' portions of the government coalition and the more developed the federative structures. While the disproportionality degree of the electoral system, socio-cultural differences, and institutional restrictions do not exert any influence on the different use of direct democracy in Switzerland's member states, modernization indicators and the strength of green parties prove to be additional independent factors of explanation. C1 Univ Bern, Inst Polit Wissensch, CH-3000 Bern 9, Switzerland. RP Vatter, A (reprint author), Univ Bern, Inst Polit Wissensch, Lerchenweg 36, CH-3000 Bern 9, Switzerland. CR ARMINGEON K, 1997, DTSCH OSTERREICH SCH Barber Benjamin, 1984, STRONG DEMOCRACY PAR Bassand M., 1988, ENJEUX URBANISATION Bogdanor Vernon, 1994, REFERENDUMS WORLD BUDGE IAN, 1996, NEW CHALLENGE DIRECT Butler D., 1994, REFERENDUMS WORLD GR Caciagli M., 1994, DEMOCRAZIE REFERENDU Cronin Thomas E, 1989, DIRECT DEMOCRACY POL DAALDER H, 1974, WORLD POLIT, V26, P604, DOI 10.2307/2010104 ELAZAR DANIEL J, 1987, EXPLORING FEDERALISM FELDER U, 1993, WAHL ALIER KANTONSRE FIJALKOWSKI J, 1993, WOHLFAHRTSSTAAT SOZI, P147 FREITAG M, 1996, SCHWEIZERISCHE Z POL, V2, P101 Gallagher M., 1996, REFERENDUM EXPERIENC GEBHARDT J, 1991, POLITIK Z B, V23, P16 Germann Raimund E., 1975, POLITISCHE INNOVATIO Germann RE, 1991, SCHWEIZERISCHES JB P, V31, P257 GESER H, 1991, SCHWEIZERISCHES JB P, P31 GROTE R, 1996, STAATSWISSENSCHAFTEN, V3, P317 HAMON F, 1995, REFERENDUM HUG S, 1996, ANN M AM POL SCI ASS HUSSOUD T, 1991, SCHWEIZERISCHES JB P, V31, P101 JUNG S, 1996, Z POLITIKWISSENSCHAF, V6, P623 Kobach Kris, 1994, REFERENDUMS WORLD GR, P98 Kriesi H, 1996, EUR J POLIT RES, V30, P19, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1996.tb00666.x Kriesi Hanspeter, 1995, SYSTEME POLITIQUE SU LADNER A, 1997, ECPR JOINT SESS BERN LEHMBRUCH G, 1975, EUR J POLIT RES, V3, P377, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1975.tb01252.x LEHMBRUCH G, 1967, PROPORZDEMOKRATIE PO Lehmbruch G., 1969, ANACHRONISTISCHE SOU, P139 Lehmbruch Gerhard, 1996, SWISS POLITICAL SCI, V2, P19 LEHNER F, 1984, EUR J POLIT RES, V12, P25, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1984.tb00077.x Lijphart A, 1997, EUR J POLIT RES, V31, P195 Lijphart A, 1996, AM POLIT SCI REV, V90, P258, DOI 10.2307/2082883 Lijphart A., 1984, DEMOCRACIES PATTERNS LIJPHART A, 1968, POLITICS ACCOMODATIO Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Lijphart Arend., 1994, ELECTORAL SYSTEMS PA LINDER W, 1991, LOCAL GOVT URBAN AFF, P409 LINDER W, 1992, ABROMEIT HEIDRUN POM Linder Wolf, 1994, SWISS DEMOCRACY POSS Lipset S.M., 1967, PARTY SYSTEMS VOTER Lipset S.S, 1985, CONSENSUS CONFLICT LUTHARDT W, 1994, DIREKTE DEMOKRATIE LUTHARDT W, 1997, POLITIK Z B, V14, P13 Magleby David B., 1984, DIRECT LEGISLATION V Magleby David B, 1994, REFERENDUMS WORLD GR, P218 MATSUSAKA JG, 1992, Q J ECON, V107, P541, DOI 10.2307/2118481 MCRAE K, 1974, CONSOCIATIONAL DEMOC Mockli S, 1994, DIREKTE DEMOKRATIE I MOREL L, 1992, REV FRANCAISE SCI PO, V42, P134 MOSER C, 1985, B, V13 MOSER C, 1987, SCHWEIZERISCHES JB P, V27, P159 NEF R, 1980, SCHWEIZ Z SOZIALVERS, V10, P155 Neidhart Leonhard, 1970, PLEBISZIT PLURALITAR Nohlen Dieter, 1990, WAHLRECHT PARTEIENSY Nussli Kurt, 1985, FODERALISMUS SCHWEIZ PAPADOPOULOS Y, 1994, ELITES POLIQUES PEUP PAPADOPOULOS Y, 1991, SCHWEIZERICHES JB PO, V31, P131 PEDERSEN MN, 1979, EUR J POLIT RES, V7, P1, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1979.tb01267.x POUVOIRS, 1996, REFERENDUM REVUE FRA Powell B, 1982, CONT DEMOCRACIES PRICE CM, 1975, WESTERN POLIT QUART, V28, P243, DOI 10.2307/447428 RIEDWYL H, 1995, COMP POLIT, V27, P357, DOI 10.2307/422063 Rourke John. T., 1992, DIRECT DEMOCRACY INT Sartori Giovanni, 1992, DEMOKRATIETHEORIE Scharpf F. W., 1970, DEMOKRATIETHEORIE ZW SCHMIDT Manfred G., 1995, DEMOKRATIETHEORIEN SCHNEIDER F, 1985, EINFLUSS INTERESSENG Steiner Jurg, 1974, AMICABLE AGREEMENT V Suksi M., 1993, BRINGING PEOPLE COMP TAAGEPERA R, 1989, ELECT STUD, V8, P105, DOI 10.1016/0261-3794(89)90028-0 Trechsel A., 1996, REFERENDUM EXPERIENC TULLOCK G, 1977, FODERALISMUS, P27 VATTER A, 1995, POLIT VIERTELJAHR, V36, P484 VATTER A, 1997, SCHWEIZERISCHE Z POL, V3, P1 Vatter Adrian, 1996, SWISS POLITICAL SCI, V2, P165 WARWICK PV, 1995, GOVT SURVIVAL PARLIM ZOGG S, 1996, DEMOCRATIE DIRECTE E NR 79 TC 8 Z9 9 U1 0 U2 7 PU WESTDEUTSCHER VERLAG GMBH PI WIESBADEN PA POSTFACH 5829, W-6200 WIESBADEN, GERMANY SN 0032-3470 J9 POLIT VIERTELJAHR JI Polit. Vierteljahresschr. PD DEC PY 1997 VL 38 IS 4 BP 743 EP + PG 30 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA YU814 UT WOS:000071757400003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Wiatr, JJ AF Wiatr, JJ TI Poland's three parliaments in the era of transition, 1989-1995 SO INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL SCIENCE REVIEW LA English DT Article AB Poland's experience in democratic transformation is to some degree different from that of other post-communist nations because of its having been the first country to depart from a communist regime. It therefore had a relatively long period of power-sharing, negotiated at the Round Table conference in early 1989. The first parliament (1989-91) reflected the contractual arrangements of the Round Table and was not fully representative. The second parliament (1991-93) was paralyzed by extreme fragmentation. The third parliament, elected in 1993, is more consolidated but suffers from the absence of right-wing parties due to their failure to reach the required electoral threshold. During Lech Walesa's presidency (1990-95), relations between the president and parliament were tense, particularly after the left's victory in the 1993 election. Nonetheless, parliamentarism has survived in Poland and the democratic system has avoided constitutional crises. Poland's experience confirms the superiority of parliamentarism over presidentialism in new democracies. RP Wiatr, JJ (reprint author), UNIV WARSAW,INST SOCJOL,KAROWA 18,PL-00046 WARSAW,POLAND. CR David M., 1986, COMMUNIST POLITICS R, P73 Lijphart Arend, 1991, J DEMOCR, V2, P72, DOI [10.1353/jod.1991.0011, DOI 10.1353/JOD.1991.0011] Linz J., 1990, J DEMOCR, V1, P51, DOI DOI 10.1353/jod.1990.0059 LINZ JJ, 1990, J DEMOCR, V4, P84 Mason D., 1991, LEGISLATURES POLICY, P179 PIETRZAK J, 1995, SEJM RP TRADYCJA WSP RIGGS FW, 1988, INT POLITICAL SCI RE, V9, P247 SARNECKI P, 1995, SENAT RP SEJM ZGROMA SIMON MD, 1980, LEGIS STUD QUART, V5, P211, DOI 10.2307/439541 SOKOLEWICZ W, 1987, POLISH DILEMMA VIEWS Terry Sarah Meikeljohn, 1981, BACKGROUND CRISIS PO WESOLOWSKI W, 1995, SWIAT ELITY POLITYCZ Wiatr Jerzy J., 1996, I DESIGN NEW DEMOCRA WIATR JJ, 1993, KROTKI SEJM NR 14 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 0 U2 3 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 6 BONHILL STREET, LONDON, ENGLAND EC2A 4PU SN 0192-5121 J9 INT POLIT SCI REV JI Int. Polit. Sci. Rev. PD OCT PY 1997 VL 18 IS 4 BP 443 EP 450 DI 10.1177/019251297018004007 PG 8 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA YC355 UT WOS:A1997YC35500007 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Carpenter, M AF Carpenter, M TI Slovakia and the triumph of nationalist populism SO COMMUNIST AND POST-COMMUNIST STUDIES LA English DT Article AB Since the collapse of communism in 1989, two dominant political orders have been established in Eastern Europe: nationalist populism and social democracy This paper argues that the division of Eastern Europe into a nationalist-populist South and a social democratic North is the result of the evolution of two different types of political cultures and political institutions. These two types of political cultures and institutions, which I call ''traditional'' and ''civic,'' arose as a result of different historical experiences, The paper argues that traditional political cultures and institutions are the legacies of political subjugation and backward socio-economic conditions, while civic political cultures and institutions arose as a result of greater political autonomy and industrialization. The paper concludes that, by suppressing democratic norms and perpetuating a vast network of patronage, Slovakia's traditional legacy has facilitated the rise of a nationalist-populist regime. (C) 1997 The Regents of the University of California. RP Carpenter, M (reprint author), UNIV CALIF BERKELEY,DEPT POLIT SCI,BERKELEY,CA 94720, USA. CR Almond Gabriel A., 1963, CIVIC CULTURE Bene Vaclav, 1973, HIST CZECHOSLOVAK RE, p[1918, 39] BUNCE V, 1995, SLAVIC REV, V54, P111, DOI 10.2307/2501122 COOK J, 1995, BUSINESS CENTRAL EUR, V3, P15 Dahrendorf Ralf, 1967, SOC DEMOCRACY GERMAN DANIELS W, 1996, BUSINESS CENTRAL EUR, V4, P56 DIPALMA G, 1990, CRAFT DEMOCRACIES RE DOROTKOVA J, 1994, PROGNOSIS WEEKL 1116, P5 *EC INT UN, 1996, COUNTR REP POL *EC INT UN, 1995, COUNTR REP CZECH REP *EC INT UN, 1996, COUNTR REP CZECH REP *EC INT UN, 1996, COUNTR REP HUNG *EC INT UN, 1996, COUNTR REP BULG ALB *EC INT UN, 1996, COUNTR REP BOSN HERC ECKSTEIN H, 1988, AM POLIT SCI REV, V82, P789, DOI 10.2307/1962491 Esping-Andersen G, 1990, 3 WORLDS WELFARE CAP FISHER S, 1994, RFE RL RES REPORT, V3, P58 FISHER S, 1993, RFE RL RES REPORT, V2, P42 Fisher Sharon, 1994, RFE RL RES REPORT, V3, P7 Huntington Samuel P., 1991, 3 WAVE DEMOCRATIZATI JOHNSON O, 1978, SLOVAKIA, V28, P25 Jowitt K., 1992, NEW WORLD DISORDER L KING N, 1996, WALL STREET J 0117, pA16 KING N, 1995, WALL STREET J 0920, pA13 KINZER S, 1995, NY TIMES 0319, P3 Korbel Josef, 1977, 20 CENTURY CZECHOSLO KUZICOVA R, 1995, NARODNA OBRODA 0412, P2 MIHAILOVICH S, 1995, PRAGUE POST 0117, P4 O'Donnell Guillermo, 1986, TRANSITIONS AUTHORIT 1995, NARODNA OBRODA 1230, P2 1995, BRATISLAVA STV, V1 1995, FBIS E EUROPE 0314, P23 1994, BRATISLAVA ROZHLASOV NR 33 TC 20 Z9 20 U1 0 U2 3 PU ELSEVIER SCI LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD, OXON, ENGLAND OX5 1GB SN 0967-067X J9 COMMUNIS POST-COMMUN JI Communist Post-Communist Stud. PD JUN PY 1997 VL 30 IS 2 BP 205 EP 219 DI 10.1016/S0967-067X(97)00005-6 PG 15 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA XL886 UT WOS:A1997XL88600005 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Schneider, E AF Schneider, E TI The Russian power sharing treaties SO OSTEUROPA LA German DT Article C1 UNIV GESAMTHSCH SIEGEN,D-57068 SIEGEN,GERMANY. RP Schneider, E (reprint author), BUNDESINST OSTWISSENSCH & INT STUDIEN,COLOGNE,GERMANY. CR BELIAEV SA, 1995, OSTEUROPA RECHT, P124 CHOLODKOVSKIJ K, 1996, PANORAMA, P9 *DOG ROSS FED RESP, BIBL FOD FRENZKE, 1993, RUSSISCHEN VERFASSUN HUGHES J, 1996, TRANSITION, P42 KIRKOW P, 1997, OSTEUROPA, P50 TEAGUE E, 1994, 14 RFE RL, P22 1996, ROSSIJSKIE VEST 0222 1996, ROSSIJSKIE VEST 0229 1993, ROSSIJSKAJA GAZ 1225 1994, BIBLIOTHEK FODERATIO 1996, ROSSIJSKIE VEST 0725 1996, ROSSIJSKIE VEST 0713 1996, ROSSIJSKAJA GAZ 0201 1996, ROSSIJSKIE VEST 0314 1996, ROSSIJSKIE VEST 1003 1996, ROSSIJSKIE VEST 0328 1996, ROSSIJSKAJA GAZ 0131 1996, ROSSIJSKIE VEST 0926 1994, OSTEUROPA RECHT, P296 1995, EINE TEXTHISTORISCHE, P270 1996, ROSSIJSKIE VEST 0217 NR 22 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU DEUTSCHE GESELLSCHAFT OSTEUROPAKUNDE E. V PI BERLIN PA SCHAPERSTR 30, 10719 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0030-6428 J9 OSTEUROPA JI Osteuropa PD JUN PY 1997 VL 47 IS 6 BP 569 EP 579 PG 11 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA XN065 UT WOS:A1997XN06500005 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Robinson, J AF Robinson, J TI The geopolitics of South African cities - States, citizens, territory SO POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY LA English DT Article ID POWER; ORIGINS AB Much of the research concerning the stark spatiality of South African cities has focused upon the empirical history of segregation and apartheid. This paper offers a theoretical interpretation of the historical meaning of the racially segregated residential spaces that have made up South Africa's urban areas and then considers their changing significance within the transitional post-apartheid urban order. The focus is specifically on the state and the reasons why the racial organization of space was crucial to the exercise of apartheid state power and how this heritage of racial segretation is shaping post-apartheid local government. Exploring the work of Michel Foucault and making use of an expanded concept of citizenship, I argue that the spatial arrangement of (in this case) African residential areas. and of the form of the apartheid city, was crucially related to the exercise of state power and to the domination of subjects excluded from democratic citizenship rights. Like citizens elsewhere, African people in South Africa's urban areas were bound up in the surveillance networks of the stare. These networks operated effectively, I argue, because of the spatial organization of both stare apparatuses and residential environments. While much of South African historiography is blind to the importance of spatiality in the construction of state power, this paper makes a strong case that the survival of the apartheid state was centrally dependent upon the geographies that it created. And far from erasing the significance of these racialized spaces, the present transition to democracy has witnessed the emergence of a power-sharing arrangement in local government which has ensured the continued political significance of urban racial segregation. In addition, the relationships between the state, citizenship and space are shown to be as important in the emerging post-apartheid city as they were under apartheid-albeit in a quite different form. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science Ltd. RP Robinson, J (reprint author), UNIV LONDON LONDON SCH ECON & POLIT SCI,DEPT GEOG,HOUGHTON ST,LONDON WC2A 2AE,ENGLAND. CR ADLER G, 1987, TRYING NOT BE CRUEL Arendt H, 1986, POWER, P59 ASHFORTH A, 1990, POLITICS OFFICIAL DI ATKINSON D, 1992, THESIS U NATAL DURBA ATKINSON D, 1987, C POL SCI ASS STELL ATKINSON D, 1990, CSDS LOCAL GOVT SERI, V3 BAINES G, 1989, CONTREE, V26, P13 BAINES G, 1990, S AFRICAN HIST J, V22, P61 BICKFORDSMITH V, 1981, STUDIES HIST CAPE TO, V4, P29 BLOCK F, 1981, NEW POLITICAL SCI, V7, P33 BOND P, 1992, URBAN FORUM, V3, P39 BONNER P, 1988, AFR STUD I SEM SER U Bonner Philip, 1993, APARTHEIDS GENESIS 1 Burawoy M., 1985, POLITICS PRODUCTION CELL JW, 1992, HIGHEST STAGE WHITE CHARNEY C, 1994, HIST WORKSH C U WIT CHASKALSON M, 1988, APARTHEID HUMAN FACE CHISHOLM L, 1989, AFR STUD I SEM SER U COMAROFF J, 1991, RELEVATION REVOLUTIO Crush J., 1993, SOC SPACE, V12, P301 DANDEKER C, 1990, SURVEILLANCE POWER M DEWS P, 1984, NEW LEFT REV, V144, P72 Dreyfus H. L., 1982, M FOUCAULT STRUCTURA DRIVER F, 1985, ENVIRON PLANN D, V3, P425, DOI 10.1068/d030425 DUBOW S, 1986, J S AFR STUD, V12, P217, DOI 10.1080/03057078608708122 DUBOW S, 1989, AFR STUD I SEM SER U Evans P. B., 1985, BRINGING STATE BACK Foucault M., 1981, TANNER LECT HUMAN VA FOUCAULT M, 1976, BIRTH CLINIC Foucault M, 1986, POWER, V1981, P229 Foucault M., 1977, DISCIPLINE PUNISH Foucault Michel, 1982, M FOUCAULT STRUCTURA Foucault Michel, 1965, MADNESS CIVILIZATION Foucault Michel, 1980, HIST SEXUALITY, V1 Foucault Michel, 1979, IDEOLOGY CONSCIOUSNE, V6, P5 FRASER N, 1982, PRAXIS INT, V1, P272 Galbraith J. K, 1984, ANATOMY POWER Giddens Anthony, 1985, NATION STATE VIOLENC GOLDBERG T, 1993, RACISM CITY STATE Gordon C., 1987, M WEBER RATIONALITY Greenberg Stanley B, 1987, LEGITIMATING ILLEGIT GREGORY D, 1989, HORIZONS HUMAN GEOGR Habermas J., 1987, PHILOS DISCOURSE MOD HEARD KA, 1961, POLITICAL SYSTEMS MU Heater D., 1990, CITIZENSHIP HENDLER P, 1987, S AFRICAN GEOGRAPHIC, V69, P60 Hindson Doug, 1987, PASS CONTROLS URBAN Jessop B., 1990, STATE THEORY PUTTING Jessop B., 1985, N POULANTZAS MARXIST JESSOP B, 1983, KAPITALISTATE, V10, P89 LIPTON M, 1986, CAPITALISM APARTHEID MABIN A, 1986, J HIST GEOGR, V12, P4, DOI 10.1016/S0305-7488(86)80004-4 Mabin A., 1991, PLANNING HIST, V13, P8 MABIN A, 1990, DOOM ONE STROKE PEN Mabin A., 1995, J SO AFRICAN STUDIES, V21, P39 MAHARAJ B, 1992, THESIS U NATAL PIETE MANN M, 1984, ARCH EUR SOCIOL, V25, P185, DOI 10.1017/S0003975600004239 Mann M., 1986, SOURCES SOCIAL POWER, VI MAYLAM P, 1995, J S AFR STUD, V21, P19, DOI 10.1080/03057079508708431 MCCARTHY J, 1983, CULTURE IDEOLOGY MED MILIBAND R, 1983, NEW LEFT REV, V138, P35 Miller P, 1987, DOMINATION POWER MILLER S, 1991, THEORIA, V76, P115 Mitchell Timothy, 1988, COLONISING EGYPT PARNELL S, 1992, J HIST GEOGR, V17, P271 Philo C., 1992, SOC SPACE, V10, P137 PINNOCK D, 1989, ANGRY DIVIDE Posel D., 1987, THESIS OXFORD U POSEL D, 1988, ORG EC CHANGE SO AFR, V5, P199 RABINOW P, 1989, INT J URBAN REGIONAL, V13, P32, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-2427.1989.tb00107.x Rabinow Paul, 1989, FRENCH MODERN NORMS Rex J., 1974, S AFRICAN LABOUR B, V1, P4 RICH PB, 1980, J AFR STUD, V7, P70 ROBINSON J, 1990, ENVIRON PLANN D, V8, P135, DOI 10.1068/d080135 ROBINSON J, 1992, URBAN FORUM, V2, P63 Robinson J., 1995, POWER APARTHEID STAT ROBINSON J, 1992, URBANISATION CONT S ROBINSON RG, 1993, SEMIN ONCOL, V20, P44 Sack Robert D., 1986, HUMAN TERRITORIALITY SAPIRE H, 1994, J AFR HIST, V35, P102 SAUNDERS C, 1978, CTR AFRICAN STUDIES, V1, P43 SHANNON P, 1982, AM J SOCIOLOGY S, V88, P154 SIMKINS C, 1981, J SO AFRICAN STUDIES, V7, P176 Skocpol Theda, 1979, STATES SOCIAL REVOLU SMIT DP, 1989, THESIS U NATAL DURBA Smith S. J., 1993, RACISM CITY STATE, P128 SWANSON MW, 1977, J AFR HIST, V18, P387, DOI 10.1017/S0021853700027328 THOMAS N, 1990, COMP STUD SOC HIST, V32, P149, DOI 10.1017/S0010417500016364 TURREL R, 1987, CAPITAL LABOUR KD FI *URB FDN, 1990, TACKL GROUP AR POL VANONSELEN C, 1979, HIST WORKSHOP, V19, P62 VARIAVA R, 1990, THESIS CAMBRIDGE U Welsh David, 1971, ROOTS SEGREGATION WOLPE H, 1974, ECON SOC, V1, P425 WOOD CK, 1988, COMPACT CITY UNDERST WORGER W, 1983, STRUGGLE CITY, pCH2 NR 96 TC 23 Z9 23 U1 0 U2 12 PU ELSEVIER SCI LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD, OXON, ENGLAND OX5 1GB SN 0962-6298 J9 POLIT GEOGR JI Polit. Geogr. PD JUN PY 1997 VL 16 IS 5 BP 365 EP 386 DI 10.1016/S0962-6298(96)00019-4 PG 22 WC Geography; Political Science SC Geography; Government & Law GA WV807 UT WOS:A1997WV80700001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Chang, YT AF Chang, YT TI Ethnic conflict and democratic consolidation in Taiwan: Dissolving the logic of nation-state and democratic policies SO ISSUES & STUDIES LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Conference on The Electoral System, Electoral Behavior, and Democratization in Taiwan CY NOV, 1996 CL TAIPEI, TAIWAN SP Natl Chengchi Univ, Elect Study Ctr DE ethnic conflict; democratic consolidation; cultural consolidation; nationalizing state policies; democratic policy; conflict displacement; crosscutting; unidimensionality AB In the process of Taiwan's democratization, some have intentionally provoked ethnic conflict and made it an issue. If such a phenomenon continues, there will be difficulties in consolidating Taiwan's democratic system. In this article, the author will examine whether the Republic of China (ROC) on Taiwan possesses the following conditions needed for democratic consolidation: a structural change in people's ethnic identities; increased support for the democratic system; the formation of a power sharing political culture; and a shift of campaign appeals from ethnic conflict to other topics. The research findings indicate that recent developments in Taiwan's political culture will ensure further consolidation of democracy in the future. RP Chang, YT (reprint author), NATL CHENG KUNG UNIV,DEPT POLIT SCI,WENSHAN 11623,TAIPEI,TAIWAN. RI CHANG, YU-TZUNG/M-1278-2018 OI CHANG, YU-TZUNG/0000-0003-2858-1727 CR ALMOND GA, 1990, DISCIPLINE DIVIDED, P153 ALMOND GA, 1980, CIVIC CULTURE REVIST, P27 BURTON M, 1992, ELITES DEMOCRATIC CO, P20 Chu YH, 1996, J DEMOCR, V7, P69, DOI 10.1353/jod.1996.0038 DAHL R, 1971, POLYARCHY, P108 Diamond L, 1996, J DEMOCR, V7, P20, DOI 10.1353/jod.1996.0047 DIAMOND L, 1992, POLITICAL CULTURE DE, P422 ENCARNACION OG, 1996, COMP POLIT, V1, P477 GURR T, 1994, ETHNIC CONFLICT WORL, P10 Haggard Stephan, 1995, POLITICAL EC DEMOCRA Horowitz Donald L, 1993, J DEMOCR, V4, P4 HUANG TF, 1994, ZHENGZHI XUEBAO, V23, P197 HUNTINGTON SP, 1996, J DEMOCR, V7, P10 Kang Chao, 1996, TAIWAN SHEHUI YANJIU, P1 Karl TerryLynn, 1995, J DEMOCR, V6, P73 KARL TL, 1990, COMP POLIT, V23, P2 KUO CT, 1996, ANN M AM POL SCI ASS Lin TM, 1996, WORLD POLIT, V48, P453, DOI 10.1353/wp.1996.0014 Linz Juan J., 1996, J DEMOCR, V7, P16 MAINWARING S, 1995, BUILDING DEMOCRATIC, P21 MAOK, 1993, ZUQUN QUANXI YU GUOJ, P233 MORLINO L, 1995, INT POLITICAL SCI RE, V16, P161 NAITE W, 1993, ZUQUN QUANXI YU GUOJ, P27 NAITE W, 1996, TAIWAN ZHENGZHI XUEK, P24 O'Donnell Guillermo, 1992, ISSUES DEMOCRATIC CO, P18 Przeworski Adam, 1991, DEMOCRACY MARKET POL, p[19, 31, 33] PUCHANG W, 1995, S BUILD CONS TAIW DE, P3 PUTNAM RD, 1993, MAKING DEMOCRACY WOR, P86 RAWLS J, 1993, POLITICAL LIBERALI 1 REMMER KL, 1995, COMP POLIT, V28, P103, DOI 10.2307/421999 RUESCHEMEYER D, 1992, CAPITALIST DEV DEMOC, P46 SCHATTSHNEIDER E. E., 1960, SEMISOVEREIGN PEOPLE, P71 Schumpeter J. A., 1950, CAPITALISM SOCIALISM, P269 TIEN HM, 1994, TAIWAN ASIA PACIFIC, P2 VALENZUELA JS, DEMOCRATIC CONSOLIDA, P62 YUNHAN C, 1994, S TAIW DEM PART POL, P2 NR 36 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 0 PU INST INTERNAT RELATIONS PI MUCHA PA 64 WAN SHOU ROAD, MUCHA, TAIPEI, TAIWAN SN 1013-2511 J9 ISSUES STUD JI Issues Stud. PD APR PY 1997 VL 33 IS 4 BP 77 EP 93 PG 17 WC Area Studies; International Relations; Political Science SC Area Studies; International Relations; Government & Law GA XA263 UT WOS:A1997XA26300003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Richmond, C AF Richmond, C TI Ruling classes and agents of the state: Formal and informal networks of power SO JOURNAL OF HISTORICAL SOCIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB This article examines the power-sharing in England in the later Middle Ages considering definitions of where public authority and private power begin and end. It is argued that the English polity resembled more a multiple corporation than a joint-stock company; private and public interest were as inextricably confused as were public and private authority. The essay answers questions provoked by this observation. Who served whom? Who managed whom? Was the government of England rendered less effectual by the disputes among kings, nobles and gentlemen as to what share of power each was to have? Was 'England' damaged by the strife and the striving of individuals, whether royal, noble, or gentle, which the untidy meshing of private and landed power with public and governmental authority made if not inevitable then certainly commonplace? RP Richmond, C (reprint author), UNIV KEELE,KEELE ST5 5BG,STAFFS,ENGLAND. CR BELFIELD G, 1982, P HAMPHSIRE FIELD CL, V38, P103 BERNARD GW, 1985, POWER EARLY TUDOR NO, P210 BINDOFF ST, 1982, HIST PARLIAMENT HOUS, V3 Brown A. L., 1969, TRHS, V19, P95 BROWN JM, 1977, SCOTTISH SOC 15 CENT, P61 BYRNE MS, 1983, LISLE LETT ABRIDGEME, P179 Campbell James, 1989, STUBBS ENGLISH STATE, P9 DAVIS N, 1976, PASTON LETT PAPERS 2, P22 GAIRDNER J, 1904, PASTON LETT, V2, P259 GILLINGHAM J, 1981, WARS ROSES, pCH2 GILLINGHAM J, 1987, SPATMITTELALTERLICHE GRIGUR J, COMMUNICATION HAMMOND PW, 1986, RICHARD 3 LOYALTY LO, P197 HAMMOND PW, 1986, RICHARD 3 LOYALTY LO, P186 HARRISS GL, 1985, HENRY 5 PRACTICE KIN, P48 HARRISS GL, 1988, CARDINAL BEAUFORT, P372 HASSELLSMITH A, 1974, COUNTY COURT GOVT PO, P60 HEXTER JH, 1973, VISION POLITICS EVE, P50 HORROX R, 1989, RICHARD 3 STUDY SERV, P10 Jacob E. F, 1961, 15 CENTURY JEFFS R, 1981, CROWN LOCAL COMMUNIT, P46 JONES M, 1986, GENTRY LESSER NOBILI, P15 KINGSFORD CL, 1919, SIONOR LETT PAPERS, V29, P154 LOTHIAN MARQUESS, HIST MANUSCRIPTS COM, P65 MCCONICA J, 1981, HIST IMAGINATION ESS, P57 MCFARLANE, 1983, HISTORY, V68, P47 MCFARLANE KB, 1981, ENGLAND 15 CENTURY, P250 MCFARLANE KB, 1973, NOBILITY LATER MEDIE, P50 Nicholls David, 1989, POWER CULTURE RELIG, P131 NORMAN P, 1990, LISTENER 0125, P8 PANTIN WA, 1976, MEDIEVAL LEARNING LI, P410 PANTIN WA, 1955, ENGLISH CHURCH 14 CE, P232 PLAYTER T, 1981, P SUFFOLK I ARCHAEOL, V35, P42 Roskell J. S., 1956, B I HIST RES, V29, P153 ROSKELL JS, 1983, PARLIAMENTS POLITICS, V3, P151 ROSKELL JS, 1983, PARLIAMENT POLITICS, V3, P314 ROSKELL JS, 1983, PARLIAMENT POLITICS, V3, P318 SCATTERGOOD VJ, 1983, ENGLISH COURT CULTUR, P38 Smith A., 1984, PROPERTY POLITICS ES, P59 Smith A. C., 1974, Computer Security '74, P171 SOMERVILLE R, 1953, HIST DUCHY LANCASTER, V1, P594 Storey A. L., 1982, PROFESSION VOCATION, P90 STOREY RL, 1966, END HOUSE LANCASTER, pCH2 WEDGWOOD JC, 1936, HIST PARLIAMENT 1439, P321 WEDGWOOD JC, 1936, HIST PARLIAMENT 1439, P40 1980, PAST PRESENT MAY, P72 1989, RICARDIAN, V7, P320 1981, J HOPTON 1989, PAST PRESENT NOV, P28 1989, WELSH HIST REV, V14, P493 1739, TOPOGRAPHICAL HIST N, V4, P341 1990, PASTON FAMILY 15 CEN, P47 1988, OBSERVER 0501 1971, PASTON LETT PAPERS 1, P529 1928, HISTORY, V13, P300 1961, 1 CENTURY ENGLISH FE, P120 1988, J HIST SOCIOL, V1, P244 NR 57 TC 8 Z9 8 U1 0 U2 0 PU BLACKWELL PUBL LTD PI OXFORD PA 108 COWLEY RD, OXFORD, OXON, ENGLAND OX4 1JF SN 0952-1909 J9 J HIST SOCIOL JI J. Hist. Sociol. PD MAR PY 1997 VL 10 IS 1 BP 1 EP 26 DI 10.1111/1467-6443.00028 PG 26 WC Anthropology; History; Sociology SC Anthropology; History; Sociology GA WP620 UT WOS:A1997WP62000001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Spencer, V AF Spencer, V TI Herder and nationalism: Reclaiming the principle of cultural respect SO AUSTRALIAN JOURNAL OF POLITICS AND HISTORY LA English DT Article AB Johann Gottfried Herder (1744-1803) has long been seen as a central thinker in the transition from the universalism of the Enlightenment to a historical and cultural particularism which has fuelled nationalist claims for ''self-determination''. He was once heralded as the spiritual father of the Slav nationalist movement and regarded by many as a major influence upon the development of German nationalism.(1) Today, some communities might still find in Herder's work a theoretical justification for the pursuit of cultural and political autonomy. Nevertheless, the relationship between Herder's ideas and nationalism is far more complex than is often supposed. This paper argues that Herder's belief in the value of belonging to and identifying with a cultural community is broader in its application than modern conceptions of nationalism. Due to the universalisation of his principle of respect for cultural difference it is simultaneously it is more limited. As such this article challenges the appropriateness of interpreting Herder's theory in modern nationalist terms. RP Spencer, V (reprint author), UNIV ADELAIDE,DEPT POLIT,ADELAIDE,SA 5005,AUSTRALIA. CR Anderson Benedict, 1991, IMAGINED COMMUNITIES, P7 ARIS R, 1965, HIST POLITICAL GERMA, P235 BARNARD FM, 1965, HERDERS SOCIAL POLIT, P172 BREUILLY J, 1982, NATIONALISM STATE, P53 COLLINGWOOD RG, 1946, IDEA HIST, P89 CONNOR W, 1978, ETHNIC RACIAL STUD, V1, P380 COPPLESTON F, 1960, HIST PHILOS, V6, P177 Dietz Mary G., 1989, POLITICAL INNOVATION, P177 GELLNER E, 1987, CUTLURE IDENTITY POL, P88 Gellner Ernest, 1983, NATIONS NATL, P6 Giddens Anthony, 1994, NATIONALISM, P34 HERDER JG, 1877, SW, V18, P236 HERDER JG, 1877, SW, V8, P197 HERDER JG, 1877, SW, V13, P388 HERDER JG, 1877, SAMMTLICHE WERKE, V13, P341 HERDER JG, 1877, SW, V17, P287 HERDER JG, 1877, SW, V18, P157 HERDER JG, 1877, SW, V5, P115 HERDER JG, 1972, RISE MODERN MYTHOLOG, P229 HERDER JG, 1877, SW, V17, P58 HERDER JG, 1880, OUTLINES PHILOS HIST, P166 HERDER JG, 1877, SW, V21, P19 HERDER JG, 1877, SW, V14, P14 HERDER JG, 1877, SW, V13, P363 HERDER JG, 1877, SW, V17, P257 HERDER JG, 1877, SW, V21, P293 HERDER JG, 1877, SW, V4, P466 HERDER JG, 1877, SW, V5, P34 HERDER JG, 1877, SW, V17, P286 HERDER JG, 1877, SW, V18, P346 HERDER SW, 1877, SW, V4, P428 HUTCHINSON J, 1994, NATIONALISM, P132 JASZI O, 1929, DISSOLUTION HABSBURG, P71 KEDOURIE E, 1966, NATIONALISM, P14 MACCORMICK N, 1991, ISSUES SELF DETERMIN, P17 MILLER D, 1988, ETHNICS, V98, P656 NISBET HB, 1970, DISSERTATION SERIES, V3, P230 PENROSE J, 1991, CANADIAN REV STUDIES, V17, P174 POPPER K, 1952, OPEN SOC ITS ENEMIES, V2, P52 ROTHSWALD A, 1993, J INTERDISCIPLINARY, V24, P302 SANDEL M, 1982, LIBERALISM LIMITS JU, P148 SCHUTZE M, 1921, MODERN PHILOLOGY 2, V19, P119 SCRUTON R, 1990, PHILOS DOVER BEACH, P316 SETONWATSON H, 1977, NATIOSN STATES ENQUI, P85 Smith Anthony D., 1991, NATL IDENTITY, P8 Spencer Vicki, 1996, HIST EUR IDEA, V22, P252 TAMIR Y, 1995, WORLD POLIT, V47, P423 TAYLOR C, 1985, HUMAN AGENCY LANGUAG, V1, P257 TAYLOR C, 1991, LIBERALISM MORAL LIF, P165 *UN SEC COUNC COMM, 1994, S199467427 UN SEC CO WEBER M, 1948, M WEBER ESSAYS SOCIO, P172 NR 51 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 0 U2 0 PU UNIV QUEENSLAND PRESS PI ST LUCIA PA PO BOX 42, ST LUCIA QUEENSLAND 4067, AUSTRALIA SN 0004-9522 J9 AUST J POLIT HIST JI Aust. J. Polit. Hist. PY 1997 VL 43 IS 1 BP 1 EP 13 PG 13 WC History; Political Science SC History; Government & Law GA XC777 UT WOS:A1997XC77700002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Hillmann, HN AF Hillmann, HN TI Between political engagement and autonomy: Elements towards a sociology of intellectuals SO BERLINER JOURNAL FUR SOZIOLOGIE LA English DT Article AB In his article, Hillmann attempts to distinguish elements to be used in formulating a sociological definition of the Intellectual which, contrary to a purely normative approach, incorporates both the specific structural conditions as well as the unique features of intellectual practice. The implications of this idea become apparent when the approaches taken by Michael Waiter and Pierre Bourdieu are interpreted and compared. Waiter described the intellectual practice as a critical interpretation of cultural schemata and value models. This description, however, still reflects normative assumptions and a one-sided phenomenological bias towards the outstanding personal traits of intellectuals. In contrast, Bourdieu seeks to understand intellectuals and their actions by examining the structural conditions of the intellectual field of which they were a part. After looking at these concepts it is possible, considering the ambivalence between cultural autonomy and political activism, to draw a clear line between the creators of culture in general and intellectuals in particular. As members of the intelligentsia, writers, artists, etc. can be labelled critical intellectuals only when they use their symbolic authority and legitimacy to become actively involved in the political field. In conclusion, Hillmann identifies the cultural schemata, social networks and cultural organizations as the essential cognitive, communicative and institutional resources on which intellectuals find support for their symbolic strategies and political involvement. CR Anna Boschetti, 1985, SARTRE TEMPS MODERNE Aron R., 1957, OPIUM INTELLECTUALS Bauman Z., 1987, LEGISLATORS INTERPRE Becker H. S., 1982, ART WORLDS BENDA J, 1983, VERRAT INTELLEKTUELL BOURDIEU P, 1971, ARCH EUR SOCIOL, V12, P3, DOI 10.1017/S0003975600002174 BOURDIEU P, 1988, HOMO ACADEMICUS Bourdieu P., 1992, REPONSES ANTHR REFLE BOURDIEU P, 1983, POETICS, V12, P331 BOURDIEU Pierre, 1992, REGLES ART GENESE ST Breuer Stefan, 1995, ASTHETISCHER FUNDAME CHARLE C, 1990, NAISSANCE INTELLETUE Confino Michael, 1972, DAEDALUS, V101, P117 Coser LA, 1982, BOOKS Coser Lewis A., 1965, MEN IDEAS DEBRAY R, POUVOIR INTELLECTUEL DETOCQUEVILLE A, 1977, ALTE STAAT REVOLUTIO DROUIN M, 1994, AFFAIRE DREYFUS A Z DURKHEIM E, 1986, GESELLSCHAFTLICHER Z, P54 Eyerman R, 1994, CULTURE POLITICS INT Geertz Clifford, 1987, DICHTE BESCHREIBUNG GEHLEN A, 1975, EINBLICKE Gella Alexander, 1976, INTELLIGENTSIA INTEL HIRSCH PM, 1972, AM J SOCIOL, V77, P639, DOI 10.1086/225192 Hubinger G., 1993, INTELLEKTUELLE DTSCH LAMONT M, 1987, AM J SOCIOL, V93, P584, DOI 10.1086/228790 LAMONT M, 1982, POLITIQUE, V1, P19 LEPSIUS MR, 1990, INTERESSEN IDEEN I, P270 Lipset S., 1981, POLITICAL MAN SOCIAL Mannheim K., 1985, IDEOLOGIE UTOPIE MERTON R, 1972, AM J SOCIOL, V7, P9 MORIN E, 1960, ARGUMENTS, V4, P35 POLLAK M, 1981, ACTES RECHERCHE SCI, V36, P87 SARTRE JP, 1975, MAI 68, V2, P9 SEWELL WH, 1992, AM J SOCIOL, V98, P1, DOI 10.1086/229967 STEINFELS P, 1979, NEOCONSERVATIVES Walzer Cf. M., 1991, ZWEIFEL EINMISCHUNG Walzer M., 1990, KRITIK GEMEINSINN WEBER M, 1988, GESAMMELTE AUFSATZE, V1, P276 White H. C., 1993, CAREERS CREATIVITY S NR 40 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 0 U2 4 PU LESKE VERLAG BUDRICH GMBH PI LEVERKUSEN 3 PA POSTFACH 300 551, D-51334 LEVERKUSEN 3, GERMANY SN 0863-1808 J9 BERL J SOZIOL JI Berliner J. Soz. PY 1997 VL 7 IS 1 BP 71 EP & PG 17 WC Sociology SC Sociology GA WW700 UT WOS:A1997WW70000006 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Sakallioglu, UC AF Sakallioglu, UC TI The anatomy of the Turkish military's political autonomy SO COMPARATIVE POLITICS LA English DT Article AB The historically strategic position of the Turkish military in safeguarding state unity has been the most important factor in determining the parameters of its political involvement. The military has maintained a privileged position toward civilian groups by initiating and vetoing political issues while staying outside the democratic control of civilian governments. Civilian rule after 1983 expanded and constitutionally bolstered the military's political autonomy. The Turkish military's central political role is the outcome of historical-structural and behavioral parameters of military-civilian interaction. RP Sakallioglu, UC (reprint author), BILKENT UNIV,ANKARA,TURKEY. CR AHMAD F, 1985, TURKEY WORLD CAPITAL, P193 AHMAD F, 1977, TURKISH EXPT DEMOCRA, P237 ALTAN M, 1994, SABAH 0110 ATATURK MK, 1972, DEVRIMLER TEPKILERI, P9 BALL N, 1981, WORLD DEV, V9, P575 BATUR M, 1985, ANILAR GORUSLER, P360 Bienen H., 1974, POLITICAL MILITARY S, P3 BIRAND MA, 1986, NOKTA 1102 BIRAND MA, 1986, EMRET KOMUTANIM, P114 BIRAND MA, 1994, SABAH 0130 BROWN J, 1989, MIDDLE E STUDIES, V25, P399 CANDAR C, 1994, SABAH 0108 CEKIRGE F, 1993, SABAH 1116 DOGAN Y, 1991, MILLIYET 1102 DOGRUSOZ Y, 1993, EKONOMI POLITIK 0808 ERGIN S, 1993, HURRIYET 1130 George Harris, 1988, STATE DEMOCRACY MILI, P177 HALE W, STATE DEMOCRACY MILI, P174 HEPER M, 1991, POLITICAL PARTIES DE, P7 HUNTINGTON S, 1957, SOLDIER STATE THEORY, P74 Johnson John J., 1962, ROLE MILITARY UNDERD Karaosmanoglu Ali L., 1993, TURKEY W CHANGING PO, P24 KARDUZ AL, 1993, SABAH 1129 KEMAL A, 1984, MIDDLE E REPORT, V122, P13 LERNER D, 1960, WORLD POLIT, V13, P22 MCFADDEN JH, 1989, MIDDLE E J, V39, P69 Nun J., 1967, POLITICS CONFORMITY NYE RP, 1977, INT J MIDDLE E STUD, V8, P209, DOI 10.1017/S0020743800026957 Ozbudun E, 1966, ROLE TURKISH MILITAR Ozdemir Hikmet, 1989, REJIM ASKER OZKOK E, 1993, HURRIYET 0420 OZKOK E, 1991, HURRIYET 1130 PICKARD E, 1988, COERCION DURABILITY, P121 PINKNEY R, 1990, RIGHT WING MILITARY, P98 PIONBERLIN, MILITARY AUTONOMY, P89 PIONBERLIN D, 1992, COMP POLIT, V25, P83, DOI 10.2307/422098 Przeworski Adam, 1986, TRANSITIONS AUTHORIT, P58 REMMER K, 1989, COMP POLIT, V21, P152 RUSTOW DA, 1959, WORLD POLIT, V4, P549 SAKALLIOGLU UC, 1993, ADALET PARTISI ORDU SAVRAN S, 1986, TEZ, V6, P132 STEPAN A, 1971, MILITARY POLITICS CH, P270 Stepan Alfred, 1973, AUTHORITARIAN BRAZIL Stepan Alfred, 1988, RETHINKING MILITARY TORUMTAY N, 1993, ORGENERAL TORUMTAY I, P107 1990, MILLIYET 0528 1991, GUNES 0210 1986, DEFENSE EC TURKEY, V31, P66 1991, HURRIYET 1102 1986, DEFENSE EC TURKEY, V31, P69 1989, HURRIYET 0820 1988, NOKTA 1113 1995, HURRIYET 0714 1992, HURRIYET 0121 NR 54 TC 67 Z9 68 U1 0 U2 5 PU CITY UNIV NEW YORK PI NEW YORK PA COMPARATIVE POLITICS 33 W 42ND ST, NEW YORK, NY 10036 SN 0010-4159 J9 COMP POLIT JI Comp. Polit. PD JAN PY 1997 VL 29 IS 2 BP 151 EP & DI 10.2307/422077 PG 17 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA WC710 UT WOS:A1997WC71000002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU James, P Lusztig, M AF James, P Lusztig, M TI Quebec's economic and political future with North America SO INTERNATIONAL INTERACTIONS LA English DT Article DE Canada; constitutions; expected utility; forecasting; Quebec; trade AB Through use of the expected utility forecasting model, we make predictions about the prospects for constitutional negotiations that would satisfy Quebec, as well as the likelihood that member governments of the NAFTA would accommodate Quebec and seek further integration of the North American economies. The investigation unfolds in four stages. The first section describes the historical background to the political and economic conflict associated with Quebec's problematic role in Confederation. Second, expert-generated data on constitutional and trade issues is presented, with specific attention to Quebec's political autonomy and degree of integration in the NAFTA. The third phase contains the expected utility model's forecasting of Quebec's political and economic future with North America. Fourth, and finally, implications of the results are discussed. C1 Iowa State Univ, Dept Polit Sci, Ames, IA 50011 USA. So Methodist Univ, Dept Polit Sci, Dallas, TX 75275 USA. RP James, P (reprint author), Iowa State Univ, Dept Polit Sci, 503 Ross Hall, Ames, IA 50011 USA. CR 1996, GLOBE MAIL 0320 NR 1 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 0 U2 0 PU GORDON BREACH SCI PUBL LTD PI READING PA C/O STBS LTD, PO BOX 90, READING RG1 8JL, BERKS, ENGLAND SN 0305-0629 J9 INT INTERACT JI Int. Interact. PY 1997 VL 23 IS 3-4 BP 283 EP 298 DI 10.1080/03050629708434911 PG 16 WC International Relations SC International Relations GA YN759 UT WOS:000071203700004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Goetz, B AF Goetz, B TI Organization as class bias in local law enforcement: Arson-for-profit as a ''nonissue'' SO LAW & SOCIETY REVIEW LA English DT Article ID WHITE-COLLAR CRIME; NEW-YORK; PROSECUTION AB Here I discuss the response of local state agencies to the problem of arson-for-profit as a way to address the debates in the white-collar crime literature over the problem of class bias and the political autonomy of state institutions. Arson-for-profit makes for an especially compelling case because of the inherent organizational difficulties involved with controlling this crime and the relationship this crime has to the perpetuation of social inequality in urban neighborhoods. I argue that arson-for-profit has been relegated to a nonissue status by law enforcement. Although this can be explained largely in institutional terms, this outcome suggests a selectivity on the part of the state where arson enforcement is concerned. The findings have implications for our understandings of equity in law enforcement processes and the question of class bias in state processes. RP Goetz, B (reprint author), UNIV DAYTON,DEPT SOCIOL ANTHROPOL & SOCIAL WORK,CRIMINAL JUSTICE STUDIES PROGRAM,300 COLL PK,DAYTON,OH 45409, USA. CR *AIRAC, 1982, P821 AIRAC BACHRACH P, 1962, AM POLIT SCI REV, V56, P947, DOI 10.2307/1952796 Bardach E., 1982, GOING BOOK PROBLEM R BLACK WK, 1995, LAW POLICY, V0017 Block Fred, 1977, SOCIALIST REVOLUTION, V7, P6 BOUDREAU JF, 1977, ARSON ARSON INVESTIG BRADY J, 1983, SOC PROBL, V31, P1, DOI 10.1525/sp.1983.31.1.03a00010 Braithwaite J., 1982, RETHINKING CRIMINOLO CALAVITA K, 1983, SOC PROBL, V30, P437, DOI 10.1525/sp.1983.30.4.03a00060 CALAVITA K, 1994, LAW SOC REV, V28, P297, DOI 10.2307/3054148 CALAVITA K, 1990, CRIME DELINQUENCY, V36, P292 CARNOY M, 1984, STATE POLITICAL THEO Carson W, 1980, WHITE COLLAR CRIME T CARTER RE, 1980, FIRE J, V74, P40 CARTER RE, 1980, FIRE J, V74, P89 Clarke M, 1996, CRIME LAW SOCIAL CH, V25, P107, DOI 10.1007/BF00389750 CLINARD MB, 1980, CORPORATE CRIME Coleman James William, 1989, CRIMINAL ELITE SOCIO Crenson M., 1971, UNPOLITICS AIR POLLU Eitzen DS, 1982, ELITE DEVIANCE *FBI, 1994, UN CRIM REP US 1993 Geis G, 1980, WHITE COLLAR CRIME T GOETZ B, 1991, THESIS U CALIFORNIA HALL J, 1995, UNPUB US ARSON TREND HAMMETT TM, 1985, ISSUES PRACTICES PUB HAMMETT TM, 1984, ARSON INVESTIGATION HARTMANN CW, 1974, AIP J, V40, P90 HARTNETT K, 1978, NATIONS CITIES FEB, P17 Hawkins K., 1984, ENV ENFORCEMENT REGU JACOBSON M, 1986, NATION 1115, P512 JOHNSON DT, 1993, LAW SOCIAL INQUIRY, V18, P63, DOI 10.1086/492414 KAPROW ML, 1991, HUM ORGAN, V50, P97, DOI 10.17730/humo.50.1.4405607837g88647 KARCHMER C, 1983, SOCIAL EC CONSEQUENC KATZ J, 1979, LAW SOC REV, V13, P431, DOI 10.2307/3053262 LEVI M, 1987, REGULATING FRAUD WHI LIMA AJ, 1980, INFLUENCE NONADMITTE LIMA AJ, 1981, INSURANCE UNDERWRITI LIMA AJ, 1977, FIRES URBAN RESIDENT LONGMIRE DR, 1983, J CRIM JUST, V11, P359, DOI 10.1016/0047-2352(83)90075-2 Lukes Steven, 1974, POWER RADICAL VIEW MANN K, 1992, LAW SOCIAL INQUIRY, V17, P561 MCGUIRE MV, 1981, GOVT EXECUTIVES GUID *NAT COMM FIR PREV, 1973, AM BURN REP NAT COMM *NAT FIR DAT CTR, 1993, FIR US 1983 1990 OConnor James, 1973, FISCAL CRISIS STATE ODOWD JF, 1991, BESTS REV, V91, P61 Offe C, 1975, STRESS CONTRADICTION Offe Claus, 1974, GERMAN POLITICAL STU PEARCE F, 1990, BRIT J CRIMINOL, V30, P423, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.bjc.a048049 PEPINSKY HE, 1982, RETHINKING CRIMINOLO Pontell Henry N., 1982, RETHINKING CRIMINOLO PONTELL HN, 1994, JUSTICE Q, V0011 Poulantzas N., 1969, NEW LEFT REV, V58, P67 Reiman J, 1995, RICH GET RICHER POOR SANCHEZJANKOWSK.M, 1991, ISLANDS STREET GANGS SCHATTSCHNEIDER EE, 1960, SEMI SOVEREIGN PEOPL Schrager Laura, 1980, WHITE COLLAR CRIME T SHAPIRO SP, 1990, AM SOCIOL REV, V55, P346, DOI 10.2307/2095761 SHAPIRO SP, 1985, LAW SOC REV, V19, P179, DOI 10.2307/3053454 Skocpol T., 1985, BRINGING STATE BACK SLADE S, 1978, NATION 0318, P307 SNIDER L, 1990, CRIME DELINQUENCY, V36, P373, DOI 10.1177/0011128790036003005 STINCHCOMBE AL, 1963, AM J SOCIOL, V69, P150, DOI 10.1086/223544 SUCHY JT, 1976, ARSON AM MALIGNANT C SULLIVAN M, 1991, DUAL CITY RESTRUCTUR Sutherland E. H, 1983, WHITE COLLAR CRIME U Thompson J., 1967, ORG ACTION *US GEN ACC OFF, 1978, ARS PROF MOR COULD B *US SEN, 1978, ARS PROF ITS IMP STA WALLACE R, 1978, HUM ECOL, V6, P423, DOI 10.1007/BF00889418 NR 70 TC 12 Z9 12 U1 0 U2 2 PU LAW SOC ASSOC PI AMHERST PA HAMPSHIRE HOUSE UNIV MASSACHUSETTS-AMHERST, AMHERST, MA 01003 SN 0023-9216 J9 LAW SOC REV JI Law Soc. Rev. PY 1997 VL 31 IS 3 BP 557 EP 587 DI 10.2307/3054046 PG 31 WC Law; Sociology SC Government & Law; Sociology GA YG897 UT WOS:A1997YG89700006 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Polat, N AF Polat, N TI Power sharing and international mediation in ethnic conflicts - Sisk,TD SO MILLENNIUM-JOURNAL OF INTERNATIONAL STUDIES LA English DT Book Review RP Polat, N (reprint author), MIDDLE E TECH UNIV,DEPT INT RELAT,TR-06531 ANKARA,TURKEY. CR Sisk Timothy, 1996, POWER SHARING INT ME NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU MILLENNIUM PUBLISHING GROUP PI LONDON PA LONDON SCHOOL ECONOMICS HOUGHTON ST, LONDON, ENGLAND WC2A 2AE SN 0305-8298 J9 MILLENNIUM-J INT ST JI Millennium-J. Int. Stud. PY 1997 VL 26 IS 1 BP 215 EP 216 DI 10.1177/03058298970260010336 PG 2 WC International Relations SC International Relations GA XP485 UT WOS:A1997XP48500048 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Hooghe, L Marks, G AF Hooghe, L Marks, G TI ''Europe with the regions'': Channels of regional representation in the European Union SO PUBLIUS-THE JOURNAL OF FEDERALISM LA English DT Article AB One of the most important consequences of European integration is the multiplication of extra-national channels for subnational political activity. Territorial relations are being transformed: national states are losing control over important areas of decision making, a variety of new channels have been created for regional mobilization, and subnational governments are engaged in innovative, transnational, patterns of interaction. Regions, however, do not engage in these activities equally. There is no congruence in the political role of cities, municipalities, and regions in the European Union. On the contrary, there are enormous differences in the level of organization, financial resources, political autonomy and political influence of subnational governments across Europe. The result is the unfolding of common threads of change against a background of Persisting variation. C1 UNIV N CAROLINA,CTR EUROPEAN STUDIES,CHAPEL HILL,NC. RP Hooghe, L (reprint author), UNIV TORONTO,TORONTO,ON M5S 1A1,CANADA. CR Anderson J., 1990, J PUBLIC POLICY, V10, P417 AVERYT W, 1975, INT ORGAN, V29, P949, DOI 10.1017/S0020818300018154 Borras Susana, 1993, REGIONAL POLITICS PO, V3, P163 BULLMANN U, 1994, AM POL SCI ASS NEW Y *COMM EUR COMM, 1992, MAASTR TREAT CONZELMANN T, 1994, UNPUB PATTERNS REGIO COYLE C, 1992, REGIONAL POLITICS PO, V1, P71 DEHOUSSE R, 1995, WHAT MODEL COMMITTEE DUNLEAVY P, 1994, CONT POLITICAL STUDI, P906 GEORGE S, 1993, I EC COMMITTEE REGIO GOLDSMITH M, 1993, URBAN STUD, V30, P683, DOI 10.1080/00420989320081871 Greenwood J, 1992, ORG INTERESTS EUROPE HOOGHE, 1994, 942 RSC HOOGHE L, 1994, J EUROPEAN PUBLIC PO, V1, P367, DOI DOI 10.1080/13501769408406965 Hooghe L., 1996, COHESION POLICY EURO JEFFERY C, 1995, UACES C LEIC U OCT JENSEN M, 1994, THESIS OXFORD JONES B, 1994, EUR CONS POL RES WOR Jones Barry, 1995, EUROPEAN UNION REGIO JONES J, 1994, EUR CONS POL RES WOR KEATING M, 1994, POLITIK DRITTEN EBEN, P225 KEATING M, 1994, INT POL SCI ASS BERL LEONARDI R, 1990, REGIONS EUROPEAN INT Marks G, 1996, COMP POLIT STUD, V29, P164, DOI 10.1177/0010414096029002002 Marks G., 1995, REV I EUROPEAS, V22, P149 MARKS G, 1993, STATE EUROPEAN COMMU, P391 MARKS G, 1993, MAASTRICHT DEBATES S, V2, P391 Marks G., 1992, EUROPOLITICS I POLIC, P191 Mazey S., 1993, LOBBYING EUROPEAN CO, P95 MITCHELL J, 1994, LOBBYING BRUSSELS CA SALK J, 1994, UNPUB PATTERNS DETER Verney Susannah, 1992, REGIONAL POLITICS PO, V2, P109 NR 32 TC 80 Z9 80 U1 1 U2 10 PU PUBLIUS-JNL OF FEDERALISM PI EASTON PA MEYNER CTR STATE/LOCAL GOVT 16 KIRBY HALL CIV RIGHTS LAFAYETTE COLLEGE, EASTON, PA 18042-1785 SN 0048-5950 J9 PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM JI Publius-J. Fed. PD WIN PY 1996 VL 26 IS 1 BP 73 EP 91 DI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.pubjof.a029841 PG 19 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA VU292 UT WOS:A1996VU29200005 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Lim, JH AF Lim, JH TI Rosa Luxemburg on the dialectics of proletarian internationalism and social patriotism SO SCIENCE & SOCIETY LA English DT Review AB Red Rosa was not a national nihilist, despite common misperceptions. She was well aware of the intrinsic value of the national language and culture. Her concept of territorial autonomy stood on a broader scale than even the Austro-Marxists' concept of cultural autonomy. In the final instance, however, she failed to advance to a fully dialectical recognition of revolutionary internationalism and social patriotism because of her deeply rooted opposition to the positions of the Polish Socialist Party in practice and her proletarian fundamentalism in theory. Luxemburg did not recognize ultimately what the right of national self-determination meant to the mass of oppressed nationalities. That is why Luxemburgism has a poor reputation among Marxists of peripheral countries still struggling with the national question. Luxemburg's universalist stance of Enlightened Marxism, however, implies a valuable criticism of ''Third World'' or populist socialism. The historical evaluation of Luxemburg should be freed not only from the international nihilist view of some rightist social patriots, but also from the Eurocentric view of classical and some contemporary Western Marxists. RP Lim, JH (reprint author), HANYANG UNIV,DEPT HIST,SEOUL 133791,SOUTH KOREA. CR ABRAHAM R, 1989, R LUXEMBURG LIFE INT Blit L., 1971, ORIGINS POLISH SOCIA BLOBAUM R, 1984, F DZIERZYNSKI SDKPIL Bronner S. E., 1993, LETT R LUXEMBURG CHWALBA A, 1986, ZESZTY NOUKOWE UNIWE, P78 CLIFF T, 1993, R LUXEMBURG DAVIS HB, 1976, NATIONAL QUESTION SE DEBRAY R, 1977, NEW LEFT REV, P105 DELANY S, 1975, MASS REV, P16 DEUTSCHER I, 1984, MARXISMS WARS REVOLU Elwood Ralph Carter, 1974, RESOLUTIONS DECISION Geras N., 1983, LEGACY R LUXEMBURG HAUPT G, 1974, R LUXEMBURG BESTIMMU HOWARD D, 1974, R LUXEMBURG BESTIMMU Jezierski A, 1967, HANDEL ZAGRANICZNY K KANCEWICZ J, 1962, Z POLA WALKI, V20 KANCEWICZ J, 1955, SDKPIL REWOLUCYJNA P KHOROS VG, 1985, REVOLUTIONARY PROCES KOCHANSKI A, 1989, DZIEJE NAJNOWSZE, V21 Lenin V. I., 1960, COLLECTED WORKS Lim J.-H., 1992, SCI SOC, V56, P2 Lowy M., 1976, NEW LEFT REV, P96 Lukacs Gyorgy, 1972, HIST CLASS CONSCIOUS LUXEMBURG R, 1976, NATIONAL QUESTION SE Luxemburg R., 1970, GESAMMELTE WERKE Munck R, 1986, DIFFICULT DIALOGUE M NAIMARK NA, 1979, HIST PROLETARYAT EME NAIRN T, 1981, BREAKUP BRITAIN Nettl J. Peter, 1966, R LUXEMBURG NIMNI E, 1991, MARXISM NATIONALISM NIMNI E, 1985, MARXIST SOCIOLOGY RE PIRKO M, 1983, ZESZTY NAUKOWE WAP, P114 POZZOLI C, 1974, R LUXEMBURG BESTIMMU RADLAK B, 1969, Z POLA WALKI, V45 RADLAK B, 1976, SDKPIL LATACH 1893 1 SAMUS P, WIZJE SOCJALIZMU POL SHELTON AK, 1987, E EUROPEAN Q, V21 SMITH AD, 1972, THEORIES NATIONALISM SOBCZAK K, 1983, ZESZTY NAUKOWE WAP, V114, P1 SZMIDT B, 1934, SDKPIL MATERIALY DOC Tych F., 1970, ACTA POLONIAE HIST, V22 TYCH F, 1982, SOCJALISTYCZNA IRRED Tych Feliks, 1975, POLSKIE PROGRAMY SOC WAITR JJ, 1973, NAROD PANSTWO WALDENBERG M, 1992, KWESTIE NARODOWE W E WALICKI A, 1983, SLAVONIC E EUROPEAN, V61 WASILEWSKI L, 1934, DZIEJE ZJAZDU PARYSK ZARNOWSKA A, 1966, ACTA POLONIAE HIST, V14 ZAWADZKI J, 1982, POGLADY EKONOMICZNE NR 49 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 0 U2 1 PU GUILFORD PUBLICATIONS INC PI NEW YORK PA 72 SPRING STREET, NEW YORK, NY 10012 SN 0036-8237 J9 SCI SOC JI Sci. Soc. PD WIN PY 1996 VL 59 IS 4 BP 498 EP 530 PG 33 WC Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary SC Social Sciences - Other Topics GA TM849 UT WOS:A1996TM84900003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Janning, J AF Janning, J TI Power sharing and international mediation in ethnic conflicts - Sisk,TD SO INTERNATIONALE POLITIK LA German DT Book Review CR Sisk Timothy, 1996, POWER SHARING INT ME NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU VERLAG INT POLITIK GMBH PI BONN 1 PA POSTFACH 1529 BACHSTRASSE 32, D-53005 BONN 1, GERMANY SN 0014-2476 J9 INT POLITIK JI Int. Polit. PD OCT PY 1996 VL 51 IS 10 BP 68 EP 70 PG 3 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA VQ644 UT WOS:A1996VQ64400019 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Koelble, T Reynolds, A AF Koelble, T Reynolds, A TI Power-sharing democracy in the new South Africa SO POLITICS & SOCIETY LA English DT Article C1 UNIV CALIF SAN DIEGO,INT INST DEMOCRACY & ELECTORAL ASSISTANCE,SAN DIEGO,CA 92103. RP Koelble, T (reprint author), UNIV MIAMI,DEPT POLIT SCI,MIAMI,FL 33152, USA. CR BOOYSON S, 1995, C PARL DYN CAPE TOWN, P30 GILIOMEE H, 1995, POLIT SCI QUART, V110, P83, DOI 10.2307/2152052 JUNG C, 1995, POLIT SOC, V23, P269, DOI 10.1177/0032329295023003002 JUNG C, 1995, POLIT SOC, V23, P270 Jung C, 1995, POLIT SOC, V23, P273 LEWIS A, 1965, POLITICS W AFRICA, P64 Lijphart A, 1994, ELECTION 94 S AFRICA, P221 Lijphart A., 1984, DEMOCRACIES PATTERNS Lijphart A., 1991, INT SOC SCI J, V129, P483 LINDEKE, 1992, POLITIKON, V18, P134 LIPHART A, 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC, P25 LOUW R, 1996, SO AFRICA REPORT, V14, P3 MACOZOMA S, 1995, C CAP TOWN CTR INT C MANDELA N, 1994, LONG WALK FREEDOM, P18 MANGAPUS R, 1987, WILL PEOPLE ORIGINAL, P6 Mayhew David R, 1974, C ELECTORAL CONNECTI REYNOLDS, 1995, J DEMOCR, V6, P117 REYNOLDS, 1995, J DEMOCR, V6, P86 SISK T, 1995, DEMOCRATIZATION S AF, P190 WELSH D, 1994, INDICATOR S AFRICA, V12, P17 WOLINETZ S, 1995, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V18, P188 WOLINETZ S, 1995, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V18, P277 Zimmerman Joseph F., 1994, ELECTORAL SYSTEMS CO 1995, NY TIMES 1107, pA4 1995, AFR NAT C, P2 NR 25 TC 13 Z9 13 U1 0 U2 3 PU SAGE SCIENCE PRESS PI THOUSAND OAKS PA 2455 TELLER RD, THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91320 SN 0032-3292 J9 POLIT SOC JI Polit. Soc. PD SEP PY 1996 VL 24 IS 3 BP 221 EP 236 DI 10.1177/0032329296024003003 PG 16 WC Political Science; Social Issues; Sociology SC Government & Law; Social Issues; Sociology GA VB940 UT WOS:A1996VB94000002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Lijphart, A AF Lijphart, A TI The puzzle of Indian democracy: A consociational interpretation SO AMERICAN POLITICAL SCIENCE REVIEW LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Conference on Regime Transformation and Democratization in Comparative Perspective CY MAY 20-21, 1994 CL UNIV CALIF LOS ANGELES, LOS ANGELES, CA HO UNIV CALIF LOS ANGELES AB India has been the one major deviant case for consociational (power-sharing) theory, and its sheer size makes the exception especially damaging. A deeply divided society with, supposedly, a mainly majoritarian type of democracy, India nevertheless has been able to maintain its democratic system. Careful examination reveals, however, that Indian democracy has displayed all four crucial elements of power-sharing theory. In fact, it was a perfectly and thoroughly consociational system during its first two decades. From the late 1960s on, although India has remained basically consociational, some of its power-sharing elements have weakened under the pressure of greater mass mobilization. Concomitantly, in accordance with consociational theory, intergroup hostility and violence have increased. Therefore, India is not a deviant case for consociational theory but, instead, an impressive confirming case. RP Lijphart, A (reprint author), UNIV CALIF SAN DIEGO,LA JOLLA,CA 92093, USA. CR ARORA B, 1992, FEDERALISM INDIA ORI Austin Granville, 1966, INDIAN CONSTITUTION Banerjee Ashis, 1992, FEDERALISM INDIA ORI BARRY B, 1975, BRIT J POLIT SCI, V5, P477, DOI 10.1017/S0007123400008322 BATLINER G, 1981, HEUTIGEN LAGE LIECHT BERGSCHLOSSER D, 1985, EUR J POLIT RES, V13, P95, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1985.tb00111.x BHAMBHRI CP, 1971, ELECTIONS ELECTORAL BRASS P, 1991, ETHNICITY NATIONALIS Brass Paul, 1990, POLITICS INDIA INDEP CANNON GE, 1982, WESTERN POLIT QUART, V35, P50, DOI 10.2307/447971 Chehabi H. E., 1980, PLURAL SOC, V11, P55 CHINWUBA FA, 1980, THESIS TULANE U Chryssochoou D. N., 1994, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V17, P1, DOI DOI 10.1080/01402389408425040 DAALDER H, 1974, WORLD POLIT, V26, P604, DOI 10.2307/2010104 DAALDER H, 1989, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V12, P1 Dahl R. A., 1989, DEMOCRACY ITS CRITIC Dahl Robert A, 1973, SIZE DEMOCRACY DASGUPTA J, 1989, DEMOCRACY DEV COUNTR DEKMEJIAN RH, 1978, COMP POLIT, V10, P251, DOI 10.2307/421648 DEW EM, 1994, TROUBLE SURINANE 197 DIX RH, 1980, COMP POLIT, V12, P303, DOI 10.2307/421928 Engineer Asghar Ali, 1987, SHAH BANO CONTROVERS Esman M. J., 1972, ADM DEV MALAYSIA I B Frankel Francine R., 1988, INDIAS DEMOCRACY ANA Fyzee A. A. A, 1964, OUTLINES MUHAMMADAN GABEL MJ, 1994, JOINT SESS WORKSH EU GOLDMAN JR, 1985, E EUR QUART, V19, P241 GRAZIANO L, 1980, INT POLITICAL SCI RE, V1, P345 Halpern Sue, 1986, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V9, P181 Hardgrave Robert L., 1993, J DEMOCR, V4, P54, DOI DOI 10.1353/J0D.1993.0052 Harrison Selig, 1960, INDIA MOST DANGEROUS Hartlyn J., 1988, POLITICS COALITION R HEGDE R, 1986, ELECTORAL REFORMS LA Hix S, 1994, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V17, P1, DOI DOI 10.1080/01402389408424999 Horowitz Donald L., 1985, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI Hughes Arnold, 1982, CIVILISATIONS, V32, P65 HUNTINGTON SP, 1988, AM POLIT SCI REV, V82, P3, DOI 10.2307/1958055 HUSSAIN A, 1993, INDIA CHALLENGES CHA Huyse Luc, 1987, VERZUILING VOORBIJ Iyer V. R. Krishna, 1987, MUSLIM WOMEN PROTECT JAISINGH H, 1992, REFORMING CONSTITUTI KASHYAP SC, 1992, REFORMING CONSTITUTI Kathuria Harbir Singh, 1990, PRESIDENTS RULE INDI Khan Rasheeduddin, 1992, FEDERAL INDIA DESIGN KHILNANI S, 1992, DEMOCRACY UNFINISHED KOHLI A, 1990, DEMOCRACY DISCONTENT Kothari R., 1976, DEMOCRATIC POLITY SO Kothari Rajni, 1970, POLITICS INDIA Kothari Rajni, 1989, POLITICS PEOPLE SEAR LEHMBRUCH G, 1993, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V23, P43 Levine Daniel H, 1973, CONFLICT POLITICAL C LIJPHART A, 1979, CAN J POLIT SCI, V12, P499, DOI 10.1017/S0008423900051714 Lijphart A., 1968, POLITICS ACCOMMODATI Lijphart A, 1984, DEMOCRACIES MAJORITA Lijphart A, 1994, ELECTION 94 S AFRICA Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Lijphart Arend, 1992, J THEORETICAL POLITI, V4, P207 Lijphart Arend, 1985, POWER SHARING S AFRI Lindberg L. N., 1974, POLITICS EUROPE STRU Linder Wolf, 1994, SWISS DEMOCRACY POSS LUSTICK I, 1979, WORLD POLIT, V31, P325, DOI 10.2307/2009992 Luther K., 1992, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V15, P1 Luthera V. P., 1964, CONCEPT SECULAR STAT Mair P., 1994, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V17, P97 MALAVIYA SP, 1992, REFORMING CONSTITUTI MASSELOS J, 1985, INDIAN NATIONALISM H Mehta Piarey Lal, 1991, CONSTITUTIONAL PROTE Messarra A., 1994, THEORIE GEN SYSTEME Mill John Stuart, 1958, CONSIDERATIONS REPRE MUKARJI N, 1992, FEDERALISM INDIA ORI NEHRU BK, 1986, REFORMING CONSTITUTI Noorani A. G., 1989, PRESIDENTIAL SYSTEM OLSON DM, 1994, PARLIAMENTS TRANSITI PANANDIKER VAP, 1996, INDIAN CABINET GOVER PATHAK B, 1993, PERSPECTIVES CONSTIT Powell G. Bingham, 1982, CONT DEMOCRACIES PAR POWELL GB, 1979, AM POLIT SCI REV, V73, P295, DOI 10.2307/1954827 POWELL GB, 1970, SOCIAL FRAGMENTATION PRASAD A, 1991, RESERVATION POLICY P RAE DW, 1967, POLITICAL CONSEQUENC RAJGOPAL PR, 1987, COMMUNAL VIOLENCE IN RAO SR, 1992, REFORMING CONSTITUTI REDDY KB, 1992, REFORMING CONSTITUTI Rudolph LI, 1987, PURSUIT LAKSHMI POLI SATHE V, 1991, NATL GOVT AGENDA NEW SETH JD, 1971, ELECTIONS ELECTORAL SHARIF A, 1993, SOME SOCIOECONOMIC D SHARMA A, 1993, PERSPECTIVES CONSTIT SINGH LP, 1986, ELECTORAL REFORM PRO SRINIVASAVARADA.TC, 1992, FEDERAL CONCEPT INDI Steiner J., 1980, THEORY POLITICAL DEC Steiner Jurg, 1990, CONFLICT PEACEMAKING SUNTHARALINGAM R, 1983, INDIAN NATIONALISM H Taagepera Rein, 1989, SEATS VOTES EFFECTS Taylor R., 1992, TRANSFORMATION, V17, P1 TREHAN VM, 1993, PERSPECTIVES CONSTIT VANDENBERGHE P, 1981, ETHNIC PHENOMENON VANHANEN T, 1987, LOGIC MULTIPARTY SYS VARSHNEY A, 1993, DAEDALUS, V122, P227 VARSHNEY A, 1993, 1990 ANN M AM POL SC VARSHNEY A, 1995, SEMINAR DEHLI, V425, P38 VASOVIC V, 1992, TRAGEDY YUGOSLAVIA F VIRA D, 1992, REFORMING CONSTITUTI Von Vorys Karl, 1975, DEMOCRACY CONSENSUS WEINER M, 1969, PARTY BUILDING NEW N Weiner Myron, 1989, INDIAN PARADOX ESSAY Wheare K, 1964, FEDERAL GOVT WORRALL D, 1981, POLITIKON, V8, P27 Young C, 1976, POLITICS CULTURAL PL ZAKARIA HA, 1989, DEMOCRACY DEV COUNTR ZOLBERG AR, 1977, ETHNIC CONFLICT W WO NR 111 TC 148 Z9 151 U1 0 U2 16 PU AMER POLITICAL SCI ASSN PI WASHINGTON PA 1527 NEW HAMPSHIRE N W, WASHINGTON, DC 20036 SN 0003-0554 J9 AM POLIT SCI REV JI Am. Polit. Sci. Rev. PD JUN PY 1996 VL 90 IS 2 BP 258 EP 268 DI 10.2307/2082883 PG 11 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA UN269 UT WOS:A1996UN26900003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Elazar, DS AF Elazar, DS TI Agrarian relations and class hegemony: A comparative analysis of landlord, social and political power - Italy 1861-1920 SO BRITISH JOURNAL OF SOCIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID FASCISM AB This study asks how the fragmentation of Italy's landowning class, between semi-feudal latifundists in the south and commercial landlords (agrari) in the north, affected che political hegemony of the landed class and eventually led to the alliance between the agrari and the Fascists. The affinity between Fascism and commercial agriculture, it is argued, was determined by the interaction between the landlords' political hegemony in the central state and their local power on the provincial level. This interaction was made possible by the structure of the central Italian state which maintained, and was dependent on, the political autonomy of the country's constituent provincial governments. A comparative analysis of landlord hegemony in the provinces reveals that the specific political content of the state-class alliance was determined by distinct forms and levels of domination on the provincial level. In the north the agrari experienced a discrepancy between a socialist threat 'from below' on the provincial level, and continued central state power 'from above'. This gave the agrari' (a) the motivation to ally with the Fascists against the workers; and, most crucial, (b) the influence in the central state to make this alliance politically significant. The local hegemony of the southern latifundists was not threatened by a socialist ascendance, and they had no motivation to support Fascism. The analysis is based on a comparison between Italy's 69 provinces in the period beginning in 1861, with Italy's unification, until the fall of 1920, the last electoral campaign before Fascism's emergence. RP Elazar, DS (reprint author), TEL AVIV UNIV, DEPT SOCIOL & ANTHROPOL, IL-69978 TEL AVIV, ISRAEL. CR *ANN STAT IT, 1925, ANNI 1919 1921 ARLACCHI P, 1980, MAFIA PEASANTS GREAT Baran PA, 1957, POLITICAL EC GROWTH BERTRAND CL, 1970, REVOLUTIONARY SYNDIC BRUSTEIN W, 1991, AM SOCIOL REV, V56, P652, DOI 10.2307/2096086 Buci-Glucksmann C., 1980, GRAMSCI STATE Cafagna Luciano, 1973, FONTANA EC HIST EURO, V4, P279 CARDOZA A, 1979, GRAMSCI ITALYS PASSI CARDOZA A, 1991, LANDOWNERSHIP POWER Cardoza Anthony., 1982, AGRARIAN ELITES ITAL Corner Paul, 1975, FASCISM FERRARA 1915 DAVIS JA, 1979, GRAMSCI ITALYS PASSI Davis John A., 1988, CONFLICT CONTROL LAW De Felice R, 1965, MUSSOLINI RIVOLUZION Duverger M, 1954, POLITICAL PARTIES ELAZAR DS, 1993, POLITICAL POWER SOCI, V8, P173 FINELY MI, 1986, HIST SICILY Fried R. C., 1963, ITALIAN PREFECTS STU Gerschenkron Alexander., 1962, EC BACKWARDNESS HIST GILL D, 1983, J PEASANT STUD, V10, P146, DOI 10.1080/03066158308438203 GIUSTI U, 1922, CORRENTI POLITICHE I Gramsci A., 1971, SELECTIONS PRISON NO KING B, 1909, ITALY TODAY LYTTELTON A, 1987, SEIZURE POWER FASCIS Mack Smith D., 1959, ITALY MODERN HIST MAIER C, 1976, REVOLUTIONARY SITUAT Maier Charles S., 1975, RECASTING BOURGEOIS MARX K, 1967, CAPITAL PROCESS CAPI, V3 MELOGRANI P, 1972, GLI IND MUSSOLINI RA Moore Jr Barrington, 1966, SOCIAL ORIGINS DICTA Mouzelis Nicos P., 1986, POLITICS SEMIPERIPHE NEUFELDME, 1961, ITAL SCH AW COUNTR Paige J, 1975, AGRARIAN REVOLUTION PRETI L, 1955, LOTTE AGRARIE NELLA SALOMONE WA, 1945, ITALIAN DEMOCRACY MA SALVEMINI G, 1973, ORIGINI FASCISMO LEZ SALVEMINI G, 1945, ITALIAN DEMOCRACY MA SARTI R, 1971, FASCISM IND LEADERSH SCHMIDT CT, 1939, CORPORATE STATE ACTI SCHMIDT CT, 1937, SCI SOC, V3, P326 SERENI E, 1975, QUESTIONE AGRARIA NE Sereni E., 1968, CAPITALISMO NELLE CA Serpieri Arrigo, 1930, GUERRA CLASSI RURALI SNOWDEN FM, 1972, ARCH EUR SOCIOL, V13, P268 Snowden Frank M., 1989, FASCIST REVOLUTION T Snowden Frank M, 1986, VIOLENCE GREAT ESTAT SQUERI L, 1983, HISTORIAN, V45, P324, DOI 10.1111/j.1540-6563.1983.tb01235.x STEPHENS JD, 1989, AM J SOCIOL, V94, P1019, DOI 10.1086/229111 TASCA A, 1966, RISE ITALIAN FASCISM WATSON S, 1967, ITALY LIBERALISM FAS ZEITLIN M, 1988, LANDLORD CAPITALISTS ZEITLIN M., 1984, CIVIL WARS CHILE BOU NR 52 TC 6 Z9 6 U1 0 U2 0 PU WILEY PI HOBOKEN PA 111 RIVER ST, HOBOKEN 07030-5774, NJ USA SN 0007-1315 EI 1468-4446 J9 BRIT J SOCIOL JI Br. J. Sociol. PD JUN PY 1996 VL 47 IS 2 BP 232 EP 254 DI 10.2307/591725 PG 23 WC Sociology SC Sociology GA UR894 UT WOS:A1996UR89400002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Lijphart, A AF Lijphart, A TI The framework document on Northern Ireland and the theory of power-sharing SO GOVERNMENT AND OPPOSITION LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Roundtable on Theoretical Perspectives on Northern Ireland, at the Annual Meeting of the American-Political-Science-Association CY AUG 31-SEP 03, 1995 CL CHICAGO, IL SP Amer Polit Sci Assoc, Brit Polit Grp RP Lijphart, A (reprint author), UNIV CALIF SAN DIEGO,LA JOLLA,CA 92093, USA. CR HANF T, 1990, KOEXISTENZ KRIEG STA, P725 Horowitz Donald L., 1985, ETHNIC GROUPS CONFLI KYLE K, 1995, FRAMEWORK N Kyriakides S., 1968, CYPRUS CONSTITUTIONA Lijphart A, 1996, AM POLIT SCI REV, V90, P258, DOI 10.2307/2082883 LIJPHART A, FUTURE NO IRELAND, pR7 LUSTICK I, 1979, WORLD POLIT, V31, P328 McGarry John, 1990, FUTURE NO IRELAND TUENI G, 1982, FOREIGN AFF, V61, P86 1995, FRAMEWORKS FUTUR FEB, P3 NR 10 TC 12 Z9 12 U1 0 U2 1 PU GOVERNMENT OPPOSITION LTD PI LONDON PA LONDON SCH OF ECON AND POL SCI HOUGHTON ST, LONDON, ENGLAND WC2 2AE SN 0017-257X J9 GOV OPPOS JI Gov. Oppos. PD SUM PY 1996 VL 31 IS 3 BP 267 EP 274 DI 10.1111/j.1477-7053.1996.tb01190.x PG 8 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA VC806 UT WOS:A1996VC80600001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Kotze, D AF Kotze, D TI The new (final) South African constitution SO JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL POLITICS LA English DT Article AB Democratization in the South African context is essentially a state-building process, in which constitution-making plays an important part. The transition from apartheid manifested itself in two concurrent processes, namely establishing a power-sharing, interim period as well as negotiating a new constitution. The first phase in the transition process, consisting of two phases, to a large extent has determined the outcome of the final constitution in the form of 34 Constitutional Principles. The second phase is directed by the elected Constitutional Assembly (CA), which has become an institutionalized process largely detached from the population. Two concurrent processes in the final transitional phase, in addition to the CA, are the quest for white, ethnic self-determination deliberated by the statutory Volkstaat Council, and the call for international mediation by the Inkatha Freedom Party (IFP). Mediation is viewed by the IFP as an alternative negotiating strategy in order to circumvent the CA in which it has a weak bargaining position. The negotiating process has also been characterized by political violence in which the IFP is prominent. Violence in the South African context could be viewed as symptomatic of the transition (political development), but could also be interpreted as part of a negotiating strategy. RP Kotze, D (reprint author), UNIV S AFRICA,DEPT POLIT SCI,POB 392,PRETORIA 0001,SOUTH AFRICA. CR *ANC, 1995, UNPUB BUILD UN POL P ANSTEY M, 1991, NEGOTIATING CONFLICT ANSTEY M, 1993, PRACTICAL PEACE MAKI BOSKEY JB, 1994, NEGOTIATION J, V10, P367, DOI 10.1111/j.1571-9979.1994.tb00036.x BUTHELEZI M, 1994, UNPUB STATEMENT PRES BUTHELEZI M, 1994, COMMUNICATION 1209 *CONST COMM, 1995, UNPUB 13 M CONST COM Huntington S., 1968, POLITICAL ORDER CHAN *IFP, 1995, UNPUB INT MEDIATION *IFP, 1995, UNPUB SUBMISSION CON *IFP, 1995, UNPUB STATUS INT MED *IFP ANC, 1994, UNPUB CONSOLIDATED T MBEKI T, 1995, UNPUB COMMUNICA 0330 MEYER R, 1995, UNPUB NEW EX S AFR C MOOSA MV, 1995, UNPUB NEW EX S AFR C NYANGORO JE, 1993, AAPS 20 C DAR ES SAL *THEM COMM, 1995, 1 THEM COMM VANWYK D, 1991, NAMIBIA CONSTITUTION 1995, CONSTITUTIONAL TALK, P13 NR 19 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 0 U2 0 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 6 BONHILL STREET, LONDON, ENGLAND EC2A 4PU SN 0951-6298 J9 J THEOR POLIT JI J. Theor. Polit. PD APR PY 1996 VL 8 IS 2 BP 133 EP 157 DI 10.1177/0951692896008002002 PG 25 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA UK006 UT WOS:A1996UK00600002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Pabst, M AF Pabst, M TI Partition - Still an issue in South Africa? SO AUSSEN POLITIK LA English DT Article AB Solving the South Africa problem is one of the most difficult tasks with which politicians are currently confronted. Since the end of white rule it has become increasingly clear that the current approach to this task involves numerous problems and risks. Twenty years ago, Juergen Blenck and Klaus von der Ropp made a then sensational proposal in the journal Aussenpolitik that the Republic of South Africa could be divided into a white/brown southern state and a Black northern state with their own respective economies' - an idea which has also been aired elsewhere in an effort to take account the multiethnic country's special situation. The South African constitution scheduled for 1999, on the other hand, is orientated to the majority principle and, furthermore, has a centralist character. As also pointed out in the article on the South Tyrol problem in this issue of Aussenpolitik, this variant of democracy - which is quite justified in homogeneous societies - threatens to lead to confrontation rather than integration in countries with ethnic antagonisms. In the latter constellation, a system of permanent majorities and minorities is created which contravenes the democratic principle that all persons should essentially have equal opportunities to participate in power (which can only be achieved through changing majorities). The alternative of institutionalised ''power-sharing'' favoured in South Africa by the Nationalist Party (NP) was rejected through the new constitution. Nevertheless, the latter does have provisions which could serve as a point of departure for a territorial self-administration of ethnic-cultural groups. With reference to this context the historian Martin Pabst from Munich calls for ''partition'' as the only promising approach to a solution of South African problems. CR ADAM H, 1993, OPENING APARTHEID MI, P159 Beinart William, 1995, SEGREGATION APARTHEI, P206 BERESFORD D, 1995, GUARDIAN 0602 BLENCK J, 1976, AUSSENPOLITIK, P308 Cronje G, 1945, TUISTE VIR NAGESLAG FRHR K, 1996, SUEDAFRIKAS DORNIGER, P276 GANN LH, 1982, SUEDAFRIKA GEHT SEIN, P71 HOERNLE A, 1939, S AFRICAN NATIVE POL, P173 JOHNSTON A, 1994, CONT AFFAIRS, P734 KEMP A, 1994, VUUR VERRAAD AWB BOP, P12 KEPPELJONES A, 1949, FRIENDS FOES POINT V, P5 LEGUM C, 1964, CRISIS W, P220 LEMON A, 1987, APARTHEID TRANSITION, P48 MARITZ CJ, 1995, UNPUB LECT VOLKST CO PABST M, 1993, DRAMA SUEDAFRIKA SPI, P218 ROUSSEAU L, 1993, TOCULUG W, P7 1996, CITIZEN JOHANNE 0308 1996, S SCAN LONDON, P81 NR 18 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 0 PU INTERPRESS VERLAG GMBH PI HAMBURG 76 PA HARTWICUSSTRASSE 3-4, W-2000 HAMBURG 76, GERMANY SN 0587-3835 J9 AUSSEN POLIT JI Aussen Polit. PY 1996 VL 47 IS 3 BP 300 EP 310 PG 11 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA VL078 UT WOS:A1996VL07800009 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Maphai, VT AF Maphai, VT TI A season for power-sharing SO JOURNAL OF DEMOCRACY LA English DT Article RP Maphai, VT (reprint author), HUMAN SCI RES COUNCIL S AFRICA, PROGRAM SOCIAL DYNAM, NATAL, SOUTH AFRICA. CR Barkan JD, 1995, J DEMOCR, V6, P106, DOI 10.1353/jod.1995.0058 Cherry J., 1994, THIRD WORLD Q, V15, P613, DOI [10. 1080/01436599408420400, DOI 10.1080/01436599408420400] CHERRY J, 1994, 3RD WORLD Q, V15, P624 FRIEDMAN S, 1994, YESTERDAYS PACT POWE, P2 HOROWITZ, 1991, DEMOCRATIC S AFRICA Horowitz Donald L., 1993, J DEMOCR, V4, P18, DOI DOI 10.1353/JOD.1993.0054 JUNG C, 1995, POLIT SOC, V23, P269, DOI 10.1177/0032329295023003002 LIJPHART A, 1985, POWER SHARING S AFRI, P6 Lijphart A., 1984, DEMOCRACIES PATTERNS Lijphart Arend, 1994, ELECTION 94 S AFRICA, P222 Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC MAPHAI VT, 1995, NOV FAC SEM DEM MATTES R, ELECTION 94 S AFRICA, P1 REYNOLDS, 1995, J DEMOCR, V6, P86 Reynolds A, 1995, J DEMOCR, V6, P117, DOI 10.1353/jod.1995.0071 SPARKS A, 1994, TOMORROW IS ANOTHER, P91 SPENCER JE, 1994, GOVT OPPOSITION, V29, P434 YOUNG C, 1995, AFRICA DEMOS, V3, P24 1994, ECONOMIST 1119, P48 NR 19 TC 7 Z9 7 U1 0 U2 0 PU JOHNS HOPKINS UNIV PRESS PI BALTIMORE PA JOURNALS PUBLISHING DIVISION, 2715 NORTH CHARLES ST, BALTIMORE, MD 21218-4363 USA SN 1045-5736 EI 1086-3214 J9 J DEMOCR JI J. Democr. PD JAN PY 1996 VL 7 IS 1 BP 67 EP 81 DI 10.1353/jod.1996.0013 PG 15 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA TQ910 UT WOS:A1996TQ91000006 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Mohan, G AF Mohan, G TI Adjustment and decentralization in Ghana: A case of diminished sovereignty SO POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY LA English DT Article ID ADMINISTRATIVE REFORM; POLITICS; AFRICA; STATE AB Decentralization must be viewed as a fundamentally political process. In an increasingly global political economy 'national' politics no longer exists as supranational forces shape domestic policy. This is also true of decentralization and local governance, which this paper examines. The complex displacement of political power between global, national and local levels is analysed in the context of Ghana. Ghana has been implementing a structural adjustment programme since 1983. The paper looks at its impact on national politics and internal state restructuring in the form of a decentralization programme implemented in 1987-8. The World Bank was calling for fiscal accountability across all state institutions, while lenders wanted 'good government' involving formalized state structures and a measure of democracy. On the other hand, the Ghanaian government which took over through a coup d'etat in 1981 was experiencing pressure from workers and students over the austerity brought about by structural adjustment. It too needed a political strategy to placate these pressures and avoid a legitimacy crisis. The solution that satisfied all parties was a renewal of an earlier decentralization programme involving managed local government elections. These elections were non-partisan, with the government talking of using the local councils as electoral colleges for a national assembly. The result on the ground was limited, with inadequate revenue, weak organizational support and limited political autonomy. The Ghanaian case shows that the intermingling of global and national territories produces complex effects which can filter down to the local level. Most people assume that central-local relations are an internal political matter, but this study shows that external involvement has a profound effect, both directly and indirectly. In this way the idea of national sovereignty is greatly compromised, although the nation-state remains a necessary link in the chain of causality. RP Mohan, G (reprint author), UNIV CENT LANCASHIRE,DEPT ENVIRONM MANAGEMENT,PRESTON PR1 2HE,LANCS,ENGLAND. CR *ACCR MIN LOC GOV, 1990, LOC GOV INF DIG *ACCR MIN LOC GOV, 1991, LOC GOV INF DIG *ACCR MIN LOC GOV, 1989, LOC GOV INF DIG Amonoo B., 1981, GHANA 1957 1966 POLI Ashley Richard, 1987, ALTERNATIVES, V12, P403, DOI DOI 10.1177/030437548701200401 Bayart J. - F., 1993, STATE AFRICA POLITIC BING A, 1984, REV AFRICAN POLITICA, V31, P91 BRATTON M, 1989, WORLD POLIT, V41, P407, DOI 10.2307/2010506 BRETT EA, 1988, IDS BULL-I DEV STUD, V19, P4, DOI 10.1111/j.1759-5436.1988.mp19004002.x Callaghy Thomas M., 1987, AFRICAN STATE TRANSI Castells M., 1977, URBAN QUESTION CHALKER L, 1993, ACTION AFRICA EXPERI CHAZAN N, 1989, POLICY SCI, V22, P325, DOI 10.1007/BF00136323 Cheema GS, 1983, DECENTRALIZATION DEV COCKBURN C, 1977, LOCAL STATE CONYERS D, 1983, PUBLIC ADMIN DEVELOP, V3, P97, DOI 10.1002/pad.4230030202 CORBRIDGE S, 1993, POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY Cox Richard, 1994, POLITICAL EC CHANGIN DALBY S, 1994, 1994 GLOB POL SETT A Davidson B., 1992, BLACK MANS BURDEN AF DUNFORD M, 1992, CITIES REGIONS NEW E Esteva Gustavo, 1993, DEV DICT GUIDE KNOWL GIBBON P, 1992, J MOD AFR STUD, V30, P193, DOI 10.1017/S0022278X00010685 Gill S., 1994, POLITICAL EC CHANGIN GOULD W, 1990, 3RD WORLD REGIONAL D HAYNES J, 1989, AFRICAN DEBT CRISIS HAYNES J, 1989, 1989 ROAPE C WARW HELD D, 1990, NEW TIMES CHANGING F Herbst Jeffrey, 1993, POLITICS REFORM GHAN Hettne B., 1990, DEV THEORY 3 WORLD HIRST P, 1992, ECON SOC, V21, P357, DOI 10.1080/03085149200000017 Hutchful Eboe, 1989, STRUCTURAL ADJUSTMEN Hyden G, 1983, NO SHORTCUTS PROGR JEFFRIES R, 1993, AFR AFFAIRS, V92, P331, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.afraf.a098639 Jessop B., 1990, STATE THEORY PUTTING JESSOP B, 1993, 1992 EAPE C PAR JONAH K, 1989, EC CRISIS 3RD W 0403 KRAUS J, 1987, CURR HIST, V86, P205 LEYS C, 1976, REV AFRICAN POLITICA, V5, P98 LEYSHON A, 1992, GEOFORUM, V23, P249, DOI 10.1016/0016-7185(92)90041-2 LOXLEY J, 1992, GHANA LONG ROAD RECO Mosley P., 1991, AID POWER WORLD BANK MULLARD M, 1987, COMMUNITY DEV J, V22, P146 MUNCK R, 1993, IMPASSE NEW DIRECTIO NINSIN KA, 1987, CAN J AFR STUD, V21, P17, DOI 10.2307/485084 NUGENT P, 1993, FLIGHT LIEUTENANT PR OConnor James, 1973, FISCAL CRISIS STATE OLOWU D, 1992, PUBLIC ADMIN DEVELOP, V12, P1, DOI 10.1002/pad.4230120102 Pellow Deborah, 1986, GHANA COPING UNCERTA *PNDC, 1983, DEC GBAN *PNDC, 1988, LOC GOV LAW *PNDC, 1982, PREAMBL POL GUID PND PRICE RM, 1984, CAN J AFR STUD, V18, P163, DOI 10.2307/485008 Rapley J., 1994, REV AFRICAN POLITICA, V62, P495 RAWLINGS J, 1989, UNITY IS STRENGTH RAY DI, 1986, GHANA POLITICS EC SO RIDDELL JB, 1992, J MOD AFR STUD, V30, P53, DOI 10.1017/S0022278X00007722 Rodney Walter, 1972, HOW EUROPE UNDERDEVE Rondinelli D., 1981, INT REV ADM SCI, V2, P133 ROTHCHILD D, 1986, AFRICA EC CRISIS ROTHCHILD D, 1993, 1992 DEM EL GHAN SAMOFF J, 1979, COMP STUD SOC HIST, V21, P30, DOI 10.1017/S0010417500012640 SAMOFF J, 1990, DEV CHANGE, V21, P513, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-7660.1990.tb00387.x SAUL J, 1979, POLITICS STATE 3RD W SAUNDERS P, 1984, LOCAL SOCIALISM LABO SLATER D, 1992, ENVIRON PLANN D, V10, P307, DOI 10.1068/d100307 SLATER D, 1989, DEV CHANGE, V20, P501, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-7660.1989.tb00356.x SLATER D, 1993, 1993 TRIL C GLOB CHA Smith BC, 1985, DECENTRALIZATION TER TAYLOR PJ, 1991, POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY Tordoff W., 1980, INT HDB LOCAL GOVT R TOYE J, 1991, AID POWER WORLD BANK UNDERHILL GRD, 1994, POLITICAL EC CHANGIN Waddington C. J., 1990, INT J HLTH PLANNING, V5, P287, DOI DOI 10.1002/HPM.4740050405 World Bank, 1994, ADJ AFR REF RES ROAD World Bank, 1992, STRAT AFR MIN World Bank, 1984, GHAN POL PROGR ADJ W *WORLD BANK, 1990, EDI POL SEM REP SER, V21 World Bank, 1991, WORLD DEV REP *WORLD BANK, 1989, GHAN FISC DEC *WORLD BANK, 1983, WORLD DEV REP WUNSCH JS, 1991, PUBLIC ADMIN DEVELOP, V11, P431, DOI 10.1002/pad.4230110503 Yeebo Z., 1985, REV AFRICAN POLITICA, V32, P64 Yeebo Z, 1991, GHANA STRUGGLE POPUL NR 84 TC 19 Z9 19 U1 0 U2 0 PU BUTTERWORTH-HEINEMANN LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD, OXON, ENGLAND OX5 1GB SN 0962-6298 J9 POLIT GEOGR JI Polit. Geogr. PD JAN PY 1996 VL 15 IS 1 BP 75 EP 94 DI 10.1016/0962-6298(95)00009-7 PG 20 WC Geography; Political Science SC Geography; Government & Law GA TL788 UT WOS:A1996TL78800006 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Pilny, J AF Pilny, J TI Financing of territorial autonomy - Czech - Pekova,J SO POLITICKA EKONOMIE LA Czech DT Book Review RP Pilny, J (reprint author), UNIV PARDUBICE,FAK EKON SPRAVNI,PARDUBICE,CZECH REPUBLIC. CR PEKOVA J., 1995, FINANCE UZEMNI SAMOS NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU ZAKLADNI KNIHOVNA USTREDI VED PI PRAHAL PA CESKOSLOVENSKA AKADEMIE VED NARODNI TRIDA 3, PRAHAL, CZECH REPUBLIC 115 22 SN 0032-3233 J9 POLIT EKON JI Polit. Ekon. PY 1996 VL 44 IS 6 BP 849 EP 853 PG 5 WC Economics; Political Science SC Business & Economics; Government & Law GA VX824 UT WOS:A1996VX82400014 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU LICKLIDER, R AF LICKLIDER, R TI THE CONSEQUENCES OF NEGOTIATED SETTLEMENTS IN CIVIL-WARS, 1945-1993 SO AMERICAN POLITICAL SCIENCE REVIEW LA English DT Note AB We know very little about how civil wars end. Harrison Wagner has argued that negotiated settlements of civil wars are likely to break down because segments of power-sharing governments retain the capacity for resorting to civil war while victory destroys the losers' organization, making it very difficult to resume the war. An analysis of a data set of 91 post-1945 civil wars generally supports this hypothesis but only in wars over identity issues. Moreover, while military victories may be less likely to break down than negotiated settlements of identity civil wars, they are also more likely to be followed by acts of genocide. Outsiders concerned with minimizing violence thus face a dilemma. RP LICKLIDER, R (reprint author), RUTGERS STATE UNIV,NEW BRUNSWICK,NJ 08903, USA. CR BELL J, 1972, CIVIL WARS 20TH CENT Blainey Geoffrey, 1988, CAUSES WAR Brogan P., 1990, FIGHTING NEVER STOPP Burton J.W., 1987, RESOLVING DEEP ROOTE GURR TR, 1990, MEDITERRANEAN Q, V1, P82 Harff B, 1992, GENOCIDE WATCH Ikle Fred Charles, 1971, EVERY WAR MUST END LICKLIDER R, 1995, PROSEMINAR POLITICAL LICKLIDER R, 1993, STOPPING KILLING CIV LICKLIDER R, 1992, ANN M INT STUDIES AS LICKLIDER R, 1988, ANN M INT STUDIES AS MAOZ Z, 1984, J PEACE RES, V21, P227, DOI 10.1177/002234338402100303 Miall H., 1992, PEACEMAKERS PEACEFUL Modelski George, 1964, INT ASPECTS CIVIL ST Pillar Paul R., 1983, NEGOTIATING PEACE WA Schelling Thomas C., 1966, ARMS INFLUENCE SIVARD RL, 1992, WORLD MILITARY SOCIA Sivard Ruth L, 1993, WORLD MILITARY SOCIA Small Melvin, 1982, RESORT ARMS INT CIVI SMITH AD, 1986, INT CONFLICT RESOLUT Smith M., 1991, BURMA INSURGENCY POL SPENCER C, 1994, SURVIVAL, V36, P149 Stedman S. J., 1991, PEACEMAKING CIVIL WA SULLIVAN MJ, 1994, ANN M INT STUDIES AS Tilly Charles, 1978, MOBILIZATION REVOLUT WAGNER RH, 1993, STOPPING KILLING WEDGE B, 1986, INT CONFLICT RESOLUT Zartman I. W., 1995, ELUSIVE PEACE NEGOTI ZARTMAN IW, 1993, STOPPING KILLING NR 29 TC 335 Z9 341 U1 2 U2 32 PU AMER POLITICAL SCI ASSN PI WASHINGTON PA 1527 NEW HAMPSHIRE N W, WASHINGTON, DC 20036 SN 0003-0554 J9 AM POLIT SCI REV JI Am. Polit. Sci. Rev. PD SEP PY 1995 VL 89 IS 3 BP 681 EP 690 DI 10.2307/2082982 PG 10 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA RQ376 UT WOS:A1995RQ37600010 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU SHANDRO, A AF SHANDRO, A TI CONSCIOUSNESS FROM WITHOUT - MARXISM, LENIN AND THE PROLETARIAT SO SCIENCE & SOCIETY LA English DT Article AB A close textual and contextual analysis of Lenin's claim, in What Is to Be Done?, that socialist consciousness must be imported into the spontaneous working-class movement from without shows that it does not, contrary to the conventional wisdom of non-Marxist and most Marxist scholarship on this question, contradict the basic Marxist thesis of proletarian self-emancipation. Sense can be made of Lenin's claim only in light of the distinctive logic of his mode of political analysis and, once seen in this light, this claim can be understood as a necessary prerequisite for Marxist political actors to theorize their situation within the complexity of the class struggle and hence to learn from the struggles of the working class. The thesis of ''consciousness from without'' thus expresses, not only a scientific concern with grasping the realities of the process of the formation of working-class consciousness, but also, paradoxically, a theoretical commitment to the political autonomy of the working class. RP SHANDRO, A (reprint author), LAURENTIAN UNIV, DEPT POLIT SCI, RAMSEY LAKE RD, SUDBURY, ON P3E 2C6, CANADA. CR Althusser L., 1969, MARX BALIBAR E, 1974, CINQ ETUDES DU MATER CROUCH C, 1982, TRADE UNIONS DAN Theodore, 1970, ORIGINS BOLSHEVISM FRANKEL J, 1969, VLADIMIR AKIMOV DILE HARDING N, 1969, LENINS POLITICAL THO HYMAN R, 1971, MARXISM SOCIOLOGY TR Kautsky K., 1971, CLASS STRUGGLE KAUTSKY K, 1901, DIE NEUE ZIET Kolakowski L., 1978, MAIN CURRENTS MARXIS, V2 KUSKOVA ED, 1983, MARXISM RUSSIA Lenin V. I., 1960, COLLECT WORKS, V2, P93 LENIN VL, 1961, COLLECT WORKS, V7, P474 LENIN VL, 1962, COLLECT WORKS, V11, P213 LENIN VL, 1961, COLLECT WORKS, V5, P313 LENIN VL, 1961, COLLECT WORKS, V5, P31 Lenin Vladimir I., 1961, COLLECT WORKS, V5, P347 Lenin Vladimir Ilyich, 1966, COLLECT WORKS, V31, P17 Liebman Marcel, 1975, LENINISM UNDER LENIN LUXEMBURG R, 1970, ROSA LUXEMBERG SPEAK, P106 MacIntyre A, 1984, AFTER VIRTUE MARX K, 1976, COLLECT WORKS, V5, P3 Marx K., 1975, COLLECT WORKS, V3, P175 Marx Karl, 1985, COLLECT WORKS, V20, P14 PANNEKOEK A, 1975, LENIN PHILOSOPHER Pipes Richard, 1963, SOCIAL DEMOCRACY ST Polan AJ, 1984, LENIN END POLITICS Trotsky Leon, 1970, NOS TACHES POLITIQUE Wildman Allan, 1967, MAKING WORKERS REVOL 1980, MINUTES SECOND CONGR NR 30 TC 12 Z9 12 U1 0 U2 0 PU GUILFORD PUBLICATIONS INC PI NEW YORK PA 72 SPRING STREET, NEW YORK, NY 10012 USA SN 0036-8237 J9 SCI SOC JI Sci. Soc. PD FAL PY 1995 VL 59 IS 3 BP 268 EP 297 PG 30 WC Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary SC Social Sciences - Other Topics GA RW624 UT WOS:A1995RW62400004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU SHETH, DL AF SHETH, DL TI DEMOCRACY AND GLOBALIZATION IN INDIA - POST-COLD-WAR DISCOURSES SO ANNALS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY OF POLITICAL AND SOCIAL SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB The post-Cold War project of globalization is changing the established notion of liberal democracy and local governance. The political autonomy of the liberal state is being increasingly compromised in favor of market forces and local governance more and more exposed to direct penetration by global and corporate power structures. This change has far-reaching implications for the future of democracy, particularly in the Third World. Aware of this challenge, new social movements in India, active at the grass roots of politics, are resisting global penetration of local communities, using new political spaces opened up by the retreat of the state from socioeconomic arenas. Through an inventive politics of struggle over issues concerning local communities and their empowerment, they articulate a vision of democracy as a creative political process, operative primarily at the local level. Their politics are addressed to establishing direct access and control of people over their immediate environment-economic, social, and cultural. To ensure that, they seek to transcend old dichotomies between state and society, global and local, political and social-and open up new possibilities for democracy in India. RP SHETH, DL (reprint author), CTR STUDY DEVELOPING SOCIETIES,NEW DELHI,INDIA. CR DEUTSCH KW, 1961, AM POLITICAL SCI REV Fukuyama, 1992, END HIST LAST MAN Heesterman J. C., 1985, INNER CONFLICT TRADI Held David, 1991, ALTERNATIVES, V16, P201 KOTHARI R, 1986, ALTERNATIVES, V11, P167 MABBET IW, 1985, PATTERNS KINGSHIP AU NR 6 TC 11 Z9 11 U1 0 U2 0 PU SAGE PUBL INC PI THOUSAND OAKS PA 2455 TELLER RD, THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91320 SN 0002-7162 J9 ANN AM ACAD POLIT SS JI Ann. Am. Acad. Polit. Soc. Sci. PD JUL PY 1995 VL 540 BP 24 EP 39 DI 10.1177/0002716295540000003 PG 16 WC Political Science; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary SC Government & Law; Social Sciences - Other Topics GA RC195 UT WOS:A1995RC19500003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU MLINAR, Z AF MLINAR, Z TI LOCAL RESPONSES TO GLOBAL CHANGE SO ANNALS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY OF POLITICAL AND SOCIAL SCIENCE LA English DT Article ID DECENTRALIZATION AB The changing meaning and role of local democracy are assessed in the context of the transformation of territorial social organization and local-global convergence. The autonomization of regional, local, sublocal, and individual actors is dependent on simultaneous supranational and global integration. In place of the zero-sum logic of centralization-decentralization, focus should be shifted to the rapprochement of the levels of decision making and their power sharing. Advances in global integration are not a negation of localism. They contribute to the shift to a localism that is deliberate and open to the rest of the world. Openness involves an increasing choice of alternatives and a lower probability but heightened effectiveness of participation (voice) within local institutional structures. While involvement in undifferentiated, general forms of local democracy stagnates or even declines, participation with respect to more specific and close issues tends to be stable or even to increase. There is a hybridization of governmental and nongovernmental frameworks of participation that provides prospects for a strengthening of civil society. RP MLINAR, Z (reprint author), UNIV LJUBLJANA,FAC SOCIAL SCI,CTR SPATIAL SOCIOL,61000 LJUBLJANA,SLOVENIA. CR ALGER C, 1988, INT SOCIAL SCI J, V40 ALGER C, 1985, MAR M INT STUD ASS W ALGER CF, 1977, INT STUDIES Q, V21 ARTERTON CF, 1987, TELEDEMOCRACY Blau P. M., 1977, INEQUALITY HETEROGEN BURNS D, 1994, POLITICS DECENTRALIS CAMPBELL D, 1991, MUSIC MARGINS Cracknell A. P., 1991, INTRO REMOTE SENSING Dahl Robert A, 1973, SIZE DEMOCRACY ELANDER I, 1990, POLICY POLIT, V18, P165, DOI 10.1332/030557390782454512 Galpin Charles J., 1930, SYSTEMATIC SOURCE BO Giddens A, 1992, MODERNITY SELF IDENT GOLDSMITH M, 1993, URBAN STUD, V30, P698 GYFORD J, 1986, CONDUCT LOCAL AUTHOR, V4 Hirschman AO, 1970, EXIT VOICE LOYALTY HUPE PL, 1990, POLICY POLIT, V18, P181, DOI 10.1332/030557390782454468 JACOB BM, 1993, DEMOCRACY LOCAL GOVE MLINAR Z, 1993, INT J SOCIOLOGY SOCI, V12, P49 MLINAR Z, 1994, 13TH WORLD C SOC BIE NEUMAN RW, 1991, FUTURE MASS AUDIENCE ROCHON TR, 1982, COMP POLIT STUD, V15, P6 STRASSOLDO R, 1992, GLOBALIZATION TERRIT, P47 Teune H, 1978, DEV LOGIC SOCIAL SYS TEUNE H, 1974, LOCAL POLITICS DEV P VILLADSEN S, 1993, INT J URBAN REGIONAL, V17 Wellman B., 1988, SOCIAL STRUCTURES NE NR 26 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 0 U2 0 PU SAGE PUBL INC PI THOUSAND OAKS PA 2455 TELLER RD, THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91320 SN 0002-7162 J9 ANN AM ACAD POLIT SS JI Ann. Am. Acad. Polit. Soc. Sci. PD JUL PY 1995 VL 540 BP 145 EP 156 DI 10.1177/0002716295540000013 PG 12 WC Political Science; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary SC Government & Law; Social Sciences - Other Topics GA RC195 UT WOS:A1995RC19500013 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU ANHEIER, HK AF ANHEIER, HK TI PROJECT EUROPE - BETWEEN STATE, REGIONAL AUTONOMY AND GLOBAL SOCIETY - MUNCH,R SO CONTEMPORARY SOCIOLOGY-A JOURNAL OF REVIEWS LA English DT Book Review RP ANHEIER, HK (reprint author), RUTGERS STATE UNIV,PISCATAWAY,NJ 08855, USA. CR MUNCH R, 1993, PROJECT EUROPE STATE NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU AMER SOCIOLOGICAL ASSOC PI WASHINGTON PA 1722 N ST NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20036-2981 SN 0094-3061 J9 CONTEMP SOCIOL JI Contemp. Sociol.-J. Rev. PD JUL PY 1995 VL 24 IS 4 BP 368 EP 369 DI 10.2307/2077665 PG 2 WC Sociology SC Sociology GA RJ528 UT WOS:A1995RJ52800060 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU KUHNE, T AF KUHNE, T TI THE GENESIS OF THE GERMAN PROPORTIONAL CULTURE IN WILHELMINE GERMANY SO POLITISCHE VIERTELJAHRESSCHRIFT LA German DT Article AB One of the most significant elements of the present German political culture is the distribution of parliamentary seats, offices, posts and jobs in state and communal bureaucracy along proportional and consensual (but not majoritarian) principles. Earlier research - especially by Gerhard Lehmbruch and Arend Lijphart - focused on inter-party systems of power sharing of elites by proportional systems, and on their function to stabilize democratic governments in ideologically fragmented societies. This essay concerns the beginnings of intra-party conflict regulating by proportional repartition of influence before 1914. Both the Conservative and the catholic Center Party built up systems of distributing parliamentary seats (and other ''posts'') which held together diverging social or regional forces. RP KUHNE, T (reprint author), UNIV KONSTANZ,POSTFACH 5560,D-78434 CONSTANCE,GERMANY. CR Abelshauser Werner, 1980, STAATLICHE UMVERTEIL, P9 BEST H, 1988, HIST SOCIAL RES, V13, P5 CHILDERS T, 1990, AM HIST REV, V95, pS331 DAHRENDORF R, 1980, ZEIT, V20, P4 Gabriel Oscar W., 1991, PARTEIEN REGIONALE P, P371 Gash Norman, 1953, POLITICS AGE PEEL ST Gruner Erich, 1978, WAHLRECHT WAHLSYSTEM, V1 Herzog D, 1982, POLITISCHE FUHRUNGSG HUNT JC, 1982, HIST JAHRB, V102, P418 Jones Larry Eugene, 1992, ELECTIONS MASS POLIT KAAS M, 1988, POLITIK ZEIT GESCH B, V30, P3 KLEIN T, 1988, LEITENDE BEAMTE ALLG KRABBE WR, 1985, KOMMUNALPOLITK INDUS KUHNE T, 1993, ARCH SOZIALGESCH, V33, P481 KUHNE T, 1994, HDB WAHLEN ZUM PREUS KUHNE T, BUILDING POPULAR SOV Kuhne Thomas, 1994, DREIKLASSENWAHLRECHT LEHMBRUCH G, 1969, POLIT VIERTELJAHR, V10, P285 LEHMBRUCH G, 1967, PROPORZDEMOKRATIE PO LEHMBRUCH G, 1970, STAATSLEXIKON RECHT, V10, P864 Lehmbruch G., 1976, PARTEIENWETTBEWERB B LEPPER H, 1977, SOZIALER KATHOLIZISM LEPPER H, 1968, Z AACHENER GESCHICHT, V79, P57 LEPPER PHH, 1967, THESIS BONN LEPSIUS MR, 1966, DTSCH PARTEIEN VOR 1, P56 Lijphart A., 1984, DEMOCRACIES PATTERNS LIJPHART A, 1968, POLITICS ACCOMODATIO Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC LOTH W, 1984, KATHOLIKEN KAISERREI MATZ KJ, 1991, Z WURTTEMBERGISCHE L, V50, P430 MOLLERS P, 1955, THESIS BONN MORSEY R, 1978, KATHOLIZISMUS POLITI, P33 MORSEY R, 1977, VERWALTUNGSGESCHICHT, P191 Morsey Rudolf, 1966, DTSCH ZENTRUMSPARTEI NAUJOKS E, 1939, KATHOLISCHE ARBEITER Nipperdey Thomas., 1961, ORG DTSCH PARTEIEN V OBERDORFFER JP, 1894, VEREINIGUNGEN ARBEIT, V7, P113 RITTER GA, 1985, DTSCH PARTEIEN 1830 ROHNE K, 1992, WAHLEN WAHLERTRADITI Rossler Beate, 1993, QUOTIERUNG GERECHTIG Schanbacher Eberhard, 1982, PARLAMENTARISCHE WAH Scheuch E. K., 1992, CLIQUEN KLUNGEL KARR Schulze-Fielitz Helmuth, 1984, INFORMALE VERFASSUNG SIEGFRIED W, THESIS FREIBURG I BR SOMBART N, 1991, DTSCH MANNER FEINDE SPAHN M, 1912, TAG, V12 SPAHN M, 1912, TAG, V16 STEINBACH P, 1992, SPRACHE POLITISCHE K, P89 VON ARNIM HANS HERBERT, 1993, STAAT OHNE DIENER WA VONALEMANN U, 1992, PARTEIEN BUNDESREPUB, P84 VONBAADER F, 1976, TEXTE KATHOLISCHEN S, V2, P45 VONMOHL R, 1852, POLITISCHE SCHRIFTEN, P118 WASCHKUHN A, 1991, POLIT VIERTELJAHR, V32, P111 WOLK M, 1984, HIST Z, V238, P311 NR 54 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 0 PU WESTDEUTSCHER VERLAG GMBH PI WIESBADEN PA POSTFACH 5829, W-6200 WIESBADEN, GERMANY SN 0032-3470 J9 POLIT VIERTELJAHR JI Polit. Vierteljahresschr. PD JUN PY 1995 VL 36 IS 2 BP 220 EP 242 PG 23 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA RJ181 UT WOS:A1995RJ18100002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU FONDAHL, GA AF FONDAHL, GA TI THE STATUS OF INDIGENOUS PEOPLES IN THE RUSSIAN NORTH SO POST-SOVIET GEOGRAPHY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 91st Annual Meeting of the Association-of-American-Geographers CY MAR 08-18, 1995 CL CHICAGO, IL SP Assoc Amer Geographers AB The author, a geographer specializing in the Russian North, surveys the problems confronting the ''small peoples'' of the North--both those arising as a result of the region's current economic transition and those persisting from the Soviet period. These include drastic reductions in state funding; falling standards of living; rising prices for basic necessities; increasing unemployment; need for additional legislative support for access to land, resources, and cultural autonomy; threats to traditional lifestyles and activities; and deterioration of the natural environment supporting those lifestyles and activities. 1 map, 1 table, 29 references. RP FONDAHL, GA (reprint author), UNIV NO BRITISH COLUMBIA,FAC NAT RESOURCES & ENVIRONM STUDIES,PRINCE GEORGE,BC V2N 4Z9,CANADA. CR Anderson D. G., 1992, PRAXIS INT, V12, P83 BOYKO VI, 1990, 2 SOV CAN C DONSKOY FS, 1987, PROBLEMY SOVREMENNOG, P82 FONDAHL G, 1995, MAR W DIV CAN ASS GE FONDAHL GA, 1995, 4TH CIRC U COOP C PR Forsyth James, 1992, HIST PEOPLES SIBERIA GOSTOMSTAT R, 1993, RAYONY KRAYNEGO SEVE GURVICH IS, 1987, ETNICHESKOYE RAZVITI HANNIGAN J, 1992, DEV RUSSIAN N KARLOV VV, 1991, SOV ETNOGR, P3 Levin MG, 1964, PEOPLES SIBERIA PIKA A, 1993, ARCTIC ANTHROPOL, V30, P61 PIKA A, UNPUB PROBLEM MORTAL PIKA AI, 1994, NEOTRADITSIONALIZM R SLEZKINE Y, ARCTIC MIRRORS RUSSI STEPANOV PS, 1994, MAY C ETHN PROB EV B VAKHTIN N, 1992, 925 MIN RIGHTS GROUP NR 17 TC 8 Z9 8 U1 0 U2 0 PU V H WINSTON & SONS INC PI SILVER SPRING PA 7961 EASTERN AVE, SILVER SPRING, MD 20910 SN 1060-5851 J9 POST-SOV GEOGR JI Post-Sov. Geogr. PD APR PY 1995 VL 36 IS 4 BP 215 EP 224 PG 10 WC Geography SC Geography GA RE676 UT WOS:A1995RE67600003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU PAL, AN AF PAL, AN TI THE POLITICAL-ECONOMY OF MIGRATION AMONG THE ORAON SO MAN IN INDIA LA English DT Article AB This paper deals with the migration of the Oraon tribal community within the framework of socio-economic and political context. Their history of migration has been divided into three distinct phases. Each phase qualitatively differs from other phases. In course of migration, their society has visualized a gradual-transformation from egalitarianism and political autonomy to an intermediate phase of marginal subjugation and then to the final phase of complete subjugation. RP PAL, AN (reprint author), UNIV CALCUTTA,DEPT ANTHROPOL,35 BALLYGUNGE CIRCULAR RD,CALCUTTA 700019,W BENGAL,INDIA. CR ARORA GS, 1991, INDIAN EMIGRATION BADGAIYAN SD, 1986, STUDIES MIGRATION BHADRA M, 1991, STRATIFICATION HIERA BHATTACHARYA SK, 1989, J INDIAN ANTHR SOC, V24, P129 BHATTACHARYYA S K, 1985, Journal of the Indian Anthropological Society, V20, P86 BURNS A, 1951, HIST BRIT W INDIES CHOUDHURY NC, 1986, STUDIES MIGRATION IN CHOUDHURY NC, 1963, B CULTURAL RES I, V2, P23 Dalton E. T., 1872, DESCRIPTIVE ETHNOLOG DAS AK, 1963, SPECIAL SERIES B CUL, V3 HARALALKA SS, 1975, TEA GARDEN LABOURS A HUNTER WW, 1875, STATISTICAL ACCOUNT, V1 HUNTER WW, 1877, STATISTICAL ACOUNT B, V2 Jha Jagdish Chandra, 1964, KOL INSURRECTION CHO KAR RK, 1991, STRATIFICATION HIERA KESHARI BP, 1991, CULTURAL CHOTANAGPUR Kujur A, 1989, ORAON HABITAT STUDY LEE ES, 1966, DEMOGRAPHY, V3, P47, DOI 10.2307/2060063 MUKHOPADHYAY S, 1976, PROFILE SUNDARBAN TR Munda R. D., 1992, INDIA INT CTR Q, V19, P71 MUNDA RD, 1988, SOCIAL CHANGE, V18, P28 ORAON K, 1988, SPECTRUM TRIBAL RELI Phukan Umananda, 1984, EXTEA GARDEN LABOUR RAVENSTEIN EG, 1885, J ROY STAT SOC, V48, P187 Roy S. C., 1915, ORAONS CHOTANAGPUR SAHA P, 1972, EMIGRATION INDIAN LA Schapera Isaac, 1947, MIGRANT LABOUR TRIBA SINGH KS, 1975, INDIAN FAMINE 1967 S SINGH KS, 1965, DUST STORM HANGING M SINGH KS, 1969, TRENDS SOCIOECONOMIC Skinner E., 1964, MOSSI UPPER VOLTA PO SKINNER EP, 1966, SOCIAL CHANGE SOUTHWALL AW, 1954, EC DEV TRIBAL CHANGE Stouffer SA, 1940, AM SOCIOL REV, V5, P845, DOI 10.2307/2084520 THOMAS B, 1954, MIGRATION EC GROWTH TINKER H, 1977, PAKISTAN BANGLADESH Tirkey Boniface, 1989, SMILING URAON TODARO MP, 1969, AM ECON REV, V59, P138 TODARO MP, 1976, INTERNAL MIGRATION D VERMA OP, 1976, J SOCIAL RES, V19, P114 VIDYARTHI LP, 1971, J SOCIAL RES, V14, P50 VIDYARTHI LP, 1976, J SOCIAL RES, V19, P1 Weiner Myron, 1978, SONS SOIL MIGRATION Zipf GK, 1946, AM SOCIOL REV, V11, P677, DOI 10.2307/2087063 NR 44 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU MAN INDIA PUB PI PATNA PA 18 CHURCH ROAD, PATNA RANCHI-834 0, INDIA SN 0025-1569 J9 MAN INDIA JI Man India PD MAR PY 1995 VL 75 IS 1 BP 67 EP 77 PG 11 WC Anthropology SC Anthropology GA QW439 UT WOS:A1995QW43900008 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU ABROMEIT, H AF ABROMEIT, H TI SOVEREIGNTY OF THE PEOPLE, OF PARLIAMENT, OF THE CONSTITUTION - 3 MODELS OF STATE LEGITIMACY SO POLITISCHE VIERTELJAHRESSCHRIFT LA German DT Article AB Sovereignty is the right of the final decision, or the power to finally block decisions. At the same time, those on whose consent political decisions rest, legitimatize them (and, hence, state activity). While determining the constitution and constitutional policy, concepts of sovereignty influence the structure of political decision-making with respect to its inclusiveness, to the degree of control and power sharing it allows, and to the security of law. Furthermore, they influence the ability and willingness of political systems to enter supranational arrangements (such as the EU). The paper illustrates these theses with the examples of Switzerland (sovereignty of the people), Great Britain (parliamentary sovereignty) and the Federal Republic of Germany (sovereignty of the constitution). RP ABROMEIT, H (reprint author), TH DARMSTADT,INST POLIT WISSENSCH,FACHBEREICH 2,RESIDENZSCHLOSS,D-64283 DUSSELDORF,GERMANY. CR ABROMEIT H, 1992, STAATSTATIGKEIT SCHW, P159 BOCKENFORDE EW, 1983, FESTSCHRIFT R GMUR 7, P7 BRUNETTI A, 1991, SCHWEIZERISCHES JB P, V31, P237 Buchanan J., 1965, CALCULUS CONSENT BUTLER D, 1978, REFERENDUMS COMP PER Dicey AV, 1959, INTRO STUDY LAW CONS EABROMEIT H, 1993, INTERESSENVERMITTLUN EPPLEGASS R, 1991, SCHWEIZERISCHES JB P, V31, P151 FINER SE, 1975, ADVERSARY POLITICS E GARNIG G, 1990, STAAT JG, V29, P370 Germann Raimund E., 1990, SCHWEIZERISCHES JB P, V30, P17 GRIMM D, 1991, ZUKUNFT VERFASSUNG, P101 Haberle Peter, 1978, VERFASSUNG OFFENTLIC Hillyard P., 1988, COERCIVE STATE Imboden M., 1964, HELVETISCHES MALAISE JESSOP B., 1988, THATCHERISM TALE 2 N JONES GW, 1990, PARLIAMENT AFF, V43, P27 Judge D., 1993, PARLIAMENTARY STATE KAVANAGH D, 1977, NEW TRENDS BRIT BRIT KIELMANNSEGG P, 1977, VOLKSSOUVERANITAT KIRCHGASSNER G, 1988, EXPLAINING GROWTH GO, P327 KLAXEN K, 1983, GESCH PROBLEMATIK PA KRIELE M, 1975, EINFUHRUNG STAATSLEH KRIESI H, 1991, APUZ B, V23, P44 Kriesi H. P., 1980, ENTSCHEIDUNGSSTRUKTU Landfried C, 1984, BUNDESVERFASSUNGSGER LINDER W, 1992, STAATSTATIGKEIT SCHW, P121 LINDER W, 1991, AKADEMIE GEISTESWISS, P14 LONGCHAMP C, 1992, STAATSBURGER UNTERTA, P49 MAUS II, 1992, AUFKLARUNG DEMOKRATI, V24, P137 MAYERTASCH PC, 1991, POLITISCHE THEORIE V MOCKLI S, 1991, SJPW, V31, P27 MOUNT F, 1992, BRIT CONSTITUION NOW Neidhart Leonhard, 1970, PLEBISZIT PLURALITAR POLITT C, 1984, MANIPULATING MACHINE Rose R., 1980, PARTIES MAKE DIFFERE Schattschneider EE, 1960, SEMISOVEREIGN PEOPLE Schmitt Carl, 1934, POLITISCHE THEOLOGIE SMITH D, 1994, NORTH SOUTH Stewart M, 1978, POLITICS EC POLICY U NR 40 TC 7 Z9 8 U1 1 U2 5 PU WESTDEUTSCHER VERLAG GMBH PI WIESBADEN PA POSTFACH 5829, W-6200 WIESBADEN, GERMANY SN 0032-3470 J9 POLIT VIERTELJAHR JI Polit. Vierteljahresschr. PD MAR PY 1995 VL 36 IS 1 BP 49 EP 66 PG 18 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA QU692 UT WOS:A1995QU69200004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU KINCAID, J AF KINCAID, J TI VALUES AND VALUE TRADEOFFS IN FEDERALISM SO PUBLIUS-THE JOURNAL OF FEDERALISM LA English DT Article ID COURT AB Federalism in various forms has long been associated with certain values of peace, security, liberty, democracy, innovation, efficiency, and equity-all of which have assumed heightened importance in the contemporary era. However, the institutionalisation of such values under the power-sharing requirements of a federal arrangement often have proved difficult not only because of empirical conditions but also because of normative tradeoffs needed to balance competing values as well as contrary consequences of value choices. Simpler solutions might be available in principle, but under conditions of human diversity, federal solutions may be necessary. C1 LAFAYETTE COLL,MEYNER CTR STATE & LOCAL GOVT,EASTON,PA 18042. RP KINCAID, J (reprint author), LAFAYETTE COLL,GOVT & PUBL SERV,EASTON,PA 18042, USA. CR ALLAWI A, 1994, IRAW SINCE GULF WAR, P215 de Tocqueville Alexis, 1969, DEMOCRACY AM, P170 ELAZAR DANIEL J, 1987, EXPLORING FEDERALISM FREY BS, 1993, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V23, P71 GIBBONS R, 1985, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V15, P166 Hamilton Alexander, 1961, FEDERALIST PAPERS, P323 HOEFLER JM, 1994, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V24, P153, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.pubjof.a038142 KENYON, COMPETITION STATES L Kenyon D, 1991, COMPETITION STATES L KINCAID J, 1988, J STATE GOVT, V61, P163 LAFOREST G, 1994, INTEGRATION FRAGMENT Michelmann H. J., 1990, FEDERALISM INT RELAT MULLINS A, 1994, EC UNION FEDERAL SYS Peterson P, 1990, WELFARE MAGNETS NEW RAY A, 1988, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V18, P147 Riker William, 1987, DEV AM FEDERALISM ROTHFELD C, 1992, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V22, P21 TIEBOUT CM, 1956, J POLIT ECON, V64, P416, DOI 10.1086/257839 WEILER C, 1994, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V24, P113 WILLIAMS RF, 1993, STATE CONSTITUTIONAL NR 20 TC 24 Z9 24 U1 0 U2 0 PU PUBLIUS-JNL OF FEDERALISM PI EASTON PA MEYNER CTR STATE/LOCAL GOVT 16 KIRBY HALL CIV RIGHTS LAFAYETTE COLLEGE, EASTON, PA 18042-1785 SN 0048-5950 J9 PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM JI Publius-J. Fed. PD SPR PY 1995 VL 25 IS 2 BP 29 EP 44 PG 16 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA RT410 UT WOS:A1995RT41000004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU Byrne, S AF Byrne, Sean TI Conflict Regulation or Conflict Resolution: Third-Party Intervention in the Northern Ireland Conflict - Prospects for Peace SO TERRORISM AND POLITICAL VIOLENCE LA English DT Article AB This article evaluates previous third-party efforts to broker a consociational power-sharing solution on the peoples of Northern Ireland. Instead, an original and dynamic community-based problem-solving linkage system proposes cooperation between Northern Ireland's grassroots constituents, paramilitary groups and political elites. The process would be facilitated by a quasi-mediator comprising the three Northern Irish Members of the European Parliament (MEPs) and four MEPs - two each from the Netherlands and Belgium. This is a vision of how to create a mutually beneficial process linking psychocultural and structural dimensions by promoting dialogue, understanding, tolerance and the sharing of commonalities in beliefs, identity, and behaviors among groups involved in intercommunal conflict situations. C1 [Byrne, Sean] Nova SE Unvers, Dispute Resolut & Int Relat, Ft Lauderdale, FL USA. [Byrne, Sean] Univ Missouri, Ctr Int Studies, St Louis, MO USA. [Byrne, Sean] Univ Missouri, Dept Polit Sci, St Louis, MO USA. RP Byrne, S (reprint author), Nova SE Unvers, Dispute Resolut & Int Relat, Ft Lauderdale, FL USA. CR AGNEW J, 1994, MASTERING SPACE HEGE Akenson Donald Harmon, 1973, ED ENMITY CONTROL SC, P193 [Anonymous], 1984, WAY FORW [Anonymous], 1995, NEW FRAMEWORK AGREEM [Anonymous], 1994, SUNDAY PRESS 1127 [Anonymous], 1987, UDA COMM SENS, pi [Anonymous], 1994, COMBAT OCT Azar Edward E., 1986, INT CONFLICT RESOLUT BARSIMANTOV Y, 1994, J PEACE RES, V31, P75, DOI 10.1177/0022343394031001007 BASSETT DC, UNPUB Bassett Donald, UNPUB, P15 BERCOVITCH J, 1984, SOCIAL CONFLICTS 3 P Bercovitch Jacob, 1995, RESOLVING INT CONFLI Bercovitch Jacop, 1992, MEDIATION INT RELATI Beresford David, 1987, 10 MEN DEAD STORY 19, P205 Bermant G., 1978, ETHICS SOCIAL INTERV Bew Paul, 1985, BRIT STATE ULSTER CR, P116 Bew Paul, 1990, SCENARIOS PROGR NO I Bradley Richard H., 1988, USING MEDIATION SHAP, P52 Buckland P., 1979, FACTORY GRIEVANCES D Bulmer Simon, 1990, EC POLITICAL INTEGRA Burton J., 1990, CONFLICT RESOLUTION Byrne Sean, 1994, PROGRAM ANAL RESOLUT, P1 Byrne Sean, CONFLICT CH IN PRESS Clarity James F., 1995, NY TIMES 0223, pA3 COX WH, 1987, PARLIAMENT AFF, V40, P80 Cunningham Michael J, 1991, BRIT GOVT POLICY NO Farrell Michael, 1983, ARMING PROTESTANTS F Fein Sinn, 1992, LASTING PEACE IRELAN, P15 Fein Sinn, 1989, SF SDLP TALKS JANUAR, P24 FISHER RJ, 1991, J PEACE RES, V28, P29, DOI 10.1177/0022343391028001005 Girvin Brian, 1986, POLITICS SOC CONT IR Gottlieb Gidon, 1993, NATION STATE NEW APP GROSSSTEIN J, 1989, INT J, V44, P475 Guelke A., 1988, NO IRELAND INT PERSP Guelke Adrian, 1994, NEW PERSPECTIVES NO, P204 GURR TR, 1993, MINORITIES RISK GLOB Harris Rosemary, 1972, PREJUDICE TOLERANCE HEWITT C, 1983, BRIT J SOCIOL, V34, P446, DOI 10.2307/590258 HEWITT C, 1985, BRIT J SOCIOL, V36, P102, DOI 10.2307/590407 HEWITT C, 1981, BRIT J SOCIOL, V32, P362, DOI 10.2307/589283 HEWITT C, 1987, BRIT J SOCIOL, V38, P88, DOI 10.2307/590581 Hume John, 1988, FRONTIERS IRELAND 19, P48 Kearney Richard, 1988, FRONTIERS IRELAND 19, P10 KEOGH D, 1994, NO IRELAND POLITICS KOVALCHECK KA, 1987, BRIT J SOCIOL, V38, P77, DOI 10.2307/590580 KRIESBERG L, 1991, J PEACE RES, V28, P19, DOI 10.1177/0022343391028001004 KRIESBERG L, 1992, INT CONFLICT RESOLUT Kriesberg L., 1991, TIMING DEESCALATION Kriesberg Louis, 1982, SOCIAL CONFLICTS Kriesberg Louis, 1989, INTRACTABLE CONFLICT Laffin Brigid, 1992, INTEGRATION COOPERAT Laue James, 1989, MEDIATION Q, V20, P47 MacFarlane Leslie, 1992, TPV, V4, P89 McGarry John, 1988, POLITICAL Q, V59, P136 McWhirter Liz, 1983, IRISH J PSYCHOL, V6, P24 Mitchell Chris, 1981, STRUCTURE INT CONFLI, P294 Mitchell Christopher R., 1988, NEW APPROACHES INT M MoxonBrowne E., 1983, NATION CLASS CREED N O'Leary Brendan, 1993, POLITICS ANTAGONISM O'Leary Brendan, 1989, POLITICAL STUDIES, V37, P586 O'Leary Brendan, 1989, POLITICAL STUDIES, V37, P580 OHEARN D, 1987, BRIT J SOCIOL, V38, P94, DOI 10.2307/590582 OHEARN D, 1985, BRIT J SOCIOL, V36, P94, DOI 10.2307/590406 OHEARN D, 1983, BRIT J SOCIOL, V34, P438, DOI 10.2307/590257 Paisley Rhonda, 1995, IRISH TIMES 0224, P16 Patterson H., 1979, STATE NO IRELAND 192 Pollak A, 1993, CITIZENS INQUIRY OPS PRINCEN T, 1991, J PEACE RES, V28, P57, DOI 10.1177/0022343391028001007 Princen Tom, INTERMEDIARIES INT C Pruitt D.G., 1986, SOCIAL CONFLICT ESCA REED R, UNPUB Reilly Wayne G., 1994, TERRORISM POLITICAL, V6, P41 Remnick David, 1994, NEW YORKER 0425, P58 Rolston Bill, 1987, RHETORIC POLITICS EC, P71 Rose R., 1971, GOVERNING CONSENSUS Teague Paul, 1987, RHETORIC POLITICS EC Touval S., 1985, INT MEDIATION THEORY Ulster Unionist Party, 1984, DEV NO IR ASS WAY FO, P3 Ury William, 1988, GETTING DISPUTES RES, P110 Whyte J., 1990, INTERPRETING NO IREL Whyte John, 1981, PARLIAMENT AFF, V3, P434 Wilkinson Paul, 1986, TERRORISM LIBERAL ST, P43 WRIGHT F, 1973, ARCH EUR SOCIOL, V14, P213 Wright F., 1987, NO IRELAND COMP ANAL Young Oran R., 1967, INTERMEDIARIES 3 PAR Zartman William I., 1985, RIPE REVOLUTION CONF NR 87 TC 7 Z9 7 U1 0 U2 2 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND SN 0954-6553 J9 TERROR POLIT VIOLENC JI Terror. Polit. Violence PY 1995 VL 7 IS 2 BP 1 EP 24 DI 10.1080/09546559508427297 PG 24 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA V22SI UT WOS:000208294500001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU PINKERTON, EW AF PINKERTON, EW TI LOCAL FISHERIES COMANAGEMENT - A REVIEW OF INTERNATIONAL EXPERIENCES AND THEIR IMPLICATIONS FOR SALMON MANAGEMENT IN BRITISH-COLUMBIA SO CANADIAN JOURNAL OF FISHERIES AND AQUATIC SCIENCES LA English DT Article ID RESOURCES; COMANAGEMENT AB The theory and practice of community-based self-management and government-community co-management is examined in terms of the potential of these management systems to address some of the major biological, economic, and political problems of the salmon fishery of British Columbia, Canada. Particular attention is given to government-multiparty arrangements that integrate the concerns of multiple interests, while recognizing the special rights of aboriginal communities. Elements identified as key to the success of various arrangements include: (1) logistical arrangements, such as clear boundaries, membership criteria, interception agreements, and management-unit sizes appropriate to the abundance of natural and human resources; (2) cost-sharing arrangements, such as local cost recovery and local volunteerism; (3) power-sharing arrangements through checks and balances between local multiparty boards, a provincial board, and the Department of Fisheries and Oceans. The processes engendering social learning, through which government and local bodies could move toward such regimes, are discussed through a review of relevant literature on interorganizational conflict resolution, public policy, and organizational learning. Many of the elements of success of both arrangements and processes are likely to apply to a broad range of fisheries co-management situations. RP PINKERTON, EW (reprint author), UNIV BRITISH COLUMBIA,SCH COMMUNITY & REG PLANNING,6333 MEM RD,VANCOUVER,BC V6T 1Z2,CANADA. CR Acheson J. M, 1988, LOBSTER GANGS MAINE ACHESON JM, 1975, HUM ECOL, V3, P183, DOI 10.1007/BF01531640 AKAHA T, 1993, MAR POLI, P199 ALBRECHT DE, 1990, THESIS MCGILL U MONT ALVERSON DL, 1993, STATE WORLDS FISHERI, P150 AMEND DF, 1989, COOPERATIVE MANAGEME, P125 Argyris C, 1978, ORG LEARNING Befu Harumi, 1980, RES EC ANTHR, V3, P323 BERKES F, 1991, ALTERN-P SOC TEC, V18, P12 Berkes F., 1981, RENEWABLE RESOURCES, P166 Bisson P. A, 1992, WATERSHED MANAGEMENT, P189 Blomquist William, 1992, DIVIDING WATERS GOVE BOWLES FP, 1989, SEA SMALL BOATS, P228 Bromley D., 1989, EC INTERESTS I CONCE BROWN D, 1993, FISHERMAN, V58, P14 BROWN LD, 1991, HUM RELAT, V44, P807, DOI 10.1177/001872679104400804 Bruun Rita, 1982, LAW POLY Q, V4, P271 CARRIER JG, 1989, SEA SMALL BOATS, P94 CIRIACYWANTRUP SV, 1975, NAT RESOUR J, V15, P713 Cohen F. G., 1986, TREATIES TRIAL CONTI COMMITINI S, 1966, ECON DEV CULT CHANGE, V14, P414 Cruickshank D., 1991, COMMISSION INQUIRY L Dale N., 1989, COOPERATIVE MANAGEME, P49 DOBYNS D, 1992, THESIS W WASHINGTON Dyer C. L., 1994, FOLK MANAGEMENT WORL FEENY D, 1990, HUM ECOL, V18, P1, DOI 10.1007/BF00889070 FRASER GA, 1979, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V36, P754, DOI 10.1139/f79-113 Gilhousen P, 1990, B INT PACIFIC SALMON, V26 GRAY B, 1985, HUM RELAT, V38, P911, DOI 10.1177/001872678503801001 GRAY B, 1991, COLLABORATING FINDIN GREER A, 1993, LOCAL SALMON MANAGEM GROOT C, 1992, GLOBAL CLIMATE CHANG Guppy N., 1987, UNCOMMON PROPERTY FI HARDIN G, 1968, SCIENCE, V162, P1243 HAYWARD B, 1981, BC STUDIES, V50, P39 Henderson M.A., 1992, Geojournal, V28, P51, DOI 10.1007/BF00216406 IWAKIRI S, 1983, RES CENT S PAC, V4, P133 JENTOFT S, 1989, HUM ORGAN, V48, P355, DOI 10.17730/humo.48.4.k045637kv290u886 Johannes R, 1988, TRADITIONAL KNOWLEDG, P30 Johannes R. E., 1985, TRADITIONAL KNOWLEDG JOHANNES RE, 1978, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V9, P349, DOI 10.1146/annurev.es.09.110178.002025 Johannes RE, 1981, WORDS LAGOON KALLAND A, 1981, SCAND I ASIAN STUD M, V44 KEARNEY JF, 1983, THESIS DALHOUSIE U H Klee GA, 1980, WORLD SYSTEMS TRADIT KNAPP G, 1992, ALASKA SALMON MARKET KOFINAS G, 1993, ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE KRAVANJA M, 1992, RUSSIA JAPAN HATCHER LARKIN P, 1991, 1991 AM FISH SOC WOR, P21 LAWSON P, 1993, FISHERIES BETHESDA, V188, P6 LEE RB, 1968, MAN HUNTER LEVIEIL DP, 1990, AM ANTHROPOL, V92, P362, DOI 10.1525/aa.1990.92.2.02a00070 LEVY DA, 1992, 1889 CAN TECH REP FI LICHATOWICH J, 1994, PACIFIC SALMON THEIR MARTIN F, 1992, WORKSHOP POLITICAL T, V2 MARTIN F, 1989, WORKSHOP POLITICAL T, V1 MCCAY BJ, 1908, QUESTION COMMONS CUL MCCAY BJ, 1989, SEA SMALL BOATS, P203 McEvoy A. F, 1986, FISHERMANS PROBLEM E McGoodwin JR, 1990, CRISIS WORLDS FISHER NEHLSEN W, 1991, FISHERIES, V16, P4, DOI 10.1577/1548-8446(1991)016<0004:PSATCS>2.0.CO;2 NETBOY A, 1973, SALMON THEIR FIGHT S Netboy A, 1968, ATLANTIC SALMON VANI NETTING RMC, 1976, HUM ECOL, V4, P135, DOI 10.1007/BF01531217 NORTHCOTE TG, 1994, 1994 C PAC SALM THEI Osborne D., 1992, REINVENTING GOVT ENT Ostrom E., 1987, QUESTION COMMONS CUL, P250 Ostrom E., 1990, GOVERNING COMMONS EV PAVEL J, 1989, FISHERIES COMANAGEME, P22 Pearse PH, 1982, TURNING TIDE NEW POL PINKERTON E, 1991, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V48, P1326, DOI 10.1139/f91-159 Pinkerton E, 1989, COOPERATIVE MANAGEME Pinkerton E., 1994, FOLK MANAGEMENT WORL, P317 Pinkerton Evelyn, 1994, North American Journal of Fisheries Management, V14, P262, DOI 10.1577/1548-8675(1994)014<0262:EAMBFT>2.3.CO;2 PINKERTON EW, 1992, HUM ORGAN, V51, P330, DOI 10.17730/humo.51.4.v0127327j24u378r PINKERTON EW, 1988, PRODUCTION AUTONOMY, V5, P257 PINKERTON EW, 1987, LAUNCHING FISHERIES, P1 PINKERTON EW, 1993, MODEL 1ST NATION LEA PINKERTON EW, 1990, POINT NO POINT TREAT Reich R. B., 1988, POWER PUBLIC IDEAS, P123 RIDDELL BE, 1993, GENETIC CONSERVATION, P23 Ruddle K., 1989, Common property resources. Ecology and community-based sustainable development., P168 RUDDLE K, 1984, MARITIME I W PACIFIC SEILER D, 1992, WILD SALMONID PRODUC SEITER AE, 1993, 1993 AM WAT RES ASS SHORT KM, 1989, SEA SMALL BOATS, P371 SMITH CL, 1994, FISHERIES, V19, P20, DOI 10.1577/1548-8446(1994)019<0020:CCABDI>2.0.CO;2 STOFFLE BW, 1994, FOLK MANAGEMENT WORL, P115 TAYLOR G, 1993, THESIS S FRASER U BU Walters Carl, 1993, North American Journal of Fisheries Management, V13, P253, DOI 10.1577/1548-8675(1993)013<0253:RISSAE>2.3.CO;2 WALTERS CJ, 1988, SALMON PRODUCTION MA, P109 WIGEN K, 1989, SEA SMALL BOATS, P388 WITHLER FC, 1982, 1079 CAN TECH REP FI 1993, W COAST FISHERIES CH 1993, MAKING GOVT WORK 1993, SALMON EXPECTATIONS 1991, IDRC19 INT DEV RES C 1988, 1986 DEP FISH OC DIS 1991, REPORT CENTRAL COAST 1993, COMMON GROUND PROJEC NR 100 TC 77 Z9 79 U1 1 U2 32 PU NATL RESEARCH COUNCIL CANADA PI OTTAWA PA RESEARCH JOURNALS, MONTREAL RD, OTTAWA ON K1A 0R6, CANADA SN 0706-652X J9 CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI JI Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. PD OCT PY 1994 VL 51 IS 10 BP 2363 EP 2378 DI 10.1139/f94-238 PG 16 WC Fisheries; Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Fisheries; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA QK026 UT WOS:A1994QK02600023 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU SISSONS, J AF SISSONS, J TI ROYAL BACKBONE AND BODY-POLITIC - ARISTOCRATIC TITLES AND COOK ISLANDS NATIONALISM SINCE SELF-GOVERNMENT SO CONTEMPORARY PACIFIC LA English DT Article AB The main body of this article is a narrative account of the partial inclusion of traditional titleholders in the Cook Islands nation as representatives of local ''royalty'' or an ancient Polynesian heritage.. Shifting forms of ideological inclusion and political exclusion are discussed in relation to changes in the way the nation-building project has been pursued since self-government in 1965. Of particular interest is how successive Cook Islands leaders have sought to incorporate a partly disempowered traditional leadership into a postcolonial imagined community. Between 1965 and 1974, during a period of party nationalism, Albert Henry encouraged the view that ariki, as local ''royalty'' should remain above and outside everyday politics. With the development of a local tourist industry, local title-holders came to embody a valued ancient heritage. However, this greater symbolic empowerment did not translate into a greater role in local government. The defeat of Albert Henry in 1978 by Tom Davis and the Democratic Party saw local-level titleholders ignored by the government in favor of the symbolic reinstatement of an indigenous royalty. Since 1989, in the context of a rapidly expanding tourist industry and a growing middle class, local traditional leaders have once more been seeking to translate increased symbolic status into real political autonomy. Contradictory developments until the present suggest that, despite encouraging government rhetoric, these efforts are destined to meet with limited success. RP SISSONS, J (reprint author), UNIV OTAGO,DEPT ANTHROPOL,DUNEDIN,NEW ZEALAND. CR Anderson Benedict, 1991, IMAGINED COMMUNITIES *AS DEV BANK, 1992, ED TRAIN SECT STUD Baltaxe James B, 1975, THESIS U ILLINOIS UR *CI LEG ASS, 1966, PROC *CI LEG ASS, 1971, PROC *CI PART, 1968, PLATF POL BRIEF CROCOMBE R, 1979, COOK ISLANDS POLITIC, P147 DAVIS T, 1992, COMMUNICATION 0229 Davis T, 1992, ISLAND BOY AUTOBIOGR DAVIS T, 1979, COOK ISLANDS POLITIC, P62 FOSTER RJ, 1991, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V20, P235 Hobsbawm Eric, 1983, INVENTION TRADITION Howard A., 1985, TRANSFORMATIONS POLY, P39 INGRAM T, 1992, CULTURE DEMOCRACY S, P153 Scott Dick, 1991, YEARS POOH BAH COOK SHORT I, 1979, COOK ISLANDS POLITIC, P227 SISSONS J, 1989, J POLYNESIAN SOC, V98, P331 SISSONS J, 1965, IN PRESS NARRATIVES STONE DJ, 1970, J POLYNESIAN SOC, V79, P123 STRICKLAND M, 1979, COOK ISLANDS POLITIC, P7 TARUIA M, 1992, COMMUNICATION 0505 VALERI V, 1985, T POLYNESIAN CULTURE, P7 White G.M., 1992, CONTEMP PACIFIC, V4, P73 COOK ISLANDS REV NR 24 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 0 U2 0 PU UNIV HAWAII PRESS PI HONOLULU PA 2840 KOLOWALU ST, HONOLULU, HI 96822 SN 1043-898X J9 CONTEMP PACIFIC JI Contemp. Pacif. PD FAL PY 1994 VL 6 IS 2 BP 371 EP 396 PG 26 WC Area Studies SC Area Studies GA PB664 UT WOS:A1994PB66400004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU NEWELL, JL AF NEWELL, JL TI THE SCOTTISH-NATIONAL-PARTY AND THE ITALIAN LEGA-NORD - A LESSON FOR THEIR RIVALS SO EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF POLITICAL RESEARCH LA English DT Article ID ELECTION AB As European regional autonomy parties, the Scottish National Party and the Italian Lega Nord present important similarities in the way they appeal to voters. Both parties, too, have recently been favoured by very similar social and political changes. Yet, of the two parties' recent electoral advances, that of the Lega has been by far the more striking. This can be explained in terms of the relative inability of the Lega's main rival, the Democrazia Cristiana, to adapt to its challenge. The Scottish National Party's main rival, the Labour Party, is better able to adapt owing to the long-standing institutionalisation of regional conflict in Britain. RP NEWELL, JL (reprint author), UNIV SALFORD,DEPT POLIT & CONTEMPORARY HIST,SALFORD M5 4WT,LANCS,ENGLAND. CR Biorcio Roberto, 1991, LEGA LOMBARDA, P34 BOCHEL J, 1988, SCOTTISH GOVERNMENT BRAND J, 1992, ANN M ELECTIONS PART BULL MJ, 1992, PARLIAMENT AFF, V46, P203 BUTLER D, 1992, NATIONAL IDENTITIES, P134 CORBETTA P, 1988, ELEZIONI ITALIA STRU DEACON S, 1990, SOCTTISH GOVERNMENT, P62 FURLONG P, 1992, PARLIAMENT AFF, V45, P345, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.pa.a052363 GINSBORG P, 1990, HIST CONT ITALY SOC, P99 Kirchheimer O, 1966, POLITICAL PARTIES PO, P177 LEVY R, 1990, SCOTTISH NATIONALISM MACARTNEY A, 1990, SCOTTISH GOVERNMENT, P49 Macwhirter I., 1990, SCOTTISH GOVT YB 199, P21 MCCREADIE R, 1991, NATL IDENTITIES CONS, P38 MITCHELL J, 1992, PARLIAMENT AFF, V45, P612, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.pa.a052386 Natale P., 1991, LEGA LOMBARDA, P83 Parisi A., 1977, CONTINUITA MUTAMENTO, P215 PATERSON L, 1992, PARLIAMENT AFF, V45, P627, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.pa.a052387 Pedersen Mogens N., 1983, W EUROPEAN PARTY SYS, P29 PICCONE P, 1991, TELOS, V90, P3 PRZEWORSKI A, 1985, CAPITALISM SOCIAL DE RICCI M, 1992, REPUBBLICA 0408 Runciman W. E., 1966, RELATIVE DEPRIVATION Sartori G., 1976, PARTIES PARTY SYSTEM TESTA V, 1992, REPUBBLICA 1001 Woods D., 1992, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V15, P56 NR 26 TC 7 Z9 7 U1 0 U2 0 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA SPUIBOULEVARD 50, PO BOX 17, 3300 AA DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0304-4130 J9 EUR J POLIT RES JI Eur. J. Polit. Res. PD SEP PY 1994 VL 26 IS 2 BP 135 EP 153 DI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1994.tb00437.x PG 19 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA PH763 UT WOS:A1994PH76300002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU COAKLEY, J AF COAKLEY, J TI APPROACHES TO THE RESOLUTION OF ETHNIC-CONFLICT - THE STRATEGY OF NONTERRITORIAL AUTONOMY SO INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL SCIENCE REVIEW LA English DT Article AB Given the essentially territorial nature of the state, it has sometimes been assumed that attempts to resolve ethnic conflict by devolving power to ethnic groups must follow territorial lines. The present article assesses an alternative, ''non-territorial,'' approach that has had some limited success as a device for the resolution of ethnic conflict. The origins of this approach may be traced back to the traditions of certain pre-modern states. A more systematic scheme of non-territorial autonomy appropriate to the modern state was elaborated in Austria-Hungary during its last years, and some instances of its attempted application may be seen immediately before and after the First World War. In the contemporary world, elements of this approach have been present in efforts to resolve the problems of indigenous minorities and in systems of consociational government. RP COAKLEY, J (reprint author), UNIV LIMERICK,COLL HUMANITIES,LIMERICK,IRELAND. CR AMMENDE E, 1931, NATIONALITATEN STAAT Aun K., 1954, YB ESTONIAN LEARNED, V1, P1951 Bauer Otto, 1907, NATIONALITATENFRAGE CLAUDE IL, 1955, NATIONAL MINORITIES COAKLEY J, 1990, EUR J POLIT RES, V18, P437, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1990.tb00242.x Coakley J., 1993, TERRITORIAL MANAGEME, V3, P1 COBBAN AB, 1969, NATION STATE NATIONA *CZECH STAT STAATS, 1924, STAT GEM LEX CECH RE, V2 *CZECH STAT STAATS, 1924, STAT GEM LEX CECH RE, V1 ENGELMANN G, 1930, RECHT NATIONALEN MIN *ESTONIA STAT, 1923, RAHV DEM KUOSS KORT *FINLAND STATSR, 1924, 1924 STAT ARSB FINLA Fleras A., 1992, NATIONS ABORIGINAL S Glassl H., 1967, MAHRISCHE AUSGLEICH HOOGHE I, 1993, TERRITORIAL MANAGEME, P44 *IRELAND GOV, 1929, 1926 CENS POP, V3 Kann Robert A., 1950, MULTINATIONAL EMPIRE KARPAT K, 1973, PRINCETON U CTR INT, V39, P19 KOPECZI Bela, 1992, HIST TRANSYLVANIE Koralka J., 1993, GOVT ETHNIC GROUPS P, P85 Laponce J. A, 1987, LANGUAGES THEIR TERR LAPONCE JA, 1994, DIVIDED NATIONS Laponce Jean, 1960, PROTECTION MINORITIE *LATVIA STAT, 1930, TRES TAUT SKAIT LATV, V2 Lawson Stephanie, 1991, FAILURE DEMOCRATIC P LENIN VI, 1963, COLLECT WORKS, V19, P503 Lijphart Arend., 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC *LITHU CENTR STAT, 1925, LIET GYV 1923 RUGS 1 Lossowski P., 1972, ACTA POLONIAE HIST, V25, P87 MAIR L, 1928, PROTECTION MINORITIE McRae K., 1975, LINGUISTICS, V158, P33 METGE J, 1976, MAORIS NZ RUATAHI *N 2 STAT DEP, 1993, 1993 OFF YB PARMING T, 1979, J BALTIC STUD, V10, P241 Rager F. A., 1942, J CENTRAL EUROPEAN A, V1, P417 Roderic D., 1977, NATL NONNATIONAL STA, P25 Rosman Moshe, 1990, LORDS JEWS MAGNATE J *RUSSIA GOV, 1905, 1ST GEN CENS POP RUS, V2, P37 *SAAM ASS, 1990, 1989 1993 SAAM ASS SPRINGER R, 1902, KAMPF OESTERREICHSCH STEGMAN H, 1962, BALTISCHES RECHT, V1, P9 THOMSON DL, 1992, INT POLIT SCI REV, V13, P433, DOI 10.1177/019251219201300406 VONHEHN J, 1980, REVAL BALTISCHE LAND, P171 1925, LEAGUE NATIONS OFFIC, V6, P788 1971, ENCY JUDAICA, V6, P916 NR 45 TC 30 Z9 30 U1 2 U2 5 PU BUTTERWORTH-HEINEMANN LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD, OXON, ENGLAND OX5 1GB SN 0192-5121 J9 INT POLIT SCI REV JI Int. Polit. Sci. Rev. PD JUL PY 1994 VL 15 IS 3 BP 297 EP 314 DI 10.1177/019251219401500305 PG 18 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA NW036 UT WOS:A1994NW03600005 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU MORSE, MA AF MORSE, MA TI SEEKING AN ETHICAL BALANCE IN ARCHAEOLOGICAL PRACTICE IN ECUADOR SO JOURNAL OF ANTHROPOLOGICAL RESEARCH LA English DT Article ID ANCIENT AB An examination of the context in which archaeology is practiced in Ecuador demonstrates that two current ethical concerns within the discipline-the conservation of the archaeological record and the recognition of local cultural autonomy-often conflict with one another. Under circumstances where only one ethical concern can be adequately addressed, archaeologists face a difficult decision. Because each archaeologist reacts differently to such a decision, it is not possible to construct a universal archaeological ethic. Ultimately, this situation derives from the fact that archaeology, and the study of the past in general, can play a crucial role in the construction of cultural identity. RP MORSE, MA (reprint author), UNIV CHICAGO,DEPT HIST,CHICAGO,IL 60637, USA. CR BROOKE J, 1991, NY TIMES 0120, P19 Brooke James, 1993, NY TIMES 0724, P3 CONDORI CM, 1989, ONE WORLD ARCHAEOLOG, V8, P46 *CONF ORG IND EC, 1988, NAC IND EC ECHEVERRIA AJ, 1988, MAIZ REGALO DIOSES FELDMAN RA, 1983, ANCIENT S AMERICANS, P139 Ferguson T.J., 1984, ETHICS VALUES ARCHAE, P224 Fiedel SJ, 1987, PREHISTORY AM FOWLER DD, 1987, AM ANTIQUITY, V52, P229, DOI 10.2307/281778 GONZALEZ CM, 1988, PENSAMIENTO INDIGENI, P9 HANEN MP, 1983, SOCIOPOLITICS ARCHAE, P107 HENRIKSEN SS, 1991, AMAZON CRUDE Hill Jonathan D., 1988, RETHINKING HIST MYTH HODDER I, 1991, AM ANTIQUITY, V56, P7, DOI 10.2307/280968 HOLDER I, 1984, ANTIQUITY, V58, P25 HUDSON C, 1987, MUSEUM, V154, P125 JARAMILLO JC, 1984, CULTURA REV BANCO CE, V6, P125 KANE J, 1993, LETT AMAZON SPEARS A, P54 LATHRAP DW, 1977, ARCHAEOLOGY, V30, P2 LATHRAP DW, 1973, AM ANTHROPOL, V75, P1755, DOI 10.1525/aa.1973.75.6.02a00020 Leone M. P., 1972, CONT ARCHAEOLOGY, P14 MALES A, 1989, WHO NEES PAST, V5, P95 MARCOS JG, 1988, ARQUEOLOGIA COSTA EC, V1 MARCOS JG, 1983, NUEVO HIST ECUADOR, V1, P129 MARCOS JG, 1988, REAL ALTO HIST CTR C, V4 MCEWAN C, 1978, AM ANTIQUITY, V43, P362 MCGUIRE RH, 1992, AM ANTHROPOL, V94, P816, DOI 10.1525/aa.1992.94.4.02a00030 MEGGERS BJ, 1989, TEMAS INVESTIGACION, P19 Meggers BJ, 1965, SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBU, V1 NORTON P, 1989, ONE WORLD ARCHAEOLOG, V9, P142 NORTON P, 1982, 1 S CORR ANTR AND ME, P101 OSBORN A, 1989, ONE WORLD ARCHAEOLOG, V141, P10 Pacari Nina, 1984, CULTURA REV BANCO CE, V6, P113 PORRAS G, 1987, NUESTRO AYER MANUAL RAPPAPORT J, 1989, ONE WORLD ARCHAEOLOG, V5, P84 Reed C. A., 1977, ORIGINS AGR, P713 Reeve Mary E., 1988, QUICHUA CURARAY PROC SALOMON F, 1986, CAMBRIDGE STUDIES SO, V59 SARMA AVN, 1986, MUSEUM ANTHR MISCELL, V66 Sherman S. J., 1989, ONE WORLD ARCHAEOLOG, V10, P1 STOTHERT KE, 1985, AM ANTIQUITY, V50, P613, DOI 10.2307/280325 Stutzman R., 1981, CULTURAL TRANSFORMAT, P45 TORAL HC, 1981, CULTURAL TRANSFORMAT, pR9 TORAL HC, 1983, CULTURA REV BANCO CE, V6, P303 TORAL HC, 1985, HIST ARTE ECUATORIAN, V4 TRIGGER BG, 1984, MAN, V19, P355, DOI 10.2307/2802176 *U NAC COL, 1992, PRED AMB PROYECT CUS Whitten Norman E, 1981, CULTURAL TRANSFORMAT, P1 Whitten Norman E., 1981, CULTURAL TRANSFORMAT, P121 WILK RR, 1985, J ANTHROPOL RES, V41, P307, DOI 10.1086/jar.41.3.3630596 ZEVALLOS CM, 1977, SCIENCE, V196, P385 NR 51 TC 5 Z9 5 U1 0 U2 0 PU UNIV NEW MEXICO PI ALBUQUERQUE PA DEPT ANTHROPOLOGY, ALBUQUERQUE, NM 87131-1561 SN 0091-7710 J9 J ANTHROPOL RES JI J. Anthropol. Res. PD SUM PY 1994 VL 50 IS 2 BP 169 EP 182 DI 10.1086/jar.50.2.3630457 PG 14 WC Anthropology SC Anthropology GA PM298 UT WOS:A1994PM29800009 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU MCGINNIS, MV AF MCGINNIS, MV TI COLLECTIVE BADS - THE CASE OF LOW-LEVEL RADIOACTIVE-WASTE COMPACTS SO NATURAL RESOURCES JOURNAL LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Annual Meeting of the Western-Political-Science-Association CY MAR 18-20, 1993 CL PASADENA, CA SP W Polit Sci Assoc ID STATES; COMPENSATION AB In low-level radioactive waste (LLW) compact development, policy gridlock and intergovernmental conflict between states has been the norm. In addition to the not-in-my-backyard (NIMBY) phenomenon, LLW compacts must contend with myriad political and ethical dilemmas endemic to a particular collective bad. This paper characterizes the epistemology of collective bads, and reviews how LLW compacts deal with such bads. In addition, using data from survey questionnaires and interviews, this paper assesses the cooperative nature of LLW compacts in terms of their levels of regional autonomy, regional efficacy, allocation of costs and benefits, and their technocentric orientation. RP MCGINNIS, MV (reprint author), CTR BIOREG STUDIES & CONFLICT RESOLUT,7602 HOLLISTER AVE,STE 202,GOLETA,CA 93117, USA. CR BERTHICK M, 1974, STATE NATION Bromley D. W., 1992, MAKING COMMONS WORK BROWN H, 1986, LOW LEVEL WASTE HDB BULLARD C, 1992, ENERGY POLY, V20, P713 CONDON LD, 1990, NAT RESOUR J, V30, P65 CRENSON MA, 1987, POLICY SCI, V20, P259, DOI 10.1007/BF00156587 ELLIOT M, 1984, HAZARDOUS WASTE, V8, P397 Greenhouse Linda, 1992, NY TIMES 0625, P1 Heidegger M, 1977, QUESTION CONCERNING KEARNEY R, 1988, STATE GOVERNMENT CQS, P232 Kiser L., 1982, 3 WORLDS ACTION META KRAFT M, 1991, W POL SCI Q, V299 MARTIN F, 1989, COMMON POOL RESOURCE MCGINNIS M, 1994, MYTH NATURE BUREAU, V16 OHARE M, 1977, PUBLIC POLICY, V25, P407 OSTROM E, 1991, GOVERNING COMMONS EV, pCH2 PORTNEY KE, 1984, HAZARD WASTE HAZARD, V1, P411, DOI 10.1089/hzw.1984.1.411 RIGGS RW, 1990, J STATE GOVT, V63, P80 SCHNEIDER, 1991, NY TIMES 0620, P10 *US GEN ACC OFF, 1992, RCED9261, P9 *US NUCL REG COMM, 1992, POL HIGHL LOW LEV WA *US OFF STAT PROGR, 1991, STAT STAT PROV DISP, P49 WHITE IL, 1984, ENVIRONMENT, V26, P16, DOI 10.1080/00139157.1984.9932521 Wilson JQ, 1974, SOCIAL RESPONSIBILIT, P135 1989, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V26, P669 NR 25 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 0 U2 0 PU UNIV NEW MEXICO PI ALBUQUERQUE PA SCHOOL OF LAW 1117 STANFORD N E, ALBUQUERQUE, NM 87131 SN 0028-0739 J9 NAT RESOUR J JI Nat. Resour. J. PD SUM PY 1994 VL 34 IS 3 BP 563 EP 588 PG 26 WC Environmental Studies; Law SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Government & Law GA QF628 UT WOS:A1994QF62800003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU BURT, B AF BURT, B TI CUSTOM AND CONFRONTATION - THE KWAIO STRUGGLE FOR CULTURAL AUTONOMY - KEESING,RM SO MAN LA English DT Book Review RP BURT, B (reprint author), MUSEUM MANKIND,LONDON,ENGLAND. CR KESSING RM, 1992, CUSTOM CONFRONTATION NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU ROYAL ANTHROPOLOGICAL INST PI LONDON PA 50 FITZROY STREET, LONDON, ENGLAND W1P 5HS SN 0025-1496 J9 MAN PD MAR PY 1994 VL 29 IS 1 BP 239 EP 241 DI 10.2307/2803574 PG 3 WC Anthropology SC Anthropology GA PF597 UT WOS:A1994PF59700069 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU HANDLER, J ENGEL, D VONBENDABECKMANN, K MASTURA, M RABIBHADANA, A COLLIER, J AF HANDLER, J ENGEL, D VONBENDABECKMANN, K MASTURA, M RABIBHADANA, A COLLIER, J TI CULTURAL AUTONOMY, LAND RIGHTS, AND INDIGENOUS PEOPLES MOVEMENTS SO LAW & SOCIETY REVIEW LA English DT Discussion C1 SUNY BUFFALO, BUFFALO, NY 14260 USA. ERASMUS UNIV ROTTERDAM, 3000 DR ROTTERDAM, NETHERLANDS. PHILIPPINE HOUSE REPRESENTAT, QUEZON, PHILIPPINES. THAILAND DEV RES INST FDN, BANGKOK, THAILAND. STANFORD UNIV, STANFORD, CA 94305 USA. RP HANDLER, J (reprint author), UNIV CALIF LOS ANGELES, LOS ANGELES, CA 90024 USA. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 1 PU WILEY PI HOBOKEN PA 111 RIVER ST, HOBOKEN 07030-5774, NJ USA SN 0023-9216 EI 1540-5893 J9 LAW SOC REV JI Law Soc. Rev. PY 1994 VL 28 IS 3 BP 699 EP 701 PG 3 WC Law; Sociology SC Government & Law; Sociology GA PL236 UT WOS:A1994PL23600043 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU BACOVA, V HOMISINOVA, M COOPER, MP AF BACOVA, V HOMISINOVA, M COOPER, MP TI QUESTIONS CONNECTED WITH THE REFORM OF PUBLIC-ADMINISTRATION IN SLOVAKIA IN REGARD TO THE NATIONALLY MIXED AREAS SO SOCIOLOGIA LA Slovak DT Article DE PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION; DECENTRALIZATION OF STATE ADMINISTRATION; ETHNICITY ID LOCAL-GOVERNMENT AB Political changes in Czechoslovakia in 1989 brought, besides other problems, also question of reform of public administration. The need to separate centralized state administration from local and regional self-administration became part of election programs of victorious parties and movements during elections 1990. Individual political subjects already then because build their own models of public administration system. The contact points of the public administration reform and coexistence of minorities. From the aspect of interconnection of public administration and structure of Slovak society, following points, in our view, are very important: 1. a/ model of centralistic public administration with dominant governing power of state and self-administration in subordinant position which is controlled by state departments b/ decentralized model based on strong self-government 2. Understanding of role of local and regional self-administration Before local and regional self-administration is chosen, it is necessary to have a strategic concept of functions that should be performed by local and regional offices. In that regard, it is necessary to consider two options - should Slovakia import a model of public administration from the West and adapt it to domestic conditions, or chose an alternative of ''home product''. 3. Question of levels, respective segments of state administration and local self-administration, that is a structure of administration. This question accentuates the key problem of Hungarian minority position in Slovakia presently (and political struggle for this position) in general and from the aspect of interests of Hungarian minority. The basic of the problem is the fact that by fragmentation of individual political and administrative units is necessary to create more compact territorial structures, interconnecting points between local unit and center, that is inserted levels of administration (either state of local). This approach is called territorial - administrative integration or division. Administrative division of Slovakia in the proposals of the representatives of the Hungarian minority. The views of representatives of Hungarian minority on the position of Hungarian population living on Slovak territory (taking to consideration its territorial concentration) underwent a process of changes. Basically we can talk about four models. First model (after 1989) was not in favor of any particular model of self-government, but consider to be convenient guaranty of function of individual mutually interconnected self-governing units. The aim was with help of self-government reinforce identity of Hungarian minority. Second variant was based on idea of creation of territorial autonomy. This alternative arose as a result of Declaration of Sovereignty of Slovakia (in July 1992) and worries of Hungarian minority representative connected with an impact of Slovak independence. Idea of independent Slovakia was not supported by Hungarian political parties. By creation of autonomous region with majority of Hungarian inhabitants, the questions connected with Hungarian ethnic would be solved inside of autonomous territory. The third concept, gradually crystallized from the summer of 1991, considered a guaranty of representation in legislative and executive institutions for Hungarian citizens. The concept supposed creation of state, regional and local minority self-governments. Self-governments would have representative and executive authority. The realization of measures to the local level would be secured by so called Minority Law. According to fourth concept, accepted during The Fourth Congress of Coexistence Movement, the Hungarian minority was defined as the national community (as the part of Hungarian national community) and by the definition of relation of Slovaks and Hungarians not as minority and majority, but as two equal partners, this relation should be equal, guaranteeing equal rights between individual national communities, which together are creating the Slovak Republic. In connection with the reform of state administration, that is with growing government proposals for new territorial and administrative organization of Slovak Republic, all Hungarian parties in unison called for decentralization of state administration and requested transfer of authority to regions. They considered transfer of power to regions to be a basic condition for functioning of minorities in Slovakia. Present model of self-administrative unit, in view of Hungarian minority, is containing four basic points: cultural and school autonomy broadening of authority of territorial self-administrations and their unrestricted cooperation, that is regionalism definition of boundaries of self-administrative units in relation to minorities question of bilingualism, that is guarantee of language rights in bilingual regions General assumptions of the model creation of public administration in Slovakia. Terminological difference is serious obstacle for the comparison of public administration models in European countries. Only by standardization of common definitions there is possibility to achieve methodological coherency and understanding of key questions of creation and development of public administration in Slovakia. Terminological standardization would also enable to construct a comparative analysis. To evaluate historical role, avoid mistakes and utilize it's positive features, it is necessary to map terminologically in detail the ''territorial and administrative'' system, which existed in former Czechoslovakia. Only in this case the Czechoslovakian model can become an ''empirically testifiable'' historical phenomenon. In the case of Slovak Republic a possibility of local self-administration separated form state administrative can be contemplated. This arrangement would be guaranteed by constitutional law as it is in Czech Republic. However, there is always a question, if regions dominated by citizens of Hungarian nationality would accept local state administration without self-administrative dimension as it is in case of Czech Republic. C1 UNIV LUTON, LUTON, ENGLAND. RP BACOVA, V (reprint author), SLOVAK ACAD SCI, INST SOCIAL SCI, KARPATSKA 5, CS-04001 KOSICE, SLOVAKIA. CR BACOVA V, 1993, SOCIOLOGIA, V25, P417 BASTIAN J, 1994, RECENT DEV PUBLIC AD BROWN C, POLITICAL RESTRUCTIN FALTAN L, 1992, SOCIOL CAS, V28, P508 FALTAN L., 1993, SOCIOLOGIA, V25, P371 HANSPACH D, 1992, SOCIOL CAS, V28, P520 HENDRYCH D, 1993, ADM TRANSFORMATION C, V71 ILLNER M, 1992, SOCIOL CAS, V28, P480 MUSIL J, 1993, GOVERNMENT OPPOSITIO, V28 RAMET SP, 1994, NATIONALITIES PAPERS, V22 SOPOCI J, 1992, SOCIOLOGIA, V24, P281 VIDLAKOVA O, 1989, TERRITORY ADM EUROPE NR 12 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU SLOVAK ACADEMIC PRESS LTD PI BRATISLAVA PA PO BOX 57 NAM SLOBODY 6, 810 05 BRATISLAVA, SLOVAKIA SN 0049-1225 J9 SOCIOLOGIA JI Sociologia PY 1994 VL 26 IS 5-6 BP 438 EP + PG 0 WC Sociology SC Sociology GA QL315 UT WOS:A1994QL31500003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU TONKINSON, R AF TONKINSON, R TI CUSTOM AND CONFRONTATION - THE KWAIO STRUGGLE FOR CULTURAL AUTONOMY - KEESING,RM SO AMERICAN ANTHROPOLOGIST LA English DT Book Review RP TONKINSON, R (reprint author), UNIV WESTERN AUSTRALIA,NEDLANDS,WA 6009,AUSTRALIA. CR KEESING RM, CUSTOM CONFRONTATION NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU AMER ANTHROPOLOGICAL ASSOC PI ARLINGTON PA 4350 NORTH FAIRFAX DRIVE SUITE 640, ARLINGTON, VA 22203 SN 0002-7294 J9 AM ANTHROPOL JI Am. Anthropol. PD DEC PY 1993 VL 95 IS 4 BP 1037 EP 1038 DI 10.1525/aa.1993.95.4.02a00450 PG 2 WC Anthropology SC Anthropology GA MN386 UT WOS:A1993MN38600044 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU URLA, J AF URLA, J TI CULTURAL POLITICS IN AN AGE OF STATISTICS - NUMBERS, NATIONS, AND THE MAKING OF BASQUE IDENTITY SO AMERICAN ETHNOLOGIST LA English DT Article ID POWER AB This article examines the public uses of language surveys and census data by militant and moderate Basque nationalist language organizations during the first few years of Basque political autonomy. As part of a modem regime of truth that equates knowledge with measurement, statistics occupy a privileged position of authority that gives them heightened rhetorical power in a context of competing political ideologies. Analysis focuses on how specific ways of categorizing and displaying data on Basque speakers create an image of the Basque nation ''at risk'' and, at the same time, introduce new ways of envisioning the language community, the Basque speaker, and his or her duties to the nation. I conclude by discussing the implications that minority uses of statistics may have for theorizing resistance and the social construction of identities. RP URLA, J (reprint author), UNIV MASSACHUSETTS,AMHERST,MA 01003, USA. CR ABULUGHOD L, 1990, AM ETHNOL, V17, P41, DOI 10.1525/ae.1990.17.1.02a00030 ALONSO W, 1987, POLITICS NUBMERS Anderson Benedict, 1991, IMAGINED COMMUNITIES Anderson MJ, 1988, AM CENSUS SOCIAL HIS APPADURAI A, 1990, AM ETHNOLOGICAL SOC AULESTIA G, 1982, WORLD LITERATURE TOD, V56, P457, DOI 10.2307/40137216 AULESTIA G, 1981, WORLD LITERATURE TOD, V55, P48, DOI 10.2307/40135616 Barthes R., 1982, FRENCH LIT THEORY TO, P11 BELTZA EL, 1976, NACIONALISMO VASCO C Bourdieu Pierre, 1990, OTHER WORDS ESSAYS R, P168 BOURGUET MN, 1987, PROBABILISTIC REVOLU, V1, P305 Brandes Stanley., 1980, METAPHORS MASCULINIT Clark R.P., 1979, BASQUES FRANCO YEARS Cohen Patricia Cline, 1982, CALCULATING PEOPLE S Cohn Bernard, 1987, ANTHR HIST OTHER ESS, P224 Cohn Bernard S., 1988, J HIST SOCIOL, V1, P224, DOI [10.1111/j.1467-6443.1988.tb00011.x, DOI 10.1111/J.1467-6443.1988.TB00011.X] CORCUERA J, 1986, HETEROLOGIES DISCOUR, P199 COURCUERA J, 1979, ORIGENES ORG IDEOLOG DEARANAYGOIRI S, 1965, COMPLETAS DELVALLE T, 1988, KORRIKA RITUALES LEN DEYRIZAR P, 1981, CONTRIBUCION DIALECT, V1 DONZELOT J, 1988, ECON SOC, V17, P395, DOI 10.1080/03085148800000016 Duden B., 1992, DEV DICT GUIDE KNOWL, P146 Escobar Arturo, 1988, CULTURAL ANTHR, V3, P428 Estornes Zubizarreta I., 1983, SOC ESTUDIOS VASCOS Foucault Michael, 1982, M FOUCAULT STRUCTURA, P208 Foucault Michel, 1979, IDEOLOGY CONSCIOUSNE, V6, P5 FRANKLIN M, 1989, CALIFORNIA TOMOR WIN, P8 GARDNER N, 1990, JOINT WORKING PARTY George N., 1990, STOP VIOLENCE OVERCO Gould S. J., 1981, MISMEASURE MAN GRANJA JL, 1985, BASQUE POLITICS CASE, P155 Grillo R. D., 1989, DOMINANT LANGUAGES L HACKING I, 1982, HUM SOC, V5, P279 Hacking I., 1990, TAMING CHANCE HACKING I, 1981, IDEOLOGY CONSCIOUSNE, V8, P15 Hacking I, 1986, RECONSTRUCTING INDIV, P222 HANDLER R, 1987, NATIONALISM POLITICS HANDWERKER L, 1989, CULTURAL CONSTRUCTIO HEIBERG M, 1982, POLITICS TERRITORIAL, P355 Herzfeld M., 1982, OURS ONCE MORE FOLKL Hobsbawm Eric, 1983, INVENTION TRADITION Hofer Tamas, 1980, ETHNIC DIVERSITY CON, P101 Horn David G, 1988, CULTURAL ANTHR, V3, P395 HORN DG, 1991, AM ETHNOL, V18, P581, DOI 10.1525/ae.1991.18.3.02a00090 Jauregui Bereciartu G., 1981, IDEOLOGIA ESTRATEGIA Khubchandani Lachman M., 1983, PLURAL LANGUAGES PLU KITSUSE JI, 1963, SOC PROBL, V11, P131, DOI 10.1525/sp.1963.11.2.03a00020 Kondo D. K., 1990, CULT CRIT, V16, P5, DOI DOI 10.2307/1354343?UID=2&UID=4&SID=21103981039231 Kruger L., 1987, PROBABILISTIC REVOLU Kruger L., 1987, PROBABILISTIC REVOLU Laponce J. A, 1987, LANGUAGES THEIR TERR LARRONDE JC, 1977, NACIONALMISMO VASCO LEBRAS H, 1986, LIEUX MEMOIRE NATION, V2, P317 LIEBERSON S, 1981, LANGUAGE DIVERSITY L, P281 LINKE U, 1990, COMP STUD SOC HIST, V32, P117, DOI 10.1017/S0010417500016352 LINZ Juan J, 1981, INFORME SOCIOLOGICO LINZ Juan J., 1985, NEW NATL DEV W, P203 MacClancy J., 1988, ANTHR TODAY, V4, P17 MCDONALD M, 1989, WE ARE NOT FRENCH McRae K., 1975, LINGUISTICS, V158, P33 MITCHELL T, 1990, THEOR SOC, V19, P545, DOI 10.1007/BF00147026 NINYUOLES RL, 1972, IDIOMA PODER SOCIAL OLABUENAGA JI, 1984, ATLAS LINGUISTICO VA ORUETA JD, 1920, 2 C EST VASC, P274 PAYNE S, 1975, BASQUE NATIONALISM PISUNYER O, 1987, ANTHROPOL QUART, V60, P167, DOI 10.2307/3317656 PITTRIVERS J, 1984, REV OCCIDENTE, V39, P17 PORTER TM, 1986, RISE STATISTICAL THI Rabinow P, 1986, WRITING CULTURE POET, P234 Rabinow Paul, 1989, FRENCH MODERN NORMS Rapp Rayna, 1991, GENDER CROSSROADS KN, P383 Sachs W., 1992, DEV DICT GUIDE KNOWL Sahlins P., 1989, BOUNDARIES MAKING FR SANCHEZLAFUENTE J, 1975, HIST ESTADISTICA CIE SCOTT JW, 1988, GENDER POLITICS HIST, P113 SEGAL D, 1988, J HIST SOCIOL, V1, P301 SERRAON AS, 1956, RESUMEN HIST ESTADIS Smith A., 1981, ETHNIC REVIVAL MODER Starr Paul, 1987, POLITICS NUMBERS, P7 STIGLER SM, 1986, HIST STATISTICS MEAS Thornton R. J., 1988, CULTURAL ANTHR, V3, P285, DOI DOI 10.1525/CAN.1988.3.3.02A00050 UNZUETA Jose Luis, 1980, SAIOAK, P3 URLA J, 1988, CULTURAL ANTHR, V3, P379 URLA J, 1989, ESSAYS BASQUE SOCIAL, P149 VALLE T, 1985, MUJER VASCA IMAGEN R Vallverdu F., 1991, SOCIOLINGUISTICS SPA, P15 WILLIAMS CH, 1951, LANGUAGE PROBLEMS LA, V5, P57 WOOLARD KA, 1983, LANGUAGES INT PERSPE, P91 1979, CONFLICTO LINGUISTIC 1988, EUSKADI ANUARIO 1983, LUCHA EUSKARA COMUNI NR 92 TC 113 Z9 115 U1 0 U2 7 PU AMER ANTHROPOLOGICAL ASSOC PI ARLINGTON PA 4350 NORTH FAIRFAX DRIVE SUITE 640, ARLINGTON, VA 22203 SN 0094-0496 J9 AM ETHNOL JI Am. Ethnol. PD NOV PY 1993 VL 20 IS 4 BP 818 EP 843 DI 10.1525/ae.1993.20.4.02a00080 PG 26 WC Anthropology SC Anthropology GA MK237 UT WOS:A1993MK23700008 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU PARKER, JE AF PARKER, JE TI CULTURAL AUTONOMY - A PRIME DIRECTIVE FOR THE BLUE HELMETS SO UNIVERSITY OF PITTSBURGH LAW REVIEW LA English DT Article ID HUMAN-RIGHTS; LAW RP PARKER, JE (reprint author), STANFORD UNIV,STANFORD,CA 94305, USA. CR ABRAMSON JB, 1988, ELECTRONIC COMMONWEA ALLEN MJ, 1991, PEACE PIECES UN AGEN, P215 ALSTON P, 1987, HUM RIGHTS QUART, V9, P332, DOI 10.2307/761879 ANGHIE A, 1992, HARVARD INT LAW J, V33, P341 AREND AC, 1993, GEORGETOWN LAW J, V81, P491 Arsanjani M. H., 1981, YALE J WORLD PUBLIC, V7, P131 ARSANJANI MH, 1981, YALE J WORLD PUB ORD, V7, P162 BAILEY SD, 1988, PROCEDURE UN SECURIT, P247 BAZYLER MJ, 1987, STANFORD J INT LAW, V23, P547 BAZYLER MJ, 1987, STAN J INT L, V23, P574 BOUTROSGHALI B, 1992, FOREIGN AFF WIN, P89 BOWETT DW, 1964, UN FORCES CLARK J, 1992, FOREIGN AFF WIN, P109 COHEN T, 1993, AP 0219 DOUGLAS W, 1993, NEWSDAY 0228, P5 Dworkin G, 1988, THEORY PRACTICE AUTO, P12 GERBNER G, 1977, MASS MEDIA POLICIES, P1 Goldman RK, 1987, AM U J INT L POLY, V2, P539 GREENBERG B, 1992, AP FILE 1211 GUGGENHEIM P, 1959, HAGUE RECUEIL COURS, V94, P78 GUGGENHEIM P, 1959, HAGUE RECUEIL COURS, V94, P5 HANNUM H, 1980, AM J INT LAW, V74, P858, DOI 10.2307/2201026 HANNUM H, 1980, AM J INT LAW, V74, P883 Hannum Hurst, 1989, NEW DIRECTIONS HUMAN, P3 HENKIN L, 1987, INT LAW, P35 HENKIN L, 1979, NATIONS BEHAVE, P153 KARTASHKIN V., 1982, INT DIMENSIONS HUMAN, P111 LEWIS P, 1992, NY TIMES 1127, pA14 Lewis P., 1993, NY TIMES 0120, pA1 McWhinney E., 1991, COEXISTENCE COOPERAT MILLER AS, 1993, GEORGETOWN LAW J, V81, P773 NALAI GJ, 1989, ORG AFRICA UNITY ANA, P206 NEWMAN F, 1992, INT HUMAN RIGHTS Oppenheim L, 1955, INT LAW TREATISE, V1, P29 PRIAL FJ, 1990, NY TIMES 0829, pA1 QUIGLEY J, 1989, BC INT COMP L REV, V12, P1 RAMCHARAN BG, 1992, INT COMM JURIST REV, V48, P24 Randall Kenneth C., 1985, NYU J INT L POL, V18, P1 REICHER H, 1981, COLUMBIA J TRANS LAW, V20, P1 Rostow Eugene V., 1991, AM J INT LAW, V85, P507 ROSTOW EV, 1991, AM J INT LAW, V85, P506, DOI 10.2307/2203109 RUDOLPH LI, 1965, COMP STUD SOC HIST, V8, P24, DOI 10.1017/S0010417500003881 RUDOLPH LI, 1965, COMP STUD SOC HIST, V8, P32 SCHACHTER O, 1991, LAW AND FORCE IN THE NEW INTERNATIONAL ORDER, P65 SCHACHTER O, 1982, HAGUE RECUEIL COURS, V178, P9 SCHACHTER O, 1982, HAGUE RECUEIL COURS, V178, P114 Scheffer D. J., 1991, RIGHT MIGHT INT LAW, P109 Scheffer David, 1992, U TOL L REV, P253 SCHEFFER DJ, 1991, RIGHT MIGHT, P129 SCHENKEVELD DM, 1991, RHETORIK ZWISCHEN WI, P149 SEYERSTED F, 1966, UN FORCES LAW PEACE, P109 SEYERSTED F, 1966, UN FORCES LAW PEACE, P195 STEDMAN SJ, 1992, FOREIGN AFF, P1 STEDMAN SJ, 1992, FOREIGN AFF AM WORLD, P2 SUSMAN T, 1993, SF CHRON 0630, pA8 Torres R., 1991, YALE J INT L, V16, P127 TORRES R, 1991, YALE J INT L, V16, P134 UMHOEFER C, 1991, HARV INT LJ, V32, P275 VANBOVEN T, 1992, INT COMM JURIST REV, V48, P12 WALLACE B, 1993, MACLEANS 0301, P32 WALLACE B, 1993, MACLEANS 0301, P33 WILLIAMS RA, 1990, DUKE LAW J, P660 WILLIAMS RA, 1990, DUKE LAW J, P686 1992, NATION 0608, P775 1993, REUTER LIB REP 0315 1992, ECONOMIST 0815, P23 1981, WEBSTERS NEW COLLEGI, P274 NR 67 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 0 PU UNIV PITTSBURGH LAW REVIEW PI PITTSBURGH PA UNIV PITTSBURGH SCHOOL LAW, 3900 FORBES AVE, PITTSBURGH, PA 15260 SN 0041-9915 J9 U PITT LAW REV JI Univ. Pittsb. Law Rev. PD FAL PY 1993 VL 55 IS 1 BP 207 EP 237 PG 31 WC Law SC Government & Law GA MN248 UT WOS:A1993MN24800005 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU FULLER, GE AF FULLER, GE TI THE FATE OF THE KURDS SO FOREIGN AFFAIRS LA English DT Article AB As the fourth-largest national group in the Middle East, the Kurds have become a major factor in the region's future stability. Large Kurdish populations in Iran, Iraq and Turkey are seeking more cultural and political autonomy. In doing so, they are intensifying a number of destabilizing pressures-breakaway ethnic movements, human rights, treatment of minorities, democracy and possibly separatism. Though they have a strong self-identity, the Kurds are not yet ethnically unified, separated as they are by language, customs, neo-feudal obligations and physical distance. However, these barriers are breaking down. The three states with large Kurdish populations are at a crossroads: they must embrace federalism, allowing more autonomy for the Kurds, or prepare for prolonged violence and turmoil. RP FULLER, GE (reprint author), RAND CORP,SANTA MONICA,CA 90406, USA. NR 0 TC 6 Z9 6 U1 0 U2 0 PU COUNC FOREIGN RELAT INC PI NEW YORK PA 58 E 68TH ST, NEW YORK, NY 10021 SN 0015-7120 J9 FOREIGN AFF JI Foreign Aff. PD SPR PY 1993 VL 72 IS 2 BP 108 EP 121 DI 10.2307/20045529 PG 14 WC International Relations SC International Relations GA KW793 UT WOS:A1993KW79300013 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU RAVIOT, JR AF RAVIOT, JR TI REGIONAL IDENTITY AND NATIONAL IDENTITY - THE POLITICAL EMANCIPATION OF TATARSTAN, FROM JUNE 1988 TO THE 21ST MARCH, 1992 SO REVUE D ETUDES COMPARATIVES EST-OUEST LA French DT Article AB When an autonomous republic of Russia, and one, moreover, which constitutes its geographical heartland, proclaims is independance and its desire for economic emancipation, does this mean that a region has suddenly become a nation-state? The majority of Tatars live outside of Tatarstan, and within the Republic, the area of their ethnicity, they represent only 48% of the population. The ethno-linguistic link which unites the Tatars of Rusia and Central Asia, revived by certain nationalist movements which advocate extra-territorial autonomy, slackened during the Soviet period. It seems, henceforth, that territory has become the essential factor in the definition of an identity for Tatarstan, excluding <>. Admittedly, territorial identity is based on Soviet institutional sturctures: territorial administration stemming from the Communist Party, major enterprises, the kolkhoz, culture and idiom all strongly sovietized. But the preoccupations of the population of the Republic of Tatarstan are above all economic and social: rising prices, the fear of unemployment, public health, security. By addressing these <> questions, the local authorities in Kazan are no doubt seeking to perpetuate their power, and to create a <>. This may only be a temporary tactic. In fact, a far-reaching change in the soviet system is under way. RP RAVIOT, JR (reprint author), IEP,PARIS,FRANCE. CR ABALKIN L, 1991, EKONOMIKA ZIZN 0201 BAJRAMOVA F, 1988, VECERNJAJA KAZA 0927 BENNIGSEN A, 1960, MOUVEMENTS NATIONAUX, P22 BENNIGSENBROXUP M, 1991, NATIONALITIES QUESTI, P278 BUSYGIN E, 1989, KOMSOMOLEC TATA 0212 *CTR SOC ISSL PRI, 1992, OBSC MNEN 1991 GOD, P13 DENCAUSSE HC, 1966, REFORME REVOLUTION C, P117 FARUKSIN M, 1992, DOYEN FS POLITIQUE U Gellner E., 1983, NATIONS NATL, P11 *GOSK SSSR, 1989, SBORN STAT MAT, P7 *ID OTD TAT OBK KP, 1990, PART PART TAT ZERK O, P37 ISHHAKOV D, 1989, SOTSIALISTIK TA 0815 KARPOV A, 1961, ISTORIIA SOVETSKOI E, P218 KHAKIMOY R, 1992, FOLKLORISTE TATAR ME KHALILOV V, 1991, KOMMERSANT KHANTEMIROVA F, 1988, VECERNJAJA KAZA 0814 MALASHENKO A, 1992, MONDE DIPLOMATIQ MAI, P4 MILJUKOV M, 1992, IZVESTIJA TATAR 0217 MURAMBEKOV M, 1969, ISTORIJA BASKIROV, P32 OLSON M, 1982, RISE DECLINE NATIONS, P12 POLCINSKIJ L, 1992, VECERNJAJA KAZA 0218 PSELINCEV O, 1991, NARODNYJ DEPUTAT, P52 RADVANI J, 1990, URSS REGIONS NATIONS, P138 RADVANYI J, 1985, THESIS PARIS RADZEVSKIJ V, NOUVELLES MOSCOU RIASANOVSKY N, 1988, HIST RUSSIE, P79 ROHRLICH AA, 1989, RFE RL11 ROHRLICH AA, 1989, RFE RL39 SABIROV A, 1991, IZVESTIJA 0817 SAJMIEV M, 1991, KNARODU TATARSTANA O SAJMIEV M, 1989, VECERNJAJA KAZA 0818 SAJMIEV M, 1992, KAZANSKIE VEDOM 0707 SAJMIEV M, 1992, IZVESTIJA TATAR 0523 SCHAMILOGLU U, 1989, RFE RL51 SHEEHY A, 1992, RFE RL14 SILVER B, 1974, SOV STUD, V261, P28 TOLZ V, 1992, RFE RL5 TROFIMOV V, SOV SOCIOL, P17 USMANOV G, 1989, SOVETSKAJA TARA 0920 WATSON HS, 1977, NATIONS STATES, P302 1990, FAR E EC REV 0926 1991, NASELENIE TATARSKOJ 1991, ECONOMIST 0907 NR 43 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 2 PU EDITIONS C N R S PI PARIS PA 20/22 RUE ST. AMAND, 75015 PARIS, FRANCE SN 0338-0599 J9 REV ETUD COMP EST-Q JI Rev. Etud. Comp. Est-Ouest PD MAR PY 1993 VL 24 IS 1 BP 101 EP 130 DI 10.3406/receo.1993.2601 PG 30 WC Economics SC Business & Economics GA LP411 UT WOS:A1993LP41100005 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU SELIGMANN, LJ AF SELIGMANN, LJ TI THE BURDEN OF VISIONS AMIDST REFORM - PEASANT RELATIONS TO LAW IN THE PERUVIAN ANDES SO AMERICAN ETHNOLOGIST LA English DT Article AB Passage of the 1969 Agrarian Reform Law in Peru became a critical moment in which various sectors of Andean society invoked distinct principles and deployed particular strategies in order to defend their rights to land and their visions of just labor relations and legitimate political authority. The principles they invoked and the strategies they used were careful responses to the new face and character of the state, the legal content of the reform law, and the dynamics of interethnic and class relations. Using archival evidence and field research from one rural district, this article argues that an examination of the ways Quechua-speaking peoples interpret legal principles and use laws reveals the complex ideological and socioeconomic relationships between the nation-state and local communities, the bases for establishing and defending cultural autonomy, and the efforts of rural inhabitants to transform the structure and content of legal principles themselves. RP SELIGMANN, LJ (reprint author), JAMES MADISON UNIV,HARRISONBURG,VA 22807, USA. CR ALBERT T, 1983, AGRARIAN REFORM RURA ALLEN C, 1988, HOLD LIFE HAS COCA C, P108 [Anonymous], 1991, REV ANDINA, V9, P7 BONILLA F, 1979, REFORMA AGRARIA PERU, P17 Borah Woodrow Wilson, 1983, JUSTICE INSURANCE GE BOURQUE S, 1975, PERUVIAN EXPT CONTIN, P179 BUNKER SG, 1985, HUM ORGAN, V46, P334 Caballero J. M., 1980, AGR REFORMA AGRARIA Cleaves P.S., 1980, AGR BUREAUCRACY MILI Cleaves Peter S., 1983, PERUVIAN EXPT RECONS, P209 Di Leonardo M., 1984, VARIETIES ETHNIC EXP EINAUDI L, 1976, PERUVIAN NATL CORPOR, P401 Enrique Mayer, 1985, ANDEAN ECOLOGY CIVIL, P45 ESCOBAR G, 1967, SERIE ANTHR SOCIAL I, V7 FLORES A, 1978, ALLPANCHIS PHUTURINQ, V11, P175 FLORES A, 1977, AREQUIPA ANDINO FRIED J, 1961, HUM ORGAN, V20, P23, DOI 10.17730/humo.20.1.nj853064738m8708 Fuenzalida Fernando, 1976, HACIENDA COMUNIDAD C, P219 HANKS WF, 1986, AM ETHNOL, V13, P721, DOI 10.1525/ae.1986.13.4.02a00080 HOLGUIN DG, 1952, VOCABULARIO LENGUA G, P39 LEON CAY, 1980, REALIDAD CAMPO PERUA, P293 LONSDALE J, 1981, AFR STUD REV, V24, P139 Lowenthal A., 1975, PERUVIAN EXPT CONTIN Lowenthal Abraham F., 1975, PERUVIAN EXPT CONTIN, P350 MALETTA H, 1980, REALIDAD CAMPO PERUA, P17 MAR JM, 1980, REFORMA AGRARIA LOGR Martinez-Alier J., 1977, LAND LABOUR LATIN AM, P141 MCCLINTOCK C, 1982, POST REVOLUTIONARY P, P135 McClintock Cynthia, 1981, PEASANT COOPERATIVES McClintock Cynthia, 1983, PERUVIAN EXPT RECONS Moore Sally Falk, 1989, HIST POWER STUDY LAW, P277 MORNER M, 1977, PERFIL SOC RURAL CUZ North L., 1983, PERUVIAN EXPT RECONS, P245 ORLOVE B, 1977, ALPACAS SHEEP MEN PEASE H, 1974, PERU 1968 1973 CRONO PITTRIVERS J, 1965, REDISCOVERING LATIN, V25, P41 Roseberry William, 1989, ANTHR HIST ESSAYS CU Scott J. C., 1990, DOMINATION ARTS RESI Scott J. W., 1988, GENDER POLITICS HIST SELIGMANN L, IN PRESS TRADICION M SELIGMANN L, 1981, AM INDIGENA, V41, P265 SELIGMANN LJ, 1989, COMP STUD SOC HIST, V31, P694, DOI 10.1017/S0010417500016169 Skar H. O., 1982, WARM VALLEY PEOPLE D Spalding K., 1984, HUAROCHIRI ANDEAN SO Stepan A., 1978, STATE SOC PERU COMP STERN SJ, 1987, RESISTANCE REBELLION, P10 STERN SJ, 1982, PERUS INDIAN PEOPLES, P115 STOLER AL, 1989, AM ETHNOL, V16, P634, DOI 10.1525/ae.1989.16.4.02a00030 Tschopik Harry, 1947, HIGHLAND COMMUNITIES Van den Berghe P., 1977, INEQUALITY PERUVIAN VILLANUEVA H, 1982, CUZCO 1689 INFORMES Vincent Joan, 1989, HIST POWER STUDY LAW, P153 Warman Arturo, 1980, WE COME OBJECT PEASA Whitten Norman, 1985, SICUANGA RUNA OTHER NR 54 TC 4 Z9 4 U1 0 U2 0 PU AMER ANTHROPOLOGICAL ASSOC PI ARLINGTON PA 4350 NORTH FAIRFAX DRIVE SUITE 640, ARLINGTON, VA 22203 SN 0094-0496 J9 AM ETHNOL JI Am. Ethnol. PD FEB PY 1993 VL 20 IS 1 BP 25 EP 51 DI 10.1525/ae.1993.20.1.02a00020 PG 27 WC Anthropology SC Anthropology GA KN180 UT WOS:A1993KN18000002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU VONDERROPP, KF AF VONDERROPP, KF TI THE NEW SOUTH-AFRICAN CONSTITUTION TAKING SHAPE SO AUSSEN POLITIK LA English DT Article AB Negotiations on the constitution of Post-apartheid South Africa have reached a decisive stage. Instead with the debilitated de Klerk government, the alliance of the African National Congress and the South African Communist Party has to negotiate to a growing extent with the (conservative) Afrikaaner Volks Front. The conceivable outcome of talks thus slowly shifts from a system of institionalised power-sharing to a partitioning of the country to the detriment of the Whites (''sacrificial partition''). Over the past 20 years, Klaus Freiherr von der Ropp (Cologne), together with liberal Afrikaner dissidents sharing similar views, has expounded corresponding ideas on this subject in numerous articles for this journal. CR 1992, AFRICAN COMMUNIST, P36 NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU INTERPRESS VERLAG GMBH PI HAMBURG 76 PA HARTWICUSSTRASSE 3-4, W-2000 HAMBURG 76, GERMANY SN 0587-3835 J9 AUSSEN POLIT JI Aussen Polit. PY 1993 VL 44 IS 4 BP 383 EP 392 PG 10 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA MG645 UT WOS:A1993MG64500008 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU KALINOVA, J AF KALINOVA, J TI THE EFTA COUNTRIES IN THE PROCESS OF ADAPTATION TO THE CONDITIONS OF THE SINGLE INTERNAL MARKET SO EKONOMICKY CASOPIS LA Slovak DT Article AB January 1, 1993 is the date of the creation of the single internal market which - in the scope of 12 member countries of the EC - assumes a full implementation of free movement of commodities, services, labour and capital and which is converting the EC into one of the strongest integration group in the economically developed world. The final establishment of the internal market shall have a great impact upon the remaining part of Europe abd the whole world as well. It influences especially the West-European countries associated in the European Free Trade Association (EFTA) which are economically dependent on the EC to a great extent and which, therefore, face a threat of loss of access to the internal EC market. The aim of the paper is to present an attempt to outline the alternative ways of the future development of the EFTA countries accounting for the deepening of the integration proces taking place in the EC. There are, in fact, two alternative possibilities: either to deepen and widen the existing forms or looking for new forms of economic relations, or to obtain a title membership in the EC. The first possibility is realistic and perspective from the shortterm point of view, at least. Creation of a European economic region opens the possibility for the EFTA countries to participate in the EC integration process without giving up their sovereignity or political autonomy. The second possibility seems to be the most important one for the EFTA countries; the agreement about the European economic region does not assume such strong integration interactions that the EC is striving for. There exist profound differences between EC and EFTA henceforth. The EFTA members arc afraid of favouritism to outlast in some spheres applied by the EC. And that is why Austria, Sweden, Finland and Switzerland decided to apply for the EC membership. The final part of the paper deals with East and Central European countries for which the EC also becomes a key and decisive part of their external economic environment. The East and Central European countries could make a good use of the way and experiences of the EFTA countries in many cases as for active adaptations to the conditions of the integration process that is increasingly dynamized within the EC structure. RP KALINOVA, J (reprint author), SAV,EKON USTAV,STEFANIKOVA 2,CS-81364 BRATISLAVA,SLOVAKIA. CR ABRAMS RK, 1990, IMF74 OCC PAP *EFTA, 1991, BULL, P1 *EFTA, 1992, BULL, P1 *EFTA, 1990, BULL, P2 *EFTA, 1991, TRAD 1990 KALINOVA J, 1992, EKON CAS, V40, P538 KRUGMAN P, 1988, EFTA23 OCC PAP LEHMANN N, 1990, EG 92 BINNENMARKTPRO LESKELA J, 1990, EFTA34 OCC PAP PINTADO X, 1988, EFTA25 OCC PAP SEREGHYOVA J, 1991, VYZKUMNA PRACA STANKOVSKY J, 1991, BEDEUTUNG EWR OSTERR 1992, WHAT IS EFTA 1991, VYSKUMNA PRACA NR 14 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU SLOVAK ACADEMIC PRESS LTD PI BRATISLAVA PA PO BOX 57, NAM SLOBODY 6, 810 05 BRATISLAVA, SLOVAKIA SN 0013-3035 J9 EKON CAS JI Ekon. Cas. PY 1993 VL 41 IS 11-12 BP 876 EP 889 PG 14 WC Economics SC Business & Economics GA MX523 UT WOS:A1993MX52300009 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU DENNIS, PA AF DENNIS, PA TI MOSQUITIA, REGIONAL AUTONOMY - INDIGENOUS LAMENT, DECLINE OF A RACE WHICH REFUSES TO DIE - SPANISH - FAGOTMULLER,S SO LATIN AMERICAN RESEARCH REVIEW LA English DT Book Review CR FAGOTMULLER S, 1986, MOSQUITIA AUTONOMIA NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU LATIN AMER STUDIES ASSOC PI PITTSBURGH PA 416 BELLEFIELD HALL, UNIV PITTSBURGH, PITTSBURGH, PA 15260 USA SN 0023-8791 J9 LAT AM RES REV JI Lat. Am. Res. Rev. PY 1993 VL 28 IS 3 BP 214 EP 234 PG 21 WC Area Studies SC Area Studies GA MB610 UT WOS:A1993MB61000055 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU DIACHKOV, MV AF DIACHKOV, MV TI ON THE NATIONAL-TERRITORIAL, NATIONAL-STATES AND NATIONAL-CULTURAL AUTONOMY SO SOTSIOLOGICHESKIE ISSLEDOVANIYA LA Russian DT Article CR ARUTYUNOV SA, 1990, SOV ETNOGR, P26 BROMLEI YV, 1990, SOV ETNOGR, P4 FISHMAN JA, 1991, CONTRIBUTION INT S L, P19 ISAEV MI, 1970, 100 TRIDTSAT RAVNOPR, P10 KUZNETSOV AI, 1993, ISSLEDOVANIYA PRIKLA, P2 PEREPELKIN LS, 1989, SOV ETNOGR, P32 SHEVELOV GY, 1989, UKRAINIAN LANGUAGE 1, P217 SHEVYAKOV AA, 1993, SOTSIOL ISSLED, P7 SOLNTSEV VM, 1992, YAZYKOVAYA SITUATSIY, P10 TISHKOV VA, 1991, NATSIONALNYE PROTSES, P66 VOLKOGONOV DS, 1992, IZVESTIYA 0421 ZARINOV IY, 1993, ETNOGRAFICHESKOE OBO, P161 1993, ETNOGRAFICHESKOE OBO, P162 NR 13 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU MEZHDUNARODNAYA KNIGA PI MOSCOW PA 39 DIMITROVA UL., 113095 MOSCOW, RUSSIA SN 0132-1625 J9 SOTSIOL ISSLED+ JI Sotsiologicheskie Issled. PY 1993 IS 11 BP 99 EP 102 PG 4 WC Sociology SC Sociology GA MU578 UT WOS:A1993MU57800017 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU MACDONALD, M AF MACDONALD, M TI THE SIRENS SONG - THE POLITICAL LOGIC OF POWER-SHARING IN SOUTH-AFRICA SO JOURNAL OF SOUTHERN AFRICAN STUDIES LA English DT Article AB This paper does two things. First, it deals with the work of Arend Lijphart and Donald Horowitz on South African politics, and particularly the relationship of their ethnic models to the proposals Lijphart and the National Party are making for a new constitution for South Africa. The concern is less with the empirical accuracy of their research, however, than with the political logic implicit in their thinking. Thus, the paper considers how the National Party has used similar ideas about ethnic politics to justify its proposals for a power-sharing constitution. Second, the analysis of Lijphart and Horowitz sets up a discussion of the power politics of the National Party's proposals for power-sharing institutions, which is the target of the paper. The thesis is that power-sharing is an aggressive as well as a defensive proposal on the part of the National Party, that the argument for its workability is suspect, and that the ends power-sharing is said to promote - moderation and stability - might end up moderating and stabilising some of the inequalities of apartheid. RP MACDONALD, M (reprint author), WILLIAMS COLL,DEPT POLIT SCI,WILLIAMSTOWN,MA 01267, USA. CR ALABBERT FV, 1981, S AFRICAS FUTURE DEKLERK FW, 1990, COMMUNICATION 1029, P16 DEKLERK W, 1992, UNPUB COMMUNICAT JUN, P9 Giliomee H, 1989, NEGOTIATING S AFRICA Giliomee H, 1989, APARTHEID NATION BUI HALLET E, 1964, 20 YEARS CRISIS 1919, P22 HOBSBAWM E, 1990, NATIONS NATIONALISM Horowitz Donald L, 1991, DEMOCRATIC S AFRICA LIJPHART A, 1985, POLICY PAPERS INT AF, V24 LIJPHART A, 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC, P79 LIJPHART A, 1986, ELECTROAL LAWS THEIR NOLUTSHUNGU SC, 1982, CHANGING S AFRICA PO, P26 REYNOLDS A, 1991, UNPUB MAY U CAP TOW *S A NAT PART, 1991, CONST RUL PART DEM N *S A NAT PROGR, 1989, NAT PART ACT PROGR SOUTHALL RJ, 1983, J MOD AFR STUD, V21, P77, DOI 10.1017/S0022278X00023053 Taylor R., 1992, TRANSFORMATION, V17, P1 VILJOEN GV, 1990, CONSTITUTIONAL SAFEG, P3 VILJOEN GV, STATEMENTS CONSTITUT, P2 NR 19 TC 8 Z9 8 U1 0 U2 0 PU CARFAX PUBL CO PI ABINGDON PA PO BOX 25, ABINGDON, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND OX14 3UE SN 0305-7070 J9 J S AFR STUD JI J. South. Afr. Stud. PD DEC PY 1992 VL 18 IS 4 BP 709 EP 725 DI 10.1080/03057079208708334 PG 17 WC Area Studies SC Area Studies GA KH144 UT WOS:A1992KH14400001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU HUNWICK, J AF HUNWICK, J TI AN AFRICAN CASE-STUDY OF POLITICAL ISLAM - NIGERIA SO ANNALS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY OF POLITICAL AND SOCIAL SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB Since the early nineteenth century, when Uthman b. Fudi established an Islamic state in northern Nigeria, there has been a close symbiosis between religion and political power. Since independence in 1960, the issue of regional or ethnic power sharing in Nigeria has shifted to a contest between Muslims and Christians, with the part-Muslim, part-Christian Yoruba of the southwest helping to hold the balance. Since the 1960s, Saudi Arabia has promoted its own austere interpretation of Islam, to the discomfort of the Sufi groups. More recently, Iran has been a model for younger militant Muslims. Calls by Nigerian Muslims for an Islamic state, and wider application of shari'a law, as well as the question of Nigeria's membership in the Organization of Islamic Conference have aroused the antagonism of Christians. Religious issues were behind several outbreaks of violence in the 1980s, some of which threatened the integrity of the Nigerian state. C1 NORTHWESTERN UNIV,RELIG,EVANSTON,IL 60201. RP HUNWICK, J (reprint author), NORTHWESTERN UNIV,AFRICAN HIST,EVANSTON,IL 60201, USA. CR CLARKE P, 1984, ISLAM MODERN NIGERIA, P167 CLARKE P, 1988, 3RD WORLD Q, V10, P530 COLE T, 1962, NIGERIAN POLITICAL S, P109 CROSSETTE B, 1992, NY TIMES 0101 Hackett Rosalind J., 1987, NEW RELIG MOVEMENTS IBRAHIM, POLITICS RELIG IBRAHIM J, 1989, REV AFRICAN POLITICA, V45, P78 KANE O, 1990, ISLAM SOC SUD SAHARA, V4, P7 Kane Ousmane, 1989, ISLAM SOC SUD SAHARA, V3, P27 KASTFELT N, 1989, AFR AFFAIRS, V88, P83, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.afraf.a098156 LAITIN DD, 1982, J MOD AFR STUD, V20, P411, DOI 10.1017/S0022278X00056901 Ohadike Don, 1992, RELIG NATIONAL INTEG, P101 PADEN JN, 1973, RELIG POLITICAL CULT, P44 PADEN JN, 1986, AHMADU BELLO SARDAUN, P566 UMAR MS, IN PRESS MUSLIM IDEN NR 15 TC 8 Z9 8 U1 0 U2 0 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS INC PI THOUSAND OAKS PA 2455 TELLER RD, THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91320 SN 0002-7162 J9 ANN AM ACAD POLIT SS JI Ann. Am. Acad. Polit. Soc. Sci. PD NOV PY 1992 VL 524 BP 143 EP 155 DI 10.1177/0002716292524001012 PG 13 WC Political Science; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary SC Government & Law; Social Sciences - Other Topics GA JU213 UT WOS:A1992JU21300011 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU STANOVCIC, V AF STANOVCIC, V TI PROBLEMS AND OPTIONS IN INSTITUTIONALIZING ETHNIC-RELATIONS SO INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL SCIENCE REVIEW LA English DT Article ID FEDERALISM AB This article discusses approaches to governing ethnically divided societies, examining the impact on ethnic groups of specific solutions, such as guarantees of individual or collective rights, ethnic federalism, and consociationalism. It explores the relationship of these approaches to such concepts as "nation-state," confederalism, international guarantees of minority rights, the right of self-determination, secession, and cultural autonomy. Some fundamental issues associated with different options for groups living in a diaspora and for territorially-concentrated minorities are analyzed, and attention is drawn to particularly complex cases where groups are mixed, or where one ethnic group which may itself be a "minority" encompasses a smaller group which otherwise belongs to a "majority" within the state. The author draws extensively from the experience of Yugoslavia, but also from other countries. C1 UNIV BELGRADE,POLIT SCI,BELGRADE,YUGOSLAVIA. CR [Anonymous], 1985, INTRO STUDY LAW CONS BANAC I, 1984, NATIONAL QUESTION YU BARKER E, 1950, MACEDONIA ITS PLACE BOERNER P, 1986, CONCEPTS NATIONAL ID BURG SL, 1983, CONFLICTS COHESION S Cheboksarov N. N., 1971, NARODY RASY KULTURY Connor Walker, 1978, ETHNIC RACIAL STUD, V1, P377, DOI DOI 10.1080/01419870.1978.9993240 DEGAN VD, 1990, UNPUB JUN C OP ISS N DEGAN VD, 1989, NASE TEME, P3 DELMARTINO F, 1988, UNPUB 14 WORLD C INT DENITCH B, 1977, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V7, P107 Denitch B, 1976, LEGITIMATION REVOLUT DEUTSCH KW, 1969, NATIONALISM ITS ALTE Duchacek I. D., 1970, COMP FEDERALISM TERR DUNN WN, 1975, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V5, P127 ELAZAR DANIEL J, 1987, EXPLORING FEDERALISM ELAZAR DJ, 1985, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V15, P17 Esman Milton J., 1977, ETHNIC CONFLICT W WO Etzioni Amitai, 1965, POLITICAL UNIFICATIO FISHER JC, 1966, YUGOSLAVIA MULTINATI Friedrich Carl, 1968, TRENDS FEDERALISM TH GOLDWIN RA, 1989, FORGING UNITY OUT DI GURR TR, 1970, MEN REBEL HAMILTON A, 1788, FEDERALIST PAPERS, V9 HEISLER M, 1977, ANN AM ACADEMY POOLI, V433 JANOSKY OI, 1945, NATIONALITIES NATION JINADU LA, 1985, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V15, P71 KING RR, 1973, MINORITIES COMMUNISM LASKI HJ, 1954, LIBERTY MODERN STATE LeVine Robert A., 1972, ETHNOCENTRISM THEORI LIJPHART A, 1985, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V15, P3 Lijphart A., 1984, DEMOCRACIES PATTERNS Lijphart Arend, 1980, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC Lijphart Arend, 1975, POLITICS ACCOMMODATI Lipset S. M., 1969, POLITICKI COVEK Macmahon Arthur W., 1955, FEDERALISM MATURE EM MAZRUI AA, 1969, POST IMPERIAL FRAGME MONTESQUIEU, 1748, SPIRIT OF LAWS, V9, pCH1 Morgenthau Hans, 1960, POLITICS NATIONS Pascal B., 1670, PENSEES PASIC N, 1973, BUILDING STATES NATI, V2, P117 PEAR TH, 1957, ETUDE PSYCHOL ETATS PLETERSKI J, 1985, NACIJA JUGOSLAVIJA R RAMET P, 1984, NATIONALISM FEDERALI REMINGTON RA, 1986, CONCEPTS NATIONAL ID, P105 Rokkan Stein, 1982, POLITICS TERRITORIAL ROTHSCHILD J, 1981, ETHNOPOLITICS CONCEP Rousseau Jean-Jacques, 1762, SOCIAL CONTRACT Schermerhorn R.A., 1970, COMP ETHNIC RELATION Shirokogorov S. M., 1923, ETNOS ISSLEDOVANIE O Shoup Paul, 1968, COMMUNISM YUGOSLAV N SITHOLE M, 1985, UNPUB SEP INT SOC AS SMITH AD, 1981, ETHNIC REVIVAL STANOVCIC V, 1988, 14TH IPSA C WASH STANOVCIC V, 1991, GLAS STANOVCIC V, 1990, HELSINKI PROCESS FUT, P156 STANOVCIC V, 1989, FORGING UNITY OUT DI, P369 Stanovcic Vojislav, 1988, YUGOSLAVIA FRACTURED, P23 Steiner Jurg, 1974, AMICABLE AGREEMENT V Tumin M., 1964, DICT SOCIAL SCI, P243 VANDENBERGHE P, 1981, ETHNIC PHENOMENON WEBER M, 1976, PRIVREDA DRUSTVO, P334 Wheare K. C., 1956, FEDERAL GOVT Wright Q, 1942, STUDY WAR 1962, NARODY MIRA CHISLENO 1984, STATISTICKI GODISNJA NR 66 TC 12 Z9 13 U1 0 U2 4 PU BUTTERWORTH-HEINEMANN LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD, OXON, ENGLAND OX5 1GB SN 0192-5121 J9 INT POLIT SCI REV JI Int. Polit. Sci. Rev. PD OCT PY 1992 VL 13 IS 4 BP 359 EP 379 DI 10.1177/019251219201300402 PG 21 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA JQ034 UT WOS:A1992JQ03400002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU GUELKE, A AF GUELKE, A TI ETHNIC RIGHTS AND MAJORITY-RULE - THE CASE OF SOUTH-AFRICA SO INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL SCIENCE REVIEW LA English DT Article AB A striking legacy of the attempt of the South African government to use imposed ethnic categories as a basis for apartheid has been an overwhelming rejection by the subordinate communities of the use of ethnicity as the basis in any shape or form for political rights. This is in sharp contrast to the demands for the political recognition of ethnic rights being made elsewhere in the world. Attempts by Lijphart and others to apply consociationalism or other models of power-sharing to South Africa have failed fully to come to terms with the strength of hostility to the use of ethnic categories by the subordinate communities, reflected in the dominant influence of the African National Congress's ideology of nonracialism. This is not to deny that ethnicity has played a role in political divisions among Blacks. In conclusion, it is argued that South Africa's case shows that placing an exclusively ethnic interpretation on political events can be just as misleading as ignoring the potential political influence of ethnicity. RP GUELKE, A (reprint author), QUEENS UNIV BELFAST,DEPT POLIT,BELFAST BT7 1NN,ANTRIM,NORTH IRELAND. CR Adam Heribert, 1979, ETHNIC POWER MOBILIZ BROWN D, 1989, THIRD WORLD Q, V11, P1 *CONS PART S A, PROGR PRINC POL COOPER C, 1984, SURVEY RACE REALTION COOPER C, 1985, RACE RELATION SURVEY COOPER C, 1989, RACE RELATIONS SURVE Giliomee H, 1989, NEGOTIATING S AFRICA GINWALA F, 1977, INDIAN S AFRICANS Goldin Ian, 1989, CREATION TRIBALISM S, P241 Hanf Theodor, 1981, S AFRICA PROSPECTS P Harries Patrick, 1989, CREATION TRIBALISM S, P82 Lijphart A., 1989, S AFRICA SO AFRICA, P13 Lijphart Arend, 1985, POWER SHARING S AFRI MARE G, 1989, S AFRICAN REV, V5, P474 SHARP J, 1988, S AFRICAN KEYWORDS, P111 THOMAS W, 1982, S AFRICA PUBLIC POLI, P141 Vail L., 1989, CREATION TRIBALISM S West Martin, 1988, S AFRICAN KEYWORDS U, P100 1990, FRONT FILE MAR 1969, FRONT FILE SO AFRICA 1990, SOUTHSCAN B SO AFRIC 1989, CREATION TRIBALISAM, P395 1990, SOUTHSCAN 0608 1989, SA DIALOGUE DEC 1987, S AFRICA PROFILE NR 25 TC 7 Z9 7 U1 0 U2 0 PU BUTTERWORTH-HEINEMANN LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD, OXON, ENGLAND OX5 1GB SN 0192-5121 J9 INT POLIT SCI REV JI Int. Polit. Sci. Rev. PD OCT PY 1992 VL 13 IS 4 BP 415 EP 432 DI 10.1177/019251219201300405 PG 18 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA JQ034 UT WOS:A1992JQ03400005 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU GRIFFITH, D PIZZINI, MV JOHNSON, JC AF GRIFFITH, D PIZZINI, MV JOHNSON, JC TI INJURY AND THERAPY - PROLETARIANIZATION IN PUERTO-RICO FISHERIES SO AMERICAN ETHNOLOGIST LA English DT Article ID WOMEN AB Peasant fishers throughout Latin America and the Caribbean typically combine fishing with wage labor to varying degrees. Certain scholars have interpreted this as a reflection of incomplete incorporation into capitalist spheres of influence, where contradictions emerge as groups attempt to maintain economic and cultural autonomy while being subordinated to capitalist relations of production. In this article we investigate the conceptual and political consequences of this process among Puerto Rican fishers. We find that fishers have appropriated the concepts of "class" and "therapy" from their participation in the formal economy and have adapted these concepts to the politics and semantics of artisanal fishing. C1 UNIV PUERTO RICO,RIO PIEDRAS,PR 00931. RP GRIFFITH, D (reprint author), E CAROLINA UNIV,GREENVILLE,NC 27834, USA. CR Algren deGutierrez E. A., 1987, MOVEMENT TEACHING EN BONILLA F, 1981, DAEDALUS, V110, P133 BONILLA F, 1985, AM NEW INT DIVISION, P177 Brandes S., 1975, MIGRATION KINSHIP CO CASTLES S, 1984, HERE GOOD W EUROPES Chayanov AV, 1966, THEORY PEASANT EC Collins Jane L, 1988, UNSEASONAL MIGRATION *CTR WOM EC ALT, 1989, ANN REP Dalton G., 1971, EC DEV SOCIAL CHANGE de Janvry A., 1983, AGRARIAN QUESTION RE DEERE CD, 1979, AM J AGR ECON, V61, P601, DOI 10.2307/1239907 EDWARDS RC, 1979, CONTESTED TERRAIN Friedland W. H., 1971, MIGRANT AGR WORKERS Frobel F., 1980, NEW INT DIVISION LAB GARCIA GM, 1988, COMPREHENSIVE PUERTO GMELCH G, 1980, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V9, P135, DOI 10.1146/annurev.an.09.100180.001031 GOMEZ AG, 1985, TOMO EXTRAORDINARIO, V3, P102 Gramsci A., 1971, SELECTIONS PRISON NO GRIFFITH D, 1984, STANFORD J INT LAW, V19, P357 GRIFFITH D, 1989, CITY SOC, V3, P74 GRIFFITH D, 1986, HUM ORGAN, V46, P34 GRIFFITH D, 1990, ASSESSING AVAILABILI GRIFFITH D, 1988, SOCIOECONOMIC ANAL R GRIFFITH D, 1990, IMPACT 1986 IMMIGRAT GRIFFITH DC, 1985, AM ETHNOL, V12, P676, DOI 10.1525/ae.1985.12.4.02a00050 GRIFFITH DC, 1983, THESIS U FLORIDA GAI GUTIERREZ JS, 1982, CARACTERISTICAS PERS HAGE D, 1989, NO RETREAT NO SURREN HERNANDEZ R, 1985, TOMO EXTRAORDINARIO, V3, P22 *INT LAB ORG, 1983, ENC OCC SAF, V2 *INT LAB ORG, 1983, ENC OCC SAF, V1 IRIZARRY RL, 1985, HOMINES REV CIENCIAS, V3, P163 Johnson J.C., 1990, SELECTING ETHNOGRAPH JOHNSON JC, IN PRESS FISHERY TRA Lamphere L., 1987, WORKING DAUGHTERS WO Levine Philip, 1988, WALK T JEFFERSON Lomnitz Larissa Adler, 1977, NETWORKS MARGINALITY MAGNARELLA P, 1979, PEASANT VENTURE MAIOLO J, 1981, MODERNIZATION MARINE MARIN LG, 1985, TOMO EXTRAORDINARIO, V3, P201 Marx K., 1967, CAPITAL, V1 Massey Douglas S., 1987, RETURN AZTLAN SOCIAL MELTZOFF S, 1988, APR MAR SOC SCI C MO MINTZ S, 1959, WORKER CANE PUERTO R MINTZ S, 1977, DIALECT ANTHROPOL, V2, P453 Mintz Sidney, 1985, SWEETNESS POWER PLAC NASH J, 1985, AM NEW INT DIVISION, P253 NASH J, 1983, WOMEN MEN NEW INT DI Nash June., 1979, WE EAT MINES MINES E Newman Katherine S., 1988, FALLING GRACE EXPERI *OCC SAF HLTH ADM, 1989, VIOL REP LEW PERD PL ONG A, 1988, AM ETHNOL, V15, P28, DOI 10.1525/ae.1988.15.1.02a00030 PIZZINI MV, 1985, THESIS STATE U NEW Y PIZZINI MV, 1990, PRAXIS DISCOURSE POL, V49, P164 PIZZINI MV, 1988, INVENTORY RECREATION Portes Alejandro, 1985, LATIN JOURNEY CUBAN PRATTS SJ, 1987, POLITICA SOCIAL PUER RADCLIFFE SA, 1990, INT MIGR REV, V24, P229, DOI 10.2307/2546550 REBEL H, 1989, AM ETHNOL, V16, P350, DOI 10.1525/ae.1989.16.2.02a00100 Redfield R, 1947, AM J SOCIOL, V52, P293, DOI 10.1086/220015 RICHARDSON B., 1983, CARIBBEAN MIGRANTS ROGERS E, 1969, MODERNIZING PEASANTS ROSEBERRY W, 1988, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V17, P161 Roseberry W, 1978, REV REV INTERAMERICA, V8, P26 Roseberry William, 1983, COFFEE CAPITALISM VE Sahlins Marshall, 1972, STONE AGE EC SANDERSON SE, 1985, AM NEW INT DIVISION Scott J., 1976, MORAL EC PEASANT Sider Gerald M., 1986, CULTURE CLASS ANTHR STEWARD JH, 1956, THEORY CULTURE CHANG Steward Julian H., 1956, PEOPLE PUERTO RICO Stoler Ann, 1985, CAPITALISM CONFRONTA Taussig Michael T., 1980, DEVIL COMMODITY FETI Tonnies F, 1955, COMMUNITY ASS *US DEP LAB, 1987, OCC INJ ILLN IND WESSMAN J, 1977, DIALECT ANTHROPOL, V1, P223 Williams R., 1977, MARXISM LIT WOLF ER, 1969, PEASANT WARS 20TH CE Wolf Eric, 1982, EUROPE PEOPLE HIST NR 79 TC 5 Z9 5 U1 0 U2 4 PU AMER ANTHROPOLOGICAL ASSOC PI ARLINGTON PA 4350 NORTH FAIRFAX DRIVE SUITE 640, ARLINGTON, VA 22203 SN 0094-0496 J9 AM ETHNOL JI Am. Ethnol. PD FEB PY 1992 VL 19 IS 1 BP 53 EP 74 DI 10.1525/ae.1992.19.1.02a00040 PG 22 WC Anthropology SC Anthropology GA HE613 UT WOS:A1992HE61300004 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU ACHARYA, A AF ACHARYA, A TI REGIONAL MILITARY SECURITY COOPERATION IN THE THIRD-WORLD - A CONCEPTUAL ANALYSIS OF THE RELEVANCE AND LIMITATIONS OF ASEAN (ASSOCIATION-OF-SOUTHEAST-ASIAN-NATIONS) SO JOURNAL OF PEACE RESEARCH LA English DT Article AB In the Third World, regional military-security cooperation has evolved through three frameworks. The advent of the Cold War saw the emergence of two competing frameworks, one of which may be termed 'autonomous' and the other, 'hegemonic'. A review of these frameworks and their practical manifestations points to some important lessons concerning the limitations of regional military-security cooperation in the Third World. By using these lessons as a conceptual framework, the paper analyses the role of ASEAN, which the paper finds as a third framework in the evolutionary adaptation of regional military-security cooperation in the Third World. Within this framework, the four main criteria of evaluation applied to ASEAN are: (1) ASEAN's role in intra-member conflict resolution, (2) the structure of military-security cooperation within ASEAN, (3) the types of military-security cooperation undertaken by the ASEAN members, and (4) the conflict between ASEAN's professed aspirations for regional autonomy versus the need felt by its members for great power security guarantees. On the basis of such an evaluation, the paper establishes the major features and limitations of ASEAN and examines whether these are similar to some other contemporary subregional groupings in the Third World groupings. RP ACHARYA, A (reprint author), NATL UNIV SINGAPORE,DEPT POLIT SCI,SINGAPORE 0511,SINGAPORE. CR ACHARYA A, 1988, CONT SE ASIA, V10, P242 ACHARYA A, 1990, MAR S SEC DIL NAT SE ACHARYA A, 1991, 1989 CAMB PAR PEAC C Acharya Amitav, 1990, SURVEY MILITARY COOP ALI M, 1990, ISIS FOCUS JAN, P35 AYOOB M, 1986, REGIONAL SECURITY 3R, P2 Azar E. E., 1988, NATL SECURITY 3 WORL, P1 Azar Edward, 1988, NATL SECURITY 3 WORL, P14 Boutros-Ghali B., 1975, ORG AFRICAN UNITY 10, P47 BRECHER M, 1973, REGIONAL POLITICS WO, P369 BROWN LH, 1986, SURVIVAL, V28, P208 CHAN HC, 1980, JUN INT C IND PROBL, P19 Clapham Christopher., 1985, 3 WORLD POLITICS Deutsch K. W., 1957, POLITICAL COMMUNITY DJIWANDONO JS, 1988, 1985 PAC REG SEC PAC DJIWANDONO JS, 1983, INDONESIAN Q, V11, P19 DOWDY WL, 1989, MAR INT STUD ASS CON ETZIONI M, 1970, MAJORITY ONE THEORY FELDMAN S, 1981, ADELPHI PAP, V167, P34 FROST F, 1980, WORLD REV, V19, P5 GARCIA R, 1986, POINTER J SINGAPORE, V12, P3 GORDON B, 1976, ASIAN FORUM, V8, P62 Guazzone Laura, 1988, SURVIVAL, V30, P134 GUPTA S, 1977, FOREIGN AFFAIRS REPO, V17 HAMZAH BA, 1983, ASIA PAC COMMUN, P33 Handel Michael, 1981, WEAK STATES INT SYST HASHIM MA, 1990, ISIS FOCUS, P35 HUXLEY T, 1985, CANBERRA STUDIES WOR, V17 HUXLEY T, 1990, ASEAUK NEWS SPR, P33 IMOBIGHE TA, 1980, AFR AFFAIRS, V79, P241, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.afraf.a097208 ISPAHANI MZ, 1984, INT SECURITY, V8, P152, DOI 10.2307/2538567 Jorgensen-Dahl A., 1982, REGIONAL ORG ORDER S JORGENSENDAHL A, 1980, WORLD REV, V19, P55 LAU TS, CONFLICT RESOLUTION Leifer M, 1989, ASEAN SECURITY SE AS Lenczowski G., 1980, MIDDLE E WORLD AFFAI LEWIS GP, 1986, MILLENIUM J INT STUD, V15, P167 LISKA G, 1973, REGIONAL POLITICS WO, P232 Liska George, 1968, ALLIANCES 3 WORLD LUCKHAM R, 1985, SIPRI YB 1985 MACDONALD RW, 1986, DIRECTIONS GREATER D Malik Adam, 1975, REGIONALISM SE ASIA, P157 Menon K. U., 1988, CONTEMP SE ASIA, V10, P306 MEYERS B, 1975, ORG AFRIACN UNITY 10, P118 MILLER LH, 1973, REGIONAL POLITICS WO, P50 NOR AR, 1989, MAR C GREAT MIL SEC Nye J. S., 1971, PEACE PARTS INTEGRAT PALMER RD, 1987, WASHINGTON PAPES, V127 PANIKKAR KM, 1946, REGIONALISM SECURITY, P3 PARIBATRA S, 1986, REGIONAL SECURITY 3R, P57 PATHMANATHAN M, 1978, PACIFIC SETTLEMENT D Ramazani Rouhollah K., 1966, NO TIER AFGHANISTAN SAID ME, 1986, REGIONAL SECURITY 3R, P254 SESAY A, 1989, 30TH ANN CONV INT ST SHAFIE G, 1982, ASIAN DEFENCE J FEB, P30 SHAFIE G, 1975, REGIONALISM SE ASIA, P17 SIMMONS DA, 1985, INT J, V40, P348, DOI 10.2307/40202263 Simon Sheldon W., 1982, ASEAN STATES REGIONA SIMON SW, 1978, ORBIS-J WORLD AFF, V22, P415 SOPIEE N, 1983, DEC C US JAP SE AS I Sopiee Noordin, 1986, REGIONAL SECURITY 3R, P221 THONGSWASDI T, 1979, THESIS CLAREMONT GRA WANANDI J, 1984, ASEAN SECURITY EC DE, P297 WEATHERBEE D, 1984, ASEAN SECURITY EC DE, P259 WEINSTEIN FB, 1978, B ATOM SCI, V34, P20, DOI 10.1080/00963402.1978.11458554 Wilson Dick, 1975, NEUTRALISATION SE AS YALEM R, 1973, REGIONAL POLITICS WO, P218 YOUNG PL, 1989, MAR C GREAT MIL SEC NR 68 TC 11 Z9 11 U1 0 U2 0 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 6 BONHILL STREET, LONDON, ENGLAND EC2A 4PU SN 0022-3433 J9 J PEACE RES JI J. Peace Res. PD FEB PY 1992 VL 29 IS 1 BP 7 EP 21 DI 10.1177/0022343392029001002 PG 15 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA HC706 UT WOS:A1992HC70600002 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU KLUTER, H AF KLUTER, H TI REGIONAL AUTONOMY OR EMIGRATION - THE SITUATION OF THE GERMANS IN SIBERIA SO GEOGRAPHISCHE ZEITSCHRIFT LA German DT Article AB South-west Siberia is both one of the most prosperous regions and also the one with the largest ethnic German population in Russia. The people of German descent constitute up to 4.3 % of the population, according to the entries in their passports they make up only 2.4 % (= 371.399 persons; 1989). As their numbers are not equally spread over the whole region, there are rural areas that are completely characterised by Germans. In the German National districts of Altay and oblast' Omsk they make up 84 or 63 % of the population (1989). There are also villages outside these districts in which ethnic Germans predominate and as a rule these settlements tend to be richer than the surrounding areas of a more Russian nature. Irrespective of the relatively high living standard and the comparatively secure situation in economic and political terms, the ethnic Germans continue to emigrate to the Federal Republic of Germany. The main reasons are to be found not only in Russia (economic crisis, repression of ethnic Germans by stalinism), but also within Germany itself. According to law the word ''Aussiedler'' is concerned to people of German descent that emigrated from regions of discrimination (i. e. Central Asia, South-Kazakhstan). However the German bureaucracy (Bundesverwaltungsamt, Bundesinnenministerium) has hitherto pursued this policy exclusively on criteria pertaining to relatives and culture. Each ethnic German who emigrated from former USSR to Germany can invite his/her relatives to stay free of charge, independent of the political and economic conditions prevailing in the areas where the invited guests were living. More than one third of them were living in CIS-states without any discrimination. The economic damage suffered by South-west Siberia on account of this kind of undifferentiated drain of workers and specialists can be estimated at billions and puts whole economic areas in jeopardy. For example ethnic Germans make an essential contribution to the agricultural production in the Altay region. Altay is, in turn, the major Russian food supplier east of the Urals. If the Germans continue to leave on the scale practised thus far then a severe supply crisis in the Asian part of Russia is inevitable. The Russian local administrations have met the ethnic Germans' demands for territorial autonomy in two ''experimental'' autonomous districts and are prepared to support further schemes. A precondition is that the Federal Republic refrains from ''pulling'' the Germans over and revises the so-called ''humanitarian'' aid and the ''one-time only measures'' that are susceptible to corruption, supplementing them by genuine investments and institutional measures. First and foremost this includes opening a consulate, a trade agency, founding a Siberian-German bank and a Siberian-German university and special support for well-qualified people whose knowledge and skills are vital for a continuation of the ethnic Germans' economy and culture In addition an improvement of information and culture exchange, als well as co-operation in regional structure programmes have to be effected, so that Russians and ethnic Germans can secure the present living areas currently occupied by Germans and can make them attractive to refugees and emigres from Central Asia and Kazakhstan who might be interested in settling there. C1 UNIV GIESSEN,INST GEOG,W-6300 GIESSEN,GERMANY. CR BERNHARD J, 1992, NOVOE VREMJA, P1 Dietz Barbara, 1992, RUSSLANDDEUTSCHE UNB DUBROVIN AP, 1992, VORSCHLATGE MASSNAHM HILKES P, 1992, VEROFFENTLICHUNGEN H, V5 KLAUBE M, 1991, SCHRIFTENREIHE KOMMI, V57 KLUTER H, 1991, STUDIEN WIRTSCHAFTSG KLUTER H, 1992, RUSSLANDDEUTSCHEN LA LOGINOV AN, 1988, PROBLEMY PERSPEKTIVY MELNIKOV AN, 1990, SVODNYJ ANALITICESKI MESCERKINA E, 1992, MOSKAU NEWS, P6 MOROZOVA GF, 1992, SOTSIOL ISSLED+, P34 SCHNEIDER F, 1992, NOVOE VREMJA, P8 STUMPP K, 1964, HEIMATBUCH DTSCH RUS, P38 WARKENTIN J, 1992, RUSSLANDDEUTSCHE WOH ZIELKE R, 1992, UNPUB ZAMECANIJA PRE 1990, NARODNOE CHOZJAJSTVO NR 16 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU FRANZ STEINER VERLAG GMBH PI STUTTGART 10 PA BIRKENWALDSTRABE 44, D-7000 STUTTGART 10, GERMANY SN 0016-7479 J9 GEOGR Z JI Geogr. Z. PY 1992 VL 80 IS 3 BP 139 EP 148 PG 10 WC Geography SC Geography GA KJ248 UT WOS:A1992KJ24800001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU DRUMMOND, J AF DRUMMOND, J TI THE DEMISE OF TERRITORIAL APARTHEID - RE-INCORPORATING THE BANTUSTANS IN A NEW SOUTH-AFRICA SO TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ECONOMISCHE EN SOCIALE GEOGRAFIE LA English DT Article AB In the context of a changing South Africa, one of the important issues to be addressed is the re-incorporation of the Bantustans. The nature of re-incorporation will depend on the political struggles waged over the trajectory of the transition to a post-apartheid South Africa. The question of whether the post-apartheid state is constructed on a unitary or federal basis will be crucial. This paper explores the debates and scenarios pertaining to the demise of territorial apartheid and the construction of the political map of a 'new' South Africa. In particular the efforts of Bophuthatswana to maintain some kind of regional autonomy are examined. C1 UNIV BOPHUTHATSWANA,DEPT GEOG,MMABATHO 8681,SOUTH AFRICA. RP DRUMMOND, J (reprint author), UNIV WITWATERSRAND,DEPT GEOG,JOHANNESBURG 2050,SOUTH AFRICA. CR ASMAL K, 1990, OCT C CONST ISS FREE DAPHNE P, 1990, NEW GROUND, V2, P8 DAPHNE P, 1992, IN PRESS S AFRICAN R, V6 DECLERCQ F, 1991, WORK PROGR, V74, P17 DRUMMOND J, 1991, GEOGRAPHY OF BORDER LANDSCAPES, P217 DRUMMOND J, 1991, GEOGRAPHY, V76, P369 Drummond J. H., 1990, Geojournal, V22, P335, DOI 10.1007/BF00711346 DRUMMOND JH, 1991, HOMES APART S AFRICA, P162 DUPISANIE JA, 1991, 1991 FOR MMAB LEWIS J, 1990, INDIANA LAW J, V11, P241 Rogerson C. M., 1990, Geojournal, V22, P345, DOI 10.1007/BF00711347 ROGERSON CM, 1991, STATE SPATIAL MANAGE, P183 ROODT JJ, 1984, S AFRICAN REV 2, P327 ROODT JJ, 1988, FREEHOLD OPTIONS LAN, P241 *S A NAT C, 1991, CONST PRINC STRUCT D SEETHAL C, 1991, POLIT GEOGR QUART, V10, P8, DOI 10.1016/0260-9827(91)90024-O SEGAR J, 1989, CRITICAL STUDIES AFR, V2 SOUTHALL R, 1990, J MOD AFR STUD, V28, P487, DOI 10.1017/S0022278X00054665 WOLPE H, 1972, ECON SOC, V1, P425, DOI 10.1080/03085147200000023 NR 19 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 0 U2 0 PU ROYAL DUTCH GEOGRAPH SOC-KNAG PI UTRECHT PA PO BOX 80123, PUBLICATIONS DEPT, 3508 TC UTRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0040-747X J9 TIJDSCHR ECON SOC GE JI Tijdschr. Econ. Soc. Geogr. PY 1991 VL 82 IS 5 BP 338 EP 344 DI 10.1111/j.1467-9663.1991.tb00797.x PG 7 WC Economics; Geography SC Business & Economics; Geography GA HV021 UT WOS:A1991HV02100003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU LEPOWSKY, M AF LEPOWSKY, M TI BIG MEN, BIG WOMEN, AND CULTURAL AUTONOMY SO ETHNOLOGY LA English DT Article RP LEPOWSKY, M (reprint author), UNIV WISCONSIN,MADISON,WI 53706, USA. CR AFFLECK D, 1983, J PAC HIST, V23, P57 Armstrong W.E., 1928, ROSSEL ISLAND ETHNOL Battaglia D.B., 1983, KULA NEW PERSPECTIVE, P445 BERDE S, 1974, THESIS U PENNSYLVANI Bevan T.F, 1890, TOIL TRAVEL DISCOVER BROWN P, 1987, ETHNOLOGY, V26, P87, DOI 10.2307/3773448 BROWN P, 1979, J PAC HIST, V14, P100, DOI 10.1080/00223347908572368 BRUNTON R, 1975, MAN, V10, P544, DOI 10.2307/2800132 CHOWNING A, 1979, J PAC HIST, V14, P66, DOI 10.1080/00223347908572366 CHOWNING A, 1973, ADDISONWESLEY MODULE, V38 DAMON F, 1989, DEATH LIFE SOC KULA DAMON FH, 1980, MAN, V15, P267, DOI 10.2307/2801671 Forge A., 1970, WITCHCRAFT CONFESSIO, P257 Fortune Reo, 1963, SORCERERS DOBU SOCIA Godelier M, 1986, MAKING GREAT MEN Haddon A.C., 1894, DECORATIVE ART BRIT Hamy ET, 1888, REV ETHNOGR, V7, P503 Huxley J., 1935, TH HUXLEYS DIARY VOY Leach J.W., 1983, KULA NEW PERSPECTIVE LEACOCK E, 1978, CURR ANTHROPOL, V19, P247, DOI 10.1086/202074 LEDERMAN R, 1990, ETHNOLOGY, V29, P3, DOI 10.2307/3773478 Lederman R., 1986, WHAT GIFTS ENGENDER Lepowski M., 1983, KULA NEW PERSPECTIVE, P467 LEPOWSKY M, 1990, SOCIAL SCI MED APR LEPOWSKY M, 1981, THESIS U CALIFORNIA LEPOWSKY M., 1989, PACIFIC THEATER ISLA, P205 Lepowsky M., 1990, 2 SEX NEW DIRECTIONS, P171 LEPOWSKY M, KULA RESILIENCE CULT Lepowsky M, 1989, DEATH RITUALS LIFE S, P199 MacGillivray John., 1852, NARRATIVE VOYAGE HMS MACINTYRE M, 1983, J PAC HIST, V18, P11, DOI 10.1080/00223348308572456 Macintyre Martha, 1987, DEALING INEQUALITY A, P207 Malinowski B., 1922, ARGONAUTS W PACIFIC Malinowski Bronislaw, 1935, CORAL GARDENS THEIR Malinowski Bronislaw, 1929, SEXUAL LIFE SAVAGES POWELL HA, 1969, MAN, V4, P580, DOI 10.2307/2798197 POWELL HA, 1960, J ROYAL ANTHR I, V90, P118 Sahlins M., 1989, CURR ANTHROPOL, V30, P36 SAHLINS MD, 1963, COMP STUD SOC HIST, V5, P285, DOI 10.1017/S0010417500001729 Scoditti G. M. G., 1983, KULA NEW PERSPECTIVE, P249 Seligman C, 1910, MELANESIANS BRIT NEW Seligmann CG, 1909, J R ANTHROPOL INST G, V39, P314, DOI 10.2307/2843208 Seligmann CG, 1909, J R ANTHROPOL INST G, V39, P246, DOI 10.2307/2843295 STANLEY O, 1849, UNPUB Stephen Michele, 1987, SORCERER WITCH MELAN, P41 STRATHERN A, 1987, ETHNOLOGY, V26, P245, DOI 10.2307/3773590 Strathern A., 1971, ROPE MOKA BIG MEN CE THOMAS N, 1989, CURR ANTHROPOL, V30, P27, DOI 10.1086/203707 UBEROI JPS, 1971, POLITICS KULA RING Weiner A, 1976, WOMEN VALUE MEN RENO Young M. W., 1971, FIGHTING FOOD LEADER NR 51 TC 13 Z9 13 U1 0 U2 0 PU UNIV PITTSBURGH PI PITTSBURGH PA DEPT ANTHROPOLOGY, PITTSBURGH, PA 15260 SN 0014-1828 J9 ETHNOLOGY JI Ethnology PD JAN PY 1990 VL 29 IS 1 BP 35 EP 50 DI 10.2307/3773480 PG 16 WC Anthropology SC Anthropology GA CN504 UT WOS:A1990CN50400003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU REMINGTON, TF AF REMINGTON, TF TI RENEGOTIATING SOVIET FEDERALISM - GLASNOST AND REGIONAL AUTONOMY SO PUBLIUS-THE JOURNAL OF FEDERALISM LA English DT Article RP REMINGTON, TF (reprint author), EMORY UNIV,POLIT SCI,ATLANTA,GA 30322, USA. CR ADAMOVICH A, 1988, NOVYI MIR, P164 ALISKEROV MN, 1989, SOVETSKOE GOSUDARSTV, P30 BAHRY D, 1989, HARRIMAN I FORUM MAY KOROTEEVA VV, 1988, KOMMUNIST, P22 LAPIDUS GW, 1989, POLITICS SOC NATIONA, P123 NAHAYLO B, 1989, REPORT USSR, V1, P18 REMINGTON TF, 1985, PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM, V15, P113 REMINGTON TF, IN PRESS RUSSIAN REV SHEEHY A, 1989, RL REPORT USSR, V1, P19 1989, RADIO LIBERTY REPORT, V1 NR 10 TC 5 Z9 5 U1 0 U2 0 PU PUBLIUS-JNL OF FEDERALISM PI EASTON PA MEYNER CTR STATE/LOCAL GOVT 16 KIRBY HALL CIV RIGHTS LAFAYETTE COLLEGE, EASTON, PA 18042-1785 SN 0048-5950 J9 PUBLIUS J FEDERALISM JI Publius-J. Fed. PD SUM PY 1989 VL 19 IS 3 BP 145 EP 165 PG 21 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA AN945 UT WOS:A1989AN94500009 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU MARCUM, JA AF MARCUM, JA TI POWER-SHARING IN SOUTH-AFRICA - LIJPHART,A SO AMERICAN POLITICAL SCIENCE REVIEW LA English DT Book Review CR Lijphart Arend, 1985, POWER SHARING S AFRI NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU AMER POLITICAL SCIENCE ASSOC PI WASHINGTON PA 1527 NEW HAMPSHIRE N W, WASHINGTON, DC 20036 SN 0003-0554 J9 AM POLIT SCI REV JI Am. Polit. Sci. Rev. PD SEP PY 1988 VL 82 IS 3 BP 1024 EP 1025 DI 10.2307/1962544 PG 2 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA Q2370 UT WOS:A1988Q237000068 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU MARTIN, P AF MARTIN, P TI ONE MARKET, 2 SOCIETIES, PT 1, FREE-EXCHANGE AND POLITICAL AUTONOMY - FRENCH - DEBLOCK,C, COUTURE,M SO CANADIAN JOURNAL OF POLITICAL SCIENCE-REVUE CANADIENNE DE SCIENCE POLITIQUE LA French DT Book Review RP MARTIN, P (reprint author), NORTHWESTERN UNIV,EVANSTON,IL 60201, USA. CR DEBLOCK C, 1987, UN MARCHE 2 SOC 1 NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU WILFRID LAURIER UNIV PRESS PI WATERLOO ONTARIO PA 75 UNIVERSITY AVENUE WEST, WATERLOO ONTARIO N2L 3C5, CANADA SN 0008-4239 J9 CAN J POLIT SCI JI Can. J. Polit. Sci.-Rev. Can. Sci. Polit. PD SEP PY 1988 VL 21 IS 3 BP 661 EP 664 PG 4 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA Q2614 UT WOS:A1988Q261400052 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU MCGARRY, J AF MCGARRY, J TI THE ANGLO-IRISH AGREEMENT AND THE PROSPECTS FOR POWER SHARING IN NORTHERN-IRELAND SO POLITICAL QUARTERLY LA English DT Article RP MCGARRY, J (reprint author), UNIV WESTERN ONTARIO,COMPARAT POLIT,LONDON N6A 3K7,ONTARIO,CANADA. CR [Anonymous], 1975, GOVT NO IRELAND SOC [Anonymous], 1985, ANGLOIRISH AGREEMENT BARRY B, 1975, BRIT J POLITICAL SCI, P502 BARRY B, 1975, EUROPEAN J POLITICAL, V3, P410 CONNOLLY M, 1986, GOVT OPPOSITION, V21, P152 HMSO, 1975, NO IRELAND CONSTITUT LIJPHART A, 1985, POLICY PAPERS INT AF, V24, P119 LIJPHART A, 1977, DEMOCRACY PLURAL SOC, P56 LIJPHART A, 1975, BRIT J POLITICAL SCI, V5, P100 PAPPALARDO A, 1981, EUROPEAN J POLITICAL, V9, P367 Ulster Political Research Group, 1987, COMM SENS NO IR AGR, P1 *UN TASK FORC, 1987, END DRIFT, P4 NR 12 TC 6 Z9 6 U1 0 U2 0 PU BLACKWELL PUBL LTD PI OXFORD PA 108 COWLEY RD, OXFORD, OXON, ENGLAND OX4 1JF SN 0032-3179 J9 POLIT QUART JI Polit. Q. PD APR-JUN PY 1988 VL 59 IS 2 BP 236 EP 250 DI 10.1111/j.1467-923X.1988.tb02395.x PG 15 WC Political Science SC Government & Law GA N4659 UT WOS:A1988N465900009 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU ORTIZ, RD AF ORTIZ, RD TI INDIGENOUS RIGHTS AND REGIONAL AUTONOMY IN REVOLUTIONARY NICARAGUA SO LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES LA English DT Article CR BOURGOIS P, 1981, LATIN AM PERSPECTIVE, V29, P22 BURSTEIN JN, 1982, J INT AFF, V36, P155 Craton Michael, 1982, TESTING CHAINS *CTR DOC COST ATL, 1981, DEM ATL COAST DAVIDSON WV, 1976, FRONTIER ADAPTATIONS DENNIS PA, 1981, J INTERAM STUD WORLD, V23, P271, DOI 10.2307/165548 DIAZPOLANCO H, 1986, NICARAGUA AUTONOMIA DISKIN M, 1986, LASA FORUM, V17, P1 DOZIER CL, 1985, NICARAGUAS MOSQUITO Dunbar Ortiz R., 1986, CUESTION MISKITA REV Floyd Troy S., 1967, ANGLOSPANISH STRUGGL FONSECA C, 1984, VIVA SANDINO GUNMUNDER A, 1982, J INT AFFAIRS, V26, P113 GUNMUNDER A, 1982, GERMAN YB INT LAW, V25, P290 HANNUM H, 1980, AM J INT LAW, V74, P858, DOI 10.2307/2201026 Helms MW., 1971, ASANG ADAPTATIONS CU JENKINS J, 1986, DESAFIO INDIGENA NIC KARNES T, 1978, STANDARD FRUIT STEAM LEMOYNE J, 1986, NY TIMES 0402 MACAULAY N, 1980, SANDINO AFFAIR MCDONALD T, 1980, CULTURAL SURVIVAL Q, V16, P3 Neitschmann B., 1973, LAND WATER SUBSISTEN *NICAR AUT COMM, 1985, PRINC POL EX RIGHT A OMANG J, 1986, WASHINGTON POST 0408 Ortiz R. D., 1984, INDIANS AM HUMAN RIG ORTIZ RD, 1982, NICARAGUAN PERSPECTI, V3 Ortiz Roxanne Dunbar, 1980, ROOTS RESISTANCE LAN SANDERS DE, 1977, 29 INT WORK GROUP IN Selser Gregorio, 1981, SANDINO TAYLOR D, 1951, BLACK CARIB BRIT HON NR 30 TC 5 Z9 5 U1 0 U2 0 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS INC PI THOUSAND OAKS PA 2455 TELLER RD, THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91320 SN 0094-582X J9 LAT AM PERSPECT JI Lat. Am. Perspect. PD WIN PY 1987 VL 14 IS 1 BP 43 EP 66 DI 10.1177/0094582X8701400103 PG 24 WC Area Studies; Political Science SC Area Studies; Government & Law GA G6530 UT WOS:A1987G653000003 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU REMINGTON, RA AF REMINGTON, RA TI SOVIET INFLUENCE IN EASTERN-EUROPE - POLITICAL AUTONOMY AND THE WARSAW-PACT - JONES,CD SO PROBLEMS OF COMMUNISM LA English DT Book Review CR Jones C. D., 1981, SOVIET INFLUENCE E E NR 1 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 1 PU US GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE PI WASHINGTON PA SUPT OF DOCUMENTS, WASHINGTON, DC 20402-9325 SN 0032-941X J9 PROBL COMMUNISM PD MAR-APR PY 1987 VL 36 IS 2 BP 69 EP 80 PG 12 WC Economics; Political Science SC Business & Economics; Government & Law GA H9282 UT WOS:A1987H928200012 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU MEENTZEN, H AF MEENTZEN, H TI POWER-SHARING IN SOUTH-AFRICA - LIJPHART,A SO AUSSEN POLITIK LA English DT Book Review CR Lijphart Arend, 1985, POWER SHARING S AFRI NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU INTERPRESS VERLAG GMBH PI HAMBURG 76 PA HARTWICUSSTRASSE 3-4, W-2000 HAMBURG 76, GERMANY SN 0587-3835 J9 AUSSEN POLIT JI Aussen Polit. PY 1987 VL 38 IS 4 BP 407 EP 408 PG 2 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA K7352 UT WOS:A1987K735200013 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU LAITIN, DD AF LAITIN, DD TI POWER-SHARING IN SOUTH-AFRICA - LIJPHART,A SO WORLD POLITICS LA English DT Book Review CR Lijphart Arend, 1985, POWER SHARING S AFRI NR 1 TC 4 Z9 4 U1 0 U2 0 PU PRINCETON UNIV PRESS PI LAWRENCEVILLE PA 3175 PRINCETON PIKE, LAWRENCEVILLE, NJ 08648 SN 0043-8871 J9 WORLD POLIT JI World Polit. PD JAN PY 1987 VL 39 IS 2 BP 258 EP 279 DI 10.2307/2010442 PG 22 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA G0716 UT WOS:A1987G071600006 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU GOLDING, P AF GOLDING, P TI CULTURAL AUTONOMY IN GLOBAL COMMUNICATIONS - HAMELINK,C SO CONTEMPORARY SOCIOLOGY-A JOURNAL OF REVIEWS LA English DT Book Review RP GOLDING, P (reprint author), UNIV LEICESTER,LEICESTER LE1 7RH,ENGLAND. CR Hamelink Cees J, 1983, CULTURAL AUTONOMY GL NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU AMER SOCIOLOGICAL ASSOC PI WASHINGTON PA 1722 N ST NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20036-2981 SN 0094-3061 J9 CONTEMP SOCIOL JI Contemp. Sociol.-J. Rev. PY 1984 VL 13 IS 5 BP 599 EP 600 DI 10.2307/2067939 PG 2 WC Sociology SC Sociology GA TE555 UT WOS:A1984TE55500057 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU BACHMAIER, P AF BACHMAIER, P TI ASSIMILATION OR CULTURAL AUTONOMY - THE EDUCATION SYSTEM OF THE NATIONAL MINORITIES IN BULGARIA AFTER SEPTEMBER 9, 1944 SO OSTERREICHISCHE OSTHEFTE LA German DT Article C1 OSTERREICH OST & SUDOSTEUROPA INST,WIEN,AUSTRIA. CR ALCALAY O, 1968, EUROPEAN JUDAISM, P31 DIMITROV I, 1981, KRATKA ISTORIJA BALG, P221 GIRARD A, 1933, MINORITES NATIONALES, P92 HEPOYAN PG, 1947, MINISTER VOLKSBILDUN HEPOYAN PG, 1978, UNPUB KLOSTERARCHIV, V1, P12 ISRAEL S, 1971, ANN SOCIAL CULTURAL, V6, P112 MAJER I, 1967, GODIOU6SNIK SOFIJA, V2, P127 MANAFOVA R, 1980, PROUCVANIJA ZA ISTOR, P56 MORDECHAI J, 1968, GODISNIK SOFIJA, V3, P25 Oschlies W, 1976, BULGARIEN LAND OHNE PAPAZIAN L, 1973, UNPUB MECHITHARISTEN, P32 RACEV S, PROUCVANIJA, P187 YEREVAN, 1944, ORGAN PROGR ORG ARME, V1 1947, UCITELSKA BORBA, V3 1949, STATISTIKA OBRAZOVAN, P8 1948, UCITELSKA BORBA, V4 1947, UCITELSKA BORBA 1980, PROUCVANIJA ZA ISTOR NR 18 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU VERLAG TYPOGRAPHISCHE ANSTALT PI WEIN XV PA WITZELSBERGERGASSE 26-28, A-1152 WEIN XV, AUSTRIA SN 0029-9375 J9 OSTERR OSTHEFTE PY 1984 VL 26 IS 2 BP 391 EP 404 PG 14 WC Area Studies SC Area Studies GA A0667 UT WOS:A1984A066700020 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU ALLOTT, P AF ALLOTT, P TI POWER SHARING IN THE LAW OF THE SEA SO AMERICAN JOURNAL OF INTERNATIONAL LAW LA English DT Article C1 UNIV CAMBRIDGE TRINITY COLL, CAMBRIDGE CB2 1TQ, ENGLAND. CR ADEDE, 1978, AJIL, V72, P84 ADEDE, 1977, AJIL, V71, P305 ARISTOTLE, POLITICS, P10 Barthes R., 1972, MYTHOLOGIES Bauman Z., 1978, HERMENEUTICS SOCIAL BLECHER MD, 1979, AM J INT LAW, V73, P60, DOI 10.2307/2201298 BOWETT, 1978, BRIT YB INT L, V49, P1 BUZAN B, 1981, AM J INT LAW, V75, P324, DOI 10.2307/2201255 CASSON, 1974, ANNUAIRE FRANCAIS DR, P456 COLSON, 1978, AJIL, V72, P95 COLSON, 1979, AJIL, V73, P112 FRIEDMANN W, 1970, AM J INT LAW, V64, P229, DOI 10.2307/2198663 GRISEL, 1970, AJIL, V64, P562 Hohfeld WN, 1913, YALE LAW J, V23, P16, DOI 10.2307/785533 JAKOBSON, 1960, STYLE LANGUAGE JENKS, 1965, CAMBRIDGE ESSAYS INT, P48 Kelsen Hans, 1945, GEN THEORY LAW STATE, P135 KOCOUREK A, 1928, JURAL RELATIONS, P16 KOCOUREK A, 1927, JURAL RELATIONS Levi-Strauss C., 1964, MYTHOLOGIQUES Levi-Strauss Claude, 1963, TOTEMISM LOVEDAY P, 1962, GROUPS THEORY PRACTI Makkreel Rudolf, 1975, DILTHEY PHILOS HUMAN Mannheim Karl, 1936, IDEOLOGY UTOPIA MARX K, 1964, GERMAN IDEOLOGY MCRAE, 1977, CAN YB INT L, V15, P173 MILL JS, 1843, SYSTEM LOGIC, V2, P536 Oakeshott Michael, 1962, RATIONALISM POLITICS OXMAN, 1980, AJIL, V74, P19 OXMAN, 1981, AJIL, V75, P227 OXMAN BH, 1981, AM J INT LAW, V75, P211, DOI 10.2307/2201252 OXMAN BH, 1980, AM J INT LAW, V74, P1, DOI 10.2307/2200903 PAPADAKIS N, 1980, INT LAW SEA BIBLIO, P116 PLAMENATZ J, 1973, ASPECTS SOCIOLOGY, pCH12 PLAMENATZ J, 1971, IDEOLOGY POPPER K, 1966, OPEN SOC ITS ENEMIES, V1, P173 POUND, 1937, HARVARD LAW REV, V50, P571 POUND, 1937, HARVARD LAW REV, V50, P557 QUENEUDEC, 1979, REV GENERALE DROIT I, V83, P53 RHEE, 1981, AJIL, V75, P590 RICOEUR P, 1974, CONFLICT INTERPRETAT, P13 ROSENNE, 1979, AJIL, V73, P89 ROUSSEAU JJ, 1913, SOCIAL CONTRACT, P192 SARTRE JP, 1960, CRITIQUE RAISON DIAL, pCH2 SILLS, 1968, INT ENCYCL SOC SCI, V12, P241 Smith Adam, 1976, INQUIRY NATURE CAUSE, P456 SOHN, 1975, AJIL, V69, P333 SOHN, 1975, AJIL, V69, P310 SUMNER C, 1979, READING IDEOLOGIES Truman D.B., 1951, GOVT PROCESS POLITIC *UK GOV, 1978, CMND7438 *US DEP STAT OFF G, LIM SEAS VIGNES, 1975, AJIL, V69, P119 VONLEIBNIZ GW, 1704, NEW ESSAYS UNDERSTAN Wilson E.O., 1975, P1 Wilson E. O., 1978, HUMAN NATURE 1976, BIOSCIENCE MAR, P189 1976, BIOSCIENCE MAR, P183 INT ENCY SOCIAL SCI, V7, P486 NR 59 TC 28 Z9 28 U1 0 U2 0 PU CAMBRIDGE UNIV PRESS PI NEW YORK PA 32 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS, NEW YORK, NY 10013-2473 USA SN 0002-9300 EI 2161-7953 J9 AM J INT LAW JI Am. J. Int. Law PY 1983 VL 77 IS 1 BP 1 EP 30 DI 10.2307/2201196 PG 30 WC International Relations; Law SC International Relations; Government & Law GA QE305 UT WOS:A1983QE30500001 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU FISCHER, ME AF FISCHER, ME TI SOVIET INFLUENCE IN EASTERN-EUROPE - POLITICAL AUTONOMY AND THE WARSAW PACT - JONES,CD SO BULLETIN OF THE ATOMIC SCIENTISTS LA English DT Book Review CR JONES CD, SOVIET INFLUENCE E E NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU EDUC FOUNDATION NUCLEAR SCI PI CHICAGO PA 6042 SOUTH KIMBARK, CHICAGO, IL 60637 SN 0096-3402 J9 B ATOM SCI JI Bull. Atom. Scient. PY 1983 VL 39 IS 1 BP 31 EP 33 PG 3 WC International Relations; Social Issues SC International Relations; Social Issues GA PW148 UT WOS:A1983PW14800011 DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU STORY, J AF STORY, J TI WESTERN EUROPEAN-POLITICS AND THE DOLLAR - NATIONAL DEPENDENCY VERSUS REGIONAL AUTONOMY SO ETUDES INTERNATIONALES LA French DT Article RP STORY, J (reprint author), INST EUROPEEN ADM AFFAIRES,FONTAINEBLEAU,FRANCE. CR AHMAD F, 1977, TURKISH EXPT DEMOCRA, P124 ARTER D, 1981, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V4, P219 Arter D., 1979, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V2, P108 AXELL B, 1979, M FRIEDMAN EKONOMIEP *BANQ REGL INT, 1983, CINQ TROIS RAPP ANN, P129 *BANQ REGL INT, 1980, CINQ RAPP ANN, P52 BLACK SW, 1977, FLOATING EXCHANGE RA, P10 BOLTHO A, 1982, EUROPEAN EC GROWTH C, P20 BROWN B, 1979, DOLLAR DM AXIS CURRE CALLEO DP, 1973, AM WORLD POLITICAL E, P97 Calleo DP, 1982, IMPERIOUS EC CANAPA MP, 1980, YOUGOSLAVIE CARLI G, 1976, P JACOBSEN F C CARRILLO S, 1974, HACIA POS FRANQUISMO, P15 CLARKE WN, 1979, INSIDE CITY CLEVELAND HV, 1980, FOREIGN AFFAIRS, P594 CLOGG R, 1978, WORLD TODAY MAI, P184 COVELL M, 1981, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V4, P202 CROUCH C, 1980, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V3, P87 DAMGAARD E, 1980, SCANDINAVIAN POLITIC, V3, P108 DECECCO M, 1975, INT AFFAIRS, V51, P3 DULLFORCE W, 1978, FINANCIAL TIMES 1206 DUVERGER M, 1979, STUDY POLITICS, P19 DYSON K, 1979, EUR J POLIT RES, V7, P375, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6765.1979.tb00914.x DYSON K, W GERMAN MODEL, P35 FLEMING S, 1981, FINANCIAL TIMES 0623 FRANKEL JA, 1978, EC EXCHANGE RATES GILPIN RA, 1973, TRANSNATIONAL RELATI, P48 GUINDEY G, 1973, MYTHES REALITES CRIS HAAGERUP NJ, 1975, EUR ARCH, V30, P75 HAGER W, 1982, INT AFF, V58, P413, DOI 10.2307/2617806 HANCOCK, W EUROPEAN PARTY SYS, P195 HANCOCK MD, 1972, SWEDEN POLITICS POST, P71 HOLLAND S, 1979, EUROCOMMUNISM MYTH R, P209 JOHNSON RW, 1981, LONG MARCH FRENCH LE KATZENSTEIN PJ, 1980, INT ORG, V34, P508 KEEGAN, WHO RUNS EC, P162 KEEGAN W, 1979, WHO RUNS EC CONTROL, P152 KOLODZIEJ EA, 1974, FRENCH INT POLICY GA, P176 KUSTER GH, BIG BUSINESS STATE C, P68 Lijphart A., 1975, POLITICS ACCOMODATIO LINZ JJ, 1978, RIV ITAL SCI POLIT, V3, P363 MABILLE X, 1979, POLITICAL PARTIES EU, P6 MCRAE H, 1973, CAPITAL CITY LONDON, P225 Merkl Peter H., 1980, W EUROPEAN PARTY SYS, P161 METAIS J, 1979, REV ECON, V30, P1017 MOUZELIS NP, 1979, MODERN GREECE FACETS, P117 *NAT UN, 1973, MULT CORP WORLD DEV *ORG EC COOP DEV, 1973, EC SURV, P15 *ORG EC COOP DEV, 1981, UK EC SURV, P12 *ORG EC COOP DEV, 1982, 1963 1980 NAT INC AC, V2 *ORG EC COOP DEV, 1973, EC SURV, P12 *ORG EC COOP DEV, 1977, FRANC EC SURV *ORG EC COOP DEV, 1982, NAT INC ACC OSGOOD RE, 1973, RETREAT EMPIRE 1ST N PAGE SAB, 1981, J COMMON MARKET STUD, V20, P19 PASQUINO G, 1976, ESPRIT NOV, P1 RILEY B, 1976, FINANCIAL TIMES 1030 ROYEN C, 1978, SOWJETISCHE KOEXISTE Rustow D., 1955, POLITICS COMPROMISE Sartori G., 1977, PARTIES PARTY SYSTEM SAYARI S, 1977, GOVT OPPOSITION HIV, P39 SCHMIDT H, 1979, FINANCIAL TIMES 0102 SCHMIDT H, 1983, ECONOMIST 0226, P26 SCHWERIN DE, 1980, W EUROPEAN POLIT OCT, P388 Shonfield A., 1965, MODERN CAPITALISM CH SMITH G, 1981, W GERMAN MODEL PERSP, P166 SOUTHERN D, 1979, GOVT ADM W EUROPE, P130 STADLER KR, 1981, W EUROPEAN POLITICS, V4, P5 STEINBACH U, 1978, EUROPA ARCH 0725, P431 Stiefbold Rodney P., 1974, POLITICS EUROPE, P117 TSOUKALIS Loukas, 1977, POLITICS EC EUROPEAN *UN IND DEV ORG, 1978, 5 WORK PAP STRUCT CH VALENTIN F, 1978, ACTA SOCIOL, V21, P73 WILLETT TD, 1977, FLOATING EXCHANGE RA, P81 WOLTER F, 1979, UNPUB IND POLICY FED ZUCKERMAN A, 1979, POLITICS FACTION 1981, ENERGY BALANCES OECD 1977, FOREIGN AFFAIRS JUI 1979, METAIS NOV, P1064 1979, ECONOMIST 1006, P47 1977, IBERRIAN STUDIES, V6, P9 1976, ENERGY BALANCES OECD NR 83 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU CENTRE QUEBECOIS RELATIONS INT PI QUEBEC CITY PA FACULTE SCIENCES SOCIALES UNIV LAVAL, QUEBEC CITY G1K 7P4, CANADA SN 0014-2123 J9 ETUD INT PY 1983 VL 14 IS 4 BP 683 EP 744 DI 10.7202/701579ar PG 62 WC International Relations; Political Science SC International Relations; Government & Law GA RZ153 UT WOS:A1983RZ15300003 OA Bronze DA 2019-08-15 ER PT J AU GLEIJESES, P AF GLEIJESES, P TI THE CASE FOR POWER SHARING IN EL-SALVADOR SO FOREIGN AFFAIRS LA English DT Article RP GLEIJESES, P (reprint author), JOHNS HOPKINS UNIV,SCH ADV INT STUDIES,BALTIMORE,MD 21218, USA. CR LINOWITZ S, 1983, AM CROSSROADS TOLCHIN M, 1983, NY TIMES 0422, pA16 NR 2 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 0 U2 0 PU COUNC FOREIGN RELAT INC PI NEW YORK PA 58 E 68TH ST, NEW YORK, NY 10021 SN 0015-7120 J9 FOREIGN AFF JI Foreign Af